Skip to main content

Full text of "The Annals and magazine of natural history; zoology, botany, and geology"

See other formats


‘i 
rw 
t ) 


4 


HH # Wi 


qin 
A ay 


ot Bh 
AK me PUL a 
an 9 4 ' 


‘@ Ne 


rH hy: 
neh fi 
' 


PCH aU VOLE oF 


eta 
. " 


: ite 
7 } 29 

ats Wane 4 4 

i Pee by heath 
i Pa) a 


a) 
Mave Sic heat 
oa ae ee 
Oa Re a 
"oh | 4 1.4 ae 
Ah Bea a 

i ar a} 

WHR A 
aa a ‘ A ncu Na hat aig Or 
A Pe eS a ah" 
te ¢ PA) », , 
Pen wow ae el a ae en 2 ok a 


ea 
‘nea 


May) an 
ro} n 


int i Fil hai? it A eld 
Piya) 
ne ied 


List 
ut) i My oly 


ay ae 
py 
wen i 


i 


or 


A 


\ 


un 


Done etn 

ie : ay , hay a we 

7 ie » i , i Le ‘les ; ; 1 £ 
re vn bh Pre eae ag ue ei ee 
Cat REO oP es 

¢ r 7s 


‘ i: See 
e ay ; 
bh [n= 7 a 
5 ; e ra . 
5 i ; 
Y | 7 i i, 
i q i i ' f 
ae : vA Ae ; = 
, iG nee | 7 ; 
ree a fe iY i 
fe 4 i ( ' r it Z 
} ‘ nh Fs teed 
5 1 
5 a 
a nN - 
" i 
ita Pay ui 
x 4 ahi i A 
‘ iy a 
ay Cid 
{ 
: ; . is 
{ 2 eae 
ay 
baie" ; ; & rd 2 = 
ae : a <i A a : 
: ; aie \ 7 itig £ 
‘A 5 hes at Bact 
ke rine 
¢ Bi! 
é 
. % * 
L 
‘ 
tf 
x 
si ; 
As 
ul . f 
7 it 
ty - ua 
: us 
~ 4 ; 
ty 
= 
< wy ~/ 
© 7 ft h 
We 
x f é 2 
~ Po 
et 
1 
: 
Cag 
vi x ‘ 
teat 
iv iy. 
le Gi 
( 
7 
3 
a 
es 
} f 
1 Wit om 
roa) oe 
ee ran i 
Ts Cri! iL 
v r ; . 
LP Le i ‘s) ' 
ye 7 ny | 
ds th ae 3 any 
7 ak oe We i 
a4 7 
relly lak al o- i ; 
he (; i Ore 
ean i i is : Ai \ if 
TVA Dua A Ley fr a, 
j Ph ‘Ww a W Bait! ¢ y Mi 4 
\' hea! Jenn P } ie a) 4 Ii . ar Hh r 
: Ce ast ry ah : : ra aes hit Pre 
: ia) eat a o< 5 
at ” : ye yay » we » 7 
: ‘ 


i 


eal Ne ee + eg 


fer 


- i 4 - 
y : & i 
1 
5 e i ae 5 
; ‘ ; ' : , 
7 \ 7 - 
- . = - a 
& 
' 
Li 7 ‘ 
‘ 
a 7 * 
~ 1 ; 
, : 7 : 
A 
a : , : 
Z ra] } J 
; - 
: . 
‘7 % 
i 
j p ; 
i ei { > 
i 
a : r 
J 
: c ‘ 
j " % 
: . ' 
, . 
= 
5 te \ 
x 
z eS! . 
’ 
© - a 
he “a 
Ki 
a) 
% > 
= a 
a : i 
: r ——— s 
A aA 
7 ” aie 
f 5 
~ a fi 
: f 7 
; 5 
> : , 
@ : > : mG 
= 3 _ Li > 
7 7 ‘F 
a ‘3 . 
x 
; a= > 2 SS) 
i = ‘ 
i a : 
= 4, >) . ra 
~ \S ~ 
. ¢ 
' : 
y = 7 ‘ = 
: 
: ¢ 
’ 
£ 
i 
ai 
a , 
i 
y ~ - 
i ; 
j 
2 . 


THE ANNALS 


AND 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. 


INCLUDING 


ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, anno GEOLOGY. 


(BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ANNALS’ COMBINED WITH LOUDON AND 
CILARLESWORTH’S ‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.’ ) 


CONDUCTED BY 


SiReArnUR Hh. SHIPLEY, G.B.E., M.A., Sc.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S., 
ARTHUR SMITH WOODWARD, LL.D., F.R.S., P.L.S., F.G.S., 
GEORGE CHARLES CHAMPION, A.LS., F.Z.S., F.E.S., 


AND 


RICHARD T. FRANCIS, F.Z.S., M.B.0.U. es 


SE Retr, 


vd f ee  ~ ~ ty 


v4 ~. 


DEO OOOOOOOeeeeereesrees>< oe 


VOL. XI.—NINTH SERIES. ‘ 


~ 
/ » 
— 
‘\ 
eee DI OOOO ww Se Ml rj >} 


o 61d 2a 
ih P 
oS 3% 


* (oF 
a ay L& 


ON Dy OUN’: 
PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS. 


SOLD BY BAILLIERE, PARIS: AND HODGES, FIGGIS, AND CO., DUBLIN, 


1923. 


“Omnes res creat sunt divine sapientix et potenti testes, divitia felicitatis 
human :—ex harum usu bonitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapéentia Domini ; 
ex ceconomid in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis 
elucet. Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper xestimata ; 
A veré eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper 
inimica fuit.”—Linnaus. 


Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour 
voir qu’elle est le chef-d’ceuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor- 
tent toutes ses opérations.’—Bruckner, Théorie du Systeme Animal, Leyden, 
1767. 

eel has eels @ eee he sylvan powers™ 
Obey our summons; from their deepest dells 
The Dryads come, and throw their garlands 
And odorous branches at our feet; the Nymphs 
That press with nimble step the mountain-thyme 
And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed, 
But scatter round ten thousand forms minute 
Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock 
Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too 
Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face 
They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush 
That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles, 
Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread, 
The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne, 
All, all to us unlock their secret stores 
And pay their cheerful tribute. 
J. Taytor, Norwich, 1818. 


CONTENTS OF VOL, XI. 


[NINTH SERIES.] 


NUMBER 61. 


I. A Revision of the Clupeid Fishes of the Genus Ilisha and 
meeeomorenetag! tay). NORMAN wo... 6e eect ee ce cee nents ees 
II. Notes on Dragonflies from the Old World Islands of San 
Thomé, Rodriguez, Cocos-Keeling, and Loo Choo. By HERBERT 
PE RMN Satchels arc ie Od jh g wou fhe ols a sijols aia wield el pid reise se. 
Ill. A new Form of Indothemis limbata from Ceylon (Odonata). 
PS MPERENENMENUOANEPTON . 5 sare bus « vigjersis is opie e cc's dle ba sie fo ope fs ore 
IV. Results of the Oxford University Expedition to. Spitsbergen, 
1921.—No. 25. Hymenoptera Parasitica: Ichneumonoidea. By 
MEINE STON, [D)., IDSSC. 2. ccs vn tec atseecioseecercs eens 
V. New Malachiid Beetles and further Notes on the Distribution 
and Synonymy of various other Species from South and Hast Africa 
pecleoprera by GC. CHamMPion, F.ZS. 06... cee e eee: 
VI. A Revision of the Genera of the Family Liparide. By Colonel 
C. Swinnor, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.8., F.E.S., Member of the Entomo- 
logical Society of France and of the Bombay Natural History Society. 
VII. New or little-known T%pulide(Diptera).— XIII. Australasian 
Species. By Cuarites P. AtExanpER, Ph.D., F.E.S., Amherst, 
ROBE ME EMEC MOS IN E25) 5 Fo ial chain Av Bibles oalhisis vie ose sietle ol v0 ace 


VIII. A Note on the Species as a Gene-complex. By Guy C. 
are bet ear Vee REE EE I0 (4 01 n ss indus 'o< o)  o48 0). ro o> cielo wJoteue's @ oats 
IX. Diptera (Orthorrhapha Brachycera and Cyclorrhapha) from 
Spitsbergen and Bear Island. Results of the Oxford University 
Expedition to Spitsbergen, 1921.—No. 22. By J. E. Coury, F.ES. 
X. New Sarcophagide from Asia, with Data relating to the dur 
Group, by KR. RK. Parker, Bozeman, Montana ...........0.-0: 
XI. A Revision of the Old World Cyrtacanthacrini (Orthoptera, 
Acridide).—I. Introduction and Key to Genera. By B. P. 
Uvarov, F.E.S., Assistant Entomologist, Imperial Bureau of 
1a) LIEDDUGERNYS 3.0 oh SSE) UNS Ae cs 
XII. On the Voles collected by Mr. G. Forrest in Yunnan; with 
Remarks upon the Genera Lothenomys and Nevdon and upon their 
fee oy, MARTIN, A.C. HINTON |... ce eee eee ee ec 
XIII. The Dental Formula of the Muride, with especial reference 
mone 7p. 4 Theory.’ By Martin A.C. HINTON ..........+. 


Page 


i=) 


Sl 


39 


47 


97 


18 


116 


123 


130 


lV CONTENTS. 


Page 
XTV. The Godman Exploration Fund: List of Mammals from 
North Queevsland collected by Mr>T. V. Sherrin. By OLDFIELD 
ee She igo eevee co St ME ann letole Gia, Eu bite aU Abs e aden US Ie Site ce Lance Ree ean 170 


XV. Op Lepidoptera from New Guinea, Kei, Tenimber, the 
Philippines, and Australia. By G. Hursrarrt, M.S.C. (Heverlee, ‘ 
PSOW VAI teas gihed eciee aba ektha bis Up che etobere eos bive koa ee eee 178 


XVI. Two new Termites from Uganda. By CLraupE FULLER, 
Assist. Chief of Division of Entomology, Union of South Africa ., 191 


NUMBER 62. 


XVII. New or little-known Tipulide (Diptera).—XIV. Austra- 
lasian Species. By Cuartrs P. ALEXANDER, Ph.D., F.E.S., 


Amherst, Massachusetts, W:SAvG cigs 20. tat ce ht ie nen 193 
XVIII. A Filariid from the African Elephant. By H. A. 
BaAYvias, MA DISC. i ie dso «als va vebue sti 1st Coils ote o otale ieee eae 208 
XIX. An Ascarid from the Sperm-whale. By H. A. Baytis, 
MA DiSOr 8 i. avs eisiethitbr eee ieealaasgiee ole tree botnohed lee eee 211 
XX. Notes on some Nematodes from East African Hosts. By 
KE. A. Spavt, B.Sc., Birkbeck College, University of London...... 218 
XXI. On a new Species of Armadilidium. By Haroxrp G. 
Jackson, M.Sc., Birkbeck College, University of London ........ 224 
XXII. On a new Genus and Species of Colubrine Snake from 
®. 8, Brazil, By Joan B. PROCTERKSEZ'S.7. cia. tage caer cee 227 
XXIII. Notes sur les Cercopides africains. Par Dr. V. LALLE- 
MAND Oh ane ge ee Sigs ola peieveialegsus sim ele (oe susie dfoiae hele ten tien neat es nea 230 


XXIV. On the Nematocerous Diptera of Jan Mayen Island. By 
IB, W EDWARDS. 5 600i scaesnswropt etnias aieio siete Dine ates heen eee 235 


XXV. The Animal Eeology of King’s College Chapel, Cambridge. 
—A Preliminary Note. By A. D. Hopson, B.A., Christ’s College, 
and L. H. Marruews, B.A., King's Colleoe: ts. sic: ascetic eee 240 


XXVI. On some Queensland Phalangeride. By OLprreip 
UELOMAIS: S52 inti taser inh ys drole, ooh une hhlbtele hs kik tele telnl 6 fe 8 tasay vy Sane REE ee 246 


XXVII. On some small Mammals, chiefly Bats, from the East 
Indian Archipelago. By OLDFIELD THOMAS 


XXVIII. A Note on Two Species of the Genus Murshidia 
(Nematode, Strongyloidea) parasitic in the Wart-Hog. By R. 
DauBney, M.Sc., M.R.C.V.S., Ministry of Agriculture and Fisheries, 256 


XXIX. Descriptions and Records of Bees. —XCVII, By T.D.A. 
@oOcKERELL, University of Colorado i icacuaaliccs se vom bcasbeecs 263 


XXX. Notes on the Nomenclature of the Family Scolytide. By 
Dt.=Cols* WINN SAMPSON, PE Sih 4 sale ee a Trdrtce arity tiede 2g Meee 269 


CONTENTS. Vv" 


New Book:—Strasburger’s Text-book of Botany, rewritten by 
Dr. Hans Fitting, Dr. Ludwig Jost, Dr. Heinrich Schenck, and 
Dr. George Karsten. Fifth Hnglish Edition, revised trom the 


Fourteenth German Edition by A Wig dG Lal P's (c a SO 271 
roeenamesio£ the Geological Soclety........0..csesseces sree: 272 


NUMBER 63. 
XXXI. Coleoptera of the Second Mount I‘verest Hae ee 
1922.—Part I. Carabide. By H. E. Anprewes, F.E.S. ..... 273 
XXXIT. Coleoptera of the Second Mount Everest Hiepedition, 
1922.—Part II. Heteromera. By K. G. Buarr, B.Sc., F.E.S. .... 278 
XXXII. Previously undescribed Scolytide and Platypodide from ° 
the Indian Area.—Part IJ. By Lt.-Col. F. Winn Sampson, F.E.S. 285 


XXXIV. A Revision of the Genera of the Family Liparide. By 
Colonel C. Swinnok, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S., F.E.S., Member of the 
Jntomological Society of France and of the Bombay Natural History 


SOSA 2a 6. da ae ee eee EV tA NM SraL Leva) staueterePope tn o3 289 
XXXV. New ies and Forms of Geometride. By Louis B. 

ep DOWER LACHES. |* FI SEESIEIER Ra a Rena pr na ie 1.» 805 
XXXVI. Notes on Arctonyx. By Ernar Lonnpere, F.M.Z.S 

SCM ob eb Be 23 GA. g0 GOGH A JO dOuU0U Id Ie Re ooo SUSMOD Geen 322 


XXXVII. The Systematic Position of the Burmese Fish Chaud- 
huria. By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., F.A.S.B., Director, and SUNDER 
Lat Hora, D.Sc., Assistant Superintendent, Zoological Survey of 
wwilic: :oloesn0 00 pg CpG eMObURB OO 600 DOOD to tor Choe nO UrGnDbrn 527 

XXXVIII. Preliminary Descriptions of Three new Parasitic 


Nematodes. By H. A. Bayris, M.A., D.Sc., British Museum 
(Natural History), and R. Davsney, M.Sec., M.R.C.V.S., Ministry 


perme min iaber and EYSHCTMICS .).). 56 Mere tie ne ccd ole tev sik bls ewes 3383 
XXXIX. Papers on Oriental Carabide.—IX. By H. HE. 
on DANVERS ccog coli beobs clean GO NgGU ob COUDO ODDO OOcuHoO Horio nt: 09D 


NUMBER 64, 
XL. Notes on African Non-marine Mollusca, with Descriptions of 
many new Species (cont.). By M.Connouuy. (Plate L)........ 345 
XLI. Descriptions of new Species of Staphylinide from the West 
Indies. By Matcotm Cameron, M.B., R.N., F.E.S.—Part Il. .. 3638 


XLIT. A Revision of the Genera of the Family Iiparide. By 
Colonel C. Swrnuor, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S., F.E.S., Member of the 
Entomological Society of France and of the “Bombay Natural History 


DELETES © o ocloi6.<)5. CaO REED 0 Su ERIC Cc ae are 400 
XLII. Some Bees from British Guiana, By T. D. A, CocKERELL, 
Peteaaed Shaye le CO LOTACO) fe cfo a) ita tease v'k are ose iste yee a es 442 


XLIV. A new Ascarid from an Otter. By H. A. Bayzis, M.A, 


vl CONTENTS. 


Page 
XLY. A new Species of Membracide (Centrotine) from Uganda. 
By W. EB, Cutna, BA........5. Her ho? ie res iq xe 6 6 30.5 463 
XLVI. An undescribed Fish from the Coal Measures of Lanca- 
pinae.” By HH. ron Gut ss. ie sila ws tiagein on mue oes ct ee 465 


XLVIL. A Revision of the Old World Cyrtacanthacrini (Ortho- 
ptera, Acridide).—II. Genera Phyvacra to Willemsea. By B. P. 
Uvaroy, F.E.S., Assistant Entomologist, Imperial Bureau of Huto- 


11110) (of-\ ae Re PE SHH Ras MeSitHY > GU Cry mary tyr ORIG Stone Gloio.0, cD Arosa, 2 00 0 3 473 
XLVIII. Ursus anglicus, a new Species of British Bear. By 
Rozertr T. Gunriur, PGS, “(Plates Te TIT). on ene 490 


XLIX. Notes on some British and North African Specimens of 
Apus cancrifornis, Schaeffer. By Roprerr Gurney, M.A., F.L.5. 496 


L. Notes on a new Subfossil Bear from Sweden. By Ernar 
Lonwerere, F.MAZS. &c. ai@Blate IVS)o seen se chica ogee - 502 


LI. The Nomenciature and Subspecies of the Purple-faced Langur, 
with Notes on the other Langurs inhabiting Ceylon. By Martin 


A Co UTS TON Ga iaje @ wate ice eioleus Sire rie nies eens 506 
LII. On the Use of the Generic Name Brachycercus in Plecto- _ 
ptera and Orthoptera. By HERBERT CAMPION ................ 515 


LUI. Some new African Squirrels. By OLpFrELp Tuomas .... 518 


LIV. The West African Forms of Helosciurus rufobrachium. 


By OLD PIBLD, TAOMAS, pyicaws coon one meelvantos many cise unten tee 523 
LY. New Subspecies of Protoxerus stangert, the Giant Squirrel of 
Equatorial Africa. By OLDFIELD THOMAS ..............5. La OEm 
LVI. A new Ray from the Mediterranean. By C. Tarr Regan, 
MAS OH RIS 2) ccc oso > Suda «ss oreaiciacis Getint ci oie ea i ae 529 
LVI. On new Curculionde from South Africa. By Guy A.K. . 
MARSHALL, ©. MIG.) Dise. “CBlate"V.) 55a oe eee O31 


LVIII. New Species of Fulgorids (Homoptera). By F. Murr, 
Hawaiian Sugar Planters’ Experiment Station, Honolulu, T.H..... 553 


LIX. Three new Fishes from Yunnan, collected by Professor 


J..W. Gregory, FRS, By RONORMAN [iin eee 561 
Proceedings of the Geological Society ............0ec00e 563-565 
On the Dates of G. W. I’. Panzer’s ‘ Fauna Insect. German.,’ 1792- 
1844, . .By-C.DAavirs SHERBORN: 7. ait. lies ORR eee 566 
On the Dates of C. L. Koch, ‘Deutschlands Crustaceen, Myriapoden 
und Arachniden,’ 1835-44. By C. Davizs SHERBORN ...... £68 


NUMBER 65, 
LX. New or imperfectly known Corythoderini from British India 
[Coleoptera]. By G.C. Cuampion, }'.Z.S., A.L.S., and E, Was- 
MANN, ©.J.,-Hon.F.E.S8., Dr.Ph.H.C. (Plate VI.) .....,.. Bere 569 


LXI. Two new Siluroid Fishes from the Ivory Coast, collected by 
Mr. Willoughby P. Lowe.. By J. R. Norman,....... Line Seen 582 


CONTENTS, Vil 


2 Page 
LXII. The Geographical Races of Lutreolina crassicaudata. By 
ROT HBEN ETS IELO MUNG), ra 4. 'ci'e 700 'a'e ue /s fore a Stee ‘ove tataet tle Sierols ais e's Gee's b e's 583 
LXIII. On a Collection of Mammals from Tanganyika Territory. 
SB Ne SOB IRSENSGWG ofS cc vice alg «en estes el ete less sldis abel e's eles os 586 
LXTV. The Native Rat of Pearson’s Islands, S. Australia. By 
MAMEMUIMORMUELOQNOAS Se oo e's ct ate etc cle te stat cae eG seu eb alvlea deed 601 


LXY. New Subspecies of Metachirus. By OtpFretp Tuomas.. 602 
LXVI. Two new Guenons from the Ivory Coast, West Africa. 


Ley SUUIDIBITRTE 1 S100 Nh Saar ee ee aera 607 
LXVII. Note on the Siluroid Fishes of the Genera Glyptosternum 

unidenrossoma. By C. Tarr Regan, M.A., F.R.S. ........00065: 608 
LXVIII. The Fishes of the Family Icostecde. By C. Tarr 

MEY MOE SG) Sil \iever dei sieieige sive We ercase dash eo edqwere vale 610 
LXIX. The Classification of the Stomiatoid Fishes. By C.TatTeE 

MRERe ECE Se Gi sic s gis SN oad cee ue etle cdueecugenaes 612 
LXX. On the Colours of the Sea Anemone, Tealta crassicornis. 

By Ricuarp Eimuirst and JOHN SmitH SHARPE.............. 615 
LXXI. Onsome Butterflies from New Guinea and Tenimber, By 

the Rev. G. Huusrarrt, M.S.C. (Heverlee, Louvain)............ 621 
LXXII. New Species of Crane-flies collected by Mr.G. V. Hudson 

miNemevealand., sy FW. EDWARDS .. i... ee cesses eee cee ss 625 


LXXIIT. On the Larva, Pupa, and Systematic Position of 
Orphnephila_testacea, Macq. (Diptera Nematocera), By L. G. 
SAUNDERS, M.Sc. (McGill), 1851 Research Student. (Plates VII. 

Lo LLC) cod xe 0 2a See I don AR gr er 631 


NUMBER 66. 


LXXIYV. On the Blow-holes and Nasal Passages of the Cachalot 


(Physeter macrocephalus). By Franx E, Bepparp, D.Se., M.A., 
ME ee is ee ek hs Seu bes ewes. 641 


LXXV. On Mammals from the Li-kiang Range, Yunnan, being 
a further Collection obtained by Mr. George Forrest. By OLDFIELD 
STILLS! 1. 0 aihonglett0) (OI Oia ea aan i et 655 


LXXVI. Exotic Muscaride (Diptera).—IX. By J.R.Matzocu, 


Bureau of Biological Survey, Washington, D.C. ................ 664 
LXXVU. Some new Short-horned Grasshoppers from East 

Africa. By B. P. Uvarov, F.E.S., Assistant Entomologist, 

Mepemialeisuream Of Mntomology ....3:.scccsececvccecsacenstes 675 


LXXVIII. The Coleoptera of the Madeira Islands. By T. D. A. 
oo ST, TEERIBYLIC| Gye BES LS Ope a 689 


Vill CONTENTS. 


Page 


LXXIX. On some Psyllide (Hem.-Hom.) from the New World. 
By LANG, M.A. B.SG..0> «6s 5 pis Bufo ee aE eR ere: PEAS onc 696 


LXXX. On the Presence of an Abietinean Cone Scale, Pityolepis 
durleyensis, sp. n., in the Bournemouth Eocene Beds. By H. 


DAN DDUSKA, AvRC.S., MSc. HSU:S. i000 07 atlas a cet hee eee . MO: 
LXXXI. Athosciurus vevillarius and AL, byatti. By P. S&S. 

IAGERESEDARY: 3s san aco ce vices pte vie ete ye a oh tet aware easseltt eee eee 708 

Index, Gee A Seah teens ALE 2 deve Ai ahncaee Be re re, oe 709 


PEATES INGVOlL; ck 
PiuatE I. African Achatinide. 


“Ursus arctos,” U. anglicus, and U. fussilis. 


IV. Ursus arctos nucifragus, sp. n. 
V. New South African Curculionide. 
VI. Corythoderini from British India. 
VII. | 


VIL. § Larva and pupa of Orphnephila testacea, Macq. 


NINTH SERIES. No. 61. 


THE ANNALS 


AND 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, 


Hf 
| ss _. INCLUDING 


|} ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, anv GEOLOGY. 


t 


- CONDUCTE BY 


JR E. SHIPLEY, G.B.EM. ZBL Drs 7.8 | 
. MIAD., F.B.S., PLS RLS, | 
1 CHARLES CHAMPIO? Seas IZ Se B. AS. 


a: 


RICHARD T. FRANCIS, F.Z.8., M.B.0.1. 


eR | 
_ BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE “‘ ANNALS” COMBINED WITH 


f “LON DON: 
: ‘DAYLOR 4 AND FRANCI8§;: RED LION COURT, FLEET STREND, 
Sold by Baie, Paris: and Hodges. Riggis, & Co., Dublin, 


ot ; —_ = aes aoe. ees — 
- Double Number. Price Seven Shillings. 


LAND AND FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA OF 01m. = 
Part I., Vol. III. Price 2ls. 
By Lieut.-Col. H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN, F.R:S., hee 


With 7 Plates and 65 pages Text, with Descriptions of : many: new 
Ef Species belonging to the Genus GrrssoLa. 3 


TAYLOR and Franets, Red Lion Court, Fleet sake a 


Raper Royal 8vo, PP: iv, 226. With 4 Plates and 16 5 Test- “figure, " 
Price 12s, 6d. i 


A CONTRIBUTION | ee 
ROPER 6 Se : S fg 


PHYTOGEOGRAPHY AND F LORA 


DUTCH N.W. ‘NEW ‘GUINEA. 
BY 


TaYLoG le F Ra NCIS, Teel Lion : Cour, F oe of St. | 


‘THE FAUNA OF BRITISH. INDIA 


& (including Ceylon and Burma). 
Published under the authority of the Secretary of State for India ie Gaunt Sa an 
COLEOPTERA (CHRYSOMELIDA). = 
Medium 8vo, with Teat Illustrations, Price 2\s, — s ‘a E a3 
MOLLUSCA (LAND OPERCULATES). | 
With Two lates ant numerous Text Illustrations. Price 35s. 


Taytor & ae Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, EC, 4. see oS 4 ) 5 


Rates for Advertisements in the Annals sa s 
Magazine of Natural History. 7 


One Six Twelve <2) am 
Insertion. Insertions, Insertions. ae 
PAGE - - - - 8300 216 Qeach 210 Ocach’ 
HALPCPAGE 620° 224 18: 988 21.10. 0. ewe ee a st 
QUARTER-PAGE - 18 0 8G <@) 4 16.02), ° 1 Mew 


EIGHTH-PAGE - 10 0 Ste ake 8 0 ,, 
All applications for space to be made to 23) | | 
Mr. H. A. COLLINS, 32 Birdhurst Road, Croydon, pee: 


THE ANNALS 


AND 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, 


[NINTH SERIES.] 


Os scognccenoodsancs per litora spargite muscum, 
Naiades, et circtim vitreos considite fontes : 
Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores: 
Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum. 
At vos, o Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas ; 
Tte, recurvato variata corallia trunco 
Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas 
Ferte, Dex pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.”’ 

NV. Parthenii Giannettusi, Hel. 1, 


No. 61. JANUARY 1923. 


I.—A Revision of the Clupeid Fishes of the Genus 
Ilisha and allied Genera. By J. R. Norman. 


(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) 


Tuis paper forms a continuation of a series of papers on the 
Clupeide by Mr. C. Tate Regan, F.R.S., to whom I am 
indebted for much help and advice. The fishes here dealt 
with correspond to Section B of Giinther’s Clupeine, 7.e., 
the genera with a long anal fin. 


Synopsis of the Genera. 


I, Maxillary not adherent to preemaxillary ; no canines, 
A. A ligament between the premaxillary and the middle of the 
maxillar y: 
Pf Pelvic fins present’; ,: Gates su seee 1. Thsha. 
2. Pelvic fins absent. 
a. Maxillary broadly rounded behind, not extending beyond 
middle of eye. 
Body elongate; abdominal profile not very convex. 2, Opisthopterus. 
Body very deep; abdominal profile very convex ., 3. Pristigaster. 
6. Maxillary tapering behind in adults, extending to gill- 
opening or beyond, 
Dorsal present...... Loe E eso SicNteis: so eiecus 2 5° 4, Odontognathus. 
MU RMEAMEE TG 5 5 ote codeine Casket Sea eos sd a ee 5, Raconda, 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. xi. i. 


2 Mr. J. R. Notman—A Revision 


B. A toothed bone between the distal end of the preemaxillary and 
the middle of the maxillary. 


Pelvic fins present .f.).. 8.4.0.8 o Fiske: ele Mie e/sbe 0d 6. Neosteus. 
HE PVIG Wins PADSCMb uae aint sete ec tiniaie'ss elaine tee .. 7. Pliosteostoma. 


If. Maxillary adherent to premaxillary ; canine teeth. 
8. Chirocentrodon. 


1. Inisua, Gray, 1846. 


(Gray) Richards, Ichth. China, p. 306. 

ees Swainson, Nat. Hist. ii. p. 294 (1889). 

Pellona, Cuv. & Val. Hist. Nat. Poiss. xx. p. 800 (1847). 

? Zunasia, Jordan & Metz, Mem. Carnegie Mus. vi. 1913, p. 7. 


Form elongate, compressed; abdomen sharp-edged, with 
scutes forming a continuous series on thorax and abdomen, 
Mouth moderate, terminal, with the lower jaw projecting ; 
maxillary with a narrow proximal and an expanded distal 
part; in front of the narrow part a ligament runs from 
the end of the premaxillary to the broad part of the 
maxillary ; two well-developed supramaxillaries. Minute 
teeth in jaws; no canines; rasp-like bands of teeth on 
palatines and pterygoids ; an elongate patch of teeth on the 
tongue. Scales of moderate size; with irregularly paired 
transverse grooves, the inner ends of which are separated 
by an interspace. Dorsal of 14-21 rays ; anal with 83-52 
rays, length of base 25 to 32 in length of body, origin 
below or just behind dorsal ; upper pectoral ray strong ; 
pelvics smali. Gill-rakers stout, spinulose, not very 
numerous (16-25). 

Tropical Indo-Pacific. 

Ilisha (Pellona) bleekeriana, Poey (‘ Repertorio,’ ii. 1867, 
p- 242), 1s placed in the genus /lisha by Jordan aud Evermann 
(Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. xlvil. 1896, p. 436), but, unless the 
description is quite incorrect (teeth somewhat long and 
curved, with one canine above and two below on each side), 
it is not an Jdisha at all, and is probably more nearly related 
to Chirocentrodon, Gunther. 


Synopsis of the Species. 


I. Less than 46 scales in a longitudinal series; 16-20 scutes before 
insertion of pelvics. 

A. Depth of body 22 to 3} in the length. 
Anal of 45-49 rays; origin just behind dorsal ... 
Anal of 42 rays; origin below posterior third of dorsal. £ 
Anal of 38-41 rays; origin below last dorsal ray .. 


B. Depth of body 3? to 4 in the length. 


Origin of dorsal much nearer end of snout than base 
of caudal; origin of anal just behind dorsal .. 4. mottus. 


. brachysoma., 
. africana, 
endica. 


Owe 


of Clupeid Fishes. 3 


Origin of dorsal a little nearer end of snout than 
base of caudal; origin of anal below posterior 
PMOL OES Ugg on. 65 af «aa vie pS a emia’ stad seers 5. kampent. 


II, More than 46 scales in a longitudinal series ; 20-28 scutes before 
insertion of pelvics, 
A. Dorsal of 21 rays; 70 scales in a longitudinal series. 
6. leschenaultir. 
B. Dorsal of less than 21 rays; less than 70 scales in a longitudinal 
series. . 
1. Origin of anal below anterior half of dorsal. 
a. Depth of body 4 to 43 in the length .. 7. sladenz. 
b. Depth of body 3% to 32 in the length. 
Origin of anal below tirst-dorsal ray; maxillary not 


Mesenino middle of eye ....5.-ces epee once 8. pristigastrordes, 
Origin of anal below first third of dorsal; maxillary 
reaching middle of eye or beyond............ 9. amblyuropterus. 


2. Origin of anal below posterior half of dorsal. 
a. Depth of body 33 to 4 in length; anal of 44-52 rays. 
10. elongata. 
6. Depth of body 3 to 33 in the length. 
a, Anal of 42 rays; origin of dorsal nearer base of caudal 
PNAMEENOROM SMOG, ase. ce ecs6 e's: ll. novacula. 
B. Anal of 45-650 rays; origin of dorsal equidistant from end 
of snout and base of caudal, or nearer former. 
* Ventral scutes prominent ...... 12. macrogaster. 
** Ventral scutes not prominent. 


Pelvics inserted a little nearer base of pectoral than 

origin of anal; 21-23 gill-rakers on lower part 

of anterior arch ; ventral scutes 24-27+10-13 . 13. xanthoptera. 
Pelvics inserted a little nearer base of pectoral than 

origin of anal ; 18-19 gill-rakers on lower part of 

anterior arch; ventral scutes 224-10-1]...... 14. fihyera. 
Pelvics inserted at an equal distance from base of 

pectoral and origin of anal; 19-21 gill-rakers 

on lower part of anterior arch ; ventral scutes 

DOEZS+-S-10 we ees ee ches AS es ee 15, megaloptera. 


1. Llisha brachysoma. 


_ Pellona brachysoma, Bleek. Verh. Bat. Gen. xxiv. 1852, Haring. p. 2 
Gunth. Cat. Fish. vil. p. 456 (1868); Day, Fish. India, p. oie 
pl. clxiv. fig. 2 aa Weber & Beaufort, Fish. Indo-A ustral. 
Archipelago, li. p. 87 (1913). 

Llisha brachysoma, Bleek. Atl. Ichth. vi. p. 1 Clup. pl. ix. fig. 
(1872). 

Depth of body 22 to 2% in the length, length of head 
334 to 4. Ventral profile much more convex than dorsal. 
Snout shorter than diameter of eye, which is 22 to 3 im 
length of head; maxillary extending nearly to below middle 
of eye; lower jaw a little projecting. Ridges on head 
run et posteriorly ; greatest distance between them 
42 to 53 in diameter GE eye. 23-25 gill-rakers on lower 
part of anterior arch. Scales 42-45 /14— 16; veutral scutes 

1* 


4 Mr. J. R. Norman—A Revision 


18-20+7-8. Dorsal 16-17; origin much nearer end of 
snout than base of caudal, equidistant from former and last 
anal rays. Anal 45-49; origin just behind dorsal; length 
of base 22 to 22 in length of body. Pelvics shorter than 
eye, inserted midway between origin of anal and base of 
pectoral. Dorsal powdered with brown. 

India; Malay Archipelago. 

Three specimens, 135 to 190 mm. in total length, including 
one of the types. 


2. Ilisha africana. 


Clupea africana, Bloch, Naturgesch. Ausland. Fische, ix. p. 45, 
pl. eccevii. (1793). 

Clupanodon africanus, Lacep. Hist. Nat. Poiss. v. pp. 469, 471 (1808). 

Pellona tserti, Cuv. & Val. Hist. Nat. Poiss. xx. p. 3807 (1847). 

? Pellona gabonica, A. Dum. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. x. 1858-1861, 
p. 209, pl. xxii. figs. 3, da. 

Pellona africana, Bleek. Natur. Verh. Holl. Maatsch. xviii. 1863, 
Guinée, p. 122, pl. xxvii. fig. 1; Gunth. Cat. Fish.. vil. p. 455 
(1868). 

? Pristigaster dolloi*, Bouleng. Proc. Zool. Sec. 1902 2, p. 261, pl. xxx. 
fio. 3. 


Scarcely distinct from /, oe but origin of anal 
fin is farther forward, being below posterior third of dorsal. 
Ridges on head converge posteriorly ; greatest width between 
them 32 in diameter of eye. Dorsal 16 (15-18). Anal 42 
(42-47), 

West Coast of Africa. 

A single specimen, 170 mm. in total length. 


3. Llisha indica. 


Platygaster indicus, Swainson, Nat. Hist. ii. p. 294 (1839). 

FPellona ditchoa, Cuv. & Val. Hist. Nat. Poiss. xx. p. 313 (1847) ; 
Bleek. Verh. Bat. Gen. xxiv. 1852, Haring. p. 24; Weber & Beau- 
fort, Fish. Indo-Austral. Archipelago, 1. p. 88 (1913). 

Pellona ditchoa (part.), Gunth. Cat. Fish. vil. p. 495 (1868). 

Tlisha indica, Bleek. Atl. Ichth. vi. p. 118, Clup. pl. 1. fig. 4 ma 2). 

Pellona indica, Day, Fish. India, p. 644, pl. elxiv. fig. Bet) 5 
Pfeffer, Fische Ost-Afrikas, p. 69 (1896). 


Depth of body 22 to 3} in the length, length of head 
34to 4. Ventral profile mueh more convex than dorsal. 
Snout shorter than diameter of eye, which is 24 to 22 in 
length of head; maxillary extending to below anterior part 
of eye; lower jaw a little projecting. Ridges on head run 


* P. dollot, described from a specimen 120 mm. long, is said to have no 
pelvic fins. 


of Clupeid Fishes. 5 


parallel or converge posteriorly ; greatest distance between 
them 3 to 32 in diameter of eye. 23-25 gill-rakers on lower 
part of anterior arch. Scales 42—45/13-15 ; ventral scutes 
18-20+8-9. Dorsal 16-17; origin much nearer end of 
snout than base of caudal, about equidistant from former 
and last anal rays. Anal (87) 38-41; origin below last 
dorsal ray; length of base about 3 in length of body. 
Pelvics shorter than eye, inserted about midway between 
origin of anal and hase of pectoral. 

India ; Malay Peninsula and Archipelago ; China. 

Nine specimens, 65-135 mm. in total length. 


4. llisha motius. 


Clupanodon motius, Ham. Buch., Fish. Ganges, pp. 251, 383 (1822). 
Clupea motius, Gray, Ill. Ind, Zool. ii. pl. xei. figs. 3, 4 (1835). 
Platygaster parva, Swainson, Nat. His. ii. p. 994 (1839). 

? Pellona motius, Cuv. & Val. Hist. Nat. Poiss. xx. p- 323 (1847). 
Pellona motius, Day, Fish. India, p. 643, pl. clxv. fig. 3 (1878). 


Depth of body 82 to 4 in the length, length of head 
4+ to 44. Ventral profile more convex than dorsal. Snout 
shorter than diameter of eye, which is about 2% in length of 
head; maxillary extending to below middie of eye; lower 
jaw a little projecting. Ridges on head run parallel pos- 
teriorly. 22-24 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior 
arch. Scales 45 (?)/12-13 (?) ; ventral scutes 16-17 + 7-8. 
Dorsal 16-17; origin much nearer end of snout than base of 
caudal. Anal 40-43 ; origin just behind dorsal; length 
of base about 3 in length of body. Pelvics equal to eye, 
inserted a little nearer base of pectoral than origin of anal. 
A silvery lateral band. 

Assam, Bengal. 

Six specimens, 45-55 mm. in total length. 


5. Llisha kampeni. 


Pellona kampent, Weber & Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Austral. Archipelago 
ii. p. 87 (1913). 


Depth of body 3? in the length, length of head 34. 
Ventral profile a little more convex than dorsal. Snout 
equal to or a little shorter than diameter of eye, which is 
34+ in length of head; maxillary extending nearly to below 
middle of eye; lower jaw strongly projecting. Ridges on 
head run parallel posteriorly ; greatest distance between 
them 4 diameter of eye. 20 gill-rakers on lower part of 
anterior arch. Scales 43/14-15, ventral scutes 19+8. 
Dorsal (15) 16 ; origin a little nearer end of snout than base 


6 Mr. J. R. Norman—A Revision 


of caudal. Anal 40 (42); origin below posterior part of 
dorsal; length of base about 3 in length of bedy. Pelvies 
shorter than eye; inserted midway between origin of anal 
and base of pectoral. Caudal dark-edged. 
India ; Indo-Australian Archipelago. resi 
A single specimen, 160 mm. in total length, from Madras. 


6. Ilisha leschenaultii. 


Pellona leschenaultii, Cuv. & Val. Hist. Nat. Poiss. xx. p. 81] (1847) ; 
Giinth. Cat. Fish. vii. p. 459 (1868) ; Day, Fish. India, p. 646 (1878). 

Depth of body, a little less than 4 in the length. Teeth 
on premaxillary and lower jaw larger than in other species. 
70 scales in a longitudinal series. Dorsal 2]. Anal 42. 
Pelvics inserted 8 or 9 scales in front of dorsal. 

Pondicherry. 

Originally described from a single dried example, 20 inches 
in total length. 


7. Llisha sladeni. 


Pellona sladent, Day, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 623; Fish. India, p. 645, 
pl. cexiv. fig, 1 (1878). 

Depth of body 4 to 44 in the length, length of head 
4 to 44. Greatest convexity of ventral profile in front of 
pectorals. Snout a little shorter than diameter of eye, 
which is 44 to 42 in length of head ; maxillary extending 
to below anterior third of eye; lower jaw very oblique, 
strongly projecting. Ridges on head diverge a little pos- 
teriorly ; greatest distance between them 8 to 33 in diameter 
of eye. 20-22 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch. 
Scales 46-49/10-11; ventral scutes 244+10-11. Dorsal 
14-15; origin much nearer base of caudal than end of 
snout, about equidistant from former and posterior edge 
of operculum. Anal 42-45; origin below anterior half of 
dorsal ; length of base 37 to 83 in length of body. Pelvics 
equal to or a little longer than eye; inserted much nearer 
base of pectoral than origin of anal. Caudal with a dark 
edge posteriorly. 

Burma. 

Tliree specimens, 230-340 mm. in total length, from the 
Irrawaddi and Sittang Rivers. 


8. Llisha pristigastroides. 


Pellona pristigastroides, Bleek. Verh. Bat. Gen. xxiv. 1852, Haring. 
p. 20; Gtinth. Cat. Fish. vil. p. 459 (1868); Weber & Beaufort, 
Fish, Indo-Austral. Archipelago, ii. p. 89 (1913). 

Ilisha pristigastroides, Bleek. Atl, Ichth, v. p, 118, Clup. plexi, fie, e] 
(1872), , 


of Clupeid Fishes. 7 


Depth of body 34 in the length, length of head 4}. 
Ventral profile, especially anteriorly, much more convex 
than dorsal. Snout a little shorter than diameter of eye, 
which is 3? in length of head; maxillary extending nearly 
to below middle of eye; lower jaw strongly projecting. 
Ridges on head diverge posteriorly; greatest distance 
between them 22 in diameter of eye. 17 gill-rakers on 
lower part of anterior arch. Scales 50/1415 ; ventral scutes 
prominent, 27+12. Dorsal 17 ; origin much nearer base 
of caudal than end of snout, equidistant from former and 
anterior edge of eye. Anal 48; origin below first dorsal 
ray; length of base 24 in length of body. Pelvics shorter 
than eye; inserted nearer base of pectoral than origin of 
anal. 

Java, Borneo. 

A single specimen, 160 mm. in total length; type of the 
species. 


9. Ilisha amblyuropterus. 


Pellona amblyuropterus, Bleek. Verh. Bat. Gen. xxiv. 1852, Harine. 
p. 21; Gitinth. Cat. Fish. vil. p. 459 (1868); Weber & Beaufort, 
Fish, Indo-Austral. Archipelago, 11. p. 90 (1913). 

Tlisha ambh ee us, Bleek. Atl. Ichth. vi. p. 118, Clup. pl. iv. fig. 
(1872). 


Depth of body 34 in the length, length of head 4. Ventral 
profile more omni ue dorsal. Snout a little shorter than 
diameter of eye, which is 44 in length of head ; maxillary 
extending to below middle of eye or beyond; lower jaw 
strongly projecting. Ridges on head diverge posteriorly ; 
greatest distance between them 4 diameter of eye. 16 gill- 
rakers on lower part of anterior arch. Scales 52-53/15-16 ; 
ventral scutes 27+12. Dorsal 17; origin much nearer base 
of caudal than end of snout, equidistant from former and 
middle of eye. Anal 47 (47-53); origin below anterior 
third of dorsal ; length of base 22 in length of body. Pelvics 
shorter than eye; inserted a little nearer base of pectoral 
than origin of anal. 

_ Malay Peninsula and Archipelago. 

A single specimen, 830mm. in total length, from 

Dr. Bleeker’s collection. : 


10. Llisha elongata. 


Alosa elongata, Bennett, Mem. Life Raffles, p. 691 (1830). 
Clupea affinis, Gray, Ll. Ind. Zool., i. pl. xevi. (1835). 
_ Platygaster affinis, Swainson, Nat. Hist. ii. p. 294 (18389). 
? Clupea melastoma (non Bloch), Bleek. Nat. Gen. Arch. Ned. Ind. ii, 


8 Mr. J. R. Norman—A Revision 


1845, p. 509; Schleg., Faun. Japon., Pisces, p. 237, pl. eviii. fig. 1 
(1846). 

Llisha abnormis (Gray), Richards, Ichth. China, p. 806 (1846). 

Pellona vimbella, Cuv. & Val. Hist. Nat. Poiss. xx. p. 817 (1847). 

Pellona grayana, Cuv. & Val. t.c. p.315; Bleek. Verh. Bat. Gen. xxiv. 
1852, Haring. p. 25; Kner, Novara Expd., Fische, p. 828 (1865). 

Pellona affinis, Cantor, J. As. Soc. Bengal, xviii. 1850, p. 1273. 

Peilona schlegeli, Bleek. Verh. Bat. Gen. xxvi. 1854, Japan, p. Lis: 

? Pristigaster chinensis, Basilewsky, Nouv. a Soc, Nat. Mose. x. 
1855, p. 248. 

Pellona elongata, Giinth. Cat. Fish. vii. p. 456 (1868); Day, Fish. 
India, p. 648, pl. clxiv. fig. 3, pl. elxv. fig. 1 (1878); Jord. & Herre, 
Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xxx. 1906, Pp. 6355 Weber & Beaufort, Fish. 
Indo-Austral. Archipelago, 11. p. 90, fig. 30 (1913). 

Ilisha elongata, Bleek. Atl. Ichth. vi. p. 119, Clup. pl. i. fig. 3 (1872). 

? Pristiyaster ( Pristigaster) sinensis, Sauvage, Bull. Soc. Philom. (7) v. 
SSIs LOT: 

P Zunasia chinensis, Jord. & Metz, Mem. Carnegie Mus. vi. 1918, p. 7, 
. pl. 1. fig. 2 


Depth of body 31 to 4 in the length, length of head 
34 to 44. Ventral profile more convex than dorsal. Snout 
a little shorter than diameter of eye, which is 33 to 4 in 
length of head; maxillary extending to below middle of eye 
or a little beyond ; lower jaw strongly projecting. Ridges 
on head run parallel posteriorly ; greatest distance between 
them 38 to 3? in diameter of eye. 20-25 gill-rakers on lower 
part of. anterior arch. Scales 50-54/14-16; ventral scutes 
24-28 +12-15. Dorsal (15) 17-18 ; origin equidistant from 
end of snout and base of caudal, or a little nearer former. 
Anal (40) 44-52 ; origin below last dorsal rays; length of 
base 22 to 34 in length of body. Pelvics shorter than eye ; 
inserted nearer base of pectoral than origin of anal. 

India to Malay Archipelago ; seas of China and Japan. 

Twelve specimens, 90-450 mm. in total length, including 
the type of the species, the types of J. abnormis and schlegelii, 
and a specimen received from Dr. Bleeker as J. affinis. 


ll. llisha novacula. 


? Pellona novacula, Cuv. & Val. Hist. Nat. Poiss. xx. p. 319 (1847). 

Liisha novacula, Bleek. Ned. Tijdschr. Dierk. iii. 1866, p. 302; Atl. 
Ichth. vi. p. 120, Clup. pl. xi. fig. 4 (1872). 

Pellona novacula, 'Giinth. Cat. Fish. vii. p. 458 (1868); Weber & 
Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Austral. Archipelago, ii. p. 92 (1913). 


Depth of body 34 in the length, length of head 4. Greatest 
convexity of ventral profile below base of pectorals. Snout 
a little shorter than diameter of eye, which is 32 in length 
of head; maxillary extending almost to below posterior 
border of eye; lower jaw strongly projecting. Ridges on 
head diverge a little posteriorly ; greatest distance between 


of Cluperd Fishes. a 


them 4 diameter of eye. 20 gill-rakers on lower part of 
anterior arch. Scales 45/14-15 ; ventral scutes prominent, 
24+10. Dorsal 17; origin nearer base of caudal than end 
of snout, equidistant from former and anterior border of eye. 
Anal 42; origin below posterior half of dorsal; length of 
base 381 in length of body. Pelvics- shorter than eye ; 
inserted a little nearer base of pectoral than origin of anal. 

Burma; Java; China. 

A single specimen, 200 mm. in total length, from Java. 


12. Llisha macrogaster. 
Ilisha macrogaster, Bleek. Ned. Tijdschr. Dierk. iii. 1866, p. 300; 
Atl. Ichth. vi. p. 121, Clup. pl. xiii. fig. 4 (1872). 
Pellona macrogaster, Ginth. Cat. Fish. vii. p. 458 (1868); Weber & 
Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Austral. Archipelago, ii. p. 93 (1918). 


Depth of body about 3 in the length, length of head 4. 
Ventral profile, especially anteriorly, much more convex 
than dorsal. Snout shorter than diameter of eye, which is 
24 to 23 in length of head; maxillary extending to below 
anterior part of eye; lower jaw moderately projecting. 
Ridges on head run parallel posteriorly; greatest distance 
between them 34 to 82 in diameter of eve. 21-24 gill- 
rakers on lower part of anterior arch. Scales 50/15 (?) ; 
ventral scutes prominent, 26+10. Dorsal 16-17; origin 
very little nearer end of snout than base of caudal. Anal 
47-48 ; origin below posterior half of dorsal; length of base 
24 to 22 in length of body. Pelvics shorter than eye; 
inserted nearer base of pectoral than origin of anal. 

Rivers of Borneo. 

Two specimens, 125 and 130mm. in total length, 
including the type of the species, 


13. Llisha xanthoptera. 

Pellona xanthoptera, Bleek. Nat. Tijdschr. Ned. Ind. ii. 1851, p. 439; 
Verh. Bat. Gen. xxiv. 1852, Haring. p. 49; Giunth. Cat. Fish. vii. 
p- 457 (1868); Weber & Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Austral. Archi- 
pelago, 11. p. 94 (19138). 

Llisha xanthoptera, Bleek. Atl. Ichth. vi. p. 122, Clup. pl. vii. tig. 3 
(1872). 


Depth of body 3 to 83 in the length, length of head 
33 to 4. Ventral profile much more convex than dorsal. 
Snout shorter than diameter of eye, which is 34 to 33 in 
length of head; maxillary extending to below auterior part 
or middle of eye ; lower jaw strongly projecting. Ridges on 
head run parallel posteriorly; greatest distance between 
them 34 to 4 in diameter of eye. 21-28 gill-rakers on lower 


10 | Mr. J. R. Norman—A Revision 


part of anterior arch. Scales 50-52/15-16; ventral scutes 
24-27 +10-13. Dorsal 17-18; origin equidistant from end 
of snout and base of caudal, or-a little nearer former. Anal 
46-48 ; origin below posterior part of dorsal, or below its 
last rays; length of base 23 to 23 in length of body. Pelvics 
shorter than eye; inserted well in front of dorsal; a little 
nearer base of pectoral than origin of anal. Vertical dis- 
tance from upper end of pectoral base to edge of thorax 
equal to or greater than postocular part of head. 

Malay Archipelago. 

Three specimens, 120-235 mm. in total length, including. 
one of the types of the species. 


14. Ilisha filigera. 


Pellona filigera, Cuv. & Val. Hist. Nat. Poiss. xx. p. 322 (1847); Day, 
Fish. India, p. 648, pl. clxv. fig. 4 (1878). 


Scarcely distinct fram the preceding species. Depth of 
body 32 to 34 in the length. Diameter of eye 24 to 3} in 
length of head. 18-19 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior 
arch. Scales 50/15-16 ; ventral scutes 22+10-11. Dorsal 
17-18. Anal 47-50. 

Coasts of India. 

Three specimens, 55-150 mm. in total Jength. 


15. Ilisha megaloptera. 


Platygaster megalopterus, Swainson, Nat. Hist. ii. p. 294 (1839). 
Pellona dussumieri, Cuv. & Val. Hist. Nat. Poiss. xx. p. 316, pl. 596 
(1847); Gunth. Cat. Fish. vii. p. 457 (1868); Weber & Beaufort, 
Fish. Indo-Austral. Archipelago, ii. p. 92 (1918). 
? Pelluna micropus, Cuv. & Val. t.e. p. 820. 
Pellona leschenaultu (non C. & V.), Bleek. Verh. Bat. Gen. xxiii. 1850, 
Bijdr. M. en O. Java, p. 11: 
Pellona russelli, Bleek. Verh. Bat. Gen. xxiv. 1852, Haring. p. 23. 
Pellona motius (non Ham. Buch.), Ginth. Cat. Fish. vii. p. 456 (1868). 
Llisha megatopterus, Bleek. Atl. Ichth. vi. p. 119, Clup. pl. vi. fig. 6 
1872). 
Pate Dane Day, Fish. India, p. 645, pl. elxv, fig. 2 (1878). 
Depth of body 3} to 32 in the length, length of head 
33 to 82. Ventral profile more convex than dorsal. Snout 
shorter than diameter of eye, which is 23 to 32 in length of 
head ; maxillary extending to below middle of eye or a little 
beyond ; lower jaw strongly projecting. Ridges on head 
run parallel or diverge a little posteriorly ; greatest distance 
between them 34 to 44 in diameter of eye. 19-21 gill-rakers 
on lower part of anterior arch. Scales 46-50/14-16; ventral 
scutes 20-23 +8-10. Dorsal 17-18; origin equidistant from 


of Clupeid Fishes. 11 


end of snout and base of caudal, or a little nearer former. 
Anal 42-47 ; origin below posterior part of dorsal or below its 
last rays; length of base 23 to 3} in length of body. Pelvics 
shorter than eye, inserted at an equal distance from origin 
of anal and base of pectoral, or nearer the former. Vertical 
distance from upper end of pectoral base to edge of thorax 
not as great as postocular part of head. 

India ; Malay Peninsula and Archipelago. 

Nine specimens, 100-280 mm. in total length, including 
the type of JI. russelli. A skeleton has 46 vertebra 
(19 +27). 


2. OvistHortTERvs, Gill, 1861*. 


- Proce. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad. p. 38. 
Pristigaster (part.), Gunth. Cat. Fish. vii. p. 460 (1868). 


Differs from IJlisha in the absence of pelvic fins and in 
the position of the dorsal, which commences behind the 
origin of the anal. Anal long (56-65 rays). 

Five species from tropical Indo-Pacific. 


Synopsis of the Species. 


I. More than 24 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch (Indo- 
Pacific). 
Posterior supramaxillary nearly reaching posterior end 
of maxillary ; depth of body 42 in the length.... 1. valenciennest. 
Posterior supramaxillary not nearly reaching to poste- 
rior end of maxillary; depth of body 3} to 33 in 
RPE MCT DY fo Sn pos crs. uioy see. Sele m viv ghd 9s 2. indicus. 


II. 15-20 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch (American). 

A. Origin of dorsal nearer base of caudal than upper end of pectoral 
base; origin of anal about equidistant from base of caudal and 
tip of lower jaw. 

HPN AIROR OOAVS. 6 ack Eos ode usesio gue ee 3. dovit. 
PRPAMAOTOOTAY Ss, sc 5 ce cs cee fee ess 4. effulgens. 


B. Origin of dorsal nearer upper erd of pectoral base than base of 
caudal; origin of anal much nearer tip of lower jaw than base 
RMT MM ctet ape i 21 go Nt cyelPot a's 7g bola of vlgurcece ¢ 5. macrops. 


1. Opisthopterus valenciennesi J. 


Pristigaster tartoor (part.), Bleek. Verh. Bat. Gen. xxiv. 1852, 
Haring. p. 25. 


* The relationships of the genera Opisthopterus, Pristigaster, and 
Odontognathus are discussed by Weber & Beaufort (Verh. K, Akad. 
Wet., Amsterdam, Sect. II. xvii. No. 3, 1912, p. 9). 

+ This name was suggested by Bleeker (Atl. Ichth. vi. p. 124), who 
was doubtful whether his specimens from the East Indies were really 
identical with the “ Tartoore” of Russell and the O. tartoor of Day. 


12 Mr. J. R. Norman—A Revision 


Pristigaster tartoor (non Cuv.), Giinth. Cat. Fish. vii. p. 460 (1868). | 

Opisthopterus tartoor, Bleek. Atl. Ichth. vi. p. 123, Clup. pl. v. fig. 5 
(1872); Weber & Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Austral. Archipelago, ii. 
p. 95, fig. 31 (1913). 

Depth of body 42 in the length, length of head 53. Ventral 
profile more convex than dorsal ; especially convex from chin 
to anal ; dorsal profile of head concave. Snout shorter than 
diameter of eye, which is 3} in length of head; maxillary 
extending to below anterior 4+ of eye; posterior supra- 
maxillary extending almost to end of maxillary; lower jaw 
very oblique, strongly projecting. Ridges on head diverge 
posteriorly; greatest distance between them 32 in diameter 
of eye. 24-25 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch. 
About 52 scales in a longitudinal series; ventral scutes 31. 
Dorsal 17 ; origin equidistant from base of caudal and upper 
end of pectoral base. Anal 64; origin equidistant from base 
of caudal and tip of lower jaw; length of base 24 in length 
of body. Vertical distance from upper end of pectoral base 
to edge of thorax twice in length of head. 

Hast Indies. 

A single specimen, 190 mm. in total length, from 
Dr. Bleeker’s collection as O. tartoor. 


2. Opisthopterus indicus. 


“ Tartoore,” Russell, Fish. Vizag. p. 74, pl. exciii. 

Pristogaster indicus, Swainson, Nat. Hist. ii. p. 294 (1839). 

Pristigaster tartoor, Cuv Régne Anim., Disciples Ed., vii. p. 277 (1842); 
Cuv. & Val. Hist. Nat. Poiss. xx. p. 328 (1847). 

Pristiyaster tartoor (part.), Bleek. Verh. Bat. Gen. xxiv. 1852, Haring. 
p: 25. 

Opisthopterus macrognathus*, Bleek. Ned. Tijdschr. Dierk. iii. 1866, 
p- 299; Atl. Ichth. vi. p. 124, Clup. pl. x. fig. 4 (1872); Weber & 
Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Austral. Archipelago, ii. p. 96, fig. 82 (1918). 

Pristigaster macrognathus, Ginth. Cat. Fish. vii. p. 461 (1868). 

Opisthopterus tartoor, Day, Fish. India, p. 646, pl. clxiii. fig. 5 (1878). 


Depth of body 3§ to 3g i the length, length of head 42 
to 54. Ventral profile more convex than dorsal ; especially 
convex from chin to anal; dorsal profile of head concave. 
Snout shorter than diameter of eye, which is 3 to 3} in 
length of head; maxillary extending to below middle of eye 
or not quite as far; posterior supramaxillary not reaching 
nearly to end of maxillary ; iower jaw very oblique, strongly 
projecting. Ridges on head diverge posteriorly; greatest 

* Bleeker states that in O. macrognathus the maxillary extends to 
below the posterior part of the eye, and this led him to separate it from 
O. indicus, in which it extends to below the anterior part or middle. 


I have examined one of Bieeker’s specimens of O. macrognathus, and find 
that the maxillary barely extends to below the middle of the eye. 


of Clupetd Fishes. 13 


distance between them 34 to 3? in diameter of eye. 25-27 
gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch. 48-52 scales in 
a longitudinal series; ventral scutes 29-32. Dorsal 15-16 ; 
origin nearer base of caudal than upper end of pectoral 
base. Anal 57-63; origin nearer tip of lower jaw than 
base of caudal; length of base 2 to 24 in length of body. 
Pectorals equal to or longer than head; vertical distance 
from upper end of pectoral base to edge of thorax 14 to 12 
in length of head. 

Coasts of India ; Malay Archipelago. 

Seven specimens, 130-185 mm. in total length, including 
one of the types of O. macrognathus. A skeleton has 49 
vertebre (18+31). 


3. Opisthopterus dovit. 


Pristigaster argenteus (non Cuy.), Gunth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, 
p. 603. 

Pristigaster dovii, Giinth. Cat. Fish. vii. p. 461 (1868). 

Opisthopterus dovit, Jord. & Everm, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. xlvii. 1896, 
p. 437. 


Depth of body 32 in the length, length ofhead 44. Ventral 
profile more convex than dorsal ; dorsal profile of head con- 
eave. Snout shorter than diameter of eye, which is 34 in 
length of head; maxillary extending to below anterior part 
of eye ; posterior supramaxillary extending to posterior end 
of maxillary ; lower jaw very oblique, strongly projecting. 
Ridges on head diverge posteriorly. 17 gill-rakers on lower 
part of anterior arch. Scales 53/13; ventral scutes 29, 
weak. Dorsal 11; origin nearer base of caudal than upper 
end of pectoral base. Anal 56; origin about equidistant 
from base of caudal and tip of lower jaw ; length of base 

4 in length of body. Pectoral a little longer than head. 

Pacific Coast of Panama. 

A single specimen, 200 mm. in total length ; type of the 
species. 


4, Opisthopterus effulgens. 


Pristigaster (Opisthopterus) effulgens, Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 
(7) xii. 1908, p. 621. 


Depth of body 32 in the length, length of head 5. Ventral 
profile more convex than dorsal ; dorsal profile of head con- 
cave. Snout shorter than diameter of eye, which is 34 in 
length of head ; maxillary extending to below anterior part 
of eye; posterior supramaxillary extending to posterior end 
of maxillary ; lower jaw very oblique, strongly projecting. 
Ridges on head diverge posteriorly. 15 gill-rakers on lower 


14 Mr. J. R. Norman—A Revision 


part of anterior arch. Scales 56/13; ventral scutes 29, 
weak. Dorsal 11; origin much nearer base of caudal than 
upper end of pectoral base. Anal 65; origin equidistant 
from base of caudal and tip of lower jaw; length of base 
2} in length of body. Pectoral longer than head. ) 

N.W. Ecuador. | 

A single specimen from the Rio Vaqueria, 226 mm. in 
total length ; type of the species. , 


5. Opisthopterus macrops. 3 
Pristigaster macrops, Giinth. Proc. Zool, Soc. 1866, p. 603; Cat. Fish. 
vil. p. 461 (1868). 
Opisthopterus macrops, Jord. & Everm. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. xlvii. 
1896, p. 487. 


Depth of body 3 in the length, length of head 42. Ventral 
profile much more convex than dorsal ; dorsal profile of head 
concave. Suout shorter than diameter of eye, which is 2? in 
length of head ; maxillary extending to below anterior half 
of eye; posterior supramaxillary extending to posterior end 
of maxillary ; lower jaw very oblique, strongly projecting. 
Ridges on head diverge posteriorly. 19-20 gill-rakers on 
lower part of anterior arch. Scales 53/17; ventral scutes 
28. Dorsal 13; origin a little nearer upper end of pectoral 
base than base of caudal. Anal 61; origin much nearer tip 
of lower jaw than base of caudal; length of base twice im 
length of body. Pectoral about equal to head. A black 
scapular spot. 

Pacific Coast of Panama. : . 

A single specimen, 190 in total length; type of. the 
species. 


3. PristicasTerR, Cuv., 1817. 

Réene Anim., ed. 1, il. p. 176. 

Pristigaster (part.), Gunth. Cat. Fish. vii. p. 460 (1868). 

Differs from Opisthopterus in the greater depth of the body, 
with the abdominal profile very convex. Four or five supra- 
neural spines between occiput aud origin of dorsal. Origin 
of dorsal in front of that of anal. Scales without trans- 
verse grooves. 

A single species from tropical South America. 


Pristigaster cayanus. 


Pristigaster cayanus, Cuy. Régne Anim., ed. 1, iv. pl. x. fig. 8 (1817) ; 
Cuv. & Val. Hist. Nat. Poiss. xx. p. 334, pl. 597 (1847); Giinth. 
Cat. Fish. vil. p. 463 (1868); Jord. & Everm. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. 
xlvii. 1896, p. 488. 


of Clupeid Fishes. 15 


Pristigaster marti, Agassiz, Spix, Pisce, Brazil. p. 55, pl. xxiv. a (1828) ; 
Cuv. & Val. ¢. c. p. 387. 
Pristigaster phaeton, Cuv. & Val. t. ¢. p. 338, 


Depth of body 14 to 2 in the length, length of head 32 to 
4. Snout shorter than diameter of eye, which is 24 to 22 
in length of head; maxillary extending to below anterior 
part of eye; lower jaw projecting. Ridges on head run 
parallel posteriorly. 20-23 gill-rakers on lower part of 
anterior arch. Scales 39-42/17-18 ; ventral scutes 31-33, 
posterior ones very prominent. Dorsal 15; longest rays a 
little shorter than head; origin much nearer to end of snout 
than base of caudal. Anal 46-55; origin behind dorsal ;.- 
length of base about twice in length of body. Pectorals a 
little shorter than head. Dorsal and caudal powdered with 
brown. 

Coast of Guiana and Brazil ; Amazon System. 

Six specimens, 68-100 mm, in total length, from Jurua 
River. | 

4. Opvontoenataus, Lacep., 1800. 

Hist. Nat. Poiss. 11. p. 221. 

Gnathobolus, Bloch. & Schn. Syst. Ichth. i. p. 556 (1801). 

Pristigaster (part.), Guinth. Cat. Fish. vil. p. 460 (1868). 

Closely related to Opisthopterus, but differs in the tapering 
maxillary, which extends as far as the gill-opening or beyond 
mn adults. Anal fin long (67-78 rays) ; origin in front of 
that of dorsal. Pelvics absent. Ventral scutes divided into 
two series, thoracic and abdomial. 

‘wo species from tropical America. 


1. Odontoynathus mucronatus. 


Odontognathus mucronatus, Lacep. Hist. Nat. Poiss. ii. p. 221, pl. vii. 
fie. 2 (1800); Jord. & Everm. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. xlvii. 1896, 
p. 438. 

Gnathobolus mucronatus, Bloch. & Schn. Syst. Ichth. i. p. 556 
(1801); Cuv. & Val. Hist. Nat. Poiss. xxi. p. 91, pl. 611 (1848). 

Pristigaster mucronatus, Ginth. Cat. Fish. vii. p. 462 (1868). 


“Depth of body 43 to 43 in the length, length of head 54 
to 52. Ventral profile more convex than dorsal. Snout 
shorter than diameter of eye, which is 3 to 34 in length of 
head ; maxillary truncate posteriorly in young, tapering in 
adults, extending to below middle of eye in a specimen of 
98 mm., to below anterior half of eye in a smaller specimen ; 
lower jaw projecting. Ridges on head diverge posteriorly. 
25-26 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch. Veutral 
scutes 8+12. Dorsal 11-12; origin a little in front of 


16 Mr. J. R. Norman—A Retisten 


middle of anal. Anal 74-78 (82) ; origin nearer base of 
caudal than tip of lower jaw; length of base about twice in 
length of body. Pectorals a little shorter than head. 

Coast of Guiana. 

Two specimens, 75 and 98 mm. in total length. 


2. Odontognathus panamensis. 


Pristigaster (Odontognathus) panamensis, Steind. SB. Ak. Wien, xxiv. 
1876, p. 24. 


Depth of body nearly 4 in the length, length of head 54. 
Ventral profile convex; dorsal profile of head concave. 
Snout equal to diameter of eye, which is 32 in length of 
head; maxillary extending to beyond gill-opening; lower 
jaw projecting. Ridges on head diverge posteriorly. 54— 
56 scales in a longitudinal series ; ventral scutes 13+ 16. 
Dorsal 12 ; twice as far from gill-opening as base of caudal. 
Anal 67, Pectoral longer than head. 

Total length 200 mm. 

Panama. 


5. Raconpa, Gray, 18381. 
Zool. Miscell. p. 9. 
Apteryyia, Gray, Ill. Ind. Zool., i. pl. xcii. fig. 1 (1835). 
Pristigaster (part.), Gunth. Cat. Fish. vii. p. 460 (1868). 


Differs from Odontognathus in the absence of the dorsal 
fin, in addition to the pelvics. Maxillary tapering; extending 
as far as gill-opening in adults. Anal fin very long (83- 
87 rays); origin in front of that of dorsal. Scales without 
transverse grooves. 

A single species from tropical Indo-Pacific. 


Raconda russelliana. 


Raconda russelliana, Gray, Zool. Miscell. p. 9 (1831); Cantor, J. As. 
Soc. Bengal, xvii. 1850, p. 1274; Bleek. Atl. Ichth. vi. p. 124 
(1872); Day, Fish. India, p. 646, pl. clxiil. fig. 4 (1878); Weber & 
Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Austral. Archipelago, ii. p. 98, fig. 33 (1913). 

Apterygia ramcarata, Gray, Ill. Ind. Zool. pl. xcii. fig. 1 (1835). 

Apterygia hamaltonit, Cuv. & Val. Hist. Nat. Poiss. xx. p. 333 (1847). 

Pristigaster russellianus, Ginth, Cat. Fish. vii. p. 462 (1868). 

Depth of body 32 to 4 in the length, length of head 52 to 
6. Ventral profile more convex than dorsal, especially 
convex anteriorly ; dorsal profile of head concave. Snout 
shorter than diameter of eye, which is 3 to 34 in length of 
head; maxillary extending to below middle of eye in a 
specimen of 180 mm., to below anterior part of eye in smaller. 
specimens; lower jaw very oblique, projecting. Kidges on 


of Clupeid Fishes. 17 


head diverge posteriorly. (22) 24-26 gill-rakers on lower 
part of anterior arch. Scales 60-64/12; ventral scutes 
33-37, weak. Anal 83-87 (92); origin much nearer tip 
of lower jaw than base of caudal; length of base about 1? 
in length of body. Pectorals equal to or longer than head. 
A dark scapular spot. 

Bay of Bengal; Malay Peninsula and Archipelago. 

Several examples, 75-185 mm. in total length, including 
the types of the species and the type of Apterygia ramcarata. 


6. Nrostgvs, gen. nov. 


Closely related to Jlisha, but differs in having a small 
toothed bone in place of the ligament between the distal 
end of the premaxillary and the middle of the maxillary. 
Origin of dorsal in front of that of anal. Scales with trans- 


verse grooves, as in Jlisha. 
The majority of the species are tropical, but N. narra- 
gansete was discovered as far north as Rhode Island on the 


Atlantic Coast of America. 
Synopsis of the Species. 
I. Anal of 33-43 rays. 
A. Origin of anal behind dorsal, or below its last ray. 
1. Scales 40-44/12-18; ventral scutes 18-19+7-8. 
1. ditchela. 
2. Seales 63-77/17-23 ; ventral scutes 21-23+11-14. 
a. Scales 63-66/17-20 ; origin of dorsal equidistant from end 
of snout and base of caudal, or nearer former. 
30-31 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch ; axil- 
lary scale of pectoral not reaching middle of first 
Ne RPII ovo e cinco! o) eich cis ae 4 aus w slat ee wis acne as 2. flavipinnis, 
23-26 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch; axil- 
lary scale of pectoral reaching middle of first ray 
Gy fey" o0G) 3535 Ga Shc CUGe ean Meee OC nen 3. castelneana. 


b. Scales 77/23; origin of dorsal nearer to base of caudal than 
ZiNGE © OSTO Te is Ee Aen SE ae ee 4. altamazonica, 
B. Origin of anal below first third of dorsal .... 5. harrower?. 


IJ. Anal of 46-51 rays. 
A. Origin of anal below dorsal; depth of body 22 to 2 in length. 


6. furthie. 
B. Origin of anal behind dorsal; depth of body 8 to 32 in length. 
Anal of 46 rays; ventral scutes 25+7 ............ 7. narragansete. 


co 
+ 
te 
i 
—_) 
Co 


Anal of 49-51 rays; ventral scutes 22-2 8. panamensis. 


1. Neosteus ditchela. 


? Pellona melastoma, Bloch. & Schn. Syst. Ichth. i. p. 427 (1801) ; 
Cuv. & Val. Hist. Nat. Poiss. xx. p. 308 (1847). 

Pellona ditchela, Cuv. & Val. t. c.p. 814; Day, Fish. India, p. 644, 
pl. clxv. fig. 5. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. xi. 2 


18 Mr. J. R. Norman—A Revision 


Pellona hoeventi, Bleek. Verh. Bat. Gen. xxiv. 1852, Haring, p. 21; 
Nat. Tijdschr. Ned. Ind. 111. 1852, p. 712; Gunth. Cat. mae Vil, 
p. 455 (1868); Day, Fish. India, p. 644, pl. clxv. figs 6 Smee 
Weber & Beaufort, Fish. Indo- “Austral. Archipelago, i ile He eo 
1913). 
pues Pes (part.), Ginth. ¢. ¢. p. 495. . 
Llisha hoeventi, late Atl. Ichth. vi. p. 117, Clup. pl. xi. fig. 2 (1872). 
? Pellona natalensis, Gilchrist & Thompson, Amn, 8. Afr. Mus. vi. 
1908, p. 202. 
Nisha indica (non Swainson), Bouleng. Cat. Afr. Fish. i. p. 163, 
fig, 130 (1909). | 
Depth of body 24 to 3? in the length, length of head 3} 
to 82. Ventral profile a little more convex than level. 
Snout shorter than diameter of eye, which is 24 to 3>in 
length of head; maxillary extending to below anterior part 
or middle of eye; lower jaw a little. projecting. Ridges on 
head converge posteriorly ; greatest distance between them 
34 to 34 in diameter of eye. 20-25 gill-rakers on lower 
part of anterior arch. Scales 40—44/12-13 ; ventral scutes 
18-19+7-8. Dorsal 17-19; origin nearer end of snout 
than base of caudal. Anal (83) 84-37; origin below or a 
little behind last dorsal ray ; length of base 34 to 32 in 
length of body. Pelvics shorter than eye ; inserted midway 
between origin of anal and base of pectoral, or a little nearer 
latter. Dorsal powdered with brown. 
Hast Africa to Indo- Australian Archipelago. 
Fifteen specimens, 60 to 170 mm. in total length, im- 
cluding one of the types of N. hoevenit. 


2. Neosteus flavipinnis. 


Pristigaster flavipmnis, Valenc., D’Orbigny, Voy. Ameér. Mérid., 
Poissons, pl. x. fig. 2 (1859). 
Pellona orbignyana, ‘Cuy. & Val. Hist. Nat. Poiss. xx. p. 802 (1847). 


Depth of body 34 to 82 in the length, length of head 
about 4. Ventral profile much more convex than dorsal. 
Snout shorter than diameter of eye, which is 3? to 44 in 
length of head-; maxillary extending to below middle of 
eye; lower jaw strongly projecting. Ridges on head almost 
parallel posteriorly; greatest distance between them 2? in 
diameter of eye. 30-31 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior 
arch. Scales 64—66/19-20; ventral scutes 22-23 + 11-12. 
Dorsal 17; origin equidistant from each end of snout and 
base of caudal. Anal 37-88 ; origin behind dorsal ; length 
of base 32 to 84 in length of body. Pelvics longer than eye 
inserted aah nearer base of pectoral than origin of anal. 
Axillary scaie of pectoral not reaching middle of first ray. 

Buenos Ayres. 

Two specimens, 160 and 285 mm, in total length. 


¢ 


of Cluperd Fishes. 19 


3. Neosteus castelneana. 


_ Pellona castelneana, Cuv. & Val. Hist. Nat. Poiss. xx. p, 306 (1847). 
Pelliona flavipinnis, Giinth, Cat, Fish. vii. p. 454 (1868). 
Llisha flavipinnis, Jord. & Everm. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. xlvii. 1896, 


p. 435. 

Depth of body 3; to 34 in the length, length of head 32 
to 32. Ventral ome more convex than dorsal. Suout a 
little shorter than diameter of eye, which is 34 to 410 length 
of head; maxillary extending to below middle of eye or a 
little beyond; lower jaw strongly projecting. Ridges on 
head converge slightly posteriorly; greatest distance between 
them 2%} to "23 in diameter of eye. 23-26 gill-takers on 
lower part of anterior arch. Scales 63-66/17-19; ventral 
scutes 21-234 13-14. Dorsal 19-20; origin nearer end of * 
snout than base of caudal. Anal 40-41; origin behind 
dorsal ; length of base 34 to 33 in length of body. Pelvics 
longer than eye; inserted much nearer base of pectoral than 
origin of anal. Axillary scale of pectoral reaching middle 
of first ray or beyond. 

Coast of Surinam and Brazil; Upper Amazons. 

Three specimens, 280-390 mm. in length. 


The following species are placed provisionally in this 
genus. ‘hey appear to be closely related to Neosteus flavi- 
pinnis and castelneana, but, as they are not represented in 
the British Museum collection, [am unable to say whether 
they possess the toothed bone in place of the ligament in 
the upper jaw :— 

4, Neosteus altamazonica. 


Pellona altamazonica, Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad, xxiii. 1871, 
p. 206. 

Depth of body equal to ran of head, which is 33 .in 
length of body. Snout equal to diameter of eye, which is 
+ length of head. Scales 77/23. Dorsal 18 ; origin nearer 
base of caudal than end of snout. Anal 88-39; origin 
below last dorsal ray. Pelvics equal io eye. 

Total length 186 mm. 

Ambyiacu River, Ecuador. 

5. Neosteus harrewert. 
Tiisha harrowert, Fowler, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad, Ixix. 1917, 
p. 128, fig. 1 
Depth of body 22 in the length, length of head 33. 


Ventral profile more convex than dorsal. Eye 27 in length 


of head. Maxillary extending to beyond anterior edge of 
2% 


20 Mr. J. R. Norman—A Revision 


pupil; lower jaw projecting. 24 gill-rakers on lower part 
of anterior arch. Scales 34/14 (?); ventral scutes 20+6. 
Dorsal 16; origm a little nearer base of caudal than tip of 
lower jaw. Anal 41; origin below first third of dorsal. 
Pelvics shorter than eye. 
Total length 96 mm. 
Colon, Panama. 


6. Neosteus furthit. 


Pellona furthii, Steindachner, Sitzber. K. Akad. Wiss. Ixx. pt. 1, 
1875, p. 388. 


Depth of body 23 to 26 in the length, length of head 32 
to 4. Ventral profile very convex; dorsal profile of head 
a little concave. Snout shorter than diameter of eye, which 
is 26 to 3? in length of head. 54-56 scales in a longi- 
tudinal series; ventral scutes 22-244 12-138. Dorsal 16-17; 
origin a little nearer snout than base of caudal. Anal 49- 
50; first 5-7 rays below dorsal ; length of base 24 to 24 In 
length of body. : 

Panama. 


7. Neosteus narragansete. 


Llisha narragansete, Fowler, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. lxiii. 1911, 
p. 208, fig. 1. 

Depth of body 3 in the length, length of head 34. Ventral 
profile more convex than dorsal. Hye 3in head. Maxil- 
lary extending to below anterior third of eye; lower jaw 
projecting. 22 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch. 
Scales 49/14 (?) ; ventral scutes 25+7. Dorsal 18; origin 
nearer end of snout than base of caudal. Anal 46; origin 
just behind dorsal. Pelvics small; inserted nearer to 
origin of anal than origin of pectoral. 

Total length 147 mm. 

Rhode Island, Atlantic Coast of U.S.A. 


8. Neovsteus panamensis. 


Pellona panamensis, Steindachner, Sitzber. K. Akad. Wiss. lxx. pt. 1, 
1875, p. 389. 

Depth of body 3% to 82 in the length, length of head 33 
to 34. Ventral profile a little convex ; dorsal profile of head 
concave. Snout shorter than diameter of eye, which is 32 to 
35 in length of head. Scales 56-59/21-22; ventral Scnte: 
99-23 + 12- 13. Dorsal 16-17; origin equidistant from end 
of snout and base of caudal, or a little nearer former. 
Anal] 49-51 ; origin just behind dorsal; length of base 23 to 
24 m length of body. 

Panama. 


of Clupeid Fishes. 20 


7. PLIOSTEOSTOMA, gen. nov. 


Differs from Neosteus in the absence of the pelvic fins. 
Origin of dorsal behind that of the anal. Scales without 
transverse grooves. 

A single species from America. 


Phosteostoma lutipinnis. 
cae lutipinnis, Jord. & Gilb. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. iv. 188], 
). 040, 
Ba thoptelns lutipinnis, Jord. & Kyverm. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. xlvii. 
1896, p. 437. 

Depth of body 4 to 44 in the length, length of head 4 to 
44, Ventral profile not much more convex than dorsal. 
Snout shorter than diameter of eye, which is 24 to 34 in 
length of head; maxillary obtusely pointed posteriorly, 
extending to below middle of eye ; posterior supramaxillary 
reaching to end of maxillary ; lower jaw projecting. Ridges 
on head diverge posteriorly. 18 gill-rakers on lower part of 
anterior arch. Scales about 45/11; ventral scutes 27-28. 
Dorsal 13; origin about equidistant from base of caudal and 
occiput. Anal 53; origin nearer base of caudal than end of 
snout ; length of base 23 to 232 in seas of body. Pectorals 
a little shorter than heath 

Pacitic Coast of Mexico. 

Seven specimens, 70-130 mm. in total length, from 
Mazatlan. 


8. CHrirRocENTRODON, Ginth., 1868. 


The relationships of this genus are uncertain. It agrees 
with the preceding genera in having a long anal fin, but 
may easily be distinguished from all of them by the struc- 
ture of the mouth. Body oblong, compressed ; abdominal 
serrature commencing on the thorax. Maxillary adherent 
to premaxillary, their dentigerous margins continuous ; two 
supramaxillaries. Teeth on premaxillary uniserial, with 
2 or 8 anterior canines ; maxillary teeth uniserial, unequal; 
teeth in lower jaw uniserial, with a pair of canines inside ; 
narrow bands of teeth on vomer, palatines, and pterygoids ; 
a patch of teeth on tongue. Anal with more than 30 rays ; 
origin just in front of that of dorsal. Pelvics very small. 

A single species from the West Indies. 


Chirocentrodon teniatus. 


Chirocentrodon teniatus, Giinth. Cat. Fish. vii. p. 463 (1868); Jord. & 
Kverm, Bull. U.S, Nat. Mus. xlvii. 1896, p. 435. 


Depth of body 42 to 5 in the length, length of head 4+ to 


22 Mr. H. Campion on Dragonflies from 


41, Ventral profile not much more convex then dorsal. 
Snout equal to or a little shorter than diameter of eye, 
which is 3 to 3} in length of head. Maxillary tapering 
posteriorly, extending to below posterior border of eye; 
lower jaw moderately projecting. Ridges on head converge 
a little posteriorly. 16-17 gill-rakers on lower part of 
anterior arch. Ventral scutes 16+9-10. Dorsal 14-15 ; 
origin equidistant from base of caudal and occiput. Anal 
40-42 ; origin just in front of that of dorsal; length of 
base nearly 3 in length of body. Pectorals shorter than 
head. Pelvics shorter than eye; inserted much nearer to 
base of pectoral than origin of anal. A _ silvery lateral 
band. 

West Indies. | 

Five specimens, 80-90 mm. in total length ; types of the 
species. 

Pellona bleekeriana, Poey (‘ Répertorio,’ ii. 1867, p. 242), 
may not be distinct from Ch. teniatus. As described, it 
seems to differ chiefly in having a single canine above and 
two below on each side; no teeth on tongue; anal placed 
behind dorsal. 


Il.—Wotes on Dragonflies from the Old World Islands of 
San Thome, Rodriguez, Cocos-Keeling, and Loo Choo. By 
Hrrspert CamMPion. 


SmA.y collections of dragonflies from the tropical islands 
of San Thomé, Rodriguez, and Cocos-Keeling, and the sub- 
tropical archipelago of Loo Choo, have recently come to my 
notice, and, in view of the infrequency with which those 
Jocalities are referred to in the literature of the Odonata, 


some remarks on the collections in question appear to be 
called for. 


San THOME. 


Through the kindness of Dr. Guy A. K. Marshall, C.M.G., 
I have had the opportunity of examining a few Odonata 
from this Portuguese West-African possession, submitted to 
the Imperial Bureau of Entomology by Mr. A. F. de Seabra 
in 1921 and Mr. H. J. Snell in 1922. Mr. Seabra sent 
only a female of Ceriagrion glabrum, Burm., and a female of 
Hemianaxr ephippiger, Burm. Mr. Snell’s specimens, dated 


San Thomé, Rodriguez, Sc. 2a 


1919-1921, consisted of six species, particulars of which are 
subjoined :— 

Ceriagrion glabrum, Burm., 2 3,1 ?. 

Orthetrum stemmale capense, Calv.,1 ¢,1 2. 

O. guineense, Ris, 1 2. 

Diplacodes lefebvrei, Ramb. E ao. 

Palpopleura lucia, Pay De ot 

Pantala flavescens, Habre 26. 


RopRriGueEz. 


According to Mr. Frederick Smith (Phil. Trans. R. Soe. 
elxvilil., extra volume, p. 539, 1879), Mr. George Gulliver, 
who was attached to the Transit of Venus Expedition which 
visited Rodriguez in 1874, brought home some Odonata 
belonging to the three species, Lidellula mauritiana, Ramb. 
(=Tramea limbata, Desj., 6), Anax mauritianus, Ramb. 
(= Anazx imperator mauricianus, Rarab.), and Agrion ferru- 
gineum, Ramb. (=Ceriagrion glabrum, Burm.). I am 
unable, however, to trace in the British Museum the single 
specimen of C. glabrum referred to by Smith under the name 
of Agrion ferrugineum, although I have found a male of 
Ischnura senegalensis, Ramb., which he did not record. 

In 1918 (August to November) Mr. H. P. Thomasset and 
Mr. H. J. Snell collected a few more dragonflies in 
Rodriguez, which were identified by Mr. W. H. T. Tams as 
Pantala flavescens, Fabr., Tramea limbata, Des}., Orthetrum 
brachiale, Beauv., Anax imperator mauricianus, Ramb., [sch- 
nura senegalensis, Ramb., and Agrion ferrugineum, Ramb. 
feroc, Cambridge Phil. Soc. xix. p. 289, 1920). These 
specimens have passed into the possession of the University 
Museum of Zoology, Cambridge, and Dr. Hugh Scott has 
been good enough to allow me to examine them: 

The only rectifications which are needed in Mr. Tams’s 
identifications concern what he calls Agrion ferrugineum, a 
name which should now be deleted from his list. The 
majority of the insects to which he has applied it prove to 
be examples of the orange stage of the heterochromatic 
female of Ischnura senegalensis. ‘The serics also includes a 
single female, in somewhat teneral condition, of a species of 
- Argiocnemis which is not known to me, and which is smaller 
than the widely-distributed A. rubescens, Sclys, and other- 
wise different from it. The Rodriguez males of J. senegalensis 
exhibit a pecuharity im the coloration of the meso-meta- 
thorax, as most of them have the pale antehumeral lines 
entirely obsolete. Three have the antehumeral lines in 


24 Mr. H. Campion on Dragonflies jrom 


successive stages of reduction, due to the progressive cutting 
off of their posterior portion. ‘Thus, in the first specimen 
the lines are about three-quarters of their full length, in 
another little more than half, while in the third individual 
they are represented by mere vestiges on the anterior portion 
of the meso-metathorax. The twenty-three specimens of 
I. senegalensis contained in the collection may be analysed 
thus :— 


Males :— 
Pale antehumeral lines complete .............. 1. 
Pale antehumeral lines reduced............--0+ 3. 
Pale antehumeral lines obsolete .............. 8. 
Females :— 
Homocochromatici.. os.) oe dais ae ee aron te 1, 
Heterochromatic. 
Orange Stagesn. sync cidetes cere elie Chomitoeene the 
OlivAace ous Stage wk es ironies are ra oe 


The single female of Tramea limbata in the collection 
agrees very well in its wing-markings with the female 
obtained from the same island by Gulliver. 

As regards Orthetrum brachiale, of which there are two 
males and a female, it may be observed that the species has 
been recorded from Mauritius, but not otherwise from Rodri- 
guez. One of the males is teneral, but the other specimens 
agree with it in having the anal appendages quite white. I 
have seen a long series of this species from various parts of 
Continental Africa, and found that the anal appendages, in 
males and females alike, are usually black. Ris, however, 
describes the appendages of both sexes as being normally 
bright yellow, while in very adult examples only are they 
dark and pruinose (Coll. Selys, Libell. p. 200, 1909). The 
hamules of the two inales, and especially those of the fully 
matured specimen, are very similar to what Ris has figured 
from a Nossi Bé example (Joc. cit. fig. 140). 


Cocos-KEELING. 


The dragonflies collected in April and May 1906 by 
Dr. F. Wood Jones are of unusual interest, inasmuch 
as “none of these species is resident on the atoll, and there 
is no open fresh water for them to pass their early stages in. 
All are wind-borne waifs, and do not belong properly to the 
fauna of the islands, although they are at times so con- 
spicuous a feature of it”? (Wood Jones, Proc. Zool. Soc. 
Lond. 1909, p. 155). ‘The specimens were presented to the 
British Museum (Natural History), and were identified by 
Mr. W. F. Kirby as belonging to Pantala flavescens, Fabr., 


San Thomé, Rodriguez, Se. 25 


Tramea rosenberyii, Brauer, and Anax guttatus, Burm. 
According to Ris’s monograph of the Libellulinze, the single 
male Tramea should be referred to as 7’. limbata, Desj., d. 
The wing-markings are identical with those of males from 
Lombok with which I have compared them. 

Next to the fact that these dragonflies were casual visitors 
to a coral atoll several hundred miles away from the nearest 
mainland, the chief point of interest about them is the 
discovery that what Kirby called Anaxv guttatus is really 
Anax (Hemianax) papuensis, Burm., a species of which no 
undoubted records exist outside the limits of the Australian 
continent. As extending the known distribution of this 
insect in the opposite direction, it may be mentioned that 
the British Museum series includes a male presented by 
Mr. W. Wykeham Perry, of H.M.S. ‘ Pearl,’ and taken 
60 miles off Lord Howe’s Island on 15th September, 1874, 
when a strong wind was blowing off the island. It may be 
added that M. René Martin has recorded Anax papuensis 
from New Guinea, on the authority of a single male speci- 
men in De Selys’s collection (Coll. Selys, Ausch. p. 29, 1908). 
M. G, Severin, however, has been kind enough to inform me 
(in litt., 28. vi. 22) that the collection in question contains 
no such specimen from New Guinea. There are two 
examples labelled New Holland, and it is probable that one 
of those labels was misread by “Martin as referring to New 
Guinea. Burmeister’s type also came from New Holland, 


and the specific name papuensis was evidently a misnomer 
from the first. 


Loo CuHoo., 


Scattered through the National Collection are a few 
Odonata obtained by Capt. F. W. Beechey during the voyage 
of H.M.S. ‘ Blossom’ to the Pacific and Behring’s Straits 
in 1825-28. Some of these specimens are provided with an 
oblong label inscribed ‘ Loo Choo” and a round ticket 
bearing simply Capt. Beechey’s name, while other specimens 
carry nothing beyond a round ticket marked “ Sandw. T., 
Beechey.’ ‘The so-called Sandwich Islands material fur- 
nished the specimen which became the type of Deéielia 
fasciata, Kirby, an insect which, as McLachlan pointed out 
(Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) x. p. 177, 1892), is nothing 
else than the heterochromatic 2? of D. phaon, Selys, from 
Japan, Amoy, and Loo Choo. He added that “ the ‘ Blossom” 
visited the latter islands [| Loo Choo], and it is not at all 
improbable that some confusion in the locality labels subse- 
quently occurred,” especially as no “recent investigator of 


26 Mr. H. Campion on Dragonflies from 


the Hawaiian Islands has noticed this conspicuous insect.” 
With the exception of Diplacodes bipunctata, Brauer, and 
Trithemis annulata, Beauv., the other dragonflies labelled 
in the same way also belong to well-known Asiatic species, 
and Pantala flavescens is the only one among them known to 
be a Hawaiian insect. : 

The Beechey dragonflies which I have so far succeeded in 
tracing in the British Museum are the following :— 


Labelled as coming from “ Loo Choo ”— 

Ischnura aurora, Brauer, 1 3. 

Diplacodes bipunctata Brauer, 1 ?, evidently belonging 
to this species. 

Crocothemis servilia, Drury, 1 6. 

Pantala flavescens, Fabr., 1 2. 


Labelled as coming from the “ Sandwich Islands ”—- 


Orthetrum albistylum speciosum, Uhler, 1 ¢. 
Diplacodes bipunctata, Brauer, 2 ?. 

Deielia phaon, Selys, 1 ?. 

Trithemis festiva, Ramb., 1 ?. 

? T. annulata, Beauv., 2 @. 

Zholymis tillarga, Fabr.,1 3. 

Pantala flavescens, Fabr., 3 3,4 2. 


The female Jrithemis has the right hind wing in a terato- 
logical condition. A similar female, but presumably with 
normal wings, labelled in a similar way, passed from the 
British Museum into De Selys’s collection, where it received 
the manuscript name of Trithemis nereis. Both specimens 
were carefully studied by Ris, who, suspecting that they 
really came from Loo Choo, with Detelia phaon, referred 
them, provisionally, to the Asiatic species Trithemis festiva. 
He also pointed out that 7. festive was known to occur as 
near to Loo Choo as Formosa (Coll. Selys, Libell. p. 799, 
1912). The identification of the British Museum specimen 
as 7’. festiva is probably correct, in spite of the large ptero- 
stigma and of the fact that the tips of the three normal 
wings are hyaline, and not clouded with brown, as appears 
to be usual in females of that species. 

The two broken males, labelled ‘Sandw. I., Beechey,” 
are in the form of the hamule and the redness of the vena- 
tion more like 7. annulata than 7. festiva. In all four hind 
wings Cu, has migrated upwards upon the outer face of the 
triangle, reminding one of the genus Déiplacodes, although 
the other characters are those of true Trithemis. The 
unusual condition of Cuy, it may be remarked, is exhibited 
also by the female 7rithemis discussed by Ris. 


San Thomé, Rodriguez, ke. 27 


A perusal of Capt. Beechey’s ‘Narrative,’ published in 
two volumes in 1831, reveals the fact that Teneriffe was the 
only place where a landing was made during the voyage of 
the ‘Blossom’ at which 7rithemis annulata was at all likely 
to have been met with. Dr. B. P. Uvarov informs me that 
he has fonnd a few Orthoptera of Beechey’s in the British 
Museum purporting to come from the Sandwich Islands, 
which obviously had their origin in some locality hke 
Madeira or the Canary Islands. lf my determination of the 
two fragmentary males of Zrithemis should be correct, it 
follows with a reasonable degree of certainty that they were 
obtained at Teneriffe in June 1825, although I have no 
positive record before me of the occurrence of 7. annulata in 
that island. 

Although the Sandwich Islands were visited by Beechey 
_in. May 1826, it cannot be taken as certain that any of the 
dragonflies alleged to come from that archipelago actually 

did so. Nevertheless, it is quite likely that the series of 
Pantala jlavescens may be correctly labelled, as the species 
is well known in the Hawaiian Islands. it is also possible 
that the specimens of Diplacodes bipunctata likewise came 
from Hawail, notwithstanding the lack of other records to 
show that the species occurs there (see Ris, Coll. Selys, 
Libel]. p. 471, 1911, where the ‘Blossom’ material is cited). 
The Asiatic species were, in all probability, gathered at 
Loo Choo in May 1827, while the putative specimens of 
Trithemis annulata were secured at Teueriffe early in the 
outward voyage. 

In 1915 Mr. K. Oguma published “ A List of Dragonflies 
collected by Mr Okumura from Kiushiu and Loo Choo” 
(Ent. Mag., Japan, i. pp. 146-148). The text of this paper 
is in Japanese, and Mr. 8S. Yamada, of the Imperial 
University, Tokio, has kindly assisted me to separate the 
Loo Choo records from the others. The names of fifteen 
specics occurring in Loo Choo have been obtained in this 
way, namely :—Orihetrum triangulare melania, Selys, O. sabina, 
Drury, O. albistylum speciosum, Uhler, Crocothemis servilia, 
Drury, &hyothemis variegata imperatriz, Selys, Pantala 
flavescens, Fabr., Diplacodes trivialis, Ramb., Tramea 
chinensis, De Geer, Deielia phaon brevistigma, Oguma, 
Gynacantha rosenbergti, Brauer, Anax guttatus, Burm., 
A. parthenope, Selys, Ictinus fallax, Selys, Gomphus sp., and 
Matrona. nigripectus, Selys. It will be observed that 
Mr. Oguma’s list does not include all of the species in the 


‘ Blossom?’ collection which I have provisionally attributed 
to Joo Choo. 


28 Mr. H. Campion on a new Form of 


III.—A new Form of Indothemis limbata from Ceylon 
(Odonata). By Hurserr Campion. 


Iypormeurs rrupara, Selys, isan uncommon species known 
only from four localities in Burma and the Malay Peninsula, 
but an examination of some material in the British Museum 
(Natural History) shows that a local form of it occurs also 
in Ceylon. This material consists of two males and one 
female obtained in 1890 by Col. J. W. Yerbury, and it 
appears to have been recorded as Trithemis festiva, Ramb., 
in Mr. W. F. Kirby’s report upon the collection of Cingha- 
lese Odonata to which it belongs (Linn. Soe. Journ., Zool. 
xxiv. p. 551, 1894). Indeed, the males resemble those of 


Indothemis limbata sita, subsp. n., holotype. 


T. festiva so closely that they are very likely to be confused 
with them, unless an inspection is made of the venational 
characters or of the genitalia of the second abdominal 
segment. 

‘The males of the new subspecies differ from those of the 
typical form in having (1) the tips of the wings hyaline, 
instead of being narrowly bordered with dark brown; 
(2) the brown markings at the base of the wings more 
opaque ; (3) the basal wing-markings extending further 
distally, e.g., reaching to the first antenodal in the fore 


Indothemis limbata from Ceylon. 29 


wing and to the second antenodal in the hind wing, instead 
of ceasing halfway to (fore wing) or at (hind wing) the 
first antenodal ; and (4) the pterostigma about 1 mm. shorter 
and of a darker and redder shade of brown. The hamules 
of the two forms are barely distinguishable from one 
another. 

Specimens of Jndothemis are still very rare in collections, 
and the female of J. limbata limbata has never been 
described. Although the female of J. cesia, Ramb., was in 
the possession of De Selys-Longchamps in 1884, he mistook 
it for Sympetrum meridionale, and the unique specimen 
remained unrecognised for more than a quarter of a century. 
The undescribed female from Ceylon likewise resembles a 
Sympetrum, and at a cursory glance might easily be con- 
fused with S. dane, Sulz., 2. 


Indothemis limbata sita, subsp. u. 


¢ (holotype). Trincomali, 6. x11. 1890, Yerbury. 

Closely resembling the ¢ of 1. limbata limbata, Selys. 

Length of abdomen 23 mm.; hind wing 27 mm. 

Wings hyaline, except at base. Fore wing with umber- 
brown streaks in the (1) subcostal space, ending at the 
first antenodal, (2) cubito-anal space, ending at the anal 
crossing, and (8) basal cell in the anal field. Hind wing 
with large umber-brown basal spot, extending outwards to 
a point between the first and second antenodals, and con- 
tinuing posteriorly at about the same level to the end of the 
first proximal cell in the anal loop: the outline then pro- 
ceeds obliquely to meet the inner margin of the wing at a 
point four or five cells beyond the apex of the membranule. 
Pterostigma 3mm. long, dark reddish brown. Antenodals 
a Postnodals =~2. Discoidal area of left fore wing 
with one row of three cells next to the triangle. ‘Triangle 
of right fore wing free. 

On the dorsum of segments 7 and 8 of the abdomen a 
pair of conspicuous orange-brown streaks, somewhat less 
than half the length of the segment. On the ventral surface 
of segments 5-8 (and perhaps on 4 also) a pair of stripes 
similar in position, length, and colour to the streaks on the 
dorsum of 7 and 8, but wider. 


S (paratype). Trincomali, 18.ix.1890, Yerbury. 
Length of abdomen 22 mm.; hind wing 26 mm. 


113. 11 3.8 ae if 
Antenodals 2+: Postnodals 5. Discoidal area of 


30 On a new Form of Indothemis limbata. 


right fore wing with one row of three cells next to the 
triangle. 

Evidently a more fully adult specimen. Even under the 
most favourable illumination, abdominal segments 7 and 8 
show no trace of pale markinys. On the ventral surface of 
segments 5-7 (but not on 4 and 8) are just discernible 
orange-brown stripes similar to those seen in the holotype. 
There are also some patches of orange-brown on the under- 
side of segments 1 and 2. The labrum, clypeus, frons, 
metepimeron, pectus, and legs are blacker than in the 
holoty pe. 


2 (allotype). Trincomali, Ceylon, 19. vin. 1890, Yerbury. 

Length of abdomen 20mm. ; hind wing 26 mm. 

Labium yellow, with a very large triangular black spot 
lying upon the median lobe and those portions of the 
lateral lobes which are immediately above it. Labrum and 
clypeus yellow. Frons yellow, with a rather broad black 
streak bordering the vertex and the eyes. Vertex, antennz, 
and occipital triaugle brownish black. Space behind each 
eye with two conspicuous yellow spots. 

Prothorax yellowish. Meso-metathorax yellow, with a 
broad mid-dorsal black band: a still broader juxta-humeral 
black band: and a black band of intermediate width, partly 
above and partly upon the second lateral suture; this last- 
mentioned band embodies a row of five yellow spots, of 
which the first and the last are the largest. Pectus with a 
broad transverse band of blackish brown immediately behind 
the legs, a narrow black band upon the hind margin of the 
thorax, and a third band, broad, semicircular, and blackish 
brown, lying between the other two. 

Fore wings with a mere trace of saffron at the base. 
Hind wings with a trace of saffron in the costal and median 
spaces; a streak of saffron in the subcostal space, reaching 
to the first antenodal; and a large basal saffron spot, 
extending from the cubitus above to a point three or four 
cells beyond the apex of the membranule, and reaching 
distally to the level of the first antenodal and the inner 
boundary of the anal loop. Pterostigma 3mm. long, pale 


, 104 . 102 : 
reddish brown. Antenodals ed. Postnodals rs’. Dis- 


coidal area of each fore wing with one row of three cells 
next to the triangle. ‘Triangle of left fore wing free. 
Legs black ; femora of fore legs yellowish internally. 
Abdomen tapering gradually from base to apex, mainly 
black. Segments 1-38 yellow at the sides, and with some 


On Parasitic Hymenoptera from Spitsbergen. dL 


yellowish patches on the dorsum. On segments 4-8 the 
yellow area on euch side takes on the form of a well- 
defined yellow marking, reaching from the base to about the 
middle of the segment, except on 4, where it is about three- 
quarters as long as the seoment: on 5-7 the marking is 
deeply bifid, and the lower branch becomes progressively 
shorter: on 4 and 8 the branches of the mar king are com- 
pletely separated at the base: on 9 the yellow marking 1s 
reduced to a mere basal dot. Segment 10 is wholly black. 
Ventral surface of segments I] and 2 mostly yellow ; a broad 
mid-ventral black band on 2; 3-8 yellow in the basal half 
(or thereabouts) and black in the apical half (or there- 
abouts); 9 and 10 black. 

Anal ‘appendages blackish brown, about as long as seg- 
ment 9; conical; straight, except at the tips, which are 
pointed and divergent. 

Vulvar lamina not at all prominent; the posterior margin 
straight in ventral view and slightly arched when seen from 


behind, 


IV. — Results of the Owford University Expedition to 
Spitsbergen, 1921.—-No. 25. Hymenoptera Parasitica: 
Ichneumoncidea. By JAMES Waterston, B.D., D.Sc. 


THE thirteen specimens of parasitic Hymenoptera taken by 
the Expedition are referable to three genera, whose study 
presents very considerable difficulties. Moreover, the descrip- 
tions of Holmgren—to whom mainly our knowledge of these 
insects from Spitsbergen is due—are insufficient for critical 
work. ‘Thanks, however, to the kindness of Dr. A. Roman, 
Stockholm, who has access to Holmgren’s types, three of the 
possibly four species represented in the collection have been 
determined. I desire to thank Dr. Roman heartily for the 
trouble he has taken. As Dr. Roman is at present engaged 
in revising the Hymenoptera of Spitsbergen, 1t is unnecessary 
to offer now any descriptive or comparative notes on the 
species recorded below. 

All the specimens were taken by Mr. C. 8. Elton (whose 
collecting was done at the head of Klaas Billen Bay, “ Bruce 
City’), mostly from various flowers growing on a raised 
shingly beach at from 0-60 feet. 

All of the three named species were originally described 
from Spitsbergen, and Mr. Hlton’s captures were apparently 


SE ee ee 


32 On Parasitic Hymenoptera from Spitsbergen. 


made under the same conditions as Holmgren’s over fifty 
years ago. 


Braconid2. 


Ichneutes hyperboreus, Holmgr. 


Ichneutes hyperboreus, Holmgren, Svensk. Vet.-Akad. Handl. viii. 
P. 5, p. 25, d 2 (1869). 

3 2, “shingly raised beach, with Dryas ete.,” 22. vii. 1921. 

? , “ Dryas octopetala, area of shingle,” 30. vil. 1921. 

? , “on flowers,” 2. vil. 1921. 

The Rev. T. A. Marshall (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1889, 
pt. il. June, p. 184) says :— The Rev. A. E. Eaton brought 
a specimen [of I. reunttor, Nees] from Spitzbergen ”—re- 
ferring probably to the present species. 

Ichneutes spp. are known to destroy saw-fly larvee (Tenthre- 
dinidee), and Holmgren remarks (/. ¢.) that ZL. hyperboreus 
doubtless parasitizes Mematus (i. e., Pristiphora) frigidus, 
Bohem. ‘The latter species was also secured by the expe- 
dition [¢f.) Morice, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 9, vol. x. 
no, 96, p. 220 (1922); cf. also RR. Malaise, Mnta Midskiz 
(Os JOE (Cb 


Ichneumonide. 


Atractodes bicolor, var. arcticus, Holmer, 


Atractodes bicolor, Gravenhorst, Ichneum. Kurop. iii. p. 791, no. 179 9 
(1829). : , 

Atractodes arcticus, Holmgren, Ofvers. Svensk. Vet.-Akad. Forh. 
Xxix, P16, p.199,5 (1872). 


2 2, “on flowers of Sawifraga hirculus,” 4. viii, 1921. 


Probably a dipterous parasite. Several species of this 
genus have now been bred from maggots in carrion. 


Stenomacrus pedestris, Holmer. 
Orthocentrus pedestris, Holmgren, Svensk, Vet.-Akad. Handl. viii. 
P. 5, p. 23, 2 d (1869). 
23,32, “on flowers of Stlene acaulis, about 30 ft.,” 
2eeviils 1921: 
2, ‘on hut window-pane or ledge below, about 25 ft.,” 


14. vill. 1921. 
This is probably a parasite of some small nematocerous 


dipteron. 


A .2 
— 
*.° 
Sed 


On new Malachiid Beetles. 


Stenomacrus sp. 


2 g, “dry tundra on shingle, 0-60 ft.,” 11. viii. 1921. 

On first studying the Stenomacrus material of this collec- 
tion I did not separate the above examples from S. pedestris, 
but later suspected they might be distinct. 

I accordingly sent them to Dr. Roman, who tells me that 
in his Spitsbergen collection there are also two males com- 
parable with those collected by Mr. Elton. Dr. Roman, 
however, is not yet prepared to offer a decided opinion as to 
the status of this form, and here the matter must for the 


present rest. 


British Museum (Nat. Hist.), 
Nov. 1922. 


V.— New Malachiid Beetles and further Notes on the 
Distribution and Synonymy of various other Species from 
South and East Africa | Coleoptera]. By G.C.CHampion, 
LS Aare 


Srnce the publication of my papers on the African species of 
the Malachiid-genera Hapalochrus, Hedybius, Ebeus, Attalus, 
&e., in recent volumes of this Magazine (1920-22), some 
overlooked material, including several novelties, has been 
found in the buried “accessions ” in the British Museum, 
and various other forms have come to hand from S. Africa, 
these latter having been communicated by Dr. Péringuey, 
or received from Mr. R. H. Turner and the ‘‘ Imperial Bureau 
of Entomology.” Mr. H. HK. Box, too, has recently brought 
four new Malachiids captured by himself during the present 
year at Kabete, near Nairobi, EK. Africa, as well as six species 
of Hapalochrus, from the same locality. The new forms are 
numbered to indicate where they should be placed in the 
arrangement previously adopted. 


Hapatocurvs, Er. 


In addition to some corrections in the synonymy [ Ann. & 
Mag. Nat. Hist. (9) vi. pp. 537-539], two species, cyaneo- 
guttatus (No.9 a) and natalensis (No.9 6b), were subsequently 
added [ op. cit. (9) vil. pp. 344, 845] ; one, dollmani (No. 58) 
transferred to a separate genus, Notomalachius [op. cit. (9) 
ix. p. 580] ; and one, dasytiformis (No 10), proved to be a 

Ann. & Mag. N. Mist. Ser. 9. Vol. xi. 3 


34 Mr. G. C. Champion on 


previously described insect [op. cit. (9) ix. p. 580, nota]. 
In the additional material now to hand, there is one new 
species (No 10a) ; several-more examples of H. ramulosus 
(No. 12), from Bulawayo and Victoria Falls (Mus. Ovon.) 
and Kaapmuiden, Transvaal (Mus. Cape Town) ; and speci- 
mens of H. janthinus, var. (¢), kenyensis (3), confusus (3), 
trapeziderus (2? ), and amplipennis (2 ), from Kabete, Kenya 
Colony. AMalachius cerulescens (?=mashunus, Gorh.) and 
M. caffer, Boh. (? =H. nitens, Gorh.), must belong, as stated 
by me [op. cit. (9) ix. p. 581], to Hapalochrus. 


10 (a). Hapalochrus crassipes, sp. n. 


¢. Elongate, narrow, subparallel-sided, shining, clothed 
with fine pubescence intermixed with long erect hairs; 
black, the anterior legs in great part, the other legs (the 
posterior femora and the tips of the tarsi excepted) to a less 
extent, and an apical patch on the elytra, testaceous, the 
rest of the elytral surface metallic green. Head broad, 
densely, rugulosely punctate; antennze long, stout, 10- 
jointed, strongly flabellate. Prothorax short, broad, trans- 
versely subquadrate, very sparsely punctured. HEHlytra long, 
a little broader than the prothorax at the base, gradually 
widening towards the tip; closely rugosely punctured. 
Legs stout ; anterior femora strongly incrassate, toothed at 
the base beneath; anterior tibie greatly thickened, abruptly 
obliquely compressed, and emarginate towards the apex; 
anterior tarsal joints 1 and 2 thickened, curved, 2 with a 
claw-like extension over 3 above; intermediate tibize dilated, 
hollowed towards the tip within, 

Length 3 mm. 

Hab. 8. Arnica, Namutoni (XK. Barnard, in Mus. Cape 
Town). 

This remarkable Malachiid was sent me for determination 
or description after my paper on the species of Hapalochrus 
was published [ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (9) vi., Aug. 1920]. 
It isaclose ally of H. (Calosotis) barkeri, Pic (=H. dasyti- 
formis, Champ., No. 10) *, differing from the ¢ of that insect 
in the metallic-green, apically testaceo-maculate elytra; the 
stout, flabellate, black antennz; and the thicker legs, 
the intermediate tibiz being widened as in many other 
species of the same genus. 


* Cf, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (9) ix. p. 580 (May 1922), 


Go 
a) 


new Malachid Beetles. 


Hepysivs, Er. 


Some remarks on the synonymy of various Abyssinian and 
S. African species have already been noted by me, and one 
new one, ruficornis (No. 36 a), added [op. cit. (9) ix. p. 581 J. 
Troglops megacephalus, Roth (1851), was omitted from the 
synonyms of H. formosus, Reiche (1849) (sp. No. 8); H. 
lividus, Gorh. (1883) (sp. No. 6) =H. (Troglops) luteus, 
Roth (1851). Another specimen ( @ ) of the fasciate variety 
of H. deliquescens (No. 22) has been received from Nyasa- 
land (H. S. Stannus). Three or four new species with simple 
tarsiin ¢ are added to the S. African list, and one of the 
subgenus Hedybiinus to the E. African list. 


6 (a). Hedybius leucopterus, sp. u. 


2. Rather broad, shining, thickly clothed with soft, pallid, 
erect hairs, without longer sete intermixed, the projecting 
hairs on the tibiz very long; pale testaceous, the elytra 
dirty white, the eyes and mandibles black ; the head and 
prothorax very sparsely, minutely, the elytra densely, finely 
punctured. Head (with the eyes) about as broad as the 
prothorax; antennz moderately long, serrate. Prothorax 
transverse, very convex, obliquely narrowed posteriorly, the 
margins expanded. LElytra broader than the prothorax, 
subparallel, rounded at the apex. 

Length 5 mm. 

Hab. K. Arnica, Kabete (H. E. Bow: iii., v. 1922). 

Two 2? 2. Aclose ally of the Abyssinian H. luteus, Roth 
(=lividus, Gorh.), differing from it in the denser and finer 
puncturing of the elytra, the latter clothed with shorter hairs. 
The Rhodesian H. albipennis, Gorb., has intermixed long 
black setze on the elytra. All these insects have the general 
facies of a pallid Clythrid. 


9 (a). Hedybius atrocaveatus, sp. un. 


6. Moderately elongate, narrow, rather convex, shining, 
finely cinereo-pubescent ; black, the antennal joints 1-4 
(except 1 above), tibize, and tarsi testaceous, the base of the 
head, the prothorax, and elytra with a metallic or violaceous 
lustre, the elytra each with a broad, outwardly widened, 
submedian, orange fascia (extending to the outer margin, but 
not reaching the suture) ; the head at the hase and the 
prothorax minutely, the elytra finely closely punctured. 


36 Mr. G. C. Champion on 


Head broad, as wide as the prothorax, with a very deep, 
smooth, shining, transverse frontal excavation, which is 
arcuate behind and (as seen from above) limited on each side 
above the eyes by a feebly subangular prominence, the cavity 
with a porrect horn in the centre and a triangular dentiform 
plica on each side near the oblique raised outer margin (thus 
appearing tridentate within, as seen from above) ; antennz 
long, rather stout, subserrate. Prothorax transverse, con- 
vex, rounded at the sides, obliquely narrowed behind. 
Elytra wider than the prothorax, subparallel, rounded at 
the tip. Legs long; anterior tarsi 5-jointed, simple. 

Length 3 mm. 

Hab, 8. Arnica, Bechuanaland (Mus. Brit.). 

One ¢, recently received by the “ Imperial Bureau of 
Eutomology.” Separable from the same sex of H. maculifer, 
flavinasus, and trilobatus by the smooth, black, tridentate 
frontal cavity, the long, rather stout antenne, and the 
testaceous tibiee and tarsi. ‘The elytral fascia is interrupted 
at the suture, as in H. maculifer. 


11 (a). Hedybius tridens, sp. u. 


¢. Moderately elongate, rather broad, shining, sparsely 
clothed with palhd, semierect hairs; nigro-cyaneous or 
violaceous, the antennz (the testaceous lower surface of 
joints 2-4 excepted) and legs black, the frontal portion of 
the head and a common, broad, outwardly-widened, angulate 
median fascia on the elytra testaceous ; the head at the base 
and prothorax finely, the elytra coarsely, punctured. Head 
(fig. 1) broad, wider than the prothorax, with a very deep, 
smooth, opaque, trausverse frontal excavation, which is 
truncate in the middle behind, the cavity with an infuscate 
porrect horn in the centre and a triangular dentiform plica 
(arising from the outer portions of the epistoma, and 
infuscate behind) adjacent to it on each side ; antennz very 
long, stout, tapering towards the tip. Prothorax transverse, 
convex, rounded at the sides, obliquely narrowed posteriorly. 
Elytra broader than the prothorax, rather short, a little 
widened posteriorly. Anterior tarsi simple, 5-jointed. 

9. Head much smaller, metallic, minutely punctured, 
hollowed in the middle anteriorly; antennz short, rather 
slender. 

Length 3,,-35 mm. 

Hab. 8. Arnica, Transvaal (Mus. Brit.), 

One pair, Very like H. trilobatus, Cuamp., type from the 


new Mualachid Beetles. aT 


Cape. The elytral fascia much narrower; the frontal 
excavation of the ¢ with the three infuscate dentiform 
promineuces closely placed, and the basal margin of the 
cavity truncate in the middle and without trace of angu- 
lation in front of the eyes. 


11 (6). Hedybius tripustulatus, sp. n. 


3. Moderately elongate, broad, shining, thickly clothed 
with long, soft, erect, pallid hairs, the antenne, legs, and 
under surface finely cinereo-pubescent; bluish-green, the 
antenne and legs greenish-black, the cephalic cavity, clypeus, 
and elytra rufo-testaceous, the elytra with a large, common, 
subquadrate or cordiform patch at the base and a sill larger 
transverse or rounded patch on the disc of each of them 
towards the apex (the latter extending to the suture, but not 
reaching the outer margin) cyaneous or violaceous; the 
head at the base and prothorax finely, the elytra coarsely, 
closely punctured. Head (with the eyes) (fig. 2) about as 
broad as the prothorax, with an extremely large, broad, 
deep, subopaque, frontal excavation, the margins of which 
are more or less reflexed, bisinuate above, angularly dilated 
inward on each side before the eyes, and raised in front 
into two triangular, curved, vertical, subcontiguous lamella, 
the tips of these reaching a porrect horn arising from the 
centre of the cavity; antennz long, stout, serrate, tapering 
towards the tip. Prothorax broad, strongly transverse, 
rounded at the sides, obliquely narrowed behind, canaliculate 
in the centre anteriorly, the margins reflexed. Hlytra much 
broader than the prothorax, a little widened posteriorly, 
oblong-subquadrate, rounded at the tip. Anterior tarsi 

5-jointed, simple. 

?. Head a little smaller, metallic, simply transversely 
depressed in the middle anteriorly ; antennz much shorter 
and more slender, joints 2-4 partly testaceous beneath. 

Length 33-4 mm. 

Hab. 8. Arnica, Bothaville, Orange Free State (Dr. 
Brauns: 10. iv. 1899: 92), New Hanover, Natal (C. B. 
Hardenbery: 24.1x.1914: & 2, types). 

One ¢,two 2? ?. A remarkably distinct form belonging 
to the first section of the genus, as defined by me in 1921, 
near H. trilobatus and H. maculifer. Dr. Péringuey some 
time ago sent me the ? of it captured by Dr. Brauns, but 
this was left unnamed till the g had been found. The types 
have been presented to the British Museum. JH. divers?- 


38 Mr. G. C. Champion on 


pennis, Pic, 6, unknown to me (No. 37), may belong to this 
section of the genus ? 


31 (a). Hedybius bicornutus, sp. n. 

$. Elongate, widened posteriorly, shining, thickly clothed 
with long, soft, erect hairs intermixed with whitish 
pubescence ; metallic-green, bluish-green, or brassy, the 
head above (except at the sides behind the eyes or at 
the extreme base), antennze (except at tip), and prothorax 
testaceous, the abdomen in great part rufous, the apical 
processes black; the head and prothorax very sparsely, 
minutely, the elytra densely, somewhat rugosely punctured. 
Head (fig. 3) a little narrower than the prothorax, armed 
with a stout, erect, blunt horn on each side near the eyes 
and deeply transversely excavate between them, the cavity 
extending for some distance forward exterior to a flattened, 
trapezoidal, sharply-margined lamella extending backward 
from the epistoma ; antennz moderately long, rather stout, 
serrate. Prothorax strongly transverse, rounded at the 
sides, the anterior margin raised into a triangular, basally- 
widened, dentiform prominence, behind which is a transverse 
excavation. Elytra moderately elongate, broader than the 
prothorax. Pygidium (fig. 3a) abruptly constricted and 
deeply excavate on each side distally, and armed at the apex 
with two long, curved, hook-like processes; the corresponding 
terminal ventral segment with equally long, contiguous, 
apically divergent processes *. Anterior tarsal joint 2 pro- 
duced over the base of 3 above. 

?. Head to the anterior margin and abdomen metallic, ~ 
the labrum testaceous ; antennz shorter and more slender, 
in great part infuscate. 

Length 43-5 mm. 

Hab. Ki. Arnica, Kabete, Uganda (H. EH. Box: iii., iv. 
1922). 

Five ¢ g,numerous ? ?, found with g and ? examples 
of the closely allied H. kabetensis (No. 29), which has the 
head black, the horns short and angular, and the pygidial 
structure very different in the @ (cf. figs. 4, 4a), and the 
elytra blacker and more densely punctured in the two sexes: 
H. ruficornis, Champ., type, ¢, from Nairobi (1922), is 
another similarly coloured form, with very different cephalic 
and pygidial structure in the same sex. 


* TH. kabetensis, 8, has two similar terminal ventral processes, not 
mentioned in the description. 


new Malachiid Beetles. 39 


PuiILHEDOoNvs, Gorh. 
5 (a). Philhedonus bifossulatus, sp. n. 


9. Moderately elongate, rather broad, shining, finely 
cinereo-pubescent ; nigro-cyaneous or bluish-green, the an- 
terior portion of the head, palpi, antenne, prothorax (a large, 
scutiform, metallic patch on the anterior part of the disc 
excepted), a broad median fascia on the elytra (not quite 
reaching the suture or outer margin) and a transversely- 
triangular patch at their apex, and the anterior legs (the 
femora in part excepted), rufo-testaceous or testaceous, the 
rest of the head and legs and the scutellum black ; the head 
and prothorax very sparsely, minutely, the elytra more 
closely, subrugulosely punctulate. Head short, narrower 
than the prothorax, bi-impressed between the eyes and with 
a smooth deep transverse fovea on each side adjacent to 
them posteriorly ; antenne not very slender, long, joints 
3-10 elongate and each slightly widened towards the tip. 
Prothorax transverse, convex, rounded at the sides, narrowly 
margined, obliquely narrowed behind, the anterior margin 
subangulate in the middle. LElytra a little broader than the 
prothorax, widening to near the apex, strongly depressed 
below the base. 

Length 3-34 mm. 

Hab. 8. Aprica, Willowmore tenet | (Dr. Brauns, in Mus. 
Cape Town), Garis [xi. 1885] (ew Mus. Cape Town). 

Twou?.9>: the type in ee condition, the other dis- 
coloured. In the absence of the @, the generic position of 
this insect is uncertain ; but, to judge from the deep juxta- 
ocular foveze, the species may be related to P. fossulifer, Pic 
(type 6), the ? of which is unknown tome. The antennae, 
which might be described as subfiliform, are slightly infus- 
cate towards the apex. 


Exszus, Er. 


Numerous representatives of this genus have been found 
in the British Museum “ accessions,’ including four new 
species and additional examples of others hitherto unique 
or known from one sex only. The latter include E. rudri- 
catus (No. 3), 2, which has the apical margin of the elytra 
smooth and callose, as in same sex of EH. martini (No. 4) ; 
E. crassicauda (No. 9), a g from the Upper Buzi River, 
Port. E. Africa, with the elytral markings disconnected on 
the disc; H. albopartitus (No. 18), a ¢ from the Usangu 


40 Mr. G. C. Champion on 


District, E. Africa; E. zonarius (No. 27, type from 
Abyssinia), ? ° from Salisbury and Marzoe, Mashonaland, 
similar to the ? type. = 


9 (a). Hbeus sexdentatus, sp. n. 


¢ . Moderately elongate, rather broad, widened posteriorly, 
very shining, clothed with semierect bristly hairs inter- 
mixed with fine scattered pubescence ; black, the anterior 
half of the head, antenne (the nigro-maculate inner portion 
of joints 4-11 excepted), prothorax (a broad wedge-shaped 
discoidal patch excepted), the apical excavation and processes 
of the elytra, and legs (a black spot at the tip of the posterior 
tibiz excepted) testaceous or rufo-testaceous ; the elvtra 
with a streak extending down the sides before ‘the middle, 
another streak opposite to it on the suture (extending back- 
ward along the sutural margin), and a rounded spot on the 
dise before the tip, whitish ; the elytra finely punctured, the 
head and prothorax much smoother. Head narrower than 
the prothorax; antennz rather stout, moderately long, 
sharply serrate. Prothorax transverse, rounded at the sides. 
iilytra with a deep transverse excavation at the tip, the 
margins of the cavity tumid, the outer one armed with a 
short tooth, the suture bearing an elongate stout appendage 
and a straight tooth behind it at the apex, the upper one 
with a downwardly-curved pencil of matted hairs at the tip 
(fig.6). Amnterior tarsal joint 2 extending over the base 
of 3 and nigro-pectinate along the oblique outer edge. 
Posterior tibize curved. 

?. Antenne shorter and more slender ; the elytra with 
a common, triangular, testaceous apical patch, connected 
along the suture with the antemedian whitish sutural 
streak, the rounded subapical spot wanting, the marginal 
streak asin 2. 

Length 3-3? mm. 

Hab. ¥B. Rees Kabete (A. E. Bow : iii., iv. 1922). 

One 3g, three 9 2, the sexes, as In various species of 
Hypebeus, having the elytra differently maculate at the apex. 
Near the 8. and E. African EF. erassicauda, Champ., the 
antennse of the ¢ maculate and more strongly serrate, the 
prothorax vittate on the disc, the elytra otherwise marked. 


10 (a). Ebeus denticornis, sp. n. 


6. Rather broad, widened posteriorly, shining ; sparsely 
clothed with fine pubescence intermixed with scattered, erect, 


new Malachid Beetles. AL 


black setz; pale testaceous, the basal portion of the head 
tips of mandibles, eyes, a large subquadrate patch on the 
disc of the prothorax, and a smaller patch on the sides of 
the meso- and metasternum black; the elytra each with 
a humeral patch extending inwards along the basal margin, 
and two transversely placed, irregularly subquadrate spots 
towards the apex, nigro-cyaneous, the posterior tibize slightly 
infuscate before the tip; the head and prothorax almost 
smooth, the elytra finely punctured. Head narrower than 
the prothorax; antennz long, acutely serrate. Prothorax 
transverse, rounded at the sides. Elytra broader than the 
prothorax ; transversely excavate at the apex, the suture 
bearing a very long, stout, abruptly angulate, pointed 
appendage before the tip (fig. 5). Anterior tarsal joint 2 
extending over 3 above, nigro-pectinate along the apical 
margin. Posterior tibiz sinuate within and also tumid on 
the inner edge near the base. 

Length 4 mm. 

Hab. EK. Arnica, Kabete (H. FE. Box: iii. 1922). 

Two ¢ 6. Near the W. African HZ. bicaudatus, Thoms. 
(=bizonatus, Ab.), the prothorax with a large subquadrate 
black patch on the disc, the elytra each with three nigro- 
cyaneous spots (one humeral, the others subapical), the 
antenne much more sharply serrate in ¢. 


15 (a). Ebeus tetraspilotus, sp. n. 


9. Elongate, shining, finely pubescent; black, the 
antennal joints 1-4 (except 1 above), prothorax, and legs 
(the posterior femora and tibiz excepted) testaceous or 
rufo-testaceous, the rest of the antenne slightly infuscate ; 
the elytra bluish-black, with four sharply-defined oval 
whitish spots—one on the suture below the base and — 
another near the tip, and one on each lateral margin before 
the middle ; the head and prothorax almost smooth, the 
elytra subrugulose, rather sparsely finely punctured. Head 
“narrower than the prothorax; antennz rather slender, 
moderately long, feebly serrate. Prothorax small, trans- 
verse, convex, rounded at the sides. Elytra long, much 
broader than the prothorax, somewhat rounded at the sides, 
widest at about the middle. Posterior tibiz curved, simple 
at the tip. 

Length 3 mm. 

Hab. E. Arnica, Mogorr River (A. O. Luckman: v. 1918). 

One 2. Near L. confluens, Champ., and E. consobrinus, 


A? Mr. G. C. Champion on 


Boh., the elytra bluish-black, with four sharply-defined oval 
whitish spots—two on the suture and one on each lateral 
margin before the middle. There is an allied unnamed form 
(2 ) in the Cape Town Museum. 


21 (a). Ebeus rossi, sp. n. 


3. Moderately elongate, broad, robust, shining, clothed 
with fine pubescence intermixed with scattered, erect, 
biackish, bristly hairs ; testaceous, the basal half of the head, 
a broad, mesially-narrowed stripe extending down each 
elytron from the base to far beyond the middle and widened 
into a curved fascia posteriorly (leaving a common lanciform 
patch along the suture and an oblong lateral patch 
testaceous), and the metasternum black or bluish-black, 
the basal margin of the prothorax flavescent ; the head 
closely, extremely minutely, the elytra finely conspicuously, 
punctured, the prothorax almost smooth. Head _ broad, — 
narrower than the prothorax; antennz: moderately long, 
serrate. Prothorax transverse, rounded at the sides, which 
are explanate and transparent towards the base. LElytra 
widening to beyond the middle and arcuately narrowed 
thence to the apex; each with a large, transverse, tumid, 
oval area at the tip, the elevated space simply concave 
within and shghtly curving forwards at the suture. Legs 
rather stout; anterior tarsal joint 2 witha claw-like, apically 
nigro-pectinate extension over 8 above ; intermediate tibiz 
subarcuately dilated near the base within ; posterior tibiz 
arcuate. 

Length 44 mm. 

Hab. S. Arrica, Johannesberg (Ross, ex coll. Distant). 

One ¢. Near E.simoni, Ab., and /. sinuatipes, Champ., 
differing from both in the longitudinally-confluent bluish- 
black elytral markings, the serrate antenne, and the form 
of the apices of the wing-cases in the @. The dark 
markings on the elytra extend to the outer margin, but 
they do not quite reach the suture. 


37. EHbeus fortis, sp. n. 


3. Robust, broad, elongate, shining, clothed with fine 
pubescence intermixed with erect bristly hairs ; testaceous, 
the antennal joints 4-1] in part or entirely, eyes, and meta- 


new Malachiid Beetles. 43 


sternum black, the scutellum piceous, the elytra nigro- 
ceeruleous, the apex and a triangular lateral patch (these 

markings connected along the outer margin) excepted ; the 
head and prothorax almost smooth, the elytra closely 
strongly punctured. Head broad, tumid between the eyes 
and on the vertex, the latter depressed in the middle ; 
antennee long, stout, strongly pectinate. Prothorax broader 
than long, wider than the head, convex, rounded at the sides, 
much narrowed behind. Elytra widened to about the 
middle and arcuately narrowed thence to the apex, which is 
simply hollowed within, the disc obliquely depressed near 
the suture below the base, the apical portion convex. 
Penultimate dorsal abdominal segment (hypopygium) arcu- 
ately excavate at the base, strongly trilobate distally, the 
median lobe longer than the others, curved downward, 
excavate, and spoon-shaped at the tip; terminal dorsal seg- 
ment (pygidium) subconical, convex, transversely hollowed 
at the base ; terminal ventral segment furnished with two 
strong hooked processes. Legs long, stout; anterior tarsal 
joints 1 and 2 much thickened, 2 broad, nigro-pectinate 
along the apical margin, extending over the base of 3; 
posterior tibiz sinuate. 

Length 4 mm. 

Hab. BH. Arrica, Samburu (C. S. Betton: x.-xi. 1896). 

One g, insuch rigid condition (possibly due to immersion 
in alcohol) that the structure of the terminal segments of 
the abdomen cannot be examined without maceration. A 
broad robust form not unlike #. 7o0ss7, with the basal portion 
of the head tumid, the antennz pectinate, the prothorax 
moderately transverse and much narrowed behind, the elytra 
convex beyond the middle and simple at the tip, blue, 
except at the sides and apex, the hypopygium trilobate, &c. 
The species seems to be better placed under Hbeus than in 
Attalus. 


88. Hbeus lineatus, sp. n. 


3. Moderately elongate, rather broad, shining, sparsely 
finely pubescent ; testaceous, the basal half of the head, eyes, 
a very broad patch on the disc of the prothorax (leaving the 
sides and basal margin only pale), scutellum, two sinuous 
stripes on each elytron (sublateral and subsutural, extending 
from the base to the apical excavation), metasternum, 
abdomen, and the bases of the posterior tarsi black, the 
suture and outer margin of the elytra, and the pallid dorsal 


44 Mr. G. C. Champion on 


‘stripe posteriorly, whitish ; the head and prothorax almost 
smooth, the elytra finely punctured. Head broad, nearly as 
wide as the prothorax, the eyes prominent, large ; antennz 
long, sharply dentato-serrate from joint 5 onward, 2 ver 
small. Prothorax transverse, convex, rounded at the sides, 
narrowed behind. Elytra wider than the prothorax; deeply, 
transversely excavate at the apex, and with two appendages 
arising from the sutural margin of the cavity—the upper 
one long, compressed, obliquely truncate, and furnished 
with a matted curved pencil of hairs at the tip, the lower 
one shorter, pointed, dentiform. Anterior tarsal joint 2 
extending over the whole length of 3 and nigro-pectinate 
along the entire outer edge; posterior tibize sinuously 
bowed towards the apex. 

Length 24 mm. 

Hab. Ki. Arnica, Narossura River (W. P. Lowe: xi. 1912). 

One ¢. A peculiar form, with whitish, nigro-bilineate 
elytra, the prothorax black, except along the margins, the 
antenne testaceous and sharply serrate, and the black comb 
on the second joint of the front feet very conspicuous. 


Arratus, Er. 


12(a). Attalus ramifer, sp. n. 


Attalus subceruleus, var., Champ. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (9) ix. D. 576 
(2) (May 1922), 


¢. Rather short, widened posteriorly, very shining, clothed 
with fine, semierect hairs; black, the basal joints of the 
antenne in part and the prothorax (a short transverse space 
in front, formed by the basal portion of the head showing 
through the transparent chitin, excepted) rufo-testaceous 
or testaceous, the elytra cyaneous; the head and prothorax 
almost smooth, the elytra finely, rather sparsely punctured. 
Head a little narrower than the prothorax ; antenne very 
long, flabellate. Prothorax strongly transverse, convex, 
rounded at the sides, deeply, transversely sulcate at the base. 
Elytra comparatively short, broader than the prothorax, 
widening to near the tip, strongly depressed along the suture 
below the base, the apical portion convex. Legs slender ; 
anterior tarsal joint 2 extending over 3 above. 

?. Antenne much shorter, slender, serrate, joints 5-10 
acutely triangular ; elytra more widened posteriorly. 

Length 24 mm. 


new Malachid Beetles, 45 


Hab. S. Arrica, Durban [type] (/. Muir: 1902: @), 
mouth of the River Ifafa * (Mus. Durban: ¢ ). 

One pair, possibly a form of A. subceruleus with a testa- 
ceous, relatively shorter prothorax ; but tilla ¢ with a black 
prothorax is found it is better to keep the two insects 
as distinct, the ¢ found at Durban having the antennze 
flabellate as in the same sex of Hbeus ramicornis, Boh. 
The elytra are much more sparsely punctured than in the 
similarly-coloured A. frerensis. All these insects and other 
closely allied forms inhabit Natal. 


15. Attalus bevinst, sp. n. 


g. Moderately elongate, widened posteriorly, somewhat 
depressed, shining, thickly clothed with fine cinereous 
pubescence intermixed on the elytra with numerous erect 
blackish bristly hairs; brassy or bronze-black, sometimes 
with a cupreous tinge, the antenne black, the mandibles 
at the base, tibize, and basal joint of anterior taal testaceous; 
the entire upper surface closely, minutely punctured, the 
puncturing on the elytra rugulose and a little stronger than 
on the prothorax and interrupted by intermixed scattered 
smooth raised points. Head rather long, much narrower 
than the prothorax, the eyes oval as seen from above ; 
antennz moderately elongate, rather stout, tapering towards 
the tip, joints 4-10 triangular. Prothorax nearly as long 
as broad, feebly rounded at the sides, not very convex. 
Elytra much broader than the prothorax, widening to near 
the tip, incompletely covering the abdomen. Tibize and 
tarsi very slender ; anterior tarsal joint 2 extending over 
the base of 3 above. 

@. Antenne shorter and more slender; elytra more 
widened posteriorly, leaving two abdominal segments exposed. 

Length 23-3 mm. 

Hab. 8. Arica, Table Mountain, Cape of Good Hope 
(W. Bevins, in Mus. UBFU yi. 

Two 3 S, seven ? 2, received by the Museum in 1906. 
A form of A. ceresensis, Champ., with the tibiz testaceous, the 
prothorax unimpressed on each side of the disc (appearmg 
more convex), and the antennz ofthe ¢ less elongate, these 
organs in the same sex of the latter being nearly as long 
as in A. oneili, Pic. The present insect is not unlike the 


* Wrongly quoted by me, anted, as “ Ifafa Mts.” 
Bly q y. ’ 


46 On new Malachiid Beetles. 


Madeiran Pecteropus rostratus, Woll., except in the narrow 
prothorax, serrate antenne, and much smaller size. 


The following species are noticed or described in the preceding 
pages ; the names printed in italics are synonyms or do not 
belong to the genera under which they have been placed. 


Attalus bevinsi, sp. n. (15). Hapalochrus mashunus, p. 34. 
»  Yamifer, sp. n. (12 a). is natalensis, p. 38. 
Ebeeus albopartitus, Pp. ‘39, i nitens, p. 34. 
5,  crassicauda, p. 39. ap ramulosus, p. 34. 
»,  denticornis, sp.n. (10a). trapeziderus, p. 34. 
», fortis, sp. n. (87). Hedybius atrocaveatus, sp. n. (9 x 
»,  lineatus, sp. n. (38). ra bicornutus, sp. n. (81 a) 
po LOSS, Speen (ala): 45 deliquescens, var., p. 35. 
» rubricatus, p. 39. ss formosus, p. 36. 
»,  sexdentatus, sp. n. (9 a). a leucopterus, sp. n. (6a), 
,,  tetraspilotus, sp. n. (15 a). * hvidus, p. 30. 
zonarlus, p. 40. ee luteus, p. 35. 
H apalochrus amplipennis, p- 34. ; megacephalus, p. 35.. 
= barkeri, p. 34. se ruficornis, p. 35. 
op ceerulescens, p. 34. * tridens, sp. n. (11 a). 
*) caffer, p. 34. tripustulatus, sp. n. (11 8). 
~ confusus, p. 34. M alachius cerulescens, p. 34. 
” crassipes, sp. n. (10 a). caffer, p. 34. 
~ cyaneoguttatus, p. 33. Notomalachius dollmani, p. 33. 
5 dasytiformis, p. 33. Philhedonus bifossulatus, sp. n. (6a). 
3 dollmant, p. 33. Troglops luteus, p. 35. 
+5 janthinus, var., p. 34. »  megacephalus, p. 35. 
5 kenyensis, p. 34. 


Explanation of Figures, all taken from 3 3. 


1, Hedybius tridens, sp. n., head from above. 2. H. tripustulatus, sp. n., 
head from in front, 3. ZH. bicornutus, sp. n., head in profile ; 3 a, 
terminal dorsal segment &c. of abdomen. 4. H. kabetensis, 
Champ., terminal dorsal seement &c. of abdomen ; 4a, ditto, 
in profile. 5. Hbeus denticor nis, Sp. D., apex of one elytron in 
profile. 6. E. sexdentatus, sp. n., apex of one elytron in profile. 


A Revision of the Genera of the Family Liparidee. 47 


VI.—A Revision of the Genera of the Family Liparide. 
By Colonel C. Swinuor, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S., F.E.S., 
Member of the Entomological Society of France and of 
the Bombay Natural History Society. 


[Continued from vol. x. p. 484. ] 


241. Nygmia cheela. 
Euproctis cheela, Swinhoe, I. ec. 


Type, ¢, Singapore, in B.M. 


242. Nygmia leucospila. 


Cozola leucospila, Walker, xxxii. p. 390 (1865). 
Cherotricha leucospila, Felder, Reise Noy. pl. xeviii. fig, 16 (1868). 


Types, ¢ ?, Celebes, in Mus. Oxon. 


243. Nygmia chirunda. 
Euproctis clirunda, Swinh. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1903, p. 422. 
Type, 2, Sandakan, Borneo, in B.M. 


244. Nygmia perplexa, 
Euproctis perpleva, Swinh. 1. c. (note). 
Type, ¢, Singapore, in B.M. 


245. Nygmia variegata. 


Artaxa variegata, Hampson, Ill. Het. viii. p. 56, pl. exl. fig. (1891). 
Euproctis hampsont, Swiuh. l. c. p. 428 (note). 


Type, ¢, Nilgiris, in B.M. 


246. Nygmia lutetfascia. 
Artaxa luteifascia, Hampson, . c. p. 57, pl. exli. fig. 2. 
Type, 3, Nilgiris, in B.M. 


247. Nygmia atrisignata. 
Euproctis atrisignata, Swinh. /. ec. 


Type, ¢, Singapore, in B.M. 


248. Nygmia similis. 
Artaxa similis, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. Co. ii. p. 351 (1859). 
Type, ¢, Java, in B.M.; type, ¢, lost ; Singapore. 


48 Colonel C. Swinhoe—A Reviscon of the 


249. Nygmia obscura. 


Artaxa obscura, Moore, J. c. 


== 


Type, 2, Java, in B.M.; Singapore. 


250. Nygmia atomaria. 


Artava atomaria, Walker, iv. p. 796 (1855) ; Butler, Ill Het. v. p. 53, 
pl. xe. fig. 2 (1881). 
Euproctis atomaria, Strand, /. c. pl. xxi. h. 


Type, 2, N. India, in B.M. 


251. Nygmia charmetanti. 


Euproctis charmetanti, Vieill. Bull. Soe. Ent. France, 1890, p. 204 ; 
Mab. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, (6) x. p. eciv (1891); Strand, hes 
pl. xxi. 2. 


S. Algeria. 


252. Nygmia karghalica. 


Euproctis karghalica, Moore, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) 1. p. 281 
(1878); Moore, Second Yark. Miss. AAU Si0G \De Vio Jolly Mayle. 18 (1879) ; 
Strand, /. c. pl. xxi. 2. 

Types, 6 2, Yarkand, in Mus. Calcutta; Jura, Samar- 

kand, Turkestan. 


253. Nygmia apicalis. 


Arna apicalis, Walker, v. p. 1177 (1855). 

Artaxa apicalis, Moore, ee Ceylon, il. p. 85, pl. ii. figs. 4, 4a, d 
(1883). 

Euproctis apicals, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1903, p. 426 (note). 


Type, Ceylon, in B.M.; Bombay. 


254. Nygmia lactea. 
Euproctis lactea, Moore, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 211 Csi 


Type, Yarkand, in B.M.; E. Turkestan. 


255. Nygmia bimaculata. 


Luproctis bimaculata, Walker, iv. p. 836 (1855). 

Euproctis bigutta, Walker, iv. p. é37, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, ii. p. 90, 
pl. cxil. fig. 6 a (1882). 

Luproctis lutescens, Walker, 7. c.; Butler, Ill. Het. v. p. 51, pl. lxxxix. 
fig. 10 (1881). 

Euproctis biguttata, Moore, Trans. Linn. Soc. xxi. p. 55 (1884). 


Type, Ceylon ; type, bigutta, Kanara, 8. India; type, 
lutescens, India; all in B.M. Poona, Nilgiris, Burma, 
Shanghai. 


Genera of the Family Liparide. 49 


256. Nygmia celsa. 
Euproctis celsa, Walker, xxxvy. p. 1915 (1866). 
Type, Philippines, in B.M. 


2907. Nygmia inconspicua. 


Artaxa inconspicua, Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1899, p. 138. 
Huproctis inconspicua, Strand, 7. c. pl. xxiii. h. 


Type, 2, Kia-tung-fu, in B.M.; Omeishan. 


258. Nygmia endoplaga. 


Euproctis endoplaga, Hmpsn. Journ. Bombay N. H. Soe. xi. p. 295 
(1397) ; Strand, 7. c. pl. xxiii. 0. 


Type, ¢, Khasia Hills, in B.M.; W. and C. China. 


259. Nygmia curvata, 
Euproctis curvata, Wileman, Trans, Ent. Soc. 1911, p. 271. 
Types, ¢ 2, Yoshina, Japan, in Coll. Wileman. 


260. Nygmia pauperata. 
Euproctis pauperata, Leech, /. ec. p. 188. 
Type, Moupin, in B.M. 


261. Nygmia seitzt. 
Euproctis settzi, Strand, 7. c. p. 139, pl. xxi. 7. 
Type, Hongkong, in Coll. Seitz. 


262. Nygmia scintillans. 


Somena scintillans, Walker, vii. p. 1734 (1856). 

Artava scintillans, Butler, Ill. Het. v. p. 52, pl. xe. fig. 1 (1880). 

Artaxa justicta, Moore, Cat. Lep. EK. I. Co. ii. p. 852, pl. xvi. fig. 6, 
larva (1859). 

Orvasca subnotata, Walker, xxvii. p. 502 (1865). 

Euproctis mooret, Snellen, ‘Tijd. v. Hut. xxii. p. 106, pl. viii. figs. 8-10 
(1879). 

Somena wrrorata, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, i. p. 87, pl. iii. fig. 2 (1882). 

Euproctis scintillans, Strand, J. c. pl. xxi. h. 

Types, justicie aud subnotota, India; type, zrrorata, Ceylon : 

allin B.M. Type, moorei, Celebes, in Coll. Snellen. 


263. Nygmia limbata. 
Artaxa limbata, Butler, Ill. Het. v. p. 53, pl. xe. fig. 5 (1881). 
Type, Darjiling, in B.M.; Simla, Khasia Hills. 
Ann. & Mag. N. Mist. Ser. 9. Vol. xi. a 


50 Colonel C. Swinhoe—A Revision of the 


264. Nygmia paraneura. 


Artava paraneura, Meyrick, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. (2) i. p. 244 
(1883). 


Fly River. 


265. Nygmia aureoplaga. 
Euproctis aureoplaga, Kenrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1913, p. 598. 
_ Type, 2, Madagascar, in Coll. Kenrick. 


266. Nygmia miniata. 
Euproctis miniata, Kenrick, /. e. 


Type, 2, Madagascar, in Coll. Kenrick. 


267. Nygmia kenricki, nom. nov. 
ELuproctis variegata, Kenrick, 1. ¢. (preocc.). 


Type, @, Madagascar, in Coll. Kenrick. 


268. Nygmia faceta. 
Euproctis faceta, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1903, p. 427. 
Type, 6, Kapaur, N. Guinea, in B.M. 


269. Nygmia alba. 
Euproctis alba, Swinhoe, 7. c. p. 488. 
Types, ¢ 2, Sambawa, in B.M. 


270. Nygmia lanaria. 
Lerphothrix lanaria, Holland, Psyche, vi. p. 474 (1893). 
Type, 3, Ogove River, in Coll. Holland. 


271. Nygmia antiphates. 
Euproctis antiphates, Ampsn. Moths of India, i. p. 478 (1892). 
Type, ¢, Khasia Hills, in B.M. 


272. Nygmia phea. 
Luproctis phea, Hmpsn. Journ. Bombay N. H. Soe. xiii. p. 234 (1900). 
Type, 2, Khasia Hills, in B.M. 

273. Nygmia lyona. 


reais lyona, Swinhoe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xiv. p. 181 
( . , 


Type, ¢, Bipindi, Cameroons, in B.M. 


Genera of the Family Liparidee. 51 


274. Nygmia sagroides. 
Somena sagroides, Hampson, Ill. Het. viii. p. 57, pl. ex], fig. 14 (1891). 
Type, ¢, Nilgiris, in B.M. 


275. Nygmia minutissima. 
Euproctis minutissima, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent, Soc. 1903, p. 425. 


Type, 3, Singapore, in B.M. 


276. Nygmia rubiginosa. 
Euproctis rubiginosa, Suellen, Tijd. v. Ent, xx. p. 10, pl. i. fig. 8 (1877). 
Java. 


277. Nygmia kala. 
Artaxa kala, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. Co, il. p. 851 (1859). 
Type, ?, Java, in B.M. 


278. Nygmia xanthopera. 


Euproctis xanthepera, Hampson, Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. xi. p. 295 
(1897). 


Type, 6, Khasia Hills, in B.M. 


279. Nygmia ormea. 
Euproctis ormea, Swinhoe, /. ¢. p. 426. 


Type, ?, S.E. Borneo, in B.M. 


280. Nygmia cerasina. 
Euproctis cerasina, Swinhoe, J. ¢. 


Type, ¢, Sambawa, in B.M. 
281. Nygmia olwata. 


Euproctis olivata, Hampson, /. e. 


Types, d 2, Khasia Hills, in B.M. 


282. Nygmia subrana. 
Artaxa subrana, Moore, /. ¢. 


Type, 2, Java, in B.M.; Singapore. 


283. Nygmia distracta. 
Artaxa distracta, Walker, xxxii, p. 383 (1865). 
Type, ¢, Sarawak, in B.M. 


52 Colonel C. Swinhoe—A Revision of the 


284. Nygmia subflava. 


Aroa flava, Brem. Bull. Acad. Sci. Pet. iii. p. 479 (1861) (preeocc.). 
Aroa subflava, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 41, pl. ii. fig. 19 (1864). 
Leucoma subjiava, var. piperita, Oberth. Etud. Ent. v. p. 35 (1880). 
Porthesva snelleni, Staud. Rev. sur Lep. iii. p. 207, pl. xii. fig. 3. 
Euproctis intensa, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xx. p. 402. 
Euproctis punctigera, Strand, in Seitz, Macrolep. ii. p. 186 Goel 


Japan, China. 


285. Nygmia anna. 
Euproctis anna, Swinhoe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xii. p. 194 (1908). 
Types, J 2, Kina Balu, in B.M. 


286. Nygmia orestes. 
Cherotricha orestes, Druce, P. Z. S. 1887, p. 674. 


Type, Mongo-ma-Lobak, in Coll. Joicey; Aburi, Gold 
Coast. 


287. Nygmia barbara. 
Euproctis barbara, Swinhoe, /. c. p. 197. 
Type, 6, Kuching, Borneo, in B.M. 


288. Nygmia antica. 


Lacida antica, Walker, iv. p. 802, g (1855). 
Anaxiia notata, Walk. iv. p. 919, “O5. 


Types of both, Ceylon, in B.M. 


289. Nygmia osuna. 
Huproctis osuna, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1908, p. 419. 
Type, ?, Kapaur, N. Guinea, in B.M. 


290. Nygmia armandvillei. 


Cherotricha armanduiller, Oberth. Etud, Ent. xix. p. 35, pl. v. fig. 81 
(1894). 


Type in Coll. Oberthir. 


291. Nygmia egregia. 
ELuproctis egregia, Swinhoe, Z. ¢. 
Type, ?, Batjan, in B.M. 
292. Nygmia limonea. 


Cherotricha linonea, Butler, Cist. Ent. iii. p. 11 (1882). 
Type, od, Madagascar, in B.M. 


Genera of the Family Liparidee. 53 


293. Nygmia costalis. 


Antipha costalis, Walker, iv. p. 806 (1855). 
Utidava incomptaria, Walker, xxvi. p. 1689 (1862). 
Lacida complens, Walker, xxxii. p. 336 (1865). 
Rilia (?) illepida, Walker, xxxii. p. 486. 


All types from Ceylon in B.M., cxeent complens, which is 
in Layard’s lost collection. 


294. Nygmia inepta. 
Artaxa inepta, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) xix. p. 223 (1887). 
Types, ¢ 2, Alu, in B.M. 


295. Nygmia pecla. 
Euproctis pecla, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1903, p, 414. 
Type, ¢, Milne Bay, N. Guinea, in B.M. 


296. Nygmia livia. 
Euproctis livia, Swinhoe, l. c. 


Type, 6, Milne Bay, N. Guinea, in B.M. 


297. Nygmia gentia. 


Euproctis gentia, Swinhoe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xii. p. 195 
(1903). 


Type, 2, Kina Balu, in B.M. 
298. Nygmia sexmacula. 


Euproctis sexrmacula, Swinhoe, J. c. 


Type, 2, Kina Balu, in B.M. 


299. Nygmia utilis. 
Euproctis utilis, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1903, p, 415. 
Types, ¢ 2, Old Calabar, in B.M. 


300. Nygmia metilcucd: 
Artaxa melaleuca, Holland, Psyche, vi. p. 474 (1898). 
Type, Ogove River, in Coll. Holland. 


301. Nygmia lactpa, nom. nov. 
Bembina apicalis, Walker, xxxii. p. 505 (1865) (preeocc.). 
ime. 2, Ceylon, m b.M. 


54 Colonel C. Swinhoe—A Revision of the 


302. Nygmia fervida. 


Artava fervida, Walker, P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 168 ; Saalm. Lep. Madag. 
p- 185, pl. vil. figs. 115, 116 (4884). 


Type, ¢, Madagascar, in B.M. 


303. Nygmia terminalis. 
Aroa terminalis, Walker, iv. p. 794 (1855). 
Types, ¢ ?, Natal, in B.M. 


804. Nygmia patavia. 


Bombyx patavia, Stoll, Pap. Exot. iv. fig. 847, F (1782). 
Lopera patavia, Kirby, Cat. Moths, i. p. 463 (1892). 


Cape. 


305. Nygmia squamosa. 
Lopera squamosa, Walker, iv. p. 920. 
Types, ¢ 2, Natal, in B.M. 


306. Nygmia punctifera. 


Aroa punctifera, Walker, iv. p. 792. 
Lopera gaudens, Walker, xxxii. p. 357 (1855). 


Types, ¢, Caffraria, 9 gaudens, Natal, both in B.M.; 
Durban. 


307. Nygmia crocata. 


Iiparis crocata, Boisd. Delagorgue, Voy. Afr. Austr. ii. p. 599 (1847). 
Lopera crocata, Kirby, 1. ¢. 

Hypogramma cateja, Wallengren, Wien. ent. Mon. iv. p. 163 (1860). 

Porthesia cateja, Wallengren, Vet.-Akad. Handl. (2) v. (4) p. 87 (1868). 


S. Africa. 


808. Nygmia palida. 


Cropera pallida, Kirby, Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xviii. p. 384, pl. x. 
fiz. 6 (1896). 


Mashonaland. 


309. Nygmia monosticta. 
Lopera monosticta, Butler, P. Z. 8, 1898, p. 428, pl. xxxii. fig. 7. 
Type, d, Jaru, E. Africa, in B.M.; Machako. 


Genera of the Family Liparidee. 55 


310. Nygmia josiata. 


Orgyva josiata, Walker, xxxil. p. 3826 (1865). 
Cherotricha nobilis, Felder, Reise Nov. pl. xeviii. fig. 17 (1868). 


Type, Celebes, in B.M.; type, nobilis, Celehes, in Coll. 
Rothschild. 
311. Nygmia fleuriotti. 


Bombyx acum Guérin, Rev. Zool. 1862, p. le pl. xiv. figs. 2, 2a. 
Artaxa (?) fleuriotti, Kirby, J. c. p. 464. 


Madagascar. 


312. Nygmia semifusca. 


Orgyta semifusca, Walker, Char. Undescr. Lep. Het. p. 65 (1869). 
Somena semifusca, Kirby, l. ¢. p. 456. 


Australia. 


313. Nygmia enunciativa. 
Artaxa enunciativa, Swinhoe, Cat. Het. Mus, Oxon. i. p. 190 (1892). 
Type, 3, Philippines, in Mus. Oxon. 


314. Nygmia inturbida. 


Leucoma inturbida, Walker, xxxil. p. 345 (1865). 
Artaxa megaxantha, Walker, xxxv. p. 19138 (1866). 


Type, 2 (nec 3), Celebes ; type, 2 (nec 3), megaxantha, 
Batjan: both in Mus, Oxon. ~ 


315. Nygmia fuscipennis. 
Euproctis fuscipennis, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. vi. p. 128 (1862). 
Type, Sarawak, in Mus. Oxon. 


316. Nygmia helladia. 


Bombyx helladia, Stoll, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ecexeviii. H (1782). 
Artava helladia, Kirby, J. ce. p. 461. 


Japan. 


317. Nygmia ethiopica. 


Euproctis ethiopica, Snellen, Tidschr, Ent. xy. p. 37, pl. ui. figs. 4, 5 
(1872). 


Lower Guinea. 

318. Nygmia faventia. 
Euproctis faventia, Druce, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) iil. p. 470 (1899). 
Type, ¢, Fergusson Isl., in Coll. Joicey. 


56 Colonel C. Swinhoe—A Revision of the 


319. Nygmia dersa. 
Euproctis dersa, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. Co. ii. p. 367 (1859). 
Types, ¢ ?, Java, in B.M. 


320. Nygmia ochrea. 


Gogana ochrea, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) ii. p. 459 (1878), 
Nygmia ochrea, Kirby, 7. ¢. p. 449. 


Types, ¢ 2, Madagascar, in B.M. 


321. Nygmia fulva. 
Artaxa fulva, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) x. p. 227 (1882), 
Type, 6, Duke of York Isl.; Port Darwin, Queensland, 
N. Britain. 
322. Nygmia pygmea. 
Aroa pygmea, Walker, iv. p. 793 (1855). 


Type, 6, Sierra Leone, in B.M.; Accra, Congo, Gold 
Coast, Old Calabar. 


3238. Nygmea chrysophea, 


Orgyta chrysophea, Walker, xxxii. p. 824 (1865). 
Notolophus chrysophea, Kirby, l. ¢. p. 493. 
Euproctis chrysophea, Swinhoe, Trans, Ent. Soc. 1903, p. 487 (note). 


Type, ¢, Abyssinia, in B.M. 


324. Nygmia maza. 
Euproctis maza, Swinhoe, /. c. p. 407 (note). 
Type, d, Kapaur, N. Guinea, in B.M. 


325. Nygmia drucei. 


Euproctis drucei, Swinhoe, l. c. p. 488. 
Euproctis titania, Druce, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) ii. p, 469 (1899) 
(preeoce. ). 


Type, 6, Trobriand Isl., in Coll. Joicey ; Kiriwini. 


826. Nygmia acrita. 


Euproctis acrita, Joicey & Talbot, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xx. 
p. 55, pl. i. fig. 10 (1917). 


Type, 6, Dutch N. Guinea, in Coll. Joicey. 


327. Nygmia nessa. 


Euproctis nessa, Swinhoe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xvii. p. 542 
(1906). 


Type, ¢, Uganda, in B.M. 


Genera of the Family Liparide. D7 


328. Nyygmia ridleyi. 
Euproctis ridleyi, Swinhoe, J. ¢. 


Types, ¢ 2, Singapore, in B.M. 
329. Nygmia humida. 


Euproctis humida, Swinhoe, J. ¢c. p. 548. 


Type, ¢, Singapore, in B.M. 


3380. Nygmia chlora. 
Euproctis chlora, Joicey & Talbot, J. e. p. 56. 
Type, 6, Dutch N. Guinea. 


331. Nygmia annulipes. 


Bombyx annulipes, Boisd. Faun, Madag. p. 87, pl. xii. fiz. 3 (1833). 
Nygmia annulipes, Kirby, 1. c. p. 449. 


Bourbon. 


332. Nygmia monophyes. 
Euproctis monophyes, Swinhoe, l, ¢. p. 541, 
Type, ¢, Bihé, W. Africa, in B.M. 


333. Nygmia cincta. 
Euproctis cincta, Swinhoe, J. c. 


Types, ¢ 2, Kina Balu, in B.M. 


334. Nygmia icelomorpha. 
Euproctis icelomorpha, Swinhoe, J. ec. 


Type, ¢, Padang, Sumatra, in B.M. 


335. Nygmia hemibathes. 
Euproctis hemibathes, Swinhoe, l. c. p. 542. 
Type, 3, Padang, Sumatra, in B.M. 


836. Nygmia gemmata. 
Lacipa gemmata, Distant, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xx, p. 200 (1897). 
Types, ¢ ?, Transvaal, in Coll. Distant ; Natal. 


337. Nygmia ostra. 
_ Euproctis ostra, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1903, p. 402. 
Type, ?, Machakos, in B.M. ; Kebanui, Brit. HE. Africa, 


ie Colonel C. Swinhoe—A Revision of the 


338. Nygmia quadripunctata. 


Lacipa quadripunctata, Dew. LC. Akad. xlii. p. 67, pl. ii. fig. 4 1881). 

Lopera quadripunctata, Kirby, Cat. Moths, i. p. 463 (1892). 

Lacipa serpunctata, Distant, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xx. p. 201 
(1897). : 


South Africa. 


339. Nygmia florida. 
Euproctis florida, Swinhoe, J. ¢. p. 405. 
Type, 6, Nairobi Plains, Kikuyu, E. Africa, in B.M. 


340. Nygmia sundara. 
Euproctis sundara, Swinhoe, l. ¢. 


Type, ¢, Katesa, Uganda, Brit. E. Africa, in B.M. 


341. Nygmia gracilis. 


Lacipa gracilis, Hopft., Peters’ Reise, Zool. v. p. 430, pl. xxviii. figs. 4,5 
(1862). 
Lopera gracilis, Kirby, Cat. Moths, i. p. 463 (1892). 


Brit. E. Africa, Lake Nyassa, Mozambique. | 
342. Nygmia pubescens. 


Euproctis pubescens, Swinhoe, J. c. p. 404. 
Lacipa pulverea, Distant, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) i. p. 117 (1898) 
(preeoce.). 


Type, Natal, in Coll. Distant ; Zululand. 


343. Nygmia picta. 
Inparis picta, Boisd., Delagorgue, Voy. Afr, Austr. ii. p. 599 (1847). 
Knysna, Cape, Natal. 


344. Nygmia distant. 
Lacipa distanti, Den. Verh. L. C. Akad. xlii. p. 68, pl. iii. fig. 7 (1881). 
Lomera distanti, Wirby, 1. c. p. 468. 


Cape. 


345. Nygmia submarginalis. 
Cozola submarginalis, Walker, xxxii. p. 391 (1865). 


Type, 2? (nec ¢), Makian, Celebes, in Mus. Oxon. 


346. Nygmia melanura. 
Hypogymna melanura, Wallgrn. Wien. ent. Mon. iy. p. 163 (1860). 
Porthesia melanura, Wallgrn. Vet.-Akad. Handl, (2) v. (4) p. 87 (1865). 
Euproctis (?) melanura, Kirby, l. ¢. p. 444. 


Caffraria. 


Genera of the Family Liparide. 59 


347. Nygmia batoides. 
Euproctis batoides, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit. xii. p. 85 (1880) ; Kirby, JZ. c. 
Bonjongo. 


348. Nygmia fulvipuncta. 


Euproctis fulvipuncta, Hmpsn. Moths India, i. p. 474 (1892). 
Lopera fulvipuncta, Ampsn. Ill. Het. ix. p. 76, pl. clix. figs. 2 b, pl. elxxv. 
fig. 14, larva (1893). 


Types, ¢ ¢, Ceylon, in B.M. 


349. Nygmia bifascia. 
Euproctis bifascia, Hmpsn. /. c. viii. p. 58, pl. exli. fig. 18 (1891). 
Type, 2, Nilgiris, in B.M.; Travancore. 


350. Nygmia unipuncte. 
Euproctis unipuncta, Butler, P. Z. 8S. 1898, p. 427, pl. xxxiil. fig. 6. 
Types, ¢ 9, Brit. E. Africa, in B.M. 


351. Nygmia bizonoides. 
Lacipa bizonoides, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 677. 


Type, 2, Zomba, in B.M. 


352. Nygmia nobilis. 


Panthea (?) nobilis, Herr.-Schaff. Aussereur. Schmett. fig, 888 (1855). 
Lopera nobilis, Kirby, J. c. p. 463. 


Cape Colony, Knysna. 


393. Nygmia nigribasalis. 
Euproctis nigribasalis, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1903, p. 397. 
Type, 2, Kina Balu, in B.M. 


354. Nygmia signata. 


Inparis signata, Blanch., Jacque. Voy. Inde, iv., Ins, p. 24, pl. i. fig. 7 
(1844). 


Murree, Punjab Hills, Stado. 


355. Nygmia tenuis. 
Euproctis tenuis, Swinhoe, /. c. p. 398. 
Types, ¢ 2, Sambawa, in B.M. 


60 Colonel C. Swinhoe—A Revision of the 


356. Nygmia titania. 
Euprovtis titania, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) iv. p. 237 (1879). 


Types, d 2, Madagascar, i in B.M. 


357. Nygmia consocia. 


Euproctis consocia, Walker, xxxii. 347 (1865). 
Artazxa modesta, Schaus & Clem, Sierra Leone Lep. p. 26 (1893). 


‘Types, ¢ ¢, Sierra Leone, in B.M; Machako, Pieter- 


maritsburg. 


358. Nygmia zeboe. 
Artaxa zeboe, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. Co. ii. p. 350, pl. ix. a, fig. 7 (1859), 


Type, ¢, Java, in B.M. 


359. Nygmia anguligera. 
Artazxa anguligera, Butler, P. Z.S. 1886, p. 385. 


Type, 6, Murree, in B.M.; Khasia Hills, Andamans. 


360. Nygmia recraba. 
Euproctis recraba, Swinhoe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xii. p. 196 
(1903). 


Types, 3 2, Malang, Java, in B.M. 


361. Nygmia dana. 
Euproctis dana, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1903, p. 408. 


Type, 2, Dana, Kashmir, in B.M. 


362. Nyymia albonotata. 
Euproctis albonotata, Joicey, Noakes, & Talbot. 


Type, Dutch N. Guinea, in Coll. Joicey. 

363. Nygmia neola. 
Euproctis neola, Swinhoe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xx. p. 784 (1907). 
Type, ¢, Padang, Sumatra, in B.M. 


364. Nygmia atrigutta. 
Euproctis atrigutta, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1862, p. 77. 


Type, W. Africa, in B.M. 

365. Nygmia mambara. 
Euproctis mambara, Beth.-Baker, Noy. Zooi. xv. p. 188 (1908). 
Type, Brit, N. Guinea, in Coll. Bethune-Baker. 


Genera of the Family Liparidee. 61 


366. Nygmia semirufa. 
Euproctis semirufa, Joicey & Talbot, Ann. & Mag, Nat. Hist. (8) xx. 
poo, plea. fie. 91917). 


Type, ¢, Dutch N. Guinea, in Coll. Joicey. 


367. Nygmia indistincta. 
Euproctis indistincta, Roths., Journ. of the F’. M.S. Mus. p- 131 (1920). 


W. Sumatra. 


368. Nygmia postgrisea. 
Euproctis postgrisea, Roths. 7. e. 
W. Sumatra. 


369. Nygmia xanthura. 


Euproctis vanthura, Swinhoe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xx. p. 784 
(1907). 


Type, 6, Padang, Sumatra, in B.M. 


370. Nygmia negrita. 
Euproctis negrita, Hmpsn. Moths of India, i. p. 171 (1892). 


Types, d 2, Sikkim, in Coll. Rothschild. 


371. Nygmia canescens. 
Euproctis canescens, Roths. J. ¢. 


W. Sumatra. 


372. Nygmia costiplaga. 
Lelia costiplaga, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soe. vi. p. 126 (1862). 


Type, Sarawak, in Mus. Oxon. 


373. Nygmia strigifimbria. 
Lelia strigiyfimbria, Walker, Journ. Linn, Soe. vi. p. 126 (1862), 
Artaxa fracta, Walker, xxxii. p- 333 (1865). 


Both types, Borneo, in B.M.; Pulo Laut, Sarawak. 


374. Nygmia strigulifera, 
Lela strigulifera, Walker, xxxii. p. 356, 
Antipha strigulifera, Kirby, /. e. p. 457. 


Type, Ceylon, in B.M. 


375. Nygmia promittens. 
Lela promittens, Walker, xxxii. p. 337. 
Antipha pr omittens, Kirby). cx =" 


type: Ceylon, in B.M. 


62 Colonel C. Swinhoe—A Revision of the 


376. Nygmia revera. 


Huproctis revera, Swinhoe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xiv. p. 721 
(1904). ~ 


Types, ¢ 2, Granville, N. Guinea, in B.M. 


377. Nygmia repanda. 
Artaxa repanda, Walker, xxxii. p. 351. 


Type, 6, Makian, Celebes, in Mus. Oxon. 


378. Nygmia torasana. 


Artaxa torasana, Holland, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xvi. p. 73 (1889). 
Euproctis torasana, Leech, Trans, Ent. Soc. 1899, p. 140 (note). 


379. Nygmia fumosa. 


Porthesia fumosa, Snellen, Tijd. v. Ent. xx. p. 69, pl. v. figs. 8,4 (1877). 
Euproctis fumosa, Kirby, ¢. ¢. p. 449. 


Type, Sumatra, in Coll. Snellen. 


380. Nygmia subpunctata. 


Lacipa subpunctata, Beth.-Baker, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) vil. p. 344 
(1911). 


Type, ¢, N’Dalla Tondo, in Coll. Bethune-Baker. 


381. Nygmia munda. 
Euproctis munda, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soe. vi. p. 129 (1862). 
Type, Sarawak, in B.M.; Sumatra, Malay Peninsula. 


382. Nygmia basalis. 
Artaxa basalis, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 51, pl. ii. fig. 16 (1879). 
Type, Darjiling, in Coll. Staudinger ; Khasia Hills. 


383. Nygmia coccinata. 


Euproctis coccinata, Swinhoe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xvii. p. 216 
(1916). 


Type, Hainan, China, in Coll. Swinhoe. 


384. Nygmia motala. 
Luproctis motala, Swinhoe, l. c. p. 217. 
Luproctis divisa, Walker, Journ, Linn. Soc. vi. p. 129 (1862) (preeocce.), 
Abdullia divisa, Swinhoe, Cat. Het. Mus, Oxon. ii. p. 186, pl. vi. fig. 14 
(1892). 


Type, Sarawak, in B.M. 


Genera of the Family Liparidee. 63 


385. Nygmia laniata. 


Euproctis laniata, Hmpsn. Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 1904, p. 200, 
pe, hes. 1011. 


Type, Pulni Hills, Madras, in B.M. 


386. Nygmia nigripennis. 
Euproctis nigripennis, Hmpsn. Moths of India, i. p. 681 (1892). 


T'ype, Sikkim, in Coll. Rothschild; Jaintia Hills, Khasia 
Hills. 


3887. Nygmia atripuncta. 


Euproctis atripuncta, Hmpsn. Journ. Sonies Natemelist: sSs0ca x1. 
p. 295 (1897). 


Types, ¢ 9, Khasia Hills, in B.M. 


388. Nygmia pallipes. 
Euproctis pallipes, Snellen, Tijd. v, Ent. xxii. p. 108, pl. ix. fig. 3 (1879). 
Types, ¢ 2, Celebes, in Coll. Snellen. 


889. Nygmia transversa. 


Artaxa transversa, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. Co. il. p. 352, pl. ix. a, fig. 8 
(1859). 
Euproetis guttistriga, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soe. vi. p. 129 (1862). 


Type, Java, in B.M.; type guttistriga, Sarawak, in Mus. 
Oxon. ; Sumatra, Singapore, Sialay Peninsula. 


390. Nygmia virgo. 
Euproctis virgo, Swinhoe, Trans, Ent. Soc. 1903, p. 398. 


Type, ¢, Mandalay, in B.M.; Katha, Thyetmyo, Rangoon. 


391. Nygmia flava. 


Bombyx flava, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 574 (1775). 
Artava guttata, Walker, iv. p. A955 (1855). 


Type, guttata, N. India, in B.M. 


3892. Nygmia fraterna. 
Artaxa fraterna, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, ii. p. 85 (1883), 
Types, ¢ 2, Ceylon, in B.M.; Bombay. 


393. Nygmia venosa. 
Artaxa venosa, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 50, pl. ii. fig. 5 (1879). 
Type, Sikkim, in Coll. Staudinger; Tenasserim. 


64. Colonel C. Swinhoe—A Revision of the 


394. Nygmia lodra. 
Euproctis lodra, Moore,Cat. Lep. E. I. Co. ii. p. 348, pl. ix. a, fig. 6 (1859). 
Type, 2, Java, in B.M.; Sumatra. 


395. Nygmia dispersa. 


Artazxa dispersa, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 50, pl. 11. fig. 6 (1879). 
Euproctis bidentata, Hmpsn. Journ, Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. xi. p. 296 
(1897). 
\ 


Both types, Sikkim, in B.M. 


396. Nygmia xanthosticta. 


Euproctis xanthosticta, Hmpsn. J. c. xvi. (2) p. 200, pl. D, figs. 12, 138 
(1905). 


Types, ¢ ?, Karwar, in B.M. 


397. Nygmia semivitta. 
Artaxa semivitta, Moore, /. c. p. 48, pl. il. fig. 25. 


Type, Khasia Hills, in B.M. 


398. Nygmia trifasciata. 

Artaxa trifasciata, Moore, l. ¢. p. 51. 

Type, Assam, in B.M.; Khasia Hills, Sikkim, Kangra, 
Umballa, Cachar. 


399. Nygmia subfuscula. 
Artaxa subfuscula, Wmpsn. Hl. Het. viii. p. 56, pl. cxl. figs. 5-11 
(1891). | 


Type, Nilgiris, in B.M. 


400. Nygmia immaculata. 
Cherotricha immaculata, Butler, Il. Het. v. p. 52, pl. Ixxxix. fig. 14 
(1880). 


Type, Darjiling, in B.M.; Khasia Hills. 


401. Nygmia pelona. 
Artazra pelona, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1891, p. 188. 


Type, Khasia Hills, in B.M. 


402. Nygmia subfasciata. 

Artaxa subfasciata, Waller, xxxii. p. 332 (1865). 

Type, Darjiling, in Coll. Staudinger; Sikkim, Cachar, 
Nilgiris. 


Genera of the Family Liparidee. 65 


403. Nygmia macrostigma. 


Euproctis macrostigma, Hampson, Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc, 1904, 
pl. D. figs. 12, 13. 


Type, Karwar, in B.M. 


404. Nygmia ruptata. 
Nygnia ruptata, Walker, Journ. Liun. Soc. vi. p. 126 (1862). 


Type, Sarawak, in Mus. Oxon. 


405. Nygmia signiplaga. 
Artaxa signiplaga, Walker, l. c. p. 125. 
Type, Sarawak, in Mus. Oxon. 


406. Nygmia postincisa. 
Euproctis (?) postincisa, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1879, p. 400, pl. xxxii, fig. 5. 


Type, 2, N.H. Bengal, in B.M. 


407. Nygmia divisa. 

Euproctis divisa, Walker, iv. 836 (1855). 

Ewuproctis melanophila, Walker, xxxii. p. 849 (1865). 

Exproctis metamelana, Walker, 1. ¢. 

Type, 2, Nepal, in B.M.; types of metanophita and 
metamelana, in Coll. Atkinson. 


408. Nygmia convergens. 
Euproctis convergens, Beth.-Baker, Ann. & Mag. Nat, Hist. (8). vii. 
p. 542 (1911). 


Type, ¢, Gunnal, W. Africa, in Coll. Bethune-Baker. 


409. Nygmia ctiscitrona. 
Euproctis ctiscitrona, Beth.-Baker, /. c. 


Type, ¢, N’Dalla Tondo, in Coll. Bethune-Baker. 


410. Nygmia n'dalia. 
Euproctis n'daila, Beth.-Baker, 7. ¢. 


Type, 6, N’Dalla Tondo, im Coll. Bethune-Baker. 


411. Nygmia isis. 
Euproctis isis, Beth.-Baker, J. ¢. 


Type, ?, N'Dalla Tondo, in Coll. Bethune-Baker. 


412. Nygmia niyrolunulata. 
Euproctis nigrolunulata, Beth.-Baker, l. c. p. 543. 
Type, 6, Gunnal, in Coll. Bethune-Baker. 
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. xi. D 


66 Colonel C. Swinhoe—A Revision of the 


413. Nygmia xanthoceps. 


Euproctis xanthoceps, Hmpsn. Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. xx. (1) 
p. 113, pl. F. fig. 31 (1910). 


Type, ¢, Ceylon, in B.M. 


414. Nygmia calva. 
EHuproctis calva, Swinhoe, Trans, Ent. Soc. 1903, p. 406. 


Types, ¢ 2, Sambawa, in B.M.; Bali Lombok. 


415. Nygmia tinctifera. 
Luproctis tinctifera, Walker, xxxii. p. 349 (1865) ; Moore, Lep. Coiom 
i. p. 90 (1831). 


Type, Ceylon, in Layard’s lost collection. 


416. Nygmia diplaga. 
Euproctis diplaga, Hmpsn. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xx. p. 118, d; 
Wileman, Entom. 1914,fp. 322, 9. 


Type, ¢, Khasia Hills, in B.M.; Formosa. 


417. Nygmia flavicosta. 
Euproctis flavicosta, Hmpsn. J. ¢. xii. p. 420, pl. B. fig. 3, and pl. il. 
tig. 18 (1900). 


Type, ¢, Sikkim, in B.M, 


418. Nygmia semisignata. 
Cispia senusignata, Walker, xxxii. p. 806 (1865). 
Artava citrina, Moore, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xx. p. 344 (1877). 
Artava leitthiana, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1879, p. 399, pl. xxxil. fig. 9. 
Artava erecta, Moore, l. c. fig. 6. 
Artaxa brevivitta, Moore, é. c. p. 400, pl. xxxii. fig. 10. 
All the types from various parts of India and Ceylon, 
in B.M. 


419. Nygmia howra. 


Artaxa howra, Moore, Lep. Atk. ii. p. 51 (1879). 
Artaxa rhoda, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1891, p. 138. 
Artaxa obsoleta, Hmpsn. Ill. Het. vii. p. 57, pl. ‘exl. fig. 12 (1891). 


Type, Calcutta; type, rhoda, N. Kanara; type, obsoleta, 
Nigiris: allin B.M. Burma, Andamans. 


420. Nygmia fulvinigra. 


Euproctis fulvingra, Hampson, Journ. bpominey Nat. ists Soc, xxi. 
p. 1245, pl. vi. fig. 15 (1911). 


Type, Sikkim, im B.M. 


Genera of the Family Liparide. 67 


421. Nygmia butleri. 


Euproctis butlert, Swinhoe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xix. p. 203 
(1907). 

Aloa immaculata, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat, Hist. (5) x. p. 227 (1882) 
(preeoce. ). 


Type, Duke of York Is]., in B.M.; N. Guinea, Sarawak. 


422. Nygmia inconcisa. 
Artaxa inconcisa, Walker, xxx. p. 332 (1865). 


Type, Darjiling, in Coll. Staudinger; Sultanpore, Khasia 
Hills, Sikkim. 


423. Nygmia intensa. 
Artava intensa, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xx. p. 402 (1877) ; 
Butler, Ill. Het. 11. p. 10, pl. xxiu. fig. 12 (1878). 


Type, Japan, in B.M.; Corea, Central China. 


424. Nygmia singapura. 
Artaxa singapura, Swinhoe, Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon. ii. p. 189, pl. vi. 
fig, 19 (1892). 


Type, Singapore, in Mus. Oxon. 


425. Nygmia ochreata. 


Euproctis ochreata, Walker, xxxil. p. 350 (1865). 
Adlullia ochreata, Swinhoe, Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon. 1, p. 186 (1892). 


Type, Ceram, in Mus. Oxon. 


426. Nygmia atrosquama. 
Gogana atrosquama, Walker, xxxv. p. 1921 (1866). 
Euproctis atrosquama, Semper, Het. Philipp. p. 464, pl. N. figs. 11-18 
(1898). 
Cherotricha glandulosa, Felder, Reise Nov. pl. xeviii. fig. 14 (1868). 


Type, ¢, Philippines, in B.M, 


427. Nygmia serviilis. 
Euproctis servilis, Walker, xxxii. p. 850 (1865). 
Darala prima, Walker, xxxv. p. 1917 (1866). 

_Euproctis incomta, Snellen, Tijd. v. Ent. xx. p. 9, pl. i. fig. 2 (1879). 
Euproctis flavipennis, Snellen, /. c, xxii. p. 107, pl. 9. fig. 1, 2 (1879). 
Euproctis cinerea, Heylerts, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxxvi. p. 10 (1892). 
Euproctis nurma, Druce, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) ii. p. 469 (1899). 


Types, servilis and prima, Celebes, in Mus. Oxon. ;*Snel- 
len’s and Heylert’s types, Java ; type, nurma, Timor, in coll. 
Joicey. I have it also from Kina Balu, the colour of fore 


68 Colonel C. Swinhoe—A Revision of the 


wings varies from dark brown to pale yellowish fawn-colour, 
the extreme forms from the same locality ; type, flavipennis, 


Celebes. 


428. Nyginia albescens. 


Euproctis albescens, Swinhoe, Trans, Ent. Soe. 1903, p. 399. 
Euproctis immaculata, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soe. 1884, p. 358 (preeoce.), 


Type, ?, Sikkim; Bhutan, Khasia Hills. 


429. Nygmia sabulosa. 


Euproctis abulosa, Heylerts, Ann. Soe, Ent. Belg. xxxvi. p. 8 (1892). 
Java. 


430. Nygmia illauta. 
Euproctis wauta, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent, Soc. 1891, p. 188. 
Types, ¢ 2, Bombay, Poona, in B.M.; Nilgiris. 


431. Nygnia abjecta. 
Somena abjecta, Swinhoe, P. Z. S. 1879, p. 405, pl. xlii. fig. 13. 
Types, ¢ 2, Karachi, in B.M. 


432. Nygmia crocea. 


Teara crocea, Walker, xxxil. p. 855 (1865). 


Euproctis holoxutha, Turner, Trans. Roy. Soe. 8. ages EXVI. Pere 
(1902). 


Type, ?, Moreton Bay, in B.M.; Adelaide River, Innis- 
fall, Townsville, Rockhampton, Brisbane, Mt. Tambourine, 


N. Guinea. 
433. Nygmia hymnolis. 


Boar hymnolis, Turner, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. xlv. (4) p. 485 
1920) 


Type, Kuranda, near Cairns, in Coll. Lyell. 


434. Nygmia epaxia. 
Luproctis epavia, Tuner, Trans. Roy. Soe. 8. Austr. 1906, p. 125, 
Melville Isl., Cairns, Herberton. 


435. Nygmia epidela. 
Luproctis epidela, Turner, 1. ¢. 


Port Darwin, Cairns. 


Genera of the Family Liparide. 69 


436. Nygmia lucifuga. 


Artaxa lucifuga, Lucas, Proc, Linn, Soc. N.S. W. 1892, p. 250. 
Euproctis chrysophea, Turner, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. 1902, p. 178 
(nec Walker). 


Townsville, Eidsvold, Gayndah, Coloundra, Brisbane. 


437. Nygmia pyraustis. 


Euproctis pyraustis, Meyrick, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. xv. p. 194 
(1891). 

Euproctis scotochyta, Turner, Trans. Roy, Soc. 8, Austr. xxvi. p. 178 
(1902). 


Adelaide River, Cairns, Townsville. 


438. Nygmia aganopa. 


Euproctis aganopa, Turner, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. xly. (4) p. 484 
(1920). 


Herberton. 


439. Nygmia idonea. 
Euproctis idonea, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1903, p. 401. 
Type, Sherlock River, W. Australia, in B.M. 


440. Nygmia stenomorpha. 
Euproctis stenomorpha, Turner, 7. c. 


Port Darwin. 


441. Nygmia baliolalis. 


Urocoma baliolalis, Swinhoe, Cat. Het. Mus, Oxon. i. p. 215, pl. 6. 
tio, 7 (L892). - 


Type, ¢, Australia, in Mus. Oxon. ; Moreton Bay, Cairns, 
Sydney. 


442. Nygmia marginalis. 


Trichetra marginals, Walker, iv. p. 845 (1855). 

Urocoma margmalis, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1903, p. 479. 

Euproctis marginalis, Turner, Proce. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. xlv. (4) p. 487 
(1920). 


Type, Tasmania, in B.M.; Victoria, Gisborne, Port 
Lincoln, Gippsland, | 


443. Nygmia limbalis. 
Urocoma limbalis, Herr.-Schafi. Aussereur. Schmett, i, fig. 389 (1855). 


Sydney, Melbourne. 


70 Colonel C. Swinhoe—A Revision of the 


444. Nygmia nipho bola. 


Euproctis niphobola, Turner, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr, xxvi. p. 179 
(1902). 


Townsville, N. Queensland, Brisbane. 


445, Nygmia actor. 


Euproctis actor, Turner, Proc. Linn, Soc. N.S.W. xlv. (4) p. 486 
(1920). 


Cairns, Lismore, N.S.W. 


446. Nygmia habrostola. 


Euproctis habrostola, Turner, Trans. Roy. Soe. 8. Austr. xxvi. p. 179 
(1902). 
Luproctis pura, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1908, p. 405. 


Townsville, N. Queensland, Rockhampton ; type, pura, 
& 2, Townsville, in B.M. 


447. Nygmia arrogans. 


Artara arrogans, Lucas, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland, 1899, p. 140. 
Artara meeki, Druce, Ano. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xii. p. 222 (1908). 
Luproctis arclada, Swiuhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1903, p. 409. 


Cairns, Cooktown, Innisfall, Cardwell, Ingham, Atherton, 
N. Guinea ; type, arclada, Woodlark Isl., in B.M. 


418. Nygmia canariensis. 
Euproctis canariensis, Kenrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1913, p. 598. 
Type, ?, Madagascar, in Coll. Kenrick. 


449. Nygmia castaneo-striata. 


Luproctis castaneo-striata, Kenrick, J. c. p. 599. 

Type, 6, Madagascar, in Coll. Kenrick. 
450. Nygmia griseo-striata. 

Luproctis griseo-striata, Kenrick, J. ¢. 


Type, 2, Madagascar, in Coll. Kenrick. 


451. Nygmia purpureofasciata. 
Luproctis purpureofasciata, Wileman, Entom. 1914, p. 321. 
Type, ¢, Arizan, Formosa, in Coll. Wileman. 
452. Nygmia postfusca. 
Luproctis postfusca, Wileman, 7. c. 1917, p. 146. 


Type, Kanshieri, Formosa, in Coll. Wileman. 


‘Genera of the Family Liparidee. vig 


453. Nygmia simplex. 
Euprostis simplex, Wileman, /. ec. 1911, p. 150. 
Type, ¢, Kanshieri, Formosa, in Coll. Wileman. 


454. Nygmia albina. 


Bombyx albina, Stoll, He: eer a, pe 398, E (1782) 
Euproctis albina, Kir by, c. p. 4 


Japan. 


455. Nygmia compacta. 
Ar tava compacta, Lucas, Proc. Roy, Soc. Queensland, 1892, p. 106. 


Queensland. 


456. Nygmia usta. 
Artaxa usta, Lucas, l. ec. 1901, p. 76. 
Queensland. 


457. Nygmia plagiata. 
Cispia plagiata, Walker, iv. p. 858. 
Type, Nepal, in B.M. 


458. Nygmia xanthomela. 


Euproctis xanthomela, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soe. vi. p. 128 (1862). 
Adlulha xanthomela, Swinhoe, Cat. Het. Mus, Oxon. i. p. 186, pl. vi. 
tig. 8 (1892). 


Type, Sarawak, in Mus. Oxon. 


459. Nygmia flavociliata. 
Euproctis flavociliata, Swinhoe, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) vii. p. 465 
(1901). 


Type, 2, Perak, im B.M.; Singapore, ¢ ?. 


460. Nygmia flavolimbata. 
Euproctis flavolimbata, Auriv. Ent. Tidsk. xv. p. 174, fig. 9 @ (1894). 


Sumba, Jambora. 


461. Nygmia biplagiata. 

Ozola? biplagiata, Walker, xxxii. p. 391 (1865). 

Type, 9, Makian, Celebes, in Mus. Oxon.; 3, Menado, 
Celebes, in my collection. 


72 Colonel C. Swinhoe—A Revision of the 


462. Nygmia seminigra. 


Euproctis seminigra, Joicey, Noakes, & Talbot, Trans. Ent. Soc. Ve 
p- 381, pl. Ix. fic. I SK 


Type, Arfak Mts., Dutch N. Guinea, in Coll. Joicey. 


463. Nygmia nigra. 
Euproctis nigra, Semper, Het. Philipp. p. 469, pl. liv. fig. 3, ¢. 
Type, o, Panaon, Philippines, in Coll. Semper. 


464. Nygmia austriaca. 
Euproctis austriaca, Semper, l. c. pl. liv. fig. 6, 2. 
Type, °, Mindanao, in Coll. Semper. 


465. Nygmia subnobilis. 


Porthesia subnobilis, Snellen, Tijd. v. Ent. xxiv. p. 128 (1881). 

Artava simulans, Butler, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) xii. p. 200 
(1884). 

Euproctis ericydes, Turner, Ent. Soc. 1904, p. 475. 


Type, Amboina, in Coll. Snellen; type, 92, simulans, 
Amboina, in B.M.; type, ertcydes, Cairns, in Coll. Turner ; 
Key ls sCapemvonk: 


466. Nyguta funerchs. 
Euproctis funeralis, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1905, p. 421 (note). 
Types, § ¢, Singapore, in B.M.; Sarawak, Penang, Java. 


467. Nygmia celebensis. 


Euproctis celebensis, Swinhoe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xviii. p. 213 
(1916). 
Adlullia (?) signata, Walker, xxxii. p. 893 (1865) (preeocc.). 


Type, Celebes, in Mus. Oxon. 


468. Nygmia edwards. 


Teara edwardsi, Newman, Trans. Ent. Soc. 185 D6, p. 284, pl. xvii. fig. 10, 
Teara deficita, Wi alker, xxxli. p. 852 (1865). 
Teara indecora, Walker, XXX. p. 353. 


Euproctis edwan dsi, Turner, Proc, Linn, Soc. N.S.W. xlv. (4) p.486 
(1920). 


Type, Australia ; type, deficita, Australia: both in B.M. 
Type, indecora, Moreton Bay, in B.M. 
469. Nygmia hunteri. 

Ewproctis huntert, Warren, Nov. Zool. x. p. 120. 

Type, British North Guinea, in Coll. Rothschild. 


Genera of the Family Liparide. 73 


470. Nygmia oreosaura. 


Buproctis oreosaura, Swinhoe, Ann. & Mag, Nat. Hist. (6) xiv. -?p. 435 
(1894). 


Types, ¢ 2, Khasia Hills, in B.M.; Java, Sumatra. 


471. Noymia varia. 


Euproctis varia, Walker, iv. p. 840 (1855) ; Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. Co. 
ii, p. 348, pl. ix. a. fig. 5 (1859). 

Artava varia, Moore, Trans, Linn. Soe. xxi. p. 55 (1880). 

Cherotricha varia, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 188. 

Adlullia varia, Swinhoe, Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon. 1. p. 185 (1892). 


Type, without locality, in Mus. Oxon.; Simla, Subathu, 
Khasia Hills. 


472. Nygmia boliosa. 
Adlullia boliosa, Swinhoe, /. c. p. 186, pl. vi. fig. 2. 


Type, Sarawak, in Mus. Oxon.; Kuching, Borneo. Sexes 
alike ; I have both sexes from Sarawak and Kuching. 


473. Nygmia madana. 


Euproctis madana, Moore, Cat. Lep. Hs leo. iit p. 348 (1859). 
Adlullia madana, Swinhoe, Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon. i. p. 185 (1892). 


Type, Darjilmg, in B.M.; Khasia Hills. 


A474. Nygmia fulvistriata. 
Euproctis fulvistriata, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1903, p. 408. 
Type, St. Aignan Isl., Louisiade Group, in B.M.; Tonga. 


475. Nygmia lunifera. 


Adlulia lunifera, Walker, xxxii. p. 392 (1865) ; Swinhoe, Cat. Het. 
Mus. Oxon. 1. p. 184, pl. vi. fig. 3 (1892). 

Euproctis discophora, Snellen, Tijd. va Hintexxar ps Lidtpl: ix. tie. 2 
(1879). 


Type, Menado, Celebes, in Mus. Oxon.; type, discophora, 
Celebes, in Coll. Snellen. 


476. Nyymia bipartita. 
Cherotricha bipartita, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 42, pl. ii. fig. 4 (1879). 
Type, ?, Darjiling, in Coll. Rothschild. 

477. Nygmia postnigra. 


Euproctis postnigra, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1903, p. 421. 
Type, 2, Matang, Borneo, in B.M. 


 -- he? £22. A... eee eee OO ::.. - O _- 


74 Colonel C. Swinhoe—A Revision of the 


478. Nygmia magna. 


Somena magna, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1891, p. 479, 2 ; Swinhoe, 
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xu. p. 197 (1903), o 


Types, ¢ °, Khasia Hills, in B.M. 


479. Nygmia striata. 


Adlullia striata, Swinhoe, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xii. p. 214 
(1893). 


Type, ¢, Mone, Shan States, in B.M. 


480. Nygmia calesia. | 
Euproctis calesia, Swinhoe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) ix. p. 81 (1902). 
Type, 2, Lawas, Borneo; Sandakan, Borneo. 


481. Nygmia mirabilis. 
Euproctis mirabilis, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1903, p. 415. 
Types, 3 ?, Andamans, in B.M. 


482. Nygmia ateralbus. 
Euproctis ateralbus, Roths. Nov. Zool. xxii. p. 213 (1915). 
Type, 2, Manusala, Central Ceram, in Coll. Rothschild. 


483. Nygmia catala. 


Euproctis catala, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent..Soc. 1903, p. 416 (note). 

Euproctis atomaria, Walker, iv. p. 837 (1855) (preeocc.) ; Snellen, 
Td. y. Ent. xx. 9p. i pliva tie ae (lsii7—): 

Huproctis miillert, Snellen, J. e. fig. 6, Q only. 


Type, Java, in B.M.; Talaut Isl.; type, millert, Sumatra, 
in Coll. Snellen. 


484. Nygmia marginata. 


Cherotricha marginata, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 49 (1879). 
Cherotricha quadrangularis, Moore, l. c. p, 50, pl. ii. fig. 23. 


Type, Darjiling, in B.M.; type, guadrangularis, Manipur, 
in Coll. Rothschild ; Khasia Hills. 


485. Nygmia uniformis. 
Cherotricha uniformis, Moore, t. c. p. 49 (1879). 
Type, ?, Darjiling, in Coll. Rothschild; Khasia Hills. 


Genera of the Family Liparidee. 


~l 
| 


486. Nygmia lativitta. 
Cherotricha lativitta, Moore, l. ¢. p. 40, pl. 11. fig. 18 (1879). 
Type, Darjiling, in B.M.; Khasia Hills. 


487. Nygmia innotata. 


Adlullia (?) innotata, Walker, xxxii. p. 393 (1865). 

Cherotricha conspersa, Felder, Reise Nov. pl. xeviii. fig. 12 (1868). 

Adlullia innotata, Swinhos, Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon. i. p, 185, pl. vi. fig. 1 
(1892). 


Type, Ternate, in Mus. Oxon.; type, conspersa, Moluccas, 
in Coll. Rothschild; Philippines. 


488. Nygmia linta. 
Artaza linta, Moore, Cat. Lep. I. I. Co. ii. p. 351 (1859). 
Type, Java, in B.M.; Sumatra, Borneo. 


489. Nygmia pallifrons. 
Euproctis pallifrons, Semper, Het. Philipp. ii. p. 466 (1898). 
Type, 2, Luzon, in Coll. Semper. 


490. Nygmia nigrofasciata. 
Euproctis nigrofasciata, Semper, /. ec. p. 467. 
Type, 3, Mindanao, ih Coll. Semper. 


491. Nygmia grisea. 
Euproctis grisea, Semper, J. c. 


Type, ¢, Luzon, in Coll. Semper. 


492. Nygmia unifascia, 
Euproctis unvfascia, Wileman, Entom, xliii. p. 287 (1910). 
Type, Formosa, in Coll. Wileman. 


493. Nygmia lyclene. 
Euproctis lyclene, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1904, p. 144. 
Type, Kuching, Borneo, in B.M. 


494. Nygmia innotabilis. 


Euproctis mnotabilis, Walker, Entom, v. p. 124 (1870), 
Arabia. 


76 Colonel C. Swinhoe—A Revision of the 


495. Nygmia rana. 
Euproctis rana, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 806. 
Type, Sylhet, in B.M. ~ 


496. Nygmia geometrica. 
Adluilia geometrica, Semper, U. c. p. 471, pl. liv. fig. 7, Q. 
Type, ?, W. Mindanao, in Coll. Semper. 


497. Nygmia albovenosa. 
Adlullia albovenosa, Semper, /. ¢. p. 472, pl. liv. fig. 4, 9. 
Type, ?, S. Mindanao, in Coll. Semper. 


498. Nygmia renifera. 


Euproctis renifera, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1895, p. 12, 2 ; Swin- 
hoe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xii. p. 196, 3 (1903). 


Types, d ?, Khasia Hills, in B.M. 


499. Nygmia dirtea. 


Euproctis dirtea, Swinhoe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. « KV0 ps loll 
(1905). 


Type, 3, Kuching, Borneo, in B.M. 


500. Nygmea distincta. 2 
Cherotricha distincta, Felder, Reise Noy. pl. xcviii. fig. 15 (1868). 
Type, 6, Moluccas, in Coll. Rothschild. 


501. Nygmia chlorospila. 


Euproctis chlorospila, Joicey & Talbot, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xx. 
P20, Pl. 1. toes (Ou). 


Type, ¢, Dutch N. Guinea, in Coll. Joicey. 


502. Nyginia sipibana. 
Euproctis sipibana, Semper, Het. Philipp. ii. p. 470 (1898). 
Type, ¢ ?, Sipiban, S.E. Mindanao, in Coll. Semper. 


503. Nyymia sibulana. 
Euproctis sibulana, Semper, l. c. p. 471, pl. liv. fig. 5, 2. 
Type, ? , Sibulan, S.E. Mindanao, in Coll. Semper. 


Genera of the Family Liparidee. Te 


504. Nygmia angusta. 
Euproctis angusta, Semper, J. ¢. pl. liv. fig. 8, 2. 
Type, 2, Sibulan, in Coll. Semper. 


505. Nygmia celebensis. . 
Adlullia (?) signata, Walker, xxxiii. p. 393 (1865) (preeocc.) ; Kirby, 
loc. p. 497. 


Euproctis celebensis, Swinhoe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xviii, p. 215 
(1916). 


Type, Menado, Celebes, in Mus. Oxon. 


506. Nygmia precurrens. 


Adlullia precurrens, Walker, xxxiii, p. 392 (1865), ¢. 

Cherotricha glotifera, Felder, Reise Nov, pl. xeviti. fig. 13 (1868), °. 

Euproctis guttulata, Snellen, Notes Leyden Mus. viii. p. 7 (1886), 9; 
Snellen, Tijd. v. Ent. xxix. p. 56, pl. i. fig. 3 (1886). 


Type, 3, Celebes, in Mus. Oxon.; type, 2, globifera, in 
Coll. Rothschild ; type, 2 , guttulata, in Leyden Mus. 


Genus Hortorsrustis, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. 
1902, p. 34. 
Acnissa, Turner, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8, Australia, 1902, p. 180. 


507. Hoplopseustis erythrias. 


Hoplopseustrias erythris, Meyrick, 7. ¢. 
Acnissa pyrhias, Turner, l. c. 


Port Darwin, Queensland. 
Genus ParaProctis, Beth.-Baker, Aun. & Mag. Nat. 
Hist. (8) vu. p. 543 (1911). 
508. Paraproctis osiris. 
Paraproctis osiris, Beth.-Baker, 7. c. 


Type, ?, Lokoja, W. Africa, in Coll. Bethune-Baker. 


Genus Kuprocroipss, Beth.-Baker, J. c. p. 544. 
509. Huproctoides miniata. 
Euproctoides miniata, Bethune-Baker, J. c. 


Type, Africa, in Coll. Bethune- Baker. 


78 Colonel C. Swinhoe—A Revision of the 


Genus Paraxena, Beth.-Baker, /. c. 


510. Pararena esquamata. | 


Paraxena esquamata, Bethune-Baker, l. c. p. 545, 


Type, 2, N’Dalla Tondo, in Coll. Bethune-Baker. 


S11. Paraxena angola. 
Paravena angola, Beth.-Baker, l. ¢. 


Type, d, Malanga, West Africa, in Coll. Bethune- Baker. 


Genus Picetera, Kirby, J. c. p. 446 (1892). 
Cataphractes, Felder, Reise Nov. pl. xcix. fig. 8 (1868) (preeocc.). 


512. Pigetera boldingit. 
Cataphractes boldingi, Felder, /. ¢. 
Pigetera boldingit, Kirby, 4. ¢. 

‘I'ype, Cape, in Coll. Rothschild. 


Genus Pertna, Walker, iv. p. 966. 


518. Perina nuda. 


Bombyx nuda, Fabr. Mant. Ins. ii. p. 119 (1787). 

Stilpnotia subtencta, Walker, iv. p. 848, 9. 

Perina basalis, Walker, iv. p. 848, 3. 

Euproctis combinata, Walker, xxxii. p. 847, 9 (1865). 

Acanthopsyche ritseme, Heylert’s Notes Leyden Mus. iu. p. 89 (1881). 

Perina nuda, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, ii. p. 94, pl. exiv. figs. 1 a, 6 (1883). 

Type, 9, subtincta, in Mus. Oxon.; type, 3, basalis, 
Napal ; type, 2, combinata, Hong Kong: both in B.M. 

Larva feeds on the leaves of Ficus indicus and Ficus 
religiosa pupa suspended in a net on the trunk of the tree 
or on an adjacent wall. 


514. Perina pura. 
Perina pura, Walker, Char. Undescr. Lep. Het. p. 17 (1869). 
Type, without locality, in Coll. Norris; Crehar, Calcutta, 


Genus Daprtasa, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 51 (1879). 


515. Daplasa irrorata. 


Daplasa wrrorata, Moore, l. ¢. p. 52, pl. ii. fig. 17; Leech, Trans. Ent. 
Soc. 1899, p. 128. 


Type, Darjiling, in Coll. Staudinger, Japan. 


Genera of the Family Liparide. 79 


516. Daplasa variegata. 
Euproctis variegata, Moore, l. c. p. 48, pl. i. fig, 24. 


eo 


Type, Darjiling, in Coll. Staudinger. 


Genus Micromoreue, Felder, Reise Nov. 
pl. xevi. fig. 18 (1868). 
517. Micromorphe cherotricha. 
Micromorphe cherotricha, Felder, J. c.; Kirby, @. ¢. p. 455. 
Type, Moluccas, in Coll, Rothschild. 


Genus Noteca, Walker, v. p. 1079 (1855). 


518. Noleca basigutta. 
Noleca basigutta, Walker, v. p. 1080; Kirby, /. ¢. p. 489. 


Africa. 


519. Noleca melanthiata. 


Noleca melanthiata, Mab. Bull, Soc. Kut. France, lx. p. exxvii (1891) ; 
Kirby, J. c. p. 924. 


Gaboon. 


Genus OrnirnopsycuHe, Wallgrn. k. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 
(2) v. (4) p. 35 (1865). 
520. Ornithopsyche hypoxantha. 


Ornithopsyche hypoxantha, Wallgrn. J. c. p. 86; Felder, Reise Noy. 
pl. c. fig. 4 (1874); Kirby, dc. p. 496. 


Caftraria. 


521. Ornithopsyche anthora. 
Ornithopsyche anthora, Felder, /. c. fig. 3; Kirby, /. e. 
Grahamstown, 


Genus Eropema, Walker, xxxii. p. 3888 (1865). 
Bimara, Butler, Trans. Linn, Soe. (2) i. p. 560 (1879). 
Differs from Pantana in having veins 8, 9, and 10 stalked 
near tip of wing; hind wing with vein 3 one-third before 


lower angle of cell, 4 from the angle, 5 from very close 
above it. 


80 Colonel C. Swinhoe—A Revision of the 


522. Htobema circumdata. 
Etobema circumdata, Walker, 7. c. 


Type, N. Guinea, in Mus. Oxon. 


523. Htobema lineosa. 


Etobema lineosa, Walker, xxxil. p. 889. 
Bimara nubila, Butler, 7. e. 


Type, Singapore, in Mus. Oxon.; type nudila, Malacca, in 
B.M.; Johore, Nias, Sumatra. 


Genus Cispia, Walker, iv. p. 857 (1855). 
524. Cispia punctifascia. 


Cispia punctifascia, Walker, U. c.; Butler, Ill. Het.v. p. 53, pl. xe. fig. 6 
(1880). 


Types, ¢ 2, Sikkim, in B.M.; Sylhet, Khasia Hills, 
Ceylon, Bhutan. 
525. Cispia venosa. 

Cospia venosa, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1862, p. 264. 

Type, India, in Mus. Oxon.; Sikkim, Khasia Hills. 


526. Cispia charma. 


Cispia charma, Swinhoe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) i. p. 112 
(1899). 


Types, ¢ ?, Karwar, in B.M. 


527. Cispia unicolor. 


-Cispia unicolor, Felder, Sitz. Akad. Sci. Wien, xliil. p. 34, no, 74 
(1881). 


Type, Amboina, in Coll. Rothschild, 
528. Cispia dichroa. 

Cispra dichroa, Felder, l. ec. no 75. 

Type, Amboina, in Coll. Rothschild. 


O29. Cispia suffusa. 
Cispia suffusa, Felder, 1. c. no. 76. 
Type, Amboina, in Coll. Rothschild. 


530. Cispia pumila. 
Cispia punula, Felder, t. c. no. 77. 


Type, Amboia, in Coll. Rothschild. 


Genera of the Family Liparidee. 81 


531. Cispia fasciata. 
Cispta fasciata, Semper, Het. Philipp. ii. p. 476, pl. lv. figs. 2 ¢, 3 9 
(1899). 


Types, 3 2, Mindanao, in Coll. Semper. 


532. Cispia grisea. 
Crspia grisea, Semper, /. c. p. 477, pl. lv. fig. 4, ¢. 
Types, ¢ 2, Mindanao, in Coll. Semper. 


Genus Pipa, Walker, xxxii. p. 399 (1865). 
Lacharna, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 53 (1879). 


533. Pida lativitta. 
Pida lativitta, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 49 (1879). 
Type, Darjiling, in B.M. 


034. Pida apicalis. 
Pida apicalis, Walker, l. c. p. 400; Butler, Il. Het. v. p.52, pl. Ixxxix, 
fig. 15 (1880). 


Type, Darjiling, in B.M.; Khasia Hills. 


535. Pida decolorata. 
Cyclidia (?) decolorata, Walker, Char, Undescr. Lep. Het. p. 96 (1869). 
Type, Benares, in Devon and Exeter Mus.; Khasia Hills, 
Subathu. 


536. Pida strigapennis. 
Lacharna strigipennis, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 53, pl. iii. fig. 11 (1879), 
Type, Khasia Hills, in Coll. Staudinger; Burma, Shan 
States, Omeishan, Ichang, Chang-Yang. 


Genus Heracuta, Moore, P. Z.8. 1865, p. 804. 


537. Heracula discivitta. 
Heracula discivitta, Moore, l. c. pl. xliii. fig. 2. 


Type, Sikkim, in Coll. Russell. 


538. Heracula leonina. 


Heracula leonina, Turner, Trans. Roy. Soc. S, Australia, xxvii, p. 17 
(1903). 


Type, North Queensland, in Coll. Turner ; N. Guinea. 
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. xi. 6 


82 Colonel C. Swinhoe—A Revision of the 


Genus FopINoIpDEA, Saalm. Madag. i. p. 154 (1884). 
539. Fodinoidea staudingert._ 
Fodinoidea staudingeri, Saalm. 1. ¢. pl. v. figs. 68, 63 a. 
Madagascar. 


040. Fodinoidea vectigera. 


Eusemia vectigera, Mab. Le Nat. ii. p. 100 (1882). 
Fodinoidea maculata, Butler, Ent. Mo. Mag. xxi. p. 198 (1885). 


Genus Numenss, Walker, iii. p. 662 (1855). 
Pseudomesa, Walker, iv. p. 923 (1855). 


541. Numenes siletti. 


Numenes silettt, Walker, ii. p. 663, 9. 
Pseudomesa quadriplagiata, Walker, iv. p. 923, ¢; Butler, Ill. Het. v. 
p. 54, pl. xe. fig. 6 (1880). 


Types of both, Sylhet, in B.M.; Sikkim, Cachar, 
Burma, Hué, Annam, Khasia Hills, Malay Peninsula. 


542. Numenes patrana. 


Numenes patrana, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. Co. ii. p. 867 (1859), 9. 
Numenes partita, Walker, xxxi. p. 290 (1864), ¢. 


Type, 3, Bhutan, in B.M.; type, partita, Darjiling, in 
Coll. Staudinger ; Khasia Hills. 


543. Numenes insignis. 


Numenes insignis, Moore, J. c. p. 867, pl. x. a. fig. 6, 9. 
Pseudomesa leta, Walker, xxxv, p. 1916, ¢ (1866). 


Both types, Java, in B.M, 


544, Numenes disparilis. 
Numenes disparilis, Staud. Rom. sur Lép. iii. p. 200, pl. xi. figs. 2 a, b 
(1887); Strand, /.c. p. 126, pl. ceviii. 
Numenes disparitis, vay. separata, Leech, Entom. xxiii. p. 112 (1890). 


Lymantria albofascia, Leech, P. Z. 8, 1888, p. 629, pl. xxxi. fig. 8, 3. 
Numenes albofascia, Strand, J, c. pl. xx.¢. 


Type, separata, Chang-Yang ; type, albofascia, Olioyama : 
both in B.M. Chia-kow-ho, Kiu-kiang, Moupin, 
545. Numenes separata. 


Numenes separata, Leech, Entom. xxiii. p. 111. 
Ab, biseparata, Strand, l. ¢. pl. xxii.g. 


Type, Chang-Yang, in B.M.; type, diseparata, Shiohuea, 
Japan, in Coll. Seitz. . . 


Genera of the Family Liparide. 83 


546. Numenes contrahens. 
Numenes contrahens, Walker, Journ, Linn. Soc, vi. p. 122 (1862). 
Type, Sarawak, in Mus. Oxon. 


547. Numenes prestans. 


Numenes prestans, Saalm. Lep. Madag. i. p. 187 (1884). 
Numenes (?) prestans, Kirby, Cat. Moths, 1. p. 455 (1892). 
Madagascar. 


548.. Numenes libyra. 


Aroa libyra, Druce, Aun. & Mage. Nat. Hist. (6) xvii. p. 352 (1896). 
Heteronygnua flammeola, Distant, rbd. (7) vii. p. 860 (1897). 


Type, ¢, Dar-es-Salam, E. Africa, in Coll. Joicey; type, 
flammeola, Transvaal, in Coll. Distant. 
549. Numenes hypoxantha. 


Heteronygmia hypoxantha, Holland, Psyche. vi. p. 416, 2 (1898). 
Ogove River. 


Genus Scarrona, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soe. vi. p. 123 
(1862) ; Craca, Walker, xxxil. p. 397 (1865). 
550. Scarpona ennomoides. 


Scarpona ennomoides, 2, Walker, J. ¢. 
Craca urapteroides, Walker, xxxll. p. 397. 


Type, 2, Sarawak, in Mus. Oxon.; type, ¢, Sumatra, in 
Mus, Oxon. ; Sula. 


Genus Cassip14, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soe. 
vi. p. 129 (1862). 
551. Cassidia obtusa. 


Cassidia obtusa, Walker, J. c. p. 180; Kirby, Cat. Het. 1. p. 583 (1892) ; 
Swinhoe, Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon. 1. p. 205 (1892). 


Type, Sarawak, in Mus. Oxon. 


Genus Marpara, Walker, xxxii. p. 402 (1865). 
Mahoba, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 52 (1879). 
552. Mardara calligramma. 
Maradara calligramma, Walker, 1. c. 


Type, Darjiling, in B.M. ; Kurseyong, Sikkim. 
6 


84 Colonel C. Swinhoe—A Levision of the 


553. Mardara plagidotata. 


Cyclidia (?) plagidotata, Walker, xxv. p. 1488 (1862), ©. 
Mahoba plagidotata, Moore, /.c.pl. iii. fig. 6, ¢. 


Types, 6 2, Darjiling, in B.M. 


554. Madara irrorata. 
Mahoba trrerata, Moore, J. ¢. 


Type, Darjiling, in B.M. 


555. Mardara ruficeps. 
Madara ruficeps, Hampson, Moths of India, iv. p. 489 (1896). 
Type, 3, Bhutan, in B.M. 


556, Madara africana. 


Lepasta africana, Holland, Ent. News Phil. p. 348, pl. xv. fig. 11 (1893). 


Sierra Leone, River Niger. 


Genus Nycremera, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. 
p. 178 (1816). 
Otreda, Walker, ii. p. 402 (1854), 


557. Nyctemera hesperia. 


Geometra hesperia, Cram. Pap. Exot. iii. pl. ccli. figs. A, B (1780). 
Nyctemera hesperia, Uiibner, . c. 
Otreda hesperia, Walker, J. ¢. 


W. Africa, Oil River. 


558. Nyctemera jonest. 


Otreda jonesi, Sharpe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) vii. p. 184 (1891). 
Congo, W. Africa. 


559. Nyctemera manifesta. 
Nyctemera manifesta, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1908, p. 434. 
Type, Congo, in B.M, 


560. Nyctemera cafra. 
Bombyx cafra, Drury, Ul. Exot. Ins. iii. pl. v. fig. 1 (1780). 


Nyctemera cafra, Swinhoe, l. c. 


Sierra Leone, River Niger, 8. Nigeria. 


Genera of the Family Liparidee. 85 


561. Nyctemera nerina. 


Bombyx nerina, Drury, App. /.c. pl. v. fig. 2. 
Callimorpha (?) nerina, Westw. ed. Drury, iii. (6) pl. v. fig. 2. 
Otreda nerina, Walker, ii. p. 404 (1854).. 


Sierra Leone. 


562. Nyctemera occidentis. 


Otreda occidentis, Walker, 7. c. p. 403. 


Type, &, Sierra Leone, in B.M.; Cameroons, River 
Gaboon, Rio del Rey, Nigeria. 


563. Nyctemera vesperina. 
Otreda vesperina, Walker, 1. c. 


Type, ¢, Congo, in B.M. 


564. Nyctemera varunea. 
Otreda varunea, Druce, P. Z.S. 1882, p. 780. 


Type, Congo, in Coll. Joicey. 


565. Nyctemera tenuimargo. 


Otreda varunea tenuimargo, Prout, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (9). i. 
p. 318 (1918). 


Type, ¢, N. Rhodesia, in Coll. Joicey. 


Genus Rasacoa, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1903, p. 434. 
566. Rajacoa forbesi. 

Cypra (°) forbest, Druce, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (9) 11. p. 469 (1899). 

Type, 6, Fergusson Isl., in Coll. Joicey; Milne Bay, 
N. Guinea. 


567. Lajacou antra. 
Rajacoa antra, Swinhoe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xii. p. 194 (1905). 
Type, 6, Humboldt Bay, in B.M. 


Genus Crmoza, Walker, iv. p. 817 (1855). 
568. Cimola opalina. 


Cimola opalina, Walker, 1. ¢. 
Anometes thymiathis, Druce, Ent. Mo. Mag. xx. p. 156 (1888). 


Type, ¢, Natal, in B.M.; Delagoa Bay. 


86 Colonel ©. Swinhoe==A Revision of the 


569. Cimola eleuteria. 
Bombyx eleuteria, Stoll, Suppl. Cram. pl. xxxvi. fig. 13 (1791). 
Sierra Leone, Ashanti, Benue River. 


Genus Pirea, Auriv. Ent. Tidsk. xii. p. 192 (1892). 
570. Pirga mirabilis. 
Pirga mirabilis, Auriv. 1. ¢. xii. p. 228, pl. il. fig. 2 (1892). 
Type, W. Africa, in Upsala Mus. , 


571. Pirga lasea. 


Xenosoma(?) lasea, Druce, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) tii. p. 468 (19). 


Pirgalasea, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1903, p. 485 (note). 
Type, ¢, Sierra Leone, in Coll. Joicey. 


572. Pirga magna. 
Pirga magna, Swinhoe, J. c. p. 486. 


Types, ¢ 2, Kikuyu, B.E. Africa, in B.M. 


Genus Marsia, Swinhoe, /. c. 
573. Marbla divisa. 
Eloria divisa, Walker, iv. p. 815 (1855). 


Hylemera tenera, Holland, Ent. News Phil. iv. p. 61, pl. iii. fig. 7 (1893). 


Type, without locality, in B.M.; Sierra Leone, Lagos. 


Genus Pantana, Walker, iv. p. 819 (1855). 


574. Pantana visum. 


Liparis visum, Hiibner, Zutr. iii. p. 32, figs, 548, 544 (1825), 
Pantana dispar, Walker, iv. p. 820 (1855). 


Type, dispar, Moulmein, in B.M.; Rangoon, Shan States, 
Tonkin, Hué, Annam, Hainan, Malay Peninsula. 


079. Pantana ampla. 


Pantana ampla, Walker, /. c.; Butler, Ill. Het. iii. pl. xiii. fig. 9 (1879) ; 
Strand, /. c. p. 125, pl. xx. 6. 


Type, ¢, Hongkong, in B.M.; Hainan. 

576. Pantana droa. 
Pantana droa, Swinhoe, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xvii. p. 548 (1906). 
Type, 6, Hongkong, in B.M. 


| 
| 


Genera of the Family Liparidee. . 87 


577. Pantana bicolor. 


Orgyia bicolor, Walker, iv. p. 787 (1855). 

Pantana bicolor, Strand, 7. ce. pl. xx. 6. 

Genusa delineata, Walker, iv. p. 818 (1855). 

Genusa circumdata, Walker, iv. p. 819. 

Stilpnotia sordida, Walker, vii. p. 1782 (1856). 

Lelia circumdata, Butler, 111. Het. v. p. 50, pl. Ixxxix. fig. 7 (1881). 
Genusa comparata, Walker, xxxii. p. 840 (1860). 


Type, India, in Mus. Oxon. ; types, delineata and sordida, 
Sylhet ; type, circumdata, Darjiling: allin B.M. Bhutan, 
Simla, Kulu, Chin Hills, Sikkim, Khasia Hills. 


578. Pantana pluto. 
Gynephora pluto, Leech, Entom, xxiii. p. 111 (1890). 


Type, ¢, Ichang, in B.M. ; Moupin, Kiwi-chow. 


579. Pantana eurygania. 
Pantana eurygania, Druce, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) iil. p, 470 
(1899). 


Type, Szechuen, W. China, in Coll. Joicey ; Chang-yang. 


580. Pantana semilucida. 


Pantana semilucida, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1903, p. 439. 
Pantana bicolor, Walker, iv. p. 820 (1855) (preeocc.). 


Types, ¢, without locality, in B.M.; Cambogia, Siam, 
Penang, Sarawak. 


581. Pantana simplex. 
Pantana simplex, Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1899, p. 122. 


Type, W. China, in B.M. 


582. Pantuna terminata. 
 Genusa terminata, Walker, xxxii. p. 340 (1865). 
Type, d, India, in B.M.; Burma, Beeling. 


583. Pantana nigrolimbata. 
Pantana nigrolimbata, Leech, J, c. p. 121. 


Type W. China, in B.M. 


584. Pantana sinica. 
Pantana sinica, Moore, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xx. p. 92 (1877). 
Ab. limbifera, Strand, J. c. p. 125. 
Type, 6, Shanghai, in B.M.; Chekiang, Fouchou. 


§8 Colonel C. Swinhoe—A Reviscon of the 


585. Pantana albifascia. 

Oryyia alinfascia, Walker, xxxii. p. 825 (1865). 

Type, Darjiling, in Coll. Staudinger; Sikkim, Khasia 
Hills, Jaintia Hills. 


586. Pantana subfascia. 
Orygia subfascia, Moore, P. Z.S. 1865, p. 803. 
Type, 3, Bengal, in B.M. 


587. Pantana interjecta. 


Pantana interjecta, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1891, p. 478, pl. xix. 
fig. 2. 


Type, ¢, Khasia Hills, in B.M. 


588. Pantana luteiceps. 


Pantana luteiceps, Swinhoe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xvii. p. 361 
(1896). 


Type, Khasia Hills, in B.M. 


589. Pantana ochrota. 


Pantana ochrota, Hampson, Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 1904, 
p. 198, pl. D. figs. 33, 34. 


Types, ¢ 2, Pirmad, Travancore, in B.M. 


590. Pantana mindanensis. 
Pantana mindanensis, Semper, Het. Philipp. ii. p. 457 (1898). 
Types, ¢ 2, Mindanao, Philippines, in Coll. Semper. 


591. Pantana visaga. 
Pantana visaga, Semper, l. c. 


Type, g, Cebu, Leyte, Philippines, in Coll. Semper: 


592. Pantana luzonensis. 
Pantana luzonensis, Semper, l. c. p. 458. 


Type, @, Luzon, in Coll. Semper. 


592. Pantana baswana. 


Pantana baswana, Moore, Cat, Lep. E. I. Co. p. 336, pl. ix. a, fig. 1 
(1859). ) 


Type, ¢, Java, in B.M. 


Genera of the Family Liparide. 89 


594. Pantana (?) destituta. 


Genusa destituta, Walker, xxxii. p. 341 (1865). 
Pantana (?) destituta, Kirby, Cat. Moths, i, p. 465 (1892). 


Type, Cambodia, in B.M. 


Genus Lai, Steph. Cat. Brit. Ins. ii. p. 52 (1827) ; 
type, cwnosa, Hubner. 


Charnidas, Walker, iv. p. 797 (1855) ; type, tura, Walker. 

Renena, Walker, iv. p. 799; type, cervina, Walker. 

Anthora, Walker, iv. p. 801; type, subrosea, Walker. 

Lacida, Walker, iv. p. 802; type, antica, Walker. 

Procodeca, Walker, iv. p. 812; type, gquadrata, Walker. 

Ricine, Walker, 1. c.;- type, suffusa, Walker. 

Odagra, Walker, xxxii. p. 401 (1865) ; type, devestita, Walker. 
Harapa, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 47 (1879) ; type, testacea, Moore. 
Lelioides, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, ii. p. 85 (1883) ; type, fascrata, Moore. 
Houdella, Moore, l. c. p. 144; type, yuvents, Walker. 


595. Lelia obsoleta. 


Bombyz obsoleta, Fabr. Ent. Syst. i11. (i.) p. 463 (1793). 

Lelia obsoleta, Turner, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. xlv. (4) p. 498 (1920). 

Procodeca quadrata, Walker, iv. p. 812 (1855). 

Lela eremeta, Meyrick, Trans, Roy. Soc. 8. Australia, xv. p. 105 
(1891). 


Chandie River, N. Queensland, Cairns, Herberton, 
Duaringa, Nambour, Brisbane, Mt. Tambourine, N.S.W., 
Sydney. 


596. Lelia adalia, 
Lelia adalia, Swinhoe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vi. p. 307 (1900). 
Types, ¢ 2, Jaintia Hills, in B.M. 


597. Lelia suffusa. 


Ricine suffusa, Walker, iv. p. 824 (1855), 9. 
Procodeca angulifera, Walker, iv. p. 919, 3. 
_ Lelia subrufa, Snellen, Tijd. v. Ent. xxii. p. 105, pl. viii. fig. 6 (1879). 


Type, 9, Java; type, ¢, Moulmein: both in’ B.M. 
Sumatra. 


598. Lelia subrufa. 
Leha subrufa, Snellen, Tijd. y. Ent. xv. p. 39 (1872). 
Type, Lower Guiana, in Coll, Snellen. 


90 Colonel C. Swinhoe—A LFzvision of the 


599. Lelia devestita. 


Odagra devestita, Walker, xxxil. p. 402 (1865). 
Lelia pallida, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884, p. 358. 
Lelioides lactea, Moore, l. ¢. 


Type, Darjiling, in Coll. Staudinger; types, pallida, 
Bombay, and lactea, Punjab, in B.M.; Karachi, 


600. Lelia fasciata. 


Lelioides fasciata, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, ii. p. 84, pl. ex. fig. 6 (1882). 
Procodeca testacea, Moore, P. Z.S. 1872, p. 574 (preeoce.). 
Lelioides rubripennis, Movre, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884, p. 358. 


Type, 9, Ceylon; type, ¢, rubripennis, Burma: both in 
B.M. Type, ?, ¢estacea, in Mus. Oxon. 


601. Lelia figlina. 
Lelia figlina, Distant, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) iv. p. 361 (1899). 


Type, Transvaal, in Coll. Distant ; B.E. Africa. 


602. Lelia marginepunctata. 
Lelia marginepunctata, Beth.-Baker, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) it. 
p. 261 (1908). 
Type, d, Fort Jameson, N.E. Rhodesia, in Coll. Beth.- 
Baker. | 


603. Lelia prolata. 

Lelia prolata, Swinhoe, Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon. i. p. 195 (1892). 

Type, India, in B.M.; Moulmein, Siam, Koni, Shan 
States, Borneo, Kangra, Sikkim, Khasia Hills, Malay 
Peninsula. 


604. Lelia venosa. 
Lelia venosa, Moore, P. Z.S. 1877, p. 601, pl. lix. fig. 1. 


Type, Andamans, in B.M.; Khasia Hills, Singapore. 


605. Lelia atestacea. 


Lelia atestacea, Hampson, Moths, India, i. p. 443 (1892). 
Harapa testacea, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 47, pl. 11. fig. 15, Q (1879) 
(preocc.). 


Type, 2, Darjiling, in B.M,; Khasia Hills. 


606. Lelia calamaria. 


Lelia calamaria, Hampson, Journ, Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. xiii. 
p. 234, pl. B. fig. 19 (1900). 


Types, ¢ ?, Nilgiris, in B.M. 


Genera of the Family Liparidee. 91 


607. Lelia subrosea. 


Anthora subrosea, Walker, iv. p. 801. 

Lelia subrosea, Schaus & Clements, Sierra Leone Lep. p. 26, pl. 1. 
fie. 5, 5 (1893). 

Leha subrufa, Snellen, Tijd. v. Ent. xv. p. 39 (1872). 


Type, Sierra Leone, in B.M.; type, subrufa, Lower 
Guinea, in Coll. Snellen; Natal. 


608. Lela lilacina. 
Lelia lilacina, Moore, ‘Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884, p. 357. 
Type, ¢, Nilgiris, in B.M. 


609. Lelia litura. 
Charnidas litura, Walker, iv. p. 707 (1855). 


Type, o, Nepal, in B.M.; Sultanpore, Kangra, Subathu, 
Kasaoli, Simla, Dhera Dhun, Khasia Hills, 


610. Lelia juvenis. 


Ptilomacra juvenis, Walker, v. p. 1099 (1855). 
Houdella juvenis, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, ii. p. 144, pl. exxxvii. fig. 4 
(1883). 


Type, Ceylon, in B.M. 


611. Lela hemippa. 


Lelia hemippa, Swinhoe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xvii. p. 543 
(1906). 


Type, ¢, Machakos, in B.M. 


612. Lelia lavia. 
Lelia lavia, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1903, p. 443, 
Type, 6, Lavi, B.E. Africa, in B.M.; Bene, Angola. 


613. Lela punctulata. 


Lopera punctulata, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xvi. p. 400 
(1875). 


Type, ¢, Natal, in B.M. 


614, Lelia setinioides. 
Lelia setinioides, Holland, Psyche, vi. p. 481 (1893), 


Type, Ogove River, in Coll. Holland : Natal, Kaniss Mts., 
E. Africa, Shambo. 


92 Colonel C. Swinhoe—A Revision of the 


615. Lelia heterogyna. 


Lelia heterogyna, Hmpsn. Moths of India, i. p. 403 (1882) ; Strand, 
lc. p. 123, pl. xxii. e. 


Types, ¢ 2, Dras, Kashmir, in B.M. 
The female has aborted wings. 


616. Leha acuta. 
Lelia acuta, Beth.-Baker, Ann. & Mae. Nat. Hist. (8) ii. p. 261 (1908). 
Type, ?, Damba Isl., Uganda, in Mus. Oxon. 


617. Lelia cardinalis. 


Lelia cardinalis, Hampson, Ill. Het. ix. p. 74, pl. elviii. figs. 29-30 
(1893). 


Type, Ceylon, in B.M. 


618. Lelia buana. 
Phragmatobia buana, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. Co. ii. p. 358 (1859). 
Type, ¢, Java, in B.M. 


619. Lelia fracta. 


Lelia fracta, Schaus & Clements, Sierra boat, p. 26, pls tdigadl2 
(1893). 


Sierra Leone. 


620. Lelia adara. ‘ 


Procodeca adara, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. Co. ii. p. 337 (1859). 
Aroa adara, Semper, Het. Philipp. it. p. 457 (1898). 


Type, 2, Java, in B.M.; Luzon, Philippines. 


621. Lela amabilis. 


Lela amabilis, Auriv. GEfvers. Vet.-Akad. Forhandl. xxxvi. (7) p. 58 
(1879). 


Damara Land. 


622. Lelia untpunctata. 


Lelia unipunctata, Mosch. Abhandl. Senck. Ges. xv. p. 74 (1887). 
Lelia (?) unipunctata, Kirby, d. ¢. p. 460, 


Aburi. 
623. Lela sordida. 


Lelia sordida, Mosch, J. e.; Kirby, J. ¢. 


Aburi. 


Genera of the Family Liparide. 93 


624. Lela paupera. 
Anthora (?) paupera, Walker, xxxiii. p. 3385 (1865); Karby, /. c. p. 465, 
Type, Cambodia, in B.M. 


625. Lelia infracta. 


Lelia infracta, Beth.-Baker, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) vil. p. 547 
(1911). 


Type, 3, N'Dalla-Tondo, 2700’, in Coll. Bethune-Baker ; 
after fracta. 


626. Lelia flava. 
Lelia flava, Beth.-Baker, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) vil. p. 548 (1911). 
Type, 2, Oni, Lagos, in Mus. Oxon. 


627. Lelia rogerst. 
Lelia rogerst, Beth.-Baker, /. c. (8) xii. p. 64 (1913). 
Type, 2, Kikuyu, in Mus. Oxon, 


628. Lelia caenosa. 


Bombyx cenosa, Hubner, Eur. Schmett. Bomb. figs, 218, 325-525 
(1804). 


Lelia cenosa, Strand, J. c. p. 122, pl. xix. 2. 
Forma candida, Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1899, p. 121. 


Type, ¢, candida, Chang-Yang,in B.M.; Germany, France, 
England, Hungary, Bukovina, Bulgara, Catalonia, N. China, 
Ussuri, Amur, Corea, Japan. 


629. Lelia sangaica. 


Lelia sangaica, Moore, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xx. p. 92 (1877). 
Ab. paucwuncta, Strand, l. ¢. pl. xix. 7, 


Type, Shanghai, in B.M.; Ningpo, Nikko, Asama-Yama. 


630. Lelia sinensis. 


Lelia sinensis, Walker, iv. 829 (1855). 
Leucoma brevicornis, Walker, vii. p. 1729 (1856). 


Types of both, Hong-Kong, in B.M.; Corea, Amur. 


631. Lelia gigantea. 
Lela gigantea, Butler, Cist. Ent. iii. p. 117 (1885), 
Type, Japan, in B.M.; Yokohama, Nikko, Asama-Yama, 


94 Colonel C. Swinhoe—A Revision of the 


632. Lelia umbrina. 


Procodeca umbrina, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 398. 

Charnidas umbrina, Butler, Il. Het. vii. p. 36, pl. exxiii. fig. 8 (1889). 

Type, ¢, Kulu, in B.M.; Subathu, Dharmsala, Dalhousie, 
Kangra, Sultanpore. | 


633. Leha japonibia. 
Lelia gaponbia, Strand, J. ¢, pl. xix.2, ¢. 
Type, Japan, in Coll. Seitz. 


634. Lelia exclamationis. 


Euprepia exclamationis, Kollar, Hugel’s Kasch. iv. p. 469 (1844). 

Lela exclamationis, Strand, f.c. pl. xix. 2. 

Repena cervina, Walker, iv. p. 800 (1355). 

Lacida rotundata, Walker, iv. p. 802. 

Cycnia rubida, Walker, xxxi. p. 297 (1864). 

Lymantria disjuncta, Walker, xxxii. p. 366 (1865), ab. : 

Lelia rotunda, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, ii. pl. ex. figs. 4, 4a (1883). 

Type, cervina, India, in Mus. Oxon. Type, rotundata, 
Ceylon; type, disjuncta. S. India: both in B.M. ‘Type, 
rubida, in Layard’s lost coll. Type, rotunda, Ceylon, in 
B.M.; Bombay, Poona. 


635. Lelia testacea. 


Cyenia testacea, Walker, ili. p. 683 (1855). : 

Lela testacea, Strand, 7 c. pl. xx. a. 

Lela uniformis, Hmpsn. (2 only), Il. Het. viii. p. 56, pl. exl. fig. 20 

(1861). 3 

Charndas colon, Umpen. /. c. figs. 3, 19. 

Type, 2, India; types, wniformis and colon, Nilgris: all 
in B.M. Allahabad, Khasia Hills, Mhow, Bombay, Travan- 
core. 


636. Lelia ethiopica. 
Lelia ethiopica, Beth.-Baker, 7. c. (8) ii. p. 261 (1908). 


Type, ¢, Fort Jameson, N.E. Rhodesia, in Coll. Bethune- 
Baker. Uganda, Nigeria. 


637. Lelia fulvata. 


Lelia fulvata, Ampsn. Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. xx. (i.) p. 112 
pl. I’. tig. 29 (1910). 


Type, ?, Ceylon, in B.M. 


Genera of the Family Liparide. 95 


Genus Ruopesana, Beth.-Baker, /.c. p. 260. 
638. Rhodesana crenulata. 


Rhodesana crenulata, Beth -Baker, /. e. p. 261. 


Types. ¢ 2, Fort Jameson, N.E. Rhodesia, in Coll. 
Bethune-Baker. 


Genus DactytornyncHa, Hampson, Moths, India, 
i. p. 470 (1892). 
639. Dactylorhyncha pallida. 
Charnidas pallida, Hmpsn. Il. Het. viii. p. 56, pl. exl. fig. 10 (1891). 
Type, ¢, Nilgiris, in B.M. 


640. Dactylorhyncha luteifascia. 
Daetylorhyncha lutevfascia, Hmpsn. Trans, Ent. Soc. 1895, p. 292. 
Type, ¢, Pank Yaw, Burma, in B.M. 


Genus Aroa, Walker, iv. p. 791 (1855). 


Bazza, Walker, xxxii. p. 398 (1865). 
Crinola, Leech, Kntom. xxii. p. 111 (1890). 


641. Aroa maxima. 
Aroa maxima, Umpsn. Il. Het. ix. p. 74, pl. clix. fig. 9 (1893). 
Type, ¢, Ceylon, in B.M. 


642. Aroa major. 
Aroa major, Hmpsn. /. ¢. figs. 3, 5. 


Types, ¢ 2, Pundaloya, Ceylon, in B.M. 


643. Aroa simplex. 


Orgyia simplex, Walker, xxx1i. p. 825 (1865). 
Aroa simplex, Hmpsn. Ill. Het. viii. p. 6, pl. exliii. fig. 17 (1890). 


Type, ¢, India, in B.M. ; Nilgiris. 


644. Aroa xerampelina. 


Gynephora xerampelina, Swinhoe, P. Z. 8. 1885, p. 299, pl. xxi. 
figs, 8, 9. 


Types, ¢ ¢, Poona, in B.M.; Ahmednagar. 
645. Aroa ochracea. 


Charnidas ochracea, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 44 (1879). 
Type, 2? , Calcutta, in B.M.; Nilgiris, Trevandrum, Ceylon. 


96. A Revision of the Genera of the Family Liparide. 


646. Aroa sienna. 
Aroa sienna, Hmpsn. Il. Het. viii. p. 55, pl. exl. fig. 29 (1891). 
Types, ¢ 2, Nilgiris, in B.M.; Ceylon, Khasia Hills. 


647. Aroa subnotata. 
Lacida subnotata, Walker, iv. p. 803 (1855). 


Type, ¢, Ceylon, in B.M.; Nilgiris. 


648. droa campbelli. 
Aroa ear ealle Hmpsn. Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc, 1904, P. 198, 
pl. D. fig. 8. 
Type, ny , Palni Hills, Madras, in B.M. 


649. Aroa lithosioides. 
Amsacta lithosioides, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soe. vi. p. 127 (1862). 


Type, Sarawak, in Mus. Oxon. 


650. Aroa atrella. 
Aroa atrella, Hmpsn. Moths of India, i. p- 439 (1892). 
Type, Margharita, Assam, in Coll. Rothschild ; Khasia 
Hills. 


65]. Aroa atrescens. 
Aroa atrescens, Hmpsn. Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. x1. p. 294 
(1897). 


Type, ¢, Khasia Hills, in B.M. 


652. Aroa sagrara. 
Aroa sagrara, Swinhoe, P.Z.S8. 1885, p. 299, pl. xx. fig. 13. 
Type, ¢, Belgaum, in B.M.; Karwar, Jubbulpore, Raj- 


putana. 


653. Aroa cometaris. | 
Aroa cometaris, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xix. p, 223 
(1887). 
Type, ¢, Ahi, in B.M. ; Guadalcanar Island. 


654. Aroa umbrata. 
Aroa umbrata, Beth.-Baker, 2. c. 


Type, g, N’Dalla-Tondo, in Coll. Bethune-Baker. 


On new or little-known Tipulidee. 97 


655. Aroa tomisa. 
Aroa toma, Druce, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xvii. p. 853 (1896). 
Type, ¢, Dar-es-Salaam, in Coll. Joicey. 


656. Aroa sulphurea. 


Aroasulphurea, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit. xli. p.84 (1880) ; Mosch. Abhandl. 
Senck. Ges. xv. p. 75, fig. 10 (1887); Kirby, 4. ¢. p. 463. 


W. Africa. 


657. Aroa (?) anthospila. 


Arou xanthospila, Plotz, J. ce. 
Aroa (?) zanthospila, Kirby, l. c. 


W. Africa. 


(‘To be continued. | 


VII.—New or little-known Tipulidee (Diptera).— XIII. Aus- 
tralasian Species. By Cuarites P. AuExanperR, Ph.D., 
F.E.S., Amherst, Massachusetts, U.S.A. 


Tue new species described in this paper are all from New 
Zealand and were collected by Messrs. Curtis, Fenwick, 
Harris, and Howes, to whom the writei’s sincere thanks are 
due for the privilege of retaining the types. 


Dicranomyia seducta, sp. 0. 


Head grey ; disk of mesonotal prescutum and the scutal 
lobes brownish black ; wings with a faint brownish tinge ; 
stigma oval, pale brown; vein Sc long ; spines on rostrum 
of male hypopygium heteromorphous. 

Male.—Length 5 mm.; wing 5°7 mm. 

Female.—Length 6°5 mm. ; wing 6°5 mm. 

Rostrum reddish brown, nearly as long as the head ; 
palpi dark brown. Antenne brownish black. Head grey. 

Pronotum dark brown. Mesonotal prescutum obscure 
brownish yellow with three confluent, subshiny, brownish- 
black stripes ; scutal lobes brownish black ; remainder of 
the mesonotum brown. Pleura pale brownish testaceous. 
Halteres dark brown, the basal half of the stem yellow. 
Legs with the coxe concolorous with the pleura ; trochanters 


Ann. & Mag. N. Mist. Ser. 9. Vol, xi. (l 


98 Dr. C. P. Alexander on 


yellow; remainder of the legs dark brownish black, the 
femoral bases very narrowly pale. Wings faintly tinged 
with brown ; stigma oval> pale brown; veins dark brown. 
Venation: Sc long, Sc, ending beyond mid-length of Ks, 
Sc. from once to twice its length from the tip; inner ends 
of cells R; and 1st M/, arcuated, especially the former ; basal 
deflection of Cu, at or beyond the fork of AV. 

Abdominal tergites dark brown; basal sternites obscure 
yellow, the terminal sternites passing into dark brown. 
Male hypopygium with the spines of the rostrum of two 
sizes and shapes, the elongate one arising from a small 
papilloid base. Ovipositor with slender valves. 

Hab. New Zealand (North Island). 

Holotype, 8, Ohakune, altitude 2060 feet, December 25, 
1921 (CT. R. Harris). 

Allotopotype, 2. 

RES o 3 paratype, g, Taumarunu, December 12, 
1921 (1. hk. ar ris). 


Rhamphidia harrisi, sp. n. 


General coloration shiny black; pleura silvery grey ; 
wings subhyaline with a broad seam along the cord and the 
apex brown. 

Female.—ULength, excluding rostrum, 8 mm. ; _ wing 
7°38 mm.; rostrum alone, about 09 mm. 

Rostrum black, pale beneath; palpidark brown. Antenne 
black, the incisure between the scape and flagellum obscure 
yellow. Head black, sparsely silvery pruinose. 

Pronotum with a pubescent pruinosity. Mesonotal pree- 
scutum and the scutal lobes shiny bl.ck ; median area of 
scutum and the scutellum pollinose ; postnotum dark, the 
basal half pruinose. Pleura shiny black with a conspicuous, 
silvery-grey, pubescent pruinosity, the sternum glabrous. 
Halteres yellow, the knobs darker. Legs with-the fore cox 
black, grey pruinose; other coxze obscure yellow; trochanters 
obscure yellow ; femora testaceous yellow, the tips broadly 
dark brown; remainder of the legs black. Wings sub- 
hyaline ; a faint brown cloud at arculus ; a broad seam along 
the cord from the stigma, completely traversing the wing; 
wing-tip broadly infuscated, the area basad of it completely 
encircled by brown ; veins black. Venation: cell R, about 
one-half wider at the wing-margin than cell R;; cell lst M, 
gently narrowed distally ; m about one-third the outer 


new or little-known Tipulide. 99 


deflection of M,;; basal deflection of Cu, about two-thirds 
its length beyond the fork of M ; prearcular cells large. 

Abdominal tergites indistinctly bicolorous, dark brown, 
the segments obscure yellow sublaterally and less distinctly 
along the caudal margins ; basal sternites more or less 
yellowish ; subterminal sternites uniformly black, Ovi- 
positor with the valves horn-coloured. 

Hab. New Zealand (North Island). 

Holotype, ¢, Ohakune, altitude 2060 feet, December 1, 
1921 (ER: Harris). 

Rhamphidia harrisi is named in honour of the collector, 
Mr. T. R. Harris, to whom I am indebted for many favours. 
It is the first true Rhamphidia to be described from New 
Zealand, the -Rhamphidia levis, Hutton, being a species of 
Ceratocheilus. 


Molophilus hilaris, sp. n. 


General coloration pale brownish yellow; legs yellow, 
variegated with black; wings grey, the costal region 
yellowish, the disk traversed by three dark bands ; distal 
pleural appendage of male hypopygiuin bifid. 

Male.—Length about 2°2 mm. ; wing 2°6 mm. 

Rostrum and palpi pale brown. Antenne short, pale 
brown throughout, with long verticils. Head pale brownish 
yellow. 

Mesonotum uniformly pale brownish yellow. Pleura 
more uniformly yellowish. Halteres pale. Legs with the 
cox and trochanters yellow ; femora yellow, the tips black ; 
tibize yellow, the tips black; hind tibice at from one-third to 
one-fourth the length with a black ring; tips of the basal 
tarsal segments dark ; terminal two tarsal segments uniformly 
dark; the legs are provided with a conspicuous erect trichi- 
ation which is coloured as described above. Wings grey, the 
costal region conspicuously yellowish ; dark cross-bands on 
the wing are produced chiefly by conspicuous, dark brown 
macrotrichiz ; a band at the origin of Rs; a second at the 
cord ; the third at the wing-apex; along the medial veins 
the dark coloration continues more basad, so the dark areas 
are more or less connected; vein 2nd A with dark macro- 
trichie; veins yellow, darker in the infuscated aréas. 
Venation : basal section of R,,. short. 

Abdomen yellow. Male hypopygium with the basal 
pleural appendage straight, slightly curved at the tip; distal 
appendage deeply bifid ; apex of pleurite a slender spine. 


(eS 


100 Dr. C. P. Alexander on 


Hab. New Zealand (North Island). 

Holotype, 8, Ohakune, altitude 2060 feet, January 24, 
1922 (T. &. Harris). 

Molophilus hilaris bears a “slight resemblance to M. varie- 
gatus, Edwards, in the coloration of the legs and wings. It 
is more closely related to M. cruciferus, M. plagiatus, and 
allied forms. 


Molophilus flavidulus, sp. n. 


Size small (wing of ¢ 3 mm.) ; general coloration light 
yellow; male hypopygium with the basal pleural appendage 
gently curved toward apex, terminating in a few large teeth. 

Male.—Length about 2°4 mm. ; wing 38 mm. 

Rostrum and palpi pale brown. Antenne with the first 
segment yellow, the second pale brown ; flagellum broken. 
Head light yellow. 

Mesonotum and pleura light yellow. Halteres pale yellow, 
covered with appressed white sete. Legs yellow, the 
terminal segments darker. Wings relatively broad, pale 
yellow with pale veins and macrotrichiz. Venation: vein 
2nd A elongate, ending beyond the level of the fork of Rs. 

Abdomen yellow. Male hypopygium with the basal pleural 
appendage pale at base, the apex blackened, the appendage 
straight, at the tip curved a little mesad and here provided 
with a few apical teeth and less distinct appressed subapical 
deuticles ; distal pleural appendage bifid and blackened at 
apex, the lateral arm dilated at outer end. 

Hab. New Zealand (North Island). 

Holotype, $, Obakune, altitude 2060 feet, January 18, 
1922 (T. R. Harris). 


Afolophilus luteipennis, sp. n. 


Size large (wing of ¢ over 5 mm.) ; general coloration 
light reddish yellow ; wings strongly tinged with yellow ; 
anal veins convergent ; basal pleural appendage a strongly 
curved black spine. 

Male.—Length about 4°4 mm. ; wing 5°3 mm. 

Rostrum and palpi pale brown. Anteune short, pale 
brown. Head dull grey. 

Mesonotum and pleura uniformly reddish yellow. Hal- 
teres yellow. Legs with the coxz and trochanters yellow ; 
remainder of the legs yellow, the terminal tarsal segments 
darker. Wings broad, strongly tinged with yellow, the 


new or little-known Tipulide. 101 


veins slightly darker yellow; macrotrichiz pale brown. 
Venation: petiole of cell R, short ; petiole of cell M; about 
one and two-thirds the length of the basal deflection of Cv, ; 
vein 2nd A elongate, sinuous, the anal veins convergent. 

Abdominal tergites pale brown, the sternites light yellow. 
Male hypopygium with two pleural appendages, the basal 
appendage a strongly curved black arm, the base straight, 
the distal third bent at a right angle and directed laterad, 
acute at apex, before which are borne a few weak sete ; 
distal pleural appendage bifid at apex, the lateral arm larger 
and weakly denticulate at apex. 

Hab. New Zealand (South Island). 

Holotype, 3, Otago (Geo. Howes). 


Molophilus denticulatus, sp. un. 


General coloration obscure yellow ; antenne short ; wings 
pale brownish subhyaline; anal veins convergent ;_ basal 
pleural appendage of hypopygium a straight black rod that 
bears a conspicuous erect spine on the lateral face before the 
apex. 

Siete Leneth about 4mm.; wing 4°6 mm. 

Rostrum and palpi brown. Antenne short, pale brown, 
the basal segments tinged with reddish, this latter condition 
probably abnormal. Head pale brown. 

Mesonotum obscure yellow. Pleura brownish yellow; 
sternum yellow. MHalteres pale. Legs with the cox and 
trochanters concolorous with the sternum; remainder of 
the legs pale brown, the femoral bases paler. Wings pale 
brownish subhyaline, the veins slightly darker, with brown 
macrotrichiz. Venation: anal veins convergent. 

Abdomen brownish yellow. Male hypopygium with two 
pleural appendages, the two pairs of either side approximated ; 
the more basal appendage a powerful black rod that is almost 
straight, at about three-fourths the length on the lateral 
face with an erect black spine; between this spine and the 
subacute apex, on the mesal face, a small setiferous area, the 
apex slightly twisted ; distal pleural appendage bifid; apex of 
pleurite a high blackened blade. 

Hab. New Zealand (South Island). 

Holotype, 3, Otago (Geo. Howes). 

Paratype, 3, Queenstown, Otago, altitude 1500 feet, 
February 15, 1922 (L. Cur tis). 

i He paratype is Slightly smaller than the type. 


102 Dr. C. P. Alexander on 


Molophilus quadrifidus ohakunensis, subsp. 0. 


Male.—ULength about 4 mm. ; wing 46-438 mm. 

Generally similar to M7. quadrifidus, differing as follows :— 

Male hypopygium with the lateral and mesal arms much 
more compact, the lateral arm very powerful, the outer 
margin microscopically serrulate ; the lateral and mesal arms 
are separated only by a small oval notch ; the median arm 
terminates in two small laterally-directed points; the basal 
arm is shorter and more densely provided with sete. Distal 
pleural appendage with the apex more abruptly truncate. 

Hab. New Zealand (North Island). 

Holotype, &, Ohakune, altitude 2060 feet, February 9, 
1922 (POR Horrs). 

Paratopotype, 1 &, March 10, 1922; paratype, 1 ¢, 
Taihape, March 1, 1922 (7. R. Harris). 


Molophilus brevinervis, sp. n. 


General coloration pale brown ; antennee of male elongate ; 
petiole of cell R, elongate ; vein 2nd A short ; mesal pleural 
appendage of hypopygium with a long, straight, lateral 
spine. 

pineal about 8 mm.; wing 4°2 mm. 

Rostrum and palpi brown. Antenne of the male elongate, 
brown ; when entire at least as long as the body, the 
flagellar segments with conspicuous erect sete. Head pale 
brown. 

Mesonotum uniformly pale brownish testaceous. Pleura 
pale brownish yellow. Halteres dark brown, the base of the 
stem paler. Legs with the coxee and trochanters concolorous 
with the pleura ; remainder of the legs pale brown with the 
terminal tarsal segments darker. Wings tinged with pale 
brown, the veins darker with dark brown macrotrichie. 
Venation: petiole of cell &, one-third longer than the 
petiole of cell M;; basal deflection of Cu, arcuated near 
mid-length, situated on R; a short distance beyond the fork 
of M; vein 2nd A short and straight, ending far before the 
fork of Cu, the cell 2nd A being long and narrow. 

Abdomen brown, the hypopygium a trifle brighter. Male 
hypopygium with two appendages, both basal in position ; 
lateral appendage a powerful black hook, strongly curved 
at apex; mesal appendage deeply bifid, the lateral arm 
appearing as a very long straight spine, the mesal arm as a 


new or little-known Vipulide. 103 


powerful flattened blade ; apex of pleurite chitinized and 
terminating in a few teeth. 

Hab. New Zealand (North Island), 

Holotype, 3, Ohakune, altitude 2060 feet, December 22, 
1921 (7. &. Harris). 


Molophilus sepositus, sp. 0. 


General coloration brown, the preescutum dark brown with 
three paler brown stripes; pleura dark brown ; antennz 
short ; male hypopygium with the bifid pleural appendage 
having the lateral arm very small, spine-like, and remote 
from the tip of the mesal arm. 

Male.—Length about 2°6 mm.; wing 3°2 mm. 

Rostrum and palpi dark brown. Antenne short, pale 
brown, the flagellar segments with very conspicuous erect 
white sete. Head brown. 

Pronotum brown. Mesonotal przscutum dark brown 
with three lighter brown stripes ; remainder of the meso- 
notum light brown, the postnotum darker brown beyond the 
base. Pleura uniformly dark brown. Halteres pale yellow. 
Legs with the coxe and trochanters brownish testaceous ; 
remainder of the legs yellow, the terminal tarsal segments 
darker. Wings tinged with greyish brown, the base and 
costal region a little more yellowish; veins pale brown with 
dark macrotrichiz.. Venation: vein 2nd A ending opposite 
the fork of Cu. 

Abdomen dark brown, the hypopygium obscure brownish 
yellow. Male hypopygium with the pleurites short, the 
lateral apical angle produced caudad into a long fleshy lobe 
that juts caudad beyond the appendages ; pleural appendages 
two, arising close together at the base of the fleshy lobe ; 
one appendage simple, gently curved, broad at base, narrowed 
to the long apex; second appendage bifid, the lateral arm 
being a small, slender spine remote from the tip of the 
mesal arm which terminates in a small cylindrical point. 
Gonapophyses appearing as two long, straight, divergent 
arms, gradually narrowed to the acute tips, their surface 
sparsely provided with appressed sete. 

Hab. New Zealand (North Island). 

Holotype, ¢, Ohakune, altitude 2060 feet, December 22, 
poe (7 .h. Harris). 


Molophilus paululus, sp. 0. 
General coloration dark brown; vein 2nd A short; male 


104 Dr. C. P. Alexander on 


hypopygium with a single pleural appendage—this flattened, 
ear-shaped, and terminal in position. 

Male.—Length about 2°6 mm.; wing 3°2 mm. 

Female.—Length about 3 mm.; wing 3°38 mm. 

Rostrum and palpi pale brown. Antennz with the first 
segment pale brown, the second segment darker; flagellum 
broken. Head dark brown. 

Pronotum dark brown. Mesonotum dark brown, the 
humeral region brighter. Pleura dark brown.  Haiteres 
dark brown, the extreme base obscure yellow. Legs with 
the coxee and trochanters obscure yellow; remainder of the 
legs black ; only the middle legs remain, and these show 
faint indications of narrow pale rings on the tibie and tarsi, 
possibly due to the removal of trichie. Wings tinged with 
brown, the veins a little darker and clothed with long, dark 
brown macrotrichiz. Venation: vein 2nd A short, ending 
some distance before the level of the fork of Cu. _ | 

Abdomen dark brown. Male hypopygium with the 
pleurites short and stout ; a single pleural appendage—this 
. terminal in position, flattened, ear-shaped, pale yellow in 
colour. Penis-guard and apophyses forming a chitinized 
mass between the pleurites, the guard jutting caudad as two 
slender parallel! points. 

Hab. New Zealand (North Island). 

Holotype, 8, Ohakune, altitude 2060 feet, January 18, 
1922 (T. R. Harris). 

Allotopotype, 2 . 

Molophilus paululus is related to M. gourlayi, Alex. 


Rhabdomastix (Sacandaga) optata, sp. nu. 


General coloration grey, the prescutum with two sub- 
median brown stripes ; pleura dark grey; wings whitish 
subhyaline, handsomely variegated with brown, the costal 
region more yellowish ; abdominal segments pale brown, 
the bases of the segments darker brown. 

Male.—Length about 4°8 mm.; wing 6 mm. 

Female.— Length 6:8 mm. ; wing 7°2 mm. 

Rostrum and palpi dark brown. Antenne dark brown 
throughout, the flagellar segments with an abundant, erect, 
white pubescence. Head grey. 

Mesonotum dull grey, the preescutum with two submedian 
brown stripes ; in the female, the lateral stripes are also 
indicated. Pleura dark grey. MHalteres pale. Legs with 
the fore coxze dark, the other coxz obscure brownish 


new or little-known 'Vipulide. 105 


yellow; trochanters yellow; fore and middle coxz elongate ; 
remainder of the legs brown. Wings whitish subhyaline, 
the costal region more yellowish; stigma dark brown, 
sending a conspicuous brown cloud along the cord to r-m, 
wing-tip faintly darkened ; other brown clouds in the base 
of cells C and Sc, along vein Cu, the outer end of cell 1st 
M,; cell 2nd A largely dark ; prearcular region abruptly 
pale; veins dark brown, paler in the costal region. 
Venation: Sc, ending about opposite three-fourths the 
length of Rs, Sc. not far from the tip; /, short, a little 
more than its length from the tip of R,; basal deflection of 
Cu, about two-thirds its length beyond the fork of 1. No 
macrotrichize on veins R,,3 or 2nd A. 

Abdomen indistinctly bicolorous, pale brown, the bases of 
the segments darker brown; subterminal segments uniformly 
darkened ; hypopygium obscure yellow. Valves of the ovi- 
positor elongate, horn-colour. 

Hab. New Zealand (North Island). 

Holotype, 8, Ohakune, altitude 2060 feet, January 24, 
1922 (1. R. Harris). 

Allotopotype, 9, February 8, 1922. 


Rhabdomastix (Sacandaga) vittithorax, sp. n. 


General coloration yellow, the mesonotal prescutum with 
four brown stripes; head grey; wings tinged with grey ; 
Sc ending opposite two-fifths the length of Rs ; macrotrichize 
on veins R,,3 and 2nd A. | 

Female.—Length 42 mm, ; wing 4°9 mm. 

Rostrum brown, the palpi dark brown. Antenne dark 
brown, the first scapal and the first flagellar segments paler. 
Head grey. 

Pronotum yellow, slightly darker medially. Mesonotal 
przscutum yellow with four conspicuous brown stripes, the 
intermediate pair confluent anteriorly ; remainder of the 
mesonotum yellow, the scutal lobes brown. Pleura yellow. 
Halteres yellow. Legs with the fore coxe slightly darkened ; 
other cox and the trochanters yellow; remainder of the 
legs dark brown. Wings tinged with grey, the base and 
costal region indistinctly yellowish; stigma faintly indicated, 
pale brown; veins dark brown, those in the costal area more 
yellowish. Venation: Sc short, Sc, ending opposite two- 
fifths the length of Rs, Sc. indistinct ; distance between the 
tips of R, and R, at margin greater than R, alone. Macro- 
trichiz on R,,3 basad to the fork of Rs and on vein 2nd A. 


106 Dr. C. P. Alexander on 


Abdominal tergites uniformly brown, the sternites paler ; 
genital segment and ovipositor paler. Abdomen of type 
gravid with large eggs. be 

Hab. New Zealand (North Island). 

Holotype, @, Ohakune, altitude 2060 feet, January 28, 
1922 (T. R. Harris). 

Rhabdomastix vittithorax is most closely related to R. 
otagana, Alex. 


ZELANDOMYIA, gen. nov. 


Antenne with at least 15, probably with 16, segments, 
the segments with conspicuous verticils that exceed the seg- 
ment in length. Legs clothed with very long, coarse sete ; 
tibial spurs elongate. Wings with Se ending about opposite 
two-thirds the length of the long Rs, Sc, at the tip of Sc, ; 
Rs long, straight; 7 lacking; /,,3 nearly as long as R, alone; 
R, somewhat oblique in position; cell A, wide at the wing- 
margin; inner ends of cells R3, R;, and ls¢ M, in oblique 
alignment; cell lst 1, open by the atrophy of m; cell M, 
present, but small; basal deflection of Cu, about its own 
length beyond the fork of M; vein 2nd A ending opposite 
the origin of Rs; arculus complete. Ovipositor with 
acicular valves. 

Genotype, Zelandomyia pygmea, sp. n. (Maorian Sub- 
region). 

The tiny fly that is made the type of this new generic 
group is the smallest Hexatomine fly known, with the 
exception of certain species of Polymera which are of about 
the same size. Its general appearance is more like a species 
of Gonomyia than a Limnophila, to which genus it is most 
closely allied. The medial field of the wing suggests certain 
Pediciine Tipulidae, such as Dicranota and Rhaphidolabis. 


Zelandomyia pygmea, sp. N. 


General coloration pale brownish yellow ; size very small 
(wing of 9 3°5 mm.) ; wings greyish yellow; cross-veins 
ry and m lacking; vein £&, oblique in position; cell i, 
present. 

Female.-—ULength 3°5 mm. ; wing 3°5 mm. 

Rostrum and palpi pale brown. Antenne short, testa- 
ceous. Head pale brown. 

Mesonotum and pleura pale brownish yellow, unmarked. 
Halteres pale, the knobs large. Legs with the coxe and 
trochanters yellow; remainder of the legs pale brown, 


new or little-known Tipulidee. 107 


scarcely darkened distally. Wings with a faint greyish- 
yellow tinge; veins pale brown. Venation as discussed 
under the generic characterization. 

Abdomen pale brownish yellow, the sternites a little paler. 

Hab. New Zealand (North Island). 

Holotype, 2, Ohakune, altitude 2060 feet, January 28, 
1922 (T. R. Harris). 


Gynoplistia eluta, sp. n. 

General coloration grey, the prescutum with three darker 
stripes ; antenne with seventeen segments ; wings tinged 
with pale brown, the pattern very pale and diffuse; pleurites 
of male hypopygium with spinous basal lobes. 

Male.—Length 12°5 mm.; wing 9°2 mm. 

Female.—lLength 15°5 mm. ; wing 12 mm, 

Rostrum pale brown, the palpi dark brown. Antenne 
with the scape yellow, first flagellar segment hght brown ; 
remainder of the antenne, including all the pectinations, 
black ; antennal formulain ¢ 24+3+8+44, the pectinations 
of moderate length; formula in ? 24+8+6+6. Head 
brown, the front and orbits pruinose. 

Mesonotum pale brown with three rather indistinct, darker 
_ brown stripes ; pseudosutural fovez reddish ; remainder of 
‘mesonotum weakly pruinose; the scutal lobes darker. 
Pleura pruinose. MHalteres obscure yellow, the knobs a 
little darker. Legs with the coxe yellow, weakly pruinose; 
trochanters yellow; femora pale brown, the tips broadly 
yellow, enclosing a narrow brown subterminal ring; in the 

? the femora are uniformly pale brown; tibiz and metatarsi 
pale brown, the terminal tarsal segments black. Wings 
tinged with pale brown ( ¢) or yellowish brown (?) witha 
very diffuse, pale brown pattern, so that at first sight the 
wings appear almost unicolorous; stigma oval, brown, 
sending a paler brown seam along the cord and outer end of 
cell lst M, ; a pale brown spot at origin of Rs. Venation: 
Sc, ending beyond the end of Rs, Sc, at its tip; cell lst M, 
relatively small, the basal deflection of Cu, beyond mid- 
length ; petiole of cell J/, two and one-half to three times m. 

Abdominal tergites brown, the subterminal segments 
scarcely darkened ; hypopygium a little paler. Male hypo- 
pygium with conspicuous, blackened, spinous, basal lobes on 
the mesal face of pleurites ; outer pleural appendage bifid 
and blackened at apex, the smooth arm shorter than the 

denticulate arm; inner pleural appendage with an obtuse 
tooth near mid-length of the lower face. 


108 Dr. C. P. Alexander on 


Hab. New Zealand (North Island). 

Holotype, 3 , Ohakune, altitude 2060 feet, December 25, 
1921 (T. R. Harris). < 

Allotopotype, 2. 

Paratopotype, 8, December 20, 1921 ; paratypes, 2 9 2, 
Waimarino, January 1922 (Mr. Fenwick). 


Cerozodia hiemalis, sp. nu. 


Coloration in alcohol dark brown ; antennez with seven- 
teen segments, the terminal segment elongate; wings and 
halteres subequal in length (in @ ). 

Female.—Length 24 mm.; wing 2°5 mm. 

Described from an alcoholic specimen. 

Rostrum and palpi dark brown. Antenne dark brown, 
with apparently only seventeen segments, the terminal seg- 
ment being a composite that is as long as the preceding 
three taken together ; the formula is 2+ 10+5, interpreting 
the terminal segment as being a unit ; longest pectination 
about as long as the segment. Head dark brown. 

Thorax dark brown, the pseudosutural fovee pale. 
Halteres and wings subequal in length, pale brown, the 
latter slightly curved, strap-like. Legs brown, covered with 
conspicuous erect brown seta. 

Abdomen brown, the ovipositor passing into horn-colour. 
Ovipositor with the tergal valves elongate, gently upcurved. 

Hab. New Zealand (North Island). 

Holotype, 2, Ohakune, altitude 2060 feet, July 1921 
(T. R. Harris). 

The reference of this fly to Cerozodia is somewhat pro- 
visional, and it may prove to belong to a ae when the 
male sex is discovered. 


Macromastix longioricornis, sp. Nn. 


Male.—WLength 11°5-12 mm. ; wing 14°4-15 mm. ; an- 
tenna 17-17°5 mm. 

Described from alcoholic material. 

Bearing a general resemblance to a small J. binotata, 
Hutton, from which it is readily told by the elongate 
antenne and the coloration of the wings and abdomen. 

Compared with Jdinotata, the present species differs as 
follows :— 

Antenne of male approximately one-half longer than the 
body. Vertical tubercle more prominent. Wings with the 
ground-colour yellowish grey, the ocellate spot at mid- length 


new or little-known Tipulide. 109 


of vein M not touching the origin of Rs; the band along 
the cord that occurs in binotata is here much broken up, 
represented chiefly by a vague clouding cephalad of r—m and 
a conspicuous dark brown spot at the fork of Cu. Venation: 
cell 1st M, more elongate ; cell JZ, short-petiolate to sessile. 
Second abdominal segment not yellow on the basal half. 

Hab. New Zealand (North Island). 

Holotype, &, Ohakune, altitude 2060 feet, July 1921 
(7. R. Harris). 

Paratopotypes,8 8 3, with the type; 1 ¢, May 17, 1922; 
paratype, 1 $, Owhango, July 1, 1922 (7. AR. Harris). 


Macromastixz halterata, sp.n. 


General coloration dark brown ; antennze short; halteres 
very long; wings strongly tinged with brown; basal 
deflection of Cu, far before the fork of Jf; abdominal 
sternites bicolorous. 

Male.—Leugth 7 mm.; wing 8°3-8°5 mm. 

Described from alcoholic material. 

Frontal prolongation of the head short, hight brown ; 
nasus lacking; palpi short, pale brown. Antenne short, 
pale brown, the basal flagellar segments narrowed basally, 
a little produced apically on the ventral face, the terminal 
five segments elongate, cylindrical or nearly so, gradually 
becoming more elongate to the end. Head dark brown, the 
anterior part of the vertex paler. 

Mesonotal prescutum dark brown with three yellowish- 
brown stripes, the medial stripe further subdivided by a 
capillary dark vitta; remainder of mesonotum brown. 
Pleura obscure brownish yellow, with no distinct markings. 
Halteres very long and slender (2°55 mm.), brown. Legs 
with the coxz concolorous with the pleura; trochauters 
a little darker; remainder of the legs dark brown, the 
extreme femoral bases paler. Wings with a strong dark 
brown tinge, the stigma even darker brown; obliterative 
areas before the stigma and across the base of cell lst J. 
Wing-base subpetiolate, so the basal half of cell 2nd A is 
very narrow. Venation: cell 2nd R, small; petiole of cell 
M, variable, from about equal to m to almost lacking; basal 
deflection of Cu, before the fork of M, the fusion variable, 
from about equal to m to almost at the fork of M; fusion 
of M; and Cu, about equal to the fusion of M and Cu. 

Abdominal tergites dark brown, the sternites yellow, with 
the bases of the segments narrowly infuscated. 


Lig. = On new or littletiataw Tipulidee. 


Hab. New Zealand (North Island). 

Holotype, &, Ohakune, altitude 2060 feet, July 1921 
C7.) Re-ianrris). | 

Paratopotypes, 6 8 &, with the type; 9 ¢ g, May 21, 
1922; 336 6, May 28, 1922 (T. KR. Harris). 


Macromastix angusticosta, sp. 0. 


General coloration grey, the prescutum with three dark 
brown stripes, the median one fulvous at anterior end ; wings 
subhyaline, cells C and Se dark brown; abdominal tergites 
deep reddish brown, the lateral margins broadly pale. 

Male.—Leneth about 15 mm.; wing 18°4 mm. 

Frontal prolongation of the head brown, darker brown 
beneath, the nasus very short and broad ; palpi dark brown. 
Antenne short, the first segment yellow, the second seg- 
ment pale brown; flagellum dark brown. Head brown, 
dark brown on the genx, fulvous on the low vertical 
tubercle and on the orbits, the vertex when viewed obliquely 
with a silvery sheen.. 

Mesonotal prescutum light brownish grey with three 
velvety dark brown stripes, the median stripe fulvous-orange 
anteriorly, forming a very conspicuous triangular area ; 
median stripe indistinctly split by a pale line; humeral 
region and lateral margins light yellow; scutal lobes obscure 
orange, the median area broadly pruinose ; a small brown 
spot on latero-caudal portion of each scutal lobe; scutellum 
obscure fulvous, sparsely pruinose, the lateral margins of the 
median lobe greenish yellow; postnotum brown, paler 
caudally, the surface sparsely pruinose. Pleura dark brown, 
sparsely pruimose, with a broad, ventral, longitudinal, grey 
stripe. Halteres brown, the knobs greenish. Legs with 
the coxe pruinose ; trochanters obscure yellow; femora 
light yellowish brown, the tips conspicuously but rather 
narrowly blackened; tibize uniformly yellowish brown ; 
tarsi similar, the terminal segments black; legs elongate. 
Wings subhyaline, cells C and Se dark brown; wing-base, 
before the arculus, tinged with yellowish brown ; stigma 
conspicuous, dark brown, preceded and followed by indistinet 
yellowish areas; veins dark brown, slender. Venation: 
cell 2nd R, small, rectangular; petiole of cell J/, shorter 
than m; m—cu obliterated by fusion ; cell 2nd A moderately 
broad. 

Abdominal tergites deep reddish brown, the lateral 
margins broadly whitish, this coloration decreasing in extent 


On the Spectes as a Gene-complev. 111 


distally, margined internally by a deep blackish area ; 
sternites uniformly dark brown, the hypopygium more 
reddish brown. 

Hab. New Zealand (North Island). 

Holotype, 3, Ohakune, altitude 2060 feet, December 23, 
M20 (Re Harris). 


VIIL.—A Note on the Species as a Gene-complex. 
By Guy C. Rosson, M.A. 


‘eto the present no very satisfactory solution of the “ species 
question ” has been offered by the geneticist. He has indeed 
supplied some very Just criticisms of the taxonomist’s attitude 
towaids the “species,” particularly on the question of their 
origin ; but he has nevertheless produced no constructive 
-solution of the problem. The effect of genetic studies in the 
field of taxonomy has been, in fact, similar to that of the 
Selection theory. Bateson has pointed out; ps 10) the 
falsification of Darwin’s prediction that, when his interpreta- 
tion was adopted, ‘the disputes whether or not some fifty 
species of British brambles are good species or not will 
cease,” only to admit on another page (/.¢. p. 3), “I cannot 
assert that we are already in a position to answer this 
important question” (What is a species ?). 

In the following note I] venture to indicate a method by 
which at least some precision might be introduced into the 
discussion. Ido not wish to claim originality for these views. 
They are partly a restatement in a different terminology 
of those held by other people. JI venture to think that 
such a restatement is necessary at the present time. 

We are offered two mutually exclusive views on the nature 
of species. One is that a species is a purely arbivary 
association of individuals agreeing in respect of certain 
characters, an association justifiable on pragmatical grounds 
as affording a working basis for the task of classification. 
The other view is that the species is a biological reality, though 
no means at present are available for arriving ata satisfactory 
eriterion or of unifying the species-concept as it is applied 
to the various groups of animals and plants. A number of 
suggestions have been made as to what such a criterion might 


ie Mr. G. C. Robson on 


be, ranging from oe crude concept of the individual 
taxonomist’s ‘‘ flair” or “ eye for a species’ to a more serious 
attempt to eee a ane of correlated characters after 
a careful biometrical study of variation in the group. 

The latter method seems to offer at least a means of 
bridging the gap between the taxonomist and the geneticist. 
We owe to Morgan (5) the concept of the species as a gene- 
complex. At present this is only a suggestion unelaborated 
and undeveloped; but it seems to be precisely parallel to the 
view of certain taxonomists who lay stress on the importance 
of a number of closely correlated characters. 

When animals representative of a ‘‘ species ” are studied 
intensively by the taxonomist there is revealed a large 
complex of structural features which exhibit the effects of 
‘specific ” differentiation. According to my own experience 
it is hard to find a system which is not capable of showing 
the latter. Even glandular structures may be found to 
exhibit differentiation in two closely related forms, as 
Kleiner (3) has shown. 

It is the composition and fate of the character-complex 
that has been most neglected in discussions on the nature of 
species. In practice it has been recognized, but its 
implications have not been followed up by intensive work on 
genetic and morphological lines. 

We have to ask ourselves, if a species is a complex of con- 
stantly associated char acters, how does the complex behave in 
heredity ? Are the various characters affected by linkage * ? 
If so, can we ascertain the degree of linkage and thus ébiain 
a standardization of the species ? If there is no linkage, 
what is the nature of the association of characters? Is it 
purely fortuitous and susceptible of dissociation by crossing ? 
Have we, finally, an advance from unstable character- 
associations to systems exhibiting linkage in various degrees ? 

We are certainly not in the position to answer these 
questions yet ; and to suggest lines of research and hint at 
problems to be solved is perhaps a poor sort of policy. But 
in the present case any sort of criticism of method is 
desirable, especially if it affords a liaison between two types 
of research. ‘The writer is constantly impressed in his 
taxonomic studies of the Mollusca with the instability of the 
character-complexes conventionally known as “ species ” and 


* The term linkage is used here in the general sense of a tendency on 
the part of certain characters “to keep together rather than to assort 
freely,” Morgan (5, p. 80). 


the Species as a Gene-complev. 113 


the varying degree to which the characters composing the 
complex are represented in the individual (cf. 6, p. 263). It 
seems, therefore, that a division of labour is desirable. The 
anatomist should indicate various types of character- 
association, and the experimentalist should analyse such cases 
and assign to them a coriect genetic interpretation. 

One can imagine that the result of such a study of 
character-associations might yield one of the results suggested 
above, viz., every degree of association from the most 
unstable to the most complete linkage. Would we in such a 
case be any nearer our goal? The “species” would still be 
a concept only—a projection of our minds in their search for 
a point d’appui in the perplexing multitude of types of 
association. We would, however, have arrived at a clearer 
conception of the way in which the associations originally 
distinguished as “species”’ are built up, maintained, or dis- 
sociated. We would concentrate less upon the association 
itself than on the way it is represented in the individual. 

In practice we find it increasingly difficult, as animals are 
subjected to a more intensive study, to make our rigid con- 
cepts fit the facts of Nature. Not only species but genera 
and families appear to be mere abstractions which form a sort 
of “ Bed of Procrustes”’ in which the affinities of animals 
are often painfully distorted in order to fit the inelastic frame- 
work. Onthe other hand, it is obvious that we cannot relapse 
into apassive acceptance of an animal kingdom wholly anarchic 
in the relationship of its units. The observations of com- 
petent field-naturalists and taxonomists show us that some 
associations at least are permanent, ‘The fault of taxonomy 
in the past seems to have been not that its units are unreal, 
but that it has extended them unwarrantably. A well-known 
case may make the above generalizations clearer. 

The two species of snail, Zachea hortensis and T’. nemoralis, 
are widely distributed in West and Central Kurope. ‘They 
have been the objects for many years of a solicitous 
examination usually made in order to answer the questions : 
‘Are they two species, and, if so, what is the real differ- 
ence ? ”’ ! 

These studies were originally conchological, but the num- 
ber of structures examined has been increased and breeding 
experiments have been conducted with the animals. One 
of the chief results for our purpose is that places are known 
where the pure hortensis shell-form is obtained either with or 
without the pure nemoralis shell-form, and vice versd. On 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. xi. 8 


114 Mr. G. C. Robson on 


the other hand, we find localities where ‘“ intermediates ”’ * 
occur. Hxamination of these various types have been 
principally conchological, and it has been concluded that all 
the shell-characters are completely “transgressive”? *. A 
more limited examination of the genitalia indicates that these 
organs are also transgressive. An exception has been invari- 
ably made in the case of the dart. It is usually stated that 
the latter is the only criterion of distinctness. There now 
appears to be doubt even on this subject. 

We have also cases where the hortensis and nemoralis com- 
plexes are modified so as to render distinction impossible. 
Information is less plentiful about the relation of these 
“species? to the other Zacheas. But it is possible that they 
have the same indeterminate relationship with 7. austriaca. 

Before completing our review of this case we must briefly 
consider the dart as a criterion of distinctness. As we have 
pointed out above, there is some doubt whether it is not also 
transgressive. A new difficulty is, however, created by the 
discovery by Lang (4), Kleiner (3), and Boettger (2) that 
the dart itself behaves not as a unit but as a complex. Hight 
characters can easily be distinguished in it, and, according to 
the results of Lang and Kleiner, the darts of the F, hybrids 
are a “mosaic” of hortensis, nemoralts, and intermediate 
characters! Furthermore, all the hybrids did not exhibit the 
same combination. 

We thus see that in this case the search for an absolute 
criterion breaks down. Our gene-complex appears to be a 
constant association only in certain cases. At one time we 
find an association of extreme hortensis or nemoralis 
characters ; and we might be justified in recognizing such 
compact groups of characters as “ species.” But in other 

cases we find groupings which we can only assign to one or the 
other of the two extreme types by an obvious petilio principii— 
an appeal to the ets. In assigning such forms to one or 
another of the two “species ” we are certainly not indicating 
their real relationship, which is one that cannot be expressed 
by crudely contrasted names. What we require is some 
system that expresses the different modes of character- 
combination. 

It is very much to be regretted that up to the present no 
satisfactory I, results have been obtained from crossing the 
extreme forms. If an increased know ledge of the necessary 

vital conditions is successful in producing a third generation, 

* The terms “intermediate” and “transgressive” have been used in 


this note without qualification. Inthe circumstances, a discussion of the 
precise meaning of such types of variation seems to be unnecessary. 


the Species as a Gene-complev. 115 


we shall be in a better position to discuss the behaviour of 
the various characters and to decide whether Jinkage is 
present. 
In the meantime, the discussion whether there are two 
‘species ” or one in this case is probably placed in its true 
perspective. In the first place, we see that the species-concept 
is too rigid to apply to such a variety of indeterminate 
character-associations. Even if we single out the extreme 
associations and oppose them under different names, we are 
merely confusing the issue by stressing the extremes and 
ignoiing the more indeterminate combinations. In the second 
place, we do not know whether these particular extreme 
associations are analogous to others in which linkage occurs, 
though we might be tempted to predict from the combinations 
found in the field that they are not. 


SUMMARY. 


(1) There is urgent necessity for the investigation of the 
‘species ” as a character-complex. ‘The subject should be 
studied both from its genetic and its morphological aspect. 

(2) The character-complex isa fact of common knowledge. 
Viewed at the morphological level it varies extensively in its 
components, exhibiting a correlated system of nou-transgres- 
sive characters or showing a large variety of combinations 
which include transgressive characters. 

(3) The future method of investigation should be an 
attempt to discover whether linkage occurs in such 
associations, and, if so, to what extent. 

(4) Improved morphological and genetic investigation of 
the degree to which the complex is represented in individuals 
is likely to show that any attempt to distinguish rigid cate- 
gories among associations of such variable constitution is a 
very imperfect representation of the relations between 
organisms. ‘The ‘‘ species”? concept, as far as we can see 
without further investigation along these lines, appears to be 
applicable to only a certain type of combination. 


WORKS QUOTED. 


(1) Barrson. ‘Problems of Genetics.’ 1913. 

(2) Bozrrerr. Zool. Jahrb. xliv. Syst. 1921. 

(3) KLEINER. “Untersuchungen am Genitalapparat von H. nemoralis 
und hortensis.” Inaugural Dissertation. Zurich. 

(4) Lane. ‘Ueber die Bastarde von H., hortensis und ZH. nemoralis.’ 
Jena, 1908. 

(5) Morean. “The Physical Basis of Heredity.” (Monographs on 
Experimental Biology.) 1911. ~ 

Rogson. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1921. 
5% 


116 Mr. J. E. Collin on Diptera from 


IX. — Diptera (Orthorrhapha Brachycera and  Cyclor- 
rhapha) from Spitsbergen and Bear Island. Results of the 
Oxford University Hxpedition to Spitsbergen, 1921.—No. 22. 
By J. E. Cottin, F.E.S. 


THE small collection of Diptera placed in my hands by 
Prof. i. B. Poulton for purposes of identification contained 
only eight species. Of the seven collected in Spitsbergen, 
six have previously been recorded from that island, while all 
seven appear to have a wide range of distribution in the 
north, The eighth species, collected in Bear Island, appears 
to be an undescribed species ; its association with gulls’ 
nests, and the fact of its having been found also in the island 
of St. Kilda, makes it probable that it will also be found to 
have a wide distribution in northern regions. 


Empidide. 
Rhamphomyia caudata, Zett. 


1 g, south side of Ice Fiord, Advent Bay, 0-100 feet. 
On flowers of Dryas octopetala and Cerastium alpinum. O.S. 
Elton, July 18th, 1921. 

This brightly shining black species with pilose legs and 
remarkable male hypopygium was recorded from Spitsbergen 
by Holmgren in 1869. It has been confused by some writers 
with £. ethiops, Zett., a species whose range of distribution 
extends much farther south ; consequently it is not possible 
to record accurately the distribution of cawdata beyond the 
fact of its occurrence in Northern Scandinavia and Spits- 
bergen. If, as I believe, longestylata is a synonym of this 
species, it also occurs in the Kanin Peninsula, North Russia. 


Syrphida. 
Syrphus tarsatus, Zett. (dryads, Holmer.). 
1 ¢, south side of Ice Fiord, Advent Bay, 0-100 feet. 


On flowers of Dryas octopetala aud Cerastium alpinum. _C.8. 
Hilton, July 18th, 1921. 

Lhis female is certainly the same as Holmgren’s dryadis, 
the type of which was also found frequenting the flowers of 
Dryas in Advent Bay. ‘The face is obscurely yellowish, 
with the jowls and mouth-edge black, the dark colour spreading 
upwards at the sides to include the facial fovee, and with 
three brownish-black stripes extending upwards from the front 


Spitsbergen and Bear Island. 137 


mouth-edge towards antenne (a broader stripe each side of 
the facial protuberance and a narrower ill-defined stripe over 
it). Frontal lunule immediately over the base of antenne 
yellow. Abdomen ovate, with narrow, transverse, ill-defined, 
reddish bands on third and fourth segments only ;_ these 
bands are near the base of each segment and do not reach 
the side-margins, and are broadly separated at the middle. 
Hind margin of the fourth segment reddish yellow, of the 
fifth segment more narrowly yellow. The four anterior tibize 
and the apical third of their respective femora yellowish, the 
tip of hind femora and basal third of hind tibiz more 
obscurely yellowish. 


Syrphus tarsatus, Zett., var. 

A second female taken at head of Ice Fiord, Gyps Valley, 
100-200 feet, on slope with Dryas and Saxifraga, on 
June 26th, 1921, by C. S. Elton, appears to be a variety or 
possible distinct species. ‘The face is practically without any 
trace of yellow ground-colour except between the base of each 
antenna, though dusted greyish, most conspicuously so at 
sides and below antenne, leaving the facial protuberance, 
clypeus, and extreme margin of month-edge more shining 
black. Abdomen narrower, without any trace of bands. 
Legs darker, the anterior tibize very obscurely yellowish and 
only the tip of femora yellowish. Holmgren recorded the 
capture of females of his dryadis without pale markings on 
the abdomen. 

S. tarsatus (of which S. dryadis is now considered a syno- 
nym) occurs in Greenland, Iceland, Northern Scandinavia, 
Spitsbergen, Nova Zembla, and North-west Siberia. 


Anthomyide. 


Acroptena frontata, Zett. 

1 2, head of Ice Fiord, Gyps Valley, 100-290 feet, on 
slope with Dryas and Saxifraga. C.S. Elton, June 26th, 
1921. 

This species has previously been recorded from Spitsbergen 
by Holmgren; it also occurs in Greenland, Scandinavia, and 
the mountains of Central Europe, but in the last locality a 
closely allied species has certainly sometimes been mistaken 
for the true frontata. 


Limnophora hyperborea, Bohem. 


The genus Limnophora, sens. lat., which has its head- 
quarters in the north, is well represented within the Arctic 


118 Mr. J. E. Collin on Diptera from 


Circle; even from Spitsbergen alone some dozen supposed 
species have been described or recorded by Boheman and 
Holmgren. These early writers failed to describe the im- 
portant cheetotactic characters by which the different species 
may be best recognized, and this omission, coupled with the 
fact that specimens from the Arctic region are seldom brought 
home in good condition, has been the cause of great confusion 
in connection with the species concerned. 

In Kertesz’s ‘ Katalog’ the Spitsbergen species stand as 
follows :— 


1. Limnophora denudata, Holmgr., 3 ¢. 


ranuncult, Holmer., ©. 


2. L. dorsata, Zett., 2. 


hyperborea, Bohem., ¢ Q. 
labiosa, Bohem., 2. 
megastoma, Bohem., p.p. 


3. L. fuliginosa, Holmer., ¢. 
A. L.illota, Holmer., 3. 


5. L. megastoma, Bohem., ¢ 2. 
ludihunda, Holmer., 3. 
triangulifera, Bohem. (1865), nec Zett. 
? conspurcata, Holmer., dQ. 


6. 1. pauniilas olmer. 2. 
7. L. vitticollis, Zett., o 2. 


Ringdahl, who has done much to clear up the Swedish 
species of Limnophora, gives (atter an examination of Zetter- 
stedt’s types) vittdcollis, Zett., as a synonym of triangulifera, 
Zett., but itis not certain that this apples to Holmeren’s vitti- 
collis. More recently (1917) Lundbeck has varied the syno- 
nymy of some of the Spitsbergen species by quoting denudata, 
Holmer., as a synonym of. contractifrons, Zett. & Stein, and 
the above dorsata of Holmgren (NoT of Zetterstedt) as a 
synonym of triangulifera, Zett. & Stein, with pauailla, 
Holmer., and ranuncul, Holmgr., as doubtful synonyms. I 
very much doubt the correctness of this latter synonymy of 
Lundbeck’s. L. triangulifera, Zett., has clear wings, while 
Holmgren’s dorsata was described as having :—“ Ale... 
costam versus preesertim infuscatee, areis basalibus quibus- 
dam et macula ad apicem nervi auxiliaris ut plurimum fuscis ; 
nervo transverso ordinario umbra fusca, plus minusve 
distincta.”’ 


Spitsbergen and Bear Island. 119 


A species captured in some numbers by Mr. Elton answers 
admirably to this description, and is certainly NOT triangu- 
lifera, ZGett., nor is it dorsata, Zett., as interpreted by 
Ringdahl. As Holmgren quoted hyperborea, Bohem., as 
being “ most certainly?” a synonym of the species he called 
dorsata, and Mr. Elton’s specimens are not dorsata, Zett., it 
would appear that L. hyperborea is the correct name for this 
Spitsbergen species. I have compared specimens received 
from Ringdahl of his Z. frigida (described in 1920 from 
Specimens captured in the mountains of Northern Sweden) 
with the Spitsbergen hyperborea, and consider them identical. 
The synonymy may therefore be quoted as follows :— 


LL. hyperborea, Boheman (1865), 3 2. 


dorsata, Holmer. (1869), nec Zett., 5 Q. 
Srigida, Ringdahl (1920), 3 @. 

? dabvosa, Bohem. (1865), 9. 

? megastoma, Bohem. (1865), p.p. 


Details of the capture of the five males and seven females 
in the collection from Spitsbergen (all but one being taken at 
head of Klass Billen Bay, Bruce City, shingly raised beach, 
25-50 feet) are as follows :— 

A male on July 19th about huts on shingle of raised 

beach. A male and female on July 22nd flying over shingle 
with tundra and ponds. A male on July 30th and a female 
on Aug. 14th on hut-window pane or ledge below. A male 
on Aug. Ist on flowers of Dryas octopetala near pond. 
Another male on Aug. 2nd on flowers of Silene acaulrs. 
Three females on Aug. 2nd on flowers of Saafraga hirculus 
near pond. The above all captured by C. 8. Elton. The 
Jast at this locality being found by J. Walton on a poppy- 
head on Aug. 2nd, dead, with ovipositor extended. A female 
was also taken at about 60 feet on north side of Ice Fiord, 
Cape Boheman, on July 12th by C. 8S. Elton flying over a 
strip of marshy land among the rocky tundra near coast. 
_ I find nothing to add to Ringdahl’s description of frigidu 
in Ent. Tidskr. 1920, pp. 27-28, and the species can be 
recorded with certainty from only Northern Scandinavia and 
Spitsbergen. 


Limnophora megastoma, Bohem. 


Of this species there are six females in the collection, all 
taken by C. 8S. Hlton—four at Klass Billen Bay, Bruce City, 
shingly raised beach, 25-50 feet, viz., one on July 22ud on 


120 Mr. J. E. Collin on Diptera from 


shingly raised beach with Dryas &c., one on Aug. 2nd 
on flowers of Silene hirculus near pond, one on Aug. 4th on 
tundra on shingly raised beach, and one on Aug. 14th on 
hut-window or ledge below. A> single female was captured 
on July 10th on Prince Charles Foreland, 30-80 feet (island 
west of Spitsbergen), Freshwater Bay district N.K. of island, 
amid flowers of Silene acaulis on rock on hill. Also a single 
female on July 18th from south side of Ice Fiord, Advent 
Bay, 0-100 feet, on flowers of Dryas oclopetala and Ceras- 
tuum alpinum. 

All these specimens (except that from Advent Bay) are 
dwarfed (about 3°5 mm.), and possess usually only three 
pairs of strong postsutural dorso-central bristles on thorax, 
the second pair behind suture absent or only represented by 
a stiff hair. Moreover, the discal cell is somewhat pointed at 
the lower outer angle as in pauailla, Holmgr., and dllota, 
Holmer. ; nevertheless, [cannot consider them in the absence 
of the male as anything more than a variety of the megastoma, 
Bohem., recognized by Ringdahl as occurring in Northern 
Scandinavia. The same species also occurs in the island of 


Jan Mayen. 


Muscivpa& ACALYPTRATA. 
Scatophaga varipes, Holmer. 


A pair taken by C. 8. Elton, Aug. 14th, on human dung 
just above high tide on the raised shingly beach at head of 
Klass Billen Bay, Bruce City. 

This species differs primarily from squalida in having in 
the male more pilose legs, without the antero-dorsal row of 
strong bristles on hind’ femora, at most with only 1-2 such 
bristles towards tip; the hind tibiee are more curved, the fine 
hairs on thorax rather longer, and the two rows of acrostichal 
hairs somewhat nearer each other. In the female, though 
the row of bristles is present above hind femora, the legs 
(especially the hind tibiz) are longer-haired than in squalida, 
Both cross-veins of each wing are strongly infuscated, 

The northern species of Scatophaga are not well known, 
. S. variges was described from specimens caught in Nova 
Zembla, and has not previously been recorded from Spits- 
bergen. I have seen specimens from the island of Jan 
Mayen. It appears to vary (as its name indicates) in the 
colour of its legs. 


Spitsbergen and Bear Island. 121 
Fucomyia frigida, F'n. 


A single male from Prince Charles Foreland (island west 
of Spitsbergen), Freshwater Bay district, N.E. of island ; 
captured on July 4th at Pt. Carmichael at about 40 feet on 
sandy zone of shingly raised beach. 

The specimen is one of the larger forms (7°5 mm.) with 
strongly pilose middle tarsi, but has no indication of yellow 
markings on the abdomen. J. frigida is a species of wide 
distribution. 


Leria septentrionalis, sp.n., ¢ 2. 


Small, uniformly dark grey species, with extensively 
darkened frons, antennee, and legs ; only one pair of vibrissze 
and only one strong sterno-pleural bristle. 

6- Head with shghtly wider space between hind margin 
of eyes and postocular ciliation than in allied species, and 
face with a fairly distinct central keel, continued upwards 
between antenne. Occiput, vertex, and narrow frontal orbits 
dull grey, the frontalia dull brownish black, becoming a 
lurid red only towards front margin. Face and the deep 
jowls so densely dusted greyish as to completely obscure the 
reddish-yellow ground-colour. Antenne with the first two 
joints reddish, but the almost circular third joint dull brownish 
black, with reddish tinge at least on inner side about base ; 
base of arista (apparently the first two joints) conspicuously 
dilated, the rest slender and microscopically pubescent ; the 
whole arista short, the distance from tip of arista to base of 
antenna being conspicuously shorter than frons from base of 
antennee to vertical ridge. ‘The front orbital bristle quite as 
long as the hind one (one male specimen is abnormal in 
having only two orbital bristles in all, and these not placed 
exactly opposite each other). Only a single strong bristle at 
vibrissal angle, and a single row behind it (along side of 
mouth-edge) of quite small bristles. Clypeus dusky. Palpi 
reddish yellow. 

Thorax uniformly dull dark grey like the occiput and 
vertex, without darker stripes on disc. A distinguishing 
feature lies in the shortness of the three anterior of the four 
pairs of dorso-central bristles; the hind (prescutellar) pair are 
moderately long, but the others are hardly twice the length 
of the short hairs on dise of thorax, though these short bairs 
are certainly rather longer than usual. Only one strong 
sterno-pleural bristle ; mesopleura and prothoracic sternum 
bare. 


122. On Diptera from Spitsbergen and Bear Island. 


Abdomen the colour of thorax, with a slight reddish-brown 
tinge on at least the lower part of the somewhat globular 
hy popygium. Genital lamellae rather slender and pointed, 
more like those of anser ee than those of serrata or modestu. 
Hind-marginal bristles short, fine, and inconspicuous. 

Legs coloured much as in modesta—i. e., with the tro- 
chanters, extreme base and tip of femora, tibie (except for 
more or less extensive darkening about middle), and base of 
at least the four anterior tarsi obscurely yellowish. No 
bristles above hind femora towards tip. Middle tibize with 
a slight dilation or projection at extreme tip beneath, on 
which 1-2 apical spurs are placed (there is a somewhat 
similar dilation in true ruficauda, Zett., and inscripta, Mg.). 
No hook or projection at tip of basal joint of either front or 
hind tarsi. Wings rather short and narrow, with the costal 
spines very inconspicuous, hardly longer than the other costal 
pubescence. Halteres yellow, with slightly dusky knobs. 

@. Closely resembling the male, but abdomen more 
pointed, terminating in a pair of long yellowish-brown 
papillee, clothed with shori dark hairs and each with a pair of 
quite long hairs at the tip. Middle tibiae without the pro- 
jection at “tip beneath of male. Wings rather longer than in 
male. 

Length 3-4 mm. 

28 dg and 3 @ & taken by C.S. Elton at south-east corner 
of Bear Island (between North Cape and Spitsbergen) near 
South Harbour, in moss of glaucous gull’s nest, on June 22nd, 
1921; also taken in the island of St. Kilda in June—July 
1905 by Rev. J. Waterston; the latter being the “ No. 90, 
Blepharoptera sp.!, 4 ¢ g and 2 ? 2 undetermined,” men- 
tioned in Grimshaw’s paper on the Diptera of St. Kilda in 
‘ Annals of Scottish Natural History,’ 1907, p. 156. 

Several species of Leria have been decthibel or recorded 
from the extreme north, such as serrata, L., modesta, Me., 
inscripta, Me., geniculata, Zett., tibialis, ethics minuta, Zett.., 
borealis, Bohem., and macultpennis, Beck. Of these the 
first three are distinct species well known to me ; geniculata 

was described Si Zetterstedt as having “ setis mystacinis 
utrinque pluribus ” like serrata ; tibialis, Zett., is placed by 
modern writers as a small variety of serrata, and I have a 
note made many years ago of a male in Zetterstedt’s collec- 
tion that the genital lamellae resembled those of servata ; in 
any case, it appears to differ from septentrionalis in having 
paler antennee, frons, and tibia, and a slightly infuscated 
cross-vein ; minuta, Zett., with ‘ antennis, fronte.... pedi- 
busque rufo-testaceis,” must be a paler species than septen- 


On new Sarcophagide from Asia. 123 


trionalis ; borealis, Bohem.*, with ‘ setis mystacinis utrinque 
pluribus.... Thorax lineolis sub-quinis fuscis. Abdomen 
cinereum ....segmentis margine apicali anguste pallidis,” 
is probably, as indicated in Kertesz’s ‘ Katalog,’ a synonym 
of modesta, Me. Finally, maculipennis, Becker, is distin- 
guished primarily by the strongly infuscated middle cross- 
vein, 


X.—LNew Sarcophagidee from Asia, with Data relating to 
the dux Group t. By R. R. Parker, Bozeman, Montana, 


Dr. G. BorrcHeR, writing in 1912 (1, pp. 735-736), con- 
sidered Sarcophaga tuberosa, Pandellé, S. harpax, and 
S. exuberans, Pand., to be varieties of S. tuberosa. In 
previous papers the writer has followed this practice, treating 
these and other related forms, more recently described, first 
as subspecies of S. tuberosa and later as subspecies of S. dux, 
Thomson (2). This grouping has been due to the similar 
structure of the genital apparatus, especially of the penes, 
and the constant occurrence of a certain group of external 
characters in all these species, Furthermore, the grouping 
has seemed advisable as an indication of relationship. 
Including the three new forms described in this paper, the 
number of recognized members of the group is ten, each 
added member indicating more strongly the really specific 
value of the differentiating external characters. In future, 
therefore, the writer believes these forms should be recognized 
as distinct species belonging to a group within the genus. 
This group should be known as the dux-group, S. dux being 
the first described member. 

In his last paper dealing with this group (2) the writer 
designated two forms as ‘‘ subspecies a”’ and “ subspecies b ” 
respectively—the one being S. shermant, sp. n., herein 
deseribed, and the other S. ewuberans. Which name 
belonged to which species could not be stated, because of 
reasons then noted. It is now possible, however, to make 
the above designations, thanks to Dr. J. Villeneuve, who 
kindly forwarded a specimen of exuberans, which he had com- 
pared with Pandellé’s type. It was further apparent that a 

* This species was first described by Boheman in 1865 (Ofv. K, Vet.- 
Akad, Forh. Stockholm, xxii. p. 573), and not, as given in Kertesz’s 
‘Katalog,’ by Holmgren in 1872. 

+ Contribution from the Entomological Laboratory of the Montana 
State College, Bozeman, Montana. 


124 Mr. R. R. Parker on 


European specimen in my collection which I had thought to 
be the same as “subspecies a” (shermani) was in reality 
undescribed, and is herein given the name S. marshalli, sp. n. 


Sarcophaga shermani, sp. n. 


Holotype (male), collection of R. BR. Parker. 

Allotype (female), collection of R. R. Parker. 

Length 11-14 mm. 

Male.—TVhree rows of black cilia behind eyes; cheek- 
vestiture black; anterior profile outline of forceps-prong 
gently sinuate near tip; the two pairs of distal processes of 
penis very slender (longer and more slender than in any 
other known species of the group) ; posterior spur-like pro- 
jection of the distal sclerite of penis very prominent (largest 
and longest of any species of the group); first genital seg- 
ment usually brownish, sometimes brownish posteriorly 
shading into dull orange anteriorly, less commonly dull 
orange throughout; second genital segment dull orange. 
For illustration of genitalia, see 2 (p. 45, figs. 6 & 13), and 
for separation of shermani and sarracenoides, Aldrich, see 2 
(p. 42). 

Female.—The female presents no characters which permit 

an accurate separation from that of sarracenoides, though 
knowledge of the locality of collection will often make 
identification reasonably certain. 

Described from fifteen male and three female specimens, 

CANADA: Savary Island, British Columbia, 5. vii. and 12. 
vill, 1918 (R. S. Sherman) ; Ottawa, Ontario, 25. v. 1896 ; 
Kentville, Nova Scotia, 7. viii. 1914 (C. R. G.); Boule River 
Camp, Riordan Limits, N.S.. 31. vn.) 1OL0 7 GCs eae 
Unitrep States: Lunenburg, Mass., 14.vi.1914 (R. T. 
Webber) ; Magdalena, New Mexico; Northport, Mich., viii. 
1903 (Will Bailey) ; Berkeley, Calif, 18.v.1915 (M1. C. 
Van Duzee); Redwood Canyon, Alameda Co., Cal., 29.v. 
1915; Gallatin Mts., Mont., 30. vi. 1914 (&. &. Parker). 

A specimen taken on Savary Island on 12th Aug., 1918, by 
R. H. Sherman, in whose honour the species is named, is the 
holotype. 

The specimen taken at Magdalena, New Mexico, lacks 
prescutellar acrostichal bristles, but this is possibly an 
individual variation. 

Sarcophaga exuberans, the form previously designated 
“subspecies 6” (2), may easily be separated from both sher- 
mani and sarracenoides by the presence of but two rows of 
black cilia behind the eyes and of white vestiture on the 


new Sarcophagide from Asia. 125 


posterior portion of the cheek. S. ewuberans is also smaller 
and less robust than these other two species. It is less easily 
separated from craggi (see paragraph following description of 
craggt). 


Sarcophaga ceylonensis, sp. n. 


Holotype (male), collection of R. R. Parker. 

Allotype (female), collection of R. R. Parker. 

Length 8-114 mm. 

The characters of the penis at once place this species in the 
duz-group, and it is then separated from the other members 
of the group by the following characters :—QOne row of black 
cilia behind eyes ; cheek-vestiture white (few anteriormost 
hairs may be black); fourth abdominal notum with at least 
posterior margin dull orange; in profile basal portion of fifth 
ventral plate presents a straight line (not raised posteriorly) ; 
forceps-prong sinuate at tip (not toothed) ; both genital seg- 
ments dull orange. In the female the above characters 


Vig. 1. Fig. 2. 


Fig. 1.—Sarcophaga ceylonensis, sp. n., male genitalia. 
Fig. 2.—Sarcophaga craggi, sp. 0., + 5 
(other than sexual) hold good, except that fourth notum is 
not dull orange posteriorly ; the fifth notum is typically duz- 
shaped (fig. 1). 

Described from nineteen male and twenty-one female 
specimens. 

CEYLON: Peradenyia, 28. vii. 1920 (J. C. Hutson) ; 
Colombo, 29. xii. 1914 (record No. 3936). Inp1A: Guindy, 
Madras (J. Cragg) ; Coimbatore, 9. x.1913 (7. B. Fletcher). 
Matay PENINSULA: Singapore (Bryant & Palmer). 


126", Mr. R. R. Parker on 


The specimens from Peradenyia, Ceylon, were reared from 
adead snail, Achatina fulica, and a single specimen from 
Colombo is “needed as having a “sheep” for its ‘¢ host.” 
The specimen from Coimbatore is labelled ‘‘ from -a dead 
snake.” 


Sarcophaga craggi, sp. n. 


Holotype (male), collection of R. R. Parker. 

Allotype (female), collection of R. R. Parker. 

Length 9-12 mm. 

The male of this species is differentiated from its near 
relatives by the following characters :—Two rows of black 
cilia behind eyes ; cheek-vestiture white, except that of most 
anterior portion; in profile basal portion of fifth ventral 
plate presents a straight line (not “ humped” posteriorly) ; 
forceps-prong toothed at tip. (fig. 2, 7.) si iclaspers specific 
(a.c. and p.e.) ; penis; first genital segment brownish or 
blackish, pollinose, second segment dull orange. In the 
female the above characters (other than sexual) hold good, 
except the colour of the genital segments; these are dull 
orange throughout. 

Described from five male and two female specimens. 

Inpia: Guindy, Madras, NyYAsALAnD: Blantyre, 30. i11. 
1914 (Dr. J. B. Davey). Liperta: Mt. Coffee, iv. 1897 
Ci. P. Curne). 

The holotype is from India ; the allotype from Nyasaland. 

S. craggi can be easily confused with ewxuberans, and 
separation can only be safely made from the characters of the 
forceps and claspers. The specimens from Nyasaland are 
labelled ‘from pupa.”’ 

This species is named in honour of Major F. W. Crage. 


Sarcophaga marshall, sp.n. 
Holotype (male), collection of R. R. Parker. 


The tollowing characters serve to distinguish marshalli 
from its group-relatives :—Three rows of black cilia behind 
eyes ; cheek-vestiture black; middle femur without “‘ comb ”; 
in profile basal portion of fifth ventral plate presents a 
straight line (not ‘‘ humped” posteriorly) ; forceps-prong 
scarcely toothed at tip, in profile the anterior and posterior: 
edges parallel for a short distance back of tip (fig. 3, f) ; 
claspers and penis specific (p.c.) ; first genital segment dark 


new Sarcophagidie from Asia. 127 


brownish or blackish, pollinose, second genital segment dull 
orange. 

Described from one male specimen. 

EvuroreE: the holotype bears the following label— 8. vito 
d. Norm.,” 31. v. 1905. 

This species is named in honour of Dr. G. A. K. Marshall 
of the Imperial Bureau of Kntomology, and the holotype is 
the specimen mentioned by the writer (2, p. 42) as received 
from Dr. Bezzi, and at that time thought to be the same as 
shermant. 


Sarcophaga hutsont, sp. n 


_ Holotype (male), collection of R. R. Parker. 

' Allotype nets): collection of R. R. Parker. 

Male.—Length 8-93 mm. ‘l'wo rows of black cilia behind 
eyes; vestiture of anterior potion of cheek black, of 
posterior portion white; frontals extending well eles base 
of vitta ; section 11. of costa longer than section v.; leg- 
vestiture short; posterior face of hind femur without ventral 
bristles; anterior acrostichals absent, four or more pairs of 
posterior dorsc-centrals, only posterior two strong; vestiture 
of fourth ventral plate short and appressed ; first genital 
segment without marginal bristles, second dull orange. 

“Head.—Viewed from front, parafrontals and genee silvery- 
erey. Breadth of front at narrowest part about two-fifths 
eye-width ; cheek-height about one-third that of eye. Atits 
narrowest part, frontal vitta about twice width of each para- 
frontal, its sides not parallel. Second antennal segment 
dark; third about twice length of second; arista long, 
plumose to beyond middle. Two rows of black cilia behind 
eyes, otherwise vestiture of back of head white. Vestiture 
of anterior portion of cheek black, that of posterior portion 
white. Gena with row of hairs near lower eye-orbit, other- 
wise bare. Palpi dark. 

Chetotaxy.—Lateral verticals absent; vibrisse inserted 
slightly above line of oral margin ; each row of frontals 
extending beyond base of vitta, usually with eleven to thirteen 
bristles, lower end scarcely divergent trom inner edge of gena. 

Thorax.—Mesonotum clothed with short reclinate bristles. 
Epauleites black. 

Wings.—Bend of fourth vein a right angle or slightly 
less ; anterior cross-vein more basal than end of first longi- 
tudinal; third vein with bristles ; section 11. of costa longer 
than section v. ; costal spine vestigial ; calyptera whitish. 

L gs.—Dark, vestiture short. Anterior face of posterior 


128 Mr. R. R. Parker on 


femur usually with three rows of bristles, those of inter- 
mediate row few in number and sometimes almost lacking ; 
posterior face without lower row of bristles; tibia straight ; 
tarsus not shorter than tibia. Anterior and posterior ventral 
rows of bristles of middle femur present, former with only 
scattered bristles proximally, latter present on distal half 
only ; submesotibial bristle present, anterior face of tibia with 
but a single bristle close to median dorsal ridge. 

Chelotaxy.—Anterior dorso-centrals about twice length of 
vestiture of prescutum ; acrostichals absent ; inner presuturals 
present ; four or more pairs of posterior dorso-centrals, only 
posterior two strong; prescutellar acrostichals present; scu- 
tellar apicals present ; three sterno-pleurals; lower sterno- 
pleura with bristles only. 

Abdomen.—Clothed above with short reclinate bristles, 
beneath with somewhat longer, almost erect hairs. Vestiture 
of fourth ventral plate short and appressed. 

Chetotaxy.—Second segment without dorsal marginal 
bristles ; third with two dorsal marginals and usually with 
two pairs of laterals. 

Genital Segments.—First segment dark, without marginal 
bristles; second segment dull orange. Forceps (fig. 4, 7.) 
darker than second segment, in profile anterior and posterior 
edges parallel on distal third, tip slightly curved forward 
with an angular tooth at extremity, prongs approximated for 
slightly more than basal half. Structure of penis very similar 
to that of S. fuscicauda, Bottcher. 

Female.—Differs from male in following essential charac- 
ters :—Breadth of front at narrowest part two-thirds eye- 
width ; cheek-he'ght about one-fourth that of eye; at its 
narrowest part frontal vitta scarcely wider than width of each 
parafrontal; row of hairs on gena near eye extends up on to 
parafrontal ; vestiture of abdomen of short reclinate bristles 
except that that of ventral surface of fourth notum is erect 
and hairy ; fifth abdominal notum (first genital) of same 
colour and pollinosity as those preceding ; third abdominal 
notum dorsally and laterally with complete or nearly com- 
plete row of marginal bristles. 

Described from six male and six female specimens. 

CEYLON : Peradenyia, 1. viii. 1919 (/. C. Hutson). Soutu 
Inp1a: Guindy, Madras, 18.i11.1915 (C. K. S.). 

Nine of the twelve specimens were taken from Aristolochia 
sp., at Peradenyia, Ceylon, and from the appearance of the 
specimens they seem to have been reared (record no. 4426). 
Two specimens from South India are labelled “ Par. on 


new Sarcophagidee from Asia. 129 


grasshopper, on cumbu”’ (collection of Imperial Bureau of 
Entomology). 

Lhis species is close to S. fuscicauda, Béttcher. However, 
it had two rather than three rows of black cilia behind the 
eyes. ‘he forceps are essentially alike and the penes quite 
similar. The fifth abdominal notum in the female of hutsoni 
is folded on the middle point of the posterior margin, so that 
the edges on either side of this point are either approximated 
along the median ventral line or are nearly so and parallel. 
This closely resembles the condition in jfuseteauda, except 
that in the Jatter there are two points of fold, slightly 
separated, so that, while the two edges posterior to the points 
of fold are essentially parallel, they are normally separated 
and not approximated. 

Both holotype and allotype were selected from the specimens 
taken from Aristolochia. 

The species is named in honour of Mr. J. C. Hutson, 
Entomologist for Ceylon. 


Fiy. 3. 


\ Qs. 


Fig. 3.—Sarcophaga marshalli, sp.n., male genitalia, 

Fig. 4.—Sarcophaga hutsont, sp. n., s i 
Abbreviations in figs. 1-4:—a.c. anterior claspers; p.c., posterior 

claspers; a.p., accessory plate; y.s.2,second genital segment ; 

f., forceps. 


LITERATURE CITED. 


(1) G. Bérrcuer. “Die miinnlichen Begattungswerkzeuge bei dem 
Genus Sarcophaga, Meig., und ihre Bedeutung fiir die Abgrenzung 
der Arten.” Deutsche Entomologische Zeitschrift, 1912, Heft 5, 
p. 525-544; Heft 6, pp. 705-786; 1913, Heft 1, pp. 1-16; 
eft 2, pp. 15-130; Heft 3, pp. 239-254; Heft 4, pp. 851-877. 
(2) R. R. Parker. “Concerning the Subspecies of Sarcophaga dux, 
Thomson.” Bulletin Brooklyn Entomological Society, vol. xiv. 
no. 2, Apr. 1919, pp. 41-46. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. xi. 9 


130 Mr. B. P. Uvarov—A Revision of 


XT. — A Revision of the Old World Cyrtacanthacrint 
(Orthoptera, Acrididze).—I. Introduction and Key to 
Genera. By B. P. Uvarov, F.E.S., Assistant Ento- 
mologist, Imperial Bureau of Entomology. 


Tue group Cyrtacanthaerini comprises mostly large, or 
middle-sized, grasshoppers, characterised by the presence of 
a well-developed prosternal spine, by the lack of the outer 
apical spine of the hind tibia, and, more particularly, by the 
inner angles of the mesosternal lobes being straight or acute, 
but not rounded, and their inner margins rectangular or 
concave, but never convex (see figs. 1 A, B,C). Practically 
all authors have considered this peculiar shape of the meso- 
sternal lobes as a generic character, and all the species 
possessing it, no matter how unlike each other they may be 


Sternum: A, Acridoderes crassus, Bol.; B, Valanga nigricornis (Burm.) ; 
C, Patanga suecincta (L.). x 4. 


in other characters, have been treated as congeneric and 
identified as Acridium spp., according to Serville’s vague 
definition of the genus. As a consequence, more than one 
hundred species have been described under Acridium, many 
of them strikingly dissimilar and obviously not congenerie. 
This made the identification of species very difficult and 
uncertain, and as the majority of species, owing to their 
large size, have already been described long ago by older 
authors, who paid httle attention to morphological characters 
and founded their species almost solely on coloration, the 
confusion of species has become quite overwhelming and a 
thorough revision is indispensable, the more so that the 
group includes also some of the most important swarming 


the Old World Cyrtacanthacrini. 131 


locusts. In this work, however, I have restricted myself to 
a study of the Old World representatives of the group 
only, because of a lack of sufficient material from the New 
World *, 

The rich collections of the British Museum, containing 
numerous types of the species described by Walker, have 
served as a basis for this work, but it could not have beeu 
successfully accomplished without the generous loan of 
types and other materials from practically all the European 
museums, A most obliging assistance in this respect has 
been given by the following persons, all of whom I should 
like to thank here once more :—Dr. L. Berland and Dr. L. 
Chopard (Paris Museum ; Finot’s types) ; Prof. Y. Sjéstedt 
(Stockholm Museum ; types of species described by himself 
and by Stal) ; Prof. R. Ebner (Vienna Museum ; types of 
species described by H. Krauss, K. Holdhaus, and H. Karny); 
Dr. C. Bolivar (Madrid Museum; I. Bolivar’s types) ; 
Dr. de Witte (Museum of the Belgian Congo; I. Bolivar’s 
types); Dr. G. Severin (Belgian Museum; I. Bolivar’s 
types); Dr. L. Péringuey (S. African Museum, Cape Town); 
Prof. E. B. Poulton (Oxford Museum) ; Prof. M. Bedot 
and Dr. J. Carl (Geneva Museum). ‘lo Mr. J. H. Durrant 
I am greatly obliged for his valuable assistance in settling 
some most entangled and doubtful questions of synonymy. 

Up to the year 1870, when Walker established his genus 
Cyrtacanthacris, all the species belonging to the group under 
revision were known under the generic name Acridium, 
which is being used even at present by some authors, ‘The 
following history of generic names, however, shows most 
clearly that Acridium can only be applied to members of this 
group if we deliberately chose to preserve the evident mistake 
made by Serville in the application of the name, 

The genus Acrydium was established by Geoffroy in 1762 
(Hist. abr. des Insectes, i. p. 390) to include all short-horned 
grasshoppers, of which he records six species as occurring in 
the vicinity of Paris, none of them belonging to the subfamily 
Catantopine (= Acridiinze, auct.) characterised by the armed 
prosternum. ‘There is no indication whatever as to which of 
the six species mentioned by Geoffroy should be regarded 
as the genotype of Acrydium, but there is certainly no 


* There is also much confusion in the systematics and synonymy of 
numerous American representatives of the group, and it is to be hoped 
that American orthopterists will soon clear it up, although this cannot 
be done without consulting Kuropean collections. 2 

gx 


132 Mr. B. P. Uvarov—A Revision of 


reason to treat as such the first species mentioned by Geoffroy, 
which, quite incidentally, happens to be Locusta germanica, 
Roesel (=Sphingonotus cerulans, L.), as is suggested by 
Sjostedt (K. Sven. Vet.-Akad. Hand. lxii. No. 3, pp. 256- 
257, 1921). On the other hand, Fabricius (Syst. Entom. 
p. 278) in 1775 restricted the genus Acrydium to only two 
of the species mentioned by Geoffroy, viz. bipunctatum and 
subulatum, while he separated all other short-horned grass- 
hoppers into the Linnean genera 7ryxalis and Gryllus. The 
same two species are mentioned by Latreille (Hist. Nat. 
Crust. Ins. 11i. 1802, p. 284) as “‘exemples,”’ 7.e., types of 
his genus Yetr7x, which makes this name a pure synonym 
of Acrydium (Geoffr.), Fabr.* | 

It was Serville who in 1831 first applied Geoffroy’s name 
Acrydium, which he corrected into Acridium, in an altogether 
different sense, while he included in his genus under that 
name several larger species of short-horned grasshoppers 
with armed prosternum (Ann. Sci. Nat. xxii. p. 282); the 
genotype was not indicated. Serville’s conception of Acry- 
dium (or Acridium, which is, of course, the same word 
differently spelt) has been, most unfortunately, adopted by 
all subsequent authors of standard works on Orthoptera 
(Burmeister, Stal, Brunner v. Wattenwyl, etc.), while 
Acrydium (Geoffr.), Fabr., has been quite incorrectly replaced 
by Vetriv, Latr. Kirby in 1890 (Scient. Proc. R. Dublin Soc. 
p- 592) restored the correct interpretation of the genus | 
Acrydium (Geoffr.), Fabr., and this has been accepted, 
especially after the publication of his Catalogue, by many 
authors, but some of them are still using the name in 
Serville’s sense. Prof. Sjostedt recently proposed to use 
both names— Acrydium, Geoffr., for Tetrix, Latr., and Acri- 
dium, Serv., for certain members of Catantopine; but this 
opinion, based upon a different Latin transliteration of the 
same letter in the original Greek word, cannot be accepted fF ; 


* A definite fixation of the single genotype of Acrydium (Geofft.), 
Fabr., was made in 1815 by Leach (Edinb, Encycl. ix. p. 120), who quotes 
under it A. subulatwm only. Later on, in 18338, Curtis (Brit, Ent. x. 
pl. 489) formally indicated dipunctatum as the genotype of Acrydium, but 
it makes no difference in the conception of the genus, as the two species 
are congeneric. 

+ It may be mentioned also that Serville himself in his next book 
(Hist. Nat. Ins. Orth. 1833) wrote the name as Acrydium (p. 640), while 
in the descriptions of species on the succeeding pages (pp. 642, 648, ete.) 
he spells it Acridiwm, which makes it quite clear that he did not mean 
to describe a new genus, but simply used Geoffroy’s generic name in a 
different sense. 


. 


the Old World Cyrtacanthacrint. 133 


still less convincing is Sjéstedt’s proposition to regard 
ruficornis as the genotype of Acridium, Serv., on the false 
principle that the first species mentioned under the genus is 
the genotype. 

It is obvious, therefore, that there has been no acceptable 
name for the genus described by Serville under the 
preoccupied name Acridium, until Walker (Cat. Derm. Salt. 
Brit. Mus. iii. p. 050) established in 1870 the genus Cyrta- 
canthacris, which partly covered Acridium, Serv.; the geno- 
type of Cyrtacanthacris was fixed only in 1910 by Kirby 
(Cat. 11. p. 446), as Gryllus Locusta ranaceus, Stoll, which 
is conspecific with Gryl/us Locusta tartaricus, L. (see below). 
Walker’s name, however, has never been recognised by 
other authors. 

The next genus of the group described was Schistocerca, 
Stal (Rec. Orth. i. p. 64, 1873), established as a subgenus 
of the genus Acridium, Serv., to include Acridium pere- 
grinum, Oliv. (=Gryllus gregarius, Forsk. ; see below), and 
its American allies. There can be hardly any doubt as to 
the genotype of this genus, though it was formally fixed 
only in 1910 by Kirby (Catalogue, i. p. 454) as Gryllus 
Locusta tartaricus, L., which he incorrectly (see below) 
applied to Gryllus gregarius, Forsk. 

I. Bolivar in 1889 (Jorn. Sci. Lisboa, 1. p. 163) founded 
another new genus of the group, Acridoderes, with a single 
species A. crassus, which thus automatically becomes the 
genotype, but several other species described by the same 
author under that generic name later on do not belong to 
the genus. 

In 1896 Karsch (Stett. Ent. Ztg. lvl. p. 803) established 
the genus Orthacanthacris, again for a single species, O. 
humilicrus, Karsch, which is therefore the genotype. As, how- 
ever, he did not give a proper description of the genus, the 
latter has been interpreted by subsequent writers incorrectly. 
Thus, Karny (Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, cxvi. 1907, p. 304) 
included in the subgenus Orthacanthacris of the genus 
Locusta *, besides humilicrus, moesta of Serville (described by 
him as wernerella), which is clearly not congeneric with it. 
A still more vague and indefinite conception of the genus 


* He followed the incorrect conception of the genus Locusta advanced 
by Krauss, who worked on the false principle of elimination and fixed 
Gryllus Locusta tartarica, L., as the genotype of Locusta in 1902, although 
the genotype had been fixed as early as 1815 by Leach as G. Locusta 
migratoria, L. (see my paper on the genus Locusta, L., in Bull. Ent. Res, 
xii. 1921, p. 186). 


134 Mr. B. P. Uvarov—A Revision of 


Orthacanthacris may be found in Kirby’s Catalogue (iil. 
p. 444), he having included init as many as eleven species 
belonging to three genera, according to our present views. 
Later on, in 1914 (Fauna Brit. India, Acrid. p. 224), he gave 
his own "extremely vague description of the genus Ortha- 
canthacris, which does not even fit the genotype, O. humili- 
crus ; it is obvious that his idea of the genus originated not 
from the study of the genotype, but merely from the name 
of the genus, as he simply included in it all species of 
« Acridium’”’ with the prosternal spine straight. 

More recently, three more genera, all rather aberrant 
from the general type, have been described, viz., Phyxacra, 
Karny (1907), Congoa, Bolivar (1911), and Loiteria, Sjostedt, 
but no attempt has ever been made to clear up the generic 
classification of the group. C. Willemse, who has recently 
(1921) tabulated the Oriental and (partly) Australian genera 
of the subfamily Catantopinz (Zoolog. Meded. vi. 1, p. 15), 
followed Kirby in the conception of the two genera 
Cyrtacanthacris and Orthacanthacris. Prof. Sjéstedt, in his 
just-published monograph of the Australian Acridide 
(K. Sven. Vet.-Akad. Handl. Ixii. No. 8, 1921), goes back to 
the adoption of a single genus, Acridium (besides Lovteria, 
which is a very aberrant insect), as accepted by Serville, 
Stal, ete. ; his reasons for this have been discussed above *, 
and there is no need of further criticism. 

I have deliberately omitted in the foregoing outline of the 
history of the group to mention the comparatively recent 
revision of the genus “ Acridium, Serville,” by Finot (Ann. 
Soc. Ent. France, Ixxvi. 1907, pp. 247-354), as it deserves 
a special discussion, being regarded as a standard work by 
all the modern orthopterists who use it for the identifi- 
cation of species. It has been, however, greatly over- 
estimated, and its chief fault is that the author lacked not 
only critical judgment, but even the correct knowledge and 
appreciation of characters, as his classification of the species of 
the genus “ Acridium” (in which he included indiscriminately 
all insects described under this name by old writers) is based 
exclusively on colour-characters without any reference to 


* Prof. Sjostedt objects also to alterations in the family-names of 
certain eroups of Orthoptera, and especially to transferring the name 
Locustidze from long-horned grasshoppers te the short-horned ones, 
which have been called Acridiide ; this was a mistake on the part of 
Kirby, who correctly removed iba from the long-horned grasshoppers, 
Tettigoniide, but quite unnecessarily altered the n ame Acridiide into 
Locustide, whereas the family must ‘be called Acrididee after Acr ida, L. 


the Old World Cyrtacanthaerini. 135 


morphology, and even his detailed deseriptions of the species 
he had before him are remarkable for their vagueness and 
superficiality, rendering them to a large extent useless 
aud eveu misleading, as I am able to state after a study of 
the majority of his types. | 

A superficial glance at a collection of “ Acridium”’- 
species is sufficient to show the impossibility of keeping them 
all in one genus, or even in three or four genera, while a 
careful study of all morphological characters reveals a num- 
ber of very important differences between groups of species 
which must be treated as genera. Of those characters, one 
of quite special value is the structure of the head, particu- 
larly of the frontal ridge (fig. 2), which enables us to make 


Fig. 2. 


Front view of head; a, Acridoderes crassus, Bol.; 6, Anacridium 
egyptium (L.)3; ¢, Valanga nigricormis (Burm.); d, Patanya 
succincta (L.). xX 4. 


the primary division ofthe group. Further, the shape of the 
elytra and their reticulation (but not the venation, ¢. e, the 
position and form of the principal veins, which is fairly uni- 
form throughout the group) supply some excellent characters 
of doubtless generic value. ‘The shape of the prosternal 
spine (fig. 3) is also, as a rule, of generic value, although 
the variations in its structure are limited, and accordingly 
it is used for separating groups of genera. A very great 
importance is attached by me to the shape of the external 
genitalia, especially of the male sex, as this is a character, 
or rather a complex of characters, not likely to be influenced 
by the external conditions. In some particular cases, genera 
are aberrant from their nearest allies in other respects, as, 
for instance, Orthacanthacris, which has very peculiarly 
shaped hind legs. As a rule, the type of coloration is also 


136 Mr. B. P. Uvarov—A Revision. of 


of generic value, although I have tried to avoid the intro- 
duction of this character, which may be misleading, into my 
key to genera. The number of-spines on the hind tibia 
is not quite constant in the subfamily, but in some cases 
it is a generic character. ; 

The number of genera thus separated out by purely 
morphological characters may seem too large, and the genera. 
too restricted, but generic classification will be always to a 
certain extent a matter of personal opinion, and I believe 
that in a preliminary work like this revision (which is by no 
means an exhaustive monograph) it is better to split the 


Fig. 3. 


Prosternal tubercle: a, Bryophyma debilis (Karsch); 6, Anacridium 
egyptium (L.)3 ¢, Patanga Japonica (Bol.); d,-P. succineta (L.) s 
e, Valanga nigricornis (Burm.); f, Finotina radama (Brancs.) ; 
g, Acanthacris ruficornes citrina (Serv.); h, Glaphyra e yas 
(Stoll). x 6, 


group into many small, but well-defined, genera than to 
distinguish only a few genera with vague diagnoses. 

The specific classification, and especially Synonymy, proved 
to be the most difficult part of the work, as the majority of 
the species had been founded on colour-characters only. 
I think, however, that I have managed to clear up the con- 
fusion in the synonymy of most species in a fairly satisfactory, 
way; this proved to be possible only because I have had 
before me practically all the species of the group and a 
great majority of the existing types. A very great advantage 


the Old World Cyrtacanthacrin. 137 


in clearing up synonymy and in establishing a natural 
classification of species has been gained by adopting the 
idea of geographical races, or subspecies, which are in many 
eases distinct from each other both in coloration and 
in morphology, and have been described accordingly as 
independent species, but, in fact, are connected by transitional 
forms inhabiting the intermediate geographical areas ; their 
separate treatment by other writers has swollen enormously 
the total number of species in the group. 

As a result of my revision, the number of genera is 
increased from seven to twenty-six, while the number 
of species has been reduced from 130 mentioned by Finot, 
or from ninety-two of Kirby’s Catalogue, down to sixty 
species and twenty-five additional subspecies; the true 
meaning of the latter figures will be best realised from the 
fact that as many as 140 different specific names came into 
consideration. 

The number of new species and subspecies described in 
this paper is very small, which shows that the group is 
already fairly well known, and further novelties may be 
expected only from such places as. the interior of Africa, 
and especially from Australia, New Guinea, and other Indo- 
Malayan islands. 

The following abbreviations are used in the text :—B.M., 
British Museum; C.M., South African Museum, Cape 
Town; G.M., Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle de Genéve ; 
M.M., Museo Nacional de Ciencias Naturales, Madrid ; 
O.M., Hope Department, University Museum, Oxford ; 
P.M., Muséum National d’Histoire Naturelle de Paris; 
S.M., Naturhistoriska Riksmuseet, Stockholm ; W.M., 
Naturhistorisches Staatsmuseum, Wien. One asterisk before 
a name in the synonymy means that the species is known to 
me by authenticated specimens ; two asterisks, that the type 
has been studied. 


Key to the Genera. 


1 (50). Pronotum with the median keel more or 
less developed (in Melcodes and Gow- 
deya almost obliterated, but still per- 
ceptible), with three transverse sulci. 
Hind wings, when present, distinctly 
elongated. 

2 (9). Frontal ridge very strongly dilated above 
the ocellum (and not constricted again 
at the fastigium), narrowed below it 
and obliterate about halfway between 


138 Mr. B. P. Uvarov—A Revision of 


ocellus and clypeus; its surface con- 
vexorflat; margins notraised (fig. 2,a@). 
Elytra obliquely truncate apically; the 
reticulation in the basal half dense, 
with the cellules elongate (fig. 5, A, B). 

3 (8). Elytra extending to the apex of the 
abdomen or even longer. Prozona not 
or scarcely shorter than metazona, 
Prosternal spine straight, not at all 
or searcely inclined towards meso- 
sternum, but not touching it. 

4 (7). Temporal foveolz distinct (fig. 4); mar- 
gins of the fastigium slightly raised. 
Prozona subequal to metazona; its 
hind angle rounded (fig. 4). Ilytra 
with the veinlets in the apical part 
not dense, fairly regular, oblique 
(fig. 5, a). 


A, B, Acridoderes crassus, Bol.; C, D, Phyxacra strenua (Walk.). 
XxX 2. 


5 (6). Distance between the eyes * narrower or 
only slightly broader than the frontal 
ridge between antennee (fig. 4,C) ; eyes 
at least twice as high as long +; sub- 
ocular distance [ subequal to their 
length. Frontal ridge below the 
ocellus slightly impressed. (Africa: 
genotype, Caloptenus strenuus, Walk. 
(= Coptacra variolosa, Krauss)...... 1. Phyvacra, Karny. 

6 (5). Distance between the eyes distinctly 
broader than frontal ridge between 


* Seen from above. 

+ By the length of an eye I mean its horizontal diameter. 

t Subocular distance is the distance between the lowest point of an 
eye and the base of the mandible; as a rule, this line is indicated by a 
sulcus, which may be called the subocular sulcus. 


the Old World Cyrtacanthacrint. 139 


antennee (fig. 4, A) ; eyes distinctly less 
than twice as high as long; subocular 
distance subequal to their height 
(tig. 4, B). Frontal ridge below the 
ocellus not impressed. (Africa: geno- 
type, Acridoderes crassus, Bol.)...... 


7 (4). No trace of temporal foveole ; fastigium 


strongly convex, its margins not at all 
raised. Prozona much shorter than 
metazona; hind angle of pronotum 
acute. Elytra with the reticulation 
in the apical part dense and irregular 
(fic. 5, 6). (Africa: genotype, Acrz- 
doderes levigatus, Bol.) .....0.0.05 


rae 
ES 
SEA? 


Somiae= 


5 

So asegn 

Se Hames 
SSS 


aoe 
RNS Gees 


SEEN OURS Se: 


2. Acridoderes, Bol. 


[oen. nov, 
3. Anacridoderes, 


DEPT SS 


ay 


= 
=, 


Fo GIN NU UI RUNES DE REET 


a, Phyxacra strenua (Walk.); 6, Anacridoderes crassus (Bol.) ; 


c, Rhadinacris schistocercoides (Branes,). xX 2. 


8 (38). Elytra in the @ (the ¢ not known) 


reaching only to the middle of the 
hind femora. Prosternal spine large, 
thick, strongly bent towards meso- 
sternum and touching the latter; its 
apex acute. Prozona much shorter 
than metazona. (Africa: genotype, 
Gongjod hatinge, Bols)ys, ..j.. + ess. 


9 (2). Frontal ridge above the ocellus not at 


all (fig. 2, ec, d) or but feebly dilated 
(in the latter case it is somewhat con- 
stricted again at the fastigium (fie. 2, 0); 
its margins raised, though sometimes 
feebly and in certain parts only. 


10 (11). Elytra with the apex obliquely truncate ; 


the apical part with regular oblique 


4, Congoa, Bol. 


140 Mr. B. P. Uvarov—A Revision of 


(feather-like) reticulation (fig. 6, @). 
(Asia: genotype, deridiwm violascens, 


[ nov. 


AWealllcs) coisa ww ele cipsecsl ole ce eo SEE meme On ea CEU (ICT 1S ane te 


11 (10). Elytra with the apex rounded oroblique- 
ly rounded ; veinlets in the apical part 
more or less perpendicular to the veins. 

12 (35). Prosternal spine straight, vertical, or only 
slightly inclined (but never bent) 
towards mesosternum, but not nearly 
reaching the latter, and usually com- 
pressed laterally (fig. 3, a, b, ¢, d, e). 

15 (28). Frontal ridge above the ocellus some- 
what dilated, distinctly broader than 
just below it (fig. 2, 6). 


a 


= ‘e “a z “ x ~ 
a : = EGS SNR SSS 
‘ 


os 


jae See = 
R Re eeeS Ss RRS 


ty 2 
aie TD 


a, Pachyacris vinosa (Walk.); 6, Rhytedacris tectifera (Karsch); ¢, Ana- 
cridium melanorhodon (Walk.) ; d, Nomadacris septemfasciata 
(Serv.). X13, except the bottom small figure, representing a 
strongly enlarged section of the discoidal field of WV. septem- 


fasciata. 


14 (15). Frontal ridge rather suddenly lowered 
below the ocellus and completely ob- 
literated halfway between the latter 
and clypeus. Median keel of pro- 
notum very low, linear; hind angle 
about 90°. (Africa: genotype, Acrz- 


[ gen. nov. 


doderes amethystinus, Bol.) ........ 6. Pachynotacris, 


15 (14). Frontal ridge gradually lowered towarde 
the clypeus and reaching it. 


16 (19). 


17 (18). 


18 (17). 


19 (16). 
20 (27). 


23 (22). 
24 (25). 


25 (24). 


26 (21). 


the Old World Cyrtacanthacrin. 141 


Prosternal spine straight, cylindrical, 
with the apical part inflated (fig. 3, @). 
Male cerci short, triangular, with the 
apex strongly incurvyed. 

Fastigium impressed, moderately sloping, 
not closed behind; its margins scarcely 
raised. Elytra broader, with the apex 
neither attenuate nor bent backwards. 
(Africa: genotype, Cyrtacanthacris 
POUT IM SEN ELC 1) RP pe A I Ae 

Fastigium impressed, strongly sloping, 
closed (or almost so) behind ; its mar- 
gins distinctly raised, confluent with 
the margins of the frontal ridge. 
Elytra narrower, with the apex at- 
tenuate and bent backwards (fig. 6, 0d). 
(Africa: genotype, Cyrtacanthacris 
PCCHU CRUSH ANETSCD:): og e205 afa so si c’eis's os 

Prosternal spine either not cylindrical or 
with the apex not inflated. 

Fastigium impressed, forming (when 
viewed in profile) a distinct, though 
rounded, angle with the frontal ridge ; 
the latter well developed throughout, 
with the margins callous (fig. 3, 8). 


. Hind femora and tibize normally built. 
. Elytra broad, apically scarcely narrowed 


and obliquely truncate. Male cerci 
strongly laterally compressed, parallel- 
sided, shorter than the anal plate, with 
-the apex broad, subemarginate; male 
subgenital plate with the apex divided 
into two triangular lobes. (Africa, 
Asia, S. America: genotype, Gryllus 
FPRCOU ELE e™ OTS ye Oa cede Niels) ei wi oe 

Elytra very nerrow (fig. 5, ¢) or with the 
apex altenuate (fig. 6, ¢).’ 

Face distinctly reclinate. Elytra very 
narrow, parallel-sided (fig. 5, ec). Male 
cerci short, strongly laterally com- 
pressed, triangular; male subgenital 
plate conical. Wings hyaline. (Ma- 
dagascar: genotype, Aerzdium schisto- 
RERCOLUCS HM ISURTICS) |i sta, 4 ajin) es, 5/02 spa: © 

Face vertical or practically so. Elytra 
not very narrow, but with the apex at- 
tenuate and bent backwards (fig. 6, c). 
Male cerci round, narrow, at least as 
long as the anal plate, curved; male 
subgenital plate with the apex tyri- 
lobate. Wings with the base or a 
submedian fascia infumate. (Africa, 
S. Europe, Asia: genotype, Gryllus 
MeaCUst a Egy plids We asec cena. +s 

Hind femora extremely narrow ; hind 
tibie strongly laterally compressed at 


|nov. 


7. Bryophyma, gen. 


fnoy. 
8. Rhytidacris, gen. 


9. Schistocerca, St. 


[gen. nov. 
10. Rhadinacris, 


(gen. nov, 
11, Anacridium, 


142 Mr. B. P. Uvarov—A Revision of 


the base, deusely hirsute between the 

spines (fig.7,d). Male subgenital plate 

elongate-cordiform. Hlytra very long 

and narrow. Wings with the base 

infumate. (Africa: genotype, Acri- [ Karsch. 

dium humitierus, Karsch.).........- 12. Orthacanthacris, 
27 (20). Fastigium not impressed, sloping and 

forming a broad bow with the frontal 

ridge; the latter subobliterated below 

the ocellum. Wings completely in- 

fumate. Male cerci short, somewhat 

compressed laterally, triangular ; sub- 

genital plate conical. Pronotum with 

the median keel very low, linear. 

(New Guinea: genotype, Orthacantha- [gen. nov. 

crs bimaculata, NVille) a. eee ele tiet 13. Willemsea *, 


a, Valanga nigricornis (Burm.) ; 6, Patanga succincta (.); ec, Chondracris 
asperata (Bol.); d, Orthacanthacris humilicrus (Karsch). xX 2. 


28 (18). Frontal ridge not at all dilated above the 
ocellus, with its margims parallel 
throughout or feebly divergent down- 
wards (figs. 2, c, d). 

29 (384). Hind femora short and broad, with the 
apical part hardly attenuate (lig. 7, a). 

30 (31). Median keel of pronotum high or, when 
low, always quite distinct and regular, 
not interrupted or obliterated between 
the sulci. Male cerci strongly laterally 
compressed, with the apex attenuate 


* Dedicated to Dr. C. Willemse, an ardent student of Indo-Malayan 
and Australasian Orthoptera. 


the Old World Cyrtacanthacrini, 143 


and more or less decuryed and in- 
curved. Prosternal spine laterally 
compressed, slightly bent backwards. 
(Indo-Malaya, Australasia : genotype, 
Acridium nigricorne, Burm.) 


ae a @ 2 S86. 6 


31 (30). Median keel of the pronotum very low, 


obliterate, or practically so, by the 
rugose sculptur: ation. 


32 (383). Wings brightly coloured, non-transparent. 


Fastigium flat. Prosternal spine not 
compressed laterally, in the apical halt 
incrassate. (Africa : eenotype, Gow- 
deya ugandana, sp. 0.) 


33 (82). Wings hyaline. Fastigium with a longi- 


tudinal impression. Prosternal spine 
compressed laterally, not incrassate 
before the apex. (Philippines: geno- 
type, Cyrtacanthacris tenebrosa, Walk.) 


34 (29), Hind femora long and narrow, W ith the 


apical part attenuate (fig. 7,6), Elytra 
long and narrow, with the apex 
narrow, oval. Male subgenital plate 
long, conical, pointed. (Asia, Indo- 
Malaya: genotype, Gryllus Locusta 
succinctus, L.) . 


Bie! 67 80 8 . ee 


35 (12). Prosternal spine strongly inclined or 


angulately bent towards the meso- 
sternum, touching the latter or nearly 
So; its preapical “part more or less in- 
crassate ; the apex pointed or obtuse 
(tig. 3, f, g, 2). 


36 (37). Hind femora more slender, with the 


37 (86 


apical part distinctly attenuate (almost 
as in Patanga, fig. 7,6). Male cerci 
strongly laterally « compressed, with the 
apex attenuate and decurved. Male 
subgenital plate conical, attenuate. 
(Australia, Oceania: genotype, Cyrta- 
canthacris guttulosa, Walk.) 


@ eieye e 2 2 @ 


). Hind femora less slender, scarcely attenu- 


ate (as in fig. 7, a). 


38 (39). Reticulation of the basal half of elytra 


unusually fine and dense, the cells 
elongate (fig. 6, d). (Africa: genotype, 
Acridium septemfasciatum, Serv.) .... 


39 (38). Reticulation of the basal half of elytra 


normal, 


[nov. 


4 * oe 
14, Valanga*, gen. 


[nov. 


15. Gowdeyat, gen. 


(nov. 
16, Melicodes, gen. 


[noy. 
17. Patanga }, gen. 


[nov. 
18. Austracris, gen. 


[nov. 
19, Nomadacris, gen. 


* The native Javanese name for locusts is “ Valang”’ (Dammerman, 
‘ Landbouwdierkunde van Oost-Indie,’ p. 94). 
t Named after Mr. C.C. Gowdey, late Government Entomologist in 
Uganda, who has added much to our knowledge of the insect fauna of 
that country by extensive collecting. 


{ Patanga, according to Serville (Ins. Orth. p. 556), is the Sanscrit 
name for a locust. 


144 


40 (41). 


41 (40). 


42 (49). 


43 (44). 


44 (43). 


45 (46). 


4G (45). 
47 (48). 


48 (47). 


49 (42). 


50 (1). 


A Revision of the Old World Cyrtacanthacrini. 


Discoidal field of elytra scarcely trans- 
parent, the veinlets being incrassate 
and confluent, and the membrane 
corneous. Hind tibize with 8 outer 
and 11 inner spines. Male sub- 
genital plate acutely conical. Wings 
coloured. (Africa; genotype, Gryllus 
iocwstaicyaneis, Stoll.) wen eee 

Discoidal field of elytra more or less 
transparent, the veinlets being not at 
all or but slightly incrassate, and the 
membrane hyaline. 

Pronotum smooth or punctured, but not 
tuberculate. Upper carina of the 
externo-median area of hind femora 
convex (as in fig. 7, a, 6). Wings not 
coloured. 

Median keel of pronotum strongly raised 
in the prozona and thick. Male sub- 
genital plate trilobate apically. Hind 
tibiee with 6 outer and 9 inner spines. 
Cee genotype, Gryllus ruficornis, 

Medion keel of pronotum low or: but 
slightly raised, not thick. Male sub- 
genital plate not trilobate. 

Disc of pronotum smooth and velvety. 
Male subgenital plate acutely conical. 
(Africa, Asia: genotype, Gryllus Lo- 
CUSEE CONLATACUS Ns) svelte eee eee 

Disc of pronotum punctured, not velvety. 

Male subgenital plate pyriform, with the 
apex acute. (Africa, Arabia: geno- 
type, Cyrtacanthacris prasina, Walk.) 

Male subgenital plate acutely conical. 
(Madagascar: genotype, Acridium 
FONGVAlOC, EIMOt)) ola. tense crane ae 

Pronotum densely covered with tubercles 
and rugosities. Upper carina of the 
externo-median area of hind femora 
straight or practically so (fig. 7, c). 
Hind tibize with 9 outer and 11 inner 
spines. Male subgenital plate conical. 
Wingscoloured. (Africa, Asia: geno- 
type, Acridium roseum, De Geer.).... 

Pronotum cylindrical, with four trans- 
verse sulci. Wings in the shape of 
a quarter of a circle, scarcely longer 
than broad. (Australia: genotype, 
Loiteria rubripes, SjOst.)... cece wees 


[To be continued. | 


[gen. nov. 
20. Glaphyra, 


[nov. 
21. Acanthacris, gen. 


| Walk. 
22. Cyrtacanthacris, 


[nov. 
23. Kraussaria*, een. 


[mov. 
24, Finotina T, gen. 


[nov. 
25. Chondracris, gen. 


26. Lorteria, Sjost. 


* Dedicated to Dr. Hermann Krauss, leading authority on Orthoptera. 
+ In remembrance of A. Finot, first reviser of the group. 


—,. 


On Voles from Yunnan. 145 


XII.—On the Voles collected by Mr. G. Forrest in Yunnan ; 
with Remarks upon the Genera Kothenomys and Neodon 
and upon their Allies. By Martin A. C. Hinton. 


(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) 


In the ‘Annals’ for October (p. 391, supra), Mr. Oldfield 
Thomas gave a general account of the fine collection of 
mammals from the mountains of Western Yunnan made by 
Mr. G. Forrest, and so generously presented to the British. 
Museum by Colonel Stephenson Kk. Clarke, C.B., D.S.O. 
Aware of the interest | have taken in Microtine for many 
years, Mr. Thomas very kindly asked me to work out the 
voles, of which there are about one hundred specimens in 
Mr. Forrest’s collection. This material forms an important 
addition to our knowledge of the voles of this region. It 
comprises six forms, of which no fewer than five are new, 
belonging to four genera. 


Genus EoTHENOMYs. 


Hothenomys was established by Miller (N. Amer. Fauna, 
No. 12, p. 45, 1896) as a subgenus of Microtus for the recep- 
tion of “ Arvicola” melanogaster, Milne-Edw. ‘This species, 
described originally from Moupin, Western Sze-chwan, 
remained for many years the only known representative of 
the genus. In 1911, Thomas described his M. (E.) melano- 
gaster colurnus from Western Fokien ; and since then many 
additional forms have been discovered, so that, including 
ethose described in this paper as new, twelve or thirteen 
members of the group have now to be recognized. 

Distinguished by a peculiar combination of cranial, 
dental, and external characters, Hothenumys is clearly 
entitled to full generic rank in any classificatory scheme in 
which, for example, Pitymys and Arvicola are treated as 
genera distinct from each other and from Microtus proper. 
T'wo other Far-EHastern groups, Anteliomys, Miller, and Cary- 
omys, Thomas, hitherto treated as. subgenera of Microtus, 
are undoubtedly so closely related to Hothenomys that it 
is difficult to decide whether to treat them as subgenera of 
the latter or as distinct genera. The external characters 
are alike in all three. In skull, Hothenomys and Caryomys 
closely resemble each other, but the cheek-teeth of the 
latter are distinctly more highly specialized than are those of 
the former. Anteliomys has a dentition combining some of 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. xi. LO 


146 Mr. M. A. C. Hinton on 


the primitive features found in Hothenomys with peculiarities 
of its own; and in certain respects its skull differs from 
these of both Hothenomys and Caryomys. In my opinion 
all three should be regarded as distinct genera, of which 
the leading characters are shown in the following “key” :— 


Mamme 0--2=4; sole-pads 6. 
Cheek-teeth rootless. 
Bony palate simple, essentially as in E'votomys. 
Auditory bulle without internal spongy tissue. 
A. Interorbital region of skull wide, usually con- 
cave transversely between the temporal 
ridges; the latter marginal, not approaching 
each other or the middle line in old age. 
a. M, without closed triangles, its inner and 
outer dentinal spaces forming more or less 
confluent transverse pairs .............. Eothenomys, Mill. 
6. M, as in true Microtus, with five substan- 
tially closed and alternating triangles.... Caryomys, Thos. 
B. Interorbital region of skull narrower; the 
temporal ridges approximating to form an 
incipient interorbital sagittal crest in old 
age. MM, substantially as in Hothenomys.... Anteliomys, Mill. 


These three genera are of considerable interest, since they 
appear to be quite closely related to Hvotomys, and they 
have, in my opinion, descended from a stock which may well 
have been directly ancestral to Hvotomys also. 'The close 
affinity is betrayed by the form and structure of the skull, 
which in Hothenomys and Caryomys is almost exactly lke 
the skull of Hvotomys ; in one small matter only does the 
skull of Caryomys go a little further—the edges of the post- 
palatal pterygoid shelves bend down to join the margin 
of the palatal shelf upon its dorsal surface*. The skull of, 
Anteliomys is a little more highly specialized ; the anterior 
portion of the temporal muscle appears to have become 
slightly stronger, so that the temporal ridges tend to approxi- 
mate and form a median crest by fusion in the interorbital 
region, thus foreshadowing the modifications met with in 
that region in the higher voles; and in adults a median 
spine, which lies, however, in the same horizontal plane as 
the rest of the palate, is developed upon the hinder edge of 
the palatal shelf. 

In one respect the present group of genera shows itself 
to be a little more primitive than Evotomys. In the least 
specialized species of KHuthenomys, and to a lesser extent in 
Caryomys, the cheek-teetl, particularly m!, m?, and mj, are 
more complex, retaining in all stages of wear cusps which 


* Thomas, P.Z.S. 1908, p. 977. 


Voles from Yunnan. 147 


have either been entirely eliminated from the teeth of Hvo- 
tomys, or which are represented in the latter only by more 
or less obscure vestiges visible only in the earlier stages of 
wear. 

In some other respects Hothenomys and its allies have 
proceeded much further than Lvotomys. The cheek-teeth 
have become completely hypsodont and rootless, while in 
Evotomys they develop roots in adult stages of wear. The 
increased hypsodonty is especially well marked in Caryomys, 
in which the maxillary capsule of m? rises up in the floor of 
the orbit as a great mound, blocking the mouth of the sphen- 
orbital fissure ; and in all three genera it results in a marked 
lingual displacement of ms; by the shaft of the incisor, in its 
passage from the lingual to the labial side of the molar 
bases between m, and m3. The beginning of such a dis- 
placement of m3 is seen in Hvotomys; its culmination in 
true Microtus. Much of that confluency of the dentinal 
spaces which is so characteristic of the cheek-teeth of Evo- 
tomys is retained in Kothenomys aud Anteliomys ; but in 
Caryomys it is replaced by a more complete alternation of 
the inner and outer prisms, the triangles being rather tightly 
closed, as in adult teeth of the higher voles. 

Externally, the only noteworthy advance upon the con- 
dition found in Evotomys seems to be shown by the reduction 
of the mammary formula from 2—2=8 to 0—2=4, the 
pectoral mammz being completely obliterated, as in 
Pitymys. 

Two other genera related to Evotomys may be briefly 
mentioned, viz., Craseomys and <Aschizomys. Craseomys 
should be regarded, perhaps, as a mere subgenus of Hvo- 
tomys ; 1ts species show a great increase in size, with large 
massively built skulls and powerful teeth. The cheek-teeth 
have become very hypsodont, although they still develop 
roots in old age. At that moment when the molar crowns 
have attained their greatest vertical development (7. e., just 
before the roots begin to be formed) the capsule of m? pro- 
trudes from the floor of the orbit, exactly as in Caryomys ; 
but later, as the crown wears away, the bony mound is re- 
absorbed and sinks, the maxilla then resuming the appearance 
it has in ordinary Evotomys. No character has been found 
to indicate that Craseomys is other than a relatively highly 
specialized offshoot from normal Evotomys. 

Aschizomys, Miller, represented by a single species from 
the Siberian shore of Bering Strait, is apparently a most 
remarkable descendant from some oid species of Evotomys. 


In skull and in the pattern and lightness of the cheek-teeth 
104 


148 Mr. M. A. C. Hinton on 


it is practically identical with Zvotomys. But, living in the 
high north, it has acquired the outward form of a lemming ; 
and subsisting apparently upon a diet which rapidly wears 
away the crowns of the cheek-teeth, the latter have become 
hypsodont and rootless as in the higher voles. As in 
Caryomys, the capsule of m* rises as a conspicuous hump 
upon the floor of the orbit, while m, is strongly displaced 
lingually by the shaft of the lower incisor. 


The Species and Subspecies of Eothenomys. 


The known forms of Kothenomys may be referred, in my 
opinion, to four species; and they afford an interesting 
series of dental gradations. In each of the several forms 
which are represented by fairly long series of specimens 1n 
the material now before me, the enamel pattern of the 
cheek-teeth appears to be very constant—and in this genus, 
it would appear, therefore, a fairly safe guide to the species 
and subspecies, Of the species recognized in this paper, 
E. melanogaster and E. fidelis are dentally the most primi- 
tive; in them mand m? (figs. 1-3) always possess a large 
extra postero-internal angle (“cusp x” *), while m® varies 
considerably in complexity in different subspecies, although 
its patteru seems to be tolerably constant in any given 
form. | 
E. fidelis, one of the new species described below, is dis- 
tinguished from melanogaster by its large size and by its 
massive, narrow, and strongly ridged skull. It is apparently 
coufined to the Lichiang Range, where it is associated with 
FE. proditor, a new species, which seems to constitute the 
other extreme of the genus. LE. melanogaster isa widely dis- 
tributed species, ranging from Southern Kansu eastwards to 
Western Fokien, and southwards and westwards, through 
Sze-chwan and Yunnan, into Assam and Burma. It is split 
up into a considerable number of local subspecies, differing 
from each other more or less in colour, in the complexity of 
m’, and inthe relative sizes of the teeth and bullz, which 
vary inversely with each other, large bullze being correlated 
with small molars and large molars with small bullae. 

E, olitor, Thos., described from Chao-tung-fu, Yunnan, is 
less primitive than jfidelis and melanogaster, since in it m! 
(fig. 4) has only three inner angles, having lost cusp 7; the 
latter is, however, well developed in m?; m’, on the other 


* For this nomenclature of the cusps of Microtine teeth, see Barrett 
Hamilton and Hinton, Hist. Brit. Mamm. vol. ii. p. 504, pl. xxviii, 


Voles from Yunnan. 149 


hand, with four salient angles on each side, is quite unre- 


duced. EH. proditor, described below from the Lichiang 
Range, is still less primitive, since cusp 7 is practically absent 
from both m! and m? (fig. 5), being represented in the latter 
tooth merely by an obscure vestige. In this species (and 
occasionally in £, olitor, cf. fig. 4) m> is of peculiar form, 
the first outer infold being shallow, so as to leave the 
anterior loop half confluent with the first outer triangle, as 
in some species as Anteliomys, Alticola, and certain other 
voles. The following is a key to the various species and 
subspecies :— 


A. Anterior upper cheek-teeth complex; mm! 
with four, 7” with three salient angles on 
the inner side. 
a. m® with four inner angles. 
a‘. m® with four outer angles; bullae small, 
teeth heavy. Colour ‘brig cht. [Kachin 
Prov., Wainrrmias | 24 uit. Nie cee teks EE. m. cachinus, Thos, 
“ am with three outer angles. 
. Size normal: condylo- basal length to 
ne hind foot to 19 mm. 
. Bulle large, teeth light. 
a . Colour dark, (Yunnan. ] woee, 24, cleusis, ‘Rhos. 
Colour bright. [Hupeh.] .... £.m. aurora, Allen. 
b°. “Balle small, “teeth heavy. 
Skull strongly bowed dorsally. 
eaten: rather ‘brighter. [W. of 
ees Yunnan. i he Re E. m. miletus, Thos. 
. Skull normal, not bowed dor- 
oat Colour rather darker. | Kau- 
chiang—Salween divide.] ...... E. m. confini, subsp. n. 
. Size large: condylo-basal length 28, 
Pia foot 20mm. Colour br ight. ee 


RParAM EAMES. ic sto dawn tele eco as .. LE. fidelis, sp. n. 
b. mn? with three i inner and re ee outer salient 
Nanos. 


a‘, Bulle large, teeth light. 
a?. Colour dark, bulle rather larger. 


{Moupin, W. Sze-chwan.]........ EE. m. melanogaster. 
. Colour bright, bullee rather smaller. 
(NW. Fokien. | oY oe eee EE. m..colurnus, Thos. 
6". Bulle small, teeth heavy. Colour very 
dark, 
a*. Larger (hind foot 19 mm), with [ Allen. 


by 


broad brain-case. {W. Sze-chwan.] . £. m. mucronatus, 


b?. Smaller (hind foot 17 mm. ie with 
narrow brain-case. [Mishmi Hills.] . 2. m.hbonotus,subsp. nu. 
B. Anterior upper cheek-teeth more or less 
5a es ne with only three inner angles. 
- Small (condylo-basal length to 24 mm. )3 
m* normal, with three inner angles ; mm’ 
complex, with four inner and four outer é 
salient angles. {Chao-tung-fu, Yunnan.] ZL. olitor, Thos. 


< 


150 Mr. M. A. C. Hinton on 


b. Large (condylo-basal length to 27°56 mm.) ; 
m2 with the third inner angle vestigial ; 
m> with first outer infold shallow (alticola- 
like), with vestigial fourth inner and fourth 
outer angles. Colour bright. [Lichiang 
MRNOE S|) ALi o- Fel ne wee elie tole ee eecepetetene E. proditor, sp. n. 


In addition to the forms enumerated in the above key, 
Cabrera has described his E. bonzo from Fu-chow. I have 
uot seen the type, but, judging from the description and the 
excellent figure of the teeth, donzo is certainly no more than 
a subspecics of melanogaster, and it may be identical with 
M. colurnus. The hind foot measures only 15°5 mm., and 
m® possesses four outer and three inner angles; these 
characters may, however, be due to youth. 


1. Hothenomys fidelis, sp. n. 


&. 454; 9. 455,456. Lichiang Range, N.W. flank in 
lat. 27°30 N. 14,0007 ue 

&. 404. Lichiang Range, W. flank, in latitude 27° 30’ N. 
13,000’. 

A large bright-coloured species, with long narrow skull. 
Dental and external characters essentially as in melanogaster. 

Size large (hind foot about 20 mm.; condyl6-basal length 
of skull to about 28 mm.). Colour nearly as in brighter 
subspecies of melanogaster (e. g., colurnus and mailetus). 
Upper parts dark brown (near “mummy-brown”), 
brightened by rufous hair-tips; under surface slate-grey, 
with a hoary tinge. Feet and tail dusky above. 

Skull very large, long and narrow; with the temporal 
ridges and postorbital squamosal crests strongly developed. 
Bulle relatively small, teeth relatively large (as in m, libo- 
notus and m. miletus). Cheek-teeth (fig. 2) normal ; m1 with 
four, m, with three inner salient angles; m? with three 
outer and four inner salient angles. 

Dimensions of type, measured in the flesh :—Head and 
body 126 mm.; tail 49; hind foot 18°5 ; ear 12. 

For skull-measurements, see table at p. 153. ea 

Type. Adult female. B.M. No. 22.12.1.8. . Original 
No. 455. Collected on’ the flank of the Lichiang Range 
in latitude 27° 80’ N. Nov. 1921. Altitude, 14,000’. 

Hab. As above. 

This the largest known species of KHothenomys; three of 
the specimens are thoroughly adult, with head and body 
measurements ranging between 126 and134mm., the length of 
the hind foot ranging from 18°5 to 20. As already indicated, 


4 


Voles from Yunnan. 151 


this form is most nearly related to melanogaster ; but its 
greater size and peculiar skull seem to justify specific 
recognition. 


2. Hothenomys melanogaster confinii, subsp. n. 

&@. 1738; 2.171, 179, 180, 181.° Kiu-chiang—Salween 
divide in latitude 28° N. 11,000’ to 12,000’. 

Most closely resembling m. miletus, but with more normal 
skull, 

Size and external proportions as in milefus. Colour a 
trifle darker. Skull with bulle still a little smaller and 
teeth a trifle larger; its dorsal contour less convex; the 
interobital region flatter, with distinct, though weak, tem- 
poral ridges along its margins, Cheek-teeth (fig. 1) as in 
miletus and eleusis; m* with three outer and four inner 
salient angles. 

Dimensjons of type, taken in flesh by collector :—Head 
and body 106 mm.; tail 59; hind foot (on skin) 19; ear 13. 
For skull-measurements, see table at p. 153. 

Type. Adult male. B.M. No. 22.12.1.1. Original 
No. 178. Collected by Mr. G. Forrest, July 25, 1921, upon 
the Kiu-chiang-Salween divide in latitude 28° N. at an 
altitude of 11,000’. 

Hab. As above. 

Five specimens of this vole, one of them a melano, were 
collected upon the rocky alpine meadows of the Kiu-chiang 
—Salween divide at heights of from 11,000’ to 12,000’. In 
this series the hind foot measurement (upon the skin) ranges 
between 18 and 19 mm. ; the tail, as measured in flesh by 
the collector, between 40 and 59. Externally the likeness 
to m. miletus is striking, but the skull is of very different 
appearance. 

While working out Mr. Forrest’s specimens, I have had 
occasion to examine two collected by Mr. Wells in the 
Mishmi Hills. These prove to belong to a local form of 
E. melanogaster, which may uow be described as 


Eothenomys melanogaster libonotus, subsp. nu. 

Closely resembling m. mucronatus, but smaller. 

Size rather small, hind foot 17 mm., condylo-basal length 
of skull 249 (instead of 19 and 26 respectively, as in 
mucronatus). Colour dark and rich. Upper parts near 
“clove-brown ” of Ridgway, brightened by dull golden or 
rufous hair-tips. Under surface slaty grey. Feet above 
scarcely lighter than upper surface of tail. 

Skull with small bull and large teeth, as in mucrenazus ; 


152 Mr. M. A. C. Hinton on 


distinguished from that of the latter by its smaller size and 
narrower brain-case. Cheek-teeth as in typical melanogaster, 
m°® with only three outer and three inner salient angles. 

Dimensions of the type, taken in‘ the flesh by the cel- 
lector :—Head and body 105 mm.; tail 34; hind foot 17; 
ear 13. 

Fer skull-measurements, see table at p. 153. 

Type. Adult male, B.M. No. 21.12.5.54. Original 
No. 2068. ‘Collected June 20, 1921, by Mr. H. W. Wells 
at Dreyi, Mishmi Hills; altitude 5140’. Presented to the 
British Museum by the Bombay Natural History Society. 

Hab. Mishmi Hills, Assam. 


3. Hothenomys proditor, sp. t. 

Gg. A, 5, 7,3, 9,11, 14, 19, 20599 : 6 iS, See 
Lichiang Range, N.W. Yunnan. 

A bright-coloured species, with highly modified teeth. 

Size small or medium (hind foot 16 to18 mm.) ; tail short, 
usually between 28 and 38. Soles with six pads, hairy 
between heel and pads. Mamme 0—2=4. 

Colour of upper parts dark brown, brighter than in fidelis ; 
belly usually with well-marked yellowish suffusion. 

Feet dark above, concolorous with the upper surface of 
the tail. Tail dusky above, paler below. 

Skull normal, rather smaller than that of fidelis ; 
bulle rather large, teeth rather light. Cheek-teeth much 
reduced ; m* with three inner salient angles only; m? with 
only a very slight vestige of the third inner angle (cusp n); 
m® with the first outer infold shallow, as in Aldicola and 
some other voles, and with vestigial fourth outer and fourth 
inner angles. Lower cheek-teeth normal; the outer angle 
of mz well developed. 

Dimensions of the type, taken in the flesh by the col- 
lector :—Head and body 115 mm:; tail 84; hind foot 18; 
ear 12. 

For skull-measure ments, see table at p- 153. 

Type. Adult male. B.M. No. 22.12.1.10. Original No. 9. 
Collected May 27, 1921, by Mr. G. Forrest upon the 
Lichiang Range, N.W. Yunnan, in latitude 27° 30° N. 
Altitude 13,000’. 

Hab. As above. 

This species is very sharply distinguished from EL. jidelés, 
which also inhabits the Lichiang Range, by its smaller 
general size, shorter tail, and especially by its peculiar 
teeth. In the reduction of m! it resembles LZ. olitor, whieh 
in all other respects is very different. 


153 


Voles from Yunnan. 


9 | G9 G.G 1-9 e.9 9 9.G 9 G.G 79 (69 19.9 |'''‘(SaAo10) YY90}-3o0TD “8 
6-9L| 8-91 GPL ¢-G GGL L-F1 &ST TST G-TL GOL [ST (SOT | WSUaT eyME “Z| 
-L | Ts 9 6-9 G9 F-9 L9 L c-9 g9 | °° |L4 [(aerpem) qdop peardio09 “9 | 
éL| 6-11 8-OL VI 1-11 ¢-6T GIL él GEL Glee || BG tila) aeons Ube OLS INgars | 
G6Ll| 6 Ti GL 6-1 Subt PIT GL 9-6 L111 GGL. |S Goh | ee A eet DI TYTO)  Yg) 
OF | FF 6§ VP LP GP VV 8-F eV OF Ey Ope) BOnoMIsubo Era tere} ays 
9-91} F-91 VL +41 GST 8-FL 6-FT VSI LT ye WRG PAIE ASHE Pe Yypworq oyywMosA7 °% 
L1G] &-L6 L-&G 6-PG 9-96 GFE G&G §-4G F-4FG 6-96 “gag [70+ ygSaey peseq-ophpuog “T | 
E ad Cy ‘ad J, od £1, ‘ad J, adky, ‘od AT, od AT, ody, = Sea 

ed ang 40 ein te "P "? ee af ae be Nata ‘ges 
‘BL | “6 |ZUSCTI FEST IS ‘8E'S'S'0 (AGS TSTIT] “SLT fee eo OrPI/IITS'6 TY PEL 804 P Valea 

“Lop pod “rs \ L020 “sy | *snjzouogny \'snwinj00 Beis ‘ufuod| “snzapud ‘sasnaja |'snuayouo| “8yepy oT 


on Sse Shir ee ge ee es = ae ae 


Lapsphounjaue “oy 


"SaujaUlapjuul UL SPUDUMA.LNSDAUL-]]NYS + SAULOUOTY JOG 


154 Mr. M. A. C. Hinton on 


AnTELIomys, Miller. 
4. Anteliomys wardi, Thos. 


3. 90, 91, 92, 94,1545; 2. 93,166. Mekong Valley, in 
latitude 28° N., and at altitudes between 8000’ and 12,000. 

3. 189, 195, 197, 199, 204, 205, 215, 273, 339, 344, 347, 
849; 2. 196, 208, 211, 218, 219, 220. Divide between 
Mekong and Salween Rivers, in latitude 28° N. and 
28° 20'N.; at altitudes between 10,000’ and 14,000’, 

3. 310, 316, 818; 2.3807. Divide between Kiu-chiang 
and Salween Rivers, in latitude 28° N., at altitudes between 
12,000' and 14,000’. 

This is a common and widely-distributed species in N.W. 
Yunnan, where it inhabits the high Alpine meadows. 
Mr. Forrest trapped many “amongst rocks,” and some, at 
the highest stations, upon snow-clad surfaces. 


Neopon, Hodgson. 

1849. Neodon, Hodgson, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (2) iii. p. 203; geno- 
type, NV. stkimensis. 

1863. Bicunedens, Hodgson in Gray, Cat. Spec. & Drawings Mamm., 
Birds etc. of Nepal and Tibet, Brit. Mus. ed. 2, p. 2; geno- 
type, B. perfuscus (apparently a MS. name for WN. stkimensis). 

Arvicola, Microtus, and Pitymys of later authors. 


One of the new species discovered by Mr. Forrest belongs 
to a small group of Asiatic voles, remarkable for combining 
dental characters hitherto considered to be diagnostic of 
the genus Pitymys (among Old World forms), with cranial 
and external characters similar to those found in true 
Microtus. By this combination of characters the group in 
question is sharply defined, and it unquestionably deserves 
generic recognition. The name Neodon, applied long ago by 
Hodgson to the Flower Mouse of Sikkim (J/tcrotus sikimensis 
of current literature), is available for this genus, since this 
species proves on examination to be a conspicuous member 
of the group, although its characters and relationships have 
hitherto been but imperfectly understood. 

The essential characters of the genus Neodon may be set 
forth as follows :— 

Skull nearly as in true Microtus. Palate normal. Tem- 
poral ridges, in fully adult skulls, fusing to form a weak 
but linear sagittal crest in the interorbital region ; the 
squamosals, frontals, and parietals correspondingly and pro- 
gressively modified with advancing age. Bulle with a weak 
development of spongy bone internally. 

Cheek-teeth (figs. 8-12) essentially as in Pitymys: m, 


Voles from Yunnan. 155 


with the posterior loop followed by three substantially 
tee alternating triangles, which are succeeded by a more 

* less widely confluent pair of triangles, the tooth being 
ainiated by an anterior loop of variable form and com. 
plexity ; m’ with an anterior transverse loop succeeded by 
three substantially closed triangles, and terminated behind 
by a posterior loop of variable form. The other teeth 
of normal Microtine form: ms; without closed triangles ; 
m! and m” with or without extra postero-internal angles 
(cusp n). 

External characters nearly as in true Microtus. Fur soft 
and full, but not so highly modified for subterranean habits 
as in Pi/ymys. Ears moderately long, quite evident above 
the fur. Sole-pads 6 usually, but in one species reduced 
to 5. Claws of hands and feet about equal. Mamme 
2—2=8. 

The presence of only three closed triangles in m;,, as in 
Pitymys, instead of five as in true Microtus, is perhaps the 
most significant character of Neodon. ‘This dental difference 
between the Pitymys-like and the Microtus-like voles is of 
ancient standing, dating at least from the Upper Pliocene 
(Cromerian Forest Bed) in Western Europe; and agree- 
‘ment in this respect with Pitymys may, in my opinion, be 
regarded as good evidence of the closer affinity of Neodon 
with Pitymys than with the outwardly more similar voles of 
the genus Microtus. In Europe Pitymys In competition 
with Microtus has disappeared from the surface, and has 
become, in the countries in which it still survives, strictly 
fossorial. All the recent members of the genus in that 
continent have therefore acquired external and cranial 
specializations fitting them for life underground ; and they 
Jack all trace of that peculiar specialization of the most 
anterior portions of the temporal muscles which has led to 
the constriction of the interorbital region and the develop- 
ment of an interorbital sagittal crest in such typical voles 
as Microtus arvalis and Stenocranius. But in that great 
refuge for archaic Microtines formed by the Inghlands of 
Central and South-eastern Asia, allies of Pitymys, viz., the 
members of the present genus, have suffered less from 
competition, and they have been able to linger to our day as 
surface-dwellers. They have, therefore, not acquired the 
fossorial peculiarities of recent Pitymys; but, on the con- 
trary, they have independently proceeded very far along a 
path of cranial and external specialization closely parallel to 
that pursued by A/icrotus in similar conditions. 

Five species (including the new one described below) of 


156 Mr. M. A. C.Hinton on 


Neodon are at present known, and their characters may be 
tabulated as follows :— 


A. Cheek-teeth more complex: m, in general 
form arvaloid, with two pairs of confluent 
dentinal spaces in front of its three closed 
triangles; posterior loop of m’ long, with 
well-developed fourth inner angle; m' and 
m* with more or less well-developed “ sup- 
plementary” postero-internal angles. Size 
large (hind foot to about 20; condylo-basal 
length to about 28 mm.). Colour dark. 
Clawsilone:: ss iSulckim jap cn ce tae vee we NV. sikimensis, Hodge. 
B. Cheek-teeth less complex; 2 nivaloid or 
ratticepoid, with only one pair of confluent 
dentinal spaces in front of the three closed 
triangles; m?® with posterior loop more or 
less reduced; m’ and m? with “supplemen- 
tary” postero-internal angles obsolete or 
lacking. 
a. Claws not noticeably lengthened. Soles not 
exceptionally hairy. Colour dark; mm; 
nivaloid. 
a‘. Size large (hind foot to 20; condylo- 
basal length to 28°56 mm.); m’® with 
fourth inner angle comparatively well- 
developed, 7 (Sviunman| Senin. eee NV. forresti, sp. u. 
b', Size small (hind foot to 18; condylo- 
basal length to 25 mm.) ; m? with fourth 
inner angle reduced, often obsolete. 
Gua ay oa ta pr 8 Oh oe Ci “a nce N. irene, Thos. 
6. Claws noticeably lengthened; mm, ratticepoid. 
a, Colour dark; six sole-pads as usual; 
cheek-teeth highly reduced; mm, of 
extreme ratticepoid form; m?> with 
posterior loop very short, the fourth 
inner angle vestigial. Size smaller 
(hind foot to 16; condylo-basal length 
to/22 mmm.) .yeMansua) We ees eae e N. oniscus, Thos. 
b‘. Colour pale (buffy-brown) ; five sole-pads 
only; cheek-teeth less highly reduced, 
nearly as in zrene. Size larger (hind 
foot to about 17; condylo-basal length 
to about 25 mm.). [Hisgar Mts.] ....  . carruthersi, Thos. 


5. Neodon forresti, sp. n. 

3. 108,120,124 (Guv.), 188, 1455.9. 115, 17 iGo); 
129, 180 (juv.), 1385, 144, 147. Mekong—Yangtze divide in 
latitude 27° 30' N. 

3d. 831; 2. 3829 (juv.). Mekong—Yangtze divide in 
latitude 28° 28'N. 

2. 152. Mekong Valley, 11,000’-12,000’, lat. 28° N. 

gd. 188, 198, 194; @. 192. Mekong—Salween divide 
in latitude 28° N. 


Voles from Yunnan, 157 


Like zene, but much larger, 

General appearance closely resembling zene, but size 
much larger, the head and body in adults averaging 120 
instead of about 92 mm. Tail, feet, and ears relatively 
shorter, averaging respectively about 30, 16, and 12 per 
cent. of the head and body measurements in adults, instead 
of about 40, 19, and 14 per cent. as in adult zrene. Fur soft 
and fine, longer than in zrene ; hairs of back about 15 mm. 
in length, instead of about 9 as in zene (measured in both 
cases upon specimens collected in July). 

General colour of upper surface dark brown (near 
“‘nmmummy-brown” of Ridgway) ; of underparts slaty, washed 
with greyish white. Kars concclorous with back, Hands 
and feet greyish white; soles with six pads. ‘Tail fully 
haired, more or less distinctly bicoloured, brownish to 
dusky above, dirty white on sides and below. Mamme 
2—2=8. 

Skull, apart from its conspicuously large size, not essen- 
tially very different. from that of zrene. Brain-case rather 
louger and narrower. Postorbital squamosal processes and 
temporal crests, including the interorbital sagittal crest, 
sharply defined in fully adult stages. The skulls of the 
immature examples before me equal those of adult trene 
in size, but are distinguished from the latter by lacking all 
trace of the crests and ridges developed in the adults of 
both species. 

Cheek-teeth simpler than in szkimensis, but slightly less 
reduced than in zrene: m' and m? without vestiges of 
cusp 2; fourth outer and fourth inner angles of m’ vestigial 
or obsolete; m, with the three closed, triangles followed by 
one transversely confluent pair and terminated by an antericr 
loop of nivaloid form; m, normal; m, with third outer 
angle obsolete. 

Dimensions of the type, measured in the flesh:—Head and 
body 134 mm.; tail 43; hind foot 19; ear 14. 

For skull-measur ements, see sats at pe Loo: 

Type. Adult male, B.M. No. 22.12.1.35. Original No. 145. 
Collected July 6, 1921, by Mr. G. Forrest, upon the divide 
between the Mekong and Yangtze Rivers, N.W. Yunnan, in 
latitude 27° 30’N. Altitude 11,000! to 12,000’. 

Mr. Forrest is to be con oratulated upon the discovery of 
this fine vole, which I have. pleasure in associating with his 
name. WN. forrestt is of considerable importance, as the 
link connecting Hodgson’s sikimensis with the three much 
smaller, and at first sight very dissimilar, species described 
- more recently by Thomas. 


a 
ae 


158 Mr. M, A. C. Hinton on 


6. Microtus clarkei, sp. n. 


3.170,174; @.168,175. Kiu-chiang—Salween divide; 
latitude 28° N. Altitude 11,000’. > 

A large vole related to M. calamorum, Thos. Size rather 
less than in true calamorum, and considerably less than 
In ¢. superus; the hind foot in adults about 2] mm., and 
condylo-basal length about 28°5. 

Essential external characters nearly as in calamorum. 
Fur very soft and fine, though rather short (about 12 mm. on 
rump). Hars distinctly visible above the fur. Tail about 
half the length of the head and body. Soles with five 
plantar pads only, completely naked from the heels forward; 
claws of hands and feet about equal. A flank-gland some- 
times present in males (No. 170, right side). 

General colour above nearly as in calamorum, viz., dark 
brown (near “bistre” of Ridgway). Under surface much 
less white, the ventral hairs having their basal three- 
fourths deep slate, and only their tips silver. Flank line of 
demarcation regular, but not sharply defined. Upper surface 
of tail brownish, not much lighter than the back; its lower 
surface, together with the upper sides of the hands and feet, 
dirty white. 

Skull smaller than that of either true calamorum or 
c. superus, with the brain-case relatively broader and more 
depressed. Interorbital region narrow with a weak sagittal 
crest in old age, formed by the fusion of the temporal ridges. 
Palate with the median posterior sloping septum broader, 
less well defined, and shorter in adults. Bulle as in cala- 
morum, with a weak development of spongy bone within. 

Cheek-teeth essentially as in calamorum (figs. 18 & 14). 

Dimensions of the type, measured in the flesh :—Head 
and body 130mm,; tail 66; hind foot 21; ear 14. 

For skull-measurements, see table at p. 159. 

Type. Adult female. B.M. No. 22.12.1.46. Original 
No. 175. Collected by Mr. G. Forrest on July 24, 1921, 
upon the divide hetween the Kiu-chiang and Salween 
Rivers in latitude 28° N. Altitude 11,000’. 

Hab. As above. | 

The discovery of this species, which I have much pleasure 
in naming after Colonel Stephenson R. Clarke, C.B., D.S.O., 
is a matter of considerable interest. It and M. calamorum 
belong to a group of voles which seem to link the water- 
voles Arvicola with some of the larger species of “‘Microtus” 
inhabiting North America. The precise status of these 
Far-Eastern voles is, however, a matter for further 
investigation. 


159 


Voles from Yunnan, 


MOLSad [eyqtoxequt ur ‘wut y.T Lq poywavdas ][49 saSpre petodure4 'qyupe ATF JON 


LL GL 19 |G9 | &g 8-¢ 9G 8-9 G9 | 69 [°° *(suAor0) 1300}-ya0q9 *g 
G06 | L8L | BLL] PLT] SST OL CT SL | GLZT] BLT] 88 * UBSaeT peyueg *y 

8 8 sade | ee 6:9 ep G.9 ey GL | ** | (uerpour) qydap [eytdi0g ‘9 
9-E1 GZ "* | P3T| 9-01 6-11 GIT GEL | BSL} “* [7 "* APE proqsepy *g 
PSL Gl | LPL} &8l] Lor 6-01 GIT | et |‘ | oetltttstst+* ygprm puroeg * 
-F LP bP | Le | Ge 9-8 9-8 PH | Ei | F | Uoyorysuos peqrqtotoquy ¢ 
SLT i 8-1 69) 8-GI 8-E1 VFL P-9L | FLL] SOL |'''** yspeerq onemoSAz °z 
98 | 862 |+4-8¢| +83 GG +93 DFG E86 | 9-16) 9.86 |" *** yySudy Tesuq-o[Apuog ‘T 


‘addy, | ‘eddy, ‘ad AT] ‘ad cy, ‘ad A J, ‘addy, ‘ad KT, 
ee wee Pd °} ao "p ‘? *~p Fe 

‘SP TOT S169} “OLT | “SZT \'S'T IL Il] ‘06'S F'6 |S6' LS L612 16ST] “S81 | ‘SPT 

‘sn.adns | *wnsout 
‘9 -vD9 


‘LAY AD]D —-| *8NA8IUO |"28.LAYINLLDI)| ‘auate |'srsuaunyrs| *rgsa.t0f 


SNJOAIU UOpoary ; 


aS SS a ee a a I RT a a ee ee 
"SALJIWTPIVUL UL SPUIWILNSDIAUL-]]INYS 


160 = Mr. M. A. C. Hinton on 


Voles from Yunnan. 16] 


162 Mr. M. A. C. Hinton on the 


Explanation of Figures. 
a, right upper molars; 0, left lower molars. 


Fig. 1.—Eothenomys melanogaster confini, subsp. un. Type o. B.M. 
No, 22.12.1.1. Original No. 173. Kiu-chiang—Salween divide 
(Forrest). <8. 

Fig. 2,—othenomys jfidelis, sp. n. Type 9. B.M. No. 22.12.1.8. 
Original No. 455. Lichiang Range, Yunnan (forrest). x 7:5. 

Fig. 3.—Eothenomys melanogaster colurnus, Thos. 92. B.M. No. 
98.11.1.27. Kuatun (J. de la Touche). x 7. 

Fig. 4.—Hothenomys olitor, Thos. (46, right lower molars). Q. B.M. 
No. 11.9.8.123. Chao-tung-fu, Yunnan (MZ. P. Anderson). 
x 8. 

Fig, 5.—LHothenomys proditor, sp.n. Type 3. B.M. No. 22.12.1.10. 
Original No. 9. Lichiang Range, Yunnan (forrest). x 7°5. 

Fig. 6.—Anteliomys wardi, Thos. 92. B.M. No. 22.12.1.30. Original 
No. 215. Mekong—Salween divide (Forrest). x 8. 

Fig. 7.—Caryomys inez, Thos. ¢. B.M. No. 9.1.1.184.  Shensi 
(Malcolm Anderson). xX 8. 

Fig. 8.—Neodon sikimensis, Hodgson. B.M. No. 15.9.1.218. Lachen, 
Sikkim (Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc.). x 8. 

Fig. 9.—Neodon forresti, sp.n. Typed. B.M. No. 22.12.1.35. Original 
No. 145. Mekong-—Yangtze divide (Forrest). x 9. 

Fig. 10.—Neodon irene, Thos. 92. B.M. No. 12.3.18.18. <A-tun-tsi, 
N.W. Yunnan (Ff. K. Ward). x 8. 

Fig. 11—Neodon carruthersi, Thos. 2. B.M. No. 9.4.3.938. Hissar 
Mts., Turkestan (D. Carruthers). x 8. 

Fig. 12.—Neodon oniscus, Thos. Type ¢. B.M.No.1111.1.3. Kansu 
(M. Anderson). xX 85. 

Fig. 18.—WMicrotus calamorum superus, Thos. ¢. B.M. No. 11.6.1.46. 
Shen-Si (M. Anderson). x 8. 

Fig. 14.—Microtus clarket, sp.u. Type 9. B.M. No. 22.12.1.46. Ori- 
ginal No. 175. Kiu-chiang—Salween divide (Forrest). x 8. 


XIII.—The Dental Formula of the Muride, with especial 
reference to the “mp. 4 Theory.” By Martin A. C. 
Hinton. 


(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) 


Wuitr working out a large collection together recently, 
Mr. Oldfield Thomas and I thought we ought to take the 
opportunity of expressing an opinion as to the notation that 
should be used for the three cheek-teeth of the Muride, 
a propos the formula used for certain voles by Mr. R. Kelloge*, 
Although Mr. Kellogg does not say how far the formula he 


* Kelloge, “A Study of the Californian Forms of the Mierotus: 
montanus Group of Meadow-Mice,” Univ. Cal. Publ. Zool. xxi. p. 245 
(1922). 


Dental Formula of the Muvide. 163 


uses should be applied to Muridz other than voles, it is 
almost self-evident that any formula that may be applied to 
the voles must apply equally to the Muridze at large. Having 
incurred a certain amount of respousibility in “the matter, 
I had to prepare a statement of the theoretical questions 
involved for the use of my colleague; and in accordance 
with his desire that statement is “recorded in the present 
paper. 


2 


r nae . 4 he . . . SE ‘ 
Kellogg’s formula, viz., p. 5, m.,~5 is identical with that 


used by Owen, who stated* that in the rodents “ the first 
or anterior of the molar series, whether the number be 2—2, 
3—3, or 4—4, is a premolar ; it has displaced a deciduous 
predecessor in a vertical direction.” But such a replace- 
ment is entirely unknown in Muride ; and Owen’s formula, 
lacking the support of any positive evidence, has been 
abandoned for many years in favour of that now in common 


1.2. : 
Be aiz. i. —.. 


So long ao. as 1872, Forsyth Major+ was led to suspect 
that the anterior cheek-tooth, above and below, in Muride 
is neither a ‘‘molar” nor a “premolar” in the ordinary 
sense of those terms, but is the posterior milk-molar, which 
in this family has become persistent in each jaw, the per- 
manent premolar (p. 4), normally replacing this tooth, having 
been suppressed. Long afterwards, but independently, 
while working at Microtine, I arrived at a similar con- 
clusion. Adopting Hensel. tooth notation (which per- 
sonally I still prefer, although I realize that convenience 
now forbids its use), both Forsy th Major ae - used for the 


the Muride therefore the formula dm. af m. x 2 a in the 


more usual notation would be expressed as mp. ;, Mm. > 

Kellogg cites the views of Forsyth Major and myself, but 
does not indicate clearly whether he intends to agree with 
us or not, although he seems to admit that the homologiza- 
tion of the front lower cheek-tooth in Microtine with mp, 
would afford an explanation of its complexity. 

It is not possible in this place to present fully the case for 
the homologization of the teeth in question with mp.>; buta 


brief outline and a few facts in illustration of the argument 


* Owen, ‘ Anatomy of Vertebrates,’ 1868, vol. iii. p. 300, 
+ Forsyth Major, “ Materiali,” Atti Soc. Ital. Sci. Nat. xv. p. 112 
_ (1872); “ Nageriiberreste,” Palzeontogr. xxii. p. 75 (1873); “ Fossilen 
Pferde,” Abhandl. schweiz. palaontol. Ges. iv. p. 111, footnote 8 (1877). 
{ Hinton, Proc. Geol. Assoc, xxi. 1910, p. 490. 1" 
I * 


164 Mr. M. A. C. Hinton on the 


are given in the following paragraphs. I would hasten to say, 
however, that although this homologization appears highly 
probable to me (and, I am permitted to say, not improbable 
to Mr. Thomas), both my colleague and I are strongly of 


opinion that the conventional formula m.7-5-; should be 


adhered to, at least in ordinary systematic writing, until such 
time as definite proof of the “mp. 4 theory” can be sup- 
plied. Great difficulty and inconvenience arise in systematic 
work from too readily following unproved theories of tooth- 
homology*; and in the present instance, if it turn out that 
so important a change in the dental nomenclature of this 
great family becomes necessary, then the innovation should 
be made in a formal and conspicuous manner and not be 
merely indicated by eccentricities in the lettering of figures 
illustrating the teeth of some small local group. 

The argument in support of the “mp. 4 theory” may be 
shortly stated as follows:—In many Muride (and particu- 
larly among Microtine) the lower front cheek-tooth is 
extremely complex ; to a lesser extent this is also true some- 
times of its opponent in the maxilla (e.g., Dicrostonyz, 
Hothenomys, Chiruromys, and Apodemus epimelas). Wherever 
the available material permits us to work out the morpho- 
logical history of the cheek-teetb, we find that within the 
Muride (and in nearly all the other rodents) a more complex 
condition of the crown is a primitive character as opposed 
to a more simple condition, which invariably appears to be 
the result of specialization. An enormous mass of facts 
might be cited in support of this statement, but it will 
suffice to say that clear evidence of the direction of dental 
progress, from the complex to the simple, in tlis family 
is afforded, firstly, by those very rare cases in which it is 
possible to trace a single phylum forwards in time (e. g., 
Mimomys in successive horizons of the Upper Pliocene and 
Lower Pleistocene of Britain); secondly, by the phenomena 
manifesting a progressive reduction and simplification of the 
cheek-teeth in the individuals of many species (e. g., Arvicola 
amphibius) as they pass from extreme youth to maturity ; 
and, lastly, by many living and extinct genera in which the 
species seem to show a series of gradations from more 
primitive forms, with relatively complex teeth, to more 
specialized forms, with a simpler type of dentition. In the 
last class of case the personal equation is no doubt active ; 
but the observer who has had training in dealing with cases 


* Gf, Thomas, Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (9) ix. p. 671, footnote (1922), 


Dental Formula of the Muride.. 165 


of the first two classes runs comparatively little risk 
inverting the sequence in cases of the third ciass. The 
principle involved in each of the three classes is one and the 
same. If, for example, we examine an absolutely unworn 
front lower cheek-tooth of Mimomys or Arvicola we find that 
it possesses a tubercular cap, reminiscent of the bunodont 
and brachyodont ancestors of the group ; such a cap occurs, 
too, in the molars of most other rodents with ‘ prismatic ” 
patterns in the adults. In slightly deeper levels of the 
crown certain tubercles fuse together in such a way that 
when the tooth is worn down the characteristic prismatic 
pattern gradually comes into view. In an earlier species of 
Mimomys (e.g., M. pliocenicus we find that “m,” (in the 
conventional sense) has three re-entrant folds upon its outer 
border for a considerable portion of the animal’s life; but as 
middle age is approached the walls of the foremost fold knit 
together at a certain point—the inner part of the fold then 
being converted into an enamel ‘islet,’ while the outer part 
is represented by a vertical groove which channels the outer 
surface of the tooth. Gradually the “ islet” and the groove 
die ont in deeper levels of the crown, so that in old age, 
when wear is far advanced, all traces of these vestigial struc- 
tures are lost. In later species (e.g., M. intermedius) 
exactly the same process, with exactly the same result, is 
seen—with a difference ; the process 1s hastened, and the 
last traces (“islet ” and external groove) of the third or 
front outer fold vanish before the animal is fully grown. 
In Arvicola amphibius and terrestris we have strictly parallel 
changes taking place upon the molar crowns within the first 
few weeks of the individual’s existence ; in these creatures 
there is a tubercular cap upon the summit of the tooth ; 
then, in. slightly deeper strata, the beginnings of those 
‘prisms ” and folds which form the characteristic pattern of 
the adult tooth, plus other prisms and folds, which, after 
lingering for a day or two, the transitcry memorials of 
forgotten ancestors, rapidly disappear. 

By comparing the results obtained from the three lines of 
inquiry indicated above, it is possible to form an idea of the 
minimum amount of complexity which the cheek-teeth 
must have possessed in the most primitive Muride, or at 
least in those forms directly ancestral to the various living 
subfamilies. Investigations of this kind, involving the 
careful examination of many thousands of teeth, closely 
pursued for more than twenty years, have led me to inier 
that the anterior cheek-teeth in the ancestral Muride were 
multitubercular structures, consisting in the case of the lower 


166 Mr. M. A. C. Hinton on the 


tooth (“m,’’) of at least twenty-one tubercles arranged in 
three longitudinal rows of seven each; and in the case of 
its opponent (‘‘m'’’) of at least fifteen tubercles similarly 
arranged in three longitudinal series of five each. The fate 
of these primitive clements has been various in the many 
subfamilies now recognized. In most groups they have 
suffered considerable numerical. reduction (greatest perhaps 
in Gerbilline, least in Microtine) ; and this reduction has, 
in the normal mammalian manner, affected primarily the 
inner sides of the upper molars and the outer sides of the 
lower molars. More or less complete transverse fusions 
between the surviving tubercles of the three primitive longi- 
tudinal rows have taken place in all sections of the Muride, 
such fusions being most complete and most difficult to 
unravel in genera which have become completely hypsodont, 
though still apparent in many which have remained brachy- 
odont. Far more important, the fate of the three longi- 
tudinal rows differs from section to section. In Murine, 
for example, the tubercles of the median row have grown at 
the expense of those forming the inner row in upper molars, 
the outer row in lower molars. In Cricetinz, on the other 
hand, the tubercles of the median row are atrophied to a 
greater or less extent ; sometimes to such an extent that 
even an experienced eye fails to detect the vestiges that 
usually remain. Lastly,in Microtine, the middle tubercles 
remain important elements, although fusions with those of 
the outer or inner rows and the general progress towards 
hypsodonty, which is so marked a feature in this group, have 
all but completely masked them as independent structures 
from our view. But, nevertheless, even in this subfamily, 
more or less clear traces of these median tubercles as recog- 
nizable elements of the molar crown are to be found occa- 
sionally ; sometimes upon the unworn summits of the teeth, 
as in Dicrostonyx ; sometimes regularly persisting in adult 
stages of wear, as in certain species of Lagurus ; but most 
fr equently cropping up as vestiges of peculiar form in slightly 
worn teeth, or recurring as atavistic abnormalities in the 
teeth of quite widely separated genera. In general, widely 
confluent opposed dentinal spaces as. in the teeth of Evoetomys, 
Eothenomys, or the well known confluent pair of the “ m,” of 
Pitymys) may be taken as evidence of a relatively strong 
development of certain of the tubercles of the median row. 
Whether my estimate of the number of cusps primitively 
present be substantially accurate or not, there is, on the 
whole, abundant evidence that a high degree of complication 
must have characterized the anterior cheek-tooth in each 


Dental Formula of the Muride. 167 


jaw in the most primitive members of the family; and it isa 
complexity of which traces are retained to this day by many 
genera distributed among several of the most widely separated 
living subfamilies. 

Our knowledge of Tertiary Rodentia is still very imperfect, 
for few have been discovered beyond the limits of Europe 
and America. On the other hand, those of Hurope and 
North America are fairly well known. In the Tertiary 
strata of these two continents the Muridz are comparatively 
poorly represented, and the known forms include none that 
can be regarded as even approximately representing the 
atavus of this great family. Upon reviewing all the molar 
types so far discovered among the earlier and middle Tertiary 
rodents, we fail to find one from which it would be possible 
to derive cheek-teeth possessing the complexity so charac- 
teristic of ‘‘m,” aud “m!” in so many Muride, living and 
extinct, dating from the Pliocene period onwards—uuless, 
indeed, we make the at present quite inadmissible sup- 
position that new parts have been added to the teeth since 
the Miocene period. Such a supposition is inadmissible, 
firstly, because it would contradict all that we have learnt 
about the direction of dental specialization within the 
Muridz from Pliocene times onward ; and, secondly, because 
it would traverse the evidence of the older Tertiary rodents 
themselves. For even in the Eocene and Miocene periods 
rodent molars have generally undergone a process of progres- 
sive simplification (e.g., Lagomorpha*); and to no order 
does Kowalevsky’s famous comment (‘‘ Das kann schon als 
ein Wink dienen, wie weit wir noch von der primitiven Form 
des Zahnes sind, denn je tiefer wir in den Schichten dringen, 
je altere Formen wir finden, desto complicirtere Gestalten 
tauchen immer auf”’+)—uttered in another connection, it is 
true—apply with greater force. 

The seeming impossibility of deriving these complex teeth 
from any known rodent permanent molar or premolar led, 
naturally enough, to the examination of the milk-dentition 
as the possible source of these organs. In most mammals 
the posterior milk-molars (and particularly mp,) are com- 
monly more complex than are either their vertical successors 


(p. *) or the true molars (m. =) behind them. And among 


Tertiary rodents this is also sometimes the case, as, for 


* Cf. Forsyth Major, “‘ On Fossil and Recent Lagomorpha,” Tr. Linn. 
Soc. London, (2) vii. p. 433 (1899). 

t+ Kowalevsky, “ Anthracotherium,” Paleontographica, xxii. p. 280, 
footnote (1874). 


168 Mio MA CO Rian bn eRe) 


example, in Theridomys gregarius, Schlosser, a Hystricomorph 
from the Oligocene of Quercy, in which species mp,, when 
little worn, has an extremely’ complex crown of almost 
arvicoline aspect. The idea, therefore, of homologizing 
“m, 7” and “m!” of Muride with mp, and mp* of normal 
mammals presented itself successively, at widely different 
dates, to the minds of Forsyth Major and myself. Such 
homologies, could they be established, would do much 
towards bringing the Muride into line with other simplici- 
dentate groups; and Forsyth Major, with characteristic 
insight and acumen, succeeded in showing that his theory 
was, at all events, not in conflict with the remainder of the | 
evidence. He pointed out that :— , 

“ Nager mit nur zwei dachten Molaren sind nichts Uner- 
hortes ; im Oberkiefer von Lagomys z. B. haben wir drei 
Milchzahne, die gewechselt werden, und zwei achte Molaren, 
im Unterkiefer zwei Milchzihne und zwei (beziehungsweise 
drei) Molaren. Dem vordersten Backzahn der Murinen 
geht kein anderer Zahn voran ; daraus folgt aber noch nicht 
als Nothwendigkeit, dass es ein Molare sei; denn ein 
Milchzahn muss nicht nothwendig ersetzt werden” [e.9., 
the foremost cheek-teeth in the horse and pig].... “ Der 
vorderste Zahn der Murinen hat die complicierte Gestalt 
des untern Milchzahns (d, [i.e., mp,|) von Hystrix, Dasy- 
procta, Celogenys, Theridomys, Lepus einerseits, sowie 
anderseits .... der grossen Mehrzahl der Placentalia iiber- 
haupt. Es ware ohne die von mir vertretene Annahme 
auffallend, am Anfang einer Reilie von Backzihnen, die auf 
die geringe Zahl von drei reduciert sind, einen mehr als 
gewohnlich ausgebildeten Zahn zu finden, wahrend sonst 
grade reducierte Zahne die Reihe beginnen. Die Erschei- 
nung findet ihre naturgemasse Erklarung, wenn wir anneh- 
men, dass der unter (beziehungsweise im Oberkiefer tber) 
d.1 [t.e., mp.4] wegziehende Nagezahn die Entwicklung 
des Ersatzzahns p.1 [i.e., p.4] gehindert, grade dadurch 
aber zugleich indirect gewissermaassen fdrdernd auf die 
Entwicklung des Milchzahns eingewirkt hat, welchem 
letztern eine laugere Existenz gesichert ist, weil kein 
Ersatzzahn sich unter ihm bildet, und somit kein Druck 
auf ihn ausgetibt wird. Unter Nagern ist die Zahnreihe am 
vollstandigsten bei Lepus, bei welchem die Nagezahne am 
kiirzesten sind und darum mit der Backzahnreihe in keinerlei 
Bertthrung kommen.—Wenn der Nagezalin mit seinem 
offenen Ende immer mehr von innen nach aussen vorrtickte, 
so wiirde er schliesslich auf den Milchzahn (d. 1=mp. 4) die 
-gleiche Wirkung wie ein Ersatzzahn austiben, d.h. sein 


Dental Formula of the Muridee. 169 


Ausfallen veranlassen. Nun stellen aber die Nagezihne 
junger Individuen Segmente eines viel kleinern Kreises der 
als die alterer, so dass sich also der Nagezahn bei zuneh- 
mendem Alter mit dem offenen Ende von seinem Platz unter- 
bezichungsweise oberhalb des d. 1 (mp. 4) nach hinten zu 
entfernen kann. Seiner Wirkung mogen wir dann in 
manchen Fiillen die Verkiimmerung des letzten Molaren 
zuzuschreiben haben, wie sie beispielsweise bei Mus vor- 
kommt.—lIch priitendiere nicht, mit den vorstehenden 
Bemerkungen meine Ansicht bewiesen, glaube sie aber 
besser motiviert zu haben, als die allgemein herrschende 
es ist. Die definitive Antwort auf diese und ihnliche 
Fragen dirfen wir wohl mit der Zeit von der Paleontologie 
erwarten.” (‘ Fossile Pferde,’ p. 111, footnote.) 

Two other little facts——trifles in themselves, no doubt——are 
worthy of note for the cumulative effect of their evidence. 
In South America, as Winge records (and as I have seen in a 
specimen from Cordova), the atrophy of the posterior molars 
in Mus musculus proceeds sometimes to the total suppression 


of those teeth; in Europe m. = seem to be constantly present. 
Ie 3 y P 


Secondly, in those very rare cases in which an extra tooth 
is developed in Muridz it appears at the posterior end of 
the series (Microtus agrestis, Winge; Saccostomus hilde”™, 
B.M.) ; this extra tooth would have to be m.4 according to 
the current notation, but it finds a perfectly natural explana- 
tion as m.38, sporadically and atavistically returning, 
according to the mp. 4 theory. 

To conclude, definite proof of the homologization of the 


teeth in question with mp.; is not yet forthcoming ; and it 


cannot be expected until paleontological research brings to 
light really primitive Muridze from some still unknown 
old Tertiary horizon, possibly in south-eastern Asia. At 
present the Microtinze seem to be the group most likely to 
afford the desired information ; but nothing is yet known 
of the history of that subfamily before the middle or the late 
Pliocene. Of the species then existing some belong to still 
living genera and are dentally, at all events, as highly 
specialized as are their living representatives ; others are, in 
a measure, primitive, but even they have proceeded too far 
along the path of dental progress to show us more than the 
direction of that path and its later portions. Such facts 
indicate clearly how far we are from the beginning of the 


* Schwann, P.Z.S. 1906, p, 110. 


170 Mr. O. Thomas on 


story upon which the solution of this and many other 
interesting problems depends. But, whether this leads us to 
the ultimate acceptance of the mp. 4 theory or not, I can 
only reiterate my opinion that, in systematic writing, no 
change in the commonly accepted notation of the cheek- 
teeth of Muride should as yet be adopted. 


XIV.—The Godman Exploration Fund: List of Mammals 
Jrom North Queensland collected by Mr. T. V. Sherrin. 
By Oxtprieitp Tuomas. 


(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) 


In this, the first paper dealing with the results of the Godman 
Exploration Fund, I may put on record that, as a peculiarly 
suitable memorial to her late husband, the well-known 
naturalist Mr. EF. DuCane Godman, F.R.S., Dame Alice 
Godman has founded an Exploration Fund for the employ- 
ment of zoological collectors to obtain specimens for the 
National Museum. The Trustees of the Fund will be a 
permament body, who will be glad to take charge of and 
utilize for the benefit of the Museum any further sums 
which patriotic persons may like to give or bequeath for the 
purpose of similarly benefiting the Museum collections. 

By the help of the Fund, Mr. T. V. Sherrin has made a 
collection of Mammals in the district of Ravenshoe, North 
Queensland, south-west of Cairns, about 17° 40’ S. and 
145° 30' E., and these prove to be of so much interest as to 
deserve a special list. All are presented by the Godman 
Exploration Trustees to the British Museum. 

Among them attention may be drawn to the well-marked 
species of Marsupial Mouse, which I have named after 
Mr. Godman Phascogale godmani, and to the little Platypus, 
which seems to represent a peculiar diminutive northern 
race of Ornithorhynchus anatinus. 

In addition to the species here recorded, examples 
believed to be referable to pyprymnus rufescens, Pseudo- 
chirus herbertensis aud peregrinus, Petauroides volans, and 
Trichosurus vulpecula were obtained, but, owing to various 
Customs’ formalities, have not yet been received. 


1. Lptesicus pumilus, Gray. 
$ . 58, in spirit. Dinner Creek, Ravenshoe. 2900! 


Mammals from North Queensland. 171 


2. Hydromys longmani, sp. n. 


6.54; 9.55,115. Dinner Creek, Ravenshoe. 2900’. 

6.172, 178,179; 9.183. Vine Creek. 3000’. 

Smaller and darker than H. chrysogaster, with the feet not 
becoming so specially elongated in later life. 

Coloration, as compared with H. chrysogaster regine, the 
water-rat of the southern part of North Queensland, 
decidedly darker above, the whole back practically of the 
same blackish tone as the crown of reging. Under surface 
washed with ochraceous-buff, much richer than the creamy- 
buff of regine. About one-quarter of the tail white. Hind 
feet, even of old specimens, of more normal murine 
proportions to the rest of the animal than is usual in 
Hydromys, the length of the foot usually httle exceeding 
that of the skull. 

Skull averaging smaller than in chrysogaster, and showing 
a little less of the usual aquatic modifications. Nasals 
shorter. Anteorbital foramina less high; palatine foramina 
usually shorter. Molars markedly and uniformly smaller. 

Dimensions of the type :— 

Head and body 270 mm.; tail 247; hind foot 58; ear 20. 

Skull: greatest length 52; condylo-incisive length 49; 
zygomatic breadth 27; nasals 17°5 ; mastoid breadth 20°5 ; 
palatilar length 23°5; palatine foramina 5°8 ; upper molars 
oS. 

An older male skull measures approximately 53:5 mm. in 
condylo-incisive length. 

Hab. as above. 

type. Adult male. B.M. no. 22. 12. 18. 2. Original 
number 172. Collected 17th June, 1922. 

This distinct species differs markedly from the various forms 
of H. chrysogaster by the reduction of the special elongation 
of the hind feet which usually occurs in later life, the feet of 
the oldest specimens of /ongmani scarcely exceeding those 
of younger adults. And the molars are decidedly smaller. 

I have much pleasure in naming it in honour of my friend 
Mr. Heber Longman, the well-known Director of the 
Queensland Museum, to whom the British Museum is 
indebted in various ways in connection with Mr. Sherrin’s 
collecting expedition. 


3. Uromys sherrini, sp. n. 


g.90; ?.41,70,1380. Dinner Creek, Ravenshoe. 2900’. 
Externally almost precisely like U. macropus of Cape 


LZ Mr. O. Thomas on 


York, but the colour is rather greyer, especially on the 
shoulders and flanks, and the belly is more conspicuously 
white. In the allied species the belly is dull or drabby white, 
and, owing to the fur being thin and poor, the contrast with 
the body is less strongly marked. 

Skull apparently not reaching quite the size it does in 
macropus, though there is a good deal of variation in this 
respect. General shape similar, but interorbital region 
markedly different, for while in macropus the edges are 
developed laterally, overhanging the orbit, and evenly diver- 
gent backwards, in sherrini they are parallel as far back as 
the commencement of the cerebral cavity, where they diverge 
a little and then run backwards across the parietals at a 
less distance apart than in macropus. ‘The edges themselves 
are smoothly rounded anteriorly, sharp posteriorly, and with 
an even concavity between them. 

Other characters about as in macropus, though the teeth 
average slightly smaller. 

Dimensions of the type :— 

Head and body 286 mm.; tail 344; hind foot 56; ear 31. 

Skull: condylo-incisive length 64; zygomatic breadth 
33°7; nasals 23; frontal, breadth at middle of orbital (not 
orbito-zygomatic) fossa 10°5, breadth immediately behind 
rudimentary postorbital projections 10; greatest breadth 
between ridges on parietals 16°6; palatilar length 33:5; 
palatine foramina 8°4 ; upper molar series (worn) 11:2. 

Hab, as above. 

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 22.12.18.9. Original 
number 41. Collected 5th May, 1922. 

The parallel-sided shape of the interorbital region of the 
skull will readily distinguish this species from U. macropus, 
in which the supraorbital edges diverge widely behind, and 
so alter the whole appearance of the skull. 

I have much pleasure in naming this fine rat in honour 
of Mr. T. V. Sherrin, in recognition of the enthusiasm and 
skill he has shown in making the collection now described, 
and also in remembrance of many years’ able service as 
taxidermist in the Museum. 

U. sherrini is in all probability the species called U. ma- 
cropus in Collett’s paper, and recorded from Herbert Vale. 
The skullin that case was somewhat larger, 69 mm. in length. 


4, Melomys cervinipes, Gould. 


3. 38, 46, 47, 50, 51, 52, 87; 2. 40, 44, 45, 49, 60, 66, 
80; gin spirit. Dinner Creek, Ravenshoe. 2900’. 


Mammals from North Queensland. 173 


This rather variable animal has a considerable range, 
extending southwards to the Clarence and Richmond Rivers, 
New South Wales. The types were from Stradbroke Island. 
There seems to be no tangible difference between the North 
Queensland and New South Wales examples. 


5. Rattus rattus, subsp. 


2.101. Dinner Creek, Ravenshoe. 2900’. 

Presumably represents the form described as Hpimys 
chionogaster by Lounberg, who himself thought it to be a 
geographical variation of rattus. 


6. Rattus assimilis coracius, subsp. n. 


eee oo, Oo, 72, 79; Sl, 86, OT, 95, 112, 124; 
wae 45.07, Ol, G2, 71, 85, 92,94, 102, Ill, 118; 24, 
2 9 in spirit. Dinner Creek, Ravenshoe. 2900’. 

Essentially lke R. assimilis of New South Wales, but 
the brown ticking of the back is finer, though the colour is 
quite the same ; and in the skull the palatal foramina hardly 
reach the level of the first Jamina of m’, and the bulle are 
decidedly smaller. 

Fur long and soft, the hairs of the back about 19mm. in 
length, with the fine longer piles about 25-26mm. Under 
surface dull slaty-greyish washed with whitish ; about half 
the specimens with variable patches of pure white on the 
chest and belly. 

Dimensions of the type :— 

Head and body 175mm.; tail 168; hind foot 36; ear 22. 

Skull: greatest length 42; condylo-incisive length 40:4; 
zygomatic breadth 19°8; interorbital breadth 5°6; breadth 
between parietal ridges 14°7 ; palatal foraniina 8°6 ; antero- 
posterior length of bulle 6°2 ; upper molar series (worn) 6°4. 

Hab. as above. 

Type. Old female. B.M. no. 22.12.18. 28. Original 
number 43. Collected 5th May, 1922. 

Chiefly distinguishable from true assimilis by the smaller 
size of the bulle. 


7. Perameles nasuta pallescens, subsp. n. 


6. 168,171. Vine Creek, Ravenshoe. 3000’. 

9.121 (young). Dinner Creek. 2900’. 

A paler northern form of P. nasuta. 

Essential characters, both external and cranial, apparently 
as in typical nasuta, though the bulle may be a little smaller, 
Colour, however, decidedly lighter, a light drab with a slight 


174 Mr. O. Thomas on 


pinkish suffusion, nearly matching Ridgway’s “ écru-drab ” ; 
sides still paler, “light écru-drab,” and belly more broadly 
white than in nasuta. 

Dimensions of the type :— 

Head and body 375 mm.; tail 165 ; hind foot 77 ; ear 42. 

Skull: greatest length 90; condylo-basal length 84; 
zygomatic breadth 32:5; gnathion to orbit 53°5 ; palatal 
length 53 ; diameter of bullae parallel with meatal opening 6; 
combined length of ms. 12: 

Hab. as above. 

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 22. 12.18.40. Original 
number 168. Collected 14th June, 1922. 

This bandicoot may be readily distinguished from its 
representative in New South Wales by its beautiful écru- 
drab colour, much paler than is found in the more southeru 
form. 


8. Phascogale godmani, sp. n. 


6: 93, 108,’ 110, 114, LUZ, 12651445; 9 09, iakss 
S in spirit. Dinner Creek, Ravenshoe. 2900’. 

A large dark species of the Ph. flavipes group. 

Kssential characters as in flavipes, with similar proportions 
of head and body to tail, short-haired untufted tail, medium- 
sized claws, and all the main cranial and dental charac- 
teristics. 

But the size is conspicuously greater, the new species 
considerably exceeding any other Australian member of this 
group. Fur close and thick, hairs of back about 8mm. in 
length. Colour above dull greyish (‘‘hair-brown’’) anteriorly, 
turning posteriorly into dull coppery or cinnamon-brown 
on the rump and base of tail. Under surface washed with 
cinnamon or drabby, the hairs broadly slaty for the greater 
part of their length. Muzzle and sides of face, especially 
the region between eye and ear, tending to be cinnamon or 
coppery, an inconspicuous median dark line on the top of 
the nose. Hands and feet pale brown above ; fore claws 
of full average length, but not specially elongated as in 
swainsont and minima. Hairs of scrotum dull cinnamon. 
Tail shorter than head and body, short-haired throughout, 
the fine hairs of the extreme tip above slightly longer; 
brown above, scarcely lighter below. 

Skull about as in flavipes, but much larger and with a 
longer narrower muzzle. Nasals rather more expanded 
behind than in true flavipes, less than in subsp. adusta. 
Supraorbital edges not quite so sharply square. Palatal 


Mammals from North Queensland. ly, 
.“) 


foramina and vacuities about as in that species. Bulle of 
average size. Proportions of teeth as in flavipes. 

Dimensions of the type :— 

Head and body 143 mm.; tail 122; hind foot 23; ear 19. 

Skull: econdylo-basal length 35; basal length 82°8 ; 
zygomatic breadth 18°6; nasals, length 13, median breadth 
2°5, posterior breadth 5; intertemporal breadth 8; mastoid 
breadth 14°7 ; anterior palatal foramina 3°4; bulla, measured 
parallel with the meatal opening, 3°4; front of canine to 
back of Jast molar 13°3 ; combined length of ms.’~* 6:8. 

Hab. as above. 

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 22.12.18.46. Original 
number 126. Collected 26th May, 1922. 

This fine species, the largest member of the group which 
used to be known as ‘‘ Antechinus ” is readily distinguished 
by its size, grey or coppery colour, and long slender muzzle. 

I have named the species, the first-fruits of the Exploration 
Trust, in honour and affectionate remembrance of the late 
Mr. F. DuCane Godman, Trustee and lfe-long benefactor 
of our National Museum, in whose memory the Godman 
Collecting Fund has been founded by his widow for the 
continued benefit of the Museum. 

It is remarkable how like in colour and general appearance 
this species is to the local race of Ph. flavipes, which occurs 
together with it and which I have now to describe. 


9. Phascogale flavipes adusta, subsp. n. 


eae, 100, 127, 149; 9 59,125, 131, 143; ¢ 9m 
spirit. Dinner Creek, Ravenshoe. 2900’. 

‘Caught in dense scrub.” 

On laying out all the available specimens referable to the 
(formerly) common Phascogale flavipes, I find that there 
appear to be five recognizable races of it. ‘These are 
the light-bellied Ph. f. leucogastra of Western Australia, a 
strongly red-bellied race in 8. Australia (rufogastra), the true 
flavipes of New South Wales and Victoria, a reddish-brown 
form believed to inhabit the coastal districts of Northern 
New South Wales and 8S. Queensland (wnicolor, Gould), aud 
the present new subspecies from North Queensland. The 
last may be described as follows :— 

Size about as in flavipes. Fur close and fine, hairs of 
back about 6 mm. in length. General colour above “ olive- 
brown,” slightly warmer posteriorly, Under surface washed 
with cinnamon. Head concolorous with fore-back, without 
rufous patches or median biackish line. Hands and feet 


176 Mr. O. Thomas on 


pale brown. Tail brown above, lighter below, the hairs of 
the terminal half slightly lengthened, so as to form an 
inconspicuous blackish pencil, longer below than above. | 

Skull similar to that of wnicolor in size, the flattened fore- 
head, and sharp supraorbital edges, but the nasals are more 
broadened posteriorly and the bulle are rather smaller. 

Dimensions of the type :— 

Head and body 107 mm.; tail 94; hind foot 21; ear 18. 

Skuil: condylo-basal length 285; basal length 263; 
zygomatic breadth 16°3; nasals, length 9°7, median breadth 
2°8, posterior breadth 4°9; intertemporal breadth 6:7; 
mastoid breadth 12:2; anterior palatine foramina 2°6; 
bulla, parallel with the meatal opening 2°9; front of 
canine to back of m4 11; combined length of ms.1— 5°5. 

Hab. as above. 

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 22.12.18.54. Original 
number 149. Collected Ist June, 1922. 

A very distinct subspecies, distinguished by the nearly 
uniform brown colour, the wide expansion of the nasals 
posteriorly, and the small bulle. On these characters it 
might, indeed, be considered a separate species, were it not 
that Ph. f. unicolor, as represented by the two co-types, 
believed to be from the coastal region of Northern New 
South Wales, and two specimens from Ebor are more or 
less intermediate between the extremes. 


10. Ornithorhynchus anatinus phoxinus, subsp. n. 


¢d. 184. Dinner Creek, Ravenshoe. 2900’. 

On examining all the available skulls of Ornithorhynchus 
with exact localities, it is interesting to find that there is 
so strong a differentiation in size as to render a distinction 
into three subspecies to be advisable. Unfortunately, the 
great majority of the specimens in the local and University 
Museums of this country have been merely recorded as from 
“* Australia,’ while even in the National Museum the 
localized examples are sadly few in number. 

However, allowing for the marked difference in the sizes 
of the sexes, it would appear that the form inhabiting the 
coastal area from north of Sydney, southwards through 
Victoria into Tasmania, is of medium size, while that to 
the west of the dividing range, on the upper waters of the 
Darling and Murray Rivers, is decidedly larger, while the 
present animal, from the north of Queensland, is again 
much smaller. 

The three forms would thus be as follows :— 


~] 


Mammals from North Queensland. 17 


Ornithorhynchus anatinus phoxinus. 


Size least of the genus ; an adult male skull 86 mm. in 
‘condylo-basal length, with a least muzzle breadth im front 
of the anteorbital foramina of 17 mm. Length of muzzle 
‘from opening of anteorbital canal 38 ; breadth across tip of 
muzzle 28; interorbital breadth 12°5; posterior breadth 39; 
upper cornule, length (exclusive of the antero-internal pro- 
jection) 11°5, breadth 8. 

External characters apparently as usual in anatinus. 
Measurements: head and body 310 mm.; tail 98; hind 
foot 47. 

Range. As yet only known from the present locality. 

Type. Adult male. B.M, no. 22. 12.18.60. Original 
number 184. Collected 20th June, 1922 

Being a fully adult male, with closed sutures, the single 
specimen gives quite a satisfactory idea of the size of this 
small northern race. 

It may be noted that the fossil S. Queensland species 
described by de Vis * was also decidedly smaller than the 
animal now living there. : 


Ornithorhynchus anatinus anatinus, Shaw. 


Size medium; adult male skulls about 95-98 mm. in 
condylo-basal breadth, the least length of muzzle about 
18-20 mm. Female skull about 85 mm. An adult male 
from Shoalhaven River, Southern New South Wales, gives the 
following measures :—length 98 mm.; least muzzle breadth 
20; length of muzzle from anteorbital foramina43; breadth 
across tip of muzzle 32; interorbital breadth 13°8; posterior 
breadth 42°5. Upper cornule (without projections) 13°3 
x 8:7. 

Range. Coastal area of New South Wales and Victoria 
east of the dividing range ; and Tasmania. 

All the technical names hitherto given in the genus 
‘would seem to be assignable to anatinus. Like anatinus 
itself, paradoxus, rufus, and fuscus are all defined on animals 
from the coast- -region of New South Wales, levis has abso- 
lutely no locality, brevirostris + was based on a young 

animal from “Swan River,” where no member of the genus 
occurs, and crispus refers to one from Tasmania. This last 
name would be available if the Tasmanian Platypus, which 
1s perhaps slightly smaller than the continental one, with a 
less expanded beak, were to be thought distinguishable. 
* P. Roy. Soc. Queensland, ii. p. 35 (1886), 


7 AL S oie Ornithorhynchi have the short and comparatively broad 
beak supposed to be characteristic of brevirostris. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. xi. 12 


178 Mr. G. Hulstaert on Lepidoptera from 


Ornithorhynchus anatinus triton, subsp. n. 


Decidedly larger than O. a. anatinus, Skull in males up- 
wards of 105 mm. in condylo-basal length with a narrowest 
rostral breadth of 22-23 mm. The type measures— 
length 108 mm. ; least breadth of muzzle 22°5; length of 
muzzle 45°5; breadth across tip of muzzle 34°5 ; inter- 
orbital breadth 14; posterior breadth 53. Upper cornules 
(exclusive of projections) 17512. A still larger skull is 
114 mm. in length. 

Range. West of the great dividing range, in the drainage- 
area of the Darling and Murray Rivers. In S. Queensland 
also it ranges eastwards nearly or quite to the coast. Type 
from the Victorian side of the Murray River, opposite 
Deniliquin, S.W. New South Wales. Other specimens in 
the Museum from Namoi River, N.S.W. (Gould), Darling 
Downs (Mrs. T. B. Frost), and Gin-Gin, near Bundaberg, 
Queensland (W. Allen). 

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 84.5.15.1. Collected and 
presented by Mr. J. Thies, of Deniliquin, N.S.W. 

In connection with this large island race it is of much 
interest to note that, just a century ago, Desmarest * stated 
that ‘ Les Anglais qui ont passé les montagnes bleues qui 
entourent le duché de Cumberland, ont rencontré en 
abondance des ornithorhynques plus grands que celui que 
nous venons de décrire, et peut-étre d’espece différente, dans 
la riviére de Campbell et dans celle de Macquarie.” These 
rivers are tributaries of the Upper Darling. 


XV.—On Lepidoptera from New Guinea, Kei, Tenimber, 
the Philippines, and Australia. By G. HULSTAERT, 
M.S.C, (Heverlee, Louvain). 


In this paper I propose to describe some new forms of Indo- 
Australian Lepidoptera. Most of them come from Dutch 
New Guinea, Kei, and Tenimber, but there are also a few 
from Mindanao and Australia, Besides, I am mentioning 
a few species already known and described previously, but the 
capture of which might be of interest to lepidopterological 
students, 


* Mamm. ii. p. 380 (1822). 


New Guinea, Ket, Tenimber, ce. 179 


As will appear from the following pages, all the new 
forms received from New Guinea have been captured in the 
neighbourhood of Merauke *, on the southern coast of the 


Dutch part of the island. 

In studying the localities in which a certain species has 
been found in New Guinea one finds invariably (with only 
very rare exceptions) the same localities mentioned: starting 
from Yule Island and the mainland of South-eastern Papua, 
passing through the northern part of the island, the Arftak 
Mountains, and the Western Peninsula, to the Snow Moun- 
tains. The great tract of land between the Papuan Gulf and 
the Snow Mountains thus appears almost unexplored in 
regard to Lepidoptera; therein Merauke is situated, separated 
from both by some of the largest rivers of the island—the 
Fly River, the Digul, ete. Hence we cannot be surprised if 
we find new local races there, and certainly we may expect 


still more. 
All the specimens quoted are in the collection of our house 


at Heverlee, except where the contrary is expressly mentioned, 


Papilionide. 


Papilio riedeli, Kirsch, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1885, p. 275. 


1 go, Olihet (Jamdena), Tenimber (Rev. Fr. J. Klerks, 
M.8.C.). 


Papilio fuscus beccarit, Oberth, Et. Ent. iv. p. 46. 


& 1 9, Okaba (Dutch New Guinea), 1913 (Rev. Fr. P. Ver- 
tenten, M.S.C.). 


Papilio ambrax ambrax, Boisd. Voy. Astro]. Ent. p. 40. 
no. od. 
1 g forma ambraz, Boisd., Merauke, 1911 (Rev. J. Viegen, 


M.S.C.). 
1 § formaambracia, Wall., Okaba, 1913 (Lev. Fr. P. Ver- 


tenten). 


1 2 forma ambrax, Boisd., Okaba, 1913 (Rev. Fr. P. Ver- 
tenten). 


* Merauke is +70 kilom. distant from the Papuan frontier ; Okaba 
lies +75 kilom. west of Merauke. 
Is 


180 Mr. G. Hulstaert on Lepidoptera from 
Papilio wegeus ormenus, Guér. Voy. Coq. t. xiv. fig. 3. 


1 g forma ormenus, 1 2 forma leporina, Jord., 1 2 forma 


amanga, Boisd., Okaba, 1914 (itev. Fr. P. Vertenten). 


Papilio pericles, Wall., Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. xxv. p. 49. 
1, Oliliet, Tenimber, 1913 (Rev. Fr. J. Klerks). 


Pierida. 
Delias argenthona, F., 2 forma balh, nov. 


Differs from forma seminigra, Frulhst., by the base of both 
wings being closely irrorated with black scales and in the 
absence on hind wing of discocellular and submarginal 


yellow markings, in their place the red patches of underside 
being transparent. 


One specimen. 

Named after the lepidopterologist of the oscil Museum of 
Natural History at Brussels, Mr. Francis J. Ball, who has 
rendered me great services in my studies. 


Appias ada virginea, subsp. n. 


¢. Differs from A. a. thasia, Fruhst., in the external 
border on fore wing being more slightly dentate on veins, on 
hind wing broader,{more regularly rounded proximally, hardly 
dentate. 

Underside.—Black border broad, distant from cell } mm 
only; basal part yellow, orange near border. 


1 $, Okaba, 1912 (Rev. Fr. P. Vertenten). 


Lerias apatosa, sp.n. (Text-fig. 1.) 


3. A mass of scales (androconia) under base of cell on 
underside of fore ES, another mass on upper side of hind 
wing under vein 8. 

Above.—YVore wing pale yellow ; base irrorated with black 
scales ; a minute brown dot or stripe at upper angle-cf cell. 
Costal border as in T’. libythea, F., 9, at apex extending to 
point of separation of veins 7-8, then becoming narrower till 
vein 4, slightly dentate ; under 4 almost parallel to termen, 
dentate, deeply excavated at tornus. Hind wing: border 


slightly dentate, scarcely 1 mm. broad on vein 6, then 
narrowing, disappearing on 3. 


New Guinea, Ke, Tenimber, &c. 181 


Below.—Both wings with only a small stripe on disco- 
cellulars, without any other marking (at least in the two 
males examined). 

Genitalia (text-fig. 1)—Although I was not able to 
examine them perfectly, nevertheless it may be of interest to 


Biol: 


Genitalia of Tertas apatosa, sp. u., d. 


communicate what I have found. Compared with 7. J. liby- 
thea, the claspers are shorter, the hook at their extremity is 
longer, more curved, and more acute. I did not see a tooth 
distally from harpes, nor just after uncus. Penis as in 
libythea. 

Expanse.-—One g 33 mm., another only 24 mm., both cap- 
tured at Oliliet (Jamdena), Tenimber, 1917 (Rev. D. van 
Roessel, M.S.C.). 

The latter specimen, although smaller, agrees fully with 
the other, only its colours being paler. I suppose it to be the 
form of the dry season (however, no date was indicated), 


Danaide. 


Danaida juventa kollert, subsp. n. 


Fore wing.—BStripe in cell quite developed in both sexes, 
separated from apical spot. Markings green, larger than in 
turneri, Butl., georgina, metaxa, eugenia, Frubst. ; those at 
each side of vein 1 separated completely or coalescent on 
outer half; postcellular and subapical spots rounder. 

Hind wing.—Black stripe in cell rudimentary, especially 
in §; circumeellular markings well developed, submarginal 
spots completely present, admarginal distinct in the single @ , 
reduced in one @, absent in the other @. 

2 3 3, Merauke, 1910 (Rev. J. Viegen), Okaba, 1911 (Rev. 
Fr. P. Vertenten); 1 2, Okaba, 1911 (Rev. Fr. P. Vertenten). 


182 Mr. G. Hulstaert on Lepidoptera from 


This race differs from D. 2. turnert in green cell-stripe of 
fore wing being completely developed in 2, and in black one 
of hind wing being rudimentary in both sexes ; from eugenia 
and metaza in cell-stripe of fore wing being separated from 
apical marking, from the former also by feeble cell-stripe of 
hind wing ; from georgina by rudimentary presence of this 
stripe in the larger markings of fore wing. 

Named after Mr. A. Koller, Conservator of the Entomo- 
logical Section at the Brussels Museum, as a mark of gratitude 
for his services. 


Euplea alecto rothschildiana, subsp. n. 


& . Above.—Dark black, white markings completely absent. 
Hind wing somewhat less darker ; sexual patch brownish, 
not extending into cell nor reaching vein 7. Distal margin 
paler, anal area broadly coffee-brown. 

Below.—Less dark than above. Fore wing lighter distally, 
still more so between veins 1 and 2. Discal spots absent. 
Hind wing: outer margin and anal area yellowish; four 
violet spots between veins 3 to 7 and one in cell. At base 
three white spots. 

1 g, Merauke, 1911 (Rev. Hr. P. Vertenten). 

Asa mark of gratitude towards Lord Walter Rothschild, 
who was so generous as to send me his important and beautiful 
publication on the Lepidoptera collected by the B.O.U. 
and Wollaston Expeditions in the Snow Mountains, I avail 
myself of this opportunity to name this race after him. 


Euplea batesi, Feld. Reis. Nov. ii., Lep. p. 331. 


ese OkabaelGiate 
Related to publilia and mimica, Fruhst. 


Euplea confusa, Butl. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1866, p. 283. 
Wie Okabe OM Ciepee ii whee chicntcm): 


Allied to zapudia and catana, Frulst. 


Huplea guerini violetta, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) 
XVI. p. 242. 


1 g,1 2, Okaba, 1911 (Rev. Hr. P. Vertenten). 


New Guinea, Ket, Tenimber, ke, 183 


Kuploa pumila jamesi, Butl. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1876, 
p- 766. 


Ba, © 2, Okaba, 1910, 1921 (Rev: J. Viegen). 


Satyride. 


Elymnias agondas, Boisd. Voy. Astr., Lép. p. 138, f. il. 
fio. 5. 

Rev. Fr. P. Vertenten has sent three ¢ ¢ captured at 
Okaba and Merauke, 1913. They resemble very much the 
form described by Mr. Fruhstorfer as melagondas. One 
specimen has no subapical lighter band on fore wings; in the 
two others it is present, but much reduced, one of them 
having the wings scarcely crenulate at the outer margins ; 
the ocelli of hind wings are situated on an orange back- 
eround also above, and the fore wing presents a blue ocellus 
(without circles) on vein 2 beneath near the outer margin. 


Amathusiide. 


Tenaris catops vaneecker, subsp. n. 


3. Near T. c. colarima, v. K. 

Above.—Fore wing: white costal streak distinct till beyond 
middle of margin. Border greyish brown, in cell as broad 
as in J. c. catops, Westw., behind cell passing on vein 6, 
between which and vein 7 it leaves a white space, irrorated 
with brownish grey at extremities; at apex more or less 
paler, between 7 and 6 at margin only with some squamee, 
disappearing completely behind 6. Vein 5 almost entirely, 
A partially, 3 at base, and median vein + irrorated with 
ereyish Growl: Hind wing: almost as in 7. c. mylccha, 
Westw. Yellow at base well marked, distal border almost 
disappearing, very narrow, disparse, only 1-2 mm. broad 
between veins 7-4, Ocelli of underside visible. 

Below.—Border almost as above, veins not irrorated with 
brown ; base of cell except on limits without irroration. 
Hind wine: costal border extending to 8, in basal half to 
subcostal ; terminal border as above, somewhat broader 
between 6-4. Base a little yellow. Ocelli well marked, 
outer circle narrow, diffusely limited. 

283, Merauke, 1911 (Rev. J. Viegen). 

Named after Mr. R. van Hecke, Couservator of the Museum 
at Leiden, who rendered me great services in my studies, 


184 Mr. G. Hulstaert on Lepidoptera from 


Tenaris rothschildt maneta, subsp. n. 


3d. Near T. r. merana, Fruhst. \ | 

Above.—Yore wing resembles much TJ. 7. rothschildi, Sin., 
forma pelagia, Fruhst. White costal streak not very distinct. 
Costal border greyish, scarcely broader at apex, disappearing 
about vein 6. Inner border brownish grey, extending to 
vein 3 or somewhat above, filling cell almost entirely. 
T'ermen between both borders completely white ; fringe grey 
when seen with the lens. Hind wing white, border greyish 
brown, very diffuse proximally, covering apical ocellus, then 
narrowing, disappearing almost completely at posterior ocellus, 
only touching it distally. Anal angle with very fine border, 
or broader but more slightly irrorated. Anal margin wath 
broader border. Submedian hairs long, white or very feebly 
yellow. Ocelli below visible, black centre of anal one present 
above. 

Below.—Fore wing as above, but colour darker grey. 
Hind wing: border not extending over vein 7, passing into 
black circle of ocellus; behind it narrower than in 7. 7. 
merana, disappearing about vein 3. Anal ocellus surrounded 
by white background. A grey spot opposite sexual 
marking. Below base of cell a little yellow. Ocelli equally © 
large, in two specimens as small as in T. r. rothschildi, in 
another as in J. r. ansuna, Fruhst.; yellow cirele rather 
pale, black one of posterior ocelli narrow. 

36h (one of them in coll. Fr. van de Velde, Louvain) ; 
ae ee, 1911 (Rev. J. Viegen). 


Nymphalide. 


Cethosia lamarcki elateia, Fruhst., Seitz, Grossschm. Erde, 
ix eo UZ: | 


Rev. Fr. J. Klerks, M.S.C., has sent from Tenimber 3 ¢ f 
captured at Oliliet (Jamdena), 1911, one having the inter- 
nerval strize quite developed, another showing only spurs of 
them between veins 7-5; the third is no longer in our 
collection. 


Mynes geoffroyt, Guér. Voy. Coq. t. xvi. 


1 ¢ (Okaba, 1911), allied to M. g. geoffroyi, Guér., and 
M. g. sestia, Frulst., but differing from both. As there is 
but a single 9, [ do not venture to separate it from them. 


New Guinea, Kei, Tenimber, &c. 185 


Hypolimnas alimena eremita, Butl. Ent. Month, Mag. xx, 
p- 06. 


2 9 9, Merauke (Rev. J. Viegen), one of them in coll. Fr, 
v. de Velde, Louvain. 


Hypolimnas misippus, Linn, Mus. Ludov. Ulr. p. 264. 


1g, Krawain (Jamdena), Tenimber, 1917 (R. D. van 
Roessel) ; 2 2 2 (one of them in coll. Fathers Jesuits, Lou- 
vain), Oliliet, T'enimber, 29. 11. 1912 (Rev. Fr. J. Klerks). 


Prothoé australis, Guér. Voy. Coq. t. xiv. bis, fig. 14. 
1 2, Merauke, 1909 (Rev. J. Viegen), resembling P. a. 


mafalda, forma adua, Frulst., but fore wing has, besides post- 
cellular spot, a row of three spots between veins 4-7, and 
spot above vein 2 is absent. 


Lycenide. 


Liphyra brassolis robusta, Feld. Reise Nov. Lep. ii.. p. 219. 
foal, t. xxvil. figs. 10; 11. 


1 g,1 9, Okaba, 1913 (Rev. Fr. P. Vertenten). 


Amatidez. 


Amata micantala, sp. n. 


Near A. arfakensis, Rothsch. 

3d. Head (except a biack line between antenne), patagia, 
metathorax, three spots on each side of thorax beneath, a spot 
on underside of fore tibiz yellow. Antenne feebly serrate, 
black. Thorax coloured like wings. Abdominal segments 
yellow, anal one completely, two preceding beneath, greyish 
black. Anal tuftsyellow. Rings between segments coloured 
like wings. Feet black, with bluish, violet, and purplish 
scales. Wings black, suffused with bluish. Fore wing with 
six hyaline spots: a square one below base of cell, a long one 
under vein 2, a triangular one at end of cell, oval ones above 
veins 3, 4, 6. Hind wing: one small hyaline spot above 
vein 2. 

?. Differs from ¢ in dark abdominal rings, thorax and 
wings being suffused with green. Only one abdominal seg- 
ment yellow above and black below. Spots on fore wing 


186 Mr. G. Hulstaert on Lepidoptera from 


rounder ; hind wing with a hyaline spot also below base of 
alll 
Hepanse.— § 32 mm., 2 36 mm. | 

1 S 2 captured in copulation, Okaba, January 1913 (Rev. 
Fr. P. Vertenten, M.S.C.). 


Arctiide. 


STENOCYTTARA, gen. nov. (Lithosiinarum). (Textefig. 2.) 


Sb. Proboscis present ; palpislight, porrect, reaching frons. 
Antenne slender, feebly serrate, with two rows of bristles 
and fasciculated cilia. General aspect and shape of fore 
wing asin Hugoa, Wkr. Cell very narrow, ending in one 
single acute angle, broadest at origin of vein 2—+. e., before 
middle ; 3 at 2, 4 in the middle between 3 and 5; 5 and 
stalk of 6, 7, 8, 9 from angle, 10 before it, 11 from cell at 
the same distance as 4, anastomosing with 12. Hind wing: 
cell regular, 2 at 2, 3 before angle, 4 from it, 5 above it, 6 
and 7 stalked, 8 from beyond middle of cell. 

Considering the unusual formation of the cell in fore wing, 
one would expect to find the cause of it in the presence of 
some sexual marking—however, I was unable to find anything 
in that line. 

Genotype, Sé. vittata, sp. n. 


Fore wing of Stenocyttara vittata, gen. et Spe t., o. 


Stenocyttara vittata, sp. n. 


g. White ; underside of antenne and their last 2, distal 
abdominal segments greyish brown. A spot on vertex, one 
on each half of patagia, on prothorax, and on tegule light 
brown. 

Fore wing white, with light brown markings—-viz., two 
basal spots at costa, one under base of cell ; a median band 


New Guinea, Kei, Tenimber, de. 187 


split below cell into two narrow lines, which become broader 
below vein 2; a spot at end of cell; a postcellular band of 
distally coalescent spots, of which the one between veins 2-3 
is twice as long (considered longitudinally) as the others ; 
four submarginal markings, subparallel to postcellular band. 
Fringe light brown. 

Hind wing white, above one apical light brown spot, below 
two such spots. 

Hepanse-—22 mm. 

1 g, Bacuag (prov. Surigao, E. Mindanao), Philippines, 
ix. 1909 (Rev. A. van Odik; M.S.C.). 


Chionema fulvia laudans, subsp. n. 


®?. Differs from C. f. fulvia, Linn., in black border of both 
wings being broader, on fore wing as broad as in f. fulvia 3, 
on hind wing still broader than in the latter, especially at 
apex and anal angle, where it is produced basally. 


1 2, Langgoer, Little Kei, 1909. 


PARAMSACTA, gen. nov. (Text-fig. 3.) 


Near Amsacta (Arctiina). 

6. Antenne short, serrate. Palpislender, short, obliquely 
bent down. Proboscis very minute. Hind tibiz with one 
pair of spurs. Thorax clothed with hair; abdomen only with 
scales. Shape of wings like Amsacta lineola, I. 


Fie. 3. 


= : 
Rs 


Fe 
Head of Paramsacta pura, gen. et sp. n. 


Venation.—l ore wing: areola absent; vein 2 from cell 
almost at 3, 4 from angle, 3 and 5 very close to it, equally 
distant ; 6 from upper angle or a little beneath it, or stalked ; 
7, 8, 9, 10 stalked. Hind wing: 2 from cell at 2, 3 and 4 
from angle, 0 just above it, 6 and 7 stalked, 8 from middle of 
cell. 

Genotype, P. pura, sp. n. 


Paramsacta pura, sp. n. 
S$. Palpi red, upper side and third joint completely black, 


188. Mr. G. Hulstaert on Lepidoptera from 


Face white; frons and vertex red.. Antenne internally 
black, externally white. Patagia, tegeulee, thorax, base of 
abdomen, and underside of whole body white. Fore side of 
anterior coxee (except a black spot) and femora, upper side 
of mid-femora red ; fore side of anterior and median tibiee, a 
spot at extremity of hind tibie, and partially tarsi brownish 
black; rest of feet white. Abdomen above (except anal 
segment) red, with a row of black markings dorsally and at 
sides. Wings brilliant white, costa of anterior pair crimson. 

Kepanse.—33-38 mm. 

2 3 3, Okaba, 1913 (Rev. Fr. P. Vertenten, M.S.C.). 


Argina cribraria, Cl. Icon. Ins. i. t. liv. 


Rev. Fr. P. Vertenten sent four specimens of this species, 
all of them being ? 9, captured at Okaba, 1913. Two are — 
typical; one has the spots of the first, second, and more or. 
less the third band coalescent on veins and folds of right fore 
wing. The fourth has the black spots much reduced, espe- 
cially on fore wing; two basal spots small, first transverse 
line developed, second indicated only by the costal spot, 
postdiscal line much reduced, spots almost completely 
disappearing. 

I propose to name this aberration aberr. deéersa, nov. 


Nyctemera inconstans, Butl. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1880, 
p. 672. 


1 9, Surigao (Mindanao), 26. vi. 1910 (Rey. A. v. Odik). 


Agaristida. 
Argyrolepidia goldiet similis, subsp. n. 

Allied to A. g. figurata, Jord. 

&. Palpi black, second joint yellow at base, with some 
white scales at apex. Anterior femora with yellow hairs. 
Intermedian and posterior feet naked. Patagia without 
white spot, only with bluish-white margin. Tegule with — 
white spot. Abdominal segments black, albo-marginate. 

Fore wing with blue basal and postdiscal spots, white cell- 
spot, transverse white band, broadest between veins 3-4. 
Hind wing: white patch with a blue shine, not reaching 
inner margin, incised on vein 2, but only beneath cut into 
two. Base below metallic blue. 

Kapanse.—43 mm. 


1 3, Merauke, 1912 (Rev, J. Viegen). 


New Guinea, Kei, Tenimber, §c. 189 


Noctuide. 


Huxoa vertentent, sp. n. 

g¢. Antennze bipectinate to 3, outer row with teeth more 
than half shorter than those of inner row. 

Fore wing resembles very much ZH. poliotis, Hmpsn. Basal 
and submedian line distinct, distally dentate, the latter almost 
disappearing below submedian fold, Costa between the two 
lines dark. Median third not darker than rest of wing. 
Claviform very indistinct ; orbicular round, white, with ae 
ring and centre ; renifor m black, with white and darker rng 
the space between it and costa ‘black. . Postmedian line et 
very distinct, with a darker shade basally and more or less 
distinct stripes on veins 2—d externally. Antemarginal line 
almost obsolete, with a not very distinct shade proximally ; 
a row of black submarginal points between veins. At costa 
black spots on origin of bands. Fringe uniformly brownish 

re 
Hina wing brilliant white, veins and termen slightly 
greyish. Fringe white. 

Hapanse.—32-36 mm. 

3 6 &, Okaba, 1913 (Rev. Fr. P. Venenicn M.S.C.). 


Sideridis diatrecta, Butl., aberr. aldata, nov. 


d. Fore wing whitish ochreous instead of ochreous 
brown. Hind wing lighter on veins and at termen. 


1g, Douglas Park, N.S.W., Australia, 1919 (Rev. G. 
Cody, M8. G.). 


Sideridis leucosta, Low., ab. vinosa, nov. 


6. Fore wing without dark irroration, white dot at lower 
end of cell, and transverse rows of points distinct; rest of 
wing uniform. 


1 g, Okaba, 1913 (Rev. Fr. BP. Vertenten). 


Calogramma festiva, Don. Epit. Ins. New Holl. 1805. 
1 9, Okaba, 1913 (Rev. Fr. P. Vertenten). 


Acontia transversa, Guen. Noct. ii. p. 211, pl. x. fig. 5. 


_ 1, Langgoer, Kei, 14.v.1909 ; 1 g, Oliliet, Tenimber, 
VS Nas 


Trigonodes hyppasta, Cr. Pap. Exot, iii. pl. ecl. E. 


96 6, Bacuag, 3.x. 1909 and 15. viii. 1909 (Rev. A. v. 
Odijh). 


190 On Lepidoptera from New Guinea, Kei, ke. 


Lymantriide. 


Dasychira grata, sp. ne ’ 


&. General shape and aspect resembling D. alboschistacea, 
Rothsch., and albiplaga, Swinh.; costa more arched towards 
apex. Anterior and intermedian feet brown, with darker 
spots. Palpi, head, and thorax grey. Antenne wood- 
brown, scape a little lighter. 

Fore wing greyish brown ; basal third yellowish grey; an 
almost straight brown basal line; at 4 of wing a feebly 
crenulate brown line, limited basally by a reddish-brown 
colour. On submedian fold, before subbasal line, a distinct 
dark brown lunule, opened basally. Costal half of median 
third schistaceous, discocellulars and a patch between veins 
4-6 yellowish grey; lower half grey, veins. schistaceous, 
distally limited by a yellowish-grey patch. Postmedial line 
dark brown, very distinct, originating at costa in a white 
patch, oblique till vein 6, sharply dentate distally on this . 
vein and on vein 4, then almost obsolescent, turning basally 
and limiting yellow patch below vein 3, thus almost disap- 
pearing. on this vein. Apical part white till vein 6; behind 
postmedian line a brown patch at costa above 7, and three 
between 6-3; a grey spot at tornus, not very distinct. Rest 
of external third schistaceous (except at termen); a row of 
subterminal dark brown spots, becoming larger and larger to 
vein 2. 

Hind wing buff-grey, almost white at base, darker at 
terinen. 

Underside of both wings without black lines or points cn 
discocellulars. 

Hapanse.—35 mm. 


1 g, Philippines, Mindanao (prov. Surigao). 


Leucoma submarginata, forma keiana, nov. 


g. White ; head (except a white spot on each side), palpi 
(except base beneath) brown. Antenne yellowish white, — 
scape pure white. Feet with black spots, and yellow claw- 
joints of tarsi. 

Fore wing completely and hind wing on anal part bright 
silvery. Costa of fore wing on fore side, and distally also 
above, narrowly ochreous. Sringes brownish grey. 

Hupanse.—33—39 mm. 

2 8 S, Satheén, Klein Kei, 18. ii. 1921 (Rev. P. van der 
Raad, M.S.C.). 


On Two new Termites from Uyanda. 191 


XVI.—Two new Termites from Uganda. By Curaupe 
Futter, Assist. Chief of Division of Entomology, Union 
of South Africa. 


Cubitermes ugandensis, sp. 1. 


Winged Imago. Above brown, below yellow-brown, pleural 
sclerites and cox pale brown, pleural sutures dark brown. 
Legs and antenne quite pallid. Wings hyaline, brownish ; 
R. dark brown; C. paler than R. and becoming pallid tow ard 
Wwing-tip. Head uniformly dark brown with: a pale tonta- 
nelle-spot and without distinct antennal spots; clypeus 
castaneous. Pronotuma tone paler than head, without mark- 
ings. Mesonotum and metanotum paler than pronotum, 
especially the sides, which are yellowish ; mesonotum with a 
small pale median spot on hind margin. Abdominal tergites 
uniformly coloured, the caudal series somewhat paler. 
Abdominal sternites darker laterally, genital plate of female 
with a pale anterior median field, which is bordered at the 
sides and behind by pale brown. 


Wings of Cubitermes ugandensis. 


Head glabrous, frons with a median depression, vertex 
flattened around a decided median ridge at fontanelle, this 
ridge may or may not be impressed along its length with 
an elongate depression; clypeus without a median groove ; 
antenne 16-jeinted, joint 11. minute, iv. much smaller than 
v., v. and vi. subequal and smaller than vii. Pronotum 
glabrous, subsemicircular, depressed behind, without median 
groove, hind margin somewhat wide and shallowly incurvate; 
meso- and metanotum with weakly curved sides, hind 
margins notched, points short and angular. Wings about 
four times as long as wide; venation of hind wing very 
characteristic, as M. exlnbits a series (5 to 6) of regularly 
spaced, strong, oblique offsets that extend towards R.; the 
first offset 1:5 to 3mm. from line of fracture ; in the fore- 
wing thcse offsets are either quite missing or, if present, 
fewer, longer, and further apart ; when missing, the vevation- 
scheme agrees with that described for C. fungifaber, Sjost. 


192 On Two new Termites from Uganda. 


Measurements: Males not plainly smaller than females, 
Body, with head bent, 7 to 7-5 mm., with wings about 15°5 ; 
fore wings, without stumps, 13°5 by 3°09 to 3:7 mm. 

Soldier. Large; head one-third longer than wide, elongate 
rectangular, sides almost parallel, tapering to mandibles, 
very faintly and slightly constricted near hind margin, 
dorsal profile incurvate behind frontal crest ; labrum yellow, 
with pale base and tips, relatively short and deeply forked, 
tips acuminate, diverging slightly, sides weakly undulate; 
antennee 15-jointed, joint 11. shorter than iv., and iv. shorter 
than v.; mandibles robust, as long as head is wide, reddish 
at base, the rest dense black. Pronotum with a short and 
wide prozona, which is indented in the middle; the cephalic 
edge is either straight with curved sides or faintly crenate. 

Measurements : Head height, 1:9 to 2mm. ; width, 2°3 to 
24mm.; length, 3°3 to 3°5 mm. ; 

Ueanna: Nkulukuku, 1921 (A. ZL. Duke) : 37 imagos, 
11 soldiers, many workers. 

Types, British Museum ; paratypes, Division of Entomo- 
logy, Pretoria. 

This species belongs to the fungifaber group. 


Termes (Odontotermes) kibarensis, sp. n. 


Soldier. Head reddish yellow, with small but distinct 
black eye-spots; body creamy yellow. Head flatly lenticular ; 
from above elongate-oval, narrowing plainly to cephalic 
margin; frontal area shallowly and broadly depressed in 
clypeal region, behind this slightly raised, with characteristic 
but faint sculpturing comprising a Y-shaped median carina, 
‘the arms of the Y directed forward and usually embracing 
a shallow round pit; here are several short fine grooves 
radiating forwards on each side of the carina; antenne 
17-jointed, joints ii. and v. short and narrow, v. somewhat 
longer than ii1., iv. about as large as vi. Mandibles black 
with reddish bases, short and robust, about half the head 
length ; step-like tooth of left with ledge at right angles to 
margin of apical, tooth of right with ledge sloping aE) 
from margin of apical. 

Measurements: Head with mandibles, 4°2 to 4:4mm. ; 
without, 2°9 to 3:1mm.; head width, 2°4 to 2°45 mm. ; 
mandibles, 1°4 to 1:5 mm. 

Ucanpa: Kibara, 1921 (H. L. Duke): 30 soldiers. 

Types, British Museum ; paratypes, Division of LE Lio 
logy, Pretoria. 

‘hese soldiers belong to the monodon-badius series and 
appear to stand near the minor soldier of fidens, Sjost. 


. Just Published 


i Medium 8vo, Pp, xxiii+479. 


+ incuding Ceylon and oe: 


PUBLISHED UNDER THE AUTHORITY OF THE 
"SECRETARY of STATE FOR INDIA IN COUNCIL. 


"BIRDS. Vol I. 


"SECOND EDITION. 


By 
E. C. STUART BAKER, 0.B.E., F.Z.S., &é. 


“With 8 Original Coloured Plates and numerous ‘Mlusteations in the 
| Text. Price 30s. 


ee F his Edition ts entirely rewritten. 


os ‘TAYLOR & FRANCIS, ‘Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, 
<5 | London, E.C, 4, 


Fo vahiins 
ae 


ae 


I. A Revision of the Clupeid Fishes of ee Mice Tlisha and allied . 


Gener. By J, R. NoaMan. 5: 89 we ee on.” 


II. Notes on Dragonflies from the Old World Islands of se) 
Thome, Rodriguez, Cocos-Keeling, and Loo i ace By Herperr _ 
gute taal ee nue rer ne a 8 ah eh : 

Il, A new Form of Inilothemis Limbata: from Ceylon (Ofonata), s 
“By Haunrer Cameron. 3.0.50.) - 


TV. Results of the Oxford University. Expedition to. Spitshergen, 


1921- No. 2a. “Hy menoptera -Parasitica : Ickineummonoidea, By 
Janes Wazensros, BT)., D.Se.- 05. 4.2.2 ea bees oe oe Le ae 


CONTENTS OF NUMBER 61,—Ninth Series, 


ake New Malachiid Beatles and further Notes. on the Distiibution eS eg 
‘and Synonymy of various other Species. from South and Hast: a toies Soha F 


[Coleoptera]. By G. C. Cairion, FASS. os oe oe - 


VI. A Revision of the Genera of the Family Lipavide, By Colbtel 
C. Swinnor, M.A%? FUIES., “F.Z.S.,) FS., Member of the Entomo- 


log ical Society of Franee ae of the Bombay Natural History Society. 


BB 


VIL. New or little-known Tipulide (Diptera), —XIIl. Austra: ; : 


lasian Species. By CHARLES P. Sp EEEAN DM, PhD.) fk. Be Amherst, 
Massachusetts, US Ai Soe SP Sy eS a os ee 


VIII. A Note on the Species: as a Gene- “opniplex: By Guy ¢, ; 


Ronson Mia oe ois a ee ee ee a ee 


7 


ia 


IX. Diptera (Orthorrhapha ae ee and Gytlctehapha ae ee 
Spitsbergen and Bear Island. Results of the Oxford University 


Expedition to Spitsbergen, 1921.—No. 22.» By J. K. Cort, RES, 1] 


X. New Sarcophagide from Asia, with Data relating to the due . 


Group. By R. R. Parner, Road Montana ' 5 2p ee ee: eS 


XI. A Revision. of the Old World Oyrtacanthacrini Ombeied: 
Agr ridide). __J. Introduction and Key to Genera. By B. P. Pio 
F.E.S., Assistant Entomologist, Imperial Bureau of Entomology . 


XIT. On the Voles collected by Mr. G. Forrest in Yunnan; with 
Remarks upon the Genera Hothenomys and Neodon and upon their 
Allies: “Ry Manern A. Co Tinton (320g eee eee we ee 


XIII. The Dental Formula of the Murida, with especial reference 
to the “ mp.4 Theory.” By Martin A. C. Hruvron eae ee re 


144 


162 
XIV. The Godman Ixplor ation Fund: List of Mammals from: < Shee 


North Queensland col'ected by Mr. T. V. Sherrin, By Oxprretp coal 


Tue RAS 52 eb ge ee Gk oS a a pana: ae ete = 
XY. On Lepitopecte from New Guinea, Kei, Tenimber, the Philip. 
pines, and Australia. By G. Hurstazer, M.S.C, (Heverlee, Louvain). 


XVL. Two new Termites from Uganda. By Craups sone 
Assist. Chief of Division of Entomology, Union of South Africa... 


es 


191 


*,* Itis requested that all Communications for this Work may be addressed, 
post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and ls Printing ee, 


Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London. 


.> See esaame . wis 
bevel Te” NINTH SERIES. No. 62. 


THE ANNALS 


“MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. 


INCLUDING 
ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, anp GEOLOGY. 


CONDUCTED BY 


SIR ARTHUR E. SHIPLEY, G.B.B., M.A., Sc.D., F.R.S., F.Z.8., 
ARTHUR SMITH WOODWARD, LL.D,, B-R:S;-P.S., F.GS,, 


GHORGE CHARLES CHAMPIONCAES., F.Z.85/F ES. 


. 


AND, 


RICHARD T. FRANCIE,F.283 M.B.QU1 


¥ 
BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE “ ANNALS * COMBINED WITH 
MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH's * MAGAZINE OF NALURAL HISTORY.” 
< hes peat & ; 
ae. 


LONDON: 
TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREETP. 


Sold by Bailliere, Paris! and Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin, 


SCIENTIF IC BOOKS| AND SERIALS. 


WHELDON & WESLEY, Ltd. have the largest stock in the country of sre: : f s 
in all Departments of Natural History and Science, also Transactions and J ournals ec 
of Learned Societies, etc., in sets, runs, and single volumes or target: : 


Libraries or small parcels purchased. 


_ SEPARATE CATALOGUES ON ALL § SUBJECTS 
T'wopence each, post free, S 


lo 3 & 4 ARTHUR STREET, NEW OXFORD STREET, LONDON, we. 21 


Telephone: Gerrard 1412, 


_Super-Roya 800, pp. VW, 296, With 4, Plates and 16 Text gues. : ae 
Price 12s. 6d. ee ett 


“4 CONTRIBUTION | 


PHYTOGEOG RAPHY j AND > ria 
“DUTCH NW. “NEW ‘GUINEA. 


L. 8. GIBBS, PLS. PRMS. 


ce TayLon AND ‘Vaancts, Red Lion Court, Fleet a 


THE FAUNA OF BRITISH INDIA 
(Uncluding Ceylon and Burma). peas: Re er rey 


"Published onan the author ity of the Secretary of State for India i in 1 Couneil. " ee 


“COLEOPTERA (CHRYSOMELID&), 
Medium 8vo0, with Teat Illustr ations. Proce 21s. es anaes 
MOLLUSCA (LAND OPERCULATES). _ 


With Two Plates and numerous Text Illustrations. : Price 35s. : cai 


‘TAYLOR & Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C. 4. - 


Rates for AalverticcinGare 3 in the Annals and — 
Magazine of Natural History. 


One Six Twelve 

; Insertion. Insertions. Insertions. 
PAGE os 2 os ee 380. 0 2416 0 cach BAO O each 
HALP-PAGE oe c= 1186 AO Oo a 6 
QUARTER-PAGE - 18 0 16) Bie eer ton- Oo, 
EIGHTH-PAGE & 10 O 9 0) pee 6.) 


VAs 
Net. 


All applications for space to be made to a 
Mr. H. A. COLLINS, 32 Birdhurst Road, Croydon, , 


THE ANNALS 


AND 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. 


[NINTH SIERLES. } 


No. 62.«FEBRUARY 1923. 


X VII.— New or little-known Tipulidee (Diptera).—XIV. Aus- 
tralasian Species. By CuHaruzs P. Atexanper, Ph.D., 
F.E.S., Amherst, Massachusetts, U.S.A. 


Tue crane-flies described in the present instalment are all 
from New Zealand, and were collected by Messrs. Campbell, 
Gourlay, Harris, Howes, Lindsay, Tapley, and Watt, to 
whom my sincere thanks are extended for the privilege of 
studying their extensive collections of Tipulide. The types 
are preserved in the writer’s collection. 


Dicranomyia mesta, sp. n. 


General coloration dark brown; wings relatively narrow, 
brown, the stigma darker brown; conspicuous pale areas 
before and beyond the stigma; male hypopygium with a 
group of about ten spines on the mid-apical line of the 
tergite. 

Male.—Length about 65 mm.; wing 8°7 mm. 

Rostrum and palpi dark brown. Antenne dark brown 
throughout ; flagellar segments oval. Head greyish brown. 

Pronotum, mesonotal prescutum, and scutal lobes 
uniformly dark brown, only the humeral region of the 
preescutum a very little paler; median area of scutum and 
the scutellum pale brown; postnotum dark brown. Pleura 
dark brown, with a sparse, appressed, microscopic pubescence. 

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. xi. 13 


194 Dr. C. P. Alexander on 


Halteres rather elongate, dark brown, the extreme base of 
the stem yellow. Legs with the coxz yellowish, the lateral 
faces slightly infuscated ; trochanters obscure yellow ; 
remainder of the legs black. Wings relatively narrow, 
brown, the stigma still darker brown, oval; conspicuous 
pale areas before and beyond the stigma; veins dark brown. 
Venation: Se short, Sc, ending just beyond the origin of 
Rs, Sc, a corresponding distance before this origin; basal 
deflection of Cu, before the fork of M. 

Abdomen dark brown. Male hypopygium with the 
pleurites grooved along the mesal face; ventral pleural 
appendage relatively small and slender, with a conspicuous 
lobule on the mesal face before mid-length, the apex and 
this lobule terminating in powerful spinous sete ; dorsal 
pleural appendage a powerful, almost straight, chitinized 
rod, only the apex gently curved. Gonapophyses with the 
mesal apical angles produced into a slender blackened lobe, 
the lateral margin of which is microscopically denticulate or 
crenulate. A close group of about ten powerful spines on 
the mid-caudal line of the tergite. 

Hab. New Zealand (North Island). 

Holotype, 3, Ohakune, altitude 2060 feet, February 8, 
1922 (7. R. Harris). 


Dicranomyia torrens, sp. n. 


Male.—Length 7:5-7°8 mm. ; wing 10°8-11 mm. 

Female.—Length 7 mm.; wing 10 mm. 

Generally similar to D. fasciata, Hutton, differing as 
follows :— 

Halteres unusually long and slender, the stem pale except 
at the distal end. Legs with the apices of the femora dis- 
tinctly pale. Wings with the stigma larger; dark colour in 
the anal cells occupying all of the cells; spot at origin of 
Rs not attaming vein M. Venation: a supernumerary 
cross-vein in cell Sc,, the tip of R, being atrophied immedi- 
ately beyond r. Male hypopygium with the mesal face of 
each pleurite produced caudad and mesad into a long con- 
spicuous lobe. Ventral pleural appendage broad at base, 
narrowed apically; dorsal pleural appendage gently curved 
to the acute apex, not strongly bent near mid-length as in 
fasciata. Gonapophyses pale, the mesal apical angle pro- 
duced caudad into a long-slender lobe. Face of penis- 
guard with two convergent rows of powerful bristles at 
base. Ovipositor with the valves dark reddish horn-colour, 
the acute tips of the tergal valves slightly curved. 


new or lttle-known Tipulide. 195 


Hab. New Zealand (North Island). 

Holotype, 8, Ohakune, altitude 2060 feet, November 18, 
1921 (7. R. Harris). 

Allotopotype, 2. 

Paratopotypes, 30 6 2; 1 additional g¢, November 20, 
192). 

‘“‘ Hanging around a water fall.” 


Dicranomyia heteracantha, sp. n. 


Male.—Length about 4°3 mm. ; wing 4°5 mm. 

Related to D. seducta, Alexander, differing as follows :— 

Size smaller. Mesonotal przscutum brownish yellow, 
with a broad, median, dark brown stripe, the lateral margins 
of the sclerite being broadly pale (in seducta the disk is 
largely covered by the three confluent stripes) ; scutal lobes 
slightly darkened ; remainder of the mesonotum obscure 
yellow. Pleura pale brownish yellow. Wings with the 
stigma very pale brown, subcircular in outline. Venation 
with /’s more arcuated ; cell lst M, broader. Male hypo- 
pygium with the spines on the rostrum heteromorphous as 
in seducta. The more distal spine arises from a very elongate 
base, this base much longer than the rostrum beyond it and 
nearly as long as the proximal spine itself; the distal spine 
is about one-half longer than its base and very slender. 

Hab. New Zealand (North Island). 

Holotype, §, Ohakune, altitude 2060 feet, January 28, 
1922 (7. R. Harris). 


Molophilus howesi, sp. n. 


General coloration brown, the postnotum and pleura dark 
brown; antenne moderately elongate; halteres yellow; wings 
with a strong brown suffusion ; anal veins convergent ; male 
hypopygium with the pleural appendages terminal in 
position, 

Male.—Length about 3°8 mm.; wing 4°4 mm. 

Rostrum and palpi dark brown. Antenne black, the 
second segment light yellowish brown ; antennal flagellum, 
if bent backward, extending about to the halteres, dark 
brownish black. Head dark brown. 

Pronotum dark brownish black. Mesonotum uniformly 
brown, the prescutum a little brighter than the scutal lobes, 
the humeral region and lateral margins obscure yellow ; 
scutellum and postnotum dark brown. Pleura dark brown. 
Halteres yellow. Legs with the cox and _ trochanters 

13* 


196 Dr. C. P. Alexander on 


obscure yellow, contrasting with the dark pleura; remainder 
of the legs broken. Wings with a dark brown tinge, the 
base and costal region a little brighter ; veins darker brown, 
with conspicuous macrotrichie. Wenation: basal deflection 
of Cu, about one-third longer than the deflection of M; ; 
anal veins convergent. 

Abdomen dark brown. Male hypopygium with the 
appendages terminal in position as in M. terminans and 
allies ; a deep slit on mesal face of each pleurite to receive 
the appendages ; lateral pleural appendage strongly curved 
near two-thirds the length, the apex acute, the angle of 
curvature filled with a pale membrane; mesal appendage 
about equal in length but not so stout, slender on basal 
third, the remainder a little dilated, the surface with tiny 
appressed denticles. 

Hab. New Zealand (North Island). 

Holotype,  , Wainuiomata, near Wellington, February 3, 
1922 (Geo. Howes). 

Paratype, 2 , Taumarunui, October 1, 1922 (7. R. Harris). 

This species is named in honour of the collector, Mr. W. 
George Howes, to whom I am very greatly indebted for 
invaluable material. 


Molophilus irregularis, sp. n. 


General coloration shiny orange-yellow; wings with a 
strong yellow tinge; male hypopygium with the basal 
pleural appendage profoundly bifid, the lateral arm a strongly 
curved spine. 

Male.—Length about 3°38 mm.; wing 4°7 mm. 

Rostrum obscure yellow; palpi brown. Antenne of 
moderate length; scapal segments obscure yellow, the 
flagellum pale brown. Head yellow. 

Mesonotum shiny orange-yellow, unmarked. Pleura 
yellowish testaceous. Halteres yellow. Legs with the 
coxee and trochanters yellow ; remainder of the legs broken. 
Wings with a strong yellowish tinge, more intense at the 
base, in the costal region, and along vein Cu; veins yellow, 
with brown macrotrichiz. Venation: A,,; and deflection 
of R; subequal; vein 2nd A elongate, sinuous. 

Abdomen reddish yellow. Male hypopygium very 
different in structure from any similar species. Apex of 
each pleurite produced caudad into a cylindrical lobe, the 
apex terminating in a small chitinized spine, the surface 
covered with microscopic black hooks which group to form 
two distinct crests, along the lateral and dorsal margin of 


new or little-known Tipulide. 197 


each lobe. Pleural appendages two, the more distal a com- 
plex arm shaped somewhat as in M. quadrifidus, the dilated 
head with dense areas of erect spinule ; basal appendage 
profoundly bifid, forking immediately beyond the base; 
lateral arm a chitinized spine that is broad-based, soon nar- 
rowed into a strongly curved, acicular point directed caudad 
and finally mesad ; mesal arm a powerful spear-like arm or 
blade, dilated just before the apex, which ends in an acute 
straight point. 

Hab. New Zealand (North Island). 

Holotype, 3, Mt. Ruapehu, altitude 4500 feet, February 27, 
1922 (T. R. Harris). 


Molophilus tanypus coloratus, subsp. n. 


Female.—Length 5 mm.; wing 6 mm. 

Differs from typical M. tanypus, Alexander, as follows :— 

Size larger. Mesonotum darker. A dark brown pleural 
stripe extending across the mesepisternum and mesepimeron 
beneath the wing-root. Femora yellowish brown, the tips 
conspicuously dark brown ; incisures between the femora 
and tibize not conspicuously pale. Waingswhitish subhyaline, 
extensively clouded with brown, the coloration being on the 
membrane itself ; the chief brown areas are at the base of 
Rs, including cells C and Sc; atthe stigma, continued along 
the cord ; all veins beyond the cord, with the exception of 
M,.2, with conspicuous brown seams near their distal ends ; 
conspicuous seams along the basal deflection of Cu, and Ms;, 
along Cu, and near the base and tip of vein 2nd A, the base, 
centre, and apex of cell 2nd A being pale. A series of 
brown dashes on the lateral margins of the abdominal 
tergites. 

Hab. New Zealand (North Island). 

Holotype, 9, Ohakune, altitude 2060 feet, July 1921 
(T. Rk. Harris), The type is preserved in alcohol. 


- Rhabdomastix (Sacandaga) trichiata, sp. n. 


Female.—Length about 5°8 mm. ; wing 7:2 mm. 

Generally similar to R. neozelandia, Alexander, differing 
as follows :— 

Mesonotum shiny dark brown, with a thin yellowish- 
brown pollinosity, so that the surface appears subshiny, 
without stripes. Pleura less heavily pruinose. Femoral 
bases only narrowly pale. Wings distinctly tinged with 
brown, the stigma distinct ; brown suffusions along the cord 
and vein Cu ; other longitudinal veins less distinctly seamed 


198 Dr. C. P. Alexander on 


with brown. Venation: Sc long, ending about opposite 
two-thirds the length of Rs, Se, atrophied ; tip of R, about 
its own length from the tip of R, ; m and the outer deflection 
of M, subequal. Macrotrichie of wing-veins unusually 
heavy, occupying the entire length of veins R,,3; and fs, 
R,,3; having about ten sete; three setigerous punctures 
on the distal fifth of the sector. Abdomen uniformly dark 
brown, the valves of the ovipositor dark. 

Hab. New Zealand (North Island). 

Holotype, ?, Ohakune, altitude 2060 feet, February 8 
1922 (f. R. Harris). 


Rhabdomastix (Sacandaga) callosa, sp. n. 


Male.— Wing 4°5 

Generally similar a) otagana, Alexander, differing as 
follows :— 

Size larger. Head grey. Mesonotal prescutum and 
scutal lobes greyish yellow, with four indistinct brown 
stripes; on the mesal cephalic portion of each scutal lobe 
an oval shiny area bearing two long setz. Pleura with 
more extensive dark areas on the mesepisternum and sides of 
the sternum, Wings with R; much shorter, cells Ry and R; 
being nearly equal along the costal margin (in otagana, cell 
R, is one-half longer than R,). Macrotrichiz on the veins 
more numerous, there being about ten on 3, extending 
almost to the fork of A.,3; on the medial veins, the macro- 
trichiz extend farther basad than in otagana; Cu, with 
about three macrotrichiz, none on the distal third of the 
vein. Abdomen broken. 

Hab. New Zealand (South Island). 

Holotype, 3, Otago (Geo. Howes). 


Orolimnophila connexa, sp. n. 


Female.—Length 8:5 mm, ; wing 9°5 mm. 

Related to O. eluta, Edwards, from which it differs as 
follows :— 

Coloration of the thoracic prescutum reddish brown, the 
pleura and postnotum dark brown. Wings more greyish, 
with clearly-defined brown veins. Venation: R, fused dis- 
tally for a short distance with R,; m from one-half to two- 
thirds the outer deflection of M;. Macrotrichiz on M and 
Sc very sparse and scattered, practically confined to the 
region distad of the origin of Rs ; ; &, more transverse in 
position and with but one or two macrotrichie. Abdomen 


new or little-known Tipulide. 199 


dark brown. Ovipositor with the valves, especially the 
tergal valves, shorter and stouter. 

Hab. New Zealand (North Island). 

Holotype, & alcoholic, Ohakune, altitude 2060 feet, July 
1921 (7. R. Harris). 


Orolimnophila eluta flavida, subsp. n. 


Female.—Length 9 mm. ; wing 9°3 mm. 

Similar to O, eluta, Edwards, from which it differs as 
follows :— | 

Head ochreous, darker medially. Wings with a clear 
light yellow tinge, the veins slightly darker yellow. 
Venation: Sc. farther removed from the tip of Sc, ; Rs 
arcuated at origin ; R, oblique, close to, but separate from, 
R, at the margin; cell lst M, very small, almost square, 
tending to be open by the atrophy of the outer deflection of 
M,; basal deflection of Cu, longer. Conspicuous macro- 
trichiz on Sc almost to the base; R, with a single macro- 
trichia, situated on the basal half. Abdominal tergites 
concolorous with the ochreous thorax, the sternites a very 
little darker. Ovipositor with the tergal valves long and 
slender. 

Hab. New Zealand (South Island). 

Holotype, 2, Mt. Grey, Canterbury, altitude 1200-1500 
feet, November 27, 1921 (J. W. Campbell and Stuart Lind- 


say). 


Limnophila subtruncata, sp. n. 


Male.—Length about 5 mm.; wing 6°3 mm. 

Female.—Length about 7 mm.; wing 8°3 mm. 

Generally similar to L. truncata, Alexander, differing as 
follows :— 

Size smaller. Wings with the brown pattern a little less 
extensive. Venation: Rs angulate at origin; 7 less than its 
own length from the tip of R,; basal deflection of Cu, 
about two-thirds its length beyond the fork of W/. Male 
hypopygium with the pleurites simple, the mesal apical 
angle not produced as in truncata; outer pleural appendage 
blackened, the apex very obtusely rounded to subtruncate ; 
inner pleural appendage with the base enlarged, the more 
slender apex weakly sigmoid in shape. Gonapophyses 
appearing as two slender fleshy lobes that lie parallel, one on 
either side of the comparatively small penis-guard, their 
surface setiferous. 


200 Dr. C. P. Alexander on 


Hab. New Zealand (North Island). 

Holotype, 8, Ohakune, altitude 2060 feet, January 18, 
1922 (7. R. Harris). | 

Allotype, ¢, Ruapehu, between Ohakune and Camp, 
February 26, 1922 (T. R. Harris). 


Limnophila otagensis, sp. n. 


Allied to L. cinereipleura ; wing of male over 6 mm.; 
mesonotum and pleura brown; basal deflection of Cu, 
beyond the fork of M. 

Male.—ULength 5 mm.; wing 6°2 mm. 

Most closely related to the smaller ZL. cineretpleura, Alex. 

Rostrum and palpi dark brown. Antenne brownish 
black, short, with conspicuous verticils. Head greyish 
brown, clearer grey on the anterior part of the vertex. 
Mesonotum brown with a sparse brownish-yellow pollen, the 
preescutum with indistinct darker stripes. Pleura brownish 
testaceous, with no distinct tinge of grey, but with a slight 
indication of a darker longitudinal stripe. Halteres yellow. 
Legs with the cox and trochanters brownish yellow ; 
remainder of the legs brown, the terminal tarsal segments 
black. Wings similar in colour to those of L. cinereipleura ; 
cell M, larger ; basal deflection of Cu, beyond the fork of 
M a distance approximately equal to one-third its length. 
Male hypopygium with the outer pleural appendage only a 
little longer than the inner appendage, unarmed. Gonapo- 
physes appearing as very strongly curved horns, as in this 
group of species ; penis-guard with the shoulders rounded. 

Hab. New Zealand (South Island). 

Holotype, 3, Queenstown, Otago, December 26, 1921 
(G. Howes). 

Paratopotype, 1 8, with the type; 1 ¢, January 4, 1922. 


Limnophila angusta, sp. n. 


Male.— Length about 4 mm.; wing 4°8 mm. 

Related to L. cinereipleura, Alexander, and ZL. deviata, 
Alexander, differing as follows :— . 

Wings very narrow, pale brownish yellow, the stigma 
almost lacking. Venation: 7 faint, on A, about its own 
length beyond the fork of R,,3, and consequently far 
removed from the tip of R,; R, beyond r straight, R, 
diverging from it, so cell R, at the wine-margin is much 
wider than cell 2nd R,; ; cell M4, small; all the cells of the 
Wing are conspicuously narrowed, due to the shape of the 


new or little-known Tipulide. 201 


wing. Male hypopygium with the outer pleural appendage 
simple and acutely pointed at apex. 

The body of the type is injured, so the coloration cannot 
be described with accuracy. 

Hab. New Zealand (South Island). 

Holotype, 8, Purau, Banks Peninsula, February 19, 1922 
- (J. W. Campbell). 


Limnophila (Metalimnophila) producta banksiana, subsp. n. 


Male.—Length about 5 mm.; wing 5°5 mm. 

Related to typical producta, Alex., differing chiefly in 
slight differences in the venation and structure of the 
hypopygium. 

Wings with a faint brown cloud atr—m. Venation : r very 
faint; Sc, at tip of Sc, and only about one-half longer than 
it; cell lst M, relatively small with the basal deflection of 
Cu, just beyond mid-length. Male hypopygium with the 
apical angles of the pleurites produced caudad and mesad 
into long slender arms as in producta; outer pleural 
appendage with a small circular apical notch, the lateral 
arm thus formed narrow and subacute at apex ; inner pleural 
appendage with the pale apex long and slender, bent mesad 
at a right angle to the remainder of the appendage. 

Hab. New Zealand (South Island). 

Holotype, 8, Mount Fitzgerald, Banks Peninsula, altitude 
1500 feet, January 24, 1922 (H. &. Gourlay). 


Macromastix flavidipennis, sp. n. 


General coloration yellow, the preescutum with three pale 
brown stripes; vertical tubercle fulvous; wings tinged with 
yellow, the cells beyond the cord faintly infuscated ; abdo- 
minal tergites dark brown, the bases obscure orange 
laterally. 

Female.—Length about 11 mm.; wing 18°3 mm. 

Frontal prolongation of the head elongate, brown; nasus 
lacking ; palpi brown. Antenne short, the scape pale testa- 
ceous yellow ; flagellum brown. Head brown with a capil- 
lary dark brown line, the orbits broadly yellowish, deepening 
into fulvous on the low vertical tubercle. 

Pronotum pale brownish yellow. Mesonotal prescutum 
yellow with three conspicuous but pale brown stripes, the 
median stripe split anteriorly by a capillary dark brown 
vitta ; a narrow U-shaped dark mark on the cephalic margin 
of the prescutum; scutal lobes concolorous with the 
preescutal stripes, the median area paler; median lobe of 


202 Dr. C. P. Alexander on 


scutellum obscure vellow; postnotum darker brown, paler 
caudally and laterally. Pleura testaceous yellow, clearer 
yellow posteriorly. Halteres pale brownish yellow, the 
knobs darker. Legs with the coxz concolorous with the 
pleura ; trochanters testaceous, tinged with green ; remainder 
of the legs dark brown, the femoral bases pale. Wings with 
a strong yellowish and brownish tinge, the stigma oval, dark 
brown; cell Sc dark brown, the base and narrow apex 
yellowish; the wing-base and cells C, &, M, 1st FR, and R, 
are tinged with yellow; cells R;, outer end of R3, Ist M,, 
M,, 2nd M,, M,, and Cu, are slightly more infuscated ; cells 
Cu and the anal cells greyish yellow to subhyaline; very 
small obliterative areas before and beyond the stigma and in 
the base of cell lst M,; veins brown, more yellowish at the 
wing-base. Venation: cell 2nd R, short and broad ; petiole 
of cell M, about two-thirds m3; m-—cu distinct; cell 2nd A 
broad. 

Abdomen dark brown, the sides of the basal tergite yellow ; 
remaining tergites dark brown, the basal lateral angles 
broadly obscure orange ; sternites yellowish. 

Hab. New Zealand (North Island). 

Holotype, ¢, Ohakune, altitude 2060 feet, January 28, 
1922 (T. R. Harris). 


Macromastix albiplagia, sp. n. 


General coloration pale brownish testaceous; antennz of 
g moderately elongate; mesonotal prazscutum with four 
brown stripes, the intermediate pair more or less confluent ; 
wings greyish, the costal region brown; cells R and M 
brown, variegated with white blotches; a very conspicuous 
white area before the cord. 

Male.—Length 10-11 mm.; wing 12-13°5 mm. 

Female.—Length 10-12 mm.; wing 13-16°5 mm. 

Frontal prolongation of the head pale brown, more 
yellowish basally ; nasus elongate, simple ; palpi dark brown. 
Antenne of male moderately elongate, if bent backward 
extending nearly to the base of the abdomen ; scape and 
basal two or three segments of flagellum obscure yellow, 
the remainder passing into brown. Head ochreous to pale 
brown, paler on the orbits. 

Mesonotal prescutum buff or greyish buff with four dark 
brown stripes, the intermediate pair rather narrowly sepa- 
rated or confluent posteriorly ; scutal lobes dark; remainder 
of mesonotum pale brownish testaceous, the sides of the 


new or little-known Tipulide. 203 


median sclerite of the postnotum darker; thoracic setz 
comparatively short. Pleura pale testaceous, the mes- 
episternum sometimes indistinctly variegated with brown. 
Halteres pale, the knobs infuscated except at the extreme 
tips. Legs with the coxe and trochanters brownish yellow ; 
femora pale brown, the tips narrowly but conspicuously 
blackened ; tibize pale brown, the tips narrowly dark brown ; 
metatarsi pale brown, the tips and remainder of the tarsi 
black. Wings strongly tinged with grey; cells C and Sc 
bright brown; cell lst C pale; the wing-base and cells 
Rand M infuscated ; a brown cloud on the distal side of 
r-m; stigma still darker brown; anal cells subhyaline, 
especially on the basal third; a conspicuous white blotch 
near the middle of cell M, extending shghtly into cell R; a 
second very conspicuous white blotch before the stigma, 
occupying cell lst R,, the outer ends of R and M, and the 
bases of cells lst M, and My, narrowly interrupted along Rs ; 
a small obliterative area beyond the stigma; veins dark 
brown. Venation: distal section of vein R, in alignment 
with the basal section, short ; cell 2nd R, with parallel sides. 

Abdomen with the basal tergite and broad lateral margins 
of the second segment obscure yellow; medial line and 
caudal margin of second tergite black ; remaining tergites 
brown, the terminal segments darker ; basal sternites yellow, 
the terminal segments darker. In the female the basal 
tergites in cases show indications of median and sublateral 
brown stripes. Pleural appendages of male hypopygium 
trispinous. 

Hab. New Zealand (North Island). 

Holotype, 3, Ohakune, altitude 2060 feet, January 18, 
1922 (T. R. Harris). 

Allotopotype, ?, February 9, 1922. 

Paratopotypes, 40 § ¢, January 18—February 14, 1922. 


Macromastiz albiplagia obliterata, subsp. n. 


Male.—Length 9-10 mm. ; wing 12-13 mm. 

Female.—Length 12-13 mm. ; wing 14-16 mm. 

Generally similar to typical albiplagia, differing as 
follows :— 

Antennal flagellum entirely brownish black. A linear 
dark brown mark on vertex. Preescutal stripes sometimes 
subobsolete, pale reddish brown, in other cases the lateral 
stripes darker than the median stripe. Wings with cells 
R and M not conspicuously darkened basally and not 


204 Dr. C. P. Alexander on 


variegated with white; bases of anal cells not pale ; obliter- 
ative areas before the stigma and cord, and beyond the 
stigma, very small, almost obliterated. 

Hab. New Zealand (North Island). 4 

Holotype, &, Ohakune, altitude 2060 feet, February 16, 
1922 (T. R. Harris). 

A llotopotype, 2. 

Paratopotypes, 40 g 2, February 9-16, 1922. 

The general appearance of this fly is very different from 
that of typical albiplagia, but the structure of the antenna 
and hypopygium is so similar that it seems best to consider 
the present fly as a subspecies. 


Macromastix ohakunensis, sp. nu. 


General coloration grey, the preescutum with four black 
stripes; antennze short, the scape yellow, the flagellum black ; 
wings petiolate, tinged with brown ; cell Sc and the stigma 
darker brown ; cell 2nd A narrow; abdominal tergites dark 
brown, segments 1 to 5 obscure yellow sublaterally. 

Female.—Length 7:2 mm.; wing 10 mm. 

Frontal prolongation of the head elongate, obscure yellow, 

the ventral surface more infuscated ; palpi dark brown ; 
nasus elongate. Antenne short; scape light yellow, 
flagellum black. Head greyish brown, the orbits broadly 
ochreous. 
_ Mesonotal prescutum grey with four black stripes, the 
intermediate pair narrowly separated; scutum brownish 
testaceous, each lobe with two black areas, the more caudal 
the larger ; scutellum with the median lobe obscure brownish 
yellow, the lateral areas blackened; postnotum brownish 
testaceous, the caudal margin with two large eircular black 
spots. Thoracic setze not conspicuous. Pleura light grey, 
the dorso-pleural membrane more yellowish. Halteres 
dark brown, the base of the stem yellow. Legs with the 
cox pruinose, especially the mid-coxz ; trochanters obscure 
yellow ; femora and tibiz obscure yellow, the tips narrowly 
dark brown; tarsi elongate, darkened apically. Wings 
petiolate, tinged with brown, the stigma and cell Se dark 
brown, cell C a little paler ; stigma completely filling cells 
Sc, and 2nd &,3; veins dark brown. Venation: basal 
section of R, short, in alignment with the distal section ; 
r provided with abundant macrotrichie ; cell Cu, deep; 
petiole of cell 1, about two and a half times m ; cell 2nd A 
very narrow. 

Abdominal tergites dark brown ; segments 1 to 5 broadly 


new or little-known Tipulide. 205 


obscure yellow sublaterally, the extreme lateral margins of 
the segments ochreous ; sternites obscure yellow, the caudal 
margin of the segments narrowly infuscated ; subterminal 
segments and ovipositor dark brown. 

Hab. New Zealand (North Island). 

eS ? ,Ohakune, altitude 2060 feet, December 25, 

G2 (Cr. R . Harris). 


Macromastiz minutissima, sp. n. 


Size very smail (wing under 8mm.) ; general coloration 
light grey ; anteune short in both sexes. 

Male.— Length 5°8-7°3 mm.; wing 7°2-7°4 mm. 

Female —Length 62 mm. ; wing 7°5 mm. 

Frontal prolongation of the head ochreous; nasus very 
short, the apex obtuse. Antenne short in both sexes; scape 
obscure yellow, sparsely pruinose ; flagellum dark brown ; 
flagellar segments short. Head obscure grey, clearer on the 
orbits and gene. 

Mesonotal prescutum light grey, with four dark grey 
stripes; scutal lobes dark; remainder of the mesonotum 
very light grey ; thoracic sete relatively short, pale. Pleura 
pale, mesepisternum and sternum grey, separated by a 
narrow, pale, longitudinal stripe ; posterior pleurites almost 
whitish; pleurites covered with a microscopic, appressed, 
woolly pubescence. Halteres obscure yellow, the base of 
the knobs infuseated. Legs with the coxe whitish yellow ; 
trochanters obscure yellow ; remainder of the legs brown, 
the femora and tibiz broadly paler basally ; legs relatively 
short and stout. Wings subhyaline; stigma pale; veins 
brown ; all veins caudad of the radial field very. delicate. 
Venation : Rs a little shorter than R,,3; cell lst J/, strongly 
narrowed distally; petiole of cell AM, about 2°5 times m; 
basal deflection of Cu, beyond the fork of M, the distance 
about equal to or less than r—m; cell 2nd A narrow. 

Abdominal tergites grey, the lateral margins broadly 
ochreous ; sternites grey, the lateral and caudal margins 
ochreous ; in the female the abdomen is more uniformly 
ochreous. Hypopygium ochreous, of very simple structure, 
the ninth tergite unarmed. | 

Hab. New Zealand (South Island). 

Holotype, § ,Mt. Ida, Otago, altitude 4000 feet, February 20, 
1921 (Geo. Howes). 

Allotopotype, 2 , with the type. 

Paratopotypes,3 3 $, with the type; 1 g at 4500 feet : 
1 ¢ at 5000 feet, February 19, 1922 

This is the smallest species of Macromastix yet discovered. 


206 Dr. C. P. Alexander on 


Macromastix« tapleyi, sp. n. 

Size small; antennz short in both sexes; mesonotal 
prescutum brownish yellow with three plumbeous-brown 
stripes ; thoracic setee microscopic ; wings fully developed 
in both sexes, faintly infuscated ; cell 2nd A narrow ; abde- 
men pale brown. 

Male.—Length 7-8°5 mm. ; wing 9-10 mm. 

Female.—Length 8°5 mm.; wing 9-10°2 mm. 

Frontal prolongation of the head yellow, darker laterally ; 
labellze green ; palpi dark brown ; nasus conspicuous, entire. 
Antennze short; scape yellow; flagellum black, the basal 
segment brown; basal flagellar segment pyriform ; segments 
beyond the second flagellar elongate-cylindrical. Head pale 
brown, yellowish pollinose. 

Pronotum greenish ochreous. Mesonotal prescutum 
brownish ochreous with three plumbeous to dark brown 
stripes that are rather ill-defined ; lateral margins of the 
sclerites greenish; interspaces more or less infuscated ; 
scutal lobes plumbeous brown; scutellum light green or 
ochreous ; postnotum brownish green or ochreous, darker 
posteriorly. Mesonotum with microscopic black setz on the 
interspaces. Pleura buffy with tints of green. Halteres 
pale, the knobs greenish brown. Legs with the coxe and 
trochanters concolorous with the pleura; remainder of the 
legs brown, the tips of the tibiz narrowly darkened, the 
long slender tarsi brownish black. Wings fully developed 
in both sexes, with a faint brown tinge; cell Se a little 
darker; stigma oval, pale brown; veins dark brown. 
Venation : petiole of cell My, a little longer than m ; m—cu 
present ; cell 2nd A narrow, in the female a little more 
widened distally. 

Abdomen pale brown with greenish tints, especially 
basally; im some specimens the caudal margins of the 
tergites are narrowly darker brown. Male hypopygium 
light green; ninth tergite with a V-shaped notch, the 
surface densely set with microscopic black pegs. Ovipositor 
with the tergites having a V-shaped median apical notch ; 
apical angles of each half of sternum produced into a 
slender curved spine. 

Hab. New Zealand (South Island). 

Holotype, 8, Governor’s Bay, Canterbury, altitude eu feet, 
February 24, 1922 (J. F. Tapley). 

Allotopotype, Of. 

Paratopotypes, 28 82, January 24—March 1, 1922 
(J. F. Tapley) ; paratypes, 1 9, Lyttelton, February 2, 1922 


new or little-known Tipulide. 207 


(J. W. Campbell) ; Mt. Ida, Otago, February 20, 1922, 
6 of at 4000 feet; 8 J 2 at 4500 feet; 2 go at 5000 feet 
(Geo. Howes). 

The green tints above described presumably fade into 
ochreous in old specimens. ‘The species is named in honour 
of the collector of the type-specimen, Mr. J. F. Tapley. 


Macromastiz campbelli, sp. nu. 


General coloration light green, the preescutum with three 
orange-fulvous stripes; wings faintly infuscated ; thoracic 
setze microscopic ; ovipositor with the tergal valves separated 
by a profound notch. 

Female.—Length about 9°2 mm. ; wing 11°7 mm. 

Frontal prolongation of the head yellow, darker laterally ; 
palpi brown basally, passing into black. Antenne short, 
the scape greenish yellow, the first flagellar segment brown, 
the remainder of the organ black. Head pale brown, 
whitened on the anterior part of the vertex ; no apparent 
vertical tubercle. 

Pronotum light green. Mesonotal prescutum light green 
with three orange-fulvous stripes ; scutum green, each lobe 
with a conspicuous orange-fulvous area ; remainder of meso- 
notum light green. Thoracic sete sparse and microscopic. 
Pleura greenish, testaceous. Halteres brown. Legs with 
the cox and trochanters pale, tinged with green ; femora 
pale brown ; tibiee brown, the tips narrowly darkened; tarsi 
dark brown. Wings with a faint brown tinge; cell Sc and 
the stigma darker brown; veins dark brown. Venation : 
as in M. tapley. 

Abdomen pale brown, the segments more or less tinged 
with green, especially the basal tergites ; terminal segments 
darkened. Ovipositor very different in structure from that 
of M. tapleyi, the valves of the tergite separate, the incision 
between the valves so deep that it extends beneath the caudal 
margin of the eighth tergite; sternites not produced into 
chitinized spines. 

Hab. New Zealand (South Island). 

Holotype, 2, Purau, Banks Peninsula, February 19, 1922 
(J. W. Campbell). 

This interesting species is named in honour of the collector, 
my friend Dr.J.W.Campbell. Macromastix campbelli and 
M. tapleyi are closely allied, in spite of the different structure 
of the ovipositor. The green tints, especially conspicuous 
in campéelli, may fade in old specimens, but the colours seem 
to be as permanent as in species of the viridis group. 


208 Dr. H. A. Baylis on a 


Macromastiz ferruginosa ruapehuensis, subsp. n. 


Typical material of this fly was sent to Mr. Edwards for 
comparison with his types of ferruginosa. He reports that 
**The Macromastiz is probably a subspecies of my ferruginosa. 
differing in the brighter yellow head, the rather lighter 
colour of the thorax, rendering the pale patch on the pleurs 
rather less conspicuous, the larger pale markings on the 
abdomen, the clearer wing-membrane, and the shorter stem 
to cell J4,; perhaps also the legs are shorter.” The above 
diagnosis covers the chief points in which this fly differs 
from ferruginosa, Edwards. I am very greatly indebted to 
Mr. Edwards for making this and other comparisons of 
material. 

Hab. New Zealand (North Island). 

Holotype, 8, Mt. Ruapehu, altitude 4000-5000 feet, 
January 1921 (M. N. Watt). 

Paratopotypes, 20 8 S. 


XVIII.—A Filariid from the African Elephant. 
By H. A. Bayuis, M.A., D.Sc. 


(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) 


OnE of the collections of nematodes and other parasites 
recently forwarded to the British Museum (Natural History) 
by Mr. A. Loveridge included some material collected by 
Mr. ©. B. Goss from two elephants shot in the Lindi district 
of Tanganyika Territory. One batch of this material con- 
tained, besides several other species, three female specimens 
of a Filaria (sens. lat.), and as no adult Mlaria* has yet 
been recorded from either the African or the Indian elephant, 
it is thought desirable to give a brief account of this form. 
The absence of a male is regrettable, but the female has 
certain characters which will probably prove sufficient for 
identification should the worm be collected again. The 
position in the host is given on the collector’s label as the 
“stomach.” It may probably be assumed, however, that the 
Filariids came from the peritoneum or peritoneal cavity, in 
the neighbourhood of the stomach. ‘The other species in the 
same batch were determined as Grammocephalus clathratus 


* With the exception of “ Filaria” smith, Cobbold, now referred to 
the genus Parabronema. 


Filaritd from the African Elephant. 209 


(Baird, 1868), Quilonia apiensis (Gedoelst, 1916), Pterido- 
pharyne africana, Lane, 1921, and Amira samecra, Khalil, 
1922. Of these the last two are recorded from the ‘‘ stomach,” 
while Q. apiensis occurs normally in the intestine and 
Grammocephalus in the bile-ducts. 


Filaria gossi, sp. n. 
The lengths of the three female specimens are about 115, 
120, and 136 mm. respectively, and the greatest thickness 
about 0°'9 mm. The worms taper much more markedly at 
the posterior than at the anterior end. They have muel the 
general appearance of a Setaria, but are without peristomial 
armature. Both anterior and posterior extremities are 


bluntly rounded. The head (fig. 1) bears, apparently, ten 


Fig 1. 
= 
Gea es C6) 


SS 


O-l mr. 


Filaria ossi. The head; lateral view. 


papille. The two largest of these are lateral, while tl.e 
remaining eight are arranged in submedian pairs. Hach of 
these pairs of papille arises by the bifurcation of a common 
pulp. The two button-like terminations lie one behind the 
other. The transverse cuticular striation is excessively fine, 
and only visible under a high magnification, The length of 
the tail is about 0°23 mm., and the posterior end is curled 
ventrally. The mouth is minute and without lips. The 
oesophagus is very slender and measures 1°55-1'75 mm. in 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. xi. 14 


210 On a Filaritd from the African Elephant. 


length. It has very little muscular structure, and is not 
distinctly divided into two portions. Its anterior region, as 
far back as the nerve-ring, which is situated at 0°25 mm. 
from the extremity ofthe head, is rather more slender than 
the rest, and has apparently structureless walls. Thé lumen 
is very narrow. ‘Lhe intestine is also slender. 

The vulva is situated on a slight prominence at 3°24— 
4°05 mm. from the anterior end. The vagina, the terminal 
portion of which runs posteriorly from the vulva, is long and 


Fig. 2. 


Filaria gosst. ‘Terminal portion of vagina; nearly lateral view. 


C., cuticle of body; O., muscular pouch or ‘‘ ovejector”; V., vulva. 


muscular, and is disposed in two longitudinally-arranged 
loops before giving rise to the two parallel uterine branches, 
which run posteriorly. There is a remarkable muscular 
pouch or “‘ ovejector”’ (fig. 2, O.) near the vulva, the lumen 
of the vagina, which has at this point a thick cuticular lining, 
passing into it with a V-shaped bend. ‘This arrangement 1s 
almost exactly the same as that of Habronema microstoma, 
and resembles to a lesser extent that of Parabronema. The 


On an Ascarid from the Sperm-whale. 211 


tubular portion of the vagina has two coats of muscles, the 
inner longitudinal and the outer circular. The coils of the 
ovaries are confined to the posterior region of the body. The 
greater part of the uterine branches is filled with immense 
numbers of embryos, which measure about 0°275 mm. in 
length, have blunt squarish heads, and tapering, slightly 
hooked tails, and are apparently without a sheath. 

A microfilaria has been recorded by Evans and Rennie 
from the blood of the Indian elephant, and it may be that it 
is the embryo of a form closely related to that here described 
from the African elephant. In view of the known relation- 
ships between other parasites of the two elephants, however, 
it is unlikely to be the same species. 

It has been mentioned above that Amira sameera, Khalil, 
occurred in the same collection as the Milaria. This form has 
hitherto been known only from a single male in the British 
Museum, from an elephant from the Addo Bush, Cape 
Province. ‘The present material consists of three females, in 
rather poor condition, which, from their general characters, 
appear probably to belong to the same species. 


XIX.—An Ascarid from the Sperm-whale. 
By H. A. Baytis, M.A., D.Sc. 


(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) 


THe British Museum (Natural History) recently received, 
through the kindness of Mr. E. B. Binnie, Stipendiary 
Magistrate, South Georgia, several specimens of an Ascarid 
from the stomach of a sperm-whale (Physeter catodon). The 
worms prove to belong to the genus Anisakis, Dujardin, 
1845, and represent a species hitherto undescribed. 


Anisakis physeteris, sp. n. 


This is a fairly large, stout form. The males measure 
70-90 mm. in length and about 3 mm. in thickness; the 
females 80-112 mm. and 4-45 mm. respectively. The 
cuticle has extremely fine transverse striations, the interval 
between them being only about 2 u. The regular, broad 
cuticular bands, with prominent posterior edges, character- 
istic of some species of this genus, are here absent, but there 
are, in addition to the fine striations, some irregular trans- 
verse wrinkles. ‘The lips are relatively small, and the neck, 

14* 


212 Dr. H. A. Baylis on an 


in most specimens, widens suddenly behind their bases. 
The narrow anterior lobes of the lips (fig. 1, a.) are sharply 
notched on their inner surfaces, that of the dorsal lip being 
thus divided into two equal portions. The notch of each 
ventro-lateral lip, however, divides the lobe asymmetrically, 
the portion ventral to the notch being larger than the latero- 
dorsal portion. The anterior lobe of each lip carries a denti- 
gerous ridge with very coarse, rather irregular teeth. The 
basal portion of each lip bears two papille. ‘Those of the 
dorsal lip are lozenge-shaped, double papillee, while each 


Bige 


que 


ie 


Anisakis physeteris, female. The lips, viewed en face. 


a., anterior lobe, and d., basal portion,-of dorsal lip; e., excretory pore; 
DP.» P-y papillae. 


ventro-lateral lip has one papilla of this type towards its 
ventral side and one very minute, simple papilla situated 
more laterally and further forward. There is a pair of 
cervical papillee, situated at a distance of about 1 mm. from 
the anterior end. 

The muscular portion of the cesophagus measures about 
6 mm. in length in the male and 7 mm. in the female. It 
has a maximum thickness of alittle over 1 mm. There isa 
very short ventriculus or glandular portion of the oesophagus 


Ascarid from the Sperm-whale. 213 


(fig. 2, v.), separated by valves from the muscular portion. 
It ig without the sigmoid curve common in allied species, and 
is thickest near its posterior end. Here it measures up to 
1-1 mm. in diameter, while the Jength of the organ is only 
1mm. The intestine is much wider at its commencement 


f--6 


s 


Anisakis physeteris, female. Posterior portion of cesophagus and 
anterior portion of intestine. 


?., Intestine; @s., esophagus; v., ventriculus, 


than the ventriculus. ‘The excretory pore (fig. 1, e.) is 
situated, as usual in the genus, between the bases of the 
ventro-lateral lips. The excretory organ is of the type usual 
in this group of Ascaride. The terminal duct, which opens 
at the pore, widens out posteriorly into a flat gland (fig. 3, e.) 
which runs along the ventral side of the left lateral field. 


214 : Dr HA. Baylis on an 


‘The expanded portion of this gland, in a female 88 mm. 
long, measures about 11 mm. in length and 2 mm. in width 


/ 


Fig. 3. 


5mm. 


Anisakis physeteris, Portion of a dissection of a female specimen. A 
longitudinal incision has been made just dorsally to the left 
lateral field and the body-wall spread out. 

d., excretory duct; ¢., excretory organ ; e.', its narrow posterior portion ; 
z., portion of intestine (with both ends cut); 1, 1., left, and 
1’, l.', vight lateral field ; 0., coils of ovarian tubes; u., uterus; 
v., vagina. 


at its widest (posterior) part. Posteriorly it diminishes to 
‘a very narrow strip (fig. 3, e.’), and this can be traced back 


Ascarid from the Sperm-whale. 215 


to about the level of the posterior end of the uterine branches 
(see fig. 3). The length of the entire organ is rather more 
than one-third of the total length of the body. 

The tail of the male measures about 0°45 mm. in length 
and tapers rapidly to a conical point. The cuticle near the 
caudal end is slightly expanded and dorso-ventrally flattened 
at the sides. The cloaca opens into a deep longitudinal 
depression in the cuticle (fig. 4,¢.). ‘he spicules are unequal 
in length, but both very short. The right spicule measures 
0:35 mm. and is straight ; the left measures 0'-4 mm. and is 


Anisakis physeteris. Caudal end of male; ventral view. 


c., edge of cloacal depression ; /., left, and 7., right spicule. 


slightly curved. The caudal papille (fig. 4) are irregularly 
arranged, and there is no clear distinction between the post- 
anal and preanal series. Near the extremity of the tail there 
are four pairs arranged in a fairly regular series. In front of 
these, and separated from the most anterior of them by a 
considerable space, there is a pair of double papille situated 
on the folds of cuticle forming the lateral walls of the cloacal 
depression. Anteriorly to these, at the level of the widest 
part of the cloacal depression, isa pair of simple papille. 


"4: % jo uoryxodoad 


OP | ar Apoq soprarcy 
rises ‘oTpprua jo 
FUOKL UL OPT V 
‘Xpog 
92-07 jo o[pprut wo 
‘(prox SO9L? OL 
-sdabpr) | a1:99 
VAS LO (Mopsumy *0) 
Pi gJo noraodoad 
ur Apoq sopltayy 
‘pue "Vue 
ae MoOAy “HU (yp 
SV- LY -qz ‘Apoq jo 
yyeq tomeyue uy 
‘(7 ut) 
80.00 JO | "BATNA JO UOTPISOg 
tOTeMT ST (TI 


; LIXT 
7 ie “OUOT UBT L-9 
hed! roproaq “Vysraye 
bl GUOT G.G-G F 
oT "prounors ATPVns /) g 
96:0 “UL 96-0 X GET 
"prorq 
UBY 10.00] V 
a | ‘proursis ATpVns yy 
“ste *AJAOLALOP UB We ie 
80-1 POI, 
qT [an POXG.T 
peorq Wey G.g-q 


Lasuo, ‘prloursrg 


L@ td's! 


"(ut U1) SN |NOLUOA “(uuu Ut) 
sopnordys yo (“uu Ut) snovydose 
jo yysuoryT | zis puv unto | Jo yyouory 


GP-P S GLI-08 & | 
gj 
g P 06-02 © ‘a ‘da ‘gecagas/iyd 
0g G6 d N0L-08 3 
; 8-3 P 06-02 P (B88T ‘140,)) aynypuayny 
6-41 d 06-28 3 
oS 
G1-1 & OL-18 © ‘(QoRT “so1y) wordhy 
ne [e-9-1 89 & || lopr-oo1r 4 | 
Lt‘ P) | [06-09 J ‘(TERT “Sor(y) seeesna 
916-63 d | 006-64 5 
SG 
[ney sou} 
92-60 P | Ost-28 P (GOST “pry vazduas 


G.Z-3 6 OOT-OL & 


6L P 


GG YP 


“QIST “uery WBA ‘.taxrunssnp 


oe 


‘(7 UL) SUOTY BLS 
LETNOT NS W99 MY 
“0 [VALOPU] 


se te 


‘(rut UT) 
SSOUSOLY T, 


‘(UU UT) 


‘sorooda 
ypouory oad] 


On an Asearid from the Sperm-whale. 217 


All these papilla are subventral in position. A row of more 
laterally-placed papillze begins on either side at about halfway 
between the two most anterior subventral papille., This row 
runs at first diagonally towards the sides of the body, and 
then is continued anteriorly as an extremely scattered pre- 
anal series, with a tendency to resolve itself into two rows. 
This series extends forward for a distance of some 5 mm, 
from the cloacal aperture. 

The tail of the female measures about 0°7 mm. in length 
and is bluntly conical, with a small terminal button, some- 
times sunk in a depression. ‘The vulva is situated at about 
19 mm. from the anterior end in a specimen 88 mm. long. 
It thus divides the body roughly in the proportion of 2:7. 
‘he er together with the unpaired portion of the uterus 
(fig. .3, v.), forms a continuous tube increasing rapidly in 
diameter as it passes backwards. After forming two or 
three sinuous bends it gives origin, at a distance of about 
5 mm. behind the vulva, to two stout uterine branches 
(fig. 3, w.), which are remarkably short (8 mm.). ‘These 
diminish suddenly in width behind, and pass into the ovarian 
tubes, which pursue a tortuous course covering a further 
distance of about 13 mm., and then bend forward. They 
continue in a forward direction to a point slightly in front 
of the posterior end of the uterine branches, thence running 
posteriorly again, still with numerous loops disposed more or 
less transversely to the axis of the body, and terminating at 
about 20 mm. from the posterior end. ‘lhe eggs are spherical, 
and have thick shells with a diameter of 0'06mm, Their 
contents are unsegmented when ready for laying. 

It may be useful to add a table (p. 216) comparing certain 
characters of this species with those of other members of the 
genus occurring in Cetacea. 

The data used in this table have been taken mainly from 
Stiles and Hassall’s valuable account of the Ascaride of 
marine mammals in ‘ Report of Fur-seal Investigations,’ 
part ii. (Washington, 1899). The measurements of A. in- 
signis have been calculated from those given by Diesing, 
which are in inches and lines. It will be noted that A. phy- 
seteris differs markedly from all the other species of which 
sufficient data are available, notably in the extreme shortness 
of the spicules, the form of the ventriculus, the size of the 
eggs, the stout build of the body and the fineness of the 
cuticular striations. 


218 Mr. E. A. Spaul on some 


XX.—Notes on some Nematodes from East African Hosts. 
By E. A. Spaut, B.Sc., Birkbeck College, University of 
London. 


THE following notes deal with part of a small collection of 
Nematodes from the alimentary canal of various reptiles, 
birds, and mammals in Tanganyika ‘Territory, sent by 
Mr. A. Loveridge to the British Museum. 

The material has been identified with previously described 
forms, except in one or two instances which are recorded 
here. 

The work was carried out at the British Museum and at 
Birkbeck College, University of London, and my thanks are 
due to Dr. H. A. Baylis for help and for entrusting me with 
the material. 


Strongylurts gigas, sp. n. 


This remarkably large new species of Strongyluris from 
the lizard Agama distanti, Blgr., is described here in detail, 
and is apparently the largest member of the genus yet 
met with. Von Linstow (1897) and Gendre (1909) have 
described forms from Agama which bear strong resemblanees 


Fig. 1. 


Dorsal lip showing papille. 


to this one, but they are much smaller, and it was found on 
further detailed examination and comparison that other 
differences existed. 

There are three lips, each bearing two papille and having 
flange-like marginal extensions of the cuticle (fig. 1). ‘There 


Nematodes from East African Hosts. 219 


seems to be a marked tendency for the ventro-lateral lips to 
be slightly larger than the dorsal lip. The cuticle is finely 
striated. There is a pharynx, separated from the cesophagus 
by a constriction and a ventral kink in the lumen. The 
nerve-ring is situated at approximately the same distance 
behind the constriction as the latter is from the anterior end. 
At the posterior end the cesophagus enlarges into a bulb just 


Fig. 2. 


Ventral view of male tail, showing sucker, anus, and arrangement 
of papille. 


behind the excretory pore. The lateral fields are very con- 
spicuous, and consist, as usual, of a single row of large cells. 
The tail of the male is typical, with a preanal sucker having 
a chitinous ring, papille, and spicules of the usual type. 
There are six pairs of preanal and four pairs of postanal 
papille (figs. 24 &28). The most anterior pair is slender 
and stalked, net always well pronounced; the next is large, 


220 Mr. E. A. Spaul on some 


conical, and flask-shaped, situated at the level of the anterior 
edge of the sucker ; immediately behind is a similar though 
larger pair ; the next pair varies in size between finger-like 
processes in the smaller and prominent flask-shaped masses 
similar to the preceding ones in the older and larger speci- 
mens. ‘The same applies to the next pair, situated just 
behind these, but further from the middle line, and directed 
slightly outwards and posteriorly. The latter pair is level 
with the anus, which has a small pair of sessile papillee in 


Fig. 2B. 


Side-view of male tail, showing relative sizes of papille. 


front of it and a similar pair behind it. Posteriorly, on 
either side of the terminal spike, is a cluster of three papillee 
which vary in shape, but they are usually small and finger- 
like, and are situated at different levels. Atthe base of the 
spike there isa small median ventral protuberance, similar, 
apparently, to the median papilla described by Gendre, but 
as it is difficult at times to locate and not constant in its 
occurrence it can hardly be described as a papilla. There is 


Nematodes from East African Hosts. 221 


apparently no crown of papillee behind the head. The female 
tail tapers regularly, the angle not being so acute as in 
S. ornata as described by v. Linstow, nor so obtuse as in the 
form described by Gendre. It has a papilla on either side 
close to the terminal spike (figs. 3A&38B). As regards size, 
position of excretory pore, etc., the female is larger, but 
everything the sexes have in common exists in the same 
relative position and in the same proportion. The vulva 
opens in the posterior half of the body. ‘The eggs are oval 
with smooth shells, but vary greatly in size. 


Fig. 3a, Fig. 3 B. 


| 


Ventral view of female tail, showing Side-view of female tail 
anus and papillee. , 


The measurements are tabulated on p. 222 with those of 
S. ornata as described by Gendre and by v, Linstow, and also 
with those of the genctype—Strongylurds brevicaudata 
(Miller) [all these forms occurring in species of Agama]. 

S. brevicaudata has three pairs of preanal papillee and six 
pairs of postanal. The measurements of 8, gigas are taken 
from a typical specimen, whilst the ratios are averaces of 
all the specimens examined. Those of S. ornata are taken 
respectively from the descriptions of Gendre and yv. Linstow, 


Mr. E. A. Spaul on sume 


222 


*po}248 OSI TOY}O o1oyM ydooxe “UU Ul [[@ ov S{TOMAINsvoM 9SaT J, 


ve ff OF oe Wp 6 dl EP as OG SED UP SOOOCOOOL mar, 
- deg - OL a 1 9) : mig, | eee a egy duoy «Baas 
CST- eo. ee ee ee e° f- oo a ES cme Re ets | OS) 


IOTIeysod ModIF LeyONs Jo souvqsicy 


0g 06 LT ee 1g : OOOO OO lsh py penkon 
a a6 a ie) Lt 0} puso rOIIeysod wotZ due} 
“SIP JO O1}2}{—*ANA Jo woZIsOg 
50: 10. oe ne ve we G30) 960: cece cess sndeqdosay Jo &“ 
ee eo eo ee eo oe 9Q- 90: e@ec0eeee et Oo Oe © 6 TPT MA 
oe on oe we ve 65 al ZI: cee ee ee eres eee sdiy Jo y3Suery 
eT eo 90-1 ee GT eo et oar) es Y}SU9| 
ZO: ee Cgo. oe oe ee F0- e° os e@ Ooo i oe see UPS setnoids 
GG: VG: = es 3 a G6: GG: eS . TIPE. 
VE: G2 a VP: oe 6 CP. VP: ‘+ ** qyng [weseydosa Jo 4y.0U0'] 
GT C9. T GQ. Be Sey oy 9.G e pte 1011e}ue WoTf ood A10}910Xq 
Cc. CP. ete Be me es raey Gg. "* pUd IO1I0}UB WOT} SULI-9AION 
Le Cz.C 9 Cary 9.¢ LF 2.G e ra oL or 6 ee oer ce boo vee e YISU9] [2309 
Cy ee (7) G J I ) (2)-(7) ( T aa 1 ) ( I )-@) 0} snévydose jo yy8u9T jo oned 
6.0 ee ee ea a eee een ee 3 66 é 
6-1 G oe eo eo 6 ee ‘S a6 Soe tae te (45 6¢ 
GS. 66- > i XUALVY 
c6 og 001 09 86\ 06 Lo 19 Gal 06 Weuuieiseis see eae , 
rj) Me | @ | © (@-@/O-@/@« | rn 30 wae 
ie i eo eo oo oo A Q. 00 eer ee 90% oO @ pue [Ivy 4 
8%, | 8% : : : ee pe 
Gy. gg. &8- oe 78-92. 1-6: G-1-G1 g-T =a e ; : ; ee 
9-6 G-OL GL se GI-GL LI-8T G&S cs qyomer] 
aoe a) 2e "6 oi me) a 26 
“(LOTT NIL) *(MOJSUL'T *A) VZULO ‘(aIpmexn) 070U.t0 


DIDPNDINILG *S) [seynuagazy | *S) ([seypuagozt ] ‘6! "sp bib srumhbuo.ysy 


I ee ae a a ee ee ee ee 


Nematodes from East African Hosts. 223 


whilst those of S. brevicaudata are taken from specimens in 
the British Museum from a West African lizard. 

The reasons for regarding Strongyluris gigas as a distinct 
species can be summed up as follows :— 


(1) The great length and thickness compared with the other 
species could hardly be due to variation. 

(2) The male of S. ornata as described by Linstow has one 
more pair of caudal papille, whilst the median 
* papilla”? in S. gigas is not nearly so distinct as in 
Gendre’s form, although in other respects the papille 
agree with his description. 

(3) The ratio of the lengths of the tail and cesophagus to the 
total length of the worm is much lower in the case of 
S. gigas than in the other forms, and such a difference 
could not be accounted for by variation. 

(4) The size of the eggs is much greater than in the other 
two species. 

(5) The female tail is distinct in shape from that of other 
species, being neither so acute as in the S. ornata 


of v. Linstow nor so obtuse as in the S. ornata of 
Gendre. 


| Physaloptera affinis (Gedeelst, 1916). 


An examination of examples of this species from Psammo- 
phis subteniatus shows that the four branches of the uterus 
originate dichotomously, as described for Physaloptera 
abbreviata and P. pallaryt by Seurat (1917), and not simul- 
taneously as in P. varani. 

Leidy describes a species, Physaloptera abjecta, from 
Psammophis flagelliformis, a snake found inthe United States 
and Mexico. ‘This host is in reality a Zamenis, and the 
worm is probably distinct from 2. affinis, which occurs in 
Psammophis in Africa. 


Contracecum microcephalum (Rud., 1809). 


Specimens referred to this species were taken from Ardea 
purpurea, Ardeola ralloides, and Scopus umbretta banner- 
manni. The last-mentioned appears to be a new host. 


Ascaris sp. 


Some Ascarids, not referable to either of the genera Belas- 
caris and Towascaris were taken from Genetta (? stuhlmannt), 


224 Mr. H. G. Jackson on a 


but owing to the absence of a male it is not considered 
advisable to base a description on this material. 


REFERENCES. 


Grenpre, E. 1909. “Notes d’Helminthologie africaine” (Deuxiéme 
Note). Proc.-verb. Soc. Linn. Bordeaux, lxiii, pp. xxxiil.—xli. 

Linstow, O. von. 1897. ‘‘Nemathelminthen Grdésstentheils in Mada- 
gascar gesammelt.” Arch. f. Naturg. lxiii. 1, pp. 27-34, pls. iv.—v. 

SEuRAT, L.G. 1917. ‘ Physaloptéres des Reptiles du Nord-africain.” 
C. R. Soe. Biol., Paris, xxx. pp. 43-62. 


XXI.—On a new Species of Armadillidium. By Harotp 
G. Jackson, M.Sc., Birkbeck College, University of 
London. | 


THE species of Armadillidium described and figured below 
is founded on a large amount of material sent to me by 
Mr. Edward Speyer, M.A. He collected it in the cucumber- 
houses of the Experimental and Research Station, Cheshunt, 
Herts, and I- have great pleasure in associating his name 
with it. Iam also indebted to him for most of the figures 
illustrating this paper. | 

The holotype of the species is deposited in the British 
Museum, where the work for this note has been done, by the 
courtesy of Dr. W. T. Calman, F.R.S. — 


Armadillidium speyeri, sp. u. 


Male specimen described. . | 
Body oblong-oval, 11mm. long by 5 mm. _ broad ; 


Armadillidium speyert, antenna. 


moderately convex above. Surface smooth with very 
minute granulations. Front of head slightly curved ; very 


new Species of Armadillidium. 225 


deeply notched in the mid-line; on each side of notch a 
shallow groove passes backwards and outwards over the 
forehead to join the hind border of the head just behind 
each eye. Lateral lobes small. Antennary tubercles 
(Dolifus) moderately large, their rims thicker on the inner 
than on the outer side. Kpistomal shield turned upwards 
and greatly exceeding the forehead. 


Armadillidium speyeri, telson and uropods, from above. 


Posterior edge of first somite of thorax nearly straight in 
middle ; its coxal plates drawn back sharply to form acute 
backwardly directed angles ; junction of posterior edges of 
coxal plates with posterior edge of scutum sinuate and not 
marked by deep notch. Coxal plates of second, third, and 
fourth somites successively less drawn back, and with obtuse 
postero-lateral angles ; postero-lateral angles of remainder 
subrectangular. Abdomen not abruptly contracted and 


Fie. 3. 


y 


Armadillidium speyert, left uropod, from below. 


semicircular in outline. ‘‘Telson” about as broad at base 
as long; triangulate, sides very slightly concave, apex bluntly 
rounded. Antenna not more than one-third the whole body; 
distal joint of flagellum about half as long again as proximal; 
whole flagellum shorter than last peduncular joint. Exopo- 
dite of wropod subrectangular in shape, but longer than basal 
part ; endopodite slender, styliform, reaching back nearly as 
far as apex of “ telson.” 
Ann. & Mag. N. lhst. Ser. 9. Vol. xi. 15 


226 On a new Species of Armadillidium. 


Mouth-parts as in A. vulgare. Colour: general surface 
varying from slate-blue to dark brown. A continuous 
narrow light band runs down the middle of every somite, 
but not on the head or “telson.”” The coxal plates are 
light with narrow, dark, posterior margin. Between coxal 
plates and median line the dark areas of each somite are 
broken up with light mottling. | 

Remarks.—This species is distinguished from A. nasatum, 
B. L. (with which it was formerly confused), by the following 


Fig. 4. 


Armadilidium speyert, first three thoracic somites, from the side. 


characters. The epistomal shield, although very prominent, 
is not so pronounced; the front of the head is much more 
deeply notched in the median line; the hind edge of the first 
thoracic somite is not deeply notched on each side of the 
posterior edge; the ‘‘ telson” is not narrow and pointed, but 
widely rounded at the apex ; the external plate of the uropod 
is rectangular and not spatulate, and the segments of the 
flagellum are markedly unequal. That it has been confused 


Fig. 5. 


Armadilhdium nasatum, first three thoracic somites, from the side. 


with A. nasa/um in the past is shown by an examination of 
Budde-Lund’s copious material in the British Museum, 
Natural History. A large collection from 8.W. France, 
labelled A. nasatum, could easily be divided inte two 
portions comprising the true A. nasatum and the present 
species. It is suggested that A, speyeri is a species of a 
warm climate that has been imported into England some 
time in the past, and has only found it possible to exist 


On a new Colubrine Snake from S.E. Brazil. 227 


in an artificially heated environment such as is provided by 
the cucumber-houses in which it was found. 

Bionomics. Mr. Speyer has been good enough to send the 
following interesting note on the habits of this species :— 

“The species here described is in the British Isles probably 
confined to glass-houses in which a high temperature is main- 
tained. It is an active species, living on the surface of soil 
in the cucumber-houses, feeding by day as well as by night 
on various forms of fermenting cellulose and also on living 
plant-tissues. In winter it does not burrow in the soil to 
any great depth, but hides under clods of earth and in wall- 
crevices. Many thousands of specimens have been caught 
in pot-traps filled with straw in a single night. Outside 
glass-houses it has not been found, except under bricks and 
in warm places in the immediate vicinity of the houses ; even 
the temperature of tomato-houses does not appear high 
enough to afford sufficient heat for its existence for any 
length of time. Mating occurs on hot mornings in May, 
and the young, to the number of fifty, escape from the 
brood-pouches in June. 
_ “This is the most destructive of all wood-lice found in 
glass-houses, and, in addition to destroying tomato-seedlings 
in the propagating-house, does considerable damage by 
eating holes in the leaves of young cucumber-plauts, and 
later gnawing the stem and surface-roots of full-grown 
plants. The species is gregarious, somewhat similar to 
A, pictum, Br., which is also common in cucumber-houses. 
Further details of the habits of A. speyert, Jackson, will 
appear in the Annual Report of the Experimental and 
Research Station, Turner’s Hill, Cheshunt, Herts, for 
Lee 


XXII.—On a new Genus and Species of Colubrine Snake 
from S.E. Brazil. By Joan B. Procter, F.Z.8. 


THe interesting new snake described in the present paper 
came into the possession of the British Museum in a rather 
amusing way. A bottle of mixed specimens without data of 
any kind was brought to me for identification in the Easter 
holidays by a boy who is very keen on such things. The 
bottle, amongst other things, contained specimens of the 
S. American legless lizards Amphisbena darwinii and Ophiodes 


striatus; the two small snakes proved to be puzzling and 
15* 


228 Miss J. B. Procter on a new 


were therefore put on one side, and the boy, Master John 
Brandon-Jones, after whom I have named this new species, 
went away without leaving his address. By roundabout 
methods this was at last ascertained, a:.d he has been able 
to furnish me with complete data as to the locality in which 
they were found by his great-uncle, Mr. Duckinford-Jones, 
who is a collector of Brazilian butterflies. He has also 
presented both specimens to the Museum. 

The snakes belong to a new and very distinct genus of 
the subfamily Colubrinw, for which I propose the name 
Sordellina, in honour of Prof. Sordelli of Milan, for whose 
beautiful work in the ‘ Iconographie Générale des Ophidiens’ 
all workers at snakes will ever be grateful. 


SORDELLINA, gen. NOv. 


Maxilla short, with nine teeth increasing in size posteriorly, 

followed after an interspace by two enlarged ones. Palatine 
and pterygoid with about eighteen teeth*. Mandibular teeth 
subequal, fourteen or more in number f. 


Bigs 


Maxilla of Sordelina brandon-jonesii, gen. et sp. n. 
xX 2. 


Head scarcely distinct from neck; nasal shield semi- 
divided; eye very small with vertically subelliptic pupil. 
Body cylindrical; scales smooth, without apical pits, in 
seventeen rows; tail short, tapering to a sharp point. 
Subcaudals in two rows. Anal divided. Hypapophyses 
absent in the posterior vertebree. 

Affinities. Allied to Urotheca, Bibr., from which it differs 
in the form of the tail, which is very long and thick 
throughout in Urotheca and short and tapering in Sordedlina. 
The eye of the former is also larger, and has a round 
pupil. The dentition is similar. In the size of the eye 
and general form and scutellation of the body Sordeliina 
resembles Hydrops, Wagl., to some exteut. 


* Of which nine are fixed and functional and the alternating nine not 
fixed and not fuuctional but accessory. 

+ Of which but seyen or so are fixed and functional. Apart from 
these accessory teeth situated in the functional series, there is in each 
case the usual complete reserve series lying prone within the gum-flap 
on the inner side of the maxillary and mandibular sets and the outer 
side of the pterygoid and palatine. 


Colubrine Snake from S.E. Brazil. 229 


Sordellina brandon-jonesii, sp. n. 


Rostral about twice as broad as deep, scarcely visible 
from above ; nostril in a semidivided nasal, the cleft running 
from the first labial to behind the nostril, making the 
posterior part of the shield look like an anterior loreal, 
unless examined with care; internasals triangular, shorter 
than the prefrontals, which are much broader than 
long ; frontal slightly longer than broad, about twice the 
width of a supraocular, but longer than its distance from 
tip of snout, much shorter than the parietals, which are 
large; loreal small, as deep as or deeper than long ; one 
pree- and two postoculars, the upper much the larger ; 
temporals 142, the anterior about twice as long as deep, 
the upper posterior broken up on the right side of each 
Specimen, and reaching beyond the parietals on the left ; 


a. Upper view of head; 6. Lower view; c. Side view, Nat, size. 


eight upper labials, 3rd, 4th, and 5th entering the eye, or 
seven, 3rd and 4th entering the eye (8rd and 4th fused in this 
case); four lower labials in contact with anterior chin-shields, 
which are about half as long as the posterior. Scales in seven- 
teen rows throughout entire length of body; ventrals 159, 
148; anal divided ; subcaudals 43 (tip of tail damaged), 53, 
in two rows ; tail ending in a conical sharply pointed scale. 
Length of tail about one-sixth total length. Total length 
of specimens 528 mm. and 314 mm.; tail 87 mm. (tip 
damaged) and 62 mm. 

Coloration. Chocolate-brown above and beneath; shield 
and scale edges sometimes lighter; a cream-coloured narrow 
streak through upper labials, broadening into a blotch on 
each side of neck, and then continuing as a narrow broken 


230 Dr. V. Lallemand su 


line a little distance down first or second row of scales. 
Chin variegated chocolate and cream-colour. Each ventral 
and pair of subcaudals with a pair of large cream-coloured 
spots, semicircular on the ventrals, pentagonal on the snb- 
catidals, forming two straight longitudinal series. 

Habitat. The campas near Castro, on the R. de Tibeira, 
Parana, 8.E. Brazil, probably in moist places. 


Fig. 3. 


a. Ventral shields; 6. Tail. Nat. size. 


Food. The stomach of the larger specimen contained a 
rare Ceecilian, Chthonerpeton indistinctum, Reinh. & Lutk., 
hitherto only represented in the Museum’s collection by 
two specimens from Porto Alegre and Camapuan River 
respectively. Unfortunately, the posterior half is partially 
destroyed by digestion, but the head, inciuding the highly 
characteristic palate etc., is in quite good condition. 


XXII1.—WNotes sur les Cercopides africains. 
Par Dr. V. LALLEMAND, 


Locris marshallt, sp. n. 


Thorax, téte, pronotum et écusson noir (quelquefois une 
petite tache rougeatre pres du bord postérieur du pronotum). 
Elytres rouge-brique, teintées légérement de jaune dans les 
deux tiers antérieurs, noiratres sur le tiers postérieur ; au 


les Cercopides Africains. 231 


contre de cette derniére partie existe une tache iréguliére 
jaune ; ; le bord antérieur de la partie noire est irréoulier et 
part & peu prés du milieu du bord externe. L’abdomen et 
les pattes (saut les organes génitaux, la moitié basale des 
cuisses, les épines et les t tarses, qui sont noirs) sont d’un 
jaune légérement teinté de rouge. 

Ocelles trés proches Pun de lautre, séparés par la carénue 
mousse longitudinale. Pronotum ponctué finement dans sa 
moitié autérieure, plus fortement, en stries transversales, sur 
la moitié postérieure; bords latéro-antérieurs lézeérement 
relevés, et le long de chacun de ceux-ci court une dépression 
de forme de goutticre, la moitié antérieure est irréguliére et 
fossulée. Le bord antérieur du front vu de cété est d’abord 
droit, puis s’arrondit réguliérement. Les tibias postérieurs 
ont une épine a l’extrémité du second tiers. 

Var. rubrocincta, 1.—Les 2/5 antérieurs du pronotum sont 
noirs et la partie postérieure est rouge-jaunatre. 

Var. obscura, n.—Les élytres sont brunes dans leur plus 
grande partie, tout en ayant la tache jaunatre vers leur 
extrémité, | 

AFRIQUE ORIENTALE ANGLAISE: S.E. slopes of Mt. Kenya 
(6000 & 7000 pieds), 3-12. 11. L911 (S. A. Neave). 

Long. totale 10 mm.; long. des élytres 7°5 mm. ; largeur 
de celles-ci 2°5 mm. 

Type: collection du British Muséum et la mienne. 

Je dédie cette espece 4 Mr. G. A. K. Marshall, Directeur 
du bureau impérial d’entomologie & Londres, & qui je dois 
envoi de ces insectes. 


Loeris sylvatica, sp. n. 

Le thorax, Ja téte (sauf le bord antérieur des lobes du 
vertex, qui est rouge), le pronotum (sauf les bords latéraux 
étroitement et le postérieur plus largement, qui sont rouges) 
et ’écusson sont noirs; le tiers basal des élytres est rouge 
bordé postérieurement de noir, le restant est jaune traversé 
obliquement par une bande noire formée de tache se trouvant 
entre les nervures jaunes ; le bord postérieur des élytres est 
noir; sur la partie rouge basale s’étend une ligne noire le 
long de la suture clavocoriale, de la base & la ligne noire 
transverse, celle-ci prés du bord externe émet un petit pro- 
longement antérieur ; Pabdomen est noir, les bords postérieurs 
de chaque segment finement et les bords latéraux plus large- 
ment sont rouges; les cuisses, les tarses et les épines sont 
noirs, les tibias rouges ; toute la surface supérieure de ]’insecte 
et le front sont recouverts d’une villosité jaune-blanchatre 
assez dense. 


232 Dr. V. Lallemand sur 


Ocelles trés rapproechés Pun de l’autre, séparés par une 
earéne mousse longitudinale. Pronotum ponctué finement et 
peu densément dans sa moitié antérieure, plus fortement en 
stries transversales dans sa moitié postérieure ; ses bords 
latéro-antérieurs sont légérement rélevés, et le long de chacun 
de ceux-ci court une dépression en forme de gouttiére. Vu 
de cété le bord antérieur du front est régulicrement arrondi, 
ses carénes transversales sont tres marquées. Les nervures 
médiane et cubitale sont réunies sur toute la partie rouge des 
élytres (tiers basal), puis s’écartent assez fortement. Les 
tibias postérieurs ont une é€pine a l’extrémite du second tiers. 

Cette espéce est voisine de hzeroglyphica, Leth., et de 
hindei, Dist.; la bordure rouge a la partie postérieure du 
pronotum et la bande noire bordant postérieurement le tiers 
antérieur rouge de l’élytre la fait reconnaitre de suite. 

NYASALAND ; Mt. Mlanje, 12. iii. 1913 (S. A. Neave). 

Longueur totale 12°5 mm.; longueur des élytres 6°5 mm. 

Type: collection du British Muséum et la mienne. 


Loeris atra, sp. n. 


Noir, le tiers apical des élytres est grenat tiés foncé ; l’ex- 
tréme base des élytres et le radius, sur le tiers basal, des taches 
arrondies de chaque cété sur le prothorax en arriere de l’ceil, 
la base des hanches, les bords postérieur et latéraux des 
seements de l’abdomen sont rouge-grenat ; les tibias posté- 
rieurs sont grenat foncé. 

Les ocelles, jaunatres, sont tres gros et rapprochés Pun 
de Vautre, la distance qui les sépare des yeux est égale a 
au moins 8 fois leur écartement. Toute la surface supérieure, 
spécialement les élytres, est recouverte d’une  villosité 
blanchatre épaisse & telle point que vus sous certain angle 
les élytres acquicrent une teinte spéciale. Le front est lisse, 
brilliant et proéminent, vu de cédté le bord antérieur forme 
avec le postérieur un angle légérement aigu, la caiéne longi- 
tudinale est tres nette, les stries transversales sont 4 peine 
indiquées ; la partie frontale du vertex est relativement ass z 
grande et fait saillie entre les lobes du vertex. Le pronotum 
est assez allongé, sa longueur égale sa largeur entre les angles 
latéraux ; sa suiface est légerement rugueuse, fortement 
pointillée en lignes transversales; il porte une caréne peu 
nette. Sur les élytres, les nervures médiane et le cubitale 
sont réunies sur un trajet relativement court, & peine le 
cinquiceme de la longueur. 

Cette espece est voisine de L. nigrorubra; celle-ci s’en 
distingue facilement par le front un peu moins proéminent 


les Cercopides Africains. 233 


arrondi vu de cété, par les ocelles plus petits et plus écartés, 
par le pronotum moins long et la couleur de Pécusson qui est 
rougeatre. 

SierRA LEONE: Serakola, Yiraia, vi. 1912 (Jas. J. Simp- 
son). 

Long. totale 12 mm. ; long. des élytres 9 mm. 

Type: collection du British Muséum et une & mienne. 


Locris quadrinotata, sp. n. 


Tout linsecte est noir, sauf une tache & la base et 4 l’ex- 
trémité des hanches, l’extré:mité de deux articles du rostre, le 
bord postérieur des segments abdominaux, qui sont rouge- 
carmin ; le mésothorax, la base de la tarriére et deux taches 
transversales sur chaque élytre sont jaune-rougedtre; la 
disposition de ces taches rappelle celle de Callitettix versicolor, 
F., une se trouve sur le clavus et l’autre sur le corium, cette 
derniére 4 la hauteur de Ja séparation du médian et du cubitus. 
Les ailes sont foncées ; le front, le pronotum et spécialement 
les élytres sont recouverts d’une villosité jaune d’or trés 
dense. 

Ocelles jaunatres, assez gros; leur écartement est moindre 
que la distance qui les sépare des yeux ; ils sont séparés par 
une caréne longitudinale. La caréne antérieure du front est 
nette, vu de cdté le bord antérieur est arrondi et d’abord 
incliné en bas et en avant, puis devient perpendiculaire et 
forme un angle droit avec V’inférieur. Le pronotum est 
rugueux, pointillé fortement en stries transversales ; la caréne 
médiane est peu marquée, elle n’est indiquée que dans la 
moitié antérieure. 

Var. obliterata, n.—Les taches sont peu marquées, celle du 
corium est 4 peine indiquée. 

SreRRA LEONE: Panguma, 30. vi. 1912 (J. J. Simpson). 

Long. totale 12°5 mm. ; long. des elytres 10 mm. 

Type: coll. British Muséum et la mienne, 


Locris ibadana, sp. n. 


Noir, sauf le bord antérieur de la partie supérieure de la 
téte, la caréne médiane du front, une tache piés de Pextré- 
mité de l’écusson, sur les élytres, une tache allongée piés de 
la base entre le radius et le bord externe et sur le tiers anté- 
rieur une séris oblique de petites taches plus ou moins bien 
limitées, qui sont jaune-rougeatre ; la moitié postérieure de 
Velytre est noire avec des suffusions rougeatres, ‘I'aches sur 
le mésothorax et bords postérieur et latéraux de chaque 
segment abdominal sur ses faces supérieure et inférieure 


234 Sur les Cercopides Africains. 


rouge-carmin; ailes enfumées surtout & l’extrémité, base 
rosée. 

Front globuleux, arrondi, vu du cété & stries transversales 
fort marquées et 4 caréne médiane trés ettall Ocelles assez 
gros, leur écartement est moitié moindre que la distance qui 
les sépare des yeux. Pronotum relativement assez étroit, 
rugueux, ponctué en stries transversales, ayant une fine caréne 
longitudinale; bord postérieur légerement concave ; surface 
de l’écusson creusé en fossette. 

NIGERIE DU Sup: Ibadan, 22. x. 1913 (Dr. Woz. 
Lamborn). 

Longueur totale 12 mm.; long. des élytres 9mm. ; largeur 
de celles-ci 3 mm. 

Type: British Muséum. 


Locris pulverosula, sp. n. 


La partie inférieure de Pinsecte est noire, teintée de rouge, 
la partie supérieure peut varier ; ou bien entiérement rouge- 
carmin trés légérement brundtre, ou bien la téte, le pronotum 
et les deux tiers antérieurs des élytres sont brun-rougeatre, 
tandis que le tiers apical de celles-ci est rouge-carmin. 

Téte globuleuse arrondie, a stries transversales trés nettes ; 
ocelles plus prés l’un de Vautre que des yeux. Pronotum 
rugueux sur les 2/3 postérieurs, inégal dans le tiers antérieur 
ot il est trés finement ponctué ; la caréne médiane a peine 
indiquée & la partie antérieure n’est plus visible en arriére. 

Les exemplaires foncés ressemblent plus ou moins comme 
coloration des élytres 4 L. nigrorubra, mais s’en différencient 
de suite par la taille, par les organes génitaux du male, dont 
les apophyses ont une petite protubérance au bord postérieur 
se dirigeant sur le cété, et par absence presque complete de 
la caréne du pronotum. Voisin de ZL. atra pour la forme 
oénérale, mais s’en distingue par la coloration et surtout par 
les ocelles qui sont plus petits, de coloration différente et plus 
évartés. 

FERNANDO-Po. NicrRIE: Onitsha, vii. 1910 Ce A. 
de Gaye) ; Abutshi ; Old Calabar, Cross R. 

Long. totale 11°5 mm.; long. des élytres 9 mm. 

Type: collection du British Muséum et la mienne. 


Lehina apicalis, Hag. 


Leterna? apiealis, Hagl. Gifv. K. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1899, p. 51. 
Lehina dilecta, Mel. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1915, p. 7. 


On the Nematocerous Diptera of Jan Mayen Island. 235 


Dauphina sexguttata, Mel. 


Triecphora sexguttata, Mel. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1915, p. 15. 

Dauphina lallemand, Jacobi, Voeltzk. Reise Ostafr. Jahren 1903-1905 ), 
iu. p. 543 (1917). 

Literna lambertont, var., Lallem. Ann. Soc. ent. France, xxxvili. 
p. 284 (1919). 


Dauphina melanops, Jac. 


Dauphina melanops, Jac. Voeltzk. Reise in Ostafr. Jahren 1903-1905, 
iii. p. 543 (1917). 

Literna lambertont, Lallem. Ann, Soc. ent. France, Ixxxviii. p. 284 
(1919). 


XXIV.—On the Nematocerous Diptera of Jan Mayen Island. 
By F. W. EpwaArps. 


(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) 


So far as I am aware, the only Nematocerous Diptera known 
hitherto from Jan Mayen are those recorded by Becher in 


1886 (‘ Osterreichische Polarstation Jan Mayen: Insekten’) ; 
these include only three species known from elsewhere and 
five supposed by Becher to be peculiar to the island. In the 
summer of 1921 a number of insects, including ten species of 
Nematocera, were collected on the island by Mr. W. S. 
Bristowe, who has briefly recorded his results in the ‘ Trans- 
actions of the Cambridge Philosophical Society ’ (vol. xxi. 
pp. 38-43, 1922). 

I am very much indebted to Mr. Bristowe for kindly 
allowing me to examine his interesting material, and for 
supplying me with notes relating to its capture ; ; also to 
Diracin Aerny, of the Vienna Museum, for the loan of the 
types of Sciara globiceps, Chironomus incontus, and Ch. cal- 
losus from Becher’s coliection. Of the eight species recorded 
by Becher only four are represented in Mr. Bristowe’s collec- 
tion. The total number of Nematocera now known from 
Jan Mayen is therefore fourteen, the list being as follows :— 


Sciara tridentata, Rubs. G., 8. 

becolor, Me. KE. 

globiceps, Becher. 

es ae Cae (Holmgren) ( Parexechia concolor, Becher). 8.,%., 
Scatopse pulicari id, lany.: = Eee A 

Diamesa aberrata, undbeck. A., G. 


236 Mr. F. W. Edwards on the 


Cricotopus basalis (Staeger). I., B.,5., G. 
Orthocladius ? conformis (Holmgren). S. 

? pleurals, Malloch. A. 

Camptocladius incertus (Becher). 8. 
lastophthalmus, Malloch. <A. \ 
Metriocnemus callosus (Becher). ? B. 

Trichocera maculipennis, Mg. E., 1., G., A. 

lutea, Becher. Bb. 


Most of the species in this list are known to occur else- 
where, and these are marked as follows:—H., Europe; A., 
North America; G., Greenland; I., Iceland; B., Bear 
Island; S., Spitsbergen. The two Orthocladius in this list 
may be male and female of the same species, and the two 
Camptocladius are doubtfully distinct. 

Mr. Bristowe writes :— By the time we left Jan Mayen 
—the beginning of September—summer was drawing to a 
close. Judging by the advanced stages of several Nemato- 
ceran larvee found just before our departure, besides pups, it 
seems probable that they pass the winter in the pupal stage, 
though it is also likely that they can do so in the larval 
stage. Mr. Porsild, who is stationed at Disco, tells me he 
has artificially frozen Lepidopteron larvee and pupee until they 
have become as brittle as twigs. Yet on being thawed the 
great majority have recovered. 

“ There are no biting forms of Nematocera on Jan Mayen 
—at least, we did not notice any biters.”’ 


1. Sciara tridentata, Ribs. 


Several specimens, including both sexes, were collected by 
Mr. Bristowe. An easily recognized species, on account of 
the well-marked hypopygial characters and the short stout 
antenné. 


2. Sciara bicolor, Mg. 


Recorded by Becher; not examined by me. 


3. Sciara globiceps, Bechier. 


The original series under this name comprised one male 
and four females. Tle male should be taken as the type. 
It shows the following characters :—A, a little shorter than 
R and ending well before the level of m/f; halteres and palpi 
both pale (possibly faded) ; no macrotrichia on M and Cu; 
antennal segments about twice as long as broad ; clasper a 
little over twice as long as broad, with a single rather 


Nematocerous Diptera of Jan Mayen Island. 237 


long apical spine, directed inwards; there is apparently 
no group of fine bristles at the base of the hypopygium 
beneath. Three of the females agree in most respects with 
the male, but /¢, is practically as long as £& and reaches 
almost to the level of m/f; in the fourth 2, is much shorter, 
and this specimen probably represents a distinct species, 
Some females, probably of this species, were obtained by 
Mr. Bristowe. 


4, Exechia frigida (Holmgren) (Parexechia concolor, Becher). 


Numerous specimens of this species were collected by 
Mr. Bristowe, both sexes being represented. The colour of 
the coxze varies ; most specimens have them dark, whereas 
Becher says “ gelb,’’ but the specimens agree structurally 
with the description, and there is no doubt about the identifi- 
cation. ‘The species is apparently identical with the North- 
American /. costa, Johannsen. There is no reason whatever 
for maintaining the genus Parewechia. 

“ Common on the mossy patches.” (Bristowe.) 


5. Scatopse pulicaria, Lw. 


Recorded by Becher; not found by Mr. Bristowe nor 
examined by me. 


6. Diamesa ? aberrata, Lundbeck. 


One damaged male of a Diamesa was present among 
Becher’s material, though not described by him; one newly- 
hatched female and one pupa evidently of the same species 
were collected by Mr. Bristowe, the former in a mossy marsh, 
the latter in a little pool at the base of the Siule Rock. 
These specimens show all the characters mentioned by 
Lundbeck in his description of D. aberrata, and it will 
probably be safe to assume they are that species. The 
species apparently belongs to Kieffer’s genus Syndiamesa, 
the eyes being quite bare and the fourth tarsal segment 
almost cylindrical, only slightly emarginate at the tip, and 
not much shorter than the fifth, In the male the last 
antennal segment is more than twice as long as the remaining 
flagellar segments together; the hypopygium is almost as 
figured by Malloch for D. waltl, the spine of the anal 
segment being very short, but the clasper is of rather a 
different shape, being straight and rather narrow, blunt- 
ended. In the female the scutellum and legs are pale 
yellowish probably owing to immaturity. ‘The pupa is 


238 Mr. F. W. Edwards on the 


extremely similar to those described by Potthast and Thiene- 
mann, but differs in regard to the bristles on the lateral 
abdominal flanges. ‘These are dark in colour, less than half ; 
as long as the segments, and almost equidistant, 


7. Metriocnemus callosus (Becher). 


Becher’s types comprised 2 g, 2 2? (not1l g,3 2, as he 
stated). All the specimens are apparently newly emerged, 
besides having faded in alcohol; hence Becher’s description 
is valueless as regards coloration. The true mature colour is 
shown by some specimens collected by Mr. Bristowe ; in 
these the body, antenne, and legs are uniformly dull black, 
also the halteres of the male, the female halteres being 
yellowish. In both sexes (not only in the female, as indicated 
by Becher) the wings are distinctly milky white. A careful 
examination of all the specimens shows that there area few 
hairs present at the extreme tip of the wing, about 10-15 in 
the male and 20-30 in the female. On this account, and 
also because of the conspicuously hairy legs, the species 
seems better placed in Metriocnemus than in Orthocladius. 
The male antenne are missing in Becher’s specimens, but in. 
Bristowe’s the last segment is a little more than twice as 
long as the rest of the flagellum, According to the descrip- 
tion, Kieffer’s Dactylocladius subpilosus from Bear Island 
and Metriocnemus similis from. Novaia Zemlya must be 
extremely similar to J/. callosus, and may possibly prove 
identical. 


8. Orthocladius ? cenformis (Holmgren). 


A single male was collected by Mr. Bristowe which may 
provisionally be regarded as a variety of O. conformis. In 
regard to the structure of its antenne, hypopygium, claws, 
and empodium, it agrees rather closely with the specimen 
recently mentioned by me from Bear Island, but the halteres 
are yellow instead of black. 


9. Orthocladius sp. 


Two 2, near or identical with Dactylocladius pleuralis, 
Mall., described from North America, and perhaps also 
identical with a common European species for which some 
earlier name no doubt exists. This may possibly be the 
female of O. couformis, meutioned above, but, in addition to 
the striking difference im the colour of the thorax (all black 
in O. conformis, yellow with three well-separated brown 


Nematocerous Diptera of Jan Mayen Island. 239 


mesonotal stripes in O. pleuralis), the empodia of these 
females seem rather longer. 


10. Cricotopus basalis (Staeg.). 


A series was collected by Mr.. Bristowe, including several 
of both sexes. This forms an interesting extension of the 
known range of this widely-spread circumpolar species. 

“ Plentiful round the North Lagoon (a deep freshwater 
lagoon).” (Bristowe.) 


11. Camptocladius incertus (Becher). 


The seven females of this species in Becher’s collection 
are all more or less damaged and very much faded through 
long immersion in alcohol, but are still recogmzable. They 
appear to be identical with Kieffer’s Zrichocladius (Pheno- 
cladius) curvinervis. Becher’s figure of the wing hardly 
suggests a Camptocladius, but it is inaccurate, the bend in 
Cu, being really quite pronounced in all the specimens. The 
halteres are yellowish, as described by Kieffer; in recording 
the species recently from Spitsbergen, I omitted to notice 
that the halteres in those specimens were dark, though, since 
they agreed in other respects, the identification may be correct. 
Camptocladius incertus, Lundstrém, recently described from 
Arctic Siberia, is possibly the same species. 


12, Camptocladius ? lasiophthalmus, Mall. 


Several specimens (including both sexes) collected by 
Mr. Bristowe resemble C. incertus in most respects, and are, 
perhaps, referable to that species, but the fork of Cu is 
shorter, its base being quite twice the length of the cross- 
vein distant from the base of the cross-vein. ‘These specimens 
agree in all respects with Malloch’s description of C. lasio- 
phthalmus, and differ chiefly from the common European 
C. aterrimus, Mg., in having paler halteres. The males 
agree with C. nudipennis, Goet., as regards antenne and 
hypopygium, but have the eyes distinctly though very 
shortly pubescent. 

“ Camptocladius lasiophthalmus was very common on 
flowers, especially the dandelion, Taraxacum officinalis (Web), 
aud Saa/fraga cespitosa (L.) up to 2000 ft. The latter 
seemed to be very sticky inside, and dead specimens were 
frequent, having apparently been caught by the gummy 
nature of the flower. Whether the Saxifrage benefited in 
any way by their dead bodies, I do not know. Two 


240 Messrs. A. D. Hobson and L. H. Matthews on the 


ichneumons—Stenomacrus intermedius, Hlgr., and S. cubiceps, 
Thor. (according to Mr. Morley probably parasitic on the 
Mycetophilidee)—were also very numerous in these two 
flowers. Highteen of the latter species were shaken from 
two heads of one dandelion-plant. Any cross-pollination 
which takes place on Jan .Mayen must be chiefly due to 
C. lastophthalmus and the two ichneumons.”  (Bristowe.) 


13. Trichocera maculipennis, Meg. 


Recorded by Becher, not found by Mr. Bristowe. 


14. Trichocera lutea, Bechier. 


Several females were obtained by Mr. Bristowe. They are 
dark in colour and do not show the yellow ground-colour 
described by Becher, whose specimens were doubtless either 
immature or discoloured by alcohol. ‘The species is of 
interest on account of a peculiarity of venation, 7—-m being 
placed slightly b-fore the fork of fs. 

“ Found round a little pool at the base of the Siaule rock. © 
One had got drowned, and, though in the middle of the pool, 
was being scavenged by della httoralzs, Linn., a red mite 
very common on the island.” (Bristowe.) 


XXV.—The Animal Ecology of King’s College Chapel, Cam- 
bridge.—A Preliminary Note. By A. D. Hopson, B.A., 
Christ’s College, and L. H. Matruews, B.A., King’s 
College *. 


THIS paper is a consideration of the relationships of the 
animals living in the situation in question. The object is 
not primarily entomological, although many of the animals 
are insects. 

The place under consideration is peculiar, and must first be 
described. ‘The chapel has a double roof, the inner being 
the stone vaulting, while the outer is composed of wooden 
beams supporting the lead outer roof. ‘There is a space 
between the two roofs extending over the whole of the 
chapel, and varying from 7 feet to 10 feet in height. ‘This 
space, which is about 80 feet above the ground, communicates 
with the exterior by a window at each end. A gallery runs 


* From the Zoological Laboratory, Cambridge. 


Animal Ecology of King’s College Chapel, Cambridge. 241 


along either side at a slightly lower level, and has windows 
on the outside and openings leading to the inter-roof space on 
the inside. 

In addition to the animals inhabiting this space, the fauna 
of one of the four spiral staireases which communicate with 
it has been included. This staircase is disused, and is there- 
fore similar biologically to the inter-roof space, as the 
pigeons, which form the central group of the fauna, are 
numerous there. 

The whole floor of this space and the staircase are covered 
more or less with a débris derived from the pigeons, which 
nest and roost everywhere. This débris consists of droppings, 
together with derelict food, nesting materials, feathers, and 
remains of dead pigeons, forming a rich feeding-ground for 
a varied fauna. 

Conditions at first sight appear unfavourable to life, owing 
to the extreme dryness of the food and to the darkness. On 
the other hand, so far as it has been possible to ascertain, the 
range of temperature is less than that outside. 

An examination of the list given below shows that the 
majority of the animals found are dependent, directly or 
indirectly, upon the pigeons for food. It is found that the 
various members of the fauna fall into two main groups, as 

follows :— 


I. Independent Species, 


These merely use the chapel as a place of shelter, and 
obtain their food elsewhere: 
é. g., pigeons, bats, and hibernating insects. 


Il. Dependent Species. 


These fall into the following subgroups :— | 


A. Parasites of Independent Species : 


é. g., ticks, fleas, bird-lice. 


B. Indirect Dependents. 
(a) Those feeding on the pigeon-refuse described 
above. | 
This group includes most of the fauna: 
é.g., mites, Lepisma, larvee of Coleoptera, Diptera, 
Lepidoptera, and Siphonaptera. 
(6) Those preying on members of group (a) above: 
e. g., spiders, Rhynchota, Chernetidea, and some 
mites. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. xi. 16 


242 Messrs. A. D. Hobson and L. H. Matthews on the 


It will be noted that some forms fall into more than one 
group at different stages in their life-history. Such an 
animal is the pigeon-flea, of which the larva feeds on refuse 
in the nests, whilst the adult is a parasite. \ 

The following list includes all the members of this associa- 
tion which have so far been obtained. It is by no means 
complete, owing to the difficulty of collecting material 
because of the minute size of many of the animals. Indeed, 
additional species are continually turning up. 


MAMMALIA. 
Barbastella barbastellus, Gm. Barbastelle Bat. 


The only mammal hitherto found. A single specimen was 
obtained from a crevice in the rafters on October 7th, 1922. 
This, incidentally, is the second recorded occurrence of this 
bat in Cambridgeshire. 


AVES. 


Columba livia. Pigeon. 


Ecologically this is the most important animal, most of the 
fauna forming a “ pigeon association ” around it. 


MoOLLUSGCA. 
Hehz arbustorum, L. 


A single living example and one empty shell were taken 
in a dark part of the roof-space in August. This is the most 
anomalous member of the fauna, it being difficult to find any 
explanation for its presence owing to lack of suitable food. 


ARACHNIDA. 
ARANEINA. 


Spiders are numerous in all parts, but, so far, have not 
been identified. There is reason to believe that they feed, in 
part at least, on the inhabitants of the pigeon refuse. 


CHERNETIDEA. 
Chernes sp. 


One specimen only wasfound inrubbish. It is predaceous 
on refuse-feeders. 


Animal Ecology of King’s College Chapel, Cambridge, 243 


ACARINA. 
Tyroglyphide. 


Glycyphagus sp. 

A species belonging to this genus is exceedingly abundant 
in the nests, and also, to a lesser extent, in the general refuse. 
These feed on particles of organic debris. 


Aleurobius farine, De Geer. 


Occurs in the same situation, and is similar in habits and 
food to Glycyphagus. 


Liponyssus sp. 
Found in moderate numbers amongst refuse. This is a 
predaceous species, feeding on the smaller refuse-feeders. 


Dermanyssus spp. 


Two species were found parasitic on pigeons, and were 
most abundant during the summer. 


Several specimens of an undetermined Gamasid mite were 
taken on the barbastelle bat, chiefly on the head. These are 
blood-sucking parasites. 

Argaside. 
Argas reflewus, Fischer. Pigeon Tick. 

Several specimens were found hiding in crevices of the 
masonry, in every case close to a pigeon’s nest. It is a 
blood-sucking parasite of the pigeon. This is the second 
recorded locality in Great Britain, the species hitherto having 
been found only in Canterbury Cathedral. (See ‘ Nature,’ 
wale cx, p. 313.) 


INSECTA. 
LEPIDOPTERA. 


Vanessa io. Peacock Butterfly. 
Vanessa urtice. Small Tortoiseshell Butterfly. 


Hibernating specimens of both species not uncommon. 


Tineida. 


Larvee of one or more species commonly found feeding in 


the refuse. 
16* 


244 Messrs. A. D. Hobson and L. H. Matthews on the 


COLEOPTERA. 
Staphylinide. 


Small beetles of this family are not uncommon in the 
refuse, but have not yet been worked out. Specimens of 
Oxytelus sculpturatus and. O. eomplanatus, collected in the 
chapel by H. Jenkinson, M.A., are among the University 
collections. 


Dermestida. 
Dermestes lardarius. 


Common in both adult and larval stages during the 
summer, feeding on refuse and dead pigeons. 


Cryptophagide. 
Cryptophagus badius. 


Both larve and adults very common in pigeon-refuse. 


Ptinide. 
Ptinus fur. | 
~ Both larvee and adults very common in the refuse or on 
dead pigeons. 


Tenebrionide. 
Tenebrio molitor, L. 


Larvee and adults common in refuse. The larve are 
usually found feeding in very dry masses of pigcon-droppings 
mixed with vegetable matter round the nests. 


DIPTERA. 
Feannia sp. Latrine Fly. 


Larvee not generally common, but when found occur in 
large numbers. Apparently usually occurs in accumulations 
of wet droppings, and by a process of external digestion 
prevents the mass from drying up. ‘The only refuse-feeding 
animal found which does not feed exclusively on dry material. 


Calliphora erythrocephala. Blue-bottle. 


Very common, the larve feeding upon dead pigeons. 


Animal Ecology of King’s College Chapel, Cambridge. 245 


SIPHONAPTERA: 


Ceratophyllus columbe. Pigeon Flea. 


This species is very common in larval and adult stages in 
the nests during the summer; not so numerous in winter. 
The larva, as pointed out above, fall into the eategory of 
refuse-feeders, whilst the adults are blood-sucking parasites. 


Ischnopsyllus hexactenus. 


Three specimens were found on the barbastelle bat. This 
species is characteristically a parasite of the long-eared bat 
(Plecotus auritus). 


MALLOPHAGA. 


Esthiopterum columbe. 


Occurs abundantly on the pigeons. 


Psocide. 


One immature specimen only of an unidentified species 
found amongst refuse, on which it probably feeds. 


RHYNCHOTA. 
Anthocoris sp. 


Not common. This bug is predaceous, and probably feeds, 
in part at least, on larvee of Tenebrio molitor. 7 | 


APTERYGOTA. 
Lepisma saccharina. 


Not uncommon amongst the refuse, on which it feeds. 


As is evident from the above observations, the fauna 
under consideration is of a considerable complexity, and 
further work will probably show that it is even more 
complex. ‘The existence of various species which prey upon 
the refuse-feeders indicates that this association has been 
well established for a long time. 


In conclusion, we would wish to express our gratitude to 
Mr. F. Balfour-Browne for his continued help and kind 
encouragement, and also to Mr. C. Warburton, Dr. Hugh 
Scott, and Mr. M. G. L. Perkins for help in identification of 
species. 


246 Mr. O. Thomas on 


XXVI.—On some Queensland Phalangeride. 
By OLDFIELD ‘THOMAS. 


(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) 


THE Queensland representatives of the Koala and the large 
black Flying-Phalanger have long been known to me as not 
quite the same as their New South Wales allies, but it is 
only recently that material justifying detailed examination 
has been received by the British Museum. Thanks to the 
Godman Exploration Fund examples of both have now 
arrived, and the points of difference may be noted. 

Commencing with the Koala, the Queensland form may 
be deseribed as 


Phascolarctes cinereus adustus, subsp. n. 


Smaller than New South Wales and Victoria cinereus, the 
skull shorter in each sex. Fur shorter, hairs on withers 
about 16 mm. in length. General colour above of anterior 
back more or less strongly suffused with dull rufous or tawny, 
true cinereus being greyish or greyish brown on the back, 
without, or with but little, tawny suffusion. Ears far less 
thickly hairy, the inner surface almost naked. Under surface 
lighter, the prominent groin-patches rather browner and less 
rufous. 

Dimensions of the type:— 

Head and body 600 mm.; hind foot 97; ear 78. 

Skull: condylo-basal length 138 ; zygomatic breadth 80 ; 
combined length of upper molars 30. A female skull has the 
molar series 28 mm. in length. 

Hab. Queensland, extending as far north as Inkerman, in 
S. lat. 19° 30’. Type from O Bil Bil, near Mundubbera, 
460!. 

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 22.12. 29.27. Original 
number 36. Collected 5th February, 1922, by T. V. Sherrin. 
Presented by the Godman Exploration Fund. 

This animal is more suffused with rufous than the greyish 
one of New South Wales and Victoria, and is also somewhat 
smaller, the difference being particularly noticeable in the 
females. 


THE TAGUAN FLYING-PHALANGERS. 


Some years ago the British Museum received from the 
neighbourhood of Bundaberg, South Queensland, a small 


some Queensland Phalangeride. 247 


series of the Taguan Flying-Phalanger—Petaurordes volans. 
‘he specimens appeared to be greyer than the ordinary form, 
but for the moment they were put aside till further material 
should arrive. 

Now from the same region Mr. Sherrin, the Godman 
collector, has sent some further examples of the animal, and, 
after a careful comparison with the more southern material 
available, I consider the Queensland form should be distin- 
guished subspecifically. 


Petauroides volans incanus, subsp. n. 


‘Size as in true volans, both animals being somewhat variable 
in the dimensions of the skull. General colour of the back 
dark cinereous grey, apparently ‘‘deep mouse-grey”’ of 
Ridgway, the hairs blackish grey for the greater part of their 
length, their ends with a whitish subterminal band, the 
extreme tips black. Laterally the light bands increase in 
breadth and dominance, so that towards and on the edges of 
the parachute the colour is-whitish, with a slight drabby 
tone. Under surface practically all white. Top of head 
erey like back, but the ears, as also the hands, feet, and 
greater part of tail, deep black, asin volans. Base of tail 
commonly whitish or white. 

In true volans the body-area is black, slightly lightening 
laterally on the parachute, but with few or no light rings to 
the hairs, the general effect being very much darker than in 
mncanus. 

Skull as in volans. 

Dimensions of the type :— 

Head and body 390 mm.; tail 490; hind foot 52; 
ear 55. 

Skull: condylo-basal length 60 ; zygomatic breadth 40°5 ; 
combined length of ms!? 11°5. 

Hab. South-eastern Queensland. Type from Hidsvold, 
near Mundubbera, 450'; other specimens from Gin-Gin, 
W. of Bundaberg (coll. W. Allen). 

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 22.12.29.19. Original 
number 27. Collected 21st January, 1922, by T. V. Sherrin. 
Presented by the Godman Exploration Fund. Eighteen 
specimens examined. 

All the older names in the literature refer to the blackish 
animal of Port Jackson and other parts of New South Wales 
and Victoria, an animal whose first introduction to zoology 
by Governor Phillip was under the name of the “ Black 
Flying-Opossum.” 


248 Mr. O. Thomas on 


As usual, there is a great prevalence of white-headed and 
white-tailed individuals in the present series, about one-third 
of the specimens being so affected. 

Collett’s subspecies P. volans minor, of which the type- 
locality may be taken as Herbert Vale, North Queensland, is 
of about the same colour as incanus, but is materially smaller. 

Among the specimens assigned by Collett * to this animal, 
however, are two from Coomooboolaroo and Calliungal re- 
spectively, both in the Rockhampton region, which are larger 
than minor, while still decidedly smaller than dncanus. 
These appear to me to represent a Middle Queensland sub- 
species, which may be called 7 


Petauroides volans armillatus, subsp. n. 


Size, as gauged by skull, distinetly larger than in minor, 
though falling much short of that in volans and incanus. 

General colour of upper surface as in minor, but, as in 
ancanus, the backs of the ears, the forearms, and the lower 
legs are black, almost as black as the hands, while in true 
minor, as shown by Mr. Sherrin’s series, these are merely 
brown, little darker than the dorsal colour, and distinctly 
lighter than the black hands. Tail, in the single specimen, 
erey at base, like the back, not whitish as in minor, while 
the terminal part is less markedly black—but the caudal 
colour is rather variable throughout the genus. 

Skull like that of minor, but larger. In the type the 
nasals are continued further back in the middle line than 
usual, but there is variation in mznor in this respect. 

Dimensions of the type :— 

Head and body (on skin, apparently stretched) 370 mm. ; 
tail 460 ; hind foot 48; ear 36. | ; 

Skull: greatest length 56; condylc-basal length 54; 
zygomatic breadth 36°5; nasals 16°6x9; intertemporal 
breadth 6°6; mst 10°5. 

Hab. Rockhampton region of southern Middle Queensland. 
Type from Coomooboolaroo, 80 miles §.W. of Rockhampton. 
Another specimen of what is evidently the same form recorded 
by Collett from Calliungal, 80 miles W. of Rockhampton. 

Type. -Adult, male. -B:M: no. 87. 5.12.2. © €ollected 
Jan. 1884 by Dr. Carl Lumholtz, and received in exchange 
from the Christiania Museum. 

“Dr. Ramsay’s P. cinereus,” incidentally mentioned by 
Ogilby Tf as probably the same as minor, seems never to have 
been described. 

* Zool. Jahrb. 1i. p. 926 (1887). 
+ Cat. Austr. Mamm. p. 82 (1892). 


some Queensland Phalangeride. 249 


Parallel with the modification in the Petaurordes, I find 
that the large Petaurus—P. australis—of southern Queens- 
land is lighter than the New South Wales one, and may be 
described as 


Petaurus australis regine, subsp. n. 


Lighter throughout than true P. australis of New South 
Wales, the general tone more olivaceous grey, the dark line 
on the back less strongly marked and only commencing on 
the withers, the rump not so blackish, the black on the top of 
the parachute less extended towards the back, the inner and 
posterior side of the hind limbs not so completely and wholly 
black, the proximal part of the thick tufts that lead down to 
the heels more or less whitish. . Tail lighter-coloured, only 
about 3 inches of the end black all round, the underside of 
the rest buffy whitish. Belly buffy, not so deep as it usually 
is in australés. Skull as in australis. 

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :— 

Head and body 360 mm.; tail 450; hind foot 47; 
ear 45. | | 

Skull: greatest length 55:5. 

Hab. South-east Queensland. Type from Gin-Gin, 28 miles 
inland of Bundaberg. 

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 14. 1. 23. 7. Original 
number 8. Collected 16th June, 1913, by Mr. W. Allen. 


A NEW Pszvvocurrvus FROM N. QUEENSLAND. 


Pseudochirus laniginosus incanens, subsp. n. 


General characters of New South Wales laniginosus, but 
the dorsal colour clear ashy grey. Under surface white. 
Ears with prominent whitish patches behind and around 
their bases. orearms and hind legs drabby or pale rufous ; 
hands a little darker; feet paler than legs, drabby whitish. 
Tail with the proximal three-fifths darkening to black, the 
terminal two-fifths white. 

Skull about as in laniginosus. 

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :— 

Head and body 300 mm.; tail 340; hind foot 45; 

ear 39. 

Skull: greatest length 56; zygomatic breadth 34:5; 
nasals 20 x 9°8 ; ms!* 11°5. 

Hab. Ravenshoe, N. Queensland. Type from Vine Creek, 
3000'. 


Type. Young adult female. B.M. no. 22. 12. 18. 86. 


250 Mr. O. Thomas on 


Original number 180. Collected 18th June, 1922, by T. V. 
Sherrin. Presented by the Godman Exploration Fund. 

Readily distinguishable from all the hitherto known forms 
of the “‘ peregrinus”” group by its clear ashy-grey colour. 

The complete disagreement of this North-Queensland 
specimen with Pennant’s description of the Endeavour-River 
animal obtained by Banks, on which the name peregrinus is 
founded, shows that the latter name should not be used for 
any member of the group typified by the commen ring-tailed 
opossum of New South Wales, and I therefore use Gould’s 
name landginosus for the latter. To what species peregrinus 
really applies is not yet clear, but it was probably what we 
know as P. herbertensis, Collett, of which I believe P, A. col- 
letti, Waite, to be the young. 


Tue Rock Pszvpocuzrvs OF THE NORTHERN TERRITORY. 


Dr. Matschie * has divided the Ring-tailed Phalangers into 
three subgenera—Pseudochirus, Pseudochirops, and Pseudo- 
chirulus,—of which Ps. peregrinus, albertisi, and canescens 
are respectively typical. 

He has included in the second the North Australian 
Ps. dahli, but this animal appears to me to be so different 
from any of the others as also to need a special subgenus for 
its reception. Its rock- instead of tree-haunting habits, its 
peculiar short tail, and, in the skull, its excessively inflated 
mastoids—which rise on each side higher than the occipital 
crest,—and the extreme imperfection of the palate, whose 
vacuities extend from the level of the back of m’ to the 
palation, being only bounded behind by a narrow bar, are all 
characters which indicate its super-specific separation from 
the other members of the genus. I would therefore propose 
to make for it a special subgenus, which might be called 
Petropseudes. 


XXVII.—On some small Mammals, chiefly Bats, from the 
East Indian Archipelayo. By OLDFIELD THOMAS. 
(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) 
By the kindness of Dr. de Beaufort, of the Amsterdam 
Museum, I have been privileged to work out the large series 
of small mammals, in spirit, from the Hast Indian Archi- 
pelago there preserved, and to describe such new forms as 

occur among them. 
' * SB. Ges. Nat. Fr. 1915, p. 83. 


Mammals from the Kast Indian Archipelago. 251 


Of these, the most interesting are a new fruit-bat from 
Sumatra allied to Chironax and Balionycteris, but repre- 
senting a new genus, and a beautiful parti-coloured Myotis 
allied to M. weber and bartels’, but larger, and showing at 
its maximum the striking red and black ‘‘ dead-leaf”’ colora- 
tion that occurs in certain bats, of which the present is the 
largest. 


JATHALODES, gen, nov. (Pteropodide). 


Allied to Chironaz and Balionycteris. 

Muzzle broad; lips splayed out. No tail; interfemoral 
and calear much reduced ; hind limbs furry to base of claws. 
Wings to between the bases of the first and second toes. 

Skull without postorbital foramina; premaxillee in simple 
contact anteriorly. 

Incisors *, the inner upper pair both slenderer and shorter 
than the outer, in marked contrast to the condition in the 
allied genera. Cheek-teeth 2; p' very small; p°® with strongly 
developed antero-external basal cusp. Lower grinding-teeth 
(p3-m,) broad, almost square, their shape recalling that in 
Dyacopterus, 

Genotype, . alecto, sp. n. 

This new genus is one of a little group of Cynopterine 
genera to which Chironaa, Balionycteris, and others belong, 
as described in Andersen’s Catalogue, but it differs markedly 
in its combination of characters, though it would seem to be 
most nearly allied to the other small forms Chironax melano- 
cephalus and Balionycteris maculata. 

The proportions of its incisors—the inner pair considerably 
shorter and more slender than the outer—are unique, while 
the presence of only one pair of lower incisors, the absence of 
a tail, and the reduction of the interfemoral are all characters 
by which it may be readily recognized. . 

It is, therefore, a striking and highly interesting addition 
to the known genera of fruit-bats. 


Aithalodes alecto, sp. n. 


Size small, Chironax melanocephalus alone of this group 
being less in size. Fur thick and woolly, closely covering 
both the proximal part of the forearms, the whole of the 
interfemoral membrane, and the hind limbs down to the elaws. 
Colour throughout dark smoky blackish, the face quite black. 
Middle area of belly slightly lighter. Kars black, the edges 
slightly thickened and lighter coloured. Membranes black 


252 Mr. O. Thomas on 


throughout, except that there are a few inconspicuous lighter 
spots on the wings which may correspond to the well-marked 
spots of Balionycteris. 

Dimensions of the type, measured on the spirit-speci- 
men :— 

Forearm 48 mm. 

Head and body 67; ear13; pollex (c.u.) 18; third finger, 
metacarpus 34, first phalanx 24, second phalanx 30°5 ; fifth 
finger, metacarpus 30°5, first phalanx 14°5, second phalanx 
16°5 ; lower leg and hind foot (c. u.) 28. 

Hab. (of type). Indrapura Peak, Sumatra. Alt. 7300". 

Type. Adult’ female. B.M. no. 23. 1.2.1. ~ Current 
number 93. Collected in 1921 by Messrs. Pratt. Brought 
home to the Amsterdam Museum by Dr. L. J. Toxopeus. 

A very interesting fruit-bat, adding one to a small group 
of strongly marked forms, mostly inhabitants of mountainous 
regions. : 

It is of interest to record that there is also in the collection 
an example from Pulo Nias of Chironax melanocephalus, 
Temm., which had not been rediscovered since its first 
description in 1825, and of which, therefore, Dr. Andersen 
only had for examination the original and somewhat time- 
worn specimens in the Leyden Museum. It may be noted 
that the palate-ridges, as Dr. Andersen expected, prove to be 
very like those of Cynopterus, of similar number and shape, 
except that the posterior ridges are more strongly bent back- 
wards at the sides. The wings are inserted at the base of 
the first toe, not between the first and second, as in 
Ld thalodes. 


Myotis hermant, sp. n. 
A beautiful black and red bat allied to “ Chrysopteron”’ 


bartelst and weberi, Jentink, but larger than either. 

Coloration essentially as figured in the excellent plate of 
weber, the tone of the reddish parts of the membranes very 
much as figured, near “ orange-cinnamon,” rather than the 
“orange ’’ mentioned by tlie describer. Dark parts blacker 
than in the figure. Hdges of ears black to about the same 
extent as in webert, therefore less than in bartelsi. Hind 
legs reddish only to the ankles, the feet being black. 

Skull with a proportionally small brain-case and long 
heavy muzzle. The specimen is old, and has a well-marked 
sagittal crest. ‘l'eeth as in such species of the genus as have 
the second small premolar reduced, this tooth being minute 
and quite internal above, and minute and half internal below. 
Large premolar scarcely longer than m}! above, and not so 


Mammals from the East Indian Archipelago. 253 


long as m, below, proportions very different from those stated 
to occur in the allied species. 

Dimensions of the type (measured on the spirit-speci- 
men) :— 

Forearm 61 mm. 

Head and body 68; tail 59; ear 21; tragus on inner 
edge 9; third finger, metacarpus 54, first phalanx 24:5 ; 
lower leg and hind foot (e. u.) 42°95. 

Skull: greatest length 21; basi-sinual length 16:3 ; 
zygomatic breadth 14; palato-sinual length 10; front of 
canine to back of m’* 9. 

Hab. Sabang, N.W. of Sumatra. 

Type. Adult female in alcohol. B.M. no. 23.1. 2. 13. 
Current number 91. Collected by Mr. G. Herman. 

Of the three fine bats above mentioned, the first described 
—weberi—was placed by Jentink in Kerivoula ; but later, 
when describing bartelsi, he founded a new genus—Chryso- 
pteron—for the two, largely on the differences their teeth 
showed from those of Kerivoula. But I fail to see any 
reason for distinguishing them from A/yotis, ameng which 
there are several other species with the dried-leaf coloration, 
while one of these—J/. rufopictus—has the small premolar 
even more reduced, being absent altogether above in the type 
and only known specimen: and the premolar is equally 
reduced in M. formosus and M. sicarius, the latter a species 
without the dried-leaf coloration. 

At Dr. de Beaufort’s suggestion I have named this beautiful 
bat after its discoverer Mr. Herman, to whom the Amsterdam 
Museum owes many valuable accessions. 

Among the latter there is also an example of a Pipistrel, 
from Sabang, which I at first supposed to be new, owing to 
its possession of a peculiar sac-like gland on the upper side of 
the base of the tail. But further study, and the loan of 
specimens from the Doria Museum, Genoa, showed that this 
gland was characteristic of the male sex of Pipistrellus ma- 
crotis, as also of P. ambricatus of Java, kitcheneri of Borneo, 
and lophurus of the Malay Peninsula. ‘The appreciable 
number of specimens of both ¢mbricatus and kitcheneri in the 
Museum are almost all females, and the type of P. curtatus, 
Miller, said to be a synonym of macrotis, is also a female, so 
that it has only been on the arrival of Mr. Herman’s male 
specimen of macrotis that I have been able to draw attention 
to this striking sexual characteristic. 

P. lophurus was distinguished by its possession of a 
glandular tuft without any idea that the same structure 
occurred elsewhere. 


254. Mr. O. Thomas on 


Murina towopet, sp. ne 


Nearly allied to M. florium, Thos., with which it agrees in 
size and general colour, but the hind limbs, tail, and inter- 
femoral membranes are as thickly haired as they are in 
M. suilla, not nearly naked as in florium. Under surface 
wholly greyish, without white on the throat, the ends of the 
hairs drabby whitish. 

Skull and teeth practically as in florzwm, though the muzzle 
may be rather longer and the teeth a little heavier throughout. 
M? slightly thicker. Lower canine and premolars rather 
higher, the posterior premolar with an indistinct groove on 
its outer aspect, which may, however, be individual. 

Dimensions of the type (measured on the spirit-speci- 
men) :— 

Forearm 35 mm. 

Head and body 43; tail 34; ear 14; third finger, meta- 
carpus 30°5, first phalanx 14:5; lower leg and hind foot 
(G5 Te) ABP Us 

Skull: greatest length 17 ; basi-sinual length 12; front 
of canine to back of m’ 5:6. 

Hab. Buru. Type from En-Biloro. , 

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 23.1.2. 27. Current 
number 110. Collected June 1921 by Dr. L. J. Toxopeus. 

I have much pleasure in naming this little bat in honour of 
its discoverer, to whom the Amsterdam Museum owes the fine 
series of Buru Mammalia which I have been privileged to 
work out. 


Murina canescens, sp. n. 


Nearly allied to. M. sudlla and balstoni, agreeing with them 
in general essential characters and size, and equally smaller 
than J. florium ; but colour nearly precisely as in the latter, 
the back similarly dull greyish, and the belly also greyish, with 
the chest dull whitish. In balstont the whole of the under 
surface is white, in sulla the throat and chest are white, and 
in the latter the upper surface is more or less strongly rufous. 
Interfemoral and hind limbs thinly hairy. 

Dimensions of the type (measured on the alcoholic speci- 
men) :— 

Forearm 29°5 mm. 

Head and body 38; tail 30; ear 12; tragus on inner 
edge 5; lower leg and hind foot (c. u.) 19:3. 


Mammals from the Hast Indian Archipelago. 255 


Skull: greatest length 14:2; basi-sinual length 10:2 ; 
breadth of brain-case 7°4; front of canine to back of m* 4°8. 

Hab. Nias Island, W. of Sumatra. 

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 23.1. 2.28. Current 
number 173. Collected by Mr. Kleiweg de Zwaan. Two 


specimens. 


Tupaia glis pheniura, subsp. n. 

General characters of Sumatran J’. g. ferruginea, but the 
terminal half of the tail not greyish, as in ferruginea, nor 
abruptly creamy white, as in demissa, but gradually passing 
into orange-rufous, so far as the basal halves of the hairs are 
concerned. Ends of tail-hairs with a black subterminal ring 
and pale rufous tip. Underside of terminal part of tail clear 
bright orange-rufous, just edged with the darker tips of the 
hairs. 

Body and limbs generally closely matching those of 
T. g. demissa, with the same darkening on the posterior back. 
Hairs of under surface grey-based, with buffy or ochraceous 
tips. 

The type is young, its dimensions being :— 

Head and body 134 mm.; tail 133; hind foot 40. 

Skull: greatest length 42. 

Hab. Deli, Sumatra. 

Type. Immature female (skinned out of spirit). B.M. no. 
23.1. 2. 30. Current number 310. Collected by Dr. L. P. 
de Bussy. ‘Two specimens examined. 


In 1904 I described as Tupaia ferruginea demissa a tree- 
shrew from Lower Langkat, in the same part of Sumatra but 
at a lower level. That animal was characterized by the 
terminal part of the tail being abruptly contrasted creamy 
white, and its original collector obtained no less than forty- 
six specimens showing this peculiar coloration. 

_ Dr. Lyon, in his ‘ Monograph of Tupaiidee,’ considered it a 

separate species on the ground that no intermediate specimens 
between it and glis ferruginea were known. Now, however, 
by its graduated rufous-ended tail, the present form may be 
considered as‘an intermediate between demissa and jerruginea, 
and I should therefore still retain the terminology I originally 
used for the creamy-tailed form. 

In all probability this, and not demtssa, was the Deli 


animal referred to by Jentink as 7. ferruginea chrysura in 
1888. 


256 Mr. R. Daubney on Two Species of 


XXVIIL—A Note on Two Species of the Genus Murshidia 
(Nematode, Strongyloidea) parasitic in the Wart-Hog. By 
R. Dausney, M.Sc., M.R.C.V.8., Ministry of Agriculture 


and Fisheries. 


THE material dealt with in this paper is the property of the 
British Museum (Natural History), South Kensington. I 
wish to express my thanks to Dr. H. A. Baylis for his 
generosity in placing this material at my disposal. The 
type-specimens of the new species are in the British Museum 
(Natural History). 


Genus MursuipiA, Lane, 1914. 
This genus, described by Lane (1914), differs from the 


genus Cylicostomum in characters of the head, the male bursa, 
the spicules, and the female tail. Lane’s diagnosis has 
recently been reprinted in Khalil (1922, p. 220). 

That both of the species discussed below should be assigned 
to this genus is indubitable, although hitherto its members 
have been described from elephants only. It is, however, 
always of peculiar interest to note the occurrence of members 
of a helminth genus, previously associated entirely with one 
host genus or group, in another host-group whose relationshi 
to the first 1s not very obvious. 


Murshidia pugnicaudata (Leiper, 1909). 
Synonym. | Cylichnostomum pugnicaudatum, Leiper, 1909. | 


This species has been collected recently on four occasions 
from the wart-hog (Phacocherus ethiopicus) in Zululand. On 
each occasion there was also present a closely allied species— 
Murshidia hamata,—which is described below. From the 
description .of Leiper (1909, p. 23) there is reason to suppose 
that the material from which his species was originally 
described included also the second species. His figure of the 
cesophagus in particular would appear to apply more closely 
to M. hamata than to M. pugnicaudata. However, it is 
clearly indicated by his figure of the spicules which of the 
two species should be regarded as MZ. pugnicaudata. 


Murshidia hamata, sp. n. 


Host. Wart-hog (Phacocherus ethiopicus). 
Locality. Zululand. 
This is a fairly long robust form. The females measure 


Murshidia parasitic in the Wart-f1.9. 257 


from 16°5 to 19 mm, in length and up to 0:79 mm. in thick- 
ness, the males from 13 to 14°5 mm. and up to 0°52 mm. 


Fie, 2. 


Murshidia hamata. Anterior end, dorsal view. 


respectively. The female is tapered at both ends, the tip of 
the tail being drawn out toa fine point. ‘lhe male is tapered 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. xi. AL 


258 Mr. R. Daubney on Two Species of 


from just in front of the bursa forwards. The strize of the 
cuticle are about 3 w apart. 

The head, which measures about 0°12 mm. in dorso- 
ventral diameter, has well-developed, freely projecting, 
submedian papille, of which that part which is distal to the 
constriction is elongated rather than spherical. The lateral 
papillee are small, fairly slender, and do not project through 
the mouth-collar. The mouth-collar is of medium height, 
with a rather depressed margin. It ig elliptical in outline, 
and is notched laterally. The buccal capsule itself is ellipsoid, 
its longer axis directed dorso-ventrally. Itis about 0:065 mm. 
deep. In the dorso-ventral position it appears about as 
broad as deep, while in the lateral position its width is much 
greater than its depth. In the latter position its walls in 
optical section appear roughly triangular, the base being 
considerably thickened. In the dorso-ventral position, how- 
ever, this thickening towards the base is much less marked. 
The internal leaf-crown appears to be absent. The external 
leaf-crown consists of numerous (upwards of eighty) rather 
slender elements with rounded tips, which originate from the 
interior surface of the buccal capsule-wall along the curved 
line characteristic of the genus. From twenty-six to thirty- 
two of the elements protrude through the mouth-opening. 
These projecting leaves, which are mainly confined to the 
lateral walls, are arranged somewhat in the fashion of the 
feathers of a fan, the tallest elements being opposite the 
lateral papille ; unevenness of length and of origin both 
assist in bringing about this arrangement. The dorsal 
eutter is represented by a blunt tubercle on the floor of the 
buccal capsule. The cesophageal funnel is poorly developed. 
The oesophagus measures from 0°54 to 0°56 mm. in length 
and up to 0°16 mm. in maximum thickness. It is bottle- 
shaped, having a well-defined waist at the point where it is 
encircled by the nerve-ring. There is a sharp constriction 
giving rise to a distinct shoulder just behind its anterior 
extremity. The nerve-ring is situated at about 0°16 mm. 
from its anterior end, whilst the excretory pore opens just 
behind its base. 

‘emale.—The tail of the female is from 1 to 1:1 mm. in 
length and is sharply pointed. The vulva is situated at about 
0°7 to 0°38 mm. in front of the anus, or from 1°7 to 1°9 mm. 
from the posterior extremity. The diameter of the worm 
increases suddenly immediately in front of the vulva. The 
vagina is curved spirally and appears to be muscular. The 
two branches of the uterus run directly forwards to within 


Murshidia parasitic in the Wart-Hog. 259 


about 1°8 mm. of the base of the cesophagus, where the 
ovarian tubes commence, running directly backwards to 
within about 5 mm. of the posterior extremity. Both 
uterine branches and ovarian tubes are arranged in numerous 
transverse loops partially encircling the out. The eggs in 
the uterus are oval and measure 0° 072-803 x 0:036-0: 041 mm. 
Their content is unsegmented. 


Fig. 3. Fig. 4. 


l°Omm, 


Fie. 3.—Murshidia hamata. Tail of female, lateral view. 
Pig. 4.—Murshidia hamata. Spicule of male, 


Male.-—The bursa of the male is completely closed, but 
possesses a long dorsal lobe. In addition to this and the 
lateral lobes there is a small aecessory lobe on either side 
supported by the externo-dorsal ray. 

The main trunk of the dorsal ray is exceedingly stout and 
rather short. The externo-dorsal rays are detached at a wide 
angle and recurve towards the dorsal side of the bursa. At 
about 0°2 mm. behind the point of origin of the externo- 
dorsal rays a pair of stout branches leaves the main trunk. 
Each of these, soon after leaving the main trunk, divides into 
two slender branches, of which the outer is distinetly the 
shorter. Just behind this point the main trunk divides into 
ib 8 


260 Mr. R. Daubney on Two Species of 


two long slender branches which extend to the tip of the 
dorsal lobe. There are thus six rays in the dorsal lobe and a 


\ 


Fig. 5. 


Murshidia hamata. Dorsal and externo-dorsal rays of male. 


ray (the externo-dorsal) in each of the small accessory lobes. 
The lateral and ventral rays appear to arise from a common 
trunk. Hach of the former has a bulb-like swelling at its 


Fig. 6. 


Murshidia hamata. Bursa of male, lateral view. 


point of separation from the common trunk. The externo- 
lateral ray diverges noticeably from the other two and is 


Murshidia parasitic in the Wart-Hog. 261 


directed towards the ventral rays. The ventral rays are 
short, slender, and closely applied to each other. The 
spicules are rather stout and measure about 1°57 mm. in 
length. They curve distinctly in the dorsal direction near 
their posterior ends. ‘Their extremities have each a large 
flattened hook, which faces ventrally and is somewhat like the 
sole of a child’s sandal. A roughly conical accessory piece 
measuring 0°38 mm. to 0°4 mm. is present. ‘The male 


Murshidia pugnicaudata. Anterior and lateral view. 


genital tube is much coiled and extends to within a short 
distance of the cesophagus. 

Figures of M. pugnicaudata (Leiper) are appended, for 
purposes of comparison. The new species differs from 
M. pugnicaudata in the form of the mouth-capsule, of the 
cesophagus, of the vulva and vagina, and of the spicules of 
the male. Comparing the two, the buccal capsule of 
M. hamata is much narrower in proportion to its depth, 


On Murshidia parasitic in the Wart-Hog. 


do not show such pro- 
The terminations 


262 


whilst in optical section its walls 
nounced. thickening towards the base. 


\\e 


Fig. 8. 


O/mm 


Murshidia pugnicaudata. Head, dorsal view. 


/ O77 |, 


Fig. 9.—Murshidra pugnicaudata. Tail of female, lateral vi 
Fig. 10,—Murshidia pugnicaudata. Spicule of male. a Stee 


of the submedian papilla are also different in shape, being 
globular in JZ. ougnicaudata and elongated in JZ. hamata. 


Descriptions and Records of Bees. - 263 


The figures will indicate the pronounced difference in the 
shape of the cesophagus. ‘The anterior shoulder and the well- 
defined waist are conspicuous characters in M. hamata, Both 
lips of the vulva in M/. pugnicaudata ave somewhat prominent 
and the vagina is straight, while in the new species the ante- 
rior lip of the vulva is especially swollen and boss-like, and 


the vagina spirally curved. 
Figures 4 and 10 will indicate clearly the differences 


between the spicules. 


REFERENCES TO LITERATURE. 


Kuanit, M. 1922. ‘A Revision of the Nematode Parasites of 
Hlephants, with a Description of Four new Species.” Proc. Zool. 
Soe. London, 1922, part 2, pp. 205-280, text-figs. 1-71. 

Lane, Crayton. 1914. “ Bursate Nematodes from the Indian 
Elephant.” Ind. Journ. Med. Research, 1. p. 380. 

Lyerper, R. T. 1909. ‘ Wissensch. ergebnisse der Schwedischen 
Zoologischen Expedition nach dem Kilimandjaro, dem Meru, etc., 
1905-1906.’ Stockholm. 22. Vermes, pp. 23-26, figs. 1-9. 


XX1X.—Descriptions and Records of Bees. --XCVII. 
By T. D. A. Cockrrett, University of Colorado. 


Megachile fortis vestalt, Cockerell. 


Described from a male collected in Nebraska. Miss 
Grace Sandhouse has collected a female at Jumbo Reservoir, 
near Crook, Colorado, Aug. 13, 1921. It has exactly the 
appearance of the male, except for the sexual characters. 
The face is covered with bright reddish-fulvous hair, and the 
ventral scopa is entirely red. The posterior basitarsi are 
very broad. Among the known females, this is closely 
related to M. emoryi, Ckll., but is smaller, with redder hair. 
It seems possible that M. emoryi is the true female of 
M. fortis, Cresson, and that the present SEL should stand 
as a distinct SIGOIES, M. vestali. 


Hoplitis gracee, sp. un. 


2 —Length about 9 mm. 
- Black, rather narrow, with nearly parallel-sided abdomen; 
head and thorax shining, but closely punctured ; mandibles 
broad, 3-dentate; clypeus with lower margin strongly but 
broadly emarginate ; disc of clypeus convex, with no smooth 


264 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Deseriptions and 


line or ridge; orbits slightly converging below; flagellum 
ferruginous beneath except basally and at extreme apex; 
tegule with a suffused red spot. Wings strongly clouded, 
reddish ; first r.n. going beyond first intercubitus a distance 
much more than half length of latter. Tarsi with ecream- 
coloured -hair on inner side. Abdomen shining, the thin 
white hair-bands developed only at sides; ventral scopa pure 
white. | 

Sterling, Colorado, July 1, 1921 (Grace Sandhouse). 

Compared with H. sambuci, Titus, it is less robust, with 
much narrower face, without the well-defined polished area 
on upper part of clypeus, and the antennz and tegule are 
differently coloured. Compared with H. mescalerium, CklL., 
it is smaller, with much less ample wings, the dise of meso- 
thorax 1s more closely punctured, and the abdominal hair- 
bands are much less developed. H. monarde, Ckll., is quite 
different ; Crawford suggests that it should be transferred 
to Andronicus. 2 

Miss Sandhouse investigated the mouth-parts of H. gracee. 
The maxillary palpi are five-jointed, with the third joint 
longest, much longer than 4+5 (equal to 4+5 in sambucz), 
second much longer than fourth (2 and 4 subequal in sam- 
buct); labial palpi with second joint longer than first ; 
tongue about as long as labial palpi; blade of maxilla 
very long and slender, as in other species. H. mescalerium 
also differs in the palpi, having the maxillary palpi with the 
third joint equal to the second, but the fourth much shorter 
than second. 

The bee has a general resemblance to Andronicus cylindricus, 
Cress., but that is larger, with 4-dentate mandibles and 
different venation. 

Miss Sandhouse has also collected the following, new to 
Colorado: Xenoglossa strenua, Cress., Sterling, July 12, go 
on nasturtium flowers ; Halictus occidentalis, Cress., Crook, 
2, Aug. 24; Perdita bigelovie, Ckll., Crook, males, Aug. 
17-18, larger than usual (length about or nearly 6 mm.), 
and with less yellow on cheeks, but the latter character 
varies both in Colorado and New Mexico specimens. __ 


Andrena murreensis, sp. Ni. 

2 (type).—Length 9-11 mm. 

Black, with hind margins of first three abdominal seg- 
ments (third rather obscurely) and base of second and third 
(or third not evidently) ferruginous ; flagellum dull ferru- 
ginous beneath, exceptat base; tegule shining rufo-testaceous. 
Wings dusky hyaline, stigma dull ferruginous, nervures 
fuscous. Legs black; hair of head and thorax mainly 


Records of Bees. 265 


fulvous above and white below, but front and vertex with 
much black hair. Abdomen with rather narrow yellowish- 
white hair-bands on segments 2 to 4; apical fimbria very 
dark chocolate. Scopa of hind tibie shining pale reddish 
anteriorly, dark fuscous posteriorly ; hair on inner side of 
basitarsi pale red; spurs light ferruginous. Malar space 
practically obsolete ; process of labrum broad and truncate ; 
clypeus shining, with strong punctures, an indistinct smooth 
line ; facial foveze very narrow, bounded on front by long 
tufts of black hair ; mesothorax polished, with weak incon- 
spicous punctures ; area of metathorax triangular, dull and 
granular, the margins shining ; second s.m. broad, receiving 
first r.n. well beyond middle; b.n. falling just. short of 
nervulus ; stigma well developed. Abdomen thinly hairy, 
with weak piliferous punctures ; second segment depressed 
about a third. 

& .—Length about 8 mm. 

More slender ; head large, without pale face-markings ; 
clypeus prominent, with sparse punctures on disc; cheeks 
very broad, flattened, polished, sparsely punctured, not 
dentate ; mandibles of moderate length; front with black 
hair; flagellum moderate, bright ferruginous beneath ; legs 
black. 

Murree Hills, Punjab, 7500 ft., May 1920,5 9 (Dutt) ; 
Murree, 7500 ft., June 18, 2 9,1 ¢ (Dutt). (Fletcher, 50, 
51, 52,53, 57, 156, 162, 165.) | 

In Smiedeknecht’s table of European species, the female 
runs to lombardica, Schn., and the male near to basalis, 
Sichel, but these are not closely related. In my table of 
Oriental species in.the British Museum, A. murreensis runs 
to A. familiaris, Smith, but is easily separated by the dark 
tibiz and tarsi of the male. In my table made from the 
Rothney collection at Oxford, it runs to A. morosa, Cam., 
but is not the same. I noted of the Rothney collection 
type of morosa : larger than A.rothneyi or maligna; clypeus 
shining, with scattered rather weak punctures; mesothorax 
very feebly punctured; red on abdomen confined to apices of 
first two segments and bases of second and third ; hair at 
end of abdomen reddish chocolate. Bingham gives the 
length as 12-18 mm. The British Museum also has a ‘‘ type” 
of morosa, which lacks the red on abdomen and may be 
distinct. It runs in my table next to Jlevilabris, and is 
separable thus ( 2?) :— 


Clypeus with a large median polished space, 
enooyeds down middle, 1. Ssh atae.. 5. ee morosa, Cam. 
‘Clypeus closely punctured, without such aspace Jlevilabris, Cam. (type). 


266 Mr, 'T. D. A. Cockerell—Descriptions and 


The morosa is labelled Masuri. 

The A. mephistophelica, Cam., type in the Rothney collection, 
has the abdomen without red; front and vertex covered 
with black hair; flagellum red beneath except basally ; 
abdomen dull, with dullish white bands. This species is 
not in the British Museum. Bingham’s description does not 
agree with the type. 


Andrena rothneyi, Cameron. 


I have this (2 ) from Simla, September (Nurse). A. sim- 
laénsis, Cam., also from Simla, August (Nurse), is in Col. 
Nurse’s opinion almost certainly the male of rothneyi. In 
rothneyi the first two abdominal segments are red, and the 
mesothorax is dullish and closely minutely punctured ; in 
simlaénsis the abdomen is entirely black, and the mesothorax 
is highly polished. 


Andrena anonyma, Cameron. 


I noted of the ? type in Rothney collection: flagellum 
obscurely reddish beneath; mesothorax dull, with hardly 
visible very weak punctures ; scutellum shining; second 
sm. broad; abdomen shining, with brilliant white bands. 
The male, not previously described, is also in the collection; 
it has a very broad head, with broad cheeks and long man- 
dibles; scutellum shining as in 9; second s.m. not unusually 


broad. 
Andrena incanescens, sp. 0. 


& .—Length about 9 mm. 

Black, head and thorax with long dull white hair, faintly 
yellowish on thorax above, but with no black hair anywhere; 
head broad, facial quadrangle much broader than long; no 
light face-markings ; process of labrum polished, broadly 
truncate ; mandibles ordinary, with an inner tooth. Malar 
space linear, with a distinct tubercle at upper end; cheeks 
rounded, covered with long hair ; clypeus ordinary, convex, 
shining, finely punctured, with no smooth line; flagellum 
stout, crenulated, very obscurely reddish beneath; third an- 
tennal joint a httle shorter than 4+5; mesothorax dull, 
with very long hair ; scutellum shining ; area of metathorax 
hardly defined, rugose, the ruge transverse, the metathorax 
covered with very long hair; tegule piceous. Wings reddish 
hyaline ; stigma well developed, dark reddish; nervures 
fuscous, second s.m. receiving first r.n. a little before or at 
middle; b.n. falling just short of nervulus. Legs black, 


Records of Bees. 267 


with pale hair, bright ferruginous on inner side of tarsi ; 
spurs light ferruginous. Abdomen rather broad, convex, 
finely and distinctly punctured, the third segment more 
closely than the second ; surface thinly hairy, and segments 
2 to 4 with thin but entire and rather broad white hair- 
bands, not conspicuous ; sixth segment with long dark hairs, 
indicating dark hair at apex in female. 

Murree Hills, Punjab, 7500 ft., May 1920,3 ¢ (Dutt). 
(Fletcher, 119, 132, 133.) 

The sculpture of the metathorax recalls A. morosa, but the 
species is distinct from all described from India in the male 
sex, and I do not think it can be associated with any of the 
females. In the European table it runs near 4. simillima, 
Smith, but the abdomen is much broader and duller, and 
there are many other differences. ‘The abdominal bands are 
not dense and white at the sides as in A. heteropoda, Ckll. 
There is a very close superficial resemblance to A. afzeliella, 
Kirby (ovatula, Kirby). 


Nomtoides taprobane (Cameron). 


The type of Ceratina taprobane, in the Rothney collection, 
is a Nomioides. It is very small; clypeus yellow, with two 
black spots close together; mesothorax dark green; anterior 
aud middle tibize and tarsi wholly yellow. Ceylon. 


SupiLa, Cameron. 


This genus, based on three forms from Ceylon, could be 
regarded as a subgenus of Halictus, but may perhaps retain 
generic rank. I made the following notes from the types in 
the Rothney collection. 


Sudila ceylonica, Cameron. 


2? .—Clypeus produced, but malar space short; venation 
ordinary, b.u. falling short of nervulus ; area of metathorax 
large, hardly defined, not plicate at all; hind legs with short 
hair, but the femora with a good curled pollen-collecting 
scopa; abdomen fusiform. 


Sudila bidentata, Cameron. 


6 .—Head very large, quadrate, with great flattened 
cheeks with a great dentiform angle below; clypeus with 
two very large long parallel teeth, somewhat curved down- 
ward ; mandibles extremely long, crossing, strongly curved, 
red, with an inner tooth or angle; anterior border of 
prothorax very strongly elevated, with red margin. The first 


268° Descriptions and Records of Bees. 


y.n. mects the second intercubitus ; in ceylonica it falls a 
little short of it. In both the third s.m. is short, not very 
much broader than second, and the outer nervures are quite 
distinct. Apparently S. bidentata is the male of ceylonica. 


 Sudila fuscipennis, Cameron. 


3 .-Compared with bidentata, the head is much smaller, 
and the clypeal teeth are much shorter ; the mandibles are 
shorter and much darker ; the wings are dusky, quite reddish 
(not so in bidentata). The second s.m. is narrowed above, 
and receives first r.n. at extreme end. The abdomen 1s 
missing. 

A slide mount of the mouth-parts of S. ceylonica shows 
six-jointed, slender maxillary palpi, the first joint short, the | 
others subequal. : 


Augochlora floralia,; Smith. 


Type in Wilson Saunders collection at Oxford. 

? Length about 8 mm. 

Very brilliant shining blue-green, but front dull and 
granular ; face very broad; area of metathorax with feeble 
very oblique strize; hind spur pectinate; abdominal segments 
not vibrissate. 


Augochlora cytherea, Smith. 


Typein Wilson Saunders collection. 

2? Length about 10 mm. 

Brilliant yellowish green ; mandibles broad, reddish in 
middle, with strong inner tooth; area of metathorax lunate, 
with oblique striz ; hind spur pectinate; first recurrent 
nervure meets second intercubitus ; yellowish vibrissz at 
sides of first two abdominal segments. 


Augochlora vesta, Smith. 


Described from the female. A male in the Wilson 
Saunders collection has expanse about 18 mm. Wings 
suffused with brown; mesothorax densely and strongly 
punctured ; abdomen brilhant crimson, tending toward 
magenta, with orange vibrissze ; punctures on first segment 
very strong. 


Nomia opulenta, Smith. 


Described from the male, collected on Morty I. In the 
Wilson Saunders collection [ find also the female with label 
“M.,” doubtless meaning Morty I. The male has on the 


On the Nomenclature of the Family Scolytide. 269 


abdomen five yellow-green (Smith says blue-green) bands, 
slightly shot with red, the first being on first segment ; 
postscutellum densely tomentose, unarmed; area of meta- 
thorax appearing as a narrow shining band, with a triangular 
dull apical part abruptly separated from it; second s.m. 
small, higher than long; hind femora not thickened, but 
tibie strongly curved. The female is evidently the same 
species; it has five abdominal bands, very strongly vermilion. 


Nomia elegans, Smith. 


Type in Wilson Saunders collection. 

? .—Abdomen with four yellow-green bands, first on first 
segment; punctures of mesothorax very fine and weak; ante- 
rior wings with apical dusky cloud ; tegule pale fulvous; 
area of metathorax channelled, with cross-ridges ; tibiz and 
tarsi light ferruginous. 


Schmiedeknechtia oraniensis, Friese. 


I examined this in Mr. Morice’s collection, and noted that 
it was very like the American genus Neopasites, Ashm., with 
the same hair-spots on abdomen. Head subglobose; second 
s.m. large and triangular ; b.n. meeting nervulus. Ashmead 
says ‘labial palpi (?) 5-jointed,” but it should be maxillary 
palpi. The genera are perhaps identical, but in Neopasites 
the mandibles are bidentate, whereas Friese describes 
S. oraniensis as having them simple. | 


XXX.— Notes on the Nomenclature of the Family Scolytide. 
By Lt.-Col. Winn Sampson, I.E.S. 


As regards the question whether this family should be called 
Jpidse or Scolytidze, it is unnecessary to give a detailed 
account of all that has been written on the subject, as it 
seems to have been entirely overlooked by Ganglbauer 
(Munich. Koleopt. Zeit. 1903, p. 311, footnote (sep.)] and 
others that Dr. A. F. Fourcroy, in 1785, published a small 
book in Paris entitled ‘ Entomologia Parisiensis,’ the preface 
to which states that the trivial names therein were added by 
Geoffroy himself to rectify the omissions in his original work, 
and on page 139 of the first volume the specific name of 
“niger” is added to Scolytus. 

It is evident, therefore, that the generic name Hecoptogaster, 
Herbst, must give place to Scolytus, as having a seniority of 
eight years, and, although the Jps of De Geer was erected in 


270 On the Nomenclature of the Family Scolytide. 


1775, there is no rnle whereby the oldest generic name must 
necessarily be used for the family; so that the name Ipide 
can quite properly give place to the much more generally 
known one of Scolytus. 

* [na recent publication (Entomologisch. Berichten, exxvi. 
Deel vi., 1. Juli, 1922) Herr Oberfarster Keggers states oe 
he cannot agree with me that Stephanoderes coffee, Haged., i 
a synonym of St. hampei, Ferr., and in support of his 
Opinion quotes an abstract from the original diagnosis of 
Ferrari (Die Forst- und Baumzuchtschadlichen Borkenkafer 
Wien, 1867, p. 12), and another from Hichhoff’s description 
(Ratio, Descriptio, Emendatio eorum Tomicinorum, p. 153). 
Both authors state the elytral clothing to be “ sete,” the 
original adding the qualifying word “ crassis,” whilst Hichhoff 
calls them ‘ obtusiusculus tamen non clavatis.” Ferrari 
further emphasizes the absence of “ schuppenborsten ” CGrnem 
comparing his species with Cryphalus rateburgi, Ferr. 
Hagedorn stating the setee of his species St. coffee to be 

“nicht keulenfor migen,” and later on differentiates his 
species from Sé. hampet as having, enter alia, elytral hairs 
that are even less scale-like. 

In Hichhoff’s key to the genus he separates St. cassie from 
St. hampei chiefly by the former having “ setis subclavatis ” 
and the latter “‘haud clavatis.”” A specimen of St. hampet 
in my possession from Chapuis’s collection, and which he 
probably received from Hichhoff, shows the sete to be very 
slightly broadened; but inaspecimen lent me by Herr Eggers 
for examination, and which he tells me has been compared 
with a probably (“ wahrscheinlich”) typical example, I found 
the sete to be widely broadened as in Sé. cassie and other 
species, and I wrote to Herr Eggers pointing out the discre- 
pancies between our specimens and suggesting further inves- 
tigation. At present [am of the same opinion as before, as 
from time to time a large number of specimens have reached 
me, and they are certainly similar to the description given by 
Ferrari and to my Chapuis specimen. 


Xyleborus fornicatus, Kichh.,and X. fornicatior, Eggers. 


In the many long series of X. fornicatus that have passed 
through my hands there have been differences of size and 
consequent variations in the length of the elytral curve from 
base to apex, but no specimens that could be said to have a 
flattened appearance; and in the description given by Hichhoff 
(who is generally most accurate and painstaking) he takes 
particular trouble to differentiate the species from X. wanthopus 
by, inter ala, the fact that in the latter species the curve 1s 


Bibliographical Notice. 21 


not continuous ; I am unable, therefore, to accept X. /orni- 
eatior as a good species. 


The present opportunity may be taken of deprecating the 
multiplication by splitting up of species except on the most 
valid grounds. A description of a species is not a description 
of a specimen only, and the practice of taking small and 
insignificant differences iu a series for the erecting of new 
species only retards, instead of advancing, our knowledge. 
In the Scolytidze this custom has, perhaps, been carried 
furthest in the genera Hypothenemus and Stephanoderes, but 
in all the genera the diagnostic value of colour, number and 
size of prothoracic tubercles, and in some genera the number 
of funicular joints, as well as the partial or complete divisiou 
of the eye ete., depend on the examination of the longest 
series obtainable ; and the giving of specific value to single 
and often immature specimens which do not exhibit some 
striking peculiarities, is equally to be deplored. 

The foregoing remarks have no reference to those cases 
where the forest expert is able to prove dissimilarity in life- 
history etc., as in such cases apparently trivial differences 
may become of the first importance. 


BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE. 


Strasburger’s Teat-book of Botany, re-written by Dr. Hans Fitting, 
Dr. Ludwig Jost, Dr. Heinrich Schenck, and Dr. George Karsten. 
Fifth English Edition, revised from the Fourteenth German 
Edition by W. H. Lane. Macmillan and Co: London, 1921. 
31s. 6d. 


Since the last inglish edition of this famous text-book Professor 
Strasburger has died. The original authors of the text-book, as it 
appeared in 1594, were Professor Strasburger, Professor Noll, Pro- 
fessor Schenck, and Schimper. The new English edition contains 
important new sections on Morphology, Phy ‘siolog gy, and Spermato- 
phyta, contributed by Fitting, Jost, and Karsten, respectively ; and 
these Professors, together with Professor Selene. who contributes 
the chapters on Thallophyta, Bryophyta, and Pteridophyta, are 
responsible for this edition, which in the main follows the lines 
of the original text-book. The addition of the important new 
material by the authorities already mentioned makes the book of 
quite exceptional value as a text-book, and it will bea great advan- 
tage to students to have before them the brief account of recent 
literature and the exhaustive bibliography which is given by each 
of the four subeditors. 


272 i Geological Society. 


PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. 


GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. . 


December 6th, 1922.—Prof. A. C. Seward, Se.D., F.R.S., President, 
and afterwards Mr. R. D. Oldham, Vice-President, in the Chair. 


The following communication was read :— 


‘On a Collection of Fossil Plants from the Falkland Islands.’ 
By Albert Charles Seward, Se.D., F.R.S., Pres.G.8., and John 
Walton, B.A. 


The collection of fossil plants submitted to the Authors for 
examination was made by Dr. H. A. Baker at several localities in 
East and West Falkland, and in Speedwell and George Islands 
(south of Hast Falkland). It includes a few fragments of 
Lepidodendroid stems too imperfect for specific determination : an 
examination of the specimens and a comparison of some other 
plant-remains, previously described by Dr. 'T. G. Halle, with plants 
from other countries lead the Authors to suggest a Devonian age 
for the oldest plant-bearing beds. 

Numerous examples of Glossopteris leaves were collected, espe- 
cially in Lafonia, and these are referred to Glossopterts indica 
Schimper and G. brownzana Brongniart, species which are not 
confined to one geological series in the Gondwana System. Many 
specimens of Equisetaceous stems were also obtained from the 
Glossopteris Beds: of these several are clearly identical with 
Falkland examples described by A. G. Nathorstand by T. G. Halle, 
while others are compared with an Upper Triassic or Rheetic 
species Neocalamites carrerer (Zeiller). The examination of 
some well-preserved wood from Choiseul Sound enables the Authors 
to amplify the account given by Halle, of wood which is closely 
allied to that discovered by Dr. Baker. A comparison of petrified 
wood, most of which has been assigned by various writers to the 
genus Dadoxylon, from different parts of Gondwanaland, points to 
' the prevalence in the southern botanical province of trees differing 
in certain anatomical characters from contemporary plants in the 
northern province. The present Authors’ conclusion is that the 
Permo-Carboniferous flora as a whole, so far as it is possible to 
base an opinion on the few species represented, agrees most nearly 
with the Damuda and Beaufort Series of India and South Africa 
respectively. The stems compared with Neocalamites favour a 
reference of the beds at Cygnet Harbour and Egg Harbour to 
a somewhat higher position; and, on the other hand, the leaves 
described as Glossopteris indica Schimper (ef. Gt. decipiens Feist- 
mantel) from North Arm, although they represent a type which 
has a wide range both in space and in time, suggest a possible 
correlation with the Ecca Series of South Africa and the Talchir 


Series of India. 


“dust. Published. 


or : ‘Medium 8v0. = sail +479, 


T ne F auna 26k British India 
| including. Ceylon and Burma). 


PUBLISHED UNDER THE AUTHORITY OF THE 


- BIRDS. Alo. E 


SECOND EDITION. 


_E. C. STUART BAKER, 0.B.E., F.2.S., &c. 


With 8 3 Original Coloured Plates ord numerous iilusieations in | the 
Pes a Text. Price 30s. 


: : This E dition 1s entirely rewritten, 


"TAYLOR & FRANCIs, Red. Tica ‘Court. Fleet Street, 
SS | Save a E. C.4, 


SECRETARY OF STATE FOR INDIA IN COUNCIL. — 


CONTENTS 0 OF NUMBER | 39 


% oo 


-XVIL his or littlecknown. ‘Tipulidee ( 
asian Species. By Cartes P. -AcBxaNppr Phd 
a ie ze AL. Bia — aes 


E. W. Epwarps ae ate eee 


XXYV. The Aptnae Beology of rag Hi 
A Preliminary Note. By A. D. Hoss 
L. H. Marrunws, B. As King’ S College . 


| 26. VI On some Queensland Phalungeride. By E . 
XXVIII. On some small Mammals, chiefly ale, 7a 
Indian Archipelago. By Otprimtp ‘THomas Hea tirupeee tether 
-XXVHI. A Note on Two Species. of. tes 


(Nematode, Strongyloidea) parasitic. in the Wa 
Davsyey, M.Se.,. M. R. C. VS. Ministry of Agr eu 


XXIX. Descriptions and Records of Bee x 
Cocxrerett, University of Colorado. . ass eae tetas 


XXX. Notes on the Nomenclature ‘of the oe 
Lt. -Col. Winn Sampson, BES. io ik aes me ae . 


2 ee sme 


ein. 


oe 


Strasburger’ s Text-book of Bolick ee Xe) hae Dr. Hane Fitting. 
Dr. Ludwig Jost, Dr. Heinrich Schenck, and Dr. George Kanton, 
Fifth English Edition, revised from the One ( 
ao memes aes | 


44 
“at 


‘PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES, 


Geological Sooiety Rene rc ss re 


; a* ‘ 
cba: Se LAME, 


Ps atwrwd 
a 
es i 4 “as 


*,* It is reniineatisd ‘that all Me aie a icatinnet for tl 
post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and 
Red Lion Court, Fleet, gees London, 2) eee ep 


~ 


. 4 . 
rs . - re 7") | Vet) 
‘vas % has Oe < Te. ie A ee 


~ Volpi. NINTH SERIES. No. 63: 


THE ANNALS 
AND 
MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, 
INCLUDING 
ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, anv GEOLOGY. 


CONDUCTED BY. 


/ SIR ARTHUR E. SHIPLEY, G.B.E., M.A., Sc.D., F.R.S.,F.Z.8 


i 
| 
ARTHUR SMITH WOODWARD, LED., E.R.S., PLS. F.GS., 


GEORGE CHARLES CHAMPION, A.L.S., F.Z.S., F.E.S., 


AND 


RICHARD T. FRANCIS, F.Z.8., M.B.O.U. 


3 BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘‘ ANNALS ” COMBINED WITH 
MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S “‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.” 


i 


. LONDON: 
TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEE? STREED, 


’ Sold by Bailliére, Paris; and Hcdges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin, 


LAND AND FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA OF moa. — 


- Part I., Vol. III. Price 2ls. 
By Pent Col. H. H. GOD WIN-AUSTEN, E.RS., a 


_ With 7 Plates and 65 pages Text, with Descriptions of many new a ie 


Species belonging to the Genus ee 


TAYLOR and FRANCIS, Red Lion Court, F leot Street, 5. C.. 4 


Sper Royal 8vo, PP- iv, 226. With 4 Plates and 16 oat rues. 1 
i Price 12s. td,< cee ss tome 


oa es 2 eS 


PHYTOGEOGRAPHY AND orion 
DUTCH N.W. NEW GUINEA. : 


-L, &. GIBBS. Ft, = FRMS. 


TaYLon AND Francis, Red Lion ae Fleet Stree. | 3 


THE -FAU NA OF BRITISH ND) AS ; 
(Including Ceylon and Burma). ae | 
Published under the authority of the Secretary of plate far India i in Council, 


COLEOPTERA (CHRYSOMELIDZ). 
Medium 8v0, with Lert Lllusti ations. Pri ‘ce Sige: 


MOLLUSCA (LAND OPERCULATES). 
With Two Plates and numerous Text Illustrations. Price ae 


Taytor & Franers, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, H.C. 4. . ie 


Rates for Advertisements in the Annals and 
Magazine of Natural History, 


One Bixee welve: 
oo ot. ipsertion. Insertions. Insertions. 
PAGE “bar oachcted C3. OO. 216) Deere tO oes ad 
HALF-PAGE, 9-87) 99126) 110 Org dae 
QUARTER-PAGE - | 18 O 16%: Baie Ao Os Net. 


EIGHTH-PAGE- - AO Ore 2) 9 COC er nee css 
All applications for space to be made to Lene | 
Mr. H. A. COLLINS, 32 Birdhurst Road, Croydon. 


THE ANNALS 


AND 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. 


[NINTH SERLES.] 


No. 63. MARCH 1923. 


XX XI.—Coleopteraof the Second Mount Everest Expedition, 
1922 *.—Part I. Carabidae. By H. E. Anprewss, F.E.S. 


Aut the Carabide were taken by Dr. T. G. Longstaff during 
the month of May in the neighbourhood of the Base Camp, 
Upper Rombuk, Tibet, at an altitude of 16,500 feet. The 
specimens secured belong to four well-known Palearctic 
genera, and are represented by five species, all of which I 
believe to be new. There are good series of three of these, 
but of the other two there are in each case two examples 
only. The Nedria is a very aberrant form and, as will be 
seen, differs rather widely from any hitherto described 
species. 


Nebria superna, sp. Nn. 

Length 10:5-11:0 mm, ; width 3°8—4°2 mm. 

Dark brown-red, ventral surface a little lighter, moderately 
shiny: joint 1 of antennze (rest fuscous), apex of palpi, 
femora, and trochanters red. In one example there are two 
clearly separated red spots on the vertex, in the other the 
greater part of the head is red. 

Head smooth, wide, and rather flat, a slight constriction 
behind eyes, middle of front uneven, the slight impressions 


* For Coleoptera of the 1921 Expedition, see Ann. & Mag, Nat. Hist. 
(9) 1x. pp. 558-562 (1922). 
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. xi. 18 


274 Mr. H. E. Andrewes on 


differing in the two specimens, clypeus slightly, labrum 
rather strongly emarginate, mandibles short, sharply con- 
tracted and hooked at extremity, longitudinally striate in 
the scrobe, eyes rather prominent, antennz thick, barely 
reaching middle of elytra, joint ] short and widely dilated, 
2 very short, not more than a third of 1, 3 half as long 
again as 1, 4a little shorter than the apical joints, 3 and 4: 
stronely compressed laterally quite close to base ; the tooth 
of the mentum is short and wide, slightly and widely 
emarginate, with a seta at each side of base, another seta 
on each side of mentum near base, and yet another on each 
side of base of submentum not far from buccal fissure ; 
joint 2 of labial palpi with only 2 sete visible on inner mar- 
vin. Prothorae moderately convex, barely wider than head 
and only slightly wider than long, extremities truncate, 
sides of base a little oblique quite close to angles, sides 
narrowly bordered in front, a little more widely behind, 
very gently rounded, a slight sinuation near front angles 
and a marked one rather before hind angles, which are 
approximately right and fairly sharp, projecting a little 
laterally, no marginal pores or setze; median line moderately 
marked on disk only, both transverse impressions deep, the 
foveze barely indicated, surface generally smooth, vaguely 
punctate along the transverseimpressions. /ytra elongate- 
ovate, rather flat, not quite twice as wide as prothorax, and 
two-thirds as long again as wide, widest behind middle, 
shoulders nearly obsolete, but basal border forming with 
side border a slight obtuse humeral angle, sides bordered, 
faintly sinuate behind shoulder; finely punctate-striate, stria 
1 fairly deep on disk, and quite clear to apex, the others 
progressively finer towards both sides and apex, where they 
become almost obsolete, scutellary striole short, intervals 
flat, though slightly convex on disk, no sign of a carina at 
apex, no setiferous pores, the punctures of the marginal 
series few, small, and far apart, surface smooth and slightly 
sericeous, microsculpture very clear, isodiametric. Under- 
side smooth, a few very vaguely indicated punctures at sides 
of venter near base, ventral segments with 2 (sometimes 3) 
setee on each side of median line, apical segment with 1 only. 
Tarsal jomts glabrous above, those of the pro- and meso- 
tarsi almost moniliform, apex of metatarsal joints produced 
beneath, 

The last-mentioned character would put the species into 
the subgenus Nebriola, but the other characters are widely 
different, and I am unable to make any comparison with 
auother species, as | know of nothing at all similar. To my 


Carabide from Mount Everest. 275 


eyes the new species is evidently a Nedria, and I do not 
therefore propose a new genus for it: in view of its unusual 
features, however, I think a new subgenus is called for, and 
I propose the name of Psilonebria, characterized by the 
unusual reduction of the setz on the body (including 2 only 
on the inner margin of the second joint of the labial palpi), 
the strongly compressed joints 3-4 of the antenne, the sub- 
moniliform tarsal joints, ete. 


enema 2 2. 


Bembidium (Plataphus) nivicola, sp. u. 

Length 5:0 mm.; width 2°1 mm. 

Black, shiny, with metallic reHections: upper surface of 
a deep, faintly bluish green, trochanters red. 

‘Head convex, with moderately deep nearly parallel frontal 
furrows, diverging slightly behind and extending from the 
front supraorbital to the clypeal pore, eyes rather flat, 
antennz elongate, nearly reaching middle of elytra; surface 
smooth and polished, a little uneven at sides, impunctate. 
Prothoraz transverse, rather flat, but convex towards front 
angles, a little wider than head, base truncate, its sides very 
slightly oblique, the sides gently rounded and sinuate before 
base, hind angles sharply rectangular, carina short but 
distinct, at right angles to base; median line short but 
moderately deep, not reaching extremities, basal transverse 
depression shallow, foveze wide but impressed at bottom; sur- 
face of disk smooth and polished, basal area strigose, the strize 
transverse a little in front of base, longitudinal along mar- 
ein. LHlytra ovate, flat, depressed behind base, half as wide 
again as prothorax and as much longer than wide, contracted 
towards base and widest behind middle, shoulders very 
square, sides gently rounded, border reaching stria 5; 
strie punctate, rather feebly impressed, 7 almost obsolete, 
1 deep near apex, where it curves round to meet 2, apical 
stria long and deep, joining 7, scutellary striole short, 
intervals almost flat, 8 with the two pores on stria 3; sur- 
face smooth but shagreened and less shiny than that of head 
and prothorax. The microsculpture throughout approxi- 
mately isodiametric (very much as in JB. laticolle, Motsch.). 
Beneath the surface is smooth, the metasternum unbordered 

between the mesocoxe, ventral surface glabrous. 

Of same size as B. virens, Gyllh., but of a bluer green. 
Head with furrows diverging shghtly behind; prothorax a 
little longer, sides distinctly sinuate before base, the angles 
consequently sharper, median line obsolete near base, 
carina slighter, foves less deep, base finely rugose ; elytra 


276 Mr. H. E. Andrewes on 


a little more narrowed towards base, with strie—especially 
outer ones—less impressed and less conspicuously punctate, 
the pores on 3 smaller. 


me ken rch 


Amara (Leir omorpha). brucei, sp. n. 


Length 6-0-7:0 mm. ; width 2*5-3:0 mm. 

Piceous, upper surface with fain metallic lustre ; antennee 
and palpi light testaceous, side-margins of prothorax, apical 
margin of elytra, and legs darker: testaceous. 

Head very convex, not contracted: behind, clypeal suture 
fine, the frontal impressions slight and linear, eyes rather 
flat, antennee with short joints, reaching little beyond base 
of prothorax, apical joint of palpi pointed and hollowed out 
. beneath, surface smooth. Prothorax convex, a third as wide 
again as head, and a little more than a third as wide again 
as long, extremities truncate, sides of base bordered, sides 
evenly rounded, without sinuation, but more contracted in 
front than behind and widest before middle, angles not much 
rounded, the hind ones a little obtuse, the hind lateral pore 
within and not far removed from them; median line short 
and fine, transverse impressions rather shallow, inner fovez 
well marked, ending in front in an impressed line, outer ones 
very slight, a distinct raised area between them ; surface 
smooth, base finely and rather slightly punctate at sides, 
faintly strigose in middle. Hilytra convex, oval, about a 
third as wide again as prothorax, and half as long again as 
wide, moderately contracted towards base, sides rounded, 
basal border slightly bisinuate, with a distinct angle at 
shoulder ; striz rather fine and very finely crenulate, striole 
comparatively short, without pore at base, intervals nearly 
flat, surface smooth, shagreened. Beneath the surface is 
nearly smooth, vaguely punctate at sides, ventral surface 
minutely strigose, prosternal process bordered at apex, with 
two sete, metepisterna barely longer than wide, ventral seg- 
ments bisetose, apical segment with a pair of setz on each 
side, rather close together in @, more distant in ?, hind 
tibiz not setose on inner margin. 

Rather larger and more elongate than A. alpicola, Dej., 
the only other species of the group known to me, antenne 
and legs lighter. Head with flatter eyes, the fovez less 
marked ; sides of prothorax without sinuation, hind angles 
obtuse, base slightly punctate, the inner fovex not so clearly 
marked, outer ones slight but present; strive of elytra a 
little less impressed, striole longer, intervals flatter, basal. 
sulcus not so deep. 


Many exci 2. 


Carabidae from Mount Everest. 277 


Amara (Leiromorpha) hypsela, sp. n. 

Length 5°5-6:0 mm.; width 2:4—2°6 mm. 

Very much like the preceding species and similarly 
coloured, but a little smaller and differing in the following 
particulars. The frontal furrows, though slight, seem on 
average to be rather more marked, and the eyes are rather 
more prominent. The prothorax is wider, its sides slightly 
but distinctly sinuate before base, so that the angles are very 
nearly right ; the inner fovea hardly differs, but the outer 
one is obsolete, and the raised area is wanting, the punctures 
at sides of base a little coarser aud more numerous. The 
elytra are rather more contracted towards base, the inner 
strize deeper, with more obvious puncturation, the striole 
short and very inconspicuous. Beneath the border of the. 
prosternal process. is very slight, sometimes obsolete, the 
sides of the metasternum and its episterna more evidently 
punctate, the apical ventral segment ¢ with only one pore 
and seta. 


Miomy ex.,.¢ 2. 


Cymindis longstaffi, sp. n. 


Length 7:0-8°5 mm.; width 2°6-3°2 mm. 

Piceous, shiny; side-margins of prothorax, side and 
apical margins of elytra, legs, antennze (darker towards 
apex), palpi, metasternum, and middle of ventral surface 
testaceous ; suture and frequently also base of elytra, some- 
times head and prothorax brown. 

Head rather wide, convex, frontal fovee smali but fairly 
deep, eyes moderately prominent, genze very oblique, joint 3 
of antenne only sparsely pubescent, apical joint of palpi 
truncate, in the labials ¢ very slightly dilated; surface, 
especially vertex, sparsely punctate, neck and clypeus smooth. 
Prothorax moderately convex, a little wider than head and 
half as wide again as long, sides rounded, margin reflexed, 
hind angles also reflexed, obtuse, but quite evident ; median 
line and transverse impressions all moderately marked, 
basal foveze rounded, rather small but deep; surface punc- 
tate but not closely, a little more so at sides and along base. 
Elytra moderately convex, oval, with a re-entrant angle at 
apex, the truncature hardly apparent, contracted towards 
base, where the border, which reaches the small scutellary 
striole, is strongly sinuate on each side, almost forming an 
angle at shoulder ; striz rather fine and very finely punc- 
tate, 7 obsolete towards apex, intervals flat; surface very 
shortly pubescent, moderately and not very closely punctate, 
the punctures of same size as on head and prothorax. 


278 Mr. K. G. Blair on 


A little smaller than C. mannerheimi, Gebl., lighter in 
colour, especially legs and antennz, surface more shiny. 
Head much more sparsely punctate, with more prominent 
eyes and deeper fovee; prothorax more transverse, with 
wider marginal channel avd more obtuse hind angles, sur- 
face less and not confluently punctate ; elytra shorter and 
a little more convex, sides more rounded, basal border 
strongly sinuate on each side, apex hardly truncate, striz 
much finer, 7 less evident near apex, surface more finely 
punctate, and with shorter pubescence. 

24 ex., 6 2. 


XXXII.—Coleoptera of the Second Mt. Everest Expedition, 
1922.—Part II. Heteromera. By K. G. Buair, B.Sc., 
F.E.S. 


Tue total number of Heteromera collected by the Expedition 
of 1922 amounts to 1389 compared with 17 obtained last 
year, though the number of species is only 7 compared 
with 4 (or possibly 5) of last year; only one of these, 
Mylabris przewalskyi, was obtained in both years. The rest 
of the Heteromera all belong to the family Tenebrionide, 
and all the species are apparently undescribed, though 
belonging either to genera that are peculiar to the moun- 
tainous regions of Central Asia or to groups of species 
characteristic of this region in more widely Palearctic 
genera. They were all captured by Dr. T. G. Longstaff, 
the Medical Officer of the Expedition, the Tenebrionide all 
under stones, and, except the Gnaptorina, all in the vicinity 
of the Base Camp, Rongbuk, Thibet, at an elevation of 
16,500 ft., 2.e., about 2000 ft. lower than last year’s locality 
and about 2 miles further from Everest, but with an 
identical aspect. Probably the great difference in the 
material secured in the two years is due largely to this 
method of collecting, though the early date, 16th to 20th 
May, about two months earlier than last year, no doubt 
accounts for the comparative absence in 1922 of flower- 
frequenting species—indeed, Dr. Longstaff informs me that 
there were no flowers. 


Fam. Tenebrionide. 
1. Ascelosodis everestinus, sp. n. 

Ovate, blackish piceous, antenne, legs, and underside 
paler. Clypeal lobe of head very densely rugosely punctate, 
not very prominent or sharply separated from the lateral 
lobes; clypeal suture but faintly perceptible ; vertex rather 


Feteromera from Mount Everest. 279 


sparsely but sharply punctate, the punctures becoming 
denser and obliquely elongate towards the sides. Antenne 
short, not reaching to base of thorax, first three joints stout, 
the 3rd scarcely longer than the 2nd, 4th to 8th narrower, 
almost as wide as long, 9th to llth wider, transverse. 
Thorax more than twice as wide as its median length, 
anterior margin broadly concave, posterior margin almost 
parallel with it, sides rounded, anterior angles obtuse, 
rounded at apex, posterior angles completely rounded ; 
lateral borders narrow but distinct, anterior and posterior 
margins interrupted in the middle; disc evenly convex from 
side to side, rather sparsely asperately punctate in the 
middle, more densely so towards the sides ; lateral margins 
with a sparse fringe of long hairs arising from beneath. 
Scutellum minute, frequently concealed by the base of the 
thorax. LElytra shortly ovate, shoulders rounded without a 
lateral carina, epipleura narrow, completely ventral ; surface 
moderately shining, very finely and sparsely muricately 
punctate, not more densely so towards the sides, with fine 
irregularly branching lines all over ; lateral margins, especi- 
ally near the shoulders, flavo-ciliate. 

Length 5-6 mm. 

12 ex. . 

According to the key given by Bates (Cist. Ent. 11. p. 468) 
this species would run down to A. haugi, Bates, which is 
unknown to me, but from which it evidently differs in its 
smaller size and rounded shoulders to the elytra. 


2. Ascelosodis longstaffi, sp. n. 


Very closely resembles the preceding in size and form, 
but has rather shorter antenne and the elytra rather strongly 
and densely though somewhat irregularly punctate, with the 
scutellar area very much more finely and evenly punctured 
than the central portion of the disc. The antenne are 
similarly constructed to those of A. everestinus, but shorter, 
joints 4 to 8 being feebly transverse. 

Length 5 mm. 

Grex. 

From A. serripes, Redt., it differs in having the anterior 
lobe of the head very much less prominent, the antenne 
shorter, the anterior angles of the thorax obtuse, rounded at 
the apex, and the posterior angles completely rounded ; the 
puncturation is also finer and muricate in charac‘er. 

These two species, and presumably A. haagi, Bates, differ 
from the normal form of the genus in the median lobe of 
the head being very much less prominent, giving it a super- 
ficial resemblance to the head of Spyrathus. 


280 Mr. K. G. Blair on 


The British Museum possesses three further species, 
collected by the Thibet Expedition of 1904, that may be 
assigned to this genus, though two of them differ in the 
form of the prothorax, the sides of which are straight or 
feebly sinuate behind, so that the posterior angles are 
approximately rectangular. According to Reitter’s ‘ Bestim- 
mungs-Tabellen’ (xhi. p. 87), this character would place 
them in Gnathosia, but this genus has, infer alia, the thorax 
more or less conical, widest at the base, the external apical 
angle of the anterior tibie not produced, etc. In other 
respects they agree with <Ascelosodis, so that it appears 
unnecessary to erect a new genus for their reception. 

The following key, alternative to that given by one will 
supplement it by the inclusion of the new species * 


1 (20). Sides of thorax rounded to base, posterior 


angles very obtuse or Teonded) re ee tie. oe 
2 (15). Median lobe of head well-defined and pro- 

WLNGib iwc cess Hekhoseet eae Cees Me nae 3. 
3 (14). Base of thorax not markedly bisinuate. . 4, 
4 (9). Elytral shoulders rounded.............. 5. 
5 (8). Thorax widest about the middle, lateral 

margins not reflexed.% 2052 2.5 es oe 6. 
6 (7). Anterior and posterior margins of thorax 


finely bordered throughout ; median lobe 

of head not sharply divided from lateral 

lobe ; sides of thorax and elytra ciliate 

panda, Gsecehes we ceed ee serripes, Redt. 
(6). Anterior and posterior borders of thorax 

widely interrupted in the middle; median 

lobe of head divided from lateral lobes 

by short distinct sulci; sides of thorax 

and elytra not ciliate beneath ........ waltont, sp. n.T 


NJ 


* A. ovoideus, Fairm., from Kashmir, unknown to me, is omitted ; 
A, inermis, Fairm., belongs apparently to Syachis, Bates, and is possibly 
identical with A. himalaicus. Orocina, Reitt., with two species from 
Turkestan, both unknown to me, does not appear to differ from Ascelo- 
sodis, Bates; the latter genus was unknown to Reitter, and the labrum 
is not normally concealed as stated by him, 


+ Ascelosodis waltont, sp. n. 

Is very similar to A. serripes, Redt., but, in addition to the differences 
given above, the head is very finely and sparsely punctate, rather more 
strongly so towards the vertex, the punctures becoming strigose above 
the eye. From A. intermedius, Bates, which it resembles in the sides 
of the thorax and elytra being ‘not ciliate beneath, it differs in size, in 
the sharply-separated median lobe of the head, in the shape of the 
thorax, ete. 

Length 53-734 mm. 

Habitat. Gy angtse, 13,000 ft., June 1904, Thibet Expedition (HZ. J. 
Walton). 

Numerous examples. 


Lleteromera from Mount Everest. 281 


8 (5), Thorax widest behind the middle; lateral 


margins tinely but distinctly reflexed .. conetinnus, Bates. 
9 (4). Ely tral shoulders obtuse, but more or less 

prominent and dentiform ......ssse.. 10. 
10 (18). Sides of thorax and elytra with long hairs 

MGA UI: stages :c-f inloun gobo nerea aire ceaerate oh 1 Li 


11 (12). Median lobe of head feobly separated from 

lateral lobes; elytral puncturation not 

TUDO AS Ba eee ame AE Ege a assinulis, Bates. 
12 (11). Median lobe of head strongly ‘separated 

from lateral lobes; elytral puncturation 


muricate ..... Pee dcraatt: have ce arenghatai ate ciliatus, Bates. 
18 (10). Sides of thorax and elytra not ciliate ....  imtermedia, Bates. 
14 (8). Base of thorax notably bisinuate ........ grandis, Bates. 


15 (2). Median lobe of head not very prominent, 
nearly continuous with lateral lobes ., 16. 


16 (17). Humeral angles of elytra distinct ........ haagt, Bates, 

17 (16). Humeral angles of elytra rounded,....... 18. 

18 (19). Elytra almost impunctate ...... Seonat fiaxs, * everestina, sp. 0. 
19 (18). Elytra evidently punctate .............. longstaffi, sp. 0. 


20 (1). Sides of thorax straight or feebly sinuate 
before posterior aneles, which are rect- 


angular... Sis ont Dito Roget ow oon 21. 
21 (22). Thorax and elytra ‘strongly punctured . . thebetana, sp. u.* 
22 (21). Thorax and elytra feebly and sparsely 

jOTUIMICUTLIRSLGLS G5 MESA co Rt lg Bare iii para nitida, sp. n.T 


* Ascelosodis thibetana, sp. n. 


Pitchy black, moderately nitid, underside, legs, and antenne reddish ; 
head almost impunctate in the middle, clypeal lobe strongly prominent 
and sharply separated from the lateral lobes, with a number of fine 
furrows running up to above the eves. Thorax about twice as wide as 
long, sides rounded in the middle but feebly sinuate before both anterior 
and posterior angles, rendering the former acute and prominent, the 
latter almost rectangular, base feebly rounded with an impression each 
side about the middle, disc strongly muricately punctate, more densely 
so towards the sides. Elytra shortly ovate, widest about the middle, the 
base feebly and broadly emarginate, basal carina entire, somewhat corru- 
gated; disc convex, s strongly and rather densely muricately punctate, 
especially towards the sides ; reflexed portion rather sparingly ciliate. 

Length 73-8} mm. 

Habitat. Gyangtse, 13,000 ft., June 1904, Thibet Expedition (H. J. 
Watton). 

Numerous examples. 


+ Ascelosodis mtida, sp. n. 


Very similar to the above, but more nitid, and more sparingly and 
finely punctate, the elytral punctures being obsolescent, the thorax much 
less strongly rounded at the sides, and, “with the sides of the elytra, 
more densely ciliate beneath. 

Length 7 mm. 

Habitat. Sikkim, 1904, Thibet Expedition (H. J. Walton). 

3 ex, 


282 Mr. K. G. Blair on 


Gnaptorina bruce, sp. n. 


Elongate-ovate, convex, nitid, black; upper surface mode- 
rately str ongly irreularly punctate. Head much narrower 
than the thorax, ohe sides convergent and bisinuate before 
the eyes, clypeus widely but not deeply emarginate ; antennz 
stout, not or scarcely reaching base of thorax, 3rd joint 
nearly as long as the two following together, 4th to 7th 
submoniliform, nitid, slightly decreasing in length, 8th to 
11th moniliform, opaque, shghtly increasing in thickness. 
Thorax subquadrate, a little broader than long, widest before 
the middle, the sides rounded in front, almost straight 
behind, narrowly bordered throughout; anterior margin 
truncate, border widely interrupted in the middle, anterior 
angles rounded; base truncate, posterior angles rectangular; 
dise rather stronely convex transversely even at the base, 
with an indistinct median longitudinal impression. Scutellum 
invisible. Hlytra broadly ovate, strongly convex transversely, 
the base fitting closely to and slightly overlapped by the 
base of the thorax, the sides rounded throughout, their 
greatest breadth behind the middle, the lateral carina visible 
from above for rather more than half its length, continuous 
to apex ; disc more finely punctate than that of thorax with 
numerous irregular lines. Prosternal process narrow, with 
median impression, deflexed behind coxe with the apex 
slightly prominent. Anterior tibiz not or scarcely thickened 
towards apex, external apical angle not developed, a single 
large apical spur in both sexes; anterior tarsi simple in both 
sexes, claw-joint nearly as long as the rest together. 

&. Spur of anterior tibiz stout, tapering, scarcely longer 
than first tarsal joimt; spurs of hind tibie tapering, not 
sharply pointed, the inner slightly the larger. 

2. Spur of anterior tibize flattened, wider towards the 
apex than at the base, apex rounded, as long as first three 
tarsal joints, but apparently much subject to abrasion, 
spurs of hind tibize flattened, parallel-sided, blunt at apex, 
the inner the larger. Antenna So uie 

Length 10-11 mm. 

26,192, Tengkye-La, Thibet, 16, 000 ft., 14th June, 
1922. 

he species was also collected in Sikkim by the 1904 
Expedition. Closely allied, ev descr., to G. felicitana, Rtt., 
from Central Asia, but the latter is described as subopaque, 
with the first two joints of the anterior tarsi densely 
pubescent. 

I retain the generic name Gnaptorina, Reitter, for this 


TTeteromera from Mount Everest. 283 


species, as it is by no means certain that Reitter’s genus 
(type felicitana, from Central Asia) is synonymous with 
‘Tagonoides, Fairm. (type delavayi, from Yunnan). It may 
be noted that 7. zabriformis, Fairm., is wrongly placed ; it 
is a Bivramiz, Bates (= Botiras, Fairm. = Faustia, Kr., 
doubtfully distinct from Platyscelis), while Lotiras striatellus, 
Fairm.= Bioramiz asidioides, Bates. 


Blaps himalaica, sp. n. 


Small, subeylindrical, rather strongly convex transversely, 
moderately nitid, black. Head moderately densely and 
finely punctate, clypeus broadly but feebly emarginate ; 
antenne not reaching base of thorax, 3rd joint nearly as 
long as the three following together, 4th to 7th equal, 
slightly longer than wide, Sth to “10th moniliform, about as 
wide as long. ‘Thorax slightly wider than long, narrower 
at apex than at base, widest before the middle, sides finely 
bordered, rounded in front, almost straight or feebly sinuate 
towards base, anterior margin feebly emarginate, not bordered 
in the middle, anterior angles rounded, base almost straight, 
posterior angles subrectangular but blunted at apex; disc 
rather strongly convex transversely even at the base, finely 
and less densely punctate than the head. Scutellum in- 
visible. Elytra elongate-oval, about + wider than the 
thorax, sides feebly rounded, lateral margin visible from 
above for about half its length, apex rounded with a small 
sutural excision, but no special thickening or prolongation 
in either sex, disc finely and not very densely asperately 
punctate, epipleura subparallel as far as the 2nd abdominal 
segment, the marginal carine thence converging to meet 
about halfway along anal sternite. Prosternal process 
sulcate, declivous behind the coxe but with a blunt apical 
projection. Second abdominal segment about as long as 
anal segment; no hair-pad in the male. Legs normal, 
femora not markedly clavate, anterior tibiz straight, anterior 
tarsi short, posterior tarsi moderately slender, first joint 
about as long as last and shghtly longer than the 2ud and 
drd together, the inferior prolongation of the claw-joint 
bluntly rounded at apex. 

¢. Antenne a little longer than those of the 9, and 
general outline more cylindrical, the elytra a little narrower, 
but with no obvious characters in the legs or abdominal 
sternites. 

Length 15 mm, 

Boe 1.0 | 

Must be very close, ex descr., to B. helopioides, Seidl., 


284 On Heteromera from Mount Everest. 


from Central Asia, which is stated to have the thorax longer 
than broad, subcylindrical, with the sides almost straight. 


Platyscelis (Leipopleura) enescens, sp. n. 

Elongate-oval, nitid, piceous black, with the underside, 
antennee, mouth-parts, and legs reddish and the elytra with 
a distinct brassy tinge. Head strongly transverse, broadly 
rounded in front, the clypeal suture arcuate, very distinct, 
the clypeus somewhat upturned, not continuing the plane of 
the frons; antennz just about reaching posterior angles 
of thorax, clothed with short rather dense golden pubescence, 
3rd joint a little longer than 4th, 4th to 8th equal, a little 
longer than broad, 9th and 10th subtransverse, 11th longer, 
pyriform. Prothorax about + as wide again as long, widest 
near base, the sides arcuately narrowed to apex, anterior 
angles slightly obtuse, rounded at apex, posterior angles 
subrectangular, also rounded at apex, sides flattened, the 
explanate border decreasing towards anterior angles; disc 
convex, distinctly but not very closely punctate. Scutellum 
small, usually concealed beneath the base of the thorax. 
Elytra ovate, punctures very fine, scarcely visible, the whole 
surface covered with shallow irregular depressions, upper 
carina of epipleura present throughout, distinctly explanate 
around the humeral angle, forming the lateral carina for the 
first half of its length, then somewhat deflexed and invisible 
from above. 

dS. Anterior tibiz strongly widened towards apex, ex- 
ternal apical angle acute; anterior tarsi strongly expanded, 
Ist joint small, 2nd very large, 3rd and 4th gradually 
decreasing in size; intermediate tarsi less strongly ex- 
panded, the 2nd joint being the largest, the Ist- about equal 
to the 3rd, 3rd and 4th decreasing. 

Q. External apical angle of anterior tibiz rounded, less 
strongly produced ; all tarsi simple; Ist joint of anterior 
tarsi elongate, nearly as long as the two following together, 
2nd to 4th transverse, subequal. 

Length 9 mm. 

Numerous examples. 

Probably most closely allied to P. micans, Reitt., but 
differing in numerous points, the shape of the thorax giving 
it a more elliptical outline, its puncturation finer, while that 
of the elytra 1s scarcely visible. 


Lena alticola, sp. n. 


Elongate, moderately nitid, nearly glabrous, blackish 
piceous, with the antennz, mouth-parts, and legs reddish. 


On new Indian Scolytide and Platypodidee. 285 


Head strongly, rather unevenly punctate, usually with a 
median space clear of punctures and another above the 
base of each antenna. Antenne slender, reaching a little 
beyond the base of the thorax, all joints longer than broad, 
8rd joint about 145 times as long as 2nd or 4th. Thorax 
wider than head, transverse, convex, as strongly but rather 
more sparingly punctured than the head, both with scattered 
inconspicuous hairs, widest in front of the middle, the sides 
rounded with a fine lateral carina; base and apex not 
bordered, all the angles rounded. Elytra elongate-ovate, not 
much wider than the thorax, striz scarcely impressed, but 
strongly and closely punctate, intervals nearly flat, each 
with a median row of fine punctures rather irregularly 
spaced ; pubescence scarcely visible except at shoulders and 
at apex; suture narrowly depressed just benind scutellum 
and on apical declivity. Legs stout, femora rather strongly 
thickened but not toothed, tibize gradually thickened from 
base to apex, not appreciably curved. 

Length 6-7 mm. 

Numerous examples. 

Must be very close, ex descr., to L. rosti, Reitt., from 
Kashmir, but is not deep black, and has the legs, including 
the femora, distinctly reddish ; the anterior tibia straight, 
and the thorax apparently more strongly transverse. ‘The 
colour varies from reddish testaceous to blackish piceous, 
probably according to the age of the individual. 


Fam. Meloide. 
Mylabris przewaiskyi, Doklhtouroff. 

A single specimen represents the only species amongst 
those found by the 1921 Expedition that was found this 
year also. 

[To be continued. | 


XXAUL.—Freviously undescribed Scolytidee and Platy- 


podide from the Indian Area.—Part II. By Lt.-Col. F. 
WInn Sampson, F.E.S. 


Platypus abruptus, sp. n. 


Dark reddish brown. Front flat, very slightly concave 
over the mouth, the surface shagreened, with shallow pili- 
ferous punctures and a few longitudinal strize below the 
eyes, sparsely hairy. Prothorax subquadrangular, irregularly 


286 Lt.-Col. F. Winn Sampson on 


punctate and variolous on a rimose surface, especially ante- 
riorly and laterally; the median groove short and shallow, 
with sloping sides, broadened and ending abruptly before 
the centre, an obscure ridge extending to the apex, the surface 
on each side of the basal groove subopaque ; along the base 
the varioles are large. Slytra the same breadth as, and 
nearly twice as long as, the prothorax ; sides subparallel, 
slightly broadened towards the declivity, striate-punctate, the 
sutural striae formed of confluent shallow punctures, the 
interstices slightly convex on the basal and dorsal portions, 
the first five more or less granulate basally, the third almost 
plain at the base, the rest irregularly and lightly punctured, 
the whole being rugose with larger punctures just before the 
declivity, which is almost perpendicularly truncate, the fundus 
being circular, nargined, subeonvex, and opaque, with six 
longitudinal rows of large, suboval, shallow punctures on the 
upper third, none of which reach the apex; the broad and 
flattened first and second interstices become narrowed to 
single rows of tubercles before the centre, the second being 
continued nearly to the apex and curved outwards to meet 
the seventh ; the third and fifth meet and enclose the fourth 
before reaching the apex, the sixth ceasing at the juncture 
of the second and seventh ; the apical fifth of the fundus is 
plain except a few uregularly placed tubercles; the upper 
edge of the declivity is margined with short golden hairs. 

Length, 5 mm.; breadth, 1°5 mm. 

India: Mandali, Jaunsar, 6000 ft. (C. F. Beeson), ex 
Quercus sp. 

The declivity of this remarkable beetle is very similar to 
that found in many of the truncate forms in the genus 
Xyleborus of the family Scolytidee, but I am not aware of any 
of the Platypodidee to which it is closely allied. 


Platypus curtatus, sp. n. 


3. Dark brown, the elytra darker towards the declivity. 
Front flat, dulJ, with shagreened surface, paler in colour on 
the anterior third, with a narrow, longitudinal, median 
impression. Prothoraw oblong, shining, irregularly aud 
sparsely covered with large umbilical and small punctures, 
especially basally, and with groups of small punctures on 
each side of the basal longitudinal groove. Silytra striate- 
punctate ; basal margin smooth, shining, and black; the 
interstices flat, the third not enlarged basally, and provided 
with irregular biseriate punctures, becoming granulate and 
hairy at the gradually rounded declivity, t the first interstice 
extending to the apex, the second becoming narrowed and 


new Indian Scolytidee and Platypodidee. 287 


eeasing before reaching the centre of the declivity, the third 


and fourth coalescing at the centre, where there is a prominent 
tubercle, below which the surface is ‘smooth , dull, and furnished 
with a few irregular tubercles representing the continuations 
of the interstices, the seventh interstice forming a lateral 
margin terminating before the apex in three or ‘four teeth, 
which are plainly visible from above and give an appearance 
to the apex of being abruptly narrowed ; the elytra are more 
or less broadened towards the apex and are very sparsely 
covered with yellow hair on the apical third; there is a 
narrow but plainly visible rao at the apex. 

Length, 3°8 mm.; breadth, 1-2 mm. 

G2 Ditters’ from - the he in size, the longer frontal 
median groove, the larger cordiform patch of punctures on the 
prothorax; the third interstice is broadened basally and trans- 
versely carinate, the declivity is without tubercles, densely 
covered with reddish hair, the apical depression subtriangular, 
the apical margin not sharply defined. 

The prothoracic groups of punctures in both sexes are 
suboval, instead of being circular as is usual. 

Pangjhora Block, Upper Tondu (C. &. C. Beeson), ex Sal 
felled tree. 


Types in the British Museum. 


AXyleborus recidens, sp. n. 


Ferruginous. /ront convex, slightly rugose, with narrow 
longitudinal median line. Prothorav longer than broad, 
laterally subparallel, rounded anteriorly, transversely rugose 
to the central transverse nodosity, posteriorly shining and 
punctate. 

Elytra the same breadth as, and one-fourth longer than, the 
thorax, parallel-sided to the bluntly rounded apex, striate- 
punctate, the punctures clearly defined ; the interstices flat, 
with uniserlate piliferous punctures; the first and third 
apically tuberculate, the third having a small but prominent 
tubercle one-third below the vertex of-the declivity, which is 
abrupt and commences on the apical fourth, the second 
inteistice depressed and plain; a few irregularly placed 
tubercles occur on the other interstices, the apex clearly but 
narrowly margined. 

Length, 1-7 mm.; breadth, °6 mm. 

Khariabandar, Teal Tondu (C.F. C. Beeson), ex Sal. 

Somewhat similar to X. confusus, Kichh., in the arrange. 
ment of the tubercles, but very much smaller, and having an 
abrupt declivity, sinaller tubercles, ete. 


288 On new Indian Scolytide and Platypodide. 


Xyleborus turbineus, sp. n. 


Head and prothorax yellow, the elytra a darker reddish 
brown. Front subconvex, with large but shallow punctures 
and a narrow, obscure, and interrupted median carina from 
the epistoma to the vertex; the eyes emarginate, with coarse 
facets. Prothorax oblong, declivous in front and rugose as 
far as the antemedian transverse elevation, posteriorly smooth 
and shining, with well-marked and numerous _piliferous 
punctures ; broadest anteriorly, decreasing from the rounded 
anterior margin to the rounded basal angle. Llytra very 
slightly broader than the base of the prothorax and one-third 
as long again, narrowed from the apical third to the very 
pointed apex, obscurely lineate-punctate, the interstices 
having stronger hairs than the striz, the first being tubercu- 
late from the base, the second from about the centre, and 
both ending apically in distinct spines, the first interstice 
having the longer one; the lateral interstices are tuberculate 
towards the apex. 

Length, 3°3 mm.; breadth, 1 mm. 

Bengal: Raja Bhat Khawa, ex Sal. 

Closely allied to X. andrewesi, Blandf., but much larger, 
the apex not opaque, the sculpture of the elytra different, etc. 


Xyleborus elegans, sp. n. 


Pitchy black, legs testaceous. Front subconvex, hairy, 
with a longitudinal median line from the epistoma to the 
vertex, minutely transversely rugose on a shagreened surface. 
Prothorax subglobose and subopaque, slightly broader than 
long, evenly rugose as far as the transverse nodosity ; the 
anterior edge closely but minutely tuberculate, posteriorly 
less rugose on a shagreened surface. Scutellum obsolete. 
Elytra the same breadth as, and one-fourth longer than, the 
prothorax, declivous from the centre, punctate-striate, basally 
depressed on each side of the suture, the base fringed with 
hair; the first interstice flat and subopaque from the declivity 
to the apex, the next six becoming costate before the declivity, 
the fourth being the most prominent, the second interstice 
narrowed and ceasing at the declivity, the third curved 
inwards towards the suture at the centre of the declivity, but 
outwards again before reaching the apex ; the fourth is also 
somewhat incurved, becoming narrower and ceasing before 
the apex, the next three being very similar ; the sides of the 
elytra are subparallel to the apical fourth aud then rounded 


A Revision of the Genera of the Family Liparidee. 289 


to the apex; the apical margin well defined and crenulate, 
extending laterally halfway up the declivity. 
Length, 2°1 mm.; breadth, °9 mm. 


Bengal: Raja Bhat Khawa (C. Ff. C. Beeson), ex Sal 
twig. 

Xyleborus bicolor, Blandf., var. a. 

Head, legs, and prothorax yellow, the elytra dark reddish 
brown. Sronét subconvex, sparsely punctured, with short, 
obscure, median, longitudinal line over the epistoma; the 
eyes deeply emarginate. Prothorax longer than broad, the 
sides subparallel, slightly broader in front, the basal angles 
rounded, anteriorly transversely rugose as far as the trans- 
verse central nodosity, posteriorly shining and smooth, with 
a few minute punctures near the base especially. Scutel/um 
very minute. Lilytra the same breadth as the base of the 
prothorax and one-half longer; lineate-punctate, interstices 
flat, with uniseriate erect hairs, the sides subparallel, rounded 
on the apical fifth ; viewed laterally, the apical declivity is 
abrupt, the first and second interstices tuberculate and setose, 
but not elevated. | 

Length, 1:7 mm. ; breadth, °6 mm. 

India: Sunderbans Div. (C. F&F. C. Beeson). 

Probably only a local variety of the Japanese species 
X. bicolor, Blandf£., from which it differs in the absence of 
the median longitudinal line on the prothorax, the shorter 
and more abrupt elytral declivity, and the flatter first and 
second interstices on the declivity, each of which differences 
appears to be constant. 


XXXIV.—A Revision of the Genera of the Family Liparide. 
inves Colonel C; Swinnor, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.8., F.E.S., 
Member of the Entomological Society of France aud of 
the Bombay Natural History Society. 


[Continued from p. 97. ] 


658. Aroa incerta. 


Aroa incerta, Rog. Ann. Nat, Hofmus. vi. p. 164 (1891) ; Kirby, /. ¢. 
p: 921. 


T'aveta. 


659. Aroa luisa. 


Ayoa luisa, Pag. Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Naturk. xxxviii. p. 26, pl. xi. fig. 3 
(1885) ; Semper, Het. Philipp. il. p. 456 (1898). 


Type, Nias, in Coll. Pagenstecker, Luzon, Philippines. 
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. xi. Ly 


290 Colonel C. Swinhoe—A Revision of the 


660. Aroa leucogramma. 


Cenina leucogramma, Felder, Reise Nov. pl. xcix. fig. 7 (1875). 
Aroa leucogramma, Semper, L. c. 


Type, Luzon, in Coll. Rothschild. 


661. Aroa nigrofascia. 
Aroa nigrofascia, Wileman, Entom. 1911, p. 149. 
Types, ¢ 2, Kanshirei, Formosa, in Coll. Wileman. 


662. Aroa globula. 
Avoa globula, Swinhoe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xvii. p. 644 (1910). 
Type, ¢, Padang, W. Sumatra, in B.M. 


668. Aroa discalis. 


Aroa discalis, Walker, iv. p. 792 (1855), 3. 
Aroa signata, Walker, xxxii. p. 328 (1865), 9. 


Type, o, S.. Africa; type, 9, Natal: both @ingiatie 
Mashonaland, Zululand, Port Ogowe, ne Zomba, 
Pietermaritsburgh. 


664. Aroa bistigmigera. 
Aroa bistigmigera, Butler, P. Z.S. 1896, p. 847, pl. xlii. fig. 7. 


Type, ¢, Nyassaland, in B.M.; Zululand, Port Ogowe, 
Natal, Basutoland, Nigeria, British Hast Africa. 


665. Aroa dreget. 


Orgyia dreget, Herr.-Schiaff. Aussereur. Schmett. i. fig. 1121 (1854) ; 
Kirby, Z. ¢. p. 498. 


Cape. 


666. Aroa melaxantha. 
Orgyva melaxantha, Walker, xxxii. p. 824 (1865). 
ype; ud. Cape: 1a b.Me ; 


667. Aroa socrus. 


Gynephora socrus, Geyer, Zutr. v. p. 12, figs. 837, 838 (1837). 
Aroa socrus, Kirby, é. c. p. 464. 


Java. 


668. Aroa risoria. 
Aroa risoria, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 19038, p. 457. 
Type, ¢, Arjuno, Java, in B.M. 


Genera of the family Liparidee. Zum 


669. Aroa charux. 
Neurophana charax, Druce, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xvii. p. 352 
(1896). 


Type, E. Africa, in Coll. Joicey ; Nyassaland. 


670. Aroa ochraceata. 

Aroa ochraceata, Walker, xxxii. 327 (1865). 

Type, 2, Natal, in B.M.; Salisbury, Mashonaland, 
Zomba. 


671. Aroa quadripunctata. 
Orgyia quadripunctata, Wallgrn. Cifv: Vet.-Akad. Forh. xxxi. (1) 
p. 99 (1876). 


Transvaal, Bine, W. Africa. 


672. Aroa niasana. 
Aroa niasana, Swinhoe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xix. p. 208 (1907). 
Type, ¢, Nias, in B.M. 


673. Aroa flaveofusca. 
Aroa flaveofusca, Swinhoe, /. c. (7) 1x. p. 80 (1902). 
Type, 6, Lawas, Borneo, in B.M. 


674. Aroa mirma. 
Aroa mirma, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1903, p. 465. 


Type, 6, Sumatra, in B.M. 


675. Aroa plana. 

Orgyia (2) plana, Walker, iv. p. 786 (1855), 

Aroa plana, Strand, l. c. pl. xxii. d. 

Charnidas junctifera, Walker, xxxii. p. 384 (1865). 

Type, o, N. India, in B.M.; type, yunctifera, in Layard’s 
lost collection. 


676. Aroa substrigosa. 
Aroa substrigosa, Walker, iv. p. 794; Butler, Ill. Het. v. p. 54, pl. xc. 
fig. 5 (1886); Strand, /. c. pl. xix. d. 


Type, ¢, Sylhet, in B.M. ; Chin Hills, Khasia Hills. 


677. Aroa pyrrhochronia. 
Aroa pyrrhochronia, Walker, xxxiil. p. 329 (1805); Strand, J. ¢. 
ple ax... 
Buznza detecta, Walker, xxxii. p. 399. 
Type, 6, Cherapunji, in B.M.; Mandi Bukar, Bhootan, 
Sikkim, Jaintia Hills, 
ilps 


292 Colonel C. Swinhoe—A Revision of the 


Hampson, in ‘ Moths of India,’ puts these two and clara 
as one species, substrigosa and pyrrhochroma may be of one 
very variable species, but I have a fine series of both ; clara 
is undoubtedly quite distinct, being of a different colour, 
pale yellowish fawn-colour. I have one male and three 
females in my collection. 

678. Aroa clara. 
Aroa clara, Swinhoe, J. c. fig. 10. 


Type, Bombay, in B.M.; Poona. 


679. Aroa cinnamomea. 


Charnidas cinnamomea, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 44 (1879). 
Charmdas aurantiaca, Warren, P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 296. 


Type, 6, Kunawar; type, 6, aurantiaca, Attock: both 
in B.M. 
680. Aroa flavicollis. 
Crinola flavicollis, Leech, Entom. xxiii. p. 111 (1896), and P. Z. 8. 1899, 
120 


Aroa flavicollis, Sirand nen pl Ady xo, 
Form leucoides, Strand, J. c. 


Type, ¢, Chang-Yang; type, ?, Chia-kow: both in B.M. 


681. Arva callima. 

Arou callima, Beth.-Baker, 7. c. (8) vil. p. 546. 

Type, 2, Idakun, Lagos, in Coll. Bethune-Baker. 
682. Aroa perfida. 

Aroa perfida, Beth.-Baker, /. ¢. 

Type, ¢, Gunnal, W. Africa, in Coll. Bethune-Baker. 
683. Aroa catori. 

Aroa catort, Beth.-Baker, 1. c. p. 546. 

Type, ¢, Lokoja District, in Coll. Bethune-Baker. 
684. Aroa pinodes. 
_ Aroa pinodes, Beth.-Baker, /. c. p. 547. 

Type, ¢, N'Dalla Tondo, in Coll. Bethune-Baker. 
685. Aroa obliqua. 

Aroa obliqua, Beth.-Baker, 1. c. p. 546, 

Type, ¢, Lokoja District, in Coll. Bethune-Baker. 


Genera of the Family Liparide. 293 


Genus Lacuana, Moore, P. Z. 8S. 1888, p. 397. 
686. Lachana ladakensis. 


Lachana ladakensis, Moore, /.c. p. 898; Butler, Ill. Het. vii. p. 380, 
pl. cxxi. fig. 6 (1889). 


Type, 6, Ladak, in B.M. ; Skardo, Kashmir. 


Genus Icra, Walker, iv. p. 922 (1855). 
687. Icta fulviceps. 
Icta fulviceps, Walker, 7. c. 
Type, ¢, Australia, in B.M. 


688. Icta tanaopis. 
Icta tanaopis, Turner, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. xlv. (4) p. 477 (1920). 
Type, Claudie River, N. Queensland, in Coll, Turner. 


Genus Varmina, Moore, P. Z. 8.1888, p. 405. 


689. Varmina indica. 
Gluphisia (?) mdica, Walker, v. p. 1039 (1855). 


Type, India, in Mus. Oxon.; Simla, Kangra, Dharmsala, 
Umballa. 


Genus Dasoreyia, Staudinger, Stett. ent. Zeit. xlii. 
p. 406 (1881). 


690. Dasorgyia pumila. 
Dasychira pumila, Staud, 1, c. p. 605. 
Saisan, Tarbagatai District. 


691. Dasorgyia selenophora. 


Dasorgyia selenophora, Staud. J. c. xlviii. p. 98 (1887). 
Var. panurica, Strand, J. c. pl. xxii. 6. 


Ferghana, Pamir. 


692. Dasorgyia alpherakii. 


Dasorgyia alpherakit, Gy.-Grsh. Hor, Soc. Ent. Ross, xxv, p. 464 
(1891) ; Strand, /. ¢. pl. xxii. d. 


Kuku-Nor and Amdo District, 


693. Dasorgyia grumi. 


Dasychira grumi, Staud. Cat. Pal. Lep. p. 116, 
Dasychira semenovi, Gr.-Grsh. 0. ¢. 


Kuku-Nor (Tibet). 


294 Colonel C. Swinhoe—A Revision of the 


Genus Casama, Walker, xxxiil. p. 611 (1865). 


694. Casama vilis. 


Eproctis vilis, Walker. xxxii. p. 348, ¢. 
Casama indeterminata, Walker, xxxii. p. 611, @. 


Types, ¢ ?, S. India, in B.M.; Nilgiris, Ceylon, Hydra- 
bad, Sind, Muscat, Arabia, Somaliland, Abyssinia. 


695. Casama innotata. 


Spilosoma innotata, Walker, iil. p. 674 (1885). 
Sterarctia tnnotata, Kirby, J. c. p. 248. 


Egypt. 


696. Casama uniformis. 


Oeneria uniforms, Roths. Nov. Zool. xx. p. 118 (1918).. 
Casama uniformis, Roths. 7. c. xxiv. p. 859 (1917). 


Type, Algeria, in Coll. Rothschild. 


Genus Tutacipas, Walker, v. p. 1027 (1856). 


697. Thiacidas postica. 


Thiacidas postica, Walker, v. p. 1028, ¢. 

Drymonia (?) denotata, Walker, xxxii. p. 414, ©. 
Heterocampa (?) nigroscripta, Walker, xxxii. p. 423, 9. 
Cnethocampa (?) curvata, Walker, xxxii. p. 429, ¢. 
Cnethocampa (?) basifurca, Walker, xxxii. p. 480, ¢. 


Type, Nepal ; types of all the others, India: all in B.M. 
Poona, Bombay, Burma. 


Genus Irorocs, Turner, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1904, p. 477. 


698. Jropoca rotundata. 


Teara rotundata, Walker, iv. p. 851. 
Iropoca rotundata, Turner, Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. xly. (4) p. 494 
(1920). 


Type, ¢, Tasmania, in B.M.; Moreton Bay, Brisbane ; 
Jervis Bay, near Nowra ; Beechworth ; Gisborne. 


Genus AxroLoca, Turner, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1904, p. 472. 
699. Aziologa pura. 


Teara pura, Lucas, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland, 1891, p. 75. 


Type, Queensland, in Coll, Lucas. 


Genera of the Family Lipavidee. 295 


Genus Capuca, Swinhoe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xvii. 
p. 546 (1906). 


700. Caduca venata. 
Caduca venata, Swinhoe, J. ¢. 


Type, ¢, Bihe, W. Africa, in B.M. 


Genus Oreyia, Ochs. Schmett. Eur. ii. p. 208 (1810) ; 
type, pudibunda, Limn. 


Dasychira, Steph. Tl. Brit. Ent. Haust. 11. p. 58 (1829) ; type, pudi- 
bunda, Linn. . 

Psalis, Hiibner, Zutr. u. p. 19 (1825) ; type, securzs, Hiibner. 

Olene, Hiibner, l.c.; type, mendosa, Hubner. 

Arestha, Walker, iv. p. 805 (18595) ; type, antica, Walker. 

Mela, Walkey, iv. p- 808; type, costalis, W alker, 

Anaxila, W alker, iv. p. 810; type, plagiata, Walker. 

Argila, Walker, iv. oe toe ES . type, basalis, Walker. 

Nvocha, Walker, v. p. L069 (1855) ; type, fustformes, Walker. 

Dediama, Walker, v. p. 1074; type, antica, Walker. 

Rika, Walker, v. p. 1025; type, lanceolata, Walker. 

Phineca, Walker, vii. p. 1745 (1856) ; type, basistriga, Walker. 

Tiema, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. Co. i. p. 3841 (1859); type, costalis, 
Walker. 

Anchyneura, Felder, Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, xliii. (i.) p. 33 (1861) ; 
type, preusta, Felder. 

Thelda, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soe. vi. p. 189 (1862); type, patula, 
W alker. 

Boreconia, Walker, xxxu. p. 460 (1865) ; type, subviredis, Walker. 

Tearosoma, Felder, Reise Noy. pl. c. fig. 6 (1868)); type, aspersum, 
Felder. 

Turriga, Walker, Char. Undescr. Lep. Het. p. 15 (1869); type, 
invasa, Walker. 

Cadrusia, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 54 (1879); type, virescens, Moore. 

Calliteara, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1881, p. 12; type, argentata, 
Butler. 

Eudasychira, Mosch. Abh. Senck. Ges. xv. p. 75 (1889); type, 
quinquepunctata, Mosch. 

Pseudonotodonta, Mosch. 1. c. p. 76; type, virescens, Mésch. 

Qcura, Holland, Psyche, vi. p. 33 9 (1893) ; type, goodi, Holland. 

Eupr octidion, Holland, lc. p. 414; type, gabunica, Holland. 

Notohyba, Holland, lc. p. 434; type, striata, Holland. 

Thamnocera, Holland, 1. c. p. 454; type, albinotata, Holland. 

Bathmochtha, Karsch, Ent. Nachr. xxi, p. 368 (1895) ; type, albilunu- 
lata, Karsch. 


701. Orgyia pudibunda. 


Bombyx pudibunda, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. p. 363 (1758). 

Dasychira pudibunda, Leech, Trans. Bint Soc. 1899, p. 124; Strand, 
lc. pl. xix.d, 9. 

Geometra scopularia, Linn. 1, c. i. p. 521 (1758). 


296 Colonel C. Swinhoe—A Revision of the 


Noctua justica, Mill. Faun. Fridr. p. 47 (1764). 

Phalena porrecta, Retz. Gen. Spec. Ins. p. 88 (1788). 

Bombyx juglandis, Hiibner, Eur. Schmett. Bomb. figs. 84, 85 (1800). 

Dasychira pudibunda, var. concolor, Staud. Cat. Lep. Eur. p. 29 (1861) ; 
strand, J. c. pl. xix. e. 


S. Europe; Armenia; Syria; Amurland; Ussuri; N.E. 
China; Japan. 


702. Orgyia olga. 


Dasychira olga, Oberth. Etude d’ Ent. v. p. 34, pl. ii. figs. 1, 2 (1881); 
Strand, l.c. p. 113, pl. xix.g. 


S.E. Siberia. 


703. Orgyia fascellina. 


Bombyx fascellina, Linn. Syst. Nat.i. p. 503 (1758). 

Dasychira fascellina, Strand, J. ¢. pl. xix. f. 

Bombyx medicaginis, Hubner, Kur. Schmett. 1. fig. 81 (1800). 
Dasychira laricis, Schille, Soc. Ent. xiv. p. 403. 

Orgyta obscura, Zeller, Ins. Lep. p. 927 (1809). 

Dasychira unicolor, Schultz, Kutom. Zeit. xxiv. p. 35. 
Dasychira nivalis, Staud. Stett. Zg. 1887, p. 97. 

Dasychira angelus, Tschely. Rev. Russe, Ent. iy. p. 77. 
Dusychira proletaria, Strand, 7. ¢. 


Europe; Altai, Mongolia, Vallais; Alai, Transalai, 
Samarkand, Tian Shan. | 


704. Orgyia fortunata. 
Duasychira fortunata, Rog. Vehr. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1891, p. 566 ; 
Strand, /. c. pl. xix.g. ~ 
Canary Islands. 


705. Orgyia abietis. 
Bombyx alvetis, Schiff. Syst. Verz. Wien, p. 55 (1776). 
Dasychira mediobscura, Schultz, Entom. Zachr, Stuttgr. xxiv. p. 35. 
Dasychira albietis, Strand, U. c. pl. xix. g. 


Sweden; l[ussia; Germany; Carpathians; Bohemia; 
Austria. 


706 Orgyia pseudalietis. 


Calliteara pseudabietis, Butler, Cist. Ent. iii. p. 118 (1885). 
Calliteara alietis, Leech (nec Schiff.), P. Z. 5S. 1888, p. 631. 
Dasychira pryert, Butler, /. c. p. 119. 

Dasychira pudica, Staud. Rom. sur Lép. iii. p. 204 (1887), 
Dasychira modesta, Kirby, Cat. Moths, i. p. 483 (1892), 
Dasychira pseudubretis, Strand, Z. c, pl. xix. h. 


Types, ¢ 2, Japan, in B.M.; Amur, 


Genera of the Family Liparide. 290 


707. Orgyia argentata. 
Dasychira argentata, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soe. 1881, p. 12. 


Type, Japan, in B.M. 


708. Orgyta selenitica. 
Bombyx selenitica, Esper, Schmett. iii. (2) p. 18, pl. Ixxxil. fig. 5, 
p. 49, pl. Ixxxviii. fig. 2 (1783). 
Bombyx paradoxa, Fabr. Mant. Ins. ii. p. 180 (1787). 
Bombyx lathyra, Hiibner, Eur. Schmett. Bomb. figs. 79, 80 (1800). 
Dasychira selenitica, Strand, J. c. pl. xix. d. 


Germany; Austria; Russia; Finland. 


709. Orgyia lunulata. 


Dasychira lunulata, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xx. p. 403 
(1877); Butler, Ill. Het. 11. pl. xxiv. fig. 8 (1878). 

Dasychira sohtaria, Staud. Rom. sur Lép. iil. pl. xi. fig. 1 (1878). 

Dasychira acronycta, Oberth. Etud. d’Ent. v. p. 35, pl. v. fig. 7, J 
(1881). 


Type, Japan, in B.M.; Askold, Vladivostock. 


710. Orgyia virginia. 
Dasychira virginia, Oberth. Diagn. Lep. Askold, p. 7 (1879); Oberth. 
Etud. d’Ent. p. 33, pl. v. ig. 5 (1881) ; Wileman, Trans. Ent. Soc. 
POM. op: 27 1. 


Askold, near Vladivostock ; Japan. 


711. Orgyia dalbergie. 


Dasychira dalbergie, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 399; Strand, 7. ce. 
pl: xxi..@. 
Dasychira kangrana, Strand, U, ¢. p. 115, 


Type, Dharmsala, Khasia Hills. 


712. Orgyta invaria. 
Repena (?) znvaria, Walker, vil. p. 1724 (1856). 
Dasychira inclusa, Walker, vii. p. 1727. 
Thelde patula, Walker, Journ, Linn. Soc. vi. p. 140 (1862). 
Type, ¢, Philippines ; type, ¢, inclusa, Java: both in B.M. 
“Type, patula, Sarawak, in Mus. Oxon.; Sumatra, Sumbawa, 
Hongkong. 


713. Orgyta juncta. 


Dasychira juncta, Wileman, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1911, p. 270; Wileman, 
The Philip. Journ. of Science, xiii, (4) p. 151, pl. i. figs. 1, 2 (1918). 


Type, ¢, Yoshima Yama, Japan, in Coll, Wileman. 


298 Colonel C. Swinhoe—A Revision of the 


714. Orgyia horsfieldit. 

Arctia horsfieldit, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1851, p. 162, pl. x11. figs. 1-3. 

Dasychira horsfieldit, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1903, p. 473 (note) ; 

Turner, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. xlv. (4) p. 497 (1920)/ 

Dasychira arga, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. Co. 11. p. 889 (1859). 

Dasychira groter, Moore, /. c. p. 838; Strand, /.c. p. i15, pl. xxii. a. 

Dasychira varia (2 only), Walker, iv. 868 (1855). 

Daschira longipennis, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. vi. p. 13 (1862). 

Dasychira kansalia, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1879, p. 401. 

eee nilguica, Hmpsn. Ill. Het. viii. p. 58, pl. exiv. figs. 13, 14 

T ee Jarenordes, Lucas, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland, 1892, p. 75. 

Types horsfieldit and longipennis should be in Mus. Oxon., 
but I have been unable to find them. Type, 2, grotez, N. 
India; type, ¢, kansalia, Kasaoli; types, 3 2, nilgirica, 
Nilgiris ; types, ¢ 2, arga, Java: allin B.M. Singapore and 
many parts of India and Ceylon, also in Australia, Cairns, 
Brisbane. 


715. Orgyia flavimacula. 


Dasychira flavimacula, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 804; Swinhoe, Trans. 
Ent. Soc. 1903, p. 465 (note). 
Form yatonga, Strand, J. c. p. 116. 


Type, ¢, Bengal, in B.M.; Sikkim; Yatung, Tibet. 


716. Orgyia securis. 


Psalis securis, Hiibner, Zuty. iii. p. 9, fies. 291, 292 (1823). 

Dasychira securis, Strand, l. c. pl. xxii. ¢. 

Aresta antica, Walker, iv. p. 805 (1855). 

Rigema falcata, Walker, xxxii. p. 437 (1865). 

Rigema tacta, Walker, 1. c. p. 438. 

Anticyra approximata, Walker, xxxii. p. 440. 

Type, d, antica, Java; type, 3, falcata, Ceylon; type, 
tacta, Australia; type, approximata: allin B.M. Australia, 
Cairns, Rockhampton, Duaringa, Brisbane, Philippines, 
and many parts of India and Africa. 


717. Orgyia olearia. 
Olene olearia, Swinhoe, P. Z. 8. 1885, p. 297, pl. xx. figs. 14, 15. - 
Types, 6 2, Poona, in B.M.; Nilgiris; Madras ; 
Ahmednagar. 


718. Orgyia fusca. 


Anthora fusca, Walker, iv. 918 (1855), ¢. 
Bareconia subviridis, Walker, xxxii. p. 460 (1865), 2 (nec ¢). 


Types, ¢ 9,8. Africa, in B.M.; Cape ; Knysna. 


Genera of the Family Liparide. 299 


719. Orgyia albiplaga. 


Dasychira albiplaga, Swinhoe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) i. p. 62 
(1908). 


Type, °, E. Java, in B.M.; Talaut Island. 


720. Orgyia ceruleifascia. 
Thamnocera cerulerfascia, Holland, Pysche, vi. p. 469 (1893). 
Type, 2, Ogove River, in Coll. Holland; River Niger. 


721. Orgyia robusta, 
Acyphas () robusta, Walker, iv. p. 799. 
Type, ¢, Sierra Leone, in B.M. 


722. Orgyia delicata. 
Notohyba delicata, Holland, 7. c. p. 451, pl. xviii. fig. 4. 
Type, 2, Ogove River, in Coll. Holland. 


723. Orgyia citana. 


Utidava (?) citana, Schaus & Clements, Sierra Leone Lep. p. 26, pl. i. 
fig. 10 (1893). 


Sierra Leone. 


724. Orgyia punctifera. 
Erastria (?) punctifera, Walker, xii. 809 (1857). 
Type, ¢, Congo, in B.M. 


725. Orgyia peculiaris. 


Mardara peculiaris, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) iy. p. 240 
(1879). 


Type, ¢, Madagascar, in B.M. 


726. Orgyia basistriga. 
Phineca basistriga, Walker, vii. p. 1747 (1856). 
Type, ?, without locality, in B.M. 


727. Orgyta antica. 


Dediama antica, Walker, v. p. 1074 (1855). 
Bathmochtha albilunulata, Karsch, Ent. Nachr. xxi. p. 368, pl. iv. fig. 12 
(1895). 


Type, ¢, without loeality, in B.M.; type, albilunulata, 
Cameroons. 


300 Colonel C. Swinhoe—A Revision of the 


728. Oryyia lignea. 
Nioda liynea, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) iv. p. 241 (1879). 
Type, 6, Madagascar, in B.M. / 


729. Orgyia basalis. 
Argila basalis, Walker, iv. p. 811. 
Type, ¢, Sierra Leone,in B.M. 


730. Orgyia quinquepunctata. 


Hudasychira quinquepunctata, Mosch. Abhandl. Senck. Nat. Ges. xv. 
p-. 75 (1887); Kirby, 2. ¢ p. 485. 


Accra. 


731. Orgyia lignifica. 


Rilia (2) lignifica, Walker, Eintom. v. p. 125 (1869). 
Olene (?) lignifica, Kirby, l. ¢. p. 488 (1892). 


Red Sea. 


732. Orgyia basifurca. 


Anthora basifurca, Walker, xxxil. p. 835 (1865). 
Argila basifurca, Kirby, lc. p. 491. 


Type, Caffraria, in B.M. 


733. Orgyia basigutta. 
Phineca basigutta, Walker, vii. p. 1746 (1856). 
Habitat.ignotus, type, in B.M. 


734. Orgyia orimba. 
Olene orimba, Swinhoe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xiv. p. 435 (1894). 
Types, ¢ ?, Khasia Hills, in B.M. 


735. Orgyia anana. 
Dasychira anana, Swinhoe, 1. ¢. (7) xvii. p. 406 (1910). 
Type, Java, in B.M.; Sumatra. 


736. Orgyta pulchra. 
Dasychira pulchra, Swinhoe, J. ¢. (7) xvi. p. 544 (1906). 
Type, ¢, Coomassie, in B.M. 
737. Orgyia postalba. 
Dasychira postalba, Swinhoe, l. c. p, 545, 
Type, ¢, Coomassie, in B.M, 


Genera of the Fumily Liparide. 301 


738. Orgyia kanshireiensis. 
Psalis (?) kanshireiensis, Wileman, Entom. 1917, p. 146. 
Type, ¢, Kanshirei, Formosa, in Coll. Wileman. 


739. Orgyia transversa. 
Nioda transversa, Walker, xxxiv. p. 484 (1866). 
Type, Ceylon, in B.M. 


740. Orgyia hieroglyphica. 
Dasychira hieroglyphica, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1904, p. 144. 
Type, 2, Obuassi, Ashanti, in B.M. 


741. Orgyia preusta. 
Anchyneura preusta, Felder, Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, xliii. (i.) p. 33 
(1861). 
Arestha preusta, Felder, Reise. Nov. pl. xcix. fig. 5 (1868). 
Type, Amboina, in Coll. Rothschild. 


742. Orgyia davidi. 


Nerice davidi, Oberth. Etud. d’Ent. vi. p. 17, pl. ix. fig. 2 (1881) ; 
Kirby, Cat. Moths, i. p. 487 (1892), 


China. 


743. Orgyia bipartita. 
Nerice bipartita, Butler, Cist. Ent. i. p. 119 (1885) ; Kirby, Ze. 
Type, Japan, in B.M. 


744. Orgyia asvata. 
Dasychira asvata, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. Co. ii. p. 340 (1859). 
Types, ¢ ?, Java, in B.M.; Dinding Isl., Malaya. 


745. Orgyia rendalli. 


Dasychira rendalli, Distant, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) xx. p. 203 
(1897). 


Type, Transvaal, in Coll. Distant ; Natal; Mashonaland. 


746. Orgyia municipalis. 


Lelia municipalis, Distant, 7. c. p. 200, 3. 
Lacipa diffusa, Distant, l.c., 2. 


Types, ¢ ?, Transvaal, in Coll. Distant ; Cape; Natal; 
Nyassaland, 


302 Colonel C. Swinhoe—A Revision of the 


747. Orgyia extorta. 


Dasychira extorta, Distant, J. e. p. 208. 
Lymantria hera, Druce, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) i. p. 209 (1898). 


Type, Transvaal, in Coll. Distant; type, hera, Dar-es- 
Salaam, in Coll. Joicey ; Natal ; Mashonaland. 


748. Orgyia nubifuga. 


Dasychira nubifuga, Holland, Psyche, vi. p. 451, pl. xvii. fig. 33 
(1893). 


Type, ¢, Ogove River, in Coll. Holland. 


749. Orgyia miserata. 
Ilema miserata, Holland, /. c. pl. xvii. fig. 3. 


Type, 6, Ogove River, in Coll. Holland ; Lokoja. 


750. Orgyta ocellifera. 


Gcura ocellifera, Holland, /. c. p. 454, pl. xviii. fig. 5. 
Dasychira ocellifera, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 19038, p. 466 (note). 


Type, 6, Ogove River, in Coll. Holland. 


751. Orgyia glovera. 


Dasychira glovera, Swinhoe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xvii. p. 545 
(1906). 


Type, 3, Entebbe, Uganda, in B.M. 


752. Orgyia rocana. 
Dasychira rocana, Swinhoe, /. e. 


Type, ¢, Coomassie, in B.M. 


753. Orgyia pytna. 
Dasychira pytna, Druce, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) i. p. 210 (1898). 


Type, ¢, Gambia, W. Africa, in Coll. Joicey. 


754. Orgyia maligna. 
Parorgyia maligna, Butler, Cist. Ent. iii. p. 17 (1882). 
Type, ¢, Madagascar, in B.M. 


755. Orgyia phasiana. 
Parorgyia phasiana, Butler, 7. c. 


Type, d, Madagascar, in B.M. 


Genera of the Family Liparide. 303 


756. Orgyia chalana. 


Dasychira chalana, Moore, Cat. Lep. KE. I. Co. ii. p. 589 (1859), 
Lada costiplaga, Walker, Journ, Linn, Soc, yi. p. 126 (1862), 


Type, 2, Java, in B.M.; type, &, costiplaga, Sarawak, 
in Mus. Oxon. 


797. Orgyia misana, 


Dasychira misana, Moore, /. c. p. 340, pl. i. a, fig. 2; Snellen, Tijd. 
v. Ent. xxii, p. 110 (1879). 


Type, ¢, Java, in B.M.; Celebes. 


758. Orgyia ostracina. 


Lelia ostracina, Turner, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Australia, 1902, p. 181. 
Dasychira ostracina, Turner, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. xlv. (4) p. 497 
(1920) (note). 


Cape York. 


759. Orgyta whiter. 
Geura whitet, Druce, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) i. p. 209 (1898), 
Type, ¢, Old Calabar, in Coll. Joicey ; Natal; Durban. 


760. Orgyia goodii. 
Cceura good, Holland, Psyche, vi. p. 390, pl. vii. figs, 3, 4 (1893). 
Type, ¢, Ogove River, in Coll. Holland ; Sierra Leone. 


761. Orgyia lbella. 
Dasychira hbella, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1904, p. 145, 
Type, ¢, Obuassi, Ashanti, in B.M. 


762. Orgyia costalis. 
Meha costalis, Walker, iv. p. 808 (1855), 
Type, 2, Java, in B.M.; Heipaw, Burma. 


763. Orgyia cunerfera. 
Melia cunerfera, Walker, Journ. Linn, Soe. vi. p. 127 (1862), 
Type, Sarawak, in B.M. 


764. Orgyia cromptoni. 
Dasychira cromptoni, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1903, p. 467 (note). 
Type, 3, Old Calabar, in B.M.; River Niger. 


304 <A Revision of the Genera of the Family Liparide. 


765. Orgyia anaha. 


Dasychira anaha, Swinhoe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xviii. p. 406 
(1906). 


Type, ¢, Padang, Sumatra; type, ¢, Batavia, Java: both 
in B.M. 


766. Orgyia bhana. 


Dasychira bhana, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 804; Swinhoe, Trans, Ent. 
Soc. 1903, p. 468 (note). 


Type, 3, Darjiling, in B.M. 


767. Orgyia nigritula. 


Dasychira nigritula, Walker, xxxil. p. 360 (1865) ; eae Be: 
(note). 


Type, ¢, N. India, in B.M.; Sikkim, Khasia Hills. 


768. Orgyia feninula., 
Mardara feminula, Hmpsn. Ul. Het. viii. p. 58, pl. exli. fig. 1-7 (1891). 
Dasychira feminula, Swinhoe, /. ec. (note). 


Types, ¢ 2, Nilgiri Hills, in B.M. 


769. Orgyia magnalia. 
Dasychira magnaha, Swinhoe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xu. p. 198 
(1903). 
Types, ¢ °, Khasia Hills, in B.M. 


770. Orgyta cerebosa. 
Lymantria cerebosa, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1903, p. 483. 


Type, ¢, Solon, Simla, in B.M. 


771. Orgyia chloroptera. 
Dasychira chloroptera, Hmpsn. Moths of India, i. p. 450 (1880). 


Type, ¢, Khasia Hills, in B.M. 


772. Orgyia angiana. 
Dasychira angiana, Joicey, Noakes, & Talbot, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1915, 
p. 382, pl. xii. fig. 1. 


Type, ¢, Arfak Mts., Dutch N. Guinea, in Coll. Joicey. 
773. Orgyta ngra. 


Dasychira mgra, Umpsn. Journ, Bombay Nat. Hist. Soe. mo ay 416, 
pli. fig. ly (1900); Wileman, Trans. Knt. Soc. 1911, p. 2 


Type, 9, Sikkim,in B.M.; Japan. 


['Le be continued. ] 


On new Species and Forms of Geometridee. 305 


XXXV.—New Species and Korn s of Geometride. 
By Louis B. Prout, F.E.S. 


Subfam. G?vocwromrn #. 
1. Dolichoneura missionis, sp. 0. 

3 .—34 mm. 

Head deep grey, the face browner below. Palpus at base 
pale brownish. Antennal ciliation slightly over]. ‘Thorax 
and abdomen above dark drab- grey, the patagia, tegule, and 
abdomen somewhat marked with brown; beneath, with the 
legs, pale wood-brown, Tarsal spinules not prominent. 

Fore wing dark drab-grey, inclining to slate-grey; a black- 
brown cell-dot ; lines “crenulate, russet, with paler brown 
edgings ; antemediati from nearly one-third costa to just 
beyond one-third hind margin; postmedian from about 
two-thirds costa to three-fifths hind margin, about parallel 
with termen, obsolescent at costa; an extensive apical 
portion (postmedian to termen and costa to R® or M}, 
irregularly and indefinitely bounded posteriorly) predomi- 
nantly light wood-brown or cinnamon, only very feebly 
shaded with grey (chiefly as a distal boundary to the sub- 
terminal) ; subterminal vaguely indicated on the grey tornal 
area ; termen narrowly brown, with two or three blackish 
interneural dots anteriorly; fringe brown, slightly dark- 
spotted. 

Hind wing with R’ from one-third DC ; dark drab-grey, 
with the two principal lines of fore wing continued, similarly 
edged, the antemedian at scarcely one-fourth, the post- 
median in middle of wing; cell-dot obsolescent ; terminal 
line brown ; fringe mostly dark grey. 

Underside pale brown, with a tinge of fawn ; some slight 
grey shadings on both wings, especially on the fore wing in 
and behind cell; hind margins slightly pallid. 

Argentina: Misiones, October. Type in coll. Deutsch. 
Ent. Mus. 

Near squalda, Schaus, or fairly near albidentata, Warr. 
A badly damaged ? from ‘* Santa Rosa” in coll. Brit. Mus., 
with more falcate fore wings, seems to belong with it. 


Subfam. Herren 2. 
2. Dooabia puncticostata, sp. n. 


6 .—40 mm. 

Near viridata, Moore, and lunifera, Moore, but dis- 
tinguished by a number of characters. 

Bloun. Mag. N. Hist. Ser.9. Vol. xi. 20 


306 Mr. L. B. Prout on new 


(Antenne lost.) Abdomen apparently without the dorsal 
ornamentation (slightly discoloured). 

Fore wing narrower, termen w ith the anterior excision at 
least as deep as in viridata, posterior half more strongly 
oblique ; costal margin with larger, more conspicuous, dark 
dots ; antemedian line much less regular (angulated behind 
middle) ; postmedian rather more proximal, deeply erenu- 
late; cell-dot with larger white pupil ; termen with a thicker 
dark line, which expands into a shallow blotch between the 
radials ; tornal blotch rather large, anteriorly with a pointed 
proximal projection across M' to near Ri’, 

Hind wing rather narrower ; discal ocellus roundish as in 
viridata, but rather larger ; first line obsolete ; termen with 
thick dark line, which expands irregularly into small spots 
between the veins, and a rather larger one from R! to apex. 

Underside similar, rather deeper green (at least on hind 
wing) than in the two Indian species. 

Selangor: Bukit Kutu, 3457 ft., April 1915. Type in 
coll. Brit. Mus., kindly presented by the Raffles Museum 
and Library. 

Generic characters absolutely as given in Gen. Ins. exxix. 
p. 68, except that the fore wing has DC rather less deeply 
inbent and R! separate, not connate, but this latter, at least, 
sometimes holds for eae, a and probably also for the type- 
species. 


Subfam. Sverryin Zz. 


3. Scopula monosema, sp.n. 


6 .—25 mm. 

Related to pulchellata, Fab.=addictaria, Walk. (efr. the 
large form grandicularia, Swinh.), structure and shape 
similar. Antennal ciliation scarcely so long. Hind tarsus 
relatively a little longer. Face blackish brown, not quite so 
black as in pulchellata. Abdomen with small dark dorsal 
spots at ends of segmeuts. 

Fore wing ochreous whitish, about as in pulchellata ; ante- 
median line obsolescent ; cell-dot minute, closely followed 
by narrow grey-brown median shade, which is much less 
curved baseward at costal end ; ; postmedian nearly as in pul- 
chellata, the inward curves still slighter and less blackened: 
subterminal line accompanied proximally by a black-grey 
subapical mark as in pulchellata, in the rest of its course 
by an almost uniform, rather indistinct, grey shade, more 
recalling that of tncanata, Linn., than the blotched area 
of pulchellata; terminal line as in pulchellata, very 


Species and Forms of Geometride. 307 


fine, slightly thickening between the veins, continued in 
light brown round the apex, accompanied proximally 
throughout by a fine whitish lne; fringe with a few very 
minute dark dots. 

Hind wing with cell-dot less small than on fore wing ; 
distinguishable from that of pulchellata by the less sinuous 
lines, the postmedian more proximaliy placed, more denticu- 
late ; subterminal line placed between rather uniform 
greyish shades, the proximal one the less indistinct ; termen 
and fringe as on fore wing, but the terminal line not 
extending round apex. 

Underside distinguishable from that of pulchellata by 
corresponding differences in the lines, 

Kashmir (probably at about 1000 feet), on ground, 
November, 1911 (Bhup Narain). ‘ype in coll. Brit. ae 
kindly presented by the Agricultural Research Institute, 
Pusa. 


4, Scopula tosariensis, sp. n. 


3 .—29 mm.; 2 .—28 mm. 

Face black, the lower edge pale. Palpus blackish, pale 
beneath. Vertex whitish, suffused with pale ochreous. 
Antennal shaft proximally dark-spotted ; joints very slightly 
projecting, the slender fascicles of cilia ttle over 1. Thorax 
and abdomen above whitish ochreous, with some slight dark 
irroration ; beneath paler and clearer. Hind tibiain ¢ just 
over 3 mm. long, strongly dilated, the hair-pencils white ; 
hind tarsus little over 1 mm., with the first joint little longer 
than the second (at most 3: 2). 

Fore wing smooth-scaled, whitish ochreous, with minute (in 
the ¢ rather stronger) dark irroration, the base slightly more 
suffused and irrorated; cell-dot minute, black ; antemedian 
line faint, rather strongly oblique outward from one-fourth 
hind margin to cell-fold, here apparently sharply angled 
and retracted to costa, but becoming scarcely traceable ; 
median shade rather thick, somewhat recalling that of the 
European nigropunctata, Hufn., similarly formed anteriorly 
but slightly more oblique still behind the angle and slightiy 
straighter ; postmedian line fine and indistinct, about 2 mm. 
from termen (with the usual sinuosities), dentate, the out- 
ward teeth very minutely black-dotted on the veins ;. sub- 
terminal not very sinuous, placed between very weak shades; 
terminal interneural dots minute, black, with slight traces 
of dark connecting-line ; fringe with ill-defined dark central 
spots opposite the veins. 

20* 


308 Mr. L. B. Prout on new 


Hind wing with apex moderately and tornus strongly 
pronounced, termen very feebly bent in middle; cell-dot 
larger than on fore wing, median shade continued, straight, 
proximal thereto, the rest nearly as on fore wing ; terminal 
line and fringe-spots slightly better developed, postmedian 
3 min, from termen. 

Underside whiter. Fore wing sutfused, especially in and 
before cell, between base and median shade; cell-dot, 
median shade, and a rather firm postmedian line developed, 
traces also (strong in the ?) of the subterminal shades ; 
terminal line rather strong. Hind wing with cell-dot and 
traces (strong in the @ ) of postmedian line; terminal line 
and dots rather strong. 

Java: Tosari, 6 July, 1910 (. A. Cockayne). Type 3, 
in coll. L. B. Prout, allotype ? in coll. Brit. Mus., kindly 
presented by the discoverer. Also from Bali, in coll. Tring 
Mus. 

Perhaps nearest in markings to kagiata, Bastelb. (¢ Iris,’ 
xxl. p. 172), as identified by me in Mitt. Deutsch. Ent. Mus. 
ili. p. 241; but that is a coarser-looking, more strongly 
marked species, with the g hind tarsus scarcely over } of 
the tibial length. 


5. Anisodes palingenes, sp. n. 


3 .—29 mm. 

Head and body concolorous with wings. Vertex slightly 
pale-mixed in front. Palpus reddish above ; terminal joint 
long. Hind leg long and slender, tibia with a pair of 
unequal terminal spurs. Abdomen with small dark dorsal 
spots, the first two the darkest. 

Fore wing less broad than in urecearia, Guen., termen 
rather more oblique ; areole moderately large, SC’ from its 
apex, R? from slightly before middle of DC; pale fleshy 
ochreous, with fine and weak darker irroration ; markings 
dark olive-grey, consisting mainly of lines of dots; discal 
ring very small; a few irregular dots near base, the 
most conspicuous one just behind base of cell; antemedian 
series (as in the allies) double, consisting of more proximal 
ones on margins, U, M, and SM? (the anterior two nearest 
base), and a more distal pair (aligued parallel with median 
and postmedian) on the folds ; median series rather thicker 
on all the veins and submedian fold ; postmedian smaller 
and sharper, parallel with median; subterminal and terminal 
series interneural, the former obsolete in cellules 6 and 3; 
fringe rather pale, with very minute brown basal dots at 
vein-ends, 


Species and Forms of Geometride. 309 


Hind wing slightly narrower than in urcearia, termen 
similarly crenulate ; DC® weak, M' from close to R? but not 
quite connate; discal ring larger than on fore wing, 
markings otherwise almost the same, the subterminals not 
quite obsolete in cellules 6 and 3. 

Underside more whitish, especially the distal and posterior 
parts of fore wing and the whole of hind wing. Fore wing 
with the cell-mark more oval and thicker-edged than above, 
the markings beyond suggested, though very shadowy. 
Hind wings with the markings nearly obsolete, the cell-mark, 
postmedian, and terminal least so. 

i. Peru: Chanchamayo, 1000 m., October-November 
Ho. ype in coll. L. B. Prout. 

Except in the shape——-which gives more of the aspect of 
some of the Indo-Australian species—very similar to urcearia, 
Guen., though with more disparity between the sizes of the 
discal rings and with no appreciable enlargement of the 
subterminal dots between the radials. From stigmatilinea, 
Prout (Nov. Zool. xxvii. p. 278), it differs in the absence of 
the hair-pencil, in the venation of the hind wing, weaker 
irroration and markings, and rounder cell-rings. 


Subfam. Larenriiv az. 
6. Triphosa umbrifacta, sp. n. 
6 .—-38 mm. 


Face with rather long pointed cone of scales. Palpus 
elongate (24), rather heavily scaled, third joint distinct. 
Antenna with very short ciliation. Abdomen relatively 
rather short. Head and body concolorous with wings. 

Fore wings shouldered at base, here swollen, beneath with 
a membranous plate overhanging an ample cavity and partly 
covered by longish hair from base, the retinaculum attached 
to the plate (section Strepsizuga, Warr.) ; apex scarcely so 
acute as in aberrans, Warr., and gavara, Druce, termen rather 
more curved, slightly waved, but not crenulate; blend of 
colours nearly as in those species (ochreous-brown marked 
with red-brown and irregularly clouded in distal half with 
black-brown); basal patch rather smaller, ill-defined, 
bordered by a curved line which runs obliquely to hind 
margin close to base; a pair of moderately distinct lines 
midway between this and the central band, mostly parallel 
with termen, straightish ; a slightly paler, feebly bisected 
area between these and ceitral band; central band of medium 
width, searcely darkened (slightly clouded with red-brown) ; 
antemedian line partly blackened, about vertical from costa, 


310 Mr. LB. Prout on new 


bending subcostally, thence parallel with termen but sub- 
sinuate, the deepest sinus outward at M ; five similar lines 
succeeding, placed on the median band, rather distinct 
behind M, the middle ones obsolete before M ;’ the last of 
these lines (the postmedian) slhghtly more denticulate, 
more blackened, accompanied distally by whitish vein-dots ; 
the dark clouding of distal area ill-defined, obsolete costally, 
running to termen about the radials, otherwise strongest 
proximally to the subterminal line, posteriorly encroaching — 
on central band; subterminal pale line interrupted and 
feebly lunulate anteriorly, continuous posteriorly, accompa- 
nied by a scarcely less pale spot (cloud) between R* and M?, 
slightly incurved and thickened between M? and SM?; 
terminal line shallowly lunulate inward between the veins, 
slightly interrupted by pale dots at the veins ; fringe with a 
pale line at base and ill-defined pale tips, mostly darker 
between. | 

Hind wing relatively rather small, otherwise nearly as in 
gavara; concolorous with fore wing or slightly darker, 
the lines being predominantly black-brown; three broad 
but not very sharply defined ones on proximal half of wing ; 
postmedian scarcely beyond middle, scarcely curved, formed 
nearly as on fore wing, accompanied proximally by a dark 
shade; a slightly paler, indistinctly bisected band beyond, 
bounded by a denticulate dark line nearly as strong as the 
postmedian ; subterminal interrupted anteriorly, thicker 
and uninterrupted posteriorly ; terminal line and fringe as 
on fore wing. 

Underside rather paler and much more uniform, both 
wings with a cell-dot and indistinct indications of most of 
the lines of upperside. : 

Peru: Chanchamayo, 1000 m., Oct.-Nov. 1906. Type in 
coll, L. B. Prout. A 2? from Santo Domingo, Carabaya, 
6500 ft., Dec. 1902, wet season (G. Ockenden), in coll. 
Tring Mus. 


7. Scordylia hypophlebica, sp. n. 

6 .—-32 mm. . 

Face somewhat rounded, with dense projecting scales, 
giving the appearance of a frontal prominence; _ black, 
mixed with whitish. Palpus long, black, the projecting — 
hairs beneath first joint greyer, scaling of second joint 
rather short and close. Vertex and antenne black, the 
latter slightly thickened in proximal part, almost simple. 
Tegula above with an orange spot on each side. Body grey 
(blackish mixed with white), 


Species and Forms of Geometride. dll 


Fore wing moderately broad, termen with the curvature 
in middle well appreciable; all the subcostals stalked beyond 
the areole (type) or SC! just separate (paratype); black, with 
a rather large (circ. 5 mm. long) white subbasal patch 
occupying a large part of cell (but not crossing cell-fold in 
distal part) and the area behind, bounded posteriorly by 
SM?, vein M and fold remaining more or less black; a 
round white spot between R* and M°* near their origin. 

Hind wing white, with a rather broad (cire. 4 mm.) black 
distal border, which is somewhat sinuous-edged proximally 
and is costally cut off rather abruptly opposite the bifurca- 
tion of SC? and Ri. 

Fore wing beneath with the white area extended behind, 
its distal edge running obliquely (though not quite regularly) 
from base of M? to near tornus; an ill-defined black area 
beyond, narrow at radials, then broadening so as to embrace 
the outer white spot, which is as above; the rest brown-grey, 
with the veins blackened. Hind wing white, with the border 
as above, but brown-grey, the veins blackened, a small black 
mark from costa to R! at its commencement ; a minute 
cell-dot at anterior end of DC?. 

_  E. Peru: Oxapampa, 6400 ft., type in coll. L.B. Prout ; 
Chanchamayo, paratype in coll. Brit. Mus. 
Rather noteworthy for the Devarodes-like underside. 


8. Hrateina haenschi, sp. n. 

¢ .—43 mm. ; 

Face black, a very pale yellowish band at side. Vertex 
black. Postorbital rim anda mark on collar pale yellow. 
Palpus black, narrowly whitish beneath. Antenna with 
fascicles of slender cilia about as long as diameter of shaft. 
Thorax above black, marked with whitish; beneath pre- 
dominantly pale. Abdomen above blackish, with narrow 
pale edging to the segments, anal end with large white- 
yellow spots ; beneath buff or reddish, with blackish bands. 
Fore coxa, fore femur, and middle’and hind legs predomi- 
nantly pale. 

Fore wing rather elongate, termen (except near apex) 
straight, strongly oblique; brown-black, proximally (to 
about 6 mm. at costa, 8 at hind margin) paler and more 
olivaceous ; a narrow yellowish-white band from close to mid- 
costa towards tornus, mostly 2mm. wide but tapering behind 
M?, slightly ineurved, ending in a point before SM’; fringe 
mixed with white distally. 

Hind wing strongly elongate and produced into a long 
tail (length of wing from base to end of R? 17 mm., from 


312 Mr. L. B. Prout on new 


base to tip of tail 33 mm.) ; no flap beneath ; DC extremely 
oblique, R? arising very near R® ; brown-black, becoming 
lighter towards abdominal margin; the band extremely 
narrow at costa, yellowish white to R1, then fed-orange, 
becoming redder, posteriorly slightly irrorated with black, 
gradually widening, but scarcely 3 mm. wide before com- 
mencement of tail, in which it again tapers, ending in a 
point 6 mm. before extremity; distal part of abdominal 
margin and proximal part of tail behind the red band 
blackish, containing four yeilow-white, anteriorly red-edged 
spots ; end of tail and its anterior fringe white. 

Fore wing beneath similar to those of julia, Dbld., ete. 
Hind wing beneath with the ground-colour redder than in 
that species and almost uniform in tone, the pale band 
almost uniform in width (circ. 1-5 mm.) from costal margin 
to the acute angle near tornus, then narrower. 

Ecuador: Santa Inéz (R. Haensch), type in coll. Deutsch. 
Ent. Mus., received through W. Neuburger ; Balzapamba, 
a @ in coll. Tring Mus.; Paramba, a @? in the latter 
collection, similar but with rather shorter tail. 

Possibly a subspecies of staudingeri, Snell. (Tijd. Ent. 
xxi, p. 150; t. viii. figs. 14-16), with the band of fore wing 
slightly narrower, the red of hind wing much more restricted, 
the black between it and abdominal margin more extended, 
black streak on tail broader, white of tail more extended. 
Snellen’s locality ‘“ Peru,’? suggested with a query, was 
certainly erroneous; like his Heterusia dividata, received 
from the same source, it will probably have been from 
Chirigui (cfr. Druce, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Lep. Het.i1. p. 180). 
But the tail seems a little longer than in staudingeri, and a 
form which I believe to be the Colombia race thereof has 
the bands broad, that of hind wing more orange than in 
haenscht. 


9. Gymnoscelis inexpressa, sp. Nn. 

2 .—-20 mm. . 

Face with rather strong cone. Palpus almost 2, the scales 
forming projecting tufts, predominantly blackish. Head 
and body concolorous with wings, or slightly more whitish 
beneath ; abdomen rather elongate, the crests (on somites 
2-7) all well developed, rather pale. 

Fore wing sightly more elongate than in the type-species 
(pumilata, Hb.) ; areole long, SC? arising beyond two-thirds 
of it, anastomosing fairly strongly with C, R! about connate; 
almost uniform fawn-colour, the veins dotted here and 
there with black ; most of the waved lines almost obsolete, 


mecies and Forms o eometridle. 313 
S) YE G tridee 313 


only the antemedian and postmedian distinct, and even 
these not very strong, grey with a slight olivaceous tinge ; 
antemedian from costa at nearly one-third, excurved (and 
very slightly angulated) in cell, more oblique inward pos- 
teriorly than anteriorly ; postinedian from costa at about 
two-thirds, slightly oblique outward at first, incurved 
between the radials, very slightly lobed about R°-M?!, then 
about parallel with termen, irregularly lunulate-dentate 
throughout, the inward teeth with minute black dots on the 
veins ; cell-dot darker, slightly elongate; a faint waved 
median line suggested from it to hind margin ; terminal line 
weak, almost obsolete posteriorly; fringe almost unicolorous. 

Hind wing somewhat elongate, apex nearly rounded, 
termen scarcely waved, strongly convex ; cell-dot indicated, 
but very weak ; only the postmedian line distinct, similar to 
that of pumilata, but finer and rather less bent in middle. 

Underside paler, rather glossy ; both wings with slightly 
elongate cell-mark, in some lights also slight indications of 
the postmedian line and (at least on hind wing) of a dusky 
subterminal band. 

Assam: Shillong, 5000 ft., Oct. 1916 (7. B. Fletcher). 
Type in coll. Brit. Mus., presented by the Agriculture 
Research Institute, Pusa. 

A @? from the same district in coll. Brit. Mus., rather 
smaller, broader-winged, and darker, seems to belong here, 
though the projecting scales of the palpus are mostly lost, 
presumably by abrasion. 


10. EHupithecia subinduta, sp. n. 


6 2 .— 19-24 mm. 

Head and body hight grey, irrorated with brown, the abdo- 
men pale beneath, darkened posteriorly. Palpus heavily 
scaled, in ¢ rather less, in 2 more, than twice as long as 
diameter of eye. Antenna of ¢ somewhat lamellate, with 
short (scarcely 4), even ciliation. Fore tibia and tarsus 
infuscated on upper and inner sides, pale-spotted at ends of 
joints. 

Fore wing strongly elongate (shaped much as in innotata, 
Hufn., or with costa and termen slightly straighter, angles 
slightly less rounded) ; pale grey, slightly irrorated with 
brown ; the lines numerous, brown, mostly very weak and 
confused, inclined (especially in proximal area) to break up 
into irroration ; in well-marked specimens eleven may be 
counted, the proximal ones curved near costa, then parallel 
with termen but more or less sinuate, especially the sixth, 


314 Mr. Li. B. Prout on new 


the distalthree commonly a little more distinct, the approxi- 
mated pair which represent the postmedian sharply broken 
near the costa (as in ¢nnotata), thence nearly straight, 
separated from the last line by an appreciably pale hne or 
narrow band, the last line followed distally by indefinite 
dark shading ; cell-dot weak ; terminal line blackish, inter- 
rupted at the veins, slightly thickened between ; fringe very 
‘slightly darker in proximal than in distal half. 

Hind wing elongate ; abdominal area concolorous with 
fore wing or rather darker, with the beginnings of lines, a 
narrow terminal area also a little darkened in the 9 ; the 
rest almost unmarked, in the ? quite pale, in the ¢ densely 
covered with coarse, slightly erect scales of an ochreous- 
brownish tinge, apparently specialised in correlation with 
similar scales on hind-marginal area of fore wing beneath. 

Both wings beneath with longer and stronger cell-marks; 
fore wing in costal, apical, and distal areas with the markings 
of upperside more or less reproduced, hind wing quite pale, 
with similar markings. 

Ecuador: Riobamba,3 ¢ 6,17 2? 2. Type J, allotype 
?, and others in coll. Deutsch. Ent. Mus., 1 ¢,2 2 2? in 
coll. L. B. Prout, kindly presented by the Museum. . 


Subfam. GromerrinZ. 
11. Opisthograptis swannt, sp.n. 

JS .—55 mm. 

Head yellow, cheek with a brown spot, which is con- 
tinued on patagium ; face without projecting scales. Palpus 
scarcely 1}, third joint quite short; brown. Antenna 
serrate, with quite short fascicles of cilia; shaft proximally 
brown, distally whitish. Thorax, abdomen, and legs yellow 
(fore legs lost) ; middle and hind legs with tips of femur, 
tibia, and tarsus mostly brown ; all spurs brown. 

Fore wing ample; SC? long-stalked, separating little 
before origin of SC®; yellow, with some excessively shadowy - 
interneural greyish spots ; markings red-brown, clouded in 
part with dark purple-grey (as is the darker aberrations of 
tridentifera, Moore) ; a very small basal patch in costal half, 
eontinued as aspot on patagium; antemedian line represented 
by short dashes on both margins and minute dots on M and 
SM?; an extremely large, roundish blotch beyond middle, 
from costa to near M®, its longitudinal diameter about 8 mm., 
one-third in the cell and two-thirds beyond, its distal edge 
slightly dentate outward on the radials and M’, a minute 
white discocellular dash in this blotch at base of R?; a small 


Species and Forms of Geometride. 315 


spot in cellule 6, almost coalescing with blotch; a row of 
minute postmedian vein-dots near termen, arising from a 
thick dash on costa; still minuter terminal vein-dots. 

Hind wing without basal or antemedian markings ; discal 
patch very much smaller than on fore wing, reaching from 
SC? almost to hinder end of DC, slightly concave on distal 
side, the discocellulars in its middle ; postmedian row of 
dots more proximal than on fore wing, especially posteriorly, 
terminating in a spot on SM?, but with none costally ; an 
extremely shadowy macular greyish band just proximal to 
the postmedian ; fringe spotted at the veim-ends. 

Underside similar, but with the postmedian wanting, 
except for the costal spot of fore wing, which here gives 
birth to a rather weak, but rather thick, lunulate-dentate 
subterminal greyish line, which on both wings shows some 
minute vein-dots on the (distal) points of the teeth. 

N. Burma: Hparé Valley, near the Chinese frontier, 
5500 ft., 29 Aug., 1922 (Capt. Arthur E. Swann). Type in 
coll. Ju. B. Prout, kindly presented by Rev. C. R. N. Burrows. 

A very fine species, evidently near tridentifera, but larger, 
with much larger blotches and with quite different antenna. 


12. Macaria unigeminata, sp. n. 


3 .—28 mm. 

Face with rather sharp, white-mixed cone. Palpus 
moderate (about 14), the rough scaling of its underside 
mixed with white. Antenna with the ciliation even and 
rather slender, about as long as the diameter of shaft. 
Hind tibia not dilated. Head and body in general con- 
colorous with wings. 

Fore wing shaped nearly as in lataria, Walk., the termcn 
scarcely even so appreciably concave in anterior half as in 
that species ; SC! arising from C, anastomosing with SC? ; 
white, very closely marked with fine, largely confluent 
(especially transversely), dark strigulation, leaving only 
numerous very small spots of the ground-colour ; distal area 
more solidly drab, except for a few simall white spots in the 
middle and posteri rly close to termen ; cell-dot not sharp ; 
costal edge irregularly dotted with black, which coalesces 
into short streaks at the origin of the lines; these indistinct, 
the median diffuse ; antemedian very oblique outward from 
one-fifth costa, acutely bent in cell, then slightly sinuous ; 
median from beyond two-fifths, strongly excurved beyond 
cell and strongly inbent at fold ; postmedian oblique out- 
ward to R', this part blackened and almost meeting a 


316 Mr. L. B. Prout on new 


conversely oblique brown (posteriorly black) shade beyond, 
much as in notata, Linn., natalensis, Warr., and others of the 
genus, the rest of its course irregularly lunulate-dentate ; 
a single pair of quite small black postmedian marks (the 
outer slightly elongate) in cellule 3, the pair which usually 
accompanies it in cellule 4 in dataria and the allies obsolete, 
only a few black scales indicating the position of the proxi- 
mal one ; termen with rather weak interneural dots; fringe 
with pale line at base, then feebly mottled. 

Hind wing shaped as in lataria (termen only feebly bent 
at R?); median and postmedian lines stronger than on fore 
wing ; cell-dot strong, no other black markings ; distal area 
almost uniformly drab. 

Underside with the reticulations much coarser, sparser, 
and darker than above, the line also strong and dark ; 
proximal area (to median shade) and veins tinged with bright 
ochreous-brown ; distal area strongly contrasted; that of 
fore wing with a bright brown anterior cloud beyond the 
postmedian, crossing R?, some blackish-fuscous clouding 
therein, especially in cellule 6 proximally, and blackish- 
fuscous clouds at termen anteriorly (tapering to points at 
apex and about R®) and behind R? near the postmedian 
(widening to tornus), leaving white subapical dash and 
posterior blotch ; that of hind wing with irregular blackish- 
fuscous subterminal band, widening gradually to radial fold, 
then suddenly narrowed to only about 1 mm. width, the 
retrocession being on its distal side. 

Cameroons: Bitje, Ja River, September. Type in coll. 
Deutsch. Ent. Mus., received through A. Heyne. 

Extremely similar on upperside to some Cameroons forms 
of the variable Jafarta, Walk., the difference from which I 
have named it perhaps inconstant ; but,as that has the ¢ 
hind tibia dilated, there can be no question as to its specific 
distinctness. ‘The British Museum has a lighter 2? of, 
apparently, the present species from Lagos, rather more 
ocbreous-browa, lines still weaker both above and beneath, 
fore wing beneath with apex more broadly pale. 


13. Macaria exsuperans, sp. n. 


So ? .— 41-14 mm. 

Face with rather long but thin projecting tuft below ; 
dark brown. Palpus about 13, second joint tufted above ; 
blackish brown, beneath pale ochreous-brown. Antenna of 
3 subserrate-fasciculate, the cilia fine, slightly longer than 


Species and Forms of Geometridee. a1% 


diameter of shaft. Hind tibia of ¢ not dilated. Head and 
body concolorous with wings. 

Fore wing with termen faintly waved, scarcely concave 
between SC° and R*, the bend at R# very slight; SC! 
coincident, free or anastomosing at a point with C ; whitish 
or ochreous-whitish, densely irrorated (but variably, aecording 
to the individual) with brown; lines dark brown; ante- 
median from costa at about 5 mm., very oblique outward to 
SC, theuce somewhat obilque inward, its costal end generally 
thickened ; cell-dot black, not minute ; median shade rather 
diffuse, thickest in anterior part, where it curves round 
(in one specimen across) the cell-dot ; postmedian arising 
from costa about 6 mm. from apex, almost vertical at first 
but curving so as to become extremely oblique outward, 
forming an acute angle at R! about 2 mm. from termen, 
then oblique inward and almost straight to hind margin 
5-6 mm. from tornus; a small round whitish spot in 
cellule 6 just outside the angle of postmedian ; a subterminal 
row of ill-defined dark spots between the veins; terminal 
dots slightly elongate, not very strong; fringe scarcely 
mottled. 

Hind wing with termen waved or subcrenulate, and with 
more marked teeth at SC? and R®; slightly paler (less densely 
irrorated) than fore wing; first line obsolete ; median shade 
continued, but generally faint, proximal to or crossing the 
cell-dot, which is here generally minute; postmedian line 
rather fine, straight, weakest anteriorly ; subterminal spots 
obsolescent anteriorly, rather large and more or less con- 
fluent posteriorly, but still not shen y defined ; termen and 
fringe as on fore wing. 

Underside equally variable, for the most part similarly 
coloured and marked, but with proximal half of fore wing 
more suffused ; both wings with the tawny shades beyond 
the postmedian ‘(characteristic of so many Jacaria) generally 
well developed, inclined to diffuse towards ETT § white 
subapical spot of fore wing well expressed. 

Java: Tosari, Tengger i@rater, 5-6 July, 1910 (i. A, 
Cackayne), 3 6 ¢,2 2 9,1 coll. L. B. Prout, presented by 
the discoverer. 

The typical ¢ form is suffused in bands accompanying 
the lines, while a ¢ ab. is almost wholly dark-suflused. 
The ? ¢ have the ochreous tint more pronounced; one is 
rather sharply marked above and beneath, the other very 
weakly. Easily recognizable in all the forms by its large 
STZe\ 


318 Mr. L. B. Prout on new 


14. Macaria elongaria, Leech, ?. 


Macaria elongaria,* Leech, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xix. p. 308 
(1897), ¢ (Moupin). 

Of this apparently scarce species, Mr. C. T. Bowhine has 
sent me 2 ¢@¢ and 1 92, collected at Yachiaolin, Ei S.E. 
of Ichang, by Pére Van der Voorden. The 2, fitherts 
unknown, is (as in some others of the genus, e. g. avilusaria, 
Walk.) broader-winged than the g ,with the termen of the fore 
wing less strongly oblique, the dark cloudings in the distal 
area of both wings strong both above and beneath ; in 
addition, the teeth in the termen of the hind wing are 
slightly stronger. 


15. Macaria vandervoordent, sp. u. 


3 3? .—381-32 mm. 

Head yellowish, spotted with brown. Face with small 
pointed cone below. Palpus about 14. Antennal ciliation 
in g short (scarcely 3), even. Thorax and abdomen con- 
colorous with wings, the abdomen pale beneath. Hind tibia 
in 3 moderately dilated, with hair-pencil. 

Fore wing with excision in termen scarcely perceptible 
(shape of @stimaria group) ; SC1—* coincident, free ; whitish 
buff, somewhat suffused with ochreous and with violet-grey, 
the irroration violet-grey, rather coarse and irregular; costal 
edge irregularly dotted ; lines moderate, grey, mixed with 
ochreous ; antemedian at three-tenths, angulated outward 
in cell; median angulated outward near costa, passing just 
outside (sometimes touching) the weak, rather elongate, grey 
cell-mark, slightly incurved at fold ; postmedian from costa 
3 or 4 mm. from apex, vertical (or even very slightly oblique 
inward) to R}, here quite feebly bent, thence straightish or 
extremely slightly lunulate-dentate to hind margin about 
4ymam. from tornus; a pale line accompanying the post- 
median distally ; paired black marks at R% proximally and 
distally to the postmedian, the two before the vein always 
very small (the distal one sometimes evanescent), the two 
behind it stronger, especially the distal, which is about 1 mm. 
long; faint indications of an interrupted whitish subterminal, 
accompanied proximally by some slight grey shading, most 
distinct costally ; apex whitish ; terminal line fine, black, 
interrupted at the veins ; fringe weakly mottled. 

Hind wing with termen subcrenulate, weakly bent at R3 
(asin @stimaria group) ; cell-dot rather more distinct than 
on fore wing, less elongate; median line well proximal 
thereto, incurved in cell; postmedian continuing that of 


Species and Forms of Geometride, 319 


fore wing, rather more crenulate, weakly bent before R', 
slightly curved outward at abdominal margin; subterminal 
much as on fore wing, but bent in middle ; terminal line 
and fringe as on fore wing. 

Underside much suffused with bright yellow-ochre, leaving 
a quadrate apical spot and the posterior region of fore wing, 
most of the distal and abdominal margins of hind wing, and 
a patch between the radials of hind wing at their base 
whitish—-sometimes other slighter, less defined, and more 
variable whitish spots or patches indicated ; markings 
rather heavy, the postmedian and sometimes the median 
line irregularly double. 

Central China: Yachiaolin, 80 miles E.S.E. of Ichang, 
1922 (Pére Van der Voorden), 3 6 6,3 2 2, in coll. L. B. 
Prout, kindly presented by C. Talbot Bowring, Esq., Ichang, 
June 1922, 1 g subsequently received from the same donor. 


16. Cleora grisea vandervoordent, subsp. un. 


$ .-Both wings less irrorated with black-grey, the light 
violet-grey ground-colour and the brown shadings con- 
sequently more manifest, the median shade brown rather 
than black-grey, rather more distally placed (but often 
obsolete, or nearly so, in both races). Fore wing with the 
cell-dot weaker; postmedian less bent outward at the radials, 
especially on the underside, where its course is comparatively 
straight throughout, forming only a couple of very gentle 
curves, the anterior one outward, the posterior inward. 

Central China: Yachiaolin, 30 miles E.S.E. of Ichang, 
1922 (Van der Voorden), 2 § g, im coll. L. B. Prout, pre- 
sented by C. Talbot Bowring, Esq. 

Although hitherto overlooked, this appears to be the 
regular Chinese race of grisea, Butl. (Ann. & Mag. Nat. 
Hist. (5) 1. p.896, Japan), as the British Museum has a ¢ 
from Ningpo, a ¢ from Kiukiang, anda ? from Chungking. 
lt may even prove a separate species. 


17. Bronchelia repressa, sp. n. 


¢ .—51-59 mm. 

Face brown. Palpus rather short; brown, dark-mixed 
on outer side. Vertex and collar pale brown. Antennal 
pectinations moderately long, continuing to about the 37th 
joint. Thorax and abdomen hght brown, the thorax mixed 
with whitish. Legs mostly pale, the anterior slightly infus- 
cated ; hind tibia not dilated. 

- Fore wing slightly less elongate than in the fraternaria 


320 Mr. L. B. Prout on new 

group, termen slightly smoother and more regular; SC!-? 
very shortly stalked or exceptionally just separate, SC? in 
one examined specimen anastomosing slightly with SC; 
whitish, with the irroration fairly close but rather uneven, - 
olive-grey and ochreous-brown, the general tone less warm 
than in most of the brown species ; cell-spot moderate ; 
lines somewhat thickened at the costa, especially the median, 
which is here opposite, or almost proximal to, the cell-dot, 
then makes a moderately strovg curve just outside or across 
it, then runs straighter than in most of the allies (approxi- 
mately parallel with termen) to hind margin; the other 
lines somewhat as in fraternaria, Guen., but with the post- 
median more inbent in front of R’, its distal duplication 
feeble throughout, the teeth of the subterminal shorter and 
more rounded. 

Hind wing with the termen only moderately crenulate ; 
cell-dot not strong ; median line rather thin, crossing cell- 
dot or well proximal thereto; outer markings normal. 

Both wings beneath whitish. Fore wing with the costa 
ochreous, with some dark spots and irroration; the irroration 
on the rest of the wing mostly weak ; cell-dot and ante- 
median line indicated, also the anterior part of postmedian ; 
a distal bordering of dense dark irroration about 3 mm. 
wide (slightly more anteriorly) from costa to M?, often 
including at its proximal edge a denser dark line. Hind 
wing almost unmarked, except for a narrow incomplete 
subterminal shade, which does not reach abdominal margin 
and oftenest fades out about the middle of the wing. 

Paraguay: Sapucay (W. Foster), type in coll. L. B. 
Prout, dated 29 October, 1903, many other ¢ § in various 
collections. Also occurs in Brazil (Sao Paulo, Castro, 
Porto Alegre) andin N. Argentina (Misiones). 

Seems to have been constantly misidentified as transitaria, 
Walk., of which the type (from San Domingo) is shaped as 
in ordiinry fraternaria or rather longer-winged. 

The ? ? (S.E. Brazil, ex coll. KE. D. Jones) are rather 
larger and paler, weakly marked. 


18. Pseudomiza argentilinea eugraphes, subsp. ne 


S$ .—38 mm. 

Both wings above and beneath more strongly marked 
than in a. argentilinea, Moore (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1867, 
p. 617, as Drepanodes), from N. India, the “‘ narrow silvery 
band” (which in the Sikkim and Khasi specimens before me 
widens appreciably on the fore wing posteriorly ) reduced to 
an incouspicuous line; fore wing with the oblique line 


Species and Forms of Geometride. 321 


between cell-dot and hind margin thick and black (in both 
forms this lme—which is sometimes so weak that Moore 
overlooks it and which Hampson, Faun. Ind. Moths, ii. 
p. 237, calls “ waved ””—1is angulated inward on M). 

N. Burma: Htawgaw, 6000 ft. 22 August, 1922 (Capt. 
Arthur E. Swann). Type in coll. L. B. Prout, presented by 
Rey. C. R. N. Burrows. 

This may possibly prove merely a remarkable aberration, 
but, in addition to the geographical probabilities of a racial 
difference, it is to be noticed that in this specimen SC! of 
fore wing anastomoses at a point with C, while in all the six 
N. Indian examples which I have examined, as well as in the 
Bhutén which Hampson describes, it is well free. 


19. Plutodes moultoni, sp. n. 


6 .— 41 mm. 

Head and body coloured as in costatus, Butl.; antennal 
pectinatrons the same. 

Fore wing very slightly narrower than in costatus, termen 
(as in that species) almost evenly rounded ; SC! just stalked 
with SC?~, anastomosing with CU ; ground-colour the same, 
but without the rufous suffusions at its edges ; yellow costal 
area bounded posteriorly by cell-fold as far as end of cell, 
except for a very small triangular projection as in costatus ; 
the yellow triangle beyond cell truncate, not quite (as in 
costatus) reaching R*; distal area all yellow, separated from 
the costal triangle and the ground-colour by an ill-defined 
orange suffusion ; no lines; a pair of subterminal black 
spots, one on SC’, the other on R'; fringe uniform yellow. 

Hind wing slightly less broad than im costatus; ground- 
colour nearly as in that. species, without noticeable reddish 
suffusion, but with coarse, slightly irregular, dark striguie ; 
a yellow distal border, very narrow from tornus to R*, then 
gradually widening, so as to become, near apex, about twice 
as broad as that of costatus ; fringe yellow. : 

Fore wing beneath pale yellowish, except behind M and 
M2, where it is coloured more as above, this patch bounded 
by a (proximally ill-defined) curved dark streak from near 
base of medians to hind margin near tornus; terminal area 
more whitish yellow. Hind wing with basal area slightly 
paler then above, terminal area whitish yellow for about 
2 mm., the rest of the wing occupied hy a very large, dark 
fuscous blotch. 

Selangor: Bukit Kutu, 3457 ft., April 1915. Type in 
Ann. & May. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol, xi. Zi 


322 Dr. Kinar Lénnberg—Notes on Aretonyx. 


coll. Brit. Mus., presentel by the Riffles Museum antl 
Library, to whose energetic Director, Major J. C. Moulton, — 
O.B.E., T.D., B.A., M.Sc., I have dedicated the species. 


| 
20. Plutodes warrent, sp. un. 
Piutodes costatus, Warr. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1893, p. 388 (nec Butl.). 


Smaller than costatus, Butl. (=¢triangularis, Warr.), an- 
tennal pectinations rather less long, colouring slightly paler, 
antemedian triangle larger, with antemedian line from its 
distal side, postmedian triangle normally narrower than in 
costatus, variable, very occasionally continued narrowly to 
join tornal patch ; apical patch of hind wing separated from 
ground-colour by a “ manifestly sinuous” (or indented) 
dark line ; underside more weakly marked, the oblique dark 
central line of fore wing almost obsolete. 

N.W. India: Sabathu, type ¢ and 4 ? 2 in coll. Brit. 
Mus., 1 ¢ in coll. Tring Mus. 

To Mr. Warren belongs the credit of discovering that 
there were two species mixed under the name of costatus, 
Butl., but he unfortunately overlooked that the true costatus 
(Darjiling) was the same form which he so _ carefully 
differentiated as ¢riangularis (loc. cit. supra, Sikkim and 
Assam), and that it was the N.W. Himalayan which really 
required a name. 


XXX VI.—-Notes on Arctonyx. 
By Ernar LOnnBERG, F.M.Z.S. &e. 


Arctonyax leucolemus milne-edwardsii, subsp. n. 


In his well-known work ‘ Recherches des Mammifeéres’ 
(1868-1874) A. Milne-Hdwards mentions and shortly de- 
scribes (p. 340) aspecimen of Arctonyx, which he had received 
from southern Shensi among other collections from 
““M. Vabbé David.” One of the most important charac- 
teristics of the skull of this animal was that it was provided 
with a small premolar more than other specimens of Arctonye. 

The R. Nat. Hist. Museum in Stockholm has recently 
received a specimen of Arctonya, which has been collected 
15, x. 1921 in the Minshan Mountains in southern Kansu by 


Dr. Einar Lonnberg—wNotes on Arctonyx. 323 


Mr. D. Sjolander. The skull of this one is provided with a 
small p! and a similar p, on both sides, thus agreeing with 
Milne-Edwards’s specimen. The latter is somewhat larger 
than our specimen, which, however, may be due to the fact 
that the specimen from Minshan is a female. ‘The absolute 
identity is not proved, but the close relationship is apparent, 
and, as this Arctonyx is without nam», I take the liberty of 
dedicating it to the author quoted. The specimen from 
Kansu, which is to be regarded as the type, may be described 
as follows :— 

General colour much darker even than that of A. l. obscurus 
from Hastern Thibet—in fact, black above, only grizzled, 
with brownish-white tips to the hairs on a patch on the 
upper neck and on the hind-quarters, the white underfur 
being quite covered by theentirely black hairs, The creamy- 
white fronto-nasal band practically ceases a little behind the 
eyes, but is to some extent continued by some whitish-tipped 
hairs which are seattered mesially to the above-mentioned 
erizzled patch on the upper neck. The black band through 
the eye extends forwards to the edge of the upper lip, which 
is brownish black to the angle of the mouth, and there con- 
tinuous with the black of the chin and the interramial space. 
The light mark below the eye consists of a horizontal 
brownish-white streak, more brownish in its posterior part. 
The ear-rim is rather broadly pure white. The light throat- 
patch is creamy white, thus lighter or more whitish than the 
same of A. obscurus, according to Milne-HKdwards’s figure of 
the latter. The lower parts behind the throat are black, with 
a sparse brownish-grey underfur on the belly. Legs and feet 
black, claws pale horn-coloured. Tail brownish white 
basally, quite white towards the tip. 

Head and body 68, tail 14 cm. 

Skull: condylo-basal length 123 mm.; basal length 112; 
ereatest breadth 70; interorbital breadth 27; palate-length 
to one of the posterior corners 90°5, mesially 79; breadth 
of brain-case 47°6 ; mastoid breadth 69; greatest diameter of 
m' 13°8. 

Thomas, in 1911, described a new subspecies—Arctonyx 
leuculemus orestes—from Tsin-ling Mountains, S.W. Shensi. 
This is evidently very different from the Kansu race as well 
with regard to the colour-pattern as with regard to size. In 
opposition to the specimen from Minshan, S. Kansu, which 
appears to be one of the darkest, A. l. orestes is very light- 
coloured, with white upper lip, white interramial space, etc., 
and with the back ‘ more broadly washed with whitish than 

Zr : 


d24 Dr. Einar Lénnberg—WNotes on Arctonyx. 


appears to be the case in Jewcolemus.”? The type of orestes 
being a “ young adult”? female, its cranial measurements are 
directly comparable with those of our specimen from Kansu. 
The latter prove, however, to be very much smaller in every 
dimension. Especially noteworthy is the difference in size 
of m*, the greatest diameter of which is 16 mm. in orestes, 
but only 13°38 mm. in the present specimen from Kansu. 
This, together with the great differences in colour, convinces 
me that these two forms of Arctonyx are quite distinct from 
each other. 

Quite recently Jacobi *, when describing the mammals of 
Stdtzner’s expedition to China, has pointed out that the 
coloration ete. of A. obscurus is subjected to considerable 
variation, and he has also had a specimen, which he refers to 
this species, which has the whole back black. It is rather 
difficuit to express any opinion in this case, as the author 


ee 
2 SSS 
— Sas 
POSES GIELIIT A 
Ra ee Ae 


Fig. 1.—End of snout of Arctonya’, lateral view. 
Fig. 2.—Rhinarial disk of Arctonyzx. 


quoted has not recorded any measurements of skulls and 
teeth etc. It might be possible that, when more material has 
been examined, the present specimen may prove only to 
represent a variety of A. obscurus ; but, on the other hand, 
the development of local races in a country with such natural 
conditions as western China is almost to be expected. 

As the specimen from Kansu is in a very good state of 
preservation, I am able to add some remarks about structural 
details, which may be of more general interest than the 
description of a subspecies. 

Blanford’s description of the snout of Arctonyx— long, 
mobile, naked towards the end, and truncated, the terminal 
x : a u. Ber, d. Mus, f. Tierk. u. Volkerk., Dresden, 1922, Bd. xvi. 

Y. Le 


Dr. Kinar Lonnberg—Nvtes on Arctonyx. 325 


disk containing the nostrils being much like that of a pig”— 
appears to be very suitable for this species as well. ‘This 
organ is thus rather different from that of Mleles, as also is 
proved by the accompanying figures (figs. 1 and 2), which 
have been drawn from the present ‘specimen *, ‘The upper side 
of the snout behind the rim of the disk is more broadly 
naked than in Meles. The upper lip below the disk ix, 
although sharply defined from the same, almost naked, only 
beset with a few scattered short and coarse hairs. 

The facial vibrissee appear to be rather reduced in number. 
T cannot see but two above the eye, and on the cheeks only 
one corresponding to the lower genal tuft. 


Fig. 3.—Left fore foot of Arctonyx, showing arrangement of pads. 
Fig. Pett hind foot of Arctonyx, 


” 9? 9 


The fore feet of Arctonyex (fig. 3) are, of course, fossorial, 
with big claws, but their structure differs evidently from that 
of the genera Meles, Taxidea, and Mellivora, as those are 
described by Poeock (1920). The digits are connected about 
to the middle of the digital pads. The pollex is set further 
up the foot than the other digits, which are almost on a level 
with each other, but the former is as closely connected to the 
side of the foot as the others inter se. The digital pads are 
well defined, and the space between them and the plantar 


* The median groove at the lower side of the rhinarial disk mzght he 
an artefact produced by the drying of the skin. 


326 Dr. Einar Lonnberg— Notes on Arctonyx. 


pads is naked. The latter are irregular in shape, but quite 
well defined all round, and thus exhibiting a condition 
different from that in A/eles and other genera of badgers (vide 
Pocock). ‘The plantar pad behind the pollex is the smallest, 
and the one on the outer side the largest. Behind the 
plantar pads follow after an interspace two carpal pads (as in 
Meles, but unlike Tawxidea), the outer of which is much the 
larger, and also more pronounced. The whole plantar surface 
is naked; thus the characteristic tuft of hair found in the 
interspace between the plantar and carpal pads of eles is 
missing *. 

The hind foot (fig. 4) is in every dimension smaller than 
the fore foot, and has also smaller claws, although they appear 
to be comparatively rather larger and more fossorial in shape 
than those of Meles. Digits 3 and 4 sit on a level, then 
follows the second, while the fifth is somewht behind those 
mentioned, and the hallux still more so. Unlike the con- 
dition in A/eles, the pads of digits 3 and 4 are fully separated, 
even if the toes themselves sit a little closer together than 
the others. The space between the digital and the plantar 
pads is naked, and the latter are four in number, quite well 
defined, unlike in J/e/es, ete. ‘The plantar pad on tlie 
hallucal side is the smallest, and that on the opposite side the 
largest. Behind these pads is a naked space, and then two 
metacarpal pads are found which are quite well defined, but 
the one on the outer side is much the larger. With regard 
to the metacarpal pads as well Arctonye thus differs from 
Meles, and still more so from Yawidea and Mellivora, which 
two latter genera, as Pocock has shown, only have a single 
metacarpal pad. 

The author just quoted shortly mentions (P. Z. 8. 1920, i. 
p. 426) unpublished sketches of the feet of Arctonya#, which 
have been drawn by Hodgson, and which are said to “ re- 
semble the feet of JJe/es in general features.” The descrip- 
tion. above may prove that the differences are rather 
important, and that Arctonya, as well by the structure of its 
feet as with regard to its skull, is very well defined from 
Meles and the other genera mentioned above. The structure 
of the feet of <Arctonyex may be considered to be less 
specialized, as its pads are hardly ever fused, but retain a 
more primitive condition. In this it resembles to some 
degree LHelictes, 


* T have stated the presence of this tuft also on the fore feet of 
M. leptorhynchus from China, so that it is certainly a generic character. 


Oa the Systematic Position of Chaudburia. 327 


XXXVII.—The Systematic Position of the Burmese Fish 
Chaudhuria. By N. AnnanpAte, D.Sc., F.A.S.B., Director, 
and Sunper Lau Hora, D.Sce., Assistant Superintendent, 
Zoological Survey of India. 


[In 1918* I described a minute eel-like fish from the Southern Shan 
States which [I called Chaudhuria eaudata and regarded as a type of a 
distinct family (Chaudhuriidee) of primitive Apodes. Mr. Whitehouse t 
at the same time was kind enough to prepare an account of the structure 
of the tail, which in his opinion was that of a typical eel. Shortly 
afterwards, Mr. Tate Regan wrote to me pointing out that in certain 
respects my description and figures indicated that Chaudhuria was rather 
related to Mastacembelus. He courteously invited me to re-examine 
my material. This I was unable to do at the time, as Iwas just starting 
for Hastern Persia on special war work. Mr. Tate Regan {, therefore, 
published a note definitely assigning my genus to the Opisthomi. 

On a second visit to the Inlé Lake early in 1922, Dr. Sunder Lal Hora 
and [ obtained abundant fresh material of Chaudhuria. This we have 
examined anatomically, comparing it in detail with specimens of 
Mastacembelus.—-N. A.] 


In order to discover the exact taxonomic position of 
Chaudhuria we have paid special attention to the skull, the 
pectoral girdle, the gross structure of the alimentary canal, 
and the air-bladder. 

External characters—We have nothing to add to or 
change in the original description, except as regards the 
existence of scales. These were said to be present and 
described as minute and buriedin theskin. Re-examination 
‘of both old and new preparations convinces us that this was 
an error. In certain regions there is a kind of reticulation 
- in the pigment, but no true scales appear to exist. 

Skull.—In._ dorsal view (fig. 1, A) the skull only differs 
from that, of M/astacembelus in the relative proportions of 
the’ various “bones, in the great development of the otic 
‘region, and in the fact that the occipital region is nearly 
horizontal. The ethmoid is slightly expanded on either 
side in front, and its lateral posterior region projects 
strongly on either side in the form of an acute triangle. 
The nasals are large and expanded. The frontals are large 
and broad, with the orbital margin strongly sinuate, but with 
a greater part of the lateral outline straight and almost 
parallel on the two sides. The central suture is slightly 
sinuate in front, but not otherwise asymmetrical. Posteriorly 
the two bones form a broad transyerse suture on either side 
Peele Rec. Ind. Mus. xiv. p. 40, pl, i, fig. 1; pl. iv. figs. 1-10 
i Whitehouse, Rec. Ind. Mus. xiv. p. 65 (1918). 

{ Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (9) iii. p. 198 (1919). 


328 Drs. N. Annandale and Sunder Lal Hora on 


with the parietals and a somewhat narrower oblique suture 
with the supraoccipital. The parietals are of relatively 
large size and of subquadrate form, considerably longer than 
broad. They are rather widely separated from the, margin 
of the skull, except at the antero-lateral angle, by the 
greatly enlarged and inflated pterotics. ‘lhe sphenotics are 
not visible in this view. The epiotics are well developed, 
but rather narrow, and a comparatively large triangular 


Rig: 


Pp. Pio. epo. 
A ae i isoe | coe 


Chaudhuria caudata. Skull: A, dorsal view; B, ventral view. 
asp., alisphenoid ; boc., basioccipital ; dsp., basisphenoid ; eoc., exoccipital ; 
epo., eplotic; eth., ethmoid; f, frontal; deth., lateral region of 
ethmoid; 7.,nasal; 0., o.', otoliths; p., parietal; pal., palatine ; 
pro., prootic; psp., parasphenoid; pto., pterotic; soc., supra- 
occipital; spo., sphenotic; v., vomer. 


process of the exocciptal is visible from above and runs 
forwards for at least two-thirds of the distance from 
the posterior margin of the skull to the antero-central 
angle of the epiotic. The supraoccipital is very large and 
is separated into two distinct regions—a subcircular anterior 
region, contained between frontals and the anterior half of 
the parietals, and a posterior vase-shaped region of about 
three times the length of the anterior part and occupying 
a little more than a third the breadth of the skull. The 
inflation of the periotic capsules gives the posterior region 


the Systematic Position of Chaudhuria. 329 


of the skull a very characteristic appearance in this view. 
The bones are transparent and the semicircular canals are 
very conspicuous through them, rendering it difficult to see 
the limits of the different bones without very careful 
examination under a fairly high power of the microscope. 
The posterior margin of the ‘skull is as broad as the maximum 
transverse diameter of the frontal region. 

In lateral view there is nothing very particular to be noted 
which is not also seen in the dorsal view, except that the 
sphenotic bone is conspicuous, 

In ventral view (fig. 1, B: the nasals omitted) the nasal 
region only differs from that of Mastacembelus in the out- 
lines and proportions of the bones, andin that the anterior 
expansion of the ethmoid is distinctly visible. The lateral 
expansions of this bone bear a strong ventral ridge, which 
exteuds outwards and forwards from the junction of the 
vomer and the ethmoid. The vomer resembles that of 
Mastacembelus, and runs into the parasphenoid about the 
same point. ‘The palatines, however, are much larger and 
situated further backwards, distinctly behind the orbits. 
Each forms practically a sector of a circle considerably less 
than a semicircle, and is joined to the alisphenoid by a long 
suture. The parasphenoid forms a long narrow ridge with 
a distinct median longitudinal groove, which gives the. bone 
the appearance of being paired. Behind it a basisphenoid 
is present in the form of a comparatively large, flat, circular 
bone, which forms a suture with the palatines, alisphenoids, 
and basioccipital. The alisphenoids are also large, broad, 
and flat. They are nearly semicircular in outline. The 
sphenotic in this view is conspicuous, forming an irregular 
subquadrate plate, through which the smaller of the two 
otoliths can be seen by transparency. The pterotic, which 
is greatly inflated and has an irregular outline, is the largest 
bone in this part of the skull. The prootic is also relatively 
large and considerably inflated. The larger of the two 
otoliths is conspicuous by transparency through its anterior 
inner region, extending below the pterotic for a short 
distance and lying in the sacculus in a prominent capsule 
eomposed of the two bones. The basioccipital is very narrow 
between the prootics, where it consists of a prominent 
ridge. This ridge extends forwards to the posterior margin 
of the basisphenoid, which separates it from the par asphenoid 
ridge. On either side the bone expands in front into a 
broad plate of irregular outline in contact with the prootic, 
pterotic, alisphenoid, and basisphenoid. 

Two otoliths (fig. 2), as we have already indicated, are 
present on either side of the skull. Both are relatively 


330 Drs. N. Annandale and Sunder Lal Hora on 


large, and both have a somewhat similar outline, but one, 
apparently the sagitta, which lies in the sacculus, is about 
twice the size of the other. Both are subcircular in out- 
line, but somewhat irregular, flat on one surface and raised 


Fig. 2. 


Chaudhuria caudata. The otoliths. 


on the other into a slight eminence, which is eccentric in 
position. They are formed of very dense white calcareous 
matter. 

Shoulder-girdle (fig. 3).—There is no post-temporal, and 


Fig. 3. 


Chaudhuria caudata. Shoulder-girdle. 


the supracleithrum is completely fused with the cleithrum. 
The girdle is attached to the vertebral column by a ligament. 
The primary girdle is degenerate and very imperfectly ossi- 
fied, the bones consisting of a single honeycombed mass, 
sometimes with independent islets present at the margin. 


the Systematic Position of Chaudhuria. 331 


No distinct elements can be detected with certainty, but 
there is a large and conspicuous perforation in the region 
that may be taken to represent the hypercoracoid *. The 
radials are not differentiated. 

Pharyngeal bones.—The pharyngeal bones resemble those 
of AMastacembelus, and bear numerous sharply pointed 
recurved teeth. 

Caudal fin—We have nothing to add to Whitehouse’s 
description (op. cit.) of the caudal fin, except to point out 
that the upper part of the hypural projects further than the 
lower, giving the tail a slightly heterocercal form, as is well 
shown in the figure in Whitehouse’s paper and on plate i. of 
Annandale’s account of the fishes of the Inlé Lake (op. cit.). 


Fig. 4. 


l = oY va rec 


Chaudhuria caudata, Alimentary canal, 


Alimentary canal (fig. 4).—The alimentary canal consists 
of a straight or almost straight tube, extending from the 
mouth to the anus and without pyloric appendages. The 
cesophagus, which is narrowly funnel-shaped, passes gradu- 
ally into the stomach, which is long and tubular. The 
pylorus is a still narrower and very much shorter tube, and 
opens into the intestine directly without curvature when 
empty ; but when it is dilated, owing to the presence of the 
remains of food or of parasites, a slight curvature can be 
detected. The intestine is quite straight, and is swollen 
towards the end to form a rectum. ‘The anus is surrounded 
by a series of small tubular glands. The liver is very large, 
and so is the gall-bladder. 

Air-bladder.—The air-bladder resembles that of Masta- 
cembelus, being a long tubular structure lying immediately 
below the vertebral column. The walls of the posterior 
extremity In some specimens are thickened for a short 
distance, and this region is marked off in such individuals by 
a narrow transverse constriction. In others, however, it is 
apparently homogeneous in structure and not constricted. 
In our preparations we have not been able to find any 
definite connection between the bladder and the auditory 
apparatus. 

Gonads.—Most of the specimens we have dissected are 


* Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) ix. p. 219 (1912). 


332 On the Systematic Position of Chaudhuria. 


females. The ovaries are very large and occupy a great 
part of the body-cavity. They contain eggs in many different 
- stages of development mingled together. The eggs have 
already been described and figured by Annandale \(op. Cit). 
We found a single male, in which the testes were compara- 
tively small, the one on the right side being a little longer 
than the other. They formed a pair of flat band-shaped 
bodies joined together along the middle line and having a 
short stout duct which opened beside the anus into a cloaca. 


The facts stated above show clearly enough in our opinion 
that Mr. Regan (op. cit. 1919) was right in postulating 
a relationship between Chaudhuria and Mastacembelus. 
The special points of resemblance are :— 


Ga.) The general form and facies of the whole animal 
and of the skull. 

(ii.) The structure of the unpaired fins and to some 
extent of the pectoral girdle. 

(iui.) The absence of any trace of pelvic girdle and fin. 

(iv.) The structure of the jaws and the anterior part of 
the skull. 

(v.) The supraoccipital separating the parietals. 

(vi.) The presence of the same elements in the otic 
capsules, 

and other minor points. 


Points iv. and v. clearly indicate that the genus cannot be 
retained in the Apodes. 

There are, however, several important differences between 
Chaudhuria and Mastacembelus, not only in external 
characters, but also in the structure of the skull, the upper 
part of the shoulder-girdle, and the alimentary canal. Those 
in the primary pectoral girdle are probably of less im- 
portance, although this part of the skeleton does not 
altogether conform to Mr. Regan’s definition of Opisthomi 
(op. cit. 1912). The main points in which his definition of 
the order will have to be amended, if Chaudhuria is to be 
included, are the following :—- 


(i.) The absence of scales. 

Gi.) The absence of a fleshy tentacle on the snout. 

a ) The absence of spines from the fins. 

v.) The presence of a basisphenoid. 

i ) The smaller number of vertebrae. 

(vi.) The complete fusion of the supracleithrum and the 
cleithrum. . 

(vii.) The degenerate character of the primary shoulder- 
girdle. 


On Three new Parasitic Nematodes. 333 


Of these we consider points il.,, i1., and especially iv. and 
vi. the most important. The absence of scales, ete., is 
probably due to degeneration. Another important character 
is the condition of the alimeutary canal. It differs from 
that of Mastacembelus and Rhynchobdella* in the absence 
of cecal pyloric appendages, and in its straight course and 
simple structure. 

All these points, considered together, we regard as quite 
sufficient justification for retaining the family Chaudhuriide, 
which we may redefine as follows :—Minute and probably 
degenerate Opisthomi devoid of spines in the fins, of a fleshy 
tentacle on the snout, and of scales ; with a basisphenoid in 
the skull; with the otic capsules of exceptionally large size 
and complex structure; with the supracleithrum and 
cleithrum completely fused together, and with the elements 
of the primary shoulder-girdle degenerate and barely dis- 
tinguishable; with the alimentary canal almost straight and 
devoid of pyloric appendages. 


XXXVIII.— Preliminary Descriptions of Three new Parasitic 
Nematodes. By H. A. Bayurs, M.A., D.Sc., British 
Museum (Natural History), and R. Dausnzy, M.Sc., 
M.R.C.V.S., Ministry of Agriculture and Fisheries. 
(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) 


Tue following new forms oceurred among material belonging 
to the Zoological Survey of India, which unfortunately 
reached us too late for inclusion in a report prepared by us 
on the main collection of parasitic nematodes. Fuller 
descriptions, with figures, will be published later, together 
with a report on the rest of this material. 


Crossocephalus brevicaudatus, sp. n. 

Host : Indian rhinoceros (Ihinoceros indicus). 

Position: stomach. 

Locality : Nepal, India. 

Three femaies only. Length 5°3-6°2 mm. Maximum 
thickness up to 04mm. No cervical papille seen, except 
those on the cuticular collar. C&sophagus 0°945-0°955 mm. 
long. Excretory pore at 1:22-1:35 mm. from anterior end 
(buccal armature inverted), connected with an ovoid bladder 
measuring 0°13x0°08 mm. Tail short and blunt, about 
0°25 mm. long. Vulva at about 0°18 mm. from anus. 
Uterus contains 6-8 embryos of various sizes. 

This species differs from C. longicaudatus, Baylis, already 


* Day, Fish. India, p. 338 (1878). 


334 On Three new Parasitic Nematodes. 


recorded from a rhinoceros, in having a tail (in the female) 

only about one-seventh as long at that of C. longicaudatus, 

and also in having the excretory pore situated. much nearer 

to the anterior end. 
Strongyluris calotis, sp. n. 

Host: Calotes nigrilabris. 

Position : rectum. 

Locality : Ceylon. 

Length: male, 8-9-11°l1 mm.; female, 11-13°65 mm. 
Maximum thickness: male, 0°4-0'5 mm.; female, 0°55- 
0°75 mm. Diameter of head 0:06-0:08 mm. Lips with 
lateral and anterior cuticular flanges. Neck forms a 
‘‘shoulder ” behind base of lips, and a second ‘“ shoulder’ 
is formed further back by a cuticular inflation covering part 
of the pharyngeal and cesophageal regions. Distance from 
anterior end to end of cesophagus (including bulb) 1:75— 
2°25 mm. Intestine expanded at junction with csophagus, 
and again in front of rectum. ‘Tail, in both sexes, with a 
minute terminal spike. 

Male.—Caudal end abruptly truncate, sucker and cloaca 
opening almost posteriorly. Chitinous wall of sucker very 
deep (0°12-0°16 mm.), and 0°14-0°17 mm. in outside 
diameter. Spicules subequal, 0°75-0°8 mm. long. Ten 
pairs of caudal papillee (seven postanal and three at sides of 
sucker). : 

Female.—Tail 0°22-0°25 mm. long, bluntly rounded 
except for terminal spike. Vulva a transverse slit with 
prominent lips, at 4°7-5°65 mm. from posterior end. Eggs 
measure 0:0875-0 0975 x 0:05-0°0525 mm., and _ contain 
early embryos when ready for laying. 


Tetragomphius procyonis, gen. et sp. nD. 

Host : raccoon (Procyon sp.). 

Locality : Zoological Gardens, Calcutta. 

Length: male, 18-15 mm. ; female, 16-20 mm. Maxi- 
mum thickness: male, up to 0°46 mm.; female, up to 
0°65 mm. Head small, about 0°14 mm. in diameter, bent 
dorsally and followed by a long, tapering neck. Buccal 
capsule cup-shaped, less elongated than in Uncinaria, 
furnished at its entrance with a pair of poorly-developed 
ventral semilunes. At its base two pairs of teeth : a sub- 
dorsal pair, biscuspid and 11-18 w high, and a subventral 
pair, bi- or tridentate (usually the latter), about 43 « high. 
Dorsal gutter a blunt tubercle at base of capsule-wall. 
Stout, backwardly-directed cervical spines at 0°6-O°7 mm. 
from anterior end. (ésophagus about 0°65 mm. long and 
up to 0°13 mm. thick. 


Mr. H. E. Andrewes on Oriental Carabidee. 335 


Male.—Bursa small and short, resembling that of Uncinaria 
in form of lateral lobes and in arrangment of lateral and 
ventral rays. Dorsal lobe shorter than lateral lobes. 
Main trunk of dorsal ray short and stout, dividing a little 
behind origin of externo-dorsal rays into two branches, 
each of which is again divided at its tip. The inner of these 
terminal divisions is grooved. Genital cone much broader 
than long, apparently without appendages. Spicules 7-8 
mm. long, filiform and barbed. 

Female.—Tail about 0:34 mm. long and bluntly pointed. 
Vulva a transverse slit with prominent lips, at 3°6-4 mm., 
or about one-fifth of body-length, from posterior end. 
Vagina short, with feebly-muscular ovejectors running 
anteriorly and posteriorly. Uterine branches divergent. 
Eggs in vagina measure 0:076-0°082 x 0°045-0°05 mm. 


XX XIX.—Papers on Oriental Carabide.—IX. 
By H. E. Anprewes. 


DESCRIPTIONS OF SOME FURTHER NEW SPECIES OF THE 
GENUS CHLZENIUS. 


Chlenius himalayicus, sp. n. 


Length 16°0-19°0 mm.; width 5°75-7:0 mm. 

Black, underside shiny and iridescent; labrum yellow, 
head metallic green with disk purple, prothorax metallic 
green at sides, chiefly in front; joints 1-3 of antenne, palpi 
at base, and legs testaceous, palpi towards apex and tarsi 
brown ; each elytron with yellow epipleurz and three yellow 
spots, the first small, covering shoulder and extending in- 
wards to stria 4, the ‘second larger, a little before middle, 
joined to first along interval 9 and margin, tapering inwards 
and extending to stria 3, the third small, near apex, covering 
intervals 4-8. 

Head small, convex, finely rugose, but nearly smooth in 
middle, vertex coarsely punctate at sides, some finer punc- 
tures on front, eyes rather flat, labrum truncate, palpi short, 
hardly dilated ‘at extremity, antennee thick, joint 3 elongate, 
3-11 compressed and slightly sulcate at sides. Pr othorax 
slightly convex, a third as wide again as head, and barely 
wider than long, more contracted in front than “behind and 
widest behind middle, extremities truncate, sides with narrow 
reflexed border, gently rounded in front, more strongly 
behind, front angles close to neck, hind angles strongly 
rounded ; median line just visible on disk, other impressions 
obsolete, surface densely, coarsely, and confluently punctate, 


336 Mr. H. EH. Andrewes on Oriental Carabidee. 


less densely over green area at front of sides. H/ytra elon- 
gate-ovate, moderately convex, one and three-quarter times 
as wide as prothorax, and a little more than half as long 
again as wide, widest just behind middle, shoulders almost 
obsolete ; punctate- -striate, striole fairly long, intervals 
nearly flat, each with two rows of very clear umbilicate 
punctures, here and there irregular, surface dull. Upper- 
side covered with a short, dense, yellow pubescence, con- 
spicuous only when viewed from the side. Underside with 
some coarse puncturation on sterna, fine on venter, pubes- | 
cence fine and very sparse, metepisterna nearly as wide as 
long, without grooves, prosternal process unbordered, 
pilose. 

A Homalolachnus very closely allied to the African 
C. seemaculatus, Dej., but smaller and a httle less elongate. 
Prothorax more contracted in front than behind, surface 
more closely and confluently punctate; on the elytra the 
yellow margin does not extend back beyond the intermediate 
spot, and all the spots are more compact (in sexmaculatus 
the colour on each interval is almost detached from that 
on the neighbouring ones). The species is also much like 
C. sykest, Hope, but in that species the head and prothorax 
are relatively larger, the two front spots are not joimed along ~ 
margin, 1 extends to stria 3, 2 to stria 2, and 3 covers 
intervals 4—9. 

Assam: Brahmaputra River, above Jorhat, at light 
(1. B. Fletcher—Agric. Res. Inst. Pusa), 1 ex., @. 
Kumaon: West Almora (H. G. Champiom), 1 ex., 3, 
Jaunsar (For. Res. Inst. Dehra Dun), 1 ex. (very defective). 
I have made the Jorhat ex. the ue and placed it in the 
British Museum. 


Chlenius jyunceus, sp. 1. 

Length 10°5-11'0 mm.; width 3:8—4:0 mm. 

Blue-black, iridescent and shining beneath; head dark 
bronze, prothorax with faint metallic lustre, explanate 
margins dark blue; joint 1 of antennz, femora, and an 
apical spot on each ‘elytron testaceous ; : joint 2 of antennz 
and palpi brown; rest of antenna, knees, tibiee, and tarsi 
black. 

Head small, neck narrow and very slightly constricted, 
frontal foveee rugose, shallow, diverging behind, surface 
moderately punctate, nearly smooth on vertex, eyes rather 
prominent, labrum truncate, antenne long and _ slender, 
joint 3 nearly glabrous and equal to 4; last joint of maxil- 
Jary palpi ¢ diamond-shaped, compressed at the pointed 
extremity, and more or less hollowed out at sides, 2 more 
elongate, obliquely truncate and compressed at apex, last 


Mr. Hl. E. Andrewes on Ordental Carabide. 337 


joint of labial palpi g 2 strongly securiform, ¢ with apex of 
longer side truncated and hollowed out exteinally, 2 uot so 
truncated, but strongly compressed (1 think that the form 
of the palpi in this aud allied species probably changes in 
drying, and that in fresh specimens it might be very 
different). Prothorax convex, much wider than head, nearly 
circular, though a little wider than long, extremities trun- 
cate, base rather wider than apex, sides strongly rounded, 
without border, the explanate margin moderately reflexed 
and increasing in width from apex to base, hind angles 
obtuse and rounded, but quite distinct; median line fine, 
fovez rather shallow and elongate, diverging behind towards 
the angles, the whole surface rather coarsely and confluently 
punctate and shortly pubescent. /ytra moderately convex, 
elongate-ovate, a third as wide again as prothorax and two- 
thirds as long again as wide, shoulders cut away, with a 
rounded border ; striz moderately deep and finely punctate, 
not reaching base, intervals convex, surface closely but not 
very finely punctate, and shortly pubescent, testaceous spot 
transverse, at about a third from apex, covering intervals 4-8, 
the colour on 6 extending further both backwards and for- 
wards than on the other intervals. Underside glabrous, sterna 
with few but rather coarse punctures, very coarse on sides of 
metasternum, finer but sparse on sides of venter, prosternal 
process strongly bordered, with only one or two minute sete 
visible on it, metepisterna very long, outwardly sulcate, upper 
surface of tarsi minutely setose, protarsi g rather widely 
dilated. 

Very close to C. orbicollis, Chaud., and with similar palpi, 
but the prothorax is nearly black with blue side-margins 
(not ecupreous), joint 3 of antenna, tibiz, and tarsi black, 
the elytral spot transverse and with more irregular outline. 
Head similar, prothorax with more rounded sides, a little 
more coarsely punctate, as are the elytra. 

There are 4 ex., ¢ 9,in the British Museum. ‘Three of 
these came from the Bowring Collection, and are labelled 
* China”’; in all probability they came from Hong Kong. 
The fourth example was taken by Fortune in * N. China,” 
and may have come from Shanghai. 


Chlenius exilis, sp. 0. 

Length 11:0 mm. ; width 3°9 mm. 

Blue-black, strongly iridescent beneath ; head and pro- 
thorax dark metallic-green, side-margins of latter blue ; 
joint 1 of antennz, femora, tibize, and an apical spot on each 
elytron testaceous, joints 2-3 of antennze and palpi brown, 
rest of antennee fuscous. 

Ann. & Mag. NV. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. xi. 22 


338 Mr. H. E. Andrewes on -Oriental Carabide. 


Head small, finely and sparsely punctate, more closely 
behind, nearly smooth in middle, fovez shallow, eyes fairly 
prominent, labrum truncate, antenne long and\ slender, 
joint 3 practically glabrous, shorter than 4, apical joint of 
palpi (2 ) as in previous species. Prothorax convex, much 
wider than head, nearly circular in outline and as long as 
wide, extremities truncate, base a little wider than apex, 
sides moderately rounded, without border, the explanate 
margin rather gently reflexed and increasing in width from 
apex to base, hind angles distinct, but obtuse and rounded ; 
median line fine, foveze shallow and elongate, inconspicuous, 
surface rather closely, coarsely, and to some extent con- 
flueutly punctate, shortly pubescent. Hlytra moderately 
convex, elongate-ovate, a little more than a third as wide 
again as prothorax, and rather less than two-thirds as long 
again as wide, border rounded at shoulder; strize fairly deep, 
finely punctate, striole rather long, intervals moderately 
convex, surface closely and rather finely punctate, shortly 
pubescent, testaceous spot transverse, at a little more than 
a third from apex, covering intervals 4-8, the colour on 6 
extending further both backwards and forwards than on the 
other intervals. Underside glabrous, sterna moderately, 
sides of venter rather slightly punctate, prosternal process 
bordered, metepisterna elongate, outwardly sulcate, upper 
surface of tarsi minutely setose. 

This species is also close to C. orbicollis, Chaud., but with 
head and prothorax blue-green instead of cupreous, the 
elytral spot more irregular in outline, joints 2-3 of the 
antenne darker. Head more finely punctate, prothorax a 
little wider, with more rounded sides, the margin behind 
more explanate, elytra rather wider and a little more rugosely 
punctate. 

Berma: Tharrawaddy (G. Q. Corbett), 1 ex. 9. My 
collection. 


Chlenius montivagus, sp. 1. 

Length 13°5 mm.; width 5°25 mm. 

Deep black, underside slightly iridescent ; head and pro- 
thorax deep metallic-green, latter deep blue at sides; joint 1 
of antenne red, apex “ot palpi and an apical spot on each 
ely tron testaceous. 

Head convex, finely punctate, widalle of front nearly 
smooth, fovez very smali and rounded, labrum truncate, 
palpi slender, antenne rather thick, jot 3 glabrous, a little 
longer than 4. Prothorax rather convex, quadrate, wider 
than head, about a fourth as wide again as long, very little 
more contracted in front than behind, extremities truncate, 
sides very narrowly bordered, the margin slightly explanate 


Mr. H. E. Andrewes on Oriental Carabidee. 339 


and reflexed, gently rounded in front and nearly straight 
behind, hind angles obtuse but very little rounded ; median 
line fine, fovez fairly deep, elongate, curving outwards at 
extremities, surface closely but not very coarsely punctate, 
less closely along sides, densely and confluently along middle 
of base, more coarsely near hind angles. Hlytra convex, 
ovate, a little more than half as wide again as prothorax, 
and as much longer than wide, widest at apical third, border 
rounded at shoulder ; striate-punctate, the striz only mode- 
rately deep, the punctures larger near base, striole fairly 
long, intervals flat, surface densely and finely punctate, a 
little more coarsely near apex, testaceous spot at apical 
third, covering intervals 4-8, more or less rounded, an in- 
dentation on interval 5 behind. Underside minutely and 
sparsely setose, sterna moderately punctate, venter with 
some fine punctures and striz at sides, prosternal process 
bordered, metepisterna longer than wide, outwardly sulcate, 
upper surface of tarsi minutely setose. 

Not far from C. bimaculatus, Dej., but with black legs and 
sides of prothorax blue. Head wider, prothorax much more 
densely punctate, elytra more convex, more dilated behind, 
the testaceous spot rounder, proepisterna distinctly punctate. 

Cuina: Yunnansen, 2150 metres, 1 ex., ¢. I am in- 
debted for this specimen to Mr. René Oberthiir, who has 
other examples in his collection. 


Chlenius ocellatus, sp. n. 

Length 13:0 mm. ; width 5-4 mm. 

Blue-black, iridescent beneath, moderately shiny, head 
and, to a very slight extent, prothorax metallic-green ; 
joints 1-3 of antennze (rest piceous), legs, and a round spot 
a little before apical third of elytra, covering intervals 4-7, 
testaceous ; palpi and tarsi brown. The whole upper sur- 
face covered by a short, grey, and fairly visible pubescence. 

Head small, convex, finely punctate, clypeus quite and 
middle of front nearly smooth, labrum truncate, eyes rather 
prominent, palpi short and slender, antennz rather short, 
joint 3 glabous, hardly longer than 4. Prothorax mode- 
rately convex, hardly more contracted at apex than base, 
not quite half as wide again as head, and barely a third as 
wide again as long, extremities truncate, sides evenly 
rounded, hind angles obtuse and rounded, though quite dis- 
tinct; median line short but clear, fovez rather deep, 
surface moderately and rather closely punctate, some very 
small punctures between the larger ones. lytra mode- 
rately convex, ovate, wide, quite half as wide again as 
prothorax, and as much longer than wide, shoulders well- 


340 Mr. H. Ii. Andrewes on Oriental Carabide. 


marked with rounded border; striz moderately deep and 
finely punctate, striole long, intervals rather convex, surface 
covered with moderate and fairly close punctures. Beneath 
there are some coarse punctures on the sterna, a few 
fine ones on venter at sides, prosternal process very clearly 
bordered, metepisterna much longer than wide, sulcate along 
outer margin, tarsi glabrous above. 

Closely allied to C. dbzoculatus, Chaud., but a much wider 
insect, dark blue instead of cupreous, the elytral spot round 
and placed further forward. Hyes less prominent, prothorax 
much wider, with small punctures between the larger ones, 
elytra wider, strize deeper and intervals more convex, surface 
more coarsely and less closely punctate. 

Central Provinces: Nagpur (EH. A. D’ Abreu), 1 ex., 2, 
at light; Jubbulpore (S. H. Ribetro—Ind. Mus.), 1 ex., 2. 
Mr. D’Abreu has kindly allowed me to retain the type 
(Nagpur) in my collection. 


Chlenius ptuchodes, sp. nu. 

Length 17:0 mm.; width 6°75 mm. 

Black, underside slightly iridescent ; head and prothorax 
metallic-green, latter blotched with purple on disk, and 
bluish in marginal channels, elytra dark biue-black, faintly 
green close to base; joint 1 of antenne and legs testaceous, 
rest of antenne, palpi, knees, and tarsi more or less brown. 

Head small, convex, minutely strigose-punctulate, nearly 
smooth on vertex, labrum truncate, eyes moderately promi- 
nent ; palpi slender, antennze long and slender, joint 8 much 
longer than 4. Prothorax rather flat, quadrate, contracted 
a little more in front than behind, nearly half as wide again 
as head, and a fourth as wide again as long, sides of base a 
little oblique, sides rather gently and evenly rounded, nearly 
s‘raight behind, hind angles obtuse and moderately rounded ; 
median line fine but clear, foveze almost linear, not very 
deep, diverging a little both before and behind, surface 
minutely punctulate, and also moderately but sparsely punc- 
tate, middle of base and apex finely strigose.  LElytra 
slightly convex, subovate, with nearly parallel sides, quite 
half as wide again as prothorax, and two-thirds as long again 
as wide, the border forming a distinct though obtuse angle 
at shoulder; striz fine, finely and very clearly punctate, 
striole deep, intervals convex, appearing more shiny along 
middle than the general surface, a row of fine punctures 
along the sides of each, 8-9 more closely punctate, 3 
convex right up to basal border, surface both shagreened and 
minutely punctulate, pubescence short and hardly notice- 
able except along margins. Underside rather finely and 


Mr. H. E. Andrewes on Oriental Carabidae. 341 


sparsely punctate, but nearly smooth along median line; 
prosternal process bi-impressed, but hardly bordered at apex, 
which is pilose, metepisterna distinctly longer than wide, not 
suleate, upper surface of tarsi sparsely pilose. 

I cannot place this species satisfactorily in Chaudoir’s 
table, but it cannot be very far from C. dimidiatus, Chaud., 
from Persia and Palestine, which shows, though in a much 
less degree, the same minute surface-puncturation. The new 
species has longer antennz and more prominent eyes, the 
prothorax wider, with more rounded sides and hind angles, 
elytra much darker, with intervals more distinctly convex, 
especially towards apex. 

Burma: Tharrawaddy (G. Q. Corbett), 1 ex. gd. My 
collection. 


Chlenius masoni, sp.n. 

Length 13:0-14°0 mm. ; width 4°75-5:0 mm. 

Black, moderately shiny, head and prothorax dark blue, 
antenne, palpi, and tarsi piceous. 

Head small, convex, closely and finely punctate, some 
larger punctures and longitudinal striz near eyes, labrum 
and clypeus smooth, the former truncate, fovez obsolete, 
palpi and antenne slender, joint 3 of latter sparsely pilose, 
considerably longer than 4. Prothorax rather flat, quadrate, 
a third as wide again as head, very little wider than long, a 
little more contracted in front than behind, both extremities 
a little emarginate, sides gently rounded, nearly straight 
behind, hind angles right but rounded; median line slight, 
fovez deep, linear, not quite reaching base, surface finely 
but sparsely punctate, finely strigose along base. Llytra 
oval, moderately convex, a third as wide again as prothorax, 
and about two-thirds as long again as wide, border forming 
a sharp angle at shoulder; striz rather deep and very finely 
punctate, intervals convex, with a row of fine punctures 
along sides of each, surface otherwise smooth, but shortly 
and inconspicuously pilose. Surface beneath glabrous and 
very nearly smooth, prosternal process bordered at apex, 
metepisterna rather wider than long, slightly punctate, tarsi 
glabrous on upper surface. 

Most nearly allied to C. apollo, m., but I will compare it 
with the better-known C. quadricolor, Oliv. A little smaller, 
narrower, and much darker in colour, Head very finely 
punctate, eyes flatter ; prothorax duller, less contracted in 
front, puncturation finer, hind angles more rounded ; elytra 
more contracted towards base, intervals more convex, the 
rows of punctures and the pubescence a little less obvious ; 
underside glabrous and nearly smooth, metepisterna slightly 


$49 ‘My. TH: E. Andrewes on Oriental Carabides, 


transverse. From C. atripes, Chaud., it is easily distinguished 
by the coloration of the upper surface. 

_ Mapras: Palni Hills (ex coll. F. R. Mason), 1 ex., g, 
Shembaganur (coll. C. Alluaud), 2 ex., 6 d. The type, 
from Palni Hills, is in my collection, and I am indebted for 
it to Mr. F. R. Mason, after whom I have named the 
species. 


Chlenius lioderus, sp. uv. 

Length 15:0 mm.; width 6°0 mm. 

Black, shiny, iridescent beneath; head and prothorax 
metallic-green or cupreous ; joint 1 of antenne, base of palpi, 
and legs testaceous; joint 2-3 of antenne, rest of palpi, and 
tarsi brown; rest of antennze fuscous. 

Head small, convex, finely and slightly rugose-punctate at 
sides and across vertex, nearly smooth in middle, eyes promi- 
nent, labrum truncate, palpi slender, joint 3 of antenne 
slightly pilose, quite half as long again as 4. Prothorax 
slightly convex, quadrate, a little more contracted in front 
than behind, wider than head but not much wider than long, 
sides of base oblique, sides gently rounded, almost. straight 
behind, hind angles obtuse, but not much rounded ; median 
line fine, deeper at each end, though not reaching extremities, 
foveze deep, curving outwards at base, surface smooth, with 
few and extremely fine punctures. lytra moderately 
convex, oval, more than half as wide again as prothorax, 
and longer than wide in the same proportion, border 
forming a distinct though obtuse angle at shoulder ; striz 
rather deep, very finely punctate, intervals moderately 
convex, with a row of minute punctures along each side, 
8 on outer side and 9 rather closely punctate, surface other- 
wise smooth, with an extremely short pubescence, almost 
imperceptible except at sides. Sterna with afew moderate 
punctures, venter nearly smooth, prosternal process clearly 
bordered and pilose at apex, metepisterna longer than wide, 
not sulcate, upper surface of tarsi minutely and sparsely 
punctate, protarsi in g narrow and elongate. 

Very closely allied to. C. phencderus, Chaud., but wider, 
the elytra black instead of violet-blue. Prothorax with basal 
fovee shorter and deeper, not reaching base; elytra with 
shoulders more evident, the puncturation of the strize finer ; 
apex and declivity of prosternal process, as also middle of 
venter at base distinctly pubescent. 

BurMatyehangoon | (H..°As" DiAbrew\ ie a V2 sor oe 
Mr. D’Abreu has kindly allowed me to retain the type (3) 
in my collection, and I am placing one of the 2 examples in 
the British Museum. 


Mr. H. E. Andrewes on Oriental Carabidee. 343 


Chlenius championi, sp. n. 


Length 11°5-12°0 mm.; width 4°25-5:0 mm. 

Black, shiny beneath, dull above ; upper surface, especially 
head, with a faint purplish tinge ; front and sides of head, 
side-margins of prothorax (more widely in front than 
behind) and of elytra up to stria 8 (to stria 7 near shoulder) 
metallic-green ; joints 1-3 of antenne and legs flavous, palpi 
and tarsi reddish. Upper surface covered with a fairly long 
but not very conspicuous grey pubescence. 

Head convex, densely and coarsely punctate, less densely 
on middle of front, clypeus nearly smooth, fovez small and 
rounded, labrum truncate, depressed in middle, palpi slender, 
antenne rather thick, joint 3 very little longer than 4. 
Prothoraxy moderately convex, distinctly wider than head, 
but not much wider than long, base emarginate in middle 
with its sides a little oblique, sides evenly rounded and very 
shghtly sinuate before hind angles, which are obtuse but 
hardly rounded; median line a little faint, foveze short, linear, 
fairly deep, and reaching base, the whole surface coarsely, 
closely, and confluently punctate. Hlytra convex, ovate, 
a third as wide again as prothorax, and nearly two-thirds as 
long again as wide, border forming a sharp angle at shoulder ; 
striz deep and clearly punctate, intervals moderately convex, 
the whole surface densely and somewhat confluently punc- 
tate, the punctures, without being fine, much smaller than 
those on prothorax. Underside closely punctate, except 
along median line, venter more finely and sparsely, pro- 
sternal process very finely bordered, metepisterna slightly 
transverse, upper surface of tarsi moderately pilose. 

The species does not seem to fit into any of the groups in 
Chaudoir’s table. Were the labrum emarginate, I should 
consider it as belonging to the chlorodius group, and allied 
more particularly to C. henryz, m., which it resembles in 
many ways. It is, however, smaller, and has a prothorax of 
different shape, the elytra more deeply striate, the surface 
more coarsely punctate. 

Kumaon: Central and West Almora (H. G. Champion), 
3ex.(2 65,1 2). The type is in the British Museum. 


Chienius fraterculus, Maindr. Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1899, p. 250. 

This species, taken by Mr. E. Durel at Maria Basti in 
British Bhutan, has at the apex of the elytra a fairly wide 
apical border of a flavous colour, the outline of its front 
margin somewhat dentate. In this pattern it resembles at 
least one European species, C. vestitus, F., and a number of 
Eastern ones, such as C. inops, Chaud., C. frater, Chaud., 
ete. In some specimens, similar in other respects to the 


344 Mr. H. E. Andrewes on Oriental Carabidae. 


type, this border is wanting, though the narrow marginal 
border remains flavous to apex. For this form I propose 
the name atupus : it can hardly be a local race, and, pending 
the receipt of more exact information regarding Hs occur- 
rence, should be treated as a variety of the typical form. 
Examples of both were taken by Mr. Durel at Maria Basti, 

and have also been taken by Mr. H. Stevens in Sikkim, 
both at Gopaldhara, 4720 ft., and at Gielle Khola in the Tista 
Valley, 600 ft. The type (Gopaldhara) i is in my collection. 


Chlenius melanopus, sp. n. 

Length 11°5-12°0 mm.; width 4°25-4°50 mm. 

Very dark blue-black, iridescent beneath; head bluish 
green, prothorax dark blue, joints 1-2 of antenne, palpi, 
legs, and a common spot at apex of elytra testaceous red, 
tarsi brown. 

Head small, convex, finely and closely punctate, foves 
small and slight, eyes rather flat, labrum truncate, palpi 
slender, antennee thick, joint 3 pubescent, a good deal longer 
than 4. Prothorax rather flat, much wider than head, nearly 
as long as wide, equally contracted at extremities, both of 
which are emarginate, sides rather strongly and evenly 
rounded, margin slightly explanate and reflexed, hind angles 
a little obtuse and rounded ; median line fine, fovez elon- 
gate, shallow, the whole surface finely and very closely 
punctate, and shortly pubescent, the punctures transversely 
confluent. lytra oval, moderately convex, a third as wide 
again as prothorax, half as long again as wide, border 
rounded at shoulder; striz rather shallow and finely punc- 
tate, striole short, surface finely asperate-punctate, shortly 
and inconspicuously pubescent ; the common spot is a small 
transverse oval, at about a fourth from apex, barely reaching 
stria 4, slightly produced behind along interval 1. Under- 
side shortly and sparsely pubescent, sterna finely punctate 
at sides, sides of venter finely strigose-punctate, prosternal 
process not bordered, minutely setose, metepisterna nearly 
as wide as long, tarsi pubescent on upper side. 

Near C. gutiula, Chaud., but even nearer C. uninotatus, m.. 
A little longer and wider than the latter, head blue-green, 
prothorax dark blue, apical spot on elytra a little larger and 
more regular in outline. Head similar, prothorax wider, 
the sides distinctly reflexed, surface less dull, punctures more 
transversely confluent, the punctures on the elytra more 
asperate and conspicuous. 

Cuina;: Yunnan, Djoukoula, 2 ex., 2 @ (coll. H. de 
Touzalin). Mr. de Touzalin has arene allowed me to 
retain the type in my collection, 


Just Published. 


Medium 8yo. Pp. xxiii+479. 


3 eine of British India 


“(Including Ceylon end eee 


“PUBLISHED UNDER THE AUTHORITY OF THE 
| SECRETARY OF STATE FOR INDIA IN COUNCIL, 


BIRDS. —Vol. “ 


SECOND EDITION. 


_E, C. STUART BAKER, 0.B.E., F.Z.S., &c. 


‘With 8 Original oe Plates and numerous Illustrations in the 
: Text. Price 3Qs. 


: ¢ , ee 3 ss 


This Edition ts entirely rewritten. 


POR EET ae Le MO 


By eee ud si aah Sa 
* er Tee a 
ey pr tea 
= 1 
hide aat | 
® 4 ‘ 
es 
os aie ee ‘ 
hae nee ‘ 
"oe oe 
> 7 


‘Sia 


TAYLOR & FRANCIS, Red Zion Court, Fleet Street, 
set . . London, E. C. 4, 


CONTENTS OF NUMBER 63.—Ninth Series. 


asa ~ Page ; 
XXXI. Coleoptera of the Second Mount. eon: Expedition, a 


1922,—Part I. Carabide. By H. E. Axprewes, F.ES.........2. 273 


XXXII. Coleoptera of the Second Mount Everest Expedition, 
1922.—Part I]. Heteromera. By K. G. Brarr, BSe, FES. 1... 278 


XXXIIT. Previously undescribed Scolytide and Platypodide from 
- the Indian Area.—Part IL By Lt.-Col. F. Winn Sameson, F.E.S. . 285 


XXXIV. A Revision of the Genera of the Family Liparide. By 
Colonel C. Swrynor, M.A., F.LS., F.Z.S., F.E:S., Member of the — 
Entomological Society of France and of the Bombay Natural History 
Society. 25.5 ss VE ae Be ae 22289 


XXXV. New Species and Forms of Geometridae. By Lovis B. 
Prour, F6s ee ae A Se rt ee 305 


XXXVI. Notes on Arctonys. By Ertnar Lonwnserc, F.M.Z.8. &e. 322 


XXXVII. The Systematic Position of the Burmese Fish Chaud- 
huria. By N. Annanpate, D.Sc., F.A.8.B., Director, and Suyper Lar 
Hora, D.S8c., Assistant Superintendent, Zoological Survey of India.. 327 


XXXVIII. Preliminary Descriptions of Three new Parasitic 
Nematodes. By H. A. Bayuis, M.A., D.Sc., British Museum (Natural 
History), and R. Dauspyry, M.8c., M.R.C.Y.S., Ministry of rt 
enitare and disheries 5... 62 a ae es ye ee eee 333 | 


XX XIX. Paperson.Oriental Carabida,—IX. By H.E.AnpRewes. 335 — 
*,* Itis requested that all Communications for this Work may be addressed, ‘: 


post-paid, to the Care of Messrs, Taylor and Francis, Exiphns Office, “f 
Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London. 3 


NINTH SERIES. No. 64. 


2 SC THE ANNALS 

| MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, 
ELEC oa INCLUDING ; 

mc ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, anv GEOLOGY. 


er 


a SA, 
> ee we 
4 a 


reer 


Ne 
ea 
mal ws £ y 
rm! om” a 
os r, 
Sey | «amie 
ae Bi ke” 
ai re 
a || ee Ax 
= “ey Se 
bo j De anes ; 
tev eu : 
~ © om bn) 
end, Lape 
ag > vy 
i? | a , 
is | ae : 
a ere % " 
= eg | Ba na 
“at “—_% “ 
aes | eee 
2 


AWRY = 
aa is they A : 9) 1923 


Ce | 


ed od par 84 ti 
Seng Bigae 


_. >a : CONDUCTED BY ei 
_ || STR ARTHUR E. SHIPLEY, G.B.E., M.A., 8c.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S., 
ARTHUR SMITH WOODWARD, LL D., F.R.S., P.LS., F.G8., 
GEORGE CHARLES CHAMPION, A.L.S., F.Z.S., P.ES,, 


ee eee AND 
| RICHARD T. FRANCIS, F.Z.S., M.B.0.U. 
2 f 7 BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE “‘ANNALS” COMBINED WITH 


; MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S ‘MAGAZINE. OF NATURAL HISTORY.” 
WITH FIVE PLATES. 


ee LONDON: 

TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, 
?- ase ‘ 

Sold by Bailliere, Paris: and Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin. 


“WHELDON & “WESLEY, LTD. 
2, 3, & 4 ARTHUR STREET, NEW OXFORD STREET, LONDON, W.C. 2 


Supply Libraries, Colleges, inchienane ‘aud. private Individuals et BOOKS . 
(both new and Sonnmil: hand) on ube Pure and Applied. Sciences in any language ; 
that may be required. 


Classified Catalogues of Books on. Natice! Ratences are issued periodically. ne (geen 


Books, both singly and as collections, purchased. 2 
eee 
Telephone: Gerrard 1412, Able Address : Waeldwedh Tondon Sata 


Sip ae $00, pp. iv, 226, With 4 Plates and 16 Tet: ‘gars, 
Price 12s.6d.0 


A CONTRIBUTION eae ee 
TO THE — 


PHYTOGEOGRAPHY AND FLORA 
DUTCH N.W. NEW ‘GUINEA. 


BY 
L. 8. GIBBS, PLS, FRMS. 


TaYLOR AND Franots, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. 


THE FAUNA OF BRITISH. peg o 


(Including Ceylon and Burma). 
Published under the authority of the Secr etary of State for India i in Council. 


BIRDS.—Vol. 1. 


Sete SECOND EDITION. oS 
By E, C. STUART BAKER, 0.B.E., F.Z, S., &e. 


With 8 Or is Colour ed Dlates and nUMerOUS Fast ations im the Text. 
Price 30s. peas 


_ Taytor & Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, H.C. 4 


Rates for Advertisements in the Annals and 
Magazine of Natural History, 


One Six ‘Twelve 
Insertion. Insertions, Insertions. 
PAGE - - - - 3 0 O 215 Oeach 210 Oeach 
HALF-PAGE - - 112 6 110 | O33 pat GS a All 
QUARTER-PAGE - £180 16:62 5 AG 2 Ong pf Net 
EIGHTH-PAGE : 10 O B20 8 Oi 


All applications for space to be made to : 
Mr, H. A. COLLINS, 32 Birdhurst Road, Sans, | 


THE ANNALS 


AND 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. 


[NINTH SERLES.] 


No. 64. APRIL 1923. 


XL.—WNotes on African Non-marine Mollusca, with Descriptions 
of many new Species (cont.). By M. Conno tty. 


[Plate I.] 


Family Achatinide, von Martens, 1879. 


In dealing with the members of this family I would explain 
that all my measurements are taken with the shell lying flat 
on its back, aperture upwards, and that the length of last 
whorl is the distance between the extreme base of the 
aperture and the centre of the suture immediately above it. 
Although not strictly accurate, the term length of whorl 
denotes the vertical distance between sutures, in order to 
avoid any confusion with the breadth of spire. 


Subfamily Srzvocrriwva, Fischer, 1883. 
Genus Psnupoeiessuta, O. Boettger, 1892. 


Thin, corneous shells, more or less elongate, sculptured to 
the apex with prominent transverse striz. 


Subgenus PSEUDOGLESSULA, s. 8. 


Shell elongate, imperforate. 
Ann. & Mag. N. Mist. Ser. 9. Vol. xi. 23 


346 Mr. M. Connolly on 


Pseudoglessula mutabilis, sp. n. 
(Pl. I. fig. 22; text-fig. 1, p. 346.) 


Shell of moderate size, imperforate, turriform, thin, 
asperate, translucent, corneous brown. Spire produced, sides 
regular, extremity of apex involute. Whorls 7, not very 
convex, gradually increasing, carinate round the base, sculp- 
tured to the apex with regular, slightly curved and oblique, 
transverse costule, which are closer together on the 2nd 
and 3rd than on the first whorl, and become very gradually 
wider apart again on the 4 later ones, there being 9 in 
2 mm. on the face of the last, which is smooth on its base ; 
between the costulz are some fainter transverse striz and an 
occasional faint trace of microscopic spiral sculpture ; suture 


Fig. 1. Fig. 2. Fig. 3, 


Ps. mutabilis, Ps. mutandana. Ps. transenna. 


Apical structure, x 12. 


simple, nearly horizontal, well-defined. Aperture quadrate, 
peristome simple, acute, columella short, rather concave, 
sharply truncate at base, of paler colour than the rest of the 
shell. 

Tiong, 7:9, lat. 2:7 ; apert., alt, 2-1) lat. 1-2: Vast whom 
3°7 mm. 

Hab. Kenya, Kekumega (Percival). 

A more slender species than cruda, Pilsbry, and with 
shorter whorls than lemaire?, D. & G., whose first 2 whorls, 
moreover, must be far smoother than in the new species. It 
agrees rather closely in form with Pseudoglessula gracilis 
(Mts.), but is more closely sculptured, especially on the 
first whorl. 


African Non-marine Mollusca. 347 


Pseudoglessula mutandana, sp. n. 
(PL. I. fig. 23; text-fig. 2, p. 346.) 


Shell of fair size, turriform, imperforate, thin, asperate, 
semitransparent, corneous yellow-brown with an occasional 
dark red streak. Spire produced, sides slightly convex, 
extremity of apex minutely involute. Whorls 8, fairly 
convex, regularly increasing, subcarinate round the base, 
sculptured to the apex with regular, nearly straight and 
vertical, transverse costulz, which are close together on the 
first, much further apart on the 2nd, aud close again on 
the 3rd whorl, after which they increase eradually j in dis- 
tance, there being 8 in the space of 2 mm. on the face of 
the last whorl, which is rather smoother on its base; the 
intervals between the costule are filled with a few faint 
irregular transverse strie and a general appearance of 
corrugation, rather than spiral sculpture; suture simple, 
well-defined. Aperture subrhombic, peristome simple, acute, 
columella rather pale, straight, erect, sharply truncate at 
extreme base ; paries white. 

Long. 1071, lat. 3:2 ; apert., alt. 2:5, lat. 1°7 ; Jast whorl 
4-5 mm. 

Hab. Ucanpna, Lake Mutanda (Kemp). 

Possibly only a local race of Ps. cruda, Pilsbry, from 
which, however, Dr. Pilsbry informs me that it differs in its 
ribs being nearly twice as far apart as in his species. 


Pseudoglessula perobtusa, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 8.) 


Shell rather large, elongate-turriform, imperforate, thin, 
silky, transparent, pale olivaceous. Spire produced, sides 
regular, apex rounded. Whorls 9, moderately convex, 
regularly increasing, faintly bluntiy carinate towards the base, 
sculptured practically to the apex with close, regular, 
prominent, nearly straight and vertical transverse strive, 
which are slightly closer. together on tlie first and become 
almost obsolete on the base of the last whorl; suture simple, 
well-defined. Aperture subovate, peristome simple, acute ; 
outer lip straight in profile, receding a little to the base; 
columella short, erect, strongly truncate at base. 

Long, 22:1, lat. 5°4; apert., alt. 5°0, lat. 2°5 ; last whorl 
9°0 mm. 

Hab. Bete1an Conoco, Burunga, Mt. Mikeno, 6000 ft. 
(Kemp). 

A rather ordinary yellowish shell with somewhat unusually 
obtuse apex, not particularly resembling any species kuown 

Zo 


348 ~ Mr. M. Connolly on 


to me; it is slightly narrower and more carinate on the last 
whorl than pileata, Mts., with nearly a whorl more in the 
same length, while the striation in pileata is more distant on 
the first two than on the later whorls, whereas in perobtusa 
it is nearly equidistant throughout. 

It is rather doubtful whether the group of large yellow 
shells to which this and the next species belong, and which 
appear to lay round, rather than elongate, eggs, should be 
placed in Pseudoglessula or Subulina ; owing, however, to 
their agreeing in apical sculpture with Pseudeglessula, 
it is certainly more convenient to attribute them to that 
genus until the anatomy is fully known. 


Pseudogessula batesi, sp.n. (Pl. I. fig. 6.) 


Shell rather large, elongate-turriform, imperforate, rather 
thin, silky, nearly transparent, pale yellowish olivaceous. 
Spire produced, sides regular, apex obtusely rounded. 
Whorls 10, convex, gradually increasing, without margina- 
tion on the last, sculptured almost to the extreme apex with 
regular, well defined, nearly straight and vertical, transverse 
strize, equidistant and very close on the last 7 whorls, very 
slightly more distant on the 3rd and a little more so on the 
2nd; suture simple, well defined. Aperture ovate; peri- 
stome simple, acute, outer lip nearly straight in profile, 
receding a little to the base; columella slightly concave, 
sharply truncate. 

Long. 25°2, lat. 6°2 ; apert., alt. 6°2, lat. 2°7 ; last whorl 
10°2 mm. 


Var. ex forma major. (PI. I. fig. 7.) 


A rather more obese form, with slightly, but noticeably, 
longer whorls, though the same in number as in the type. 

Long. 26°8, lat. 7-1; apert., alt. 7°0, lat. 3°5; last whorl 
11-6 mm. 

Hab. Camerun, Bitze ( Bates). 

Although it is remarkable that this conspicuous shell does 
not appear to have been already described, I cannot reconcile 
it with any recorded species. It is nearest to Pseudoglessula 
strigosa (Morelet) from Angola, from which it differs in 
having finer apex and rather shorter whorls. 


Pseudoglessula fasciata, nom. nov. 
As Bulimus kirkii, Craven (P. Z.S. 1880, p. 217), is 


undoubtedly a Pseudoglessula, the name must yield pre- 
cedence to that of Buliminus kirki, Dohrn (P.Z.S, 1865, 


African Non-marine Mollusca. 349 


p. 232), which is also a Pseudoglessula of the subgenus 
Pseudocerastus. 

I therefore rename Craven’s species fusciata as being the 
only banded Pseudoglessula yet recorded, although the bands 
are not a constant feature in the species. 


Section Kmmproconcna, Preston, 1913, 


Shell large, elongate, perforate. 


Pseudoglessula (Kempioconcha) pilsbryi, nom. nov. 


Pilsbry has rightly pointed out that Lina kivuensis, Preston, 
is a Pseudoglessula. It was described on p. 50 of the Rev. 
Zool. Africaine, 1913, while on p. 53 appears Kempia 
kivuensis, Preston, which is also a Pseudoglessula, possibly of 
the same subgenus as the above-mentioned species. 

Kempia kivuensis must therefore be rechristened, and I have 
much pleasure in naming it after the greatest conchologist of 
our time, in particular recognition of his work on the Congo 
mollusca. 


Section PsrEupocERastTus, Germain, 1918. 


Founded for perforate species of the group of Ps. doivini 
(Morelet). There does not appear to be room in the genus 
for both the perforate groups, Kempioconcha and Pseudo- 
cerastus, and the latter will probably have to retire into 
synonymy, but there is a slight difference in appearance 
between them, which may render it advisable to maintain 
the distinction until the anatomy of Ps. pilsbryi is known. 


Pseudoglessula {Pseudocerastus) transenna, sp. n. 
(Pl. I. fig. 17 ; text-fig. 3, p. 346.) 


Shell of fair size, subconoid, perforate, thin, silky, semi- 
transparent, corneous bronze. Spire moderately produced, 
sides regular, apex slightly involute. Whorls 6, convex, 
regularly increasing, the last showing faint basal margina- 
tion, the first portion of the protoconch a trifle lower than 
the remainder, so that the apex is distinctly hollow ; sculp- 
tured to the apex with strong, regular, transverse costz, 
which are sinuous and closer on the first 2 whorls, and 
nearly straight, slightly oblique, and gradually inercasing in 
distance on the remainder, which are also covered with close, 
oblique, criss-cross striation, forming, under a microscope, a 
regular pattern of lattice-work all over the shell ; suture 
simple, well defined ; aperture subovate, peristome simple, 
acute; outer lp well curved outward, straight in profile ; 


350 : Mr. M. Connolly on 


columella slightly concave, margin whitish, narrowly reflexed, 
half covering the narrow umbilicus ; callus none. 

Long. 12°7, lat. 6-1 ; apert., alt. 5°0, lat. 2-9; last whorl 
777 mm. 

Hab. Kenya, forests N. of Mt. Kenya (Percival). 

A beautiful species, remarkable for its involute apex and 
micro-cancellate sculpture. 


Pseudoglessula (Pseudocer astus) solitudinum, sp. n. 
7 CRI fey 82) 


Shell of moderate size, conoid, perforate, thin, silky, semi- 
bleached in the type, but normally semitransparent and 
brownish corneous. Spire moderately produced, sides regular, 
apical angle about 43°, apex rather blunt. Whorls 6, mode- 
rately convex, regularly and rather rapidly increasing, with 
only the faintest trace of basal margination, sculptured to 
the apex with close, regular, well-defined, slightly curved, and 
oblique transverse strize, almost equidistant except on the 
2nd whorl, where they are very slightly further apart than 
on the remainder; suture simple, well defined. Aperture 
subovate, slightly oblique; peristome simple, acute; outer 
lip nearly straight in profile, receding but little to the base ; 
columella concave, margin evenly reflexed, umbilicus narrow 
but deep. 

Qiong: 11-5, lat. 5°S's apert., alt. 4:7, lat. 2-75 last wae! 
Fee ONT ; 

Hab. Kenya, Taru Desert (Percival). 

An ordinary little species, apparently mature, bearing 
some resemblance to several of the smaller forms of the 
boivini group, but not conspecific with any of them. It has 
rather finer striz and longer whorls than kidetensis, Smith— 
perhaps its nearest relation. 


Pseudoglessula (Pseudocerastus) ingloria, sp. n. 
(PRR ties 193) 


Shelf of moderate size, turriform, perforate, thin, silky, 
semitransparent, normally brownish corneous. Spire pro- 
duced, sides almost regular, apical angle about 80°, apex 
bluntly submamillate. Whorls 7, not very convex, regularly 
iucreasing, the last showing only a faint trace of basal 
margination, all but the extreme apex covered with close, 
regular, well-defined, nearly straight, sightly oblique, trans- 
verse striz, very slightly more distant on the first 2 than on 
the later whorls and fainter on the base of the last; suture 
simple, well defined. Aperture sub-oval, peristome simple, 


African Non-marine Mollusca. ao 


acute ; columella erect, very slightly tortuate, margin nar- 
rowly triangularly reflexed, nearly covering the very small 
umbilicus. 

Long. 10°9, lat. 4°8; apert., alt. 4°5, lat. 2°2; last whorl 
6°5 mm. 

flab. Kenya, Taru Desert (Percival). 

A still more ordinary little shell, rather weather-worn and 
probably somewhat immature, but in no way recoguisable as 
the young of any of the larger species of the botvini group. 
Ps. marguerite (Preston), from a somewhat adjacent localty, 
has a relatively shorter aperture and appears to be an alto- 
gether smaller species, while the striz on its 2nd whorl are 
closer together and do not show such a marked difference in 
distance between them and those on the third ; the umbilicus, 
too, in marguerite is cousiderably less hidden than in 
ingloria. Except for these differences, which may not, 
perhaps, prove to be constant, the latter might well be 
considered a more adult example of the former. 


Pseudoglessula terrulenta (Morelet), 1883. 


Originally described from Gaboon as a Bulimus, and 
tentatively placed by Pilsbry (1906) in Curvella, this species, 
whose type is in the British Museum, is a small Pseudo- 

glessula, so near akin to the etter knowl P. stuhlmanni 
(Mite, ) that the two may eventually prove to be conspecific. 
b terrulenta may now be recorded from Bitze, Camerun 
(Bates), whence it has been rather widely distributed by 
Preston as a Cerastus, bearing the name of the province last 
mentioned ; this, however, has never been published, and 
need not be introduced into literature. 


Genus Homorvus, Albers, 1850. 
Homorus burnessi, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 1.) 


Shell large, elongate-turriform, imperforate, comparatively 
thin, smooth, shining, nearly transparent, pale yellowish 
corneous. Spire much produced, sides regular except for 
slight attenuation at the 5th whorl, apex narrowly conoid. 
Whorls 11, flattish, gradually increasing, sculpture limited 
to very faint, flat, fairly regular, nearly straight, slightly 
oblique transverse strie; suture simple, rather oblique. 
Aperture acuminate- ovate, peristome simple, acute, outer lip 
moderately curved outw ard, nearly straight and not receding 
much to the base in profile ; columella concave , rectangularly 
truncate at base. 


352 Mr. M. Connolly on 


Long. 58:0, lat. 13°2 ; apert., alt. 13:3, lat.6°7 ; last whorl 
22°0 mm. 
Hab. Kenya, Kiu District (Burness). 


A fine species, with longer flatter whorls than He egregius, 
Preston. 


Homorus egregius, Preston, 1911. 


This species is rather widely distributed in Kenya Colony, 
varying considerably in contour, though very little in sculp- 
ture or volution. The most slender specimen that I have 
seen, from Urguess, contains 123 whorls, and measures :— 

Long. 52-0, lat. 10°6; apert., alt. 11:2, lat. 5°8; last 
whorl 17-9 mm. 

The following form seems worthy of varietal rank :— 


Var. ex forma inflata. (P1.1. fig. 5.) ; 


Differs from type in greater breadth of spire and very 
slightly more convex whorls, which number 114 in a shell 
measuring :— 


Long. 49°5, lat. 12°0; apert., alt. 11°4, lat. 6°3 ; last whorl 
18:0 mm. 

Hab, Kenya, Larogi Hills, 6000-7000 ft. ; Igembi Hills 
(Percival); Darugu R. Valley (Harries) ; Lari (Gooch). 


Homorus woodhousei, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 9.) 


Shells rather large, elongate, imperforate, thin, smooth, 
shining, transparent, pale yellowish olivaceous. Spire much 
produced, a little attenuate from the 7th whorl; apex 
rounded. Whorls 10, rather convex, the first 3 smoothly, 
sparsely punctate, with a very faint appearance of rather 
irregular, scratchy, microscopic spiral striation, continuing 
at intervals on the later whorls, which are also closely 
covered with extremely faint, straight, oblique, transverse 
striz, hardly visible except just below the suture ; suture 
moderately oblique, simple, rather shallow. Aperture sub- 
ovate; peristome simple, acute ; outer lip nearly straighi, 
receding considerably to the base ; columella erect, narrowly 
truncate. 

Long. 28°6, lat. 5°3 ; apert., alt. 5°7, lat. 2°8; last whorl 
10°3 mm. 

Hab. Ucanna, Mt. Elgon (Woodhouse). 

Nearly allied to H. clarus, Pilsbry, which was collected by 
Kemp on Mt. Mikeno and the E. coast of Lake Kivu, in 
the Belgian Congo. The latter, however, seems to be a rather 
larger form, and should always be separable from the more 


northern species, unless intermediates are subsequently found 
to occur. 


African Non-marine Mollusca. ove 


Homorus illitus, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 2.) 


Shell large, elongate-turriform, imperforate, rather solid, 
rather rugose, but shining, translucent, chestnut-brown. 
Spire produced, sides regular, apex acutely mamillate 
Whorls 11, rather flat, gradually increasing, the first micro- 
punctate, 2nd and 3rd nearly smooth, with very faint, 
irregular, scratchy spiral lines: commencing faintly in the 
suture of the 3rd whorl, the remainder are covered with 
regular, nearly flat, curved, moderately oblique transverse 
striz, curved backward in the upper suture and fainter on 
the lower half of each whorl ; the spiral sculpture continues 
nearly throughout, being visible, in patches, with a weak 
lens ; suture simple, shallow, Aperture subovate, interior 
pale blue with a narrow brown border; peristome simple, 
acute; outer lip nearly straight in profile, receding mode- 
rately to the base; columella short, concave, abruptly 
truncate at its extreme base; paries white, devoid of 
epidermis. 

Long. 31°5, lat. 7:9; apert., alt. 6:7, lat. 3°9; last whorl 
11:5 mm. 

Hab. Kenya, Lari ( (Gooch). 

Type in British Museum. 

A fine species, whose solid, varnished, unicoloured chest- 
nut shell appears to differ from any other of the genus. 


Homorus involutus (Gould), 1844. 


1837. Helix funiculata, Valenciennes MS. (in Paris Museum). 

1844, Achatina mvoluta, Gld. Proc. Boston Soc. i. p. 158. 

1846. Achatina fraser, Pfr. Symb. iii. p. 90. 

1861. Achatina forcrofti, Pfr. P.Z.S. p. 25. 

The above synonymy may be accepted as correct. Pfeiffer 
himself acknowledged that fraseri was identical with invo- 
lutus, and careful examination of the unfigured foxcrofti, the 
type of which is in the British Museum, proves it to be 
quite inseparable. As mentioned by d’Ailly, a prominent 
feature in H. involutus is the strong, distant rib-striation in, 
or just below, the early sutures after the first 14 whorls. 
The type set of foxcrofti are much bleached, but retain 
enough of the epidermis to show that it was originally dark 
brown, while they agree both in form and sculpture with 
Gould’s species. 


Homorus zebra, sp.un. (PI. I. fig. 3.) 


Shell rather large, elongate-turriform, imperforate, rather 
thin, smooth, shining, pale yellow, the first 4 whorls rather 


354 Mr. M. Connolly on 


worn in the type, remainder painted with numerous narrow, 
nearly vertical, rufous streaks, for the most part straight, 
but occasionally irregular. Spire produced, sides nearly 
regular, apex acutely conic. Whorls 10, but little convex, 
gradually and regularly increasing, the first 2 much worn 
and malleate, the 3rd closely microscopically spirally striate, 
4th similar to 3rd, but with faint transverse striz, which 
continue more strongly on the remaining whorls, on all of 
which are occasional, irregularly spaced, rather distant, 
deep, spiral grooves ; suture shallow. Aperture subovate, 
peristome simple, acute; outer lip but little outcurved, 
nearly vertical in profile; columella rather long, very 
slightly convex, narrowly obliquely truncate at base; callus 
not thick, but continuous up the columella and across the 
paries. | 

Long. 33°8, lat. 12°0; apert., alt. 9°7, lat. 5:4; last whorl 
13°53 mm. 

Hab. Kenya, Kekumega (Percival). 

Perhaps nearest to H. elliotti (Smith) *, from which it 
appears to differ in being a slightly more slender form, with 
finer apex and rather shorter whorls. 


Genus Noruaratus, von Martens, 1897 
(= Kenia, Preston, 1911). 


Nothapalus iredalei (Preston), 1911. 
(Pl. I. figs. 20 (type), 21.) 


The type of this species is, unfortunately, in such in- 
different condition that, until topotypes come to hand, it is 
inadvisable to attempt to differentiate from it a variety of ~ 
races which hail from many parts of Kenya Colony and 
may, in some cases, represent distinct species. The extreme 
form from Kekumega, illustrated by fig. 21, is obviously far 
more obese than the type, but differs little from it in sculp- 
ture aud length of whorl, and, as intermediates occur, I 
prefer to regard them all, for the present, as one species. 


Nothapalus ugandanus, sp.n. (PI. 1. fig. 26.) 


Shell small, subfusiform, imperforate, thin, smooth, shin- 
ing, transparent, normally pale olivaceous. Spire produced, 
sides rather convex, apex narrowly rounded. Whorls 6, not 
very convex, rather rapidly increasing, the first 2 practically 
smooth, remainder engraved with rather close, but irregular, 
shallow transverse grooves, usually bent backward just below 


* Achatina elliotti, Smith, Proc. Malac. Soc. 1, (1895) pp. 328, 325. 


African Non-marine Mollusca. 3995 


the suture of the later whorls; there are usually, also, 
patches of very close, regular, microscopic spiral sculpture, 
but this is very faint and by no means a distinguishing 
feature ; suture simple, shallow, Aperture subovate, peri- 
stome simple, acute ; outer lip straight and nearly vertical in 
profile ; columella short, concave, sharply truncate at base. 

Long. 11°6, lat. 4°53 apert., alt. 4°5; lat. 2°2 ; last whorl 
74 mm. 

Hab, Ucanpa, Kigezi, 6000 ft.; Ingezi, Mfumburu 
Mountains. Beztetan Coneo, Buhamba; Burunga, Mt. 
Mikeno (Kemp). 

Different broods vary slightly in contour, and were distvi- 
buted before the war under manuscript names of the first three 
localities above mentioned, but the engraved sculpture is 
common to all, ‘and there appear to be no geographical or 
other valid grounds for separating them. 

Dr. Pilsbry kindly informs me that N. ugandanus differs 
from all of the species dealt with by him in his recent work 
on the Congo. 


Nothapalus adelus, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 27.) 


Differs from the preceding species in having a broader 
spire and rather closer sculpture, which is also of more 
normal pattern, the striz being raised and imparting less the 
appearance of grooves than in UN. ugandanus. The shell 
contains 64 whorls, and measures :— 

Long. IL: 25, lat. 4-7 ; apert., alt.,4°3, lat. 2°1; last whorl 
7°25 mm. 

Hab. Probably Bexte1an Coneo, between L. Mutanda and 
L. Kivu (Kemp). 

Dr. Pilsbry informs me that N. adelus stands very close 
to N. ptychoraphe, Pilsb., but, though possessing the same 
number of whorls, itis smaller throughout and relatively wider 
than his species. 


Nothapalus paucispira (von Martens), 1892. 


1892. Subulina paucispira, Mts. Sitz.-Ber. Ges. nat. Fr. Berlin, p. 177. 
1912. Kenia obesa, Prest. Rev. zool. Africaine, i. p. 326. 


Paratypes of both the above are in the British Museum ; 
they are quite inseparable, and Preston’s species must be 
placed in synonymy. 

Nothapaius unctus (Smith), 1903. 
Described as a Subulina, this species is a Nothapalus, 


356 - Mr. M. Connolly on 


apparently of pale yellow horn-colour, rather than brown, 
and with more convex whorls than N, iredalei (Preston), 
which it otherwise much resembles. 


Nothapalus dohertyt (Smith), 1903. 


This may probably also be placed in Nothanalus, which it 
resembles in its long last whorl and the straight profile of 
its outer lip. The transverse striation, however, is much 
more prominent than in other known members of the genus. 


Genus Evonyma, M. & P., 1896. 


EHuonyma lanceolata (Pfr.), 1854. 


1854, Bulimus lanceolatus, Pfr. P.Z.S. p. 292. 
1857. Bulimus micans, Pfr. Mal. Blatt. iv. p. 156. 
1905, Obeliscus natalensis, Bnp. Proc. Malac. Soe. vi. p. 304. 


These three species are identical. 

I have previously pointed out that specimens in the 
British Museum identified as micans by Pfeiffer himself are 
entirely conspecific with his type of lanceolata. Natalensis 
was differentiated from the latter on account of having 
supposedly stronger sculpture; Mr. Burnup, however, has 
kindly permitted me to examine a large series of the species, 
which prove that the sculpture varies, to a great extent, in 
accordance with the state of preser vation of the individual, 
being on the whole more prominent in fresh than in rubbed 
or weather-worn specimens. The type of natalensis was a 
beautiful fresh young shell, while all the older examples, 
labelled lanceolata and micans, in the British Museum are 
somewhat bleached and of smoother appearance, but the 
additional series shown me by Mr. Burnup prove that 
the sculpture is really the same throughout them all, and, 
except for slight dimorphism, there is practically no real 
difference between any of them. 


Euonyma lymneeformis (M. & P.), 1901. (PI. I. fig. 4.) 


1901. Obeliscus lymneeformis, M. & P. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. viii. 
p. 317, pl. i. fig. 5. 

Ever since its publication this species has been completely 
misunderstood. ‘The authors’ original figure accurately 
portrays their type, but a large series, kindly furnished by 
Mr. Burnup from the type-locality Karkloof and other dis- 
tricts prove that the type is abnormal. This shell shows no 
fewer than three fractures, at the apex, the fourth and the 
penultimate whorls, which are quite sufficient to account for 


African Non-marine Mollusca. 357 


the malformation of its elongate, comparatively swollen 
later whorls and shortened aperture. As a matter of fact, 
Burnup has actually been able to match this deformed 
shell with another from the same locality, which has been 
broken at more than one stage of growth, and exhibits 
almost exactly the same deformities. 

Tt is now clear that the normal form of BL. /ymneeformis, 
illustrated on PI. I., is a well-known species, smoother and 
rather smaller than BH. lanceolata, Pfr. (=natalensis, Bnp.), 
which has been misidentified and distributed during recent 
years as the true lanceolata, Pfr. 


Euonyma magilensis (Craven), 1880. 


1880. Bulimus magilensis, Crvn. P.Z.S. p. 217. 

1913. Euonyma achilles, Prest. Rey. zool. Africaine, iil. p. 54. 

This remarkable species is almost unique in its combina- 
tion of broad blunt apex, shortened aperture, and perforation. 
_ The type of magilensis is merely a half-grown example of the 
beautiful achilles of Preston, and the Jatter name cannot be 
retained. Being of somewhat solid texture, even the most 
immature shells present a peculiarly mature appearance 
about the aperture, and some of these were distributed prior 
to 1914 under a manuscript Latin name recalling their very 
short form; they are quite inseparable from magilensis. 

As Homorus and Subulina are invariably imperforate, it 
may be advisable to retain the present species in the South 
African genus Huonyma until something is known of its 
anatomy. 


Genus Nroctessuta, Pilsbry, 1909. 


Neoglessula paritura (Gould), 1850. 


1850. Achatina paritura, Gld. Proc. Boston Soe. ii. p. 196. 
1885. Glessula bretignerer, Chaper, Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr. x. p. 46. 
1894, Homorus assimensis, Chaper, Kob. Conch. Cab. p. 91. 


Ancey suggested, in 1888, that dretigneret might prove to 
be identical with paritura, and comparison of authentic 
specimens in the British Museum leaves no room for doubt 
that Chaper’s species must be placed in synonymy. Pilsbry 
has pointed out that the assiniensis mentioned by Kobelt is 
a misprint for bretignerez. 

Paritura has been distributed in the past by at least one 
German authority under the name of malaguettana, Rang, 
but if Rang’s figure and description are reliable the latter 
is perfectly distinct, having a darker and more slender shell 
than Gould’s species. 


358 Mr. M. Connolly on 


Genus Susutina, Beck, 1837. 


Subulina taruensis, sp. un. (Pl. I. fig. 16.) 


Shell comparatively large, lanceolate, imperforate, thin, 
smooth, shining, normally transparent, and olivaceous. Spire 
much produced, sides nearly regular, apex mamillate. Whorls 
124, nearly flat, slowly and regularly increasing, with prac- 
tically no basal margination ; the first 2 quite smooth, the 
sculpture on the remainder, only visible under a strong lens, 
consisting of close, straight, nearly vertical, transverse striz, 
very faintly puckered just below the suture, which is simple 
and shallow. Aperture subovate, peristome simple, acute ; 
outer lip straight in profile, receding to the base; columella 
concave, sharply and abruptly truncate at base. 

Long. 22°83, lat. 4°3; apert., alt. 3°5, lat. 2°2 ; last whorl 
6'7 mm. 

Hab. Kenya, Taru Desert (Percival); Ucanpa, between 
Mbarara and Kigezi (Kemp). 

Although it hails from 600 miles westward, I am quite 
unable to separate a younger and fresher shell from the 
last-mentioned locality from the typical form ; it contains 
10 whorls and measures :—Long. 17°7, lat. 3-9 ; apert., alt. 
3°3, lat. 2:1; last whorl 5°3 mm. 

S. taruensis is easily distinguishable from most of the 
genus by its slender form and short flat whorls. The 
embryo contains 3 whorls, sculptured as described above, 
with markedly truncate columella. 


Subulina turtoni, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 24.) 


Shell of moderate size, elongate-turriform, imperforate, 
thin, smooth, glossy, yellowish olivaceous. Spire produced, 
sides regular, apex submamillate. Whorls 8, convex, 
rounded at the periphery, regularly and gradually in- 
creasing, the first 2 or 3 smoothly microscopically punctate, 
remainder sculptured with close, faint, regular, straight, 
slightly oblique, transverse striz; suture simple, rather 
deep. Aperture irregularly rhombic, peristome simple, 
acute ; outer lip moderately outcurved, receding a little in 
a straight line to the base ; columella short, inclined to the 
left, rather obliquely, though decidedly, truncate at the 
base. 

Long. 11:1, lat. 3°1 ; apert., alt. 2°8, lat. 1°6; last whorl 
4-8 mm. 

The largest shell seen measures 15°2.x 3°9 mm. 


African Non-marine Mollusca. 359 


Hab. S. Ruovesta, Khami (Turton); Bulawayo (in 8. 
African Museum) ; Lusanyama District (Quekett). 

Larger than any species hitherto described from South 
Africa, and not very closely resembling any known to me 
from further north, being a rather smaller form, with com- 
paratively longer whorls, than S. octona, Brug., and its 
allies. I have much pleasure in naming this South African 
land-shell after its discoverer, Colonel W. H. Turton, as a 
tribute to the great work accomplished by him in regard to 
the marine fauna of the subcontinent. 


Subulina viridula, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 25.) 


Shell of fair size, elongate-turriform, imperforate, thin, 
rather silky, transparent, dark olivaceous. Spire produced, 
slightly attenuate from the 6th whorl, apex narrowly 
rounded. Whorls 10, almost flat, regularly increasing, the 
first 2 smooth, remainder sculptured with well-defined, close, 
regular, nearly straight, vertical, transverse strive, very faint 
on the 3rd whorl and gradually increasing in strength ; 
suture but little oblique, crenulate from the base of the 
3rd whorl onward. Aperture subovate, peristome simple, 
acute ; outer lip straight and almost vertical in profile ; 
columella concave, sharply and abruptly truncate at base. 

Long. 18:0, lat. 4°2 ; apert., alt. -4°1, lat. 2°0; last whorl 
6°7 mm. 

Hab. Ucanpa, Kigezi,6000ft.; Beteran Conco, Mukanda, 
near Lake Kivu (Kemp). 

A pretty species of rather unusual colour, clearly differing 
in apical sculpture from 8S. glyptocephaia, Pilsbry. 


Subulina entebbana, Pollonera, 1907. 


1907. Subulina octona, Chem., var. entebbana, Pollon. Boll. Mus. Torino, 
No. 568, p. 2. 
19138. Subulina victorie, Kob. Rev. Suisse Zool. xxi. p. 73. 


Examples of this species were collected by Kemp at 
Jinja, Entebbe and Kampala, and distributed by Preston 
under the name of the first-mentioned locality. They appear 
to agree in every respect with S, victorie, Kobelt, described 
from the Busoga District, in which Jinja is situated, and 
with S. octona entebbana, Pollon., and establish synonymy 
between them. Pollonera’s name has precedence, and 
appears worthy of specific rank; the shell is far more 
strongly sculptured than that of S, octona. 


360 Mr. M. Connolly on 


Genus Susuuiniscus, Pilsbry, 1919. 


Subuliniform shells with spirally striate, acutely conoid, 
apical whorls. \ 


Subuliniscus adjacens, sp.u. (PI. I. fig. 12.) 


Shell comparatively large, acuminate-turriform, imper- 
forate, thin, smooth, glossy, transparent, olivaceous. Spire 
produced, sides nearly regular, apex acute. Whorls 10, 
not very convex, gradually and regularly increasing, without 
basal margination ; first 14 worn in the type and sparsely 
malleate, the sculpture of the remainder, under a strong 
lens, consisting of close, regular, nearly straight, slightly 
oblique, transverse striz, chiefly visible just below the suture, 
and extremely close, regular, slightly undulating spiral 
striation, covering the transverse striz and becoming plainer 
on each succeeding whorl; suture simple, moderately 
oblique, well defined. Aperture ovate, peristome simple, 
acute, outer lip straight in profile, receding a little to the 
base ; columella slightly concave, abruptly, though not very 
noticeably, truncate at its extreme base. 

Long. 22:3, lat. 5°7; apert., alt. 5°7, lat. 3°1; last whorl 
9°6 mm. 

Hab. Kenya, Larogi Hills (Percivad). 

This species appears to vary considerably in strength of 
sculpture, both the spiral and transverse striation being 
sometimes much fainter than as described above, in shells 
coinciding in all other respects. 


Subuliniscus nyiroensis, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 14.) 


Differs from S. adjacens in having very slightly more 
convex and longer whorls and in the apparent absence of 
spiral sculpture, except on the second whorl, on which there 
is a faint appearance, under a strong microscope, of distant, 
feather-formed, spiral lines ; the transverse strie, also, are a 
little fainter, and slightly more puckered below the suture. 
The shell contains 8 whorls, and measures :— 

Long. 18°3, lat. 5:2 ; apert., alt. 4°9, lat. 2°8 ; last whorl 
8°7 mm. 


Hab. Kenya, Mt. Nyiro, 8300 ft. (Percival). 


Subuliniscus marsabitensis, sp. un. (Pl. I. fig. 18.) 


Very similar to S. adjacens, from which it differs chiefly 
in having noticeably shorter whorls ; the spiral sculpture, 
also, is far fainter, being almost absent on the three earlier, 


African Non-marine Mollusca. 361 


though clearly visible under a strong microscope on the later 
whorls. The shell contains 104 whorls: and measures :— 

Long. 19:0, lat. 5°1; apert., ‘alt. 5° O, lat. 2°53; last whorl 
7°8 mm. 

Hab. Kenya, north slope of Mt. Marsabit, 4600 ft. 
(Percival). 

It is obvious that the last three species are very closely 
allied, being possibly derived from one parent stock, the 
members of which have gradually developed individual 
characters under diverse environmental conditions. Unless, 
however, intermediates subsequently occur, all seem entitled 
to distinct specific rank, 


Subuliniscus urguessensis, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 11.) 


A more obese form than S. adjacens, with slightly flatter 
whorls. The sculpture is considerably stronger, being visible 
under a single lens and consisting of fairly strong, regular, 
straight, slightly oblique, transverse strize on all but the first 
two whorls, and extremely close, regular, spiral striation 
first visible on the 2nd whorl and crossing the transverse 
sculpture ; under a microscope there is, further, an appear- 
- ance of coarser, more distant, flat, spiral lines, interrupting 
the transverse ridges but not cutting the epidermis. The 
shell contains 9 whorls, and measures :— 

Long. 18°8, lat. 6°7.; apert., alt. 6°2, lat. 3°2 ; last whorl 
9°5 mm. 

Hab. Kenya, Urguess (Percival). 

S. urguessensis closely resembles in form S. alticola 
(d’Ailly) from Meru, but differs widely from it. in sculpture, 
the trausverse striz in alticola being fainter and coarser and 
the spiral striation much weaker, so that it is impossible to 
confuse the two species unless intermediates occur. 


Subuliniscus cornu-orycis, sp.u. (PI. I. fig. 15.) 

Shell of fair size, elongate-turriform, imperforate, thin, 
smooth, nearly transparent, dark olivaceous. Spire produced, 
very slightly alternate about the 6th whorl, apex acute. 
Whorls 9, nearly flat, very gradually increasing, the last 
angulate at the periphery, the first 3 almost devoid of trans- 
verse sculpture, which appears weakly on the second whorl, 
the remainder with close, faint, nearly straight, slightly 
oblique transverse striae, stronger and bent backward j ust 
below the suture, and all the whorls covered with extre ely 
close, fine, undulating, spiral sculpture; suture simple, 
shaliow, only slightly oblique. Aperture subrhombie, 
rounded at base; peristome simple, acute ; outer lip almost 

Ann. & Mag. N. Mist. Ser..9. Vol. xi. 24 


362 On African Non-marine Mollusca. 


straight, receding moderately to the base ; columella almost 
rectangularly truncate. 

Long. 13:5, lat. 3°8; apert., alt. 3°2, lat. 1:7; last whorl 
6-0 mm. 

Hab. Kenya, Mt. Nyiro, 8300 ft. (Percival). 

The type is somewhat immature, but differs beyond com- 
pare from the last four species. It is far more nearly allied 
to S. lucasi, Pilsbry, from which it may be distinguished by 
its less regular spire, darker colour, and slightly coarser 
transverse sculpture, while the spiral striation is far more 
clearly visible under equally strong magnification. It must 
be admitted that none of these features are in themselves of 
much specific value, but taken together, and considering the 
wide distance between the localities of the two species, it 
seems advisable to accord S. cornu-orycis specific, rather 
than subspecific, rank. 


Subuliniscus alticola (d’Ailly), 1910. (PI. I. fig. 10.) 
1910. Petriola alticola, d’Ailly, Kilimandjaro, i. 6, p. 27. 


As the publication in which this little-known species was 
described is not commonly available, I give a photograph of 
a paratype from Meru. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE I, 


Fig. 1. Homorus burnessi, Conn. 

Fig. 2. ellitus, Conn. 

Fig. 3. zebra, Conn. 

Fig. 4. Euonyma lymneeformis (M. & P.), normal form. 
Fig. 5. Homorus egregius, Preston, var. inflata, Coun. 
Fig. 6. Pseudoglessula batesi, Conn. 

JG 0 , var. major, Conn. 

Fig. 8. perobtusa, Conn. 

Fig. 9. Homorus woodhousei, Conn. 

Fig. 10. Subuliniseus alticola (d’Ailly). 

Fig. 11. —— urguessensis, Coun. 

Fg. 12. adjacens, Conn. 

fig. 18. —— marsabitensis, Conn. 

Fig. 14. nywoensis, Conn. 


Fg. 15. cornuorycis, Conn. 

Fig. 16. Subulina taruensis, Conn. 

Fg. 17. Pseudoglessula transenna, Coun. 
Fig. 18. solitudinum, Conn. 

Fig. 19. engloria, Conn. 

Fig. 20. Nothapalus tredalet, Preston. 
Fig. 21. —- , (?) forma twmida. 
Fig. 22. Pseudoglessula mutabilis, Conn. 
Fig. 23. mutandana, Conn. 

Fig. 24. Subulina turtont, Coun. 

Fig. 25. viridula, Conn. 

Fug. 26. Nothapatus ugandanus, Conn. 
Fig. 27, —— adelus, Coun, 


All figures actual size. 


On new Staphylinidee from the West Indies. 363 


XLI.—Descriptions of new Species of Staphylinide from 
the West Indies. By Matcotm Cameron, M.B., R.N., 
F.E.S. 


Part II. 


[Concluded from vol. ix. 1922, p. 652.] 


MYREDONIINI. 


PsEUDOTHAMIARAA, gen. nov. 


‘Tarsi 4,5, 5: the anterior pair with the first three joints 
short and equal, the fourth as long as the three preceding 
together ; middle pair with the first four joints rather short, 
equal ; posterior pair with the first joint a little longer than 
the second, the second to the fourth of equal length. Epi- 
pleurze of the prothorax not visible to side view. Mesosternum 
gradually narrowed to the rounded apex, and extending two- 
thirds of the length of the intermediate coxz (which are 
rather widely separated), and furnished with a median keel 
throughout its whole extent. Metasternal process truncate, 
meeting the preceding. Temples strongly bordered through- 
out. Maxillary palpi 4-jointed: the first small; the second 
elongate, lightly thickened towards the apex ; the third as 
long as the second and similarly thickened; the fourth 
long, subulate, more than half as long as the third. Labial 
palpi 2-jointed (indistinctly 3-jointed): the first jomt rather 
long and stout, with an oblique suture passing from the 
inner border at the level of the junction of the second and 
last thirds forwards and outwards, imperfectly defining 
another joint ; second joint narrower and a little shorter 
than the first. Tongue narrow and elongate, extending as 
far as the level of the apex of the first joint of the labial 
palpi, and split for one-fourth of its length into two narrow 
diverging lobes, the apex of each carrying a long seta 
curved backwards and the external margin with two similar 
sete ; the inner margin before the ayer with two weaker, 
shorter, and straight sete. 

The species on which this genus is founded might be 
taken for a broad and robust Atheta of the Acrotona group, 
but in the structure of the labial palpi approximates to 
Thamiarea ; the tongue, however, is quite different, and 
remarkable in the long curved setz which it carries. 

24% 


364 Mr. M. Cameron on new Staphylinide 


107. Pseudothamiarea brunnea, sp. 0. 


Rather shining, brown; the head reddish, the abdomen’ 
black. First three joints of the antennz and legs reddish 
testaceous. 

Length 2-3 mm. 

Head transverse, reddish, very finely and moderately 
closely punctured, finely pubescent ; the eyes large, their 
diameter much greater than the length of the temples. 
Antenne slender, setiferous, the second and third joits of 
equal length, the fourth to the seventh longer than broad, 
gradually decreasing in length, the eighth and ninth as long 
as broad, the tenth shghtly traversing the eleventh as long 
as the two preceding together. Thorax strongly transverse, 
uearly twice as broad as long, widest a little before the 
posterior angles, narrowest in front, the sides gently rounded, 
the posterior angles completely rounded ; the epipleura not 
visible when examined from the side, the base bordered ; very 
finely and moderately closely punctured, finely pubescent. 
Elytra one-third longer and distinctly broader than the 
thorex, transverse, the posterior margin sinuate internal to 
the postero-external angle, not quite so finely but about as 
closely punctured as the thorax. Abdomen a little narrowed 
behind, very finely but not very closely punctured through- 
out, finely pubescent. 

Haiti. Type in my collection. 


108. Falagria (Anaulacaspis) cephalotes, sp. un. 
(Fauvel, 2 att.) 


Black, shining; elytra brownish-testaceous. Antenne 
brown, the first two joints reddish-testaceous. Legs testa- 
ceous-yellow. 

Length 2 mm. 

Remarkable by the large head, which is considerably 
wider than the thorax, but narrower than the elytra at the 
shoulders. 

Head large, transversely quadrate, the posterior angles 
rounded, the eyes rather large, their diamater not so great 
as the length of the temples, the vertex anteriorly rather 
deeply and longitudinally impressed in the middle line; 
very finely and by no means closely punctured and finely 
pubescent. Antennze with the second and third joints of 
equal length, the fourth to the seventh shghtly longer than 
broad and gradually decreasing in length, the eighth to the 
teuth about as long as broad and differing but little between 


65 


Se) 


from the West Indies. 


themselves, the eleventh nearly as long as the two preceding 
together, Thorax of the usual shape of the subgenus, deeply 
suleate in the middle and rather more finely though about 
as closely punctured as the head. Scutellum without groove 
or keels. Elytra about as long as, but broader than the 
thorax, square, very finely and not very closely punctured 
for the greater part, but in the scutellary region obviously 
more coarsely and much more closely punctured. Abdomen 
very finely and not very closely punctured and pubesceut 
throughout. 


Grenada (H. H. Smith). Type in the British Museum. 


109. Stenagria basiventris, sp. nu. 


e; the elvtra pitchy-black, the third (first 
visible) dorsal segment of the abdomen yellow. Antenne 
elongate, black, the first joint pitchy, the terminal pale 
yellow. Legs black, the tarsi yellow. 

Length 2°75 mm. 

Head orbicular, as broad as the thorax, extremely finely 
and rather sparingly punctured at the base and sides, the 
vertex and front impunctate. Antenne elongate, all the 
joints distinctly longer than broad, gradually decreasing in 
length from the fourth, the eleventh joint longer than the 
teuth. Thorax widest just before the middle, the sides from 
thence rounded and narrowed in front, pretty strongly con- 
tracted in a lightly curved line to the obtuse but somewhat 
prominent posterior angles ; disc deeply sulcate, the base 
immediately adjacent to the posterior margin closely and 
rather coarsely punctured, the rest of the surface extremely 
finely and rather sparingly punctured. Scutellum with 
smooth median keel, somewhat coarsely and closely punc- 
tured. Elytra as long as, but broader than, the thorax, 
scarcely transverse, very finely and moderately closely 
punctured at the base, the rest of the abdomen very finely 
and not very closely punctured. 

Jamaica. Type in my collection. 


Black, shining ; 


PsEUDOGNYPETA, gen. nov. 


Labrum transverse, truncate, the sides and anterior angles 
rounded. Mandibles rather slender, sharply pointed, the 
right with a minute tooth about the middle of the inner 
border, the left simple, both with a ciliated membrane at 
the base. Maxillary palpi 4-jointed, the first joint small, 
the second elongate, slightly curved and thickened towards 
the apex, the third a little ionger than the second, narrowed 


366 Mr. M. Cameron on new Staphylinidee 


at the base, a little longer, and wider at the apex, than the 
preceding, the fourth subulate, about half as long as the 
third. Inner lobe of the maxilla with seven or eight teeth 
along the inner margin anteriorly, posteriorly closely ciliated ; 
outer lobe with the apex ciliate-plumose at the antero- 
external angle and ciliate internally to this. Tongue mode- 
rately wide at the base, extending nearly to the level of the 
apex of the first joint of the labial palpi, deeply and rather 
widely emarginate nearly to the base, thus dividing the 
structure into two narrow and rather widely separated lobes 
with briefly rounded apices. Paraglossz apparently wanting. 
Labial palpi 3-jointed, the first rather long, cylindrical, the 
second scarcely half as long as the first and a little narrower, 
the third much narrower, about double the length of the 
preceding, cylindrical. Gular sutures slightly divergent 
posteriorly. Temples completely bordered below. Neck 
rather broad, about a third of the width of the base of the 
head. Prosternum broadly rounded behind. Mesosternum 
gradually narrowed, extending one-half the length of the 
intermediate coxze and bluntly pointed. Metasternum 
moderately broadly rounded, not meeting the mesosternum, 
the intersternal piece rather short. Intermediate coxe 
moderately separated. Tarsal formula 4, 5, 5. Anterior 
pair with the first three joints short and subequal, the fourth 
longer than the three preceding together. Middle pair 
with the first four joints rather short (but longer than 
broad), subequal. Posterior pair with the first four joints 
moderate and of equal length, the fifth about as long as the 
three preceding together. Tibiz ciliate. Abdomen with 
first three (visible) segments transversely impressed at base. 

This genus has the facies of Gnypeta, but the temples are 
distinctly margined. 


110. Pseudognypeta picta, sp. n. 


Black, shining ; the posterior fourth of the thorax and 
the first two (visible) abdominal segments bright testaceous- 
yellow, each of the latter in the middle with a black spot 
extending from the anterior to the posterior border; elytra 
brown, with coppery metallic reflex; antennz with the first 
three joints and apex of the last testaceous. Legs testaceous. 

Length 3 mm. 

Facies very similar to Gnypeta carbonaria, Mannerh. 

Head suborbicular, the eyes large and rather prominent, 
the front and vertex impunctate, the sides with scattered 
and rather fine punctures each bearing a short black hair; 


Jrom the West Indies, 367 


ground-sculpture fine and coriaceous, Antenne with the 
second joint a little shorter than the first and third, the fourth 
to the sixth as long as broad, gradually increasing in size, 
the seventh to the tenth transverse, gradually increasing in 
breadth, the penultimate half as broad again as long, the 
eleventh elongate, pointed, about as long as the three pre- 
ceding together. ‘Thorax transverse, wider than the head, 
shorter than in G. carbonaria, but otherwise similarly con- 
structed, finely and rather sparingly punctured; ground- 
sculpture fine, coriaceous. Scutellum dark, closely punc- 
tured. LElytra a little longer and broader than the thorax, 
scarcely transverse, finely and pretty closely punctured and 
pubescent. Abdomen nearly impunctate. 

6. Highth dorsal segment broadly rounded and with a 
minute notch in the middle of the posterior border, on 
either side with a rather deep emargination bounded exter- 
nally by a strong and stout tooth, which does not quite 
attain the level of the posterior border of the central lobe. 

Jamaica, ‘Type in my collection. 


lll. Gnypeta basiventris, sp. n. 
(Fauvel, v7 litt.) 


Shining, black ; the thorax pitchy, the elytra brownish 
testaceous, the first two (visible) abdominal segments red- 
dish testaceous. Antenne reddish testaceous, the first three 
joints lighter. Legs testaceous. 

Length 1°75 mm. 

Very similar in build, though much smaller than G. car- 
bonaria, Mannerh., and differmg also in coloration and the 
more distinctly punctured head. 

Head suborbicular, the eyes large, their diameter rather 
more than the length of the temples; very finely and 
rather closely punctured at the sides, more obsoletely and 
sparingly in front. Antenne with the third jomt a little 
shorter than the second, the fourth to the seveuth a little 
longer than broad, gradually decreasing in length, the eighth 
as Jong as broad, the ninth and tenth slightly transverse, the 
eleventh elongate, as long as the two preceding together. 
Thorax transverse, wider than the head, finely, obsoletely, 
but rather closely punctured. Elytra as long as, but broader 
than the thorax, transverse, exceedingly finely and obsoletely 
and rather closely punctured. Abdomen very finely and 
moderately closely punctured and pubescent throughout. 

Grenada (H. H. Smith). Type in the British Museum. 


368 Mr. M. Cameron on new Staphylinides 


112. Gnypeta sancte-lucie, sp. n,. 


Black, moderately shining; the posterior border of the 
elytra narrowly and obscurely testaceous; abdomen with 
the first two visible segments more or less vestaeeon ; first 
two joints of the antennee and legs testaceous. 

Length 25 mm. 

Size and build of G. fragilis, Shp., but much less shining, 
with more closely punctured fore-parts and with the terminal 
joint of the antenne concolorous. 

Head suborbicular, the eyes large, the vertex with median 
impression, very finely and rather closely punctured and 
pubescent. Antennze elongate, the second and third joints 
of equal length, the fourth to the eighth longer than broad, 
gradually decreasing in length, the ninth and tenth about as 
long as broad, the eleventh elongate, longer than the two 
preceding together. Thorax transverse, the sides contracted 
behind, rounded in front; disc with median longitudinal 
impression broadest behind, narrowed and evanescent ante- 
riorly, very finely and rather closely punctured and pubescent. 
Elytra as long as, but broader than the thorax, transverse, 
rather more finely and quite as closely punctured and 
pubescent as the thorax. Abdomen nearly parallel, the first 
two segments testaceous, the middle of each with an ill- 
defined dark spot which in some examples spreads nearly 
entirely over these two segments, the abdomen appearing 
almost concolorous; exceedingly finely and closely pune- 
tured and pubescent throughout. 

St. Lucia. Type in my collection. 


113. Gnypeta basalts, sp. n. 


Black, moderately shining; elytra testaceous, the base, 
sides, and suture infuscate. First two joints of the antennze 
and legs testaceous. | 

Length 2°5 mm. 

Size and build of the preceding, from which it differs in 
the coloration of the elytra, the unicolorous abdomen, rather 
more slender (but otherwise similarly constructed) antennee, 
and the rather finer puncturation of the fore-parts. 

St. Lucia. Type in my collection. 


114. Aleuonota * carinella, sp. n. 
(Fauvel, 2 htt.) 
Elongate, parallel, ferruginous, rather shining; the head 
* Fenyes (Gen. Insect. fase. 173 a, Aleocharine, p. 19) places Alewonota 
amongst the Oxypodini as having all the tarsi 5-jointed. ‘The species 


described above, and also A. gracilenta, Ey., have a tarsal formula of 
4, 5,5 
ae 


Jrom the West Indies. 369 


sometimes blackish, the elytra more or less extensively 
infuseate. Antenne and leys testaceous. 

Length 2 mm. 

In build very similar to A. egregia, Rye, but much smaller 
and narrower aud differently coloured. 

Head square, the posterior angles briefly rounded, finely, 
closely, and obsoletely punctured, finely pubescent; eyes small, 
their diameter much less than the length of the temples. An- 
tenn with the third joint shorter than the second, the fourth 
to the tenth transverse, the penultimate twice as br oad as long. 
Thorax a little wider than the head, slightly transverse, w idest 
a little behind the anterior angles, the sides feebly rounded and 
narrowed anteriorly, slightly contracted in a nearly straight 
line to the obtuse posterior angles, exceedingly finely, obso- 
letely, and closely punctured, much more finely than the 
head, very finely pubescent. Hlytra fully as long as and a 
little broader than the thorax, square, very finely and closely 
punctured, finely pubescent. Abdomen parallel, extremely 
finely and moderately closely punctured and pubescent on 
the first four segments, more sparingly on the two last. 

~¢@. Seventh dorsal segment with a fine longitudinal keel 
on either side about midway between the lateral border and 
the median line, extending from the posterior margin for 
about three-fourths the length of the segment. 

St. Vincent (H. H. Smith). ‘Type in the British Museum. 


115. Atheta (Dralica) tentativa, sp. n. 


Parallel, black, shining ; the thorax, elytra, posterior half 
of the seventh, and whole of the eighth abdominal segments, 
testaceous. First three joits of the antenne and legs 
testaceous. 

Length 1:2 mm 

In build very similar to 4. amicula, Steph., but much 
smaller, differently coloured, and with the seventh and 
eighth abdominal segments pretty closely punctured. 

Head large, transversely subquadrate, the eyes large, 
their diameter greater than the length of the temples ; the 
posterior angles rounded ; puncturation moderately fine and 
rather close, ground-sculpture distinct and coriaceous ; 
pubescence fine. Antenne with the third joint shorter than 
the second, the fourth to the tenth transverse, the penulti- 
mate twice as broad as long. Thorax pale reddish testaceous, 
transverse, wider than the head, without visible punctura- 
tion, but with a fine close coriaceous granulation, and finely 
pubescent. 


370 Mr. M. Cameron on new Staphylinidee 


Elytra more yellow than the thorax, about one-third as 
long again and a little broader, as long as broad, very finely, 
closely, and somewhat roughly punctured, finely pubescent. 
Abdomen parallel, very finely and pretty closely punctured 
and pubescent throughout. 

Jamaica. ‘Type in my collection. 


116. Atheta (Anopleta) antillarum, sp. un. 
(Phytosus antillarum, Fauvel, m ltt.) 


Elongate, parallel, slightly shinimg, reddish testaceous, 
the sixth abdominal segment black. Antennz and legs 
testaceous. 

Length 1°75 mm. 

A small but rather coarsely pubescent species, somewhat 
similar in build to Phytosus, but structurally agreeing with 
the subgenus Anopleta. 

Head large, orbicular, nearly as broad as the thorax, 
moderately finely and rather closely punctured, finely but 
distinctly coriaceous, pretty closely and rather coarsely 
pubescent ; eyes small and not prominent. Antenne with 
the third joint distinctly shorter than the second, the fourth 
square, the fifth to the tenth transverse, the penultimate 
about twice as broad as long. Thorax in shape very similar 
to that of Phytosus balticus, Kr., but less markedly con- 
tracted behind; only slightly transverse, widest just behind 
the anterior angles, the sides from thence rounded and 
narrowed anteriorly, slightly sinuate and more strongly 
contracted to the rounded posterior angles; the disc slightly 
impressed before the scutellum, finely and not closely punc- 
tured, rather coarsely pubescent. Elytra a little longer and 
broader than the thorax, as long as broad, finely and 
moderately closely punctured, rather coarsely pubescent. 
Abdomen parallel, the sixth segment transversely impressed 
at the base, very finely and not very closely punctured 
anteriorly, rather more sparingly behind, pubescence scanty, 
rather long and coarse. ‘Tibiz ciliate. 

Mustique Island (Hl. H. Smith). Would appear to be a 
maritime species. Type in.the British Museum. 


117. Atheta (Microdota) impavida, sp. un. 
(Fauvel, en litt.) 

Black, shining; the thorax, elytra, base and apex of the 
abdomen reddish testaceous. Antennz reddish brown, the 
first three joints and the legs testaceous. 

Length 1:2 mm. 


From the West Indies. 371 


Build of A. amicula, Steph., but much smaller than this 
species and differently coloured. 

Head large, subquadrate, black, shining, finely and pretty 
closely punctured, finely pubescent. Eyes rather large. 
Antenne with the third joint shorter than the second, the 
fourth to the tenth transverse, gradually increasing in 
width, the penultimate rather more than twice as broad as 
long. ‘Thorax pale reddish testaceous, transverse, wider 
than the head, finely and rather closely punctured, finely 
pubescent. Elytra one-third longer and a little broader 
than the thorax, transverse, testaceous, finely and rather 
more closely punctured than the thorax. Abdomen with the 
first two visible and the seventh and eighth segments rather 
obscurely reddish testaceous, finely and rather sparingly 
punctured, especially behind. 

6. Eighth dorsal segment truncate ; sixth vertical seg- 
ment narrowed and produced. 

Grenada (H. H. Smith). Type in the British Museum. 


118. Atheta (s. str.) insularum, sp. n. 


(Ocalea insularum, Fauvel, in litt.) 


Pitchy, greasy-lustrous ; the elytra brownish testaceous or 
brown. Abdomen black, more shining than the fore-parts, 
the whole of the eighth and more or less of the seventh 
segments bright reddish testaceous. Antenne with the first 
three joints testaceous ; legs testaceous. 

Length 3°75 to 4°2 mm. 

An elongate parallel species, rather resembling A. pallidi- 
cornis, Thoms., in build, but the thorax is rather broader, 

Head black or pitchy-black, transverse, very finely and 
moderately closely punctured, very distinctly but finely 
coriaceous, and finely pubescent; the eyes large, their 
diameter greater than the length of the temples. Antennz 
with the second joint shorter than the third, the fourth a 
little longer than broad, the fifth, sixth, and seventh as long 
as broad, the eighth to the tenth slightly transverse, the 
eleventh elongate, longer than the two preceding together. 
Thorax pitchy-brown, nearly twice as broad as long, very 
finely, obsoletely, and not closely punctured, very distinctly 
but finely coriaceous. Elytra as long as but a little broader 
than the thorax, transverse, brown, with the shoulders 
brownish yellow, or more or less entirely brownish testa- 
ceous, finely and closely punctured, finely pubescent. 
Abdomen shining, of the colour above indicated, and some- 
times with the posterior margins of the anterior segments 


372 Mr. M. Cameron on new Staphylinide 


narrowly brownish; the second to the sixth segments very 
finely and not very closely punctured, the seventh and eighth 
segments yet more sparingly. 

¢. Eighth dorsal segment produced in the middle into 
a short lobe, the margin of which is broadly and slightly 
emarginate ; lateral margin on either side forming a strong 
slightly incurved pointed tooth, not extending beyond the 
level of the central lobe and separated from it by a rather 
deep rounded emargination. 

St. Vincent, Grenada (H. H. Smith). Type in the 
British Museum. 


119. Atheta (s. str.) cristofera, sp. n. 


Black, shining; the elytra brownish-testaceous, the 
postero-external angles more or less infuscate. Antenne 
dark, the legs testaceous. ual 

Length 3°3 mm. 

In coloration and build very similar to A. euryptera, 
Steph., but the thorax narrower; the colour and structure of 
the antennz is very similar, except that the fourth joint is 
transverse in the species under consideration. 

Head very finely and rather sparingly punctured, finely 
coriaceous. Antenne entirely dark, the second and third 
joints of equal length, the fourth to the tenth transverse, 
eradually increasing in width, the penultimate half as 
broad again as long. Thorax transverse, narrower than in 
A. euryptera but otherwise similarly built, but much more 
closely and rather more finely punctured than in that 
species; ground-sculpture fine and coriaceous. LElytra 
scarcely longer, but broader than the thorax, transverse, 
finely and rather closely punctured. Abdomen very finely 
and rather sparingly punctured, especially posteriorly, finely 
and sparingly pubescent. 

&. Seventh dorsal segment with a strong median keel 
occupying the posterior half; eighth with the posterior 
border furnished with four crenulations or small teeth. 

Jamaica. ‘Type in my collection. 


120. Atheta (s. str.) albipennis, sp. n. 
(Fauvel, en Zitt.) 


Black, shining; elytra pale testaceous, a little infuscate 
about the scutellum; apex of the abdomen (obscurely), 
first three joints of the antennz, and legs testaceous. 

Length 1:75 mm. 


from the West Indies, 373 


Of the build of A. trinotata, Kr., but smaller and differently 
coloured. 

Head ratherlarge, transverse ; the eyes large, their diameter 
greater than the length of the temples; very finely and 
pretty closely punctured at the sides, the vertex almost 
impunctate, very finely pubescent. Antenne with the second 
and third joints of equal length, the fourth scarcely, the 
fifth to the tenth distinctly transverse, the eleventh conical, 
shorter than the two preceding together. Thorax formed 
as in ¢rinotata, Kr., very finely and pretty closely punctured, 
very finely pubescent, finely coriaceous. Elytra as long as, 
but broader than the thorax, distinctly transverse, very 
finely and rather more closely punctured than the thorax, 
very finely pubescent. Abdomen parallel, very finely and 
pretty closely punctured on the first three visible segments, 
much more sparingly behind. 

6. Eighth dorsal segment with the posterior margin 
furnished with four crenulations, of which the central pair 
are the larger; sixth ventral segment narrowed and pro- 
duced, the apex rounded. 

Mustique, Grenada (H. H. Smith). Type in the British 
Museum. 


121. Atheta (s. str.) accedens, sp. n. 
(Fauvel, tm litt.) 


Black, shining ; elytra brownish testaceous. [First three 
joints of the antennze, legs, and apex of the abdomen 
(obscurely) testaceous. 

Length 2 mm. 

Similar in build to A. albipennis, mihi, but larger, the 
elytra more obscurely coloured and the abdomen much more 
sparingly punctured, the penultimate joints of the antennze 
are more transverse and the puncturation of the thorax and 
elytra less close. 

S$ unknown. 

Mustique, Grenada (H. H. Smith). Type in the British 
Museum. 


122. Atheta (s. str.) dentella, sp. u. 
(Fauvel, zn litt.) 

Pitchy, shining; the head black, the base of the abdomen 
obscurely lighter, the elytra brownish testacous. First three 
joints of the antennee and legs testaceous. 

Length 1:75 mm. 


374 Mr. M. Cameron on new Staphylinide 


Very similar in build to A. liturata, Steph., but much 
smaller and otherwise coloured. 

Head black, very finely and obsoletely and not very 
closely punctured. Antennz with the second and third 
joints of equal length, the fourth scarcely, the fifth to 
the tenth transverse, gradually increasing in width, the 
penultimate about twice as broad as long, the eleventh 
conical, rather longer than the two preceding together. 
Thorax transverse, brown, shining, very finely and moderately 
closely punctured, very finely pubescent. EHlytra a little 
longer and broader than the thorax, transverse, brownish, 
obscurely hghter at the base, very finely and rather closely 
punctured and pubescent. Abdomen pitchy-brown, parallel, 
obscurely lighter at the base, very finely and very sparingly 
punctured. 

¢. Seventh dorsal segment with a tubercle just in front 
of the posterior border in the middle lne; eighth dorsal 
segment with a pair of parallel keels, one on either side of 
the middle line. 

St. Vincent (H.: H. Smith). Type in the British Museum. 


123. Atheta (s. str.) croceicornis, sp. n. 
(Fauvel, an ltt.) 


Black, very shining; the elytra dark brown, obscurely 
lighter at the shoulders. Antenne reddish testaceous, the 
fifth to the eighth joints more or less infuscate. Legs 
testaceous. 

Length 1°75 to 2 mm. 

Of the average size, but of more robust build than A. 
dentella, mihi, but at once distinguished by the colour of 
the antennz and more sparing puncturation of the thorax 
and elytra. Approaches 4. coriaria, Kr., in general facies 
and shining appearance. 

Head very finely, obsoletely, and sparingly punctured. 
Antenne with the second and third joints of equal length, 
the fourth to the tenth transverse, gradually increasing in 
width, the penultimate twice as broad as long, the eleventh 
conical, as long as the two preceding together. Thorax 
formed as in 4. coriaria, Kr., but narrower, very shining, 
exceedingly finely, obsoletely, and sparingly punctured. 
Elytra a little longer and broader than the thorax, trans- 
verse, not sinuate internal to the postero-external angle, 
very finely and rather sparingly punctured and pubescent. 
Abdomen parallel, very finely and very sparingly punctured 
in front, almost glabrous posteriorly. 


from the West Indies. 375 


¢o unknown. 
St. Vincent, Grenada (H. H. Smith). Type in the British 
Museum. 


124. Atheta (s. str.) guadalupensis, sp. nu. 
(Fauvel, 7 litt.) 


Very shining; the head and the abdomen black, the 
thorax and elytra dark brown. The first two joints of the 
antenne, and more or less of the last, reddish testaceous. 
Legs testaceous. 

Length 2 mm. 

Size and build of the preceding, but differs in the colour 
and structure of the antenne and the less sparingly punc- 
tured head, thorax, and elytra. 

Head black, very finely and moderately closely punctured. 
Antenne with the second and third joints of equal length, 
the fourth as long or a little longer than broad, the fifth to 
the tenth trausverse, gradually increasing in breadth, the 
penultimate only slightly transverse, the eleventh elongate, 
rather longer than the two preceding together. Thorax 
transverse, narrower than in 4A. corzaria, Kr., very finely 
and rather sparingly punctured and pubescent. LElytra as 
long as but broader than the thorax, transverse, very finely 
and closely punctured and pubescent. Abdomen parallel, 
the first three visible segments very finely and rather 
sparingly punctured and pubescent, the sixth to the eighth 
nearly glabrous. 

6. Eighth dorsal segment narrowed, the posterior margin 
thickened; feebly emarginate and quadricrenulate. Seventh 
dorsal segment with a minute tubercle immediately in frout 
of the posterior margin in the middle. 

Grenada, St. Vincent (H. H. Smith). Type in the British 
Museum. 


125. Atheta (s. str.) plurispinosa, sp. n. 


Black, parallel, rather shining ; the elytra bright yellow, 
with the postero-external angles more or less infuscate. 
First three joints of the antenne and legs testaceous. 

Length 1°75 mm. 

A small rather robust parallel species, much smaller than 
A. nigritula, Gr., and with more strongly transverse thorax, 
brighter elytra, shorter antenne, the penultimate joints of 
which are more strongly transverse, 

Head broad, finely and pretty closely punctured, finely 


376 Mr. M. Cameron on new Staphylinide 


pubescent. Antenne with the second and third joints of 
equal length, the fourth to the tenth transverse, gradually 
increasing in breadth, the penultimate three times as broad 
as long. Thorax strongly transverse, punctured very 
similarly to the head. Elytra as long as, but a little broader 
than the thorax, transverse, very finely and rather closely 
punctured and finely pubescent. Abdomen parallel, very 
finely and moderately closely punctured on the first four 
visibie segments, more sparingly behind. 

$. Eighth dorsal segment on either side with a rather long 
incurved spine and with six short, straight contiguous spines 
between; the outer spine of this series separated from the 
lateral curved spine on either side by a short interval. 

Jamaica (?). Type in my collection. 


126. Atheta (s. str.) combusta, sp. n. 
(Fauvel, a litt.) 


Black, greasy-shining. Elytra pitchy, the shoulders and 
more or less of the base reddish testaceous. Abdomen 
shining, black, the base (obscurely) and the seventh and 
eighth segments brightly reddish testaceous. Autennze with 
the first two joints and the last reddish testaceous. Legs 
testaceous. 

Length 2 mm. 

Smaller and less shining than A. liturata, Steph., with 
narrower thorax and different coloration. 

Head very finely and pretty closely punctured, very 
distinctly coriaceous, and but little shining. Antenne 
rather stout, the second and third joints of equal length, 
the fourth a little longer than broad, the fifth to the tenth 
transverse, gradually increasing in breadth, the penultimate 
nearly twice as broad as long, the eleveuth conical, longer 
than the two preceding together. Thorax transverse, the 
disc with a fine median furrow, finely and rather closely 
punctured, finely pubescent, distinctly coriaceous. LHlytra 
as long as, but broader than the thorax, transverse, fiuely, 
closely, and somewhat asperately punctured, finely pubescent. 
Abdomen finely and moderately closely punctured and 
pubescent, rather more sparingly behind; the base obscurely, 
the seventh and eighth segments bright reddish testaceous. 

dS. Eighth dorsal segment with the posterior margin 
furnished with four nearly equidistant teeth, the two central 
of which are smaller than the lateral ones; sixth ventral 
segment a little produced and rounded. 

St. Vincent (H. H. Smith). Type in the British Museum. 


from the West Indies. 377 


127. Atheta (s. str.) subeombusta, sp. n. 

Black, greasy-shining. Elytra pitchy, the shoulders, and 
more or less of the base reddish testaceous. Abdomen black, 
the eighth dorsal segment pitchy-testaceous. Jl irst two 
joints of the antennz and the last reddish testaceous. 
Legs testaceous. 

Length 2 mm. 

Size and build of the preceding and closely allied thereto, 
but differs in the coloration of the abdomen, the shorter 
terminal joint of the antennee, and the rather finer and less 
close puncturation generally, and the @ characters. 

¢. Eighth dorsal seginent truncate in the middle, on 
either side with a tooth separated by an excision from the 
median lobe, which does not extend beyond the level of the 
lateral teeth. 

Jamaica, Type in my collection. 


128. Atheta (s. str.) fatuosa, sp. n. 

Black, greasy-shining; the elytra dark brown. First 
two joints of the antennze and legs reddish testaceous, thie 
femora sometimes darker. 

Length 2 mm. 

Build of A. crassicornis, F., but much smaller. 

Head very finely and not very closely punctured, finely 
but distinctly coriaceous, finely and sparingly pubescent. 
Antenne with the second and third joints of equal length, the 
fourth scarcely longer than broad, the fifth to the tenth 
transverse, gradually increasing in width, the penultimate 
scarcely half as broad again as long, the eleventh conical, 
as long as the two preceding together. Thorax transverse, 
more than half as broad again as long, with a fine median 
impressed line, evanescent anteriorly, the sculpture similar 
to that of the head. Elytra a little longer and broader than 
the thorax, transverse, scarcely sinuate internal to the 
postero-external angles, finely and closely punctured, finely 
pubescent. Abdomen parallel, black, shining, finely and 
sparingly punctured throughout, sparingly pubescent. Inter- 
mediate tibize with a tine seta about the middle. 

6. Eighth dorsal segment broadly rounded ; sixth ventral 
segment produced and narrowed, the apex rounded. 

Jamaica. ‘Type in ny collection. | 


129. Atheta (s. str.) suboblita, sp. un. 


Black, moderately shining ; the thorax and elytra pitch- 
brown. First two joints of the antennze and legs testaceous. 
Length 1-4 mm. 
Ann. & May. N. Mist. Ser. 9. Vol. xi. 25 


378 Mr. M. Cameron on new Staphylinide 


Tn build very similar to A. oblita, Er., but much smaller, 
more shining, and with stronger seta on the middle of the 
intermediate tibie. 

Head black, moderately shining, extremely finely and 
very sparingly punctured, finely but distinctly coriaceous. 
Antenne with the eighth joint scarcely shorter than the 
second, the fourth to the tenth transverse, gradually 
increasing in breadth, the penultimate twice as broad as 
long, the eleventh a little larger than the two preceding 
together. Thorax about half as broad again as long, 
extremely finely and not very closely punctured, finely 
coriaceous and finely pubescent, the sides each with two 
weak seta. LHlytra scarcely longer, but broader than the 
thorax, transverse, not sinuate internal to the _ postero- 
external angle, finely and closely punctured, finely pubes- 
cent. Abdomen very finely and rather sparingly punctured ; 
the seventh and eighth segments almost smooth, pubescence 
scanty. : 

g. Eighth dorsal segment on either side with a long, 
sharply-pointed, curved tooth, the margin between furnished 
with four or five short, sharp teeth; sixth ventral segment 
narrowed and produced, the apex rounded. 

Haiti. Type in my collection. 


130. Atheta (Liogluta) jamaicensis, sp. n. 


Very black, shining; the elytra with purple-metallic 
reflex. Antennee with the first joint pitchy. Legs testaceous. 

Length 2 mm. 

Build of A. hypnorum, Kies., but much smaller. 

Head finely and not very closely punctured ; the eyes 
large, their diameter greater than that of the temples. 
Antenne with the third joint scarcely shorter than the 
second, the fourth as long as broad, the fifth to the tenth 
transverse, the penultimate about half as broad again as long, 
the eleventh as long as the two preceding together. Thorax 
only slightly transverse, scarcely one-third broader than long, 
the puncturation similar to that of the head. Elytra as long 
as, but broader than the thorax, transverse, finely, and 
rather closely punctured and pubescent. Abdomen nearly 
parallel, tlie first three visible segments finely and not very 
closely punctured, yet more sparingly posteriorly. 

S$ unknown. 

Jamaica. ‘Type in my collection. 


from the West Indies. 379 


131. Atheta (Dimetrota) flotata, sp. n. 


Shining ; the head black, the thorax pitchy, the elytra 
brownish testaceous. Antenne rather long and stout, the 
first two joints pitchy, the penultimate as long as broad. 
Legs testaceous. 

Length 2°8 mm. 

Very similar to A. leucoptera, Shp., but a little more 
robust, the colour of the elytra more obscure, the inter- 
mediate joints of the antennee shorter, and the ¢ characters 
different. 

Head black, the eyes rather large, their diameter greater 
than the length of the temples ; finely and pretty closely 
punctured and finely pubescent. Antenne rather long and 
stout, the second and third joints of equal length, the fourth 
to the seventh longer than broad, gradually decreasing in 
length, the eighth, ninth, and tenth as long as broad, the 
eleventh elongate, as long as the two preceding together. 
Thorax transverse, the disc with trace of median longitudinal 
groove, and with a small impression before the scutellum ; 
puncturation coarser than that of the head and a little 
closer. Elytra a little longer and broader than the thorax, 
transverse, moderately coarsely and pretty closely punctured 
and finely pubescent. Abdomen scarcely attenuated behind, 
finely and pretty closely punctured and pubescent on the 
first three visible segments, more sparingly behind. Inter- 
mediate and posterior tibiz each with a pair of distinct 
sete, that near the knee the finer and shorter. 

3g. Highth dorsal segment on either side posteriorly with 
a short, blunt spine, and two triangular, short, blunt teeth, 
one on either side of the middle line, which are separated 
from the lateral spines by a rather deep semicircular 
excision. 

Jamaica. Type in my collection. 


132. Atheta (Acrotona) stagnicola, sp. un. 
(Fauvel, zn litt.) 


Black or pitchy-black, rather shining. Antenne with 
the first two joints reddish testaceous, the penultimate 
scarcely transverse. Legs testaceous. 

Length 1°75 mm. 

A small, roughly punctured, and coarsely pubescent 
species, allied to dA. parva, Sahlb., but more shining, the 


sides of the thorax more strongly rounded, the puncturation 
») ny& 
av 


380 Mr. M. Cameron on new Staphylinide 


of the fore-parts coarser and more asperate, and the antennz 
differently constructed. 

Head black, moderately finely and asperately punctured. 
Antennze with the second and third joints of equal length, 
the fourth as long as broad, the fifth to the tenth transverse, 
but scarcely differing in breadth amongst themselves, the 
penultimate scarcely half as broad again as long, the 
eleventh as long as the two preceding together. Thorax 
trausverse, the sides pretty strongly and evenly rounded, the 
disc without impression, the puncturation as on the head. 
Hlytra as long as, but wider than the thorax, transverse, 
moderately finely, closely, and asperately punctured. Ab- 
domen narrowed posteriorly, finely and moderately closely 
punctured, rather more sparingly behind; the pubescence 
rather coarse and long, coarser than in parva, the sides 
setiferous. 


Grenada (H. H. Smith). Type in the British Museum. 


133. Atheta (Acrotona) reducta, sp. n. 
(Fauvel, 2 htt.) 


Minute, moderately shining, pitchy ; the elytra brownish 
testaceous. Antenne with the first joints pitchy-testaceous. 
Legs testaceous. 

Length 1:1 mm. 

A minute, obscurely coloured, roughly punctured, and 
somewhat shining species, allied to the preceding. 

Head pitchy-brown, finely, moderately closely, and as- 
perately punctured. Antenne with the third joint a little 
shorter than the second, the fourth and fifth as long as 
broad, the sixth to the tenth transverse, scarcely increasing 
in width, the penultimate only slightly broader than long, 
the eleventh as long as the two preceding together. Thorax 
transverse, the sides rounded, finely, closely, and asperately 
punctured, finely pubescent. lytra a little longer and 
broader than the thorax, slightly transverse, finely, closely, 
and asperately punctured, finely pubescent. Abdomen nar- 
rowed gradually from base to apex, finely and pretty closely 
punctured, rather more sparingly on the posterior half of 
tbe seventh and whole of the eighth segments ; pubescence 
rather long and coarse, the sides and apex setose. 

St. Vincent (H. H. Smith). Type in the British Museum. 


184. Atheta (Acrotona) cacophila, sp. n. 
(A. discrepans, Fauvel, in litt.) 


Pitchy-black, shining ; the elytra brownish yellow, darker 


from the West Indies. 381 


at the scutellum. First two joints of the antenne and the 
legs testaceous. 

Length 1°75 mm. 

Allied to A. questicula, Shp., but smaller, rather more 
finely punctured, and the abdomen with much less coarse 
pubescence, which is more analogous to that usual in the 
genus Owypoda, 

Head black, shining, very finely and pretty closely punc- 
tured, finely pubescent. Antenne with the third joint a 
little shorter than the second, the fourth to the tenth trans- 
verse, the penultimate about half as broad again as long, 
the eleventh about as long as the two preceding together. 
Thorax a little transverse, very finely, closely, and asperately 
punctured, the dise with a distinct median groove extending 
nearly to the anterior margin. Elytra as long as, and a 
httle broader than the thorax, transverse, finely, closely, and 
asperately punctured, finely pubescent. Abdomen contracted 
from the base to the apex, very finely and pretty closely 
punctured and finely pubescent, the seventh and eighth 
segments only a little less closely than the preceding. 
Middle tibiz with a rather strong setz about the middle ; 
posterior tibiz with a weak seta similarly placed. 


Grenadines (H. H. Smith). Type in the British Museum. 


135. Atheta (Acrotona) flavoterminata, sp. un. 


Black, moderately shining ; the elytra dark brown. An- 
tenne with the first two joints brownish yellow, the eleventh 
clear testaceous-yellow. Legs testaceous. 

Length 2 mm. 

Except for the elytra being shorter, this species is exactly 
similar in build to A. parva, Sahlb., the antennz also are 
very similar in build ; the puncturation of the fore-parts is, 
however, stronger in the species under consideration. 

Head finely and rather closely punctured, finely pubescent. 
Antenne with the second and third joints of equal length, 
the fourth shghtly longer than broad, the sixth to the tenth 
transverse, gradually increasing in breadth, the penultimate 
scarcely half as broad again as long, the eleventh as long as 
the two preceding together. Thorax strongly transverse, 
more than half as broad again as long, the sides rounded ; 
finely and closely punctured, finely pubescent. Elytra as 
long as, but scarcely broader than the thorax, transverse, 
sinuate internal to the postero-external augle, finely, closely, 
and somewhat asperately punctured, finely pubescent. Ab- 
domen very finely and pretty closely punctured and 


382 Mr. M. Cameron on new Staphylinidee 


pubescent anteriorly, rather more sparingly on the sixth, 
seventh, and eighth segments. Middle and posterior tibiz 
each with a rather fine seta. 

¢. Sixth ventral segment narrowed and produced, the 
apex rounded. 

Jamaica. Type in my collection. 


136. Atheta (Acrotona) anomala, sp. nu. 

Reddish testaceous, rather shining ; the elytra blackish. 
Abdomen black, the first and last (visible) segments more 
or less testaceous. Antennee with the first six or seven joints 
testaceous. Legs testaceous. 

Length 1°75 mm. 

This species is exactly of the build of A. discrepans, Shp., 
and indeed only differs from it in the darker elytra, the more 
obscure colour of the base of the abdomen, the antenne a 
little longer and less stout, and the more distinct punc- 
turation of the fore-parts. It must be placed at least 
provisionally in the <Acrotona section, with which it agrees 
in the build of the thorax and the pointed abdomen, whilst 
examination of the mouth-parts presents nothing to exclude 
it from the genus Atheta. 

Head reddish, suborbiculate; the eyes moderate, not 
prominent ; very finely and moderately closely punctured 
and pubescent. Antenne with the third joint shorter than 
the second, the fourth to the tenth transverse, the penulti- 
mate three times as broad as long, the eleventh short and 
stout. Thorax almost twice as broad as long, the sides 
rounded, the posterior angles obsolete, the base bordered, 
of a more yellowish colour than the head, very finely and 
moderately closely punctured, finely pubescent. Hlytra 
about one-third longer and distinctly broader than the 
thorax, transverse, smoky-black, sometimes with the humeral 
angles obscurely testaceous ; very feebly sinuate internal 
to the postero-external angle, very finely and moderately 
closely punctured and pubescent. Abdomen gradually 
pointed, very finely and moderately closely punctured and 
finely pubescent, a little more sparingly on the seventh 
and eighth segments. ‘Tibiz without distinct setzx. 

Haiti. ‘Type in my collection. 


137. Zyras smithi, sp. n. 
(xufiventris, Fauvel, i litt.) 
Black, shining; the abdomen pointed, bright red. An- 


tenn elongate, the first six joints black, the rest pitchy. 
Legs black, the tarsi pitchy. 


from the West Indies. 385 


Length 5 mm. 

This species is evidently closely allied to Z. (Myrme- 
donia) longipes, Shp., having a similar antennal structure and 
general facies; the thorax, however, is not quite so trans- 
verse. 

Head broad, narrower than the thorax, with a few fine 
sparse punctures near the eyes and base, the disc impunctate; 
eyes large and prominent. Antenne with the second joint 
shorter than the third, the fourth to the tenth all longer than 
broad, but gradually decreasing in length so that the tenth is 
but slightly longer than broad, all narrowed at the base, 
the eleventh scarcely as long as the two preceding together. 
Thorax transverse, the sides rounded for the anterior half, 
rather strongly contracted and sinuate behind to the obtuse 
posterior angles ; disc with a moderately broad, smooth, longi- 
tudinal space throughout, and a small deep impression 
before the scutellum; the rest of the surface, except the 
sides and base, studded with moderately close granules, the 
larger of which are situated towards the base. LElytra as 
long as, but considerably broader than the thorax, trans- 
verse, pretty closely covered with pointed tubercles which, 
however, are not so large as those of the thorax. Abdomen 
pointed, the margins strongly elevated, practically impunc- 
tate and glabrous, the middle of the base of the seventh seg- 
ment (at least in the ¢) with large and close punctures. 

¢. Seventh dorsal segment coarsely punctured in the 
middle of the base, from which area four fine keels pass 
backwards towards the posterior margin, each ending in a 
small tubercle before this is attained, the surface between 
the keels coriaceous ; eighth dorsal segment similarly, but 
more obsoletely punctured at the base, posteriorly with two 
transverse rows, each of five or six tubercles ; the lateral 
margin produced into a strong laterally compressed, pointed 
tooth on either side, the posterior margin with six or seven 
equal, contiguous, short teeth, the external separated from 
the lateral margin by a wide emargination on either side. 


Grenada (H. H. Smith). Type in the British Museum. 


138. Zyras waterhouse?, sp. n. 
(Fauvel, i ltt.) 


Shining, black or pitchy-black, exceedingly finely and very 
sparingly punctured; thorax slightly transverse. Antenne 
pitthy-brown, the last joint clear yellow. Femora black, the 
tibize and tarsi yellow. 

Length 2°1 mm. 


384 Mr. M. Cameron on new Staphylinidee 


In build very similar to Z. flavicornis, Solsky, but much 
smaller and differently coloured. 

Head large, suborbicular, exceedingly finely and very 
sparingly punctured, the eyes large and prominent. 
Antenne with the second and third joints of equal 
length, the fourth and fifth of equal length, a little 
longer than broad, sixth and seventh scarcely transverse, 
eighth to the tenth transverse, gradually increasing in 
breadth, the eleventh as long as the two preceding together. 
Thorax slightly transverse, wider than the head, widest at 
the junction of the anterior and middle thirds, the sides 
rounded and contracted in front, more strongly narrowed 
and a little sinuate towards the obtuse posterior angles; 
very finely and sparingly punctured and with a few scattered 
hairs. Elytra as long as, but broader than the thorax, trans- 
verse, exceedingly finely and very sparingly punctured and 
with sparingly distributed hairs. Abdomen widest at the 
eighth segment, from thence gradually and slightly nar- 
rowed to the base and apex, practically impunctate and 
glabrous. 

3S. Highth dorsal segment truncate, sparsely granulate, 
very obscurely crenulate. 

Grenada (H. H. Smith). Type in the British Museum. 


139. Zyras clavata, sp. u. 
(Fauvel, in htt.) 


Robust, short, parallel, black, shining; the thorax 
strongly transverse, the elytra brownish yellow. Antennz 
stout, brown, the first three joints testaceous. Legs testa- 
ceous. 

Length 2 mm. 

Tn build resembling Myrmedonia docilis, Shp.; the thorax, 
however, is not quite so broad. 

Head short and broad, very finely and not very closely 
punctured, sparingly pubescent ; ground-sculpture very 
fine and coriaceous. Antenne with the second joint 
scarcely shorter than the third, the fourth scareely, the 
fifth to the tenth strongly transverse, the penultimate 
joints three times broader than long, the eleventh 
elongate, nearly as long as the three preceding together. 
‘Thorax nearly twice as broad as long, widest at the junction 
of the first and second fourths, the sides rounded and nar- 
rowed in front, contracted more strongly behind in a nearly 
straight line to the obtuse posterior angles ; very finely and 


from the West Indies. 385 


moderately closely punctured and pubescent; ground- 
sculpture very fine and coriaceous. Elytra a little longer 
and broader than the thorax, transverse, very finely and 
pretty closely punctured and pubescent, without visible 
ground-sculpture. Abdomen, except for a row of very fine 
punctures along the posterior margins of the segments, 
impunctate and glabrous. 

&. Eighth dorsal segment a little produced, its extremity 
broadly rounded. 

This is an anomalous species ; the first joint of the posterior 
tarsi is elongate, but does not exceed the following in length. 
The structure of the mouth-parts and mesosternum indicates, 
however, its affinity with the genus in which it has been 
placed. 

Grenada (H. H. Smith). Type in the British Museum. 


140. Zyras rhopalomera, sp. n. 
(Fauvel, zx litt.) 


Short, robust, parallel, black, the fore-parts moderately, 
the abdomen strongly shining; elytra yellowish brown. 
First two joints of the antenne and legs testaceous. 

Length 2 mm. 

Very similar to the preceding in build, but less robust, 
the elytra darker, the puncturation of the fore-parts yet 
finer and closer, the thorax less strongly transverse, and the 
antennze not so stout. 

Head broad, finely and moderately closely punctured, 
finely but distinctly coriaceous, the vertex with a small 
fovea. Antennz with the second and third joints of equal 
length, the fourth to the tenth strongly transverse, the 
penultimate joints about twice as broad as long, the eleventh 
longer than the two preceding together. Thorax half as 
broad again as long, but otherwise formed as in the preceding 
species, very finely and pretty closely punctured and finely 
pubescent ; ground-sculpture fine, coriaceous. LElytra as 
long as but broader than the thorax, transverse, very finely 
and moderately closely punctured, finely pubescent. Abdo- 
men, except for the fine row of punctures on the posterior 
margins of the segments, impunctate and glabrous. 

3g. Eighth dorsal segment broadly and slightly rounded 
posteriorly ; 6th ventral segment a little produced and 
narrowed, the apex broadly rounded. 

Grenada (H. H. Smith). Type in the British Museum. 


386 Mr. M. Cameron on new Staphylinide 


TINOTOMA, gen. nov. 


Mandibles rather stout, lightly curved, the right with a 
strong tooth about the middle of the inner margin, the left 
bifid at the apex, both at the base with a membrane furnished 
with four large, stout, triangular teeth. Maxillary palpi 
e-jointed, the first joint small, the second moderately 
elongate, gradually enlarged towards the apex, the third 
longer and a little stouter than the preceding, the fourth 
much narrower than the preceding, parallel and about one- 
fourth its length, the fifth scarcely narrower and about balf 
as long as the fourth, the apex rounded. Inner lobe of the 
maxilla with moderately long and slender pectinations along 
the inner margin ; outer lobe with the apex finely ciliate. 
Tongue extending to the level of the apex of the second 
joint of the labial palpi, rather short, broadly emarginate 
nearly to the middle. Paraglossz distinct, finely ciliate. 
Labial palpi 4-jointed, the first joint rather short, stout, the 
second much shorter and narrower and twice as long as 
the preceding, cylindrical, the fourth a little narrower and 
one-fourth the length of the third, the apex rounded. 
Labium broadly emarginate in front, antero-external angles 
prominent. Temples finely bordered below throughout. 
Mesosternal process narrow, pointed, extending nearly the 
whole length of the inner margin of the coxe, which are 
narrowly separated. Metasternal process short and bluntly 
pointed, not meeting the mesosternum. ‘Tarsi 4,5,5. The 
anterior pair with the first three joints short and equal, the 
fourth as long as the three preceding together ; middle pair 
with the first joint short, the second to the fourth gradually 
increasing in length, the fifth nearly as long as the three 
preceding together ; posterior pair with the first joint a 
little longer than the second, the second, third, and fourth 
equal, the fifth as long as the two preceding together. Claws 
slender, lightly curved. Tuibiz finely ciliate. Elytra not 
sinuate. The facies of the insect on which this genus is 
founded is that of a minute Tinotus. 


141. Tinotoma rufotestacea, sp. n. 


Moderately shining, testaceous; the head and abdomen 
rufo-testaceous, the 5th and 6th segments of the abdomen 
pitchy. Antenne rather short and stout, testaceous, the 
last three or four joints infuscate. Legs testaceous. 

Length 1°5 mm. 

Head suborbicular, the eyes large, not prominent, their 


from the West Indies. 387 


diameter much greater than the length of the temples ; very 
finely and moderately closely punctured, very finely pubes- 
cent. Antenne with the third jot much shorter and more 
slender than the second, the fourth to the tenth transverse, 
gradually increasing in breadth, the penultimate nearly three 
times broader than long. Thorax twice as broad as long, 
the sides evenly rounded, a little narrower in front than 
behind, the posterior angles obsolete, the base passing 
insensibly into the sides; sculpture and pubescence very 
similar to that of the head. Elytra one-third longer and a 
little broader than the thorax, transverse, more finely and 
more closely punctured than the thorax. Abdomen scarcely 
narrowed behind, very finely and moderately closely punc- 
tured on the anterior segments, much more sparingly 
behind. 

g. Third (first visible) dorsal segment with a slender 
spine arising from the middle of the posterior margin ; 
eighth broadly rounded. 

Grenada (Mount Gay Estate) (H. H. Smith). Typein the 
British Museum. 


OxyYPODINI. 


142. Ocyusa granelia, sp. n. 
(Schistoglossa granella, Fauvel, in litt.) 


Black, moderately shining ; the thorax, elytra, and some- 
times the base of the abdomen, pitch-black. First two joints 
of the antenne and legs testaceous. 

Length 1:8 mm. 

This species is very similar to Atheta amicula, Steph., in 
general appearance (except that the thorax is less transverse), 
size, aud colour; the tarsi, however, have the structure of 
Ocyusa. 

Head black, subquadrate, the eyes rather large, not 
prominent, their diameter rather more than the length 
of the temples; vertex with a short longitudinal impressed 
line, very finely and pretty closely punctured and pubescent 
and without ground-sculpture. Antenne with the third joint 
shorter than the second, the fourth to the tenth transverse, 
eradually increasing in breadth, the penultimate about three 
times as broad as long, the eleventh large, conical, longer 
than the two preceding joints together. Thorax about oue- 
third as broad again as long, widest a little behind the 
anterior angles, the sides from thence rounded and narrowed 
in frout, behind more strongly narrowed to the rounded 
posterior angles in a nearly straight line, pitch-brown, very 


388 Mr. M. Cameron on new Staphylinide 


finely and pretty closely punctured, finely pubescent. Elytra 
as long as, but broader than the thorax, transverse, very finely 
and pretty closely punctured, finely pubescent. Abdomen 
scarcely narrowed behind, exceedingly finely and pretty 
closely punctured on the first four visible segments, more 
sparingly on the last two, finely pubescent. 

6. Seventh dorsal segment studded with small granules. 

Grenada (7. H. Smith). Type in the British Museum. 


143. Phleopora producta, sp. n. 


Subdepressed, shining reddish ferruginous; the elytra 
darker, the abdomen reddish testaceous. Antenne brownish 
testaceous, the first two joints and the legs testaceous. 

Length 2°3 mm. 

Practically identical in build and shininess with P. leticula, 
Shp., but much smaller, the elytra darker and not so long, 
and the abdomen uniformly reddish testaceous. 

Head transversely subquadrate, dark red, shining, very 
finely obsoletely and moderately closely punctured. Antennze 
with the third joint a little shorter than the second, the fourth 
to the tenth transverse, gradually increasing in breadth, the 
penultimate fully twice as broad as long. Thorax as long 
as broad, the sides rounded in front, shghtly narrowed 
posteriorly in a nearly straight line to the obtuse posterior 
angles; disc with a small impression before the base, 
exceedingly finely, not very closely and obsoletely punctured, 
very finely pubesceut. Elytra a little longer and broader 
than the thorax, as long as broad, shining castaneous-brown, 
exceedingly finely and rather closely punctured, very finely 
pubescent. Abdomen finely and moderately closely punc- 
tured on the first four visible segments, much more 
sparingly on the last two. 

¢. Second dorsal segment of the abdomen with the pos- 
terior margin in the middle obtusely produced and elevated. 

Haiti. Type in my collection. 


144. Phleopora occidentalis, sp. n. 


Head black, rather shining; the thorax pitchy-brown, 
rather dull, the elytra brownish red, darker at the base. 
Abdomen rather shining, the apex brownish. Antenne 
brown, the first joint and the legs testaceous. 

Length 2°4 mm. 

A slender species of the same colour as, and of similar 
build to, P. angustiformis, Baudi, so that a detailed de- 
scription will be unnecessary, and the following differences 


from the West Indies. 389 


should serve to separate the species: —The head is much more 
finely punctured, the antenns distinctly longer, and the 
penultimate joints considerably less transverse ; the maxillary 
palpi are entirely testaceous ; the thorax and elytra are much 
more finely and rather more closely punctured ; the abdo- 
men is narrower, much less coarsely punctured at the bases 
of the segments, and much more finely and closely punc- 
tured on the rest of the segments. 
Haiti. Type in my collection. 


ALEOCHARINI. 


145. Aleochara (s. str.) bugniond, sp. n. 
(Fauvel, 2 litt.) 


Black, shining ; abdomen with the whole of the eighth, 
the whole or part of the seventh (and sometimes of the 
posterior portion of the sixth) segments bright reddish 
testaceous. Antenne with the first two joints pitchy ; legs 
brown. 

Length 3°5 to 65 mm. 

This species has exactly the build of A. fuscipes, F., and 
was regarded as a variety of that species by Fauvel. It varies 
much in size, but the puncturation of the elytra in specimens 
of the two species of corresponding size appears to be rather 
coarser and not quite so close in A. bugnioni as in A. fuscipes ; 
moreover, the posterior margin of the eighth dorsal segment 
is furnished with nine or ten distinet teeth. 

Grenada, St. Vincent (H. H. Smith). Type inthe British 
Museum. 


146. Aleochara (s. str.) nigrocerulea, sp. n. 


Shining, blue-black; the abdomen black. Antenne 
rather stout, the first joint pitchy. Legs pitchy, the tarsi 
reddish. Fore-parts coarsely punctured. 

Length 5°75 to 6°5 mm. 

Similar in build to A. curtula, Goeze, but readily recog- 
nized apart from the colour by the much coarser puncturation 
of the fore-parts. Head broad, coarsely, deeply, and 
moderately closely punctured. Antenne formed as in 
A. curtula, Thorax pretty closely and coarsely punctured. 
Elytra and abdomen punctured as in curtula. 

$. Eighth dorsal segment with thirteen or fourteen teeth 
on the posterior margin. 

Jamaica. Type in my collection. 


399 Mr. M. Cameron on new Staphylinidee 


147. Hoplandria smithi, sp. u. 
(Fauvel, in litt.) 


Shining, pitch-black. Abdomen bright testacéous-red. 
Antenne testaceous, the intermediate joints a little infuscate. 
Legs testaceous. 

Length 2°75 to 3 mm. 

Except for the thorax being rather broader, this species is 
similar in build to H. debilis, Shp. 

Head shining, black ; the disc rather coarsely and closely 
punctured, the sides much more sparingly. Antenne with 
second and third joints of equal length, the fourth a little 
longer than broad, the fifth to the tenth transverse, gradually 
increasing in breadth, the penultimate twice as broad as 
long. Thorax strongly transverse, the sides evenly rounded, 
the posterior angles completely rounded, moderately finely 
and not very closely punctured on the disc, finely and much 
more sparingly punctured at the sides, transversely impressed 
before the scutellum. Elytra a little longer and broader 
than the thorax, transverse, moderately finely and moderately 
closely punctured. Abdomen narrowed to the apex, very 
finely and very sparingly punctured, moderately coarsely 
and closely punctured at the bases of the first three visible 
segments. 

6 unknown. 


Grenada (H. H. Smith). Type in the British Museum. 


148. Hoplandria heterodon, sp. n. 
(Fauvel, zn litt.) 


Shining, bright reddish testaceous ; the elytra reddish 
yellow, obscurely infuscate posteriorly. Antenne reddish, 
the first two joints and the legs testaceous. 

Length 3 mm. 

Head moderately finely and moderately closely punctured. 
Antenne with the third joint a little shorter than the second, 
the fourth a little longer than broad, the fifth to the tenth 
transverse, gradually increasing in breadth, the penultimate 
about half as broad again as long. ‘Thorax strongly trans- 
verse, moderately finely and pretty closely punctured 
on the disc, more sparingly towards the sides. Elytra a 
little longer and broader than the thorax, transverse, mode- 
rately finely and moderately closely punctured. Abdomen 
very finely and very sparingly punctured, the bases of the 
auterior segments scarcely more distinctly punctured than 
the rest of the surface. 


from the West Indies. 391 


&. Elytra each with two tubercles situated at the posterior 
margin, one at the postero-internal angle, the other a little 
externally; fourth dorsal segment with a small tubercle at 
the posterior margin on either side of the middle line ; 
seventh segment with a keel in the middle line for the 
posterior three-fourths of its length ; sixth ventral segment 
produced and narrowed, its apex rounded. 


St. Vincent (H. H. Smith). ‘Type in the British Museum. 


149. Hoplandria obliqua, sp. n. 
(Fauvel, in ltt.) 


Shining ferruginous-red, the elytra reddish testaceous, 
more or less infuscate behind. Antennze with the first two 
joints and the last testaceous, the rest brown. Legs 
testaceous. 

Length 3 mm. 

Head rather finely and rather sparingly punctured, the 
front impunctate, sparingly pubescent. Antenne with the 
second and third joints of equal length, the fourth a little 
longer than broad, the fifth as long as broad, the sixth to 
the tenth transverse, gradually increasing in breadth, the 
penultimate about half as broad again as long, the eleventh 
as long as the two preceding together. Thorax strongly 
transverse, moderately finely and moderately closely punc- 
tured. Elytra as long as, but broader than the thorax, 
transverse, moderately finely and moderately closely, 
distinctly asperately punctured, finely pubescent. Abdomen 
pointed, practically glabrous and impunctate. 

3. Klytra at the postero-internal angle with a sharp 
tubercle, and another similar one a little externally ; third 
dorsal segment of the abdomen with the posterior margin 
produced a little backwards and broadly rounded ; fourth on 
either side with an oblique crest commencing near the base 
in front and extending obliquely backwards and inwards to the 
posterior border; seventh with a strong raised median keel ; 
eighth narrowed, the posterior border with a sniail blunt 
tooth in the middle. Sixth ventral segment produced, nar- 
rowed and rounded. 


St. Vincent (H. H. Smith). Typein the British Museum. 
Nores anp ADDITIONS. 


2a. Lispinus sparsepunctatus, sp. 0. 


Narrow, depressed, parallel, pitchy-black, greasy-shining, 
strongly coriaceous ; the thorax, elytra, and apex of the 


392 Mr. M. Cameron on new Staphylinide 


abdomen reddish testaceous. Antenne ferruginous ; legs 
reddish testaceous. 

Length 2°3 mm. 

In size and colour very similar to LZ. bicolor, Shp}, but the 
head and thorax are broader, the antenne a little longer 
with the penultimate joints less transverse, the fore-parts are 
much more obsoletely and sparingly punctured, and the 
thorax shorter and more strongly constricted in front of 
the posterior angles. 

Head with a small rounded impression on either side of the 
front, finely, obsoletely, and very sparingly punctured, 
strongly coriaceous. Antenne: with the second and third 
joints of equal length, the fourth and fifth almost monili- 
form, the sixth to the tenth transverse, gradually increasing 
in breadth, the penultimate scarcely half as broad again as 
long. Thorax distinctly transverse, widest about the middle, 
the sides pretty strongly emarginate before the almost 
rectangular posterior angles, and gently rounded in front ; 
disc with fine median raised line throughout, obsoletely 
impressed on either side; posterior angles rather broadly and 
obsoletely impressed ; sculpture strongly coriaceous, with a 
few fine obsolete scattered punctures. LElytra about half as 
long again as the thorax and a little narrower, longer than 
broad, strongly coriaceous, and with afew extremely fine and 
sparing, scarcely perceptible punctures. Abdomen pitchy- 
brown, strongly coriaceous, practically impunctate. 

Haiti. Type in my collection. 


4a. Trogophleus (Boopinus) sericeus, sp. n. 


Black, moderately shining ; the abdomen dull, sericeous. 
Antenne dark, the basal joint pitchy. Legs testaceous, the 
base of the tibiz more or less pitchy. 

Length 3 mm. 

More elongate than 7. argutus, Shp., but with thorax 
similarly shaped, broader head, and closely pubescent 
sericeous abdomen. 

Head with small fovea on the vertex, the front longi- 
tudinally impressed on either side. Very finely and 
closely, somewhat obsoletely punctured, finely and sparingly 
pubescent; the eyes very large, the temples very small. 
Antenne elongate, all the joints longer than broad, 
gradually decreasing in length from the fourth, the tenth 
only a little longer than broad, the eleventh a little longer 
than the tenth, the third joint of the maxillary palpi black. 
Thorax strongly transverse, the sides in front of the middle 


Jrom the West Indies. 393 


rounded and dilated, posteriorly strongly contracted ; 
anterior angles prominent, but blunt ; middle of the disc 
with four impressions, finely and very closely punctured, 
finely and pretty closely pubescent. Elytra fully one-third 
longer and a little broader than the thorax, a little longer than 
broad, moderately finely and quite closely punctured, finely 
and pretty closely pubescent. Abdomen parallel, very 
finely and densely punctured and pubescent throughout, 
sericeous. 
Jamaica. Type in my collection. 


4b. Trogophleus (Boopinus) scrobiger, sp. 0. 
(Fauvel, in litt.) 


Black, shining ; thorax quadrifoveolate. Antenne with 
the first joint obscure testaceous ; legs testaceous. 

Length 1°75 mm. 

Somewhat similar in build to 7. pusillus, Gr., but the 
eyes are larger, the thorax rather more strongly narrowed 
posteriorly, the elytra a little longer, the puncturation of the 
fore-parts less close, and the whole insect distinctly more 
shining. 

Head large, almost as wide as the thorax, the eyes large 
and prominent, the temples very small ; the front longitudi- 
nally impressed on either side ; puncturation moderately fine 
and pretty close, much closer in front. Antenne with the 
third joint shorter than the second, the fourth and fifth 
scarcely longer than broad, the sixth and seventh as loug as 
broad, the eighth to the tenth slightly transverse. ‘Thorax 
widest at the anterior third, the sides rounded in front, 
moderately narrowed posteriorly ; disc with four well-marked 
fovee, the posterior pair transverse; moderately finely and 
pretty closely punctured. Elytra fully half as long again as, 
and a little broader than the thorax, longer than broad, 
distinctly impressed on either side of the suture anteriorly, 
puncturation as on the thorax, very scantily pubescent. 
Abdomen a little enlarged behind, very finely and closely 
punctured, feebly coriaceous, shining, sparingly and finely 
pubescent. . 

Grenada (H. H. Smith). Type in the British Museum. 


4c. Trogophleus (Tenosoma) funestus, sp. nu. 


Black, the head greasy-shining, the thorax and elytra 
moderately shining, the abdomen shining. Thorax without 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. xi. 26 


394 Mr. M. Cameron on new Staphylinide 


impressions on the disc. Antenne with the first three joints 
brownish red. Legs testaceous. 

Length 2°75 mm. 

A narrow species, with the thorax slightly transverse and 
not strongly dilated anteriorly. 

Head black, greasy-lustrous, without vertical impression, 
finely and densely punctured, finely and sparingly pubescent ; 
the eyes large, the temples very small. Antenne with the 
third joint a little shorter than the second, the fourth small, 
as long as broad, the fifth a little longer than broad, larger 
than the adjacent joints, the sixth a little longer than broad, 
the seventh to the tenth transverse, gradually increasing in 
width, the penultimate slightly transverse. ‘Thorax sligh tly 
trausverse, widest about the middle, the sides only slightly 
rounded ‘and narrowed in front, contracted in a nearly 
straight line behind; the disc with a narrow smooth and 
shining space throughout the whole length of the middle and 
without trace of impressions, puncturation of the same size 
as that of the head, but distinctly less close ; pubescence 
fine and sparing. LElytra a little longer and a trifle broader 
than the thorax, shghtly longer than broad, puncturation 
distinctly coarser and less close than on the thorax, pubescence 
grey and fine. Abdomen shining, very finely and pretty 
closely punctured in front, a little more sparingly on the last 
three segments ; pubescence moderately fine, not sericeous. 

Jamaica. ‘Type in my collection. 


4d. Trogophleus (Tenosoma) sordidus, sp. n. 


Black, moderately shining ; the elytra dark brown. Head 
densely punetured ; thorax with the impression on the disc 
very obsolete. Antenne with the first two jomts brownish 
testaceous. Legs testaceous. 

Length 1°75 mm. 

Closely allied to 7. misellus, Shp., but the thorax is more 
transverse and more strongly contracted behind, the sculp- 
ture more coriaceous, the puncturation appearing obsclete, 
the elytra rather more coarsely puuctured, the antcune 
longer, the penultimate joints less trausverse. 

Head without impression on the vertex, closely and densely 
sculptured, appearing to be coriaceous rather than punctured ; 
eyes large, temples short. Antenne with the third joint dis- 
tinctly shorter than thesecond, the fourth scarcely longer thai 
broad, the fifth as long as broad, larger than the fourth and 
sixth, sixth to the tenth transverse, gradually increasing in 
breadth, the penultimate about half as broad again as long. 


from the West Indies. oo 


Thorax transverse, widest about the middle, the sides in 
front gently rounded and narrowed, rather strongly contracted 
in a nearly straight line behind ; dise with four very obsolete 
impressions ; densely coriaceous and with moderately close 
but obsolete puncturation. LElytra nearly half as long again 
as, and distiuctly broader than the thorax, about as long as 
broad ; rather coarsely and pretty closely puuctured, finely 
and sparingly pubescent. Abdomen black, shining, very 
finely and moderately closely punctured and pubescent, 
rather more sparingly on the last two or three segments ; 

finely coriaceous. 

Grand Cayman. ‘Type in my collection. 


4e. Trogophlaus (Tenosoma) testaceipennis, sp. n. 


Black, greasy-lustrous, the elytra rufo-testaceous, the base 
and scutellary region narrowly infuscate. Thorax with 
discal impressions ill-defined. Abdomen black, shining. 
Antenne with the first three joints brownish testaceous. 
Legs testaceous. 

Length 2 mm. 

This species is of almost identical build with 7. nigrellus, 
Shp., but differs in the sculpture and colour. 

Head densely coriaceous as in 7’. sordidus, mihi; the eyes 
large and temples short. Antenne with the third joimt 
distinctly shorter than the second, the fourth small, scarcely 
longer than broad, the fifth larger, a little longer than 
broad, the sixth to the tenth transverse, gradually increasing 
in breadth, the penultimate only slightly transverse, Thorax 

rather strongly transverse, the sides gently rounded in front 
and pretty strongly contracted towards the base ; disc with 
four obsolete impressions ; sculpture dense and coriaceous, 
without distinct puncturation. LElytra a little longer and 
broader than the thorax, slightly transverse, closely and by 
no means finely punctured, shining. Abdomen black, shining, 
very finely and closely punctured in front, more sparingly 
on the last three segments, pubescence fine, not sericeous, 
moderately close. 

Haiti. Type in my collection. 


4 f. Trogophleus (Tanosoma) letipennis, sp. n 
(Fauvel, in htt.) 


Black, greasy-lustrous, the elytra bright rufo-testaceous. 
Dise of the thorax bifoveate. Antenne and legs reddish 
testaceous, the intermediate joints of the former more or 


less infuseate, 
2()* 


396 Mr. M. Cameron on new Staphylinidee 


Length 1°5 mm. - 

Exactly of the build of 7. tnsgnellus, Shp., but much less 
shining, the antennz longer, the elytra not infuscate at the 
base, the puncturation of the thorax much closer and that of 
the elytra less coarse. 

Head broad, nearly as wide as the thorax, longitudinally 
impressed in front on either side, the eyes rather large, 
the temples about half as long as their diameter; finely 
and very closely punctured. Antenne with the third joint 
shorter than the second, the fourth, sixth, seventh, eighth, 
ninth, and tenth transverse, the fifth about as long as 
broad, stouter than the adjacent ones. Thorax widest at 
the anterior third, the sides rounded in front, moderately 
narrowed behind, the disc longitudinally impressed on 
either side of the middle posteriorly ; rather finely and 
very closely punctured. LElytra one-third longer and a 
little broader than the thorax, about as long as _ broad, 
moderately coarsely and pretty closely punctured. Abdomen 
a little widened behind, very finely and moderately closely 
punctured and pubescent. 

Grenada (H. H. Smith). Type in the British Museum. 


49. Lrogophleus (Tenosoma) subtilior, sp. nu. 
(Fauvel, m htt.) 


Narrow, elongate, nearly opaque, the head and abdomen 
black, the thorax and elytra reddish brown, the former 
obscurely impressed on either side at the base. Antenne 
and legs testaceous. 

Length 1:5 mm. 

Almost identical in build to 7. subtilis, Er., but much 
more finely punctured, the abdomen more closely pubescent, 
and the antennee shorter, with more transverse penultimate 
joints. 


Grenada (H. H. Smith). Type in the British Museum. 


5a. Thinobius (s. str.) opaculus, sp. n. 


Black, opaque, narrow and elongate; the thorax short, 
strongly transverse, nearly semicircular. Antenne rather 
short, the first three joints and the legs testaceous. 

Length 1°5 mm. 

A slender fragile species, entirely dull, densely coriaceous, 
and without visible puncturation. 

Head suborbicular, the diameter of the eyes equal to the 
length of the temples. Antenne with the third joint shorter 


from the West Indies. 397 


than the second, the fourth slightly transverse, the eighth to 
the tenth as long as broad, scarcely increasing in thickness, the 
eleventh conical, not as long as the two preceding together. 
Thorax strongly transverse, nearly semicircular, the posterior 
angles completely rounded, the sculpture similar to that of 
the head. LHlytra twice the length of the thorax and slightly 
broader, longer than broad, similarly sculptured to the 
thorax. Abdomen elongate, parallel till near the apex, where 
it is slightly narrowed ; exceedingly finely aud densely 
coriaceous, very finely and closely pubescent. 
Haiti. Type in my collection. 


5 6. Thinobius (s. str.) ornatus, sp. 0. 


Narrow, elongate, fragile, black, the elytra posteriorly 
broadly testaceous. Antenne and legs entirely testaceous. 

Length 1°75 mm. 

A slender fragile species, at once distinguished by the 
bright testaceous posterior border of the elytra. 

Head suborbicular, nearly opaque, densely coriaceous ; 
eyes large, temples small. Antenne with the third joint 
distinctly shorter than the second, the fourth to the teuth 
transverse, gradually increasing in breadth, the penultimate 
about half as broad again as long, the eleventh as long as 
the two preceding together. Thorax about one-third broader 
than long, narrowest behind, the sides gently rounded to the 
anterior angles; posterior angles obsolete ; pitchy, rather 
more shining than the head, densely and finely coriaceous. 
Elytra twice as long and a little broader than the thorax, 
longer than broad, the posterior fourth bright yellow, 
exceedingly finely and very closely punctured. Abdomen 
elongate, exceedingly finely and densely punctured and 
pubescent throughout. 

Haiti. Type in my collection. 


5c. Thinobius (s. str.) piceus, sp. n. 


Pitchy-brown, somewhat shining. LElytra half as long 
again as the thorax. Antenne long and slender, fusco- 
testaceous, the base more or less testaceous. Legs testaceous. 

Length 1°5 to 175 mm. 

Rather more slender than 7’. tenuis, Shp., but otherwise 
almost exactly similar in build. Apart from this it is 
distinctly more shining, the antennz are not quite so long, 
the individual joints being shorter. 

Head subtriangular, rather broad, densely and finely 
sculptured, but without distinct puncturation. Antenne 


398 Mr. M. Cameron on new Staphylinide 


with the third joint shorter than the second, the fourth a 
little longer than broad, the fifth longer than the fourth, the 
sixth shorter than the fifth, seventh to the tenth differing 
little between themselves, all distinctly longer than broad. 
Thorax transverse, widest a little before the middle, the 
sides gently rounded, but more narrowed behind than in 
front, densely and finely sculptured, finely pubescent. 
Elytra half as long again as the thorax, considerably longer 
than broad, exceedingly finely and densely sculptured, very 
finely pubescent. Abdomen densely and finely sculptured 
and pubescent throughout, sericeous. 

Jamaica. Type in my collection. 


7. Osorius fauveli= Mimogonus fumator, Fauv. 


16 a. Stalicopsis thoracicus, sp. n. 


Black, greasy-lustrous, the elytra shining rufo-testaceous, 
each with a black median band extending from the lateral 
margin nearly to the suture; abdomen black, shining, the 
apex obscurely testaceous. Antenne and legs testaceous. 

Length 2 mm. 

This species is remarkable in the strongly coriaceous, but 
almost impunctate thorax, which is also narrower than is 
usual in this group and approaches more to that of Astenus. 
Apart from this, however, the build is similar to that of 
Stilicopsis. 

Head large, subquadrate, the temples rounded, the eyes 
rather small. Puncturation moderately close, superficial and 
umbilicate, the interspaces distinctly coriaceous, Antenne 
short, the third joint as long as the second, the fourth and 
fifth a little longer than broad, the sixth to the tenth trans- 
verse, gradually increasing in breadth. Thorax scarcely 
longer than broad, widest before the middle, the anterior 
angles rounded, the sides obliquely contracted in front to 
the narrow neck, posteriorly less strongly contracted to the 
rounded posterior angles ; the sculpture distinctly coriacecus, 
with a few obsolete umbilicate punctures sparingly distributed 
and scarcely noticeable ; disc in the middle with trace of 
median line, which is, however, not shining. Elytra a little 
longer and distinctly wider than the thorax, almost as wide 
as the head, longer than broad, shining, moderately finely 
and moderately closely punctured, finely pubescent. Abdo- 
men narrowed at the base and apex, extremely finely and 


moderately closely punctured throughout and very finely 
pubescent. 


6 unknown. 
Haiti. Type in my collection. 


from the West Indies. 399 


33a. Medon (Neomedon) insularum, sp. n. 


Greasy-shining brown, the head black. Antenne and legs 
testaceous. 

Length 4°2 mm. 

Build of N. nigricans, Shp., but sinaller and thorax rather 
shorter. | 

Head large, subquadrate, the base slightly emarginate, a 
little broader than the thorax, the sculpture pretty close, 
umbilicate, but rather superficial and only moderately large; 
eyes small. Antenne with the second and third joints of 
equal length, the fourth and fifth a little longer than broad, 
equal between themselves, the sixth as long as broad, the 
seventh to the tenth transverse, gradually increasing in 
breadth. Thorax transverse, the middle of the disc 
posteriorly with a fine impressed line, sculpture close and 
rather fine, not umbilicate, finely pubescent. Elytra about 
a third longer and a little broader than the thorax, longer 
than broad, pretty closely, moderately finely and asperately 
punctured and finely pubescent. Abdomen very finely and 
very closely punctured throughout, pubescence very fine and 
close, almost sericeous. 

6 unknown. 
Jamaica. Type in my collection. 


86a. Lithocharis mendacius, sp. n. 


Black, greasy-lustrous, the thorax pitchy-red, the elytra 
shining castaneous-red, largely infuscate posteriorly. Abdo- 
men brown. Antenne and legs reddish testaceous. 

Length 4°4 mm. 

Closely allied to L. mendaz, Shp., and differing only in the 
following points :—The antenne are a little shorter and the 
penultimate joits more transverse, the eyes are smaller, 
the head is densely coriaceous, with a few scarcely visible 
obsolete punctures, the thorax is sculptured similarly to the 
head, but the fine obsolete punctures are more numerous; the 
elytra are differently coloured, the abdomen is reddish brown. 

6 unknown. 

Jamaica. Type in my collection. 


36 6. Lithocharis obfuscata, sp. n. 


Black, greasy-lustrous; the elytra shining dark brown, 
the shoulders reddish ; abdomen black, the apex brownish 
testaceous. Antenne with the first four or five Jomts pitchy, 
the rest testaceous. Legs testaceous. 

Length 3°2 mm. 


400 Colonel C. Swinhoe—A Revision of the 


Exactly of the build of ZL. tnfuscata, Er., and differing 
only in the following respects :—More or less of the base of 
the antenne is dark, the head and thorax are much more 
finely and obsoletely punctured and very distinctly coria- 
ceous; the elytra are rather more finely punctured ; the 
abdomen is uniformly black, the posterior margins of the 
segments not lighter. 

3S. Fifth ventral segment with a small obtuse emargination 
of the posterior border. 

Jamaica. Type in my collection. 


Note on THE Genus Jrcrawoprs. 


On page 350 of the first part of this paper* the above 
genus was characterised, and the tongue was described as 
acuminate ; this is incorrect, and the following should be 
substituted for the description of the mouth-parts there 
given :—Tongue broad, divided nearly to the base into three 
pointed lobes, of which-the lateral are a little longer than the 
central one.  Paraglosse well-marked, strongly ciliate. 
Labial palpi 3-jointed, the first joimt very short, a little 
broader than long, the second moderate, gradually thickened 
towards the apex, the third much narrower than the preceding | 
and about half as long, cylindrical, the apex rounded. 
Inner lobe of the maxilla much wider than the outer, both 
closely ciliated. 


XLIIL—A Revision of the Genera of the Family Liparide. By 
Colonel C. Swinuog, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S., F.E.S., Member 
of the Entomological Society of France and of the Bom- 
bay Natural History Society. 


[Continued from p. 304.] 
774. Orgyia brunnescens. 


Dasychira brunnescens, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 57 (1879). 
Type, Sikkim, in B.M. 


775. Orgyia virescens. 
Cadrusia virescens, Moore, /. c. p. 54, pl. i. fig. 16, 
Type, ?, Darjiling, in B.M. 
* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xii. (1918). 


Genera of the Family Liparide. 401 


776. Orgyia strigata. 


Dasychira strigata, Moore, l. c. p. 58; Swinhoe, Trans, Ent. Soc. 1903, 
p. 475 (note); Wileman, ibid. 1911, p. 271. 
Dasychira niveosparsa, Butler, lll. Het. v. p. 59, pl. xei. fig. 7 (1881). 


Type, 2, Masuri; type, 2, niveosparsa: both in B.M. 
Khasia Hills ; Japan. 


777. Orgyia taiwana. 


Dasychira tarwana, Wileman, Entom. ii. p. 311 (1916). 
Dasychira multilineata, Swinhoe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xx. 
p. 160 (1917). 


Type, Formosa, in Coll. Wileman; type, ¢, multilineata, 
Arr-San, Formosa, in Coll. Swinhoe. 


778. Orgyia gwelila. 
Dasychira gwelila, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1903, p. 469. 
Type, 6, Gwelila, B.E. Africa, in B.M. 


779. Orgyia sublunata. 


Dasychira sublunata, Rothschild, Journal of the F.M.S. Mus. p. 1382 
(1920). 


W. Sumatra. 


780. Orgyia albibasals. 
Ilema albibasalis, Holland, Psyche, vi. p. 470 (1893). 


Type, ¢, Ogove River, in Coll. Holland. 


781. Orgyta gabunica. 
Euproctidion gabunica, Holland, /. c. p. 414, pl. x. fig. 19. 


Type, ¢, Ogove River, in Coll. Holland. 


782. Orgyia gonophora. 


Llema gonophora, Holland, Z. ec. p. 470, pl. xvii. fig. 1. 
Lelia curvivirgata, Karsch, Ent. Nachy. xxi. p. 372, pl. iv. fig. 6 (1893), 


Type, ¢, Ogove River, in Coll. Holland; Cameroons. 


783. Orgyta albinotata. 
Thamnocera albinotata, Holland, /. c. p, 469. 


Type, ¢, Ogove River, in Coll. Holland. 


402 Colonel C. Swinhoe—A Revision of the 


784. Orgyia striata. 


Notohyba striata, Holland, /. c. p. 452, pl. xvii. fig. 28. : 
Dasychira striata, Swiuhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1903, p. 470 (note). 


Type, 3, Ogove River, in Coll. Holland. 


785. Orgyia brunneicosta. 
Llema brunneicosta, Holland, /. c. p. 471, pl. xvii. fig. 10. 
Type, 3, Ogove River, in Coll. Holland. 


786. Orgyia horrida. 
Dasychira horrida, Swinhoe, l. c. 


Type, ¢, Old Calabar, in B.M. 


737. Orgyta plagiata. 
Anaxila plagiata, Walker, iv. p. 810 (1855). 
Type, ¢, without locality, in B.M. 


788. Orgyia varia. 


Dasychira varia, Walker, iv. p. 868 (1855) ; Swinhoe, Cat. Het. Mus. 
Oxon. i. p. 219 (1892) (note). ; 

Dasychira maruta, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. Co. ii. p. 839 (1859) ; Butler, 
Ill. Het. v. p. 58, pl. xci. fig. 6 (1881). 


Type, @ (nec ¢), India, in Mus. Oxon.; type, 2 maruta, 
Darjiling, in B.M.; Subathu, Dalhousie. 


789. Orgyia prattt. 


Dasychira pratti, Bethune-Baker, Nov. Zool. xi. p. 406, pl. iv. fig. 7 
(1904). 


Type, Mt. Kebea, B. N. Guinea, in Coll. Bethune-Baker. 


790. Orgyia subnigra. 
Dasychira subnigra, Bethune-Baker, J. ¢c. p. 404, pl. iv. fig. 41. 


Type, Mt. Kebea, in Coll. Bethune-Baker; Mafalu, 
Ekeikei. 


791. Orgyta albescens. 
Dasychira albescens, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 59 (1879). 
Type, Darjiling. in Coll. Staudinger; Darjiling. 


792. Orgyia cinctata. 
Dasychira cinctata, Moore, J. ¢. 


Type, Darjiling, in Coll. Staudinger. 


Genera of the Family Liparidee. 403 


793. Orgyia ampliata. 


Dasychira ampliata, Butler, Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) ii. p. 460 
(1878). 


Type, 2, Madagascar, in B.M. 


794. Orgyia angulata. 
Dasychira angulata, Hampson, Trans. Int. Soe. 1895, p. 292. 


Type, o, Sikkim, in B.M.; Upper Burma, Khasia Hills, 
Jaintia Hills, 


795. Orgyia postfusca. . 

Dasychira postfusca, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soe. 1895, p. 9, pl. 1. 
fie. 12, ¢; Swinhoe, Ano. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xvi. p. 216 
(1916), Q. 


Types, ¢ 2, Khasia Hills, in B.M.; Jaintia Hills. 


796. Orgyia thwaitesi. 
Dasychira thwaitest, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, ii. p. 98, pl. exvi. figs. 1 a, 4 
(1883) ; Cotes, Ind. Mus. Notes, i. p. 29, pl. iii. fig. 1 (1889). 
Dasychira pudica, Moore, /. ¢. iii. p. 5388 (1887). 
Types, 6 ?, Ceylon, in B.M.; Trevandrum, Nilgiris, 
Java. 
797. Orgyia georgiana. 


Dasychira georgiana, Fawcett, Trans. Zool. Soc. xv. p. 314, pl. xlix. 
fies. 19-21 (1900). 


Natal, Transvaal. 


798. Orgyia cerigoides. 
Janassa cerigoides, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soe. vi. p. 135 (1862). 
Dasychira cerigoides, Swinhoe, Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon. i. p. 297, pl. vil. 
fig. 5 (1892). 


Type, ¢, Sarawak, in Mus. Oxon. 


799. Oryyia grandideri. 
Calliteara grandidiert, Butler, Cist. Ent. iii. p. 14 (1882). 
Type, ¢, Madagascar, in B.M. 


800. Orgyia vibicipennis. 


Dasychira vibicipennis, Butler, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) iv. p. 239 
(1879). 


Types, ¢ °, Madagascar, in B.M. 


A404 Colonel C. Swinhoe—A Revision of the 


801. Orgyta gentilis. 
Dasychira gentilis, Butler, 7. ¢. 
Type, 2, Madagascar, in B.M. 


802. Orgyia acrisia.. 


Devopeia (?) aerisia, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit. xli. p. 83 (1880). 
Dasychira crausis, Druce, P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 228, pl. xvii. fig. 3, 2. 


Type, 2, crausis, Lower Niger, in Coll. Joicey. 


803. Orgyia elegans. 
Calliteara elegans, Butler, Cist. Ent. iii. p. 13 (1882). 
Type, 2, Madagascar, in B.M. 


804. Orgyia dudgeoni. 
Dasychira dudgeoni, Swinhoe, /. c. xix. p. 203 (1907). 
Types, ¢ 2, Sikkim, in B.M.; Khasia Hills. 


805. Orgyia cymata. 
Dasychira cymata, Swinhoe, J. c. p. 204. 
Type, &, Sikkim, in B.M.; Darjiling. 


806. Orgyia perdiz. 
Dasychira perdix, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 58, pl. 111. fig. 3 (1859). 
_ Type, Darjiling, in Coll. Rothschild. 


807. Orgyia albodentata. 


Dasychira albodentata, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 102, pl. viii. fig. 13 
(1864) ; Kirby, Cat. Moths, i. p. 483 (1892). 


Kiachta, Ussori District. 


808. Orgyia umbra. 
Dasychira umbra, Roths. Journal of the F.M.S. Mus, p. 183 (1920). 


W. Sumatra. 


809. Orgyia pastor. 
Calliteara pastor, Butler, Cist. Ent. 11. p. 15 (1882). 
Types, ¢ 2, Madagascar, in B.M. 


810. Orgyta ila. 
Dasychira ila, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1904, p. 146. 
Type, ¢, Obuassi, Ashanti, in B.M. 


Genera of the Family Liparide. A405 


S11. Orgyia bergmanni. 
Dasychira berymanni, Swinhoe, 7. ce. p. 145. 


Type, ¢, Obuassi, Ashanti, in B.M. 


812. Orgyia grossa. 
Dasychira grossa, Pag. Jahrb. Nass. Ver. xli. p. 121 (1868). 
Amboina. 


813. Orgyia fidjiensis. 
Dasychira fidjiensis, Mab. & Vieill. Nov. Lep. p. 5, pl. i. fig. 2 (1891). 
Fiji. 


814. Orgyia mendosa. 
Olene mendosa, Hiibner, Zutr. ii. p. 10, figs, 293, 294 (1828) ; Strand, 


fe: pl. xxii. d. 
Antipha basalis, Walker, iv. p. 806 (1855). 
Nioda fusiformis, Walker, ¥. p. 1070 (1858). 
Olene fusiformis, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, ii. p. 97, pl. exv. fig. 38 (1883). 
Rilia lanceolata, Walker, v. p. 1078. 
Olene lanceolata, Butler, Ill. Het. v. pl. evi. fig. 6 (1886). 
Dasychira sawanta, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. Co. i. p. 840 (1859). 
Dasychira basalis, Walker, xxxii. p. 862 (1865) (preeocc.). 
Dasychira divisa, Walker, xxxii. p. 368, 3. 
Dasychira basigera, Walker, J. ¢. 
filia distinguenda, Walker, xxxii. p. 435. 
Olene basivitta, Walker, 1. c. p. 436, 9. 
Turriga invasa, Walker, Char. Undescr. Lep. Het. p. 15, ¢ (1869). 
Olene mendosa, Turner, Proc. Linn, Soc. N.S.W. xlv. (4) p. 496 (1920), 


From various parts of India, Ceylon, Australia: type, 
basalis, India, in Mus. Oxon. ; types of all the others in 
BM. 


815. Orgyia tenebrosa. 


Dasychira tenebrosa, Walker, xxxii. p. 361 (1865); Strand, J. ¢. 
pl, XX. c. 


Types, ¢ 2, Darjiling, in B.M.; Japan, W. China, Tibet. 
816. Orgyia chinensis. 


Dasychira chinensis, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1903, p. 468 (note). 


Types, ¢@ 2, Moupin, in B.M. ; Ta-chien-lu, Kwei-chow. 


817. Orgyia catocaloides. 


Mardara catoculoides, Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1899, p. 126. 
Dasychira catocaloides, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1908, p.476; Strand, 
hve. pl. xxii,.c. 


Type, ¢, Moupin, W. China, in B.M.; Ta-chien-lu. 


06 Colonel C. Swinhoe—A Revision of the 


818. Orgyta signifera. 
Dasychira sigrifera, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. vi. p. 165 oe 
Type, Sarawak, in B.M. 


819. Orgyia butleri, nom. nov. 
Calhiteara merens, Butler, 7. c. p. 14 (preocc.). 


Types, ¢ ° , Madagascar, in B.M. 


820. Orgyia aspersa. 
Tearosoma aspersa, Felder, Reise Nov. pl. c. fig. 6 (1868). 
Type, without locality, in Coll. Rothschild; Natal. 


821. Orgyia sublutescens. 
Dasychira sublutescens, Holland, Psyche, vi. p. 433 (1898). 
Types, ¢ ?, Ogove River, in Coll. Holland. 


822. Orgyia subflava. 


Anaxila subflava, Walker, iv. p. 918 (18655). 
Dasychira subfiava, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1903, p. 475 (note). 


Type, ¢, Ashanti, in B.M. 


823. Orgyia difficils. 
Aroa difficilis, Walker, xxxil. p. 328 (18665). 
Type, 2 (mec ¢), Natal, in B.M. 


824. Orgyia enos. 
Aroa (?) enos, Druce, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xvii. p. 353 (1896). 


Type, 2, Old Calabar, in Coll. Joicey; Sapele, Niger 
River. 


825. Orgyta viola. 
Calliteara viola, Butler, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) iv. p. 240 (1879). 
Type, 6, Madagascar, in B.M. 


826. Orgyia mascarend. 


Dasychwra mascarena, Butler, 7. c. (5) 11. p. 294 (1878). 
Dasychira cangia, Druce, P. Z. 8. 1887, p. 674; Holland, Psyche, vi. 
567, pl. x. fig. 12 (1893). 
1p P 
Types, ¢ 2, Madagascar, in B.M.; types, ¢ ?, cangia, 
Delagoa Bay, in Coll. Joicey. 


Genera of the Family Liparide. 407 


827. Orgyia prasina. 
Callitearva prasina, Butler, l. c. p. 16. 
Type, ¢, Madagascar, in B.M. 


828. Orgyia baruna. 


Somena baruna, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. Co. i1. p. 846 (1859), 
Dasychira viridis, Druce, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) iii. p. 470 (1889) 


Type, 2, Java, in B.M.; type, viridis, Perak, in Coll. 
Joicey ; Penang. 
829. Orgyia gnava. 

Dasychira gnava, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1903, p. 477. 


Pseudonotodonta virescens, Misch. Abh. Senck. Ges, xxv. p. 77, fig. 6 
(1889) (preeoce.). 


Type, Aburi, Gold Coast, Old Calabar. 


830. Orgyia infirma. 
Somera infirma, Holland, Psyche, vi. p. 479, pl. xvii. fig. 29 (1893). 
Type, Ogove River, in Coll. Holland. 


831. Orgyia variegata. 
Dasychira variegata, Holland, l. c. p. 568, pl. xviii. fig. 13, 


Type, ¢ 2, Ogove River, in Coll. Holland. 


832. Orgyia remota. 
Dasychira (?) remota, Druce, P. Z. 8. 1887, p. 695. 
Type, 2, Gambia, in Coll. Joicey ; River Niger. 


833. Orgyia complicata. 


Dasychira complicata, Walker, xxxii. p. 865 (1865), 

Mardara complicata, Butler, lll. Het. v. p. 58, pl. xci. figs. 4,5, ¢ 2 
(1881). 

Trisula pustulifera, Walker, 1. c. p. 576. 


Types, ¢, of both in B.M. 


834. Orgyia ampliata. 


Dasychira amplhata, Butler, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) iii. p. 460 
(1878). 


Type, 2, Madagascar, in B.M. 
835. Orgyia pheoserica. 


Dasychira pheoserica, Mab. C. R, Soc. Ent. Belg. xxviii, pl. clxxxix, 
(1884), 


Madagascar. 


408 Colonel C. Swinhoe—A Revision of the 


836. Orgyia apicalis. 
Dasychira apicalis, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. vi. p. 180 (1862). 
Type, Sarawak, in B.M. \ 


837. Orgyia lineata. 


Lymantria lineata, Walker, iv. p. 875 (1855) ; Butler, Il]. Typ. v. p. 57, 
pl. xei. fig. 3 (1881). 
Dasychira lineata, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soe. 1903, p. 477 (note). 


Type, 2 (nec ¢), Sylhet, in B.M.; Buxar, Sumatra. 


838. Orgyia nigrosparsata. 


Dasychira ngrosparsata, Kenrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1918, p. 595, 
pl. xxxili. fig. 22. 


Types, 6 ?, Madagascar, in Coll. Kenrick. 


839. Orgyia mabilli. 


Dasychira mabillt, Rochebrune, Bull. Soc. Philom. (2) vii. p. 30 
(1884). 
Dasychira (?) mabilli, Kirby, Cat. Moths, i. p. 484 (1892). 


Senegambia. 


840. Orgyia collini. 
Dasychira collin, Mab. 1. c. p. 81; Kirby, 2. ¢. 
Senegambia. 


841. Orgyia saussurii. 


Dasychira saussuru, Dav. Verh. Leop. Cas. Akad. xiii. p. 69, pl. ii. 
fig. 13 (1881); Kirby, Z. ¢. 


Chinchoxo. 


842. Orgyia herbida. 
Dasychira herbida, Walker, vii. p. 1740 (1856) ; Kirby, /. . 
Type, South Africa, in B.M. 


843. Orgyia nolana. 


Liparis noluna, Mab. Le Nat. ii. p. 134 (1882). 
Dasychira (?) nolana, Kirby, 7. ¢. 


Madagascar, 


844. Orgyia pallida. 
Dasychira pallida, Butler, Cist. Ent. iii. p. 17 (1882). 
Madagascar. 


Genera of the Family Liparidee. 409) 


845. Orgyia pumila. 


Calliteara pumila, Butler, 7. c. p. 16. 
Dasychira pumila, Saalm. Lep. Madag. p. 198, pl. vi. figs, 91, 92 (1884). 
Dasychira (2?) pumila, Kirby, l. c. p. 485, 


Type, 3, Madagascar, in B.M. 


846. Orgyia procincta. 


Dasychira procincta, Saalm. Ber. Senck. Ges. 1879-1880, p. 267 (1880); 
Saalm. Lep. Madag. p. 198, pl. vi. figs. 91, 92 (1884), 
Dasychira (?) procincta, Kirby, 7. ¢. 


Nossi Bé. 


847. Orgyia strigidentata. 


Dasychira strigideniata, Beth.-Baker, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) vii. 
p. 548 (1911). 


Type, 2, Omeishan, W. China, in Mus. Oxon. 


848. Oryyia ruficata. 

Dasychira ruficata, Beth.-Baker, 1. ¢, 

Type, ¢, N’'Dalla Tondo, N. Angola, in Coll. Bethune- 
Baker. 


849. Orgyia obsoletissima. 
Dasychira obsoletissima, Beth.-Baker, /. c. p. 549. 
Type, ¢, N’Dalla Tondo, in Coll. Bethune-Baker. 


850. Orgyia inconspicua. 
Dasychira inconspicua, Beth.-Baker, 7. ¢. 


Type, ¢, Guneral, W. Africa, in Coll. Bethune-Baker. 


851. Orgyia perdita. 
Dasychira perdita, Beth.-Baker, 0. c. 
Type, ¢, Malanga, W. Africa, in Coll. Bethune- Baker. 


852. Orgyia exoleta. 
Dasychira exoleta, Beth.-Baker, /. ¢. 
Type, ¢, Malanga, W. Africa, in Coll. Bethune-Baker. 


853. Orgyia ladburi. 

Dasychira ladburi, Beth.-Baker, 7. ¢. p. 550. 

Type, ¢, Bugoma Forest, Uganda Protectorate, in Coll. 
Bethune- Baker. 

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. xi. 27 


410 Colonel C. Swinhoe—A Revision of the 


854. Orgyia styx. 
Dasychira styx, Beth.-Baker, J. ¢. 
Types, g ?, N’Dalla Tondo, in Coll. Bethune-Baker. 


855. Orgyia castanea. 


Dasychira castanea, Kenrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1913, p. 598, pl. xxxul. 
fiy. 30. 


Type, Madagascar, in Coll. Kenrick. 
Near O. strigaia. 


856. Orgyia rufotincta. 
Dasychira rufotincta, Kenrick, J. ¢. fig. 33. 


‘Types, ¢ 2, Madagascar, in Coll. Kenrick. 
Near O. strigata, Moore. 


857. Orgyia didymata. 
Dasychira didymata, Kenrick, J. c. fig. 24. 


Types, ¢ 2, Madagascar, in Coll. Kenrick. 
Near O. strigata, Moore. 


858. Orgyia brunneata. 
Dasychira brunneata, Kenrick, J. c. p. 694, pl. xxxil. fig. 25. 


Type, Madagascar, m Coll. Kenrick. 
Near O. strigata, Moore. 


859. Orgyia aurantiaca. 
Dasychira awrantiaca, Kenrick, 1. ¢. fig. 54. 


Type, ¢, Madagascar, in Coll. Kenrick. 
Near U. securis, Hubner. 


860. Oryyia viridipicta. 
Dasychira viridipicta, Kenrick, 1. c. fig. 26. 
Type, 6, Madagascar, in Coll. Kenrick. 
Near OU. strigata, Moore. 


861. Orgyia ocellata. 


Dasychira ocellata, Kenrick, 1. c. fig. 27. 


Type, ¢, Madagascar, in Coll. Kenrick. 
Near O. securis, Hiibner, 


Genera of the Family Liparide, 411 


862. Orgyia dubia. 
Dasychira dubia, Kenrick, 1. ¢. p. 595, pl. xxxii. fig. 23, 
Type, ¢, Madagascar, in Coll. Kenrick. 
Near VU. angulata, Hampson. 


863. Orgyia miselioides. 
Dasychira miselroides, Kenrick, J. ec. fig. 28. 
Type, 6, Madagascar, in Coll. Kenrick. 
Near O. securis, Hiibner. 


864. Orgyia abbreviata., 
Dasychira abbreviata, Kenrick, 1. c. p. 596, pl. xxxii. fig, 36. 
Type, ¢, Madagascar, in Coll. Kenrick. 
Near O. basistriga, Walker. 


865. Orgyia luteolata. 
Dasychira luteolatu, Kenrick, /. ¢. fig. 31, 
Type, ?, Madagascar, in Coll. Kenrick. 
Near 0. horsfieldi, Moore. 


866. Oryyia aureotincta. 
Dasychira aureotincta, Kenrick, J. ¢. fig. 32. 
Type, 2, Madagascar, in Coll. Kenrick. 
Near O. horsfieldit, Moore. 


867. Orgyia geoffreyi. 
Dasychira geoffrey, Beth-Baker, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xii. p. 64 
(1913). 


Types, ¢ °, Damba Isl., Uganda, in Mus. Oxon. 


868. Orgyia carpentert. 
Dasychira carpenter, Beth.-Baker, 1. ¢, 


Type, ¢ 2, Damba Isl., in Mus. Oxon. 


Genus Dasycutrina, Beth.-Baker, Aun. & Mag. Nat. 
Hist. (8) vu. p. 550 (1911). 
869. Dasychirina obliqualinea. 
Dasychirina obliqualinea, Beth.-Baker, /, ¢. 
Type, ¢, Malange, W. Africa, in Coll, Bethune-Baker. 


2 


412 Colonel C. Swinhoe—A Revision of the 
870. Dasychirina unilineata. 

Dasychirina unilineata, Beth.-Baker, 7. c. 

Type, 6, Lokoja District, in Coll. Bethune- Baker 


871. Dasychirina crenulata. 
Dasychirina crenulata, Beth.-Baker, 1. ¢. 
Type, 6, Lokoja District, in Coll. Bethune-Baker. 


Genus Hyrotocuma, Felder, Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, 
xliii. p. 40 (1861). 
872. Hypolochma sericea. 
Hypolochma sericea, Felder, J. c. 
Type, Amboina, in Coll. Rothschild. 


Genus ABYNOTHA, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 
1908, p. 479. 


873. Abynotha preussi. 


Liparts (*) preusst, Mab. Vieill. Nov. Lep. i. p. 57, pl. ix. fig. 5 (1892). 
Cameroons. 


Genus Pacuycispia, Butler, Cist. Ent. i. p. 11 (1882). 
874. Pachycispia picta. 

Pachycispra picta, Butler, J, c. p. 12. 

Type, ¢, Madagascar, in B.M. 


Genus Lymantriapes, Beth.-Baker, Ann. & Mag. Nat. 
Hist. (8) vi. p. 550 (1911). 
875. Lymantriades obliquilinea. 
Lymantriades obliquilinea, Beth,-Baker, 7. c. p. 652. 


Type, ¢, Gunnal, W. Africa, in Coll. Bethune-Baker. 


Genus Pararirea, Beth.-Baker, /. c. 


876. Parapirga neurabrunnea. 


Parapirga neurabrunnea, Beth.-Baker, . ¢. 


Type, d 3, N'Dalla Tondo, 2700’, in Coll. Bethune-Baker. 


Genera of the Family Liparide. 413 


Genus Cirona, Walker, v. p. 1172 (1855). 
Baryaza, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 45 (1879). 


877. Cifuna cervina. 
Baryaza cervina, Moore, é. e. pl. iti. fig. 4. 


Types, ¢, Darjiling, in B.M. 


878. Cifuna biundulans. 


Cifuna biundulans, Hampson, Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soe. xi. p. 294, 
(1897). 


Types, ¢, Khasia Hills, in B.M. 


879. Cifuna nigroplaga. 


Cifuna nigroplaga, Beth.-Baker, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist, (8) xi. 
p. 64 (1913). 


Type, 2, Damba Isl., Uganda, in Mus. Oxon. 


880. Cifuna locuples. 


Cifuna locuples, Walker, v. 1173 (1855) ; Wileman, The Philipp. Journ. 
of Science, xiii. (4) p. 154 (1918) ; Strand, /. c. pl. xix. d. 


Type, ¢, Sylhet, in B.M.; Khasia Hills, Gensan, Chang 
Yang, Japan. 


881. Cifuna confusa. 
Cifuna confusa, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 42 ; Wileman, J.c. pl. i. fig. 8. 
Amurland, Corea, Japan. 


882. Cifuna eurydice. 


Cifuna eurydice, Butler, Cist. Ent. iii, p. 118 ; Strand, 2. ¢. pl. xix, d. 
Cifuna ornata, Staud. Berl. ent. Zeit. xxxii. p. 122 (1888). 


Japan, Amurland. 


883. Cifuna jankowski. 


Orgyia jankowski, Oberth. Etude Ent. x. p. 18, pl. i. fig. 9 (1884). 
Cifuna jankowskit, Strand, /, ¢. pl. xix. d, 


Eastern Asia, Sidemi. 


Genus Potymona, Walker, iil. p. 768 (1855). 
Morasa, Walker, iv. p. 859 (1855). 
Sarothropyga, Felder, Reise Noy, pl. c. tig, 28, ¢ (1868). 


414 Colonel C. Swinhoe—A Revision of the 


884. Polymona rufifemur. 


Polymona rufifemur, Walker, i. p. 768, 3. \ 
Morasa lorimert, Butler, P. Z. 8S. 1878, p. 387, 2. 


Type, 3, Africa ; type, ? , lorimert, Natal: both in B.Mi 
Nyassaland, Mashonaland, Dar-es-Salaam. 
885. Polymona modesta. 

Morasa modesta, Walker, iv. p. 859. 

Sarothropyga rhodopepla, Felder, l. ¢. 

Type, 9, Africa, in B.M.; type, rhodopepla, Knysna, in 
Coll. Rothschild. 
886. Polymona obtusa. 


Polymona obtusa, Walker, xxxii. p. 768 (1865) ; Kirby, Cat. Moths, 1. 
p. 481 (1892). 


Type, Natal, in B.M. 


Genus Herpronyemia, Holland, Psyche, vi. p. 414 (1893). 


887. Heteronygmia manicata. 


Lymantria manicata, Auriv. Ent. Tidsk. xiii. p. 19% (1892), 9. 
Heteronygnua rhodapicata, Holland, /. c. p. 416, pl. x. fig. 15, g. 


Type, 2 ,Cameroons, in Upsala Mus.; type, ¢, rhodapicata, 
Ogove River, in Coll. Holland; Ashanti, Sapele, River 
Niger, Old Calabar. 


888. Heteronyginia chismona. 
Heteronygmia chismona, Swinhoe, Trans, Ent. Soc. 1903, p. 480. 
Type, ¢, Aburi, Gold Coast, in B.M. 


Genus Lomaponta, Holland, /. ¢. p. 417. 


889. Lomadonta erythrina. 
Lomadonta erythrina, Holland, J. ¢. pl. x. fig. 1. 


Types, ¢ 2, Ogove River, in Coll. Holland. 


890. Lomadonta johnstont. 
Lomadonta johnstoni, Swinhoe, J. c. 


Type, ¢, Congo Forest, in B.M. 


891. Lomadonta obscura. 
Lomadonta obscura, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1904, p. 146. 
Type, ¢, Ashanti, in B.M. 


Genera of the Family Liparidee. 415 


892. Lomadonta saturata. 
Lomadonta saturata, Swinhoe, /. e. p. 147. 


Types, ¢ 2, Sapele, River Niger, in B.M. 


Genus Larapta, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 
(o)iiv. ps 238) (1379). 
393. Lelapia notata. 
Lelapia notata, Butler, 1. c. 
Type, ?, Madagascar, in B.M. 


Genus ActonoputesiA, Butler, P.Z. 8. 1808, p. 428. 
894. Aclonophlebia flavinotata. 


Aclonophlebia flavinotata, Butler, l. c, pl. xxxii. fig. 8. 


Type, ¢, British E. Africa, in B.M. 


Genus Numenorpes, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. 
Hist. (5) iv. p. 238 (1879). 
895. Numenoides grandis. 
Numenoides grandis, Butler, J. c. 


Type, 2, Madagascar, in B.M. 


Genus Metacurtts, Hampson, Trans. Ent. Soc. 
1895, p. 291. 


896. Melachitis melanochlora. 


Melachitis melanochlora, Hmpsn. l. c.; Dudgeon, Journ. Bombay Nat. 
Hist. Soc. xui. p. 413, pl. i. fig. 7 (1900). 


Type, ¢, Bhutan, in B.M. 


Genus Nororoeuvs, Germar, Prodr. i. p. 35 (1812) ; 
type, antiqua, Linn. 


Gynephora, Wibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 161 (1818); type, recens, 
bub. 

Acyphas, Walker, iv. p. 797 (1855) ; type, fusca, Walker. 

Teia, Walker, iv. p. 808; type, ancerturides, Walker. 


897. Notolophus antiqua. 


Bombya antiqua, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 503 (1758), 
Orygia modesta, Heyne, Soc. Ent, xiy. p. 98. 


416 Colonel C. Swinhoe—A Revision of the 


Var. bukourna, Strand, Seitz. Macrolep. ii. p. 117. 
Ab. confinis, Gr.-Grsh. Hor. Ent. Ross. xxv. p. 468. 
Var. infernalis, Rbl. Berge’s Schmett.-Busch. p. 114. 
Ab. dilutior, Schultz, Ent. Zeit. Stuttg. xxiv. p. 35. 
Zimmermant, Graes. Berl. ent. Zeit. 1888, p. 122. 
Orgyta antigua, Strand, J. c. p. 117, pl. xix. a. 


Russia, Bukovina, Mongolia, Kuku-Nor, Germany, 
Amurland. 


898. Notolophus gonostigma. 


Bombyx gonostigma, Scop. Ent. Carn. p. 199 (1763) ; Fabr. Lept. Ent. 
p. 585 (1775). 

Orgyia approximatus, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1881, p. 10. 

Orgyta gonostiyma, Strand, l. c. pl. xix. a. 


Type, approximatus, Japan, in B.M.; throughout Europe 
and Northern Asia, England, Belgium, France. 


899. Notolophus aurolimbata. 


Orgyia aurolineata, Guen. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, iv. p. 635, pl. xviii. c. 
fig. 4 (1835) ; Strand, /. c. pl. xix. 6, ¢. 


EK. Pyrenees, Catalonia, Castile. 


900. Notolophus flavolimbata. 


Oragia flavoimbata, Staud. Stett. Zg. 1881, p. 404; Strand, in Seitz, 
Macrolep. 1i. pl. xix. 6. 


Tian-shan, Altai. 


901. Notolophus tristis. 
Orgyia tristis, Gr.-Grsh. Rom. Mém. Lép. iv. p. 554. 
Pamir. 


902. Notolophus ochrolimbata. 


Orgyia ochrolimbata, Staud. Stett. Zg. 1881, p. 405; Strand, in Seitz, 
Macrolep. pl. xix. 0. 


S.W. Caucasus. 


£03. Notolophus trigotephras. 


Orgyta trigotephras,; Boisd. Eur. Lep. Ins. Méth. p. 46; Strand, J. c. 
Dlaxix0) 
Var. anceps, Oberth, Ent. d’Ent. ix. p.39; Strand, /. c. pl. xxii. 6. 


Trance, Iberian Frontier, Algeria, Morocco. 


904. Notolophus transiens. 


Orgyra transiens, Staud. Stett. Ze. 1887, p. 95. 
Orgyia trigotephras, var. transiens, Staud. Cat. Lep. Phal. p. 114 
(1901) ; Roths. Nov. Zool. xxiv. p, 855 (1917). 


South Mauretania. 


Genera of the Family Liparide. 417 
905. Notolophus sicula. 
Orgyia sicula, Staud, Stett. Zg. 1887, p. 95; Strand, in Seitz, Macro- 
lep. il, pl. xxii. b. 


Sicily, Andalusia. 


906. Notolophus etrusca. 
Orgyia etrusca, Verity, Bull. Soc. Ent, France, 1905, p. 59. 
Tuscany. 


907. Notolophus corsica. 
Orgyta corsica, Boisd. Icon. ii. p. 142; Strand, Z. ¢. pl. xix. a. 
Orgyta ramburti, Mab. Ann, Soc. Ent, France, 1866, p. 557. 
Corsica. 


908. Notolophus orientalis. , 
Orgyta orientalis, Staud. Cat. Pal. Lep. p. 14. 


The Taurus, Syria, Palestine. 


909. Notolophus prisca. 
Orgyia prisca, Staud. Stett. Zg. 1887, p. 95. 
Ferghana, Mongolia. 


910. Notolophus erice. 


Orgyia erice, Germ. Fauna, i, E. p. 8; Strand, 7. ¢. pl. xix. b. 

Ab. antiquoides, Hiibner, Eur. Schmett. 11. figs. 279, 280 (1818). 

Var. intermedia, Friv. Magy. Ind. Akad. Krkon. xi. (4) p. 149, pl. v. 
figs. 1 a-d. 


Belgium, Germany, Finland, Denmark, Armenia, Mon- 
golia. 


911. Notolophus leechi. 


Notolophus leecht, Kirby, Cat. Moths, 1. p. 495 (1892). 
Orgyia prisca, Leech (nec Staud.), Entom. xxiii. p. iii (1890) 
(preocc.). 


Type, Chang Yang, in B.M. 
912. Notolophus rupestris. 


Orgyia rupestris, Ramb. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, i. p. 275, pl. viii. 
fios. 1-5 (1832) ; Strand, Z.c. pl. xix. b, 


Corsica. 


913. Notolophus judea. 
Orgyia judea, Staud. Cat. Pal. Lep. p. 114. 
Var. splendida, Ramb. Faune Andalusie, pl. xv. figs. 2-6 (1842), 
Var, turcica, Led. Verh, zool.-bot. Ges, Wien, 1852, p. 117. 


418 Colonel C. Swinhoe—A Revision of the 


Form josephina, Aust. Le Nat. 11. pp. 212, 220 (1880); Strand, /. ¢. 
pl. xix. 

Form znterrupta, Gr.-Grsh. Rom. Mem. Lep. iv. p. 555. | 

Form seleniaca, Fisch. Waldheim. Entom. Ross. ii. p. 249. 

Form tsolatella, Strand, 1. e. p. 119, pl. KIX. ¢; 

Ab. umbripennis, Strand, UG 


Palestine, Egypt, Mauretania, Spain, Sicily, Asia Minor, 
Armenia, Syria, Turkestan, Sarepta, Algeria. 


914. Notolophus transcaspica. 


Orgyia transcaspea, Krnl. Soc. Entom. xxi. p. 50. 
Ab. obliterella, Strand, 7. c. : 


‘Algeria. 


915. Notolophus thyellna. 


Orgyia thyellina, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1881, 10, 3; Leech, 
P.Z.5S. 1888, p. 625, pl. XXx1. ssh 0h Se Sane Le. pls. xxii. }, 
Gy obs O; a W ileman, | li Philipp. Journal of Science, xu. (4) p. 152, 
pl. i. figs. 3, 5 larva (1918). 


Types, ¢ 2, Tokio, Japan,/in BME, ; Yokohama, Asama 
Yama, Ginake: Hormosa: 


916. Notolophus splendida. 


Orgyta splendida, Ramb. Faune Andalusia, pl. xv. figs. 8-6 (1842), 
Jotolophus splendida, Roths. 1. ¢. 


Spain, Algeria, Andalusia. 


917. Notolophus alyirica. 


Trichtiosoma algiricum, Lue, Expl. Alg. ii. p. 376, pl. iii. fig. 6 (1849). 
Notolophus algirica, Roths. J. c. p. 359, 
Orgyia josephina, Austant, Le Nat. ui. p. 212 (1880). 


Algeria, Oran, Mauretania. 


918. Notolophus umbripennis. 


Orgyia dubia, ab. umbripennis, Strand, in Seitz, Gross. Erde, ii. DP: LG), 
Olly 2% @ (INO), 
Notolophus dubia uml ipennis, Roths. 1. e. p. 858 


Batna, Province of Constantine. 


919. Notolophus deserticola. 


Orgyia dubia deserticola, Powell, Etud. Lép. Comp. fasc. xii. pp. 265- 
266 (1916). 
Notolophus dubia deserticola, Noths. /. ¢. 


Kebala. 


Genera of the Family Liparide. 419 
920. Notolophus isolatella. 


Orgyta dubia, forma tsolatel/a, Strand, 7. ¢. pli xix. ¢. 
Notolophus splendida isvlatella, Woths. /. e. 


Batna, Mauretania, Blida les Glacieres. 


921. Notolophus orana. 
Orgyia dubia orana, Powell, /. ¢. pp. 264-266. 
Notolophus splendida orana, Roths. 1. ce. p. 854. 


Djebel Amour, Sebdon. 


922. Notolophus panlacroixit. 
Orgyia pantacroixit, Oberth. Etud. Ent. liv. (i.) p. 41, pl. in. fig. 5 
(1876). 
Notolophus paniacroiati, Roths, d. ¢. (note). 


Tuelagh, Algeria, 


923. Notolophus anceps. 


Orgyia anceps, Oberth. l. c. liv. (ix.) p. 37, pl. i, fig. 5 (1884). 
Notolophus trigotephras anceps, Roths. 1. ¢. 


Tangier. 


924. Notolophus holli. 
Orgyia trigotephras holli, Oberth. Etud. Lep. Comp. fase. xii. p. 276 
1916). 
Notolophus trigotephras holt, Roths. U. ¢. 
El Biar, Hussein Dey. 


925. Notolophus sebdonensis. 


Orgyia trigotephras sehdonensis, Oberth. 7. ¢. 
Notolophus trigotephras sebdonensis, Roths. 1. ¢ 


Sebdon, Mauretania. 


926. Notolophus tricolor. 


Orgyta tricolor, Hery.-Schiff. Ausser. Schmett. 1. fig. 472 (1856), 
Notolophus tricolor, Kirby, /. ec. p. 492. 


S. Africa. 


927. Notolophus aurantia. 
Orgyia aurantia, Mab. Aun. Soc, Ent. France, (5) ix. p. 345 (1879). 
Madagascar. 


928. Notolophus athlophora. 


Orgyia athlophora, Turner, Proc, Linn. Soc. N.S.W. xly. (4) p. 493 
(1920). 


Types, ¢ 2, Perth, W. Australia, in Coll. Turner. 


4.20 Colonel C. Swinhoe—A Revision of the 


929. Notolophus australis. 


Orgyta australis, Walker, iv. p. 787 (1859), 9. 

Lacida postica, Walker, iv. p. 803. \ 

Orgyia ceylonica, Neitner, Ed. New Phil. Journ. xy. p. 34 (1862). 

Orgyia canifascia, Walker, xxii. p. 825 (1865), ¢. 

Orgyia ludekingt, Snellen, Tijd. v. Ent. xxii. p. 104, pl. viii. fig. 5, ¢ 
(1879). ) 

Orgyva australis, Turner, J. c. p. 494. 


Type, ?, Australia; type, ¢, canifascia, Australia; type, 
postica, Moulmein: allinB.M. Type, 3, ludekingi, Celebes, 
in Coll. Snellen ; Mackay, Cairns, Townsville, Queensland, 
Brisbane, Sydney, Ceylon, Formosa, Hongkong, Amboina. 


930. Notolophus ocularis. 
Orgyia ocularis, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 44 (1879). 
Type, ¢, Calcutta, in B.M. 


931. Notolophus tisdala. 
Orgyia tisdala, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1903, p. 460. 
Type, 3, Arjuno, Java, in B.M. 


932. Notolophus turbata. 
Orgyia turbata, Butler, Trans. Linn. Soe. (2) i. p. 560 (1879). 


Type, ¢, Malacca, in B.M.; Province Wellesly, Tenas- 
serim, Heipaw, Burma, Koni, Shan States. 


933. Notolophus furva. 
Ocneria furva, Leech, P. Z. S. 1888, p. 631, pl. xxxi. fig. 10. 
Type, Japan, in B.M.; Ichang, Pekin. 


934. Notolophus dimidiata. 


Orgyia dimidiata, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. vi. p. 125 (1862) ; 
Swinhoe, Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon. i. p. 198, pl. vi. fig. 6 (1897). 


Type, Sarawak, in Mus. Oxon. 


935. Notolophus varia. 
Orgyia varia, Walker, J. c.; Swinhoe, /. ¢. pl. vi. fig. 13. 
Type, Sarawak, in Mus. Oxon. 


936. Notolophus osseata. 
Orgyia osseata, Walker, /. c.; Swinhoe, 7. c. pl. vi. fig 16. 
Type, Sarawak, in Mus. Oxon. 


Genera of the Family Liparide. 421 


937. Notolophus nucula. 


Orgyia nucula, Swinhoe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Tist. (6) xiv. p. 485 (1894); 
Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1895, p. 7, pl. 1. fig. 15. 


Type, Khasia Hills, in B.M. 


938. Notolophus senica. 


Orgyia senica, Hmpsn. Journ, Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. xi. p. 254, 
pl. B. fig. 23 (1900). 


Type, ¢, Chitral, in B.M. 


939. Notolophus viridescens. 
Acyphas viridescens, Walker, iv. p. 798 (1855). 
Type, ¢, Ceylon, in B.M. 


940. Notolophus dewarra, 
Orgyia dewarra, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1903, p. 459. 
Type, 3, Kapaur, N. Guinea, in B.M. 


941. Notolophus nigrocrocea. 
Orgyra nigrocrocea, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soe. vi. p. 124 (1862). 
Type, Sarawak, in B.M. 


942. Notolophus nigriplaga. 


Orgyra nigriplaga, Swinhoe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xii. p. 194 
(1903). 


Type, 6, N. Borneo, in B.M; Perissim, Lawas, Borneo. 


943. Notolophus albacosta. 


Orgyia albacosta, Beth.-Baker, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) vii. p. 545 
(1911). 


Type, ¢, Malanga, W. Africa, in Coll. Bethune-Baker. 


944. Notolophus anartoides. 
Teva quartoides, Walker, iv. p. 804. 
Teia pusilla, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) ix. p, 88 (1882). 


Orgyia anartovdes, "Turner, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. xlv. (4) p. 493 
(1920). 


Type, ¢, Tasmania; type, ¢, pusilla, Melbourne: both 
in B.M. Sydney, Blackbutt, N.S. Wales. 


945. Notolophus ruficeps. 
Orgyia ruficeps, Roths. Journ, of the F,M.S. Mus, p. 132 (1920). 
W. Sumatra, 


222 Colonel C. Swinhoe—A Revision of the 


946. Notolophus dubia. 


Bombyx dubia, Tausch. Mém. Soc. Nat. Moscou, i. p. 176, pl. xiii. 


fig. 3 (1806). 
Notolophus dubia, Roths. Noy. Zool. xiv. p. 351 (1917). 
Bombyx seleniaca, Waldh. Hut. Ross. i. p. 240, pl. x. fig. 3 (1823). 
Orgyia alhagi, Waldh. Bull. Mosc. 1839, (1.) p. 117, pl. iv. fig. 2. 


S. Russia, Algeria, Armenia, Transcaspia, Kar Kun, Tian- 
Shan. | 


9417. Notolophus punctatella. 
Orgyia punctatella, Motsch. Htud. Ent. ix. p. 32 (1860). 
Japan. 


948. Notolophus ceca. 


Orgyia ceca, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit. xl. p. 84 (1880). 
Notolophus caica, Wirby, t. c. p. 494. 


West Africa. 


949. Notolophus quadripunctata. 


Orgyia quadripunctata, Wallgrn. Cify. Vet.-Akad. Forh. xxxii. (1.) 
p. 99 (1876). 
Notolophus quadripunctata, Kirby, 1. ¢. p. 495. 


Transvaal. 


950. Notolophus retnopepla. 


Orgyia retnopepla, Lower, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Austr. 1905, p. 176; 
Turner, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. xlv. (4) p. 499 (19290). 


Queensland. 


951. Notolophus nebulosa. 
Orgyia nebulosa, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soe. vi. p. 125 (1862); Swinhoe, 
Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xvii. p. 404 (1906) (note). 


Type, o, Sarawak, in Mus. Oxon.; Java. 


952. Notolophus malagassica. 
Orgyia malagassica, Kenrick, Trans. Hint. Soc. 19138, p. 597, pl. xxxii. 
fig. 21. 


Type, g, Madagascar, in Coll. Kenrick. 


Genus Hypocymna, Steph. Il. Brit. Ent. Haust. 11. p. 55 
(1828). 
958. Hypogymna morio. 
Bombyx morio, Linn. Syst. Nat. 1. (2) p. 828 (1767). 
Hy pogymna morio, Strand, /. ¢, pl. xix, a, 


i 


Genera of the Family Liparidie. 423 


Ab. natlyi, Aign. Rom. Lép. xiii. p. 69. 

Centophera caucasia, Heylerts, C. Rt. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxxi. p. Ixxxviii 
(1887). 

S.E. Germany, Austria, Hungary, N. Balkans, C. Italy, 


Armenia. 


Genus Enome, Walker, iv. p. 883 (1855). 
954. Enome ampla. 


Enome ampla, Walker, 1. ¢. 
Type, d, Ceylon, in B.M. ; Caleutta, Bangalore, Malabar, 
Poona, Bombay, Silchar, Cachar, Sikkim. 


955. Enome incerta. 

Lymantria incerta, Walker, iv. p. 880. 

Type, ¢, N. India, in B.M.; Kangra, Jubbulpore, Nil- 
giris, Bombay. 


956. Enome aryama. 

Lymantria aryama, Moore, Cat. Lep. EE. I. Co. ii. Pp. 345 (1859). 

Enome aryama, * Swinhoe, Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon. ii. p. 217 (1892). 

Type, Kanara, 8S. India, should be in the B.M., but I have 
been unable to find it. Hampson makes it a synonym of 
mcerta. I separated it in Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon. and should 
thus leave it because Hampson also puts detersa under 
incerta, but detersa is a good species confined to South India. 
I have bred many of them in Bombay and Pooua, the 
females have aborted wings. 


957. Enome detersa. 
Lymantria detersa, Walker, xxxii. 365 (1865), 
Lymantria costalis, Walker, 1. ¢. 
Enome detersa, Swinhoe, P.Z. S. 1885, p. 300, pl. xxi. figs. 3, 4 (female, 
larva, and pupa) ; Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soe. 1903 3, p. 482 (note). 


Type, ¢, of both, S. India, in B.M; Mhow, Bombay, 


Poona, Belgaum, Ahmednagar. 


958. Enome pilospila. 
Enome pilespila, Turner, Proc, Roy. Soc. Queensland, xxvii, p. 21 
* (1915). 


Type, Port Darwin, in Coll. Turner. 


959. Hnome antennata. 


Lymantria antennatu, Walker, iv. p. 881 (1855), 


Lymantria aurora, Vurner, Trans, Roy. Soc. 8. Australia, xxvi. p. 181] 
(1902), 


424 Colonel C. Swinhoe—A Revision of the 


Lymantria turnert, Swinhoe, f. ¢. p. 484. 
Enome antennata, Turner, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. xlv. (4) p. 490 
(1920). 
Type, 6, Richmond River, in B.M.; type, ¢, aurora, 
Cap York, in Coll. Turner; Cairns, Stannary Hill, Towns- 
ville, Brisbane, Queensland. 


960. Enome plumbalis. 
Lymantria plumbalis, Hmpsn. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1895, p. 292. 
Type, ¢, Tinlinyaw, Burma, in B.M.; Thyetmyo. 


Genus Liparis, Ochs. Schmett. Eur. ii. p. 186 (1810) ; 
type, monacha, Linn. 

Psilura, Steph. Ul. Brit. Ent. Haust. i. p. 55 (1828) ; type, monacha, 
Linn, 

Pegella, Walker, xxxv. p. 1922 (1866); type, curvifera, Walker. 

Nagunda, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 53 (1879); type, semzcencta, Walker. 

Barhona, Moore, l. c. p. 55; type, carneola, Moore. 

Porthetria, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 160 (1886) ; type, dispar, 
Linn. 

Lymantria, Hubner, l. ¢.; type, monacha, Linn. 

Leptocneria, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 3886; type, denutata, 
Butler. 


961. Liparis monacha. 


Bombyx monacha, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p.501 (1758) ; Strand, pl. xx. g. 
Psilura monacha, Steph. f. ¢. 

Lymantri va monacha, Hubner, J. ec. 

Ab. nigra, Freyer, Neu Beitr. ii. p. 5, pl. xeviil. figs. 2, 3 (1833). 

Ab. eremita, Hiibner, /. c. fig. 246 (1804) ; Strand, pl. xx. g. 

Ab. atra, Linstow, Entom. Zeit. xxi. pp. 96-108. 

Ab. lutea, Aur]. Zeitschr. f. W. Ins. Biol. v. p. 169. 

Ab. flavoabdominalis, Schultz, Ent. Zschr. Stuttgr. xxiv. p. 36. 

Ab. obsoleta, Schultz, /. c. 

Castile, Italy, Croatia, Greece, Armenia, Amurland, 


Japan, Lapland. 


962. Liparis atlantica. 


Liparis atlantica, Ramb. Faun. Ent. Andal. ii. pl. xv. fig. 7 (1842). 
Lymantria atlantica, Strand, /. c. pl. xx. g. 


Andalusia, Mauretania. 


963. Liparis sinica. 
Lymantria sinica, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1879, p. 408. ° 
Type, d, N. China, in B.M.; Formosa, Shanghai. 


964. Liparis eurydice. 
Porthetria eurydice, Butler, Cist. Ent. iii. p. 118 (1885). 
Dasychira amata, Staud. Rom. sur Lép. 11. p. 206, pl. xii. fig. 2, 2 
(1887), 
Type, ¢, Choyama, Japan, in B.M.; Asama Yama, 
Amur. 


Genera of the Family Liparide. 425 


965. Liparis aboleta. 
Lymantria aboleta, Staud. Iris, vill. p. 295; Strand, Zc. pl. xxi. a, 
Palestine. 


966. Liparis destituta. 


Ocneria destituta, Staud. is Iv. p. 256 (1892). 
Lymantria destituta, Strand, J. c. tL XO, 


Armenia. 


967. Liparis yrisescens. 


Ocneria grisescens, Staud. Rom. Mon, Lep. 111. p. 289 (1887). 
Lymantria grisescens, Strand, J. ¢. pl. xxii. f, 
Ocneria albescens, Staud. /. c. pl. xi. fig. 4 


Askold Isl!., Ussuri District. 


968. Liparis lapidicola. 
Lymantria lapidicola, Herr.-Schaff. Schmett. Eur. Syst. vi. p. 52 
Strand, /. c. pl. xxiii. e. 
Form wrbico/a, Staud. Iris, iv. p. 337 (1892) ; Strand, pl. xxi. a. 
Form phenis:a, Rog. Sitz. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, ii. p. 85 (1891). 
Form libanicula, Staud. Iris, xii. p. 161. 
Form mardina, Staud, /, ¢. p. 338. 


Asia Minor, Mesopotamia, Smyrna, Beirut, Palestine, 
Cyprus, Mt. Lebanon. 


969. Liparis kamarovi. 


Lymantria kamarovi, Christ. Hor. Ent. Ross. xvii. p. 109; Strand, 
(fe folk noes 


Armenia. 


970. Liparis obfuscata. 


Lymantria obfuscata, Walker, xxxii. p. 367 (1865); Strand, Z. «. 
p. 150, pl. xxi. f 


ype, 2, N. India, in BM. ; Murree, Kangra, Punjab, 
Kulu, Sultan pore, Cashmir, Skardo. 


971. Liparis atala, nom. nov. 


Liparis binotata, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxiii, p. evii (1889) 
(preeoce. ). 
Lymantria binotata, Kirby, 7. ¢. p. 480. 


Madagascar. 


972. Liparis rebuit. 
Liparts rebuti, Pouj. Bull. Soc, Ent. France, (6) ix. p. 1xiii (1889), 
Lymantria rebuti, Kirby, J. ¢. 
Madagascar. 

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. xi. 28 


426 Colonel C. Swinhoe—A Revision of the 


973. Liparis mus. 


HEC S mus, Oberth.. Etud. Lep. Comp. fase. vi., Explan, Pis. 
p. 22, pl. ceexxx. (1916). 


Ei] Ontaya. 


974. Liparis oberthiiri. 
Lymantria oberthiivi, Lucas, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, Ixxv. p. 26, pl. ii. 
figs. 6, 7 (1906). 


Mauretania, Tunisia. 


975. Liparis dispar. 
Bombyx dispar, Linn. Syst. Nat. (x.) i. p. 601 (1758). 
Lymantria dispar, Strand, 1. ¢. p. 127, pl. xx. d. 
Bombyx, form disparina, Mull, Faun, Sib. ii, p. 2 (1867). 
Inparis, ab. fasciata, Rebel, Berge’s Schinett.-Buch. p. 118. 
Lnparis, ab. bordigalensis, I Mab. Bull. Soe. Ent. France, 1876, p, 9. 
Lnparis, form major, Fuchs, Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Nat, lil. Pp: 136, 
Ocneria, form er ebus, Th.-Mieg. Le Nat. vill. p. 237 (1881). 
Ocneria, form senuobscura, Th. -Meig. 1, ¢. 
Porthetria, form umbrosa, ‘Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1881, p. 10. 
Lymantria, ab. wiadiwastockensis, Strand pac: pla xxenes 
Lymantria, torm insignata, Schultz, Ent. Zachy, Stuttg. xxiv. p. 35. 
Lymaniria, form angulifera, Schultz, J. ¢. 
Lymantria, form unifascia, Schultz, Wee. p. 06. 
Lyumantria, form submarginalis, Schultz, é. ¢. 


Scandinavia, Finland, Amurland, Corea, Japan, China, 
France, Germany, England, Vladivostock. 


976. Liparis japonica. 


Liparis dispar, var. japonica, Motsch. Etud. d’Ent, 1860, p. 31. 
Inparis japonica, Strand, l. ¢. pl. xx. d. 

Porthetria hadina, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1881, p. 11. 
Lymantria japonica, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 19U3, p. 483 (note). 


Ty pe, hadina, Japan, in B.M.; Yokohama, Hakodate. 
977. Liparis fumida. 


Lymantria fumida, Butler, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xx. p. 402 
(1877); Butler, Ill. Typ. Het. 11. pl. xxiv. fig. 4, 9 (1878). 


Types, ¢ 2, Japan, in B.M.; Nikko, Yokohama. 


978. Liparis rhodina. 


Lymantria rhodina, Walker, xxxii. p. 366 (1865) ; Swinhoe, Cat. Het. 
Mus. Oxon. i. p. 222 (1892) Gar 


Type, ¢, India, in B.M.; Sikkim, Khasia Hills. 
979. Liparis beatria. 


Bombyx beatriz, Stoll, Suppl. Cram. pl. x1. fig. 2 (1791). 
Lymantiria beatrix, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soe. 1908, p. 487 (note). 


Java, Malay Peninsula, Japan. 


Genera of the Family Liparide. 427 


980. Liparis umbrina. 
Lymantria umbrina, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 55, pl. iii. fig. 4 (1879). 
Type, Darjiling, in B.M. 


981. Liparis mesta, 
Lymantria mesta, Swinhoe, Trans, Ent. Soc. 1903, p. 484. 
Type, ¢, Kasaoli; type, 2, Kangra Valley: bothin B.M. 


982. Liparis ganaha. 
6 ganaha, Swinhoe, J. c. p. 487. 
‘ype, 2, Java, in B.M.; Borneo. Allied to beatriz. 


983. Liparis merens. 
Dasychira (?) merens, Felder, Reise Nov. pl, xcix. fig. 4 (1868), 
Type, Ceylon, in Coll. Rothschild. 


984. Liparis nephrographa. 
Lymantria nephrographa, Turner, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland, xxvii. 
p. 23 (1915). 
Type, Mt. Tambourine, Queensland, in Coll. Turner ; 
Dorigo, N.S. Wales. 


985. Liparis dissoluta. 
Lymantria dissoluta, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1903, p. 484. 


Types, ¢ ?, Hongkong, in B.M. 


986. Liparis serva. 

Bombyx serva, Fabr. Syst. Ent, (3) 1. p. 47 

Lymantria obsoleta, Walker, iv. p. 880, 0, 5d ( 

Lymantria bhascara, Moore, Cat. Lep. K.-I. 

Lymantria vinacea, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1879, p. 

Lymantria obsoleta, Swinhoe, /. ¢c. p. 485 ( 

pl. xx. f 

Type, 3d, obsoleta; type, 2 , dbhascara: both in B.M. Type, 
vinacea, from Kanara, cponid be in B.M., but is missing ; 
common in §. Africa. I have a long series from Kanara, 
Poona, Matheran, Bombay, and Ceylon, bred at Poona: the 
larva feeds on Ficus indicus, pupa found amongst the roots, 
suspended in net like the pupa of Pervina nuda ; moths 
emerged in September and October, but an odd one was 
taken in every month trom July to February. 


ae 


1793). 
1855). 


( 
8 
Co. il. p. 845, 2 (1859). 
403, 

note) ; Strand, l.¢. p. 1380, 


987. Liparis ordinata. 
Lymantria ordinata, Walker, xxxii. p, 868 (1865), 
Type, Makian, Celebes, in Mus. Oxen. 


428 Colonel C. Swinhoe—A Revision of the 


988. Liparts albolunata. 
Lymantria albolunata, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1879, p. 405 ; Swinhoe, Trans. 
Knut. Soc. 1908, p. 485 (note). 


Type, ¢, Dharmsala; type, ?, Simla: both in B. ML Allied 


to serva. 


989. Liparis sobrina. 
Lymantria sobrina, Moore, l. ¢. p. 402; Swinhoe, /. ¢. p. 486 (note). 


Type, d, Dharmsala; type, 2 , India: bothin B.M, Simla. 


990. Liparis semicincta. 
Alope semicincta, Walker, ii. p. 620 (1855). 
Nagunda senucincta, Butler, Il. Het. v. p. 54, pl. xe. fig. 7 (1881). 
Type, @, N. India, in B.M.; Sikkim, Simla, Ranchi, 
Bengal. 


991. Liparis todara. 
Lymantria todara, Moore, P. Z. 5S. 1879, p. 402, pl. xxxiii. fie. 6 


Types, ¢ ¢, Nilgiris, in B.M.; Shevaroy Hills, Travan- 
core, Malabar. 


992. Liparis concolor. 
Lymantria concolor, Walker, iv. p. 876, 9 (1855); Butler, Ill. Het. vy. 
p. 55, pl. xe. figs. 8, 9 (1881). 
Lymantria superans, Walker, l. c., 2. 
Lymantria nacans, Felder, Reise Nov. pl. xcix. fig. 2, 9 (1868). 
Lymantria carnecolor, Moore, lity 7h, tors WUtsioksy, 19. 399, fate 


Type, 2, and type, 2, superans; type, 3, carnecolor, 
Dharmsala: allin B.M. Simla, Dalhousie, Kangra, Sultan- 
pore, Abbotabad, Manipur, Jarvai Hills, and Khasia Hills, 
where it is very common. 


993. Liparis similis. 


Lymantria similis, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1879, p. 402, 3. 
Lymantria cara, Butler, Ill. Het. v. pl. xc. fig. 18, 9 (1881). 


Type, ¢, Calcutta; type, 2, Bhutan: both m B.M. 


994. Liparis marginata. 
Lymantria marginata, Walker, iv. p. 877; Butler, J. ¢. fig. 12 
Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soe. 1908, p. 487 (note). 
Lymantria pusilla, Felder, Reise Nov. pl. xcix. fig. 3 (1868). 
Lymantria gra, Moore, P.Z, 8. 1888, p. 899; Strand, 7. c. p. 1381, 
Oly SOR 


Type, 25 mylhet; types, 6 2, mona) Kaneranieallsam 
B.M. Type, pusilla, Bengal, in Coll. Rothschild; Dharmsala, 
Sikkim. 


Genera of the Family Liparide. 429 


995. Liparis posifusca. 
Lymantria postfusca, Swinhoe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xvii. 
p. 547 (1906) (note). 
Type, ¢ 2, Kandy, Ceylon, in B.M. 


996. Liparis fuliginosa. 
Lymantria fuliginosa, Moore, P.Z.S. 1883, p. 17; Swinhoe, Trans. 
Ent. Soe. 1903, p. 488 (note). 
Type, ¢ 2, Bombay, in B.M.; Ceylon; bred by me in 
Bombay, Khandalla, Salsette. 


997. Liparis velutina. 
Orgyia (Dasichira) velutina, Mab. Bull. Soe. Zool. France, ii. p. 90 
(1878). 


Madagascar. 


998. Liparis aurora. 

Lymantria aurora, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xx. p. 403 
(1877); Butler, Tl. Het. 11. pl. xxiv. fig. 6 (1878); Swinhoe, 7. e. 
p.488 (note) ; Wileman, The Philipp. Journ. of Science, xiii. (4) 
p. 156, pl. i. fig. 7 (1918). 

Lymantria aurora, var. fusca, Leech, P. Z.S. 1888, p. 629, pl. xxxi. 
fig. 9. 


Types, d 2, Japan; type, fusca, Nagahama: all in B.M. 
Yokohama, Formosa. 


999. Liparis mathura. 
Lymantria mathura, Moore, P.Z.S. 1865, p. 806; Strand, Z. c. p. 128, 
ple Xx. €. 
Type, o, N. India, in B.M.; Kangra, Dehra Doon, Sik- | 
kim, Khasia Hills, Loochoo Isls., Chefoo, China, Omeishan., 


1000. Liparis viola. 

Lymantria viola, Swinhoe, P.Z. 8S, 1889, p. 406. 

Types, ¢ ?, Thanna, Bombay, in B.M.; Wangi, Bombay, 
Jubbulpur. 


1001. Liparis grandis. 

Lymantria grandis, Walker, iv. p.874, 9 (1855) ; Butler, 7. ¢. p. 57, 

pL xc. fies. 1,2, 5 2. 

LTymantria maculosa, Walker, iv. p. 881, ¢. 

Lymantria metarhoda, Walker, xxxii. p. 865, ¢ (1865), 

Type, 2, Ceylon; type, maculosa, labelled N.S.W., ex 
errore: bothin B.M. Type, 2, metarhoda, Ceylon, in Mus, 
Oxon. 


430 Colonel C. Swinhoe—A Revision of the 


1002. Liparis singapura. 


Lymantria singapura, Swinhoe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xvii. p. 547 
(1906). \: 


Type, ¢, Singapore, in B.M. 


1003, Liparis subrosea. 


Lymantria subrosea, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1903, p. 489. 
Lymantria rosea, Hmpsn. Il. Het. iv. p. 76, pl. elviil. fig. 28 (1893) 
(preeoce.). 


Type, ¢, Ceylon, in B.M. 


1004. Liparis lucescens. 
Porthetria lucescens, Butler, Trans. Unt. Soc. 1881, p. 11. 
Type, 6, Hakodate, Japan, in B.M.; Tokio, Oiwake. 


1005. Liparis flavonigra. 


Lymantria flavonigra, Joicey, Noaks, & Talbot, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1915, 
p. 882, pl. 1xi. figs. 12 g, 18 9 


Types, ¢ 2, Arfak Mts., Dutch N. Guinea, in Coll. Joicey. 


1006. Liparis maculata. 


Lymantria maculata, Semper, Het. Philipp. p. 462, pl. liv. fig. 1, 3 
(1898). 


Type, ¢, Philippines, in Coll. Semper. 


1007. Liparis loacana. 


Lymantria loacana, Semper, 1. ¢. p. 462. 


Type, N.W. Luzon, Philippines, in Coll. Semper. | 


1008. Liparis nigrostriata. 
Lymantria nigrostriata, Kenrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1918, p. 597. 
Type, ¢@, Madagascar, in B.M. 


1009. Laparis manicata. 
Lymantria manicata, Aurivill. Ent. Tidsky. xiii. p. 193, 9 (1892). 
‘Type, Cameroons, in Upsala Mus.; Old Calabar, River 
Niger. | 
1010. Liparis xylina. 
Lymantria xylina, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent, Soc. 19038, p. 490, 
‘Type, ¢, Formosa, in B.M, 


Genera of the Family Liparidee. 431 


1011. Liparis galinara. 
Lymantria galinara, Swinhoe, 1. c. (note), 


Type, ¢ 2, Singapur, in B.M. ; Bali, Jambak, Borneo, 


1012. Liparis lepcha. 


Porthesia lepcha, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 54, ¢ (1879). 
Barhona carneola, Moore, /. c. p. 56, Q. 


Types, g ?, Sikkim, in B.M. 


1013. Liparis marginalis. 


Lymantria marginalis, Walker, Journ. Linn, Soe. vi. p. 131 (1862), 


Type, Sarawak, in Mus. Oxon. 


1014. Liparis brunneiplaga. 
Lymantria brunneiplaga, Swinhoe, /. c. p. 491 (note). 


Types, ¢ 2, Java, in B.M.; Borneo, Sumatra, Penang. 


1015. Liparis lunata. 
Bombyx luinata, Stoll, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ecclxix. fig. C (1782). 
Pegella ichorina, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) xiii. p. 201 (1884). 
Type. zchorina, Amboina, in B.M.; N. Guinea, Celebes, 
Java, Aru. 


1016. Liparis curvifera. 
Pegella curvifera, Walker, xxxv. p. 1922 (1866); 9, not d, as stated 
by Walker. 
Lymantria curvifera, Swinhoe, J. c. p. 491 (note). 
Lymantria lunata, Semper (nec Stoll), Het. Philipp. p. 461, pl. N, 
figs. 5, 7, larva and pupa (1898). 


Type, 2 (nec ¢), Philippines, in B.M.; Gilolo, Batjan. 


1017. Liparis asetria. 
Lymantria asetria, Wiibner, Sammi. Exot, Schmett. ii. figs. 1, 4 (1818). 
Dasychira antica, Walker, vii. p. 1739, @ (1856). 
Lymantria pramesta, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. Co. ii, p. 344, pl. ix. a, 
fie. 3 (1859). 
Types, pramesta and antica, § 3, Java, in B.M.; Moul- 
mein, Thyetmyo. 


1018. Liparis narinda. 
Lymantria narinda, Moore, l, ¢, p. 542; Swinhoe, /. ec. p. 492 (note), 
Lymantria hilaris, Voll, Tijd. v, Ent. vi. p. 1438, pl. x, figs. 2, 3 (1863), 


Type, ¢, Java, in B,M.; Sumatra, 


432 Colonel C. Swinhoe—A Revision of the 


1019. Liparis grisea. 
Lymantria grisea, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 55, pl. iil. fig. 5 (1879). 
Type, ?, Darjiling, in B.M.; Khasia Hills, Chin Hills, 


Burma. 


1020. Liparis silca. 
Lymantria silea, Swinhoe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xii. p. 197 
(1903). 


Types, ¢ ?, Fergusson Isl., in B.M.; Milne Bay, Kapaur, 
N. Guinea. 


1021. Liparis novoguineensis. 


Lymantria novoguineensis, Beth Baker, Nov. Zool. xi. p. 407, Dleaval. 
fig. 85 (1904). 


Type, Ekeikei, N. Guinea, in Coll. Bethune-Baker. 


1022. Liparis ganara. 
Lymantria ganara, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. Co, ii. p. 344 (1859). 


s Type, ¢, Java, in B.M.; Sumatra, Borneo, Singapore, 
urma. 


1023. Liparis bivittata. 

Pegella bivittata, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 57 (1879). 

Type, 2, Darjiling, in B.M.; Sikkim, Sylhet, all females. 
The ¢ is unknown, it is sure to be very similar to the male 
of ganara. 


1024. Liparis vacillans. 
Lymantria vacillans, Walker, iv. p. 873 (1855). 


Type, ¢, Congo, in B.M. 


1025. Liparis dulcinea. 
Lymantria dulcinea, Butler, Cist. Ent, 11. p. 12 (1882). 
‘'ypes, 6 2, Madagascar, in B.M. 


1026. Liparis rosea. 
Lymantria rosea, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) iv. p. 2389 
(1879). 


Types, ¢ ?, Madagascar, in B.M. 


1027. Liparis lugardi. 
Lymantria lugardi, Swinhoe, Trans, Ent. Soc. 1908, p. 498, 
Types, ¢ ?, N'Gami Country, in B.M. 


Genera of the Family Liparidee. 433 


1028. Liparis banane, 
Lymantria banana, Butler, P. Z. 8S. 1896, p. 848, pl. xbi. fig. 9. 


Type, 3d, Nyassaland, in B.M.; Massai. 


1029. Liparis tottea. 
Lymantria tottea, Swinhoe, 7. ¢. p. 494. 


Type, 3, Old Calabar, in B.M. 


1030. Liparis mosera. 
Lymantria mosera, Drace, Ann. & Mag, Nat. Hist. (7) 1. p. 208 (1896). 


Types, ¢ 2, Delagoa Bay,in Coll. Joicey ; Natal, Durban, 
Rhodesia. 


1031. Liparis eddela. 


Lymantria eddela, Swinhoe, /. ¢. 


Type, ¢, Ewanbo, Tanganyika, in B.M. 


1032. Liparis carriola. 
Lymantria carriola, Swinhoe, /. ¢. p. 498. 


Type, 2, Angola, in B.M. 


1033. Liparis gondona. 
Lymantria gondona, Swinhoe, l. ec. 


Type, 2, Saraki Valley, Brit. E. Africa, in B.M. 


1034. Liparis reducta, 
Darala reducta, Walker, iv. p. 888 (1855). 
Lymantria reducta, Turner, Proc, Linn. Soc. N.S.W. (4) xlv. p. 491 
(1920). 


Type, ¢, N. Australia, in B.M.; Cunnamulla, Lismore, 
N.S.W. 


1035. Liparis binotata. 


Lymantria binotata, Butler, Trans, Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 386, pl. ix. fig. 3; 
Turner, J. c. 


Type, ¢, Peak Downs, in B.M.; Port Darwin. 


1036. Liparis parva. 
Lymantria parva, Walker, xxxii. p. 368 (1865). 


Type, Timor, in Mus. Oxon, 


434 Colonel C. Swinhoe—A Revision of the 


1037. Liparis thomson. 
Lymantria thomsoni, Druce, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) i. p. 209 (1898). 


Type, 2, Mongo-na-lobah, W. Africa, in Coll. Joicey. 


1038. Liparis parvula. 
Lymantria parvula, Kenrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1913, p. 597, plexes 
fio. 29, 


Type, 9, Madagascar, in Coll. Kenrick. 


1039. Liparis simplex. 
Lymantria simpler, Pag. Jahrb. Nass. Ver. xxxix. p. 132 (1888). 


Aru. 


The following species of Liparis are taken from Kirby’s 
Catalogue. Iam not acquainted with them :— 


1040. Lyparis brotea. 


Bombyx brotea, Stoll, we Exot. iv. pl. ccexxii. E (1781). 
Ly mantria brotea, Kirby, Cat. Moths, i, p. 478 (1892). 


Coromandel. 


1041. Liparis basinigra. 
Lymaniria basingra, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 805; Kirby, 2. c. p. 479. 


Bengal. 


1042. Liparis (?) rhodalipha. 
Arctia rhodalipha, Felder, Reise Nov. pl. c. fig. 25 (1868), 
Lymantria (?) rhodalipha, Kirby, 1. ec. 


Type, Cape, in Coll. Rothschild. 


10143. Liparis rufopunctata. 


Lynne I ee aa Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1862, p. 265; 
Kirby, /. 


Natal. 


1044. Liparis subfusca. 


Lnparis subfusca, Boisd. Voy. Delegorgne, ii. p. 598 (1847). 
Lymantria subfusca, Kirby, J. c. 


Amazulu. 


1045. Liparis melanocera. 


Liparis melanocera, Mab, Bull. Soc. Ent. France, iii. p. 89 (1878). 
Lymantrva melanocer a, Kirby, J. ¢, 


Madagascar. 


Genera of the Family Liparide. 435 


10146. Liparis vitrina, 


Liparis vitrina, Mab. 1. e. 
Lymantria vitrina, Wirby, @. ¢. 


Madagascar. 


1047. Liparis lutea. 


Liparis lutea, Boisd. /. ec. p. 159. 
Lymantria (?) lutea, Wirby, l. e. 


Amazulu, 


1018. Liparis heptasticta. 


Liparis heptasticta, Mab. 1. ¢. p. 90. 
Lymantria heptasticta, Kirby, . ¢. 


Madagascar. 


1049. Liparis rhodophora. 


Tiparis rhodophora, Mab. Soc. Philom. (7) ui. p. 187 (1879). 
Lymantria rhodophora, Wirby, 1. ¢. 


Madagascar, 


Genus Ocnerta, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 158 (1822). 


1050. Ocneria detrita. 
Bombyx detrita, Esper, Schmett. Eur. iii. (2) p. 229, pl. xliv. fig. 6 
(1785). 
Ocneria detrita, Strand, 1. ec. p. 181, pl. li. e. 
Germany, Austria, Hungary, Bukovina, Bulgaria, Sarepta, 
Taurus, France. 
1051. Ocneria terebynthi. 
Bombyx terebynthi, Fryer, Neu Beitr. iii. p. 110, pl. eclxxii. fig. 1 
(1837). 
Ocneria unicolor, Staud. Iris, vii. p. 260, 
Ocneria terebynthi, Strand, l. ¢. pl. xxi. d. 


Asia Minor, Balkans, Armenia, Mesopotamia. 


1052. Ocneria terebynthina. 
Ocneria terebynthina, Staud. l. c. p. 259, 
Mesopotamia. 


1053. Ocneria raddei. 


Ocneria raddei, Christoph. Rom. Mem. Lep. i. p. 10, pl. i. figs, 3, 4 
(1885) ; Strand, /. c. p. 152, pl. xxi. J, : 


Transcaucasia, Mesopotamia, 


436 Colonel C. Swinhoe—A Revision of the 


1054. Ocneria flavipalpata. 


Ocneria flavipalpata, Staud. Iris, vill. p. 296: Strand, 7. e. pl. xxi. d. 


Valley of the Jordan. | 


1055. Ocneria signatoria. 
Ocneria signatoria, Chris. Iris, vi. p. 88; Strand, 2. ¢. pl. xxi. b. 
Ocneria poenitens, Staud. Iris, xii. p. 162. 


Transcaucasia, Turkestan, Palestine. 


1056. Ocneria signatoria nissent. 
Lymantria nissent, Roths. Nov. Zool. xix. p. 125 (1912). 


Lymantria signatoria algirica, Oberthiir, Etude Comp. fase. 


April 1916, 
Ocneria signatoria nissent, Roth. Nov. Zool. xxiv. p. 358 (1917), 


Algeria. 


1057. Ocneria rubea. 
Bombyx rubea, Fabr. Mant. Ins. ii. p. 117 (1787). 
Ocneria rubrior, Fuchs. Jahrb. Ver. Nass. Nat. iii. p. 45. 
Ocneria rubea, Strand, l. c. pl. xxi. ¢ 


See 


Rheingan, Spain, France, Italy, Tyrol, Moravia, Austria, 


Hungary, Transsylvania, Dalmatia, N.W. Africa. 


1058. Ocneria (?) nora. 
Ocneria nora, Staud, Iris, vii. p. 112. 


Taurus. 


1059. Ocneria (?) samarita. 
Ocneria samartta, Staud. Iris, viii. p. 204. 
Ocneria (?) samarita, Strand, l.c. pl. xxi.¢. 


Palestine. 


1060. Ocneria (?) ledereri. 
Ochneria lederert, Mill. Icon. ii. p. 451; Strand, /. ¢. pl. xxii. h. 


Sicily. 


1061. Ocnerta (7) amabilis. 
Ocneria amabiliz, Christ. Rom, Mém. Lép. iii. p. 60. 
Ocneria (2) amabilis, Strand, l. c. pl. xxi. d. 


Askhabad. 


1062. Ocneria heliaspis. 


Ocneria heliaspis, Meyrick, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Australia, xiy. p. 192 


(1891). 
N.S. Wales. 


(yenera of the Family Liparide. 


Genus Ocnrroeyia, Staud. Iris, iv. p. 254. 
1063. Ochnerogyia amanda. 


Ochnerogyia amanda, Staud. 1. ¢. 


Mesopotamia, 


Genus ALBARRACINA, Staud. Stett. ent. Zeit. xliv. 
p. 180 (1883). 
1064. Albarracina korbi. 


Bombyx korbi, Staud. 1. e. p. 179. 
Albarracina korbi, Staud. /. c. p. 180; Strand, 2. e. pl. xxi. d. 


Albarracin, East Central Spain. 


1065. Albarracina syriaca. 


Cs 


~ 


Albarracina syriaca, Standfus, Iris, 1. p. 266; Strand, d.¢. pl. xxii. A. 


Var. deundulata, Strand, 7. ¢. p. 133. 
Jaffa in Syria, Tunis. 


1066. Aléarracina bau. 


Albarracina baui, Standfus, /. ¢. 


Palestine, Syria. 


1067. Albarracina (?) vandalicia. 


Bombyx vandalicia, Mill. Ann. Soc. Linn. Lyon, (2) xii. p. 437, pl. vi. 


ties. 6, 7 (1866). 
Albarracina (?) vandahcia, Kirby, Cat. Moths, i. p. 838 (1892). 
Spain. 


1068. Albarracina warrionis. 


Bombyx warrionis, Oberth. Etude Ent, vi. p. 75, pl. ii. fig, 6 (1881), 


Algeria, in Coll. Oberthir. 


Genus OxerNnozia, Wallgrn. K. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 


(2) v. (i.) p. 34 (1865). 
1069. Oreinobia scurrilis. 


Psilura scurrilis, Wallgrn. Wien. ent. Mon. iv. p. 163 (1860). 
Oreinobia scurrilis, Wallgrn, Vet.-Akad. Handl. (2) y. (i.) p. 84. 
Oreinobia scurrilis, Kirby, J. c. p. 480. 


S. Africa. 


Genus Paxasea, Wallgrn. J. c. p. 35. 
1070. Palasea albimacula. 
Palasea albimacula, Wallgrn. l.c.; Kirby, 2, ¢, 


Caffraria, 


438 Colonel C. Swinhoe—A Revision of the 
Genus Imaus, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 54 (1879). 


1071. Jmaus mondus. 


Lymantria munda, Walker, iv. p. 875 (1855). 
Imaus mundus, Moore, J. ¢. 


Lymantria gomara, Moore, Cat. Lep. I. I. Co. ii. p. 344 (1859). 
Type, 2, Sylhet, in B.M.; Sikkim, Java. 


1072. Imaus dasychiroides. | 
Imaus dasychiroides, Roths. Journal of the F.M.S. Mus. p. 183 (1920). 
Type, W. Sumatra, in Coll. Rothschild. 


1073. Imaus malgassica. 


Imaus malgassica, Kenrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. 19138, p. 599, pl. xxxii. 
fig. 35. 


Type, 3, Madagascar, in Coll. Kenrick. 


1074. Imaus nepcha. 


Imaus nepcha, Joicey & Talbot, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xx. p. 57, 
pl. i. fig. 12 (1917). 


Type, ¢, Dutch N. Guinea, in Coll. Joicey. 


1075. Imaus basistriga. 
Imaus basistriga, Joicey & Talbot, d. c. p. 58, pl. i. fig. 13. 
Type, ¢, Dutch N. Guinea, in Coll. Joicey. 


Genus Dura, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 56 (1879). 
Dasychiroides, Beth.-Baker, Nov. Zool. 1904, p. 406. 


1076. Dura alba. 


Dura alba, Moore, U. ¢. 

Type, 6, Darjiling, in Coll. Staudinger; type, ?, Dar- 
jiling, in B.M. ; Sikkim, Khasia Hills, Tonkin, Philippines. 
1077. Dura amplipennis. 

Lymantria amplipennis, Walker, xxxii. p. 867 (1865). 

Type, N. Guinea, in Mus. Oxon. 


1078. Dura albicans. 
Dasychira albicans, Walker, vii. p. 17380 (1856). 
Type, ?, Celebes, in B.M.; Borneo, Singapore. 


Genera of the Family Liparide. 439 


1079. Dura obsoleta. 
Dasychiroides obsoleta, Beth.-Baker, Nov. Zool. xi. p. 406, pl. vi. 
fie, 43, ¢ (1904); Joicey & Talbot, Ann. & Mage. Nat. Hist. (8) 
may p» OO, pl. i. fig. 4, 9 
Type, g, N. Guinea, in Coll. Bethune-Baker; type, ¢, 
N. Guinea, in Coll. Joicey. 


1080. Dura marginepunctata. 


Imaus marginepunctata, Beth.-Baker, Nov. Zool. 1904, p. 410. 
Dura marginepunctata, Turner, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. xly. (4) 
p. 489 (1920). 


Type, N. Guinea, in Coll. Bethune-Baker ; Cairns, N. 
Queensland, Atherton. 


1081. Dura ochrias. 


Imaus ochrias, Turner, Proc, Roy. Soc. 8. Australia, xxx. p. 126 (1906). 
Dura ochrias, Turner, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. xlv. (4) p. 489 (1920). 


Type, 2, Thursday Isl.,in Coll. Lyell; Cairns. 


1082. Dura pratti. 


Dasychiroides pratti, Beth.-Baker, /. ¢. p. 406, pl. vi. fig. 7. 
Duta pratti, Turner, 7. c. 


Type, N. Guinea, in Coll. Bethune-Baker; Kuranda, near 
Cairus. | 
1083. Dura prionodesma. 

Dura prionodesma, Turner, 1. ¢. 


Type, ¢, Port Darwin, N. Australia, in Coll. Lyell. 


1084. Dura inhonorata. 


Lymantria inhonorata, Hopff. Stett. ent. Zeit. xxxv. p. 44 (1874). 
Dura (?) inhonorata, Wirby, Cat. Moths, 1. p. 481 (1e92). 


Celebes. 


Genus Pyramocera, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soe. xv. 
p. 82 (1880). 
1085. Pyramocera fuliginea. 
Pyramocera fulyyinea, Butler, 1. c. (fig.). 


Types, ¢ ¢, Madagascar, in B.M. 


1086. Pyramocera barica. 
Liparis barica, Mab. Bull. Soc. Zool. France, iii. p. 90 (1878). 
Pyramocera barica, Kirby, 7. ¢, 


Madagascar, 


440 Colonel C. Swinhoe—A Revision of the 


1087. Pyramocera tephra. 


Orgyia tephra, Herr.-Schaff. Aussereur. Schmett. i, p. 387 (1855). 
Pyramocera (?) tephra, Kirby, U. ¢. p. 923. 


Cape. 


1038. Pyramocera fumosa. 


Lymantria fumosa, Saalm. Lep. Madag. i. p. 188, pl. vi. figs. 79, 79 a 
(1884). 
Pyramocera fumosa, Kirby, 7. ¢. 


Nossi Bé. 


1089. Pyramocera uzxor. 


Lymantria uxor, Saalm. 1. c. p. 190 (1884). 
Pyramocera uxor, Kirby, 1. ¢. 


Nossi Bé. 


SPECIES WRONGLY REFERRED TO THE FAMILY. 


1090. Aroa exoleta, Swinhoe, Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon. 1. p. 197, 
ple vietis (18: 


1091. Euproctis pelodes, Lower, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland, 
1892, p. 77 (Notodontide). 


1092. Teara erebodes, Lower, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Australia, 
xvi. p. 14 (1892) = Ochrogaster contraria, Walker 
(1855) (Notodontidee). 


1093. Teara coralliphora, Lower, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 
1900, p. 32 (Notodontide). 


GENERA IN Kirpy’s CATALOGUE WRONGLY INCLUDED 
IN THE LIPARIDA. 


1094. Comana, Walker, xxxii. p. 495. 


1095. Xanthodura, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. °) v 
p. 384. 


1096. Cinosandra, Newman, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1856, p. 286 
(Notodontide). 


1097. Marcipa, Walker, iv. p. 807. 


1098. Epipyrops, Westwood, Proc. & Trans. Ent. Soc. 1876, 
pp. Xxlv, 522. 


1099. Sarsina, Walker, iv. p. 800. 


1100. 
1101. 
1102. 
1103. 
1104. 
1105. 
1106. 


1107. 
1108. 
L109. 


1110. 


Bie 
LEY. 


11138. 


1114. 


1115. 
it 16. 
ELL. 


EELS. 
E119. 
1120. 
1121. 
1122. 
Rio. 
1124. 


Genera of the Family Liparide. 44) 
Geodena, Walker, vii. p. 1691 (Aganaide). 
Soloé, Walker, ii. p. 557 (Aganaidee). 
Isine, Walker, ii. p. 543 (Lithosiide). 
Lerna, Walker, xxxiil. p. 805 (Lithosiidee). 
Cypra, Boisd. Voy. de Astrolabe, p. 201 (Boarmiide). 
Deroca, Walker, iv. p. 822 (Drepanide). 


Lrichetra, Westwood, Mod. Class. Ins. Gen. Syn. p. 92 
(Kupterotide). 


Marane, Walker, xxxui. p. 397 (Eupterotide). 
Apina, Walker, ui. p. 756 (Noctuids). 


Phiala, Wallengr. Wien. ent. Mon. iv. p. 165 
(Hupterotidee). 


Raphipeza, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) v. 
p-. 386 (Lasiocampide). 


Chrysopsyche, Butler, 1. c. p. 887 (Lasiocampide). 


Trisula, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. Co. un. p. 420 (Noc- 
tuidee). 


Trisuloides, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) vii. 
p. 36 (Noctuide). 


Rhanidophora, Wallgrn. Gifv. Vers. Vet.-Akad. Forh. 
xv. p. 213 (Noctuidz). 


Amsacta, Walker, iv. p. 804 (Arctiide). 
Teara, Walker, iv. p. 816 (Eupterotide). 


Ochrogaster, Felder, Reise Nov. pl. xciv. fig. 5 
(Kupterotid). 


Sitina, Walker, iv. p. 854 (Lasiocampide). 
Callia, Walker, iv. p. 854 (Lasiocampide). 
Amana, Walker, ii. p. 661 (Uraniidee). 
Vunga, Walker, xxxii. p. 453 (Boarmiidze). 
Beraiade, Walker, iv. p. 852 (Lasiocampidee). 
Cebysa, Walker, 11. p. 486 (Tineidz). 
Castula, Walker, 11. p. 561 (Lithosiide). 


Ann. & AMlag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. xi. 29 


449 Mr. T. D..A. Cockerell on 


1125. Cluaca, Walker, xxxi. p. 268 (Lithosiide). 


1126. Lecriolepis, Butler, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) v. 
p. 885 (Lasiocampidze). \ 


1127. Laganda, Walker, xxxii. p. 8389 (Bombycide). 

1128. Ticilia, Walker, xxxil. p. 894 (Drepanide). 

1129. Cosmethis, Hiitbner, Verz. Schmett. p. 179 (Boarmiide). 
1130. Cozistra, Walker, xxxil. p. 342 (1865) (Boarmiide). 


XLIII.—Some Bees from British Guiana. 
By T. D. A. CockrereE1t, University of Colorado. 


Tu bees of the Guianas were collected long ago, and many 
of the commoner or more conspicuous species described by 
the earlier authors. Thus it happens that a small collection 
from this region will usually contain a number of the species 
of Linneus, Fabricius, Olivier, Lepeletier, F. Smith, &c., 
and one readily gets the idea that the fauna is well-known. 
In later years, however, collections have been few, and such 
authors as Vachal, Friese, Schrottky, Ducke, and others 
have apparently had little material from this part of South 
America. The collection now reported ou represents those 
species, received by the Imperial Bureau from British 
Guiana, which could not be readily identified at the British 
Museum. Iam greatly indebted to Dr. G. A. K. Marshall 
for the opportunity to study them, and permission to retain 
some duplicates, which will eventually go to the U.S. 
National Museum. It will be seen that there are many 
novelties, but they do not represent fundamentally new 
types, but rather representative or local species of groups 
well-known from other parts of South America. 


Ptiloglossa ducalis lucernarum, subsp. un. 


? .— Length about 17°5 mm. 

Black, with the labrum dark red (clypeus entirely black), 
mandibles dark red in middle except above, first abdominal 
segment ferruginous, with the apical margin broadly bluish 
green, second segment steel-blue, greenish toward the base, 
third similarly coloured, fourth blue-green apically and red 
at extreme (covered) base ; flagellum, except basal joint, 
dusky ferruginous beneath, the oblique apical truncation 


» 


some Bees from British Guiana. 443 


red; vertex with black hair, cheeks with long white hair, a 
fringe of white hair around clypeus above and laterally, 
a tuft of bright red hair at apex of clypeus medially, hair of 
front mainly black ; thorax with short brownish-black hair 
above, beneath with pale hair (but much black on meso- 
pleura), at sides posteriorly with red hair; tegule black. 
Wings dusky, suffused with reddish; femora with light hair, 
tibize and tarsi with dark hair on outer side and red on 
inner. Abdomen with pale reddish hair on red part of first 
segment, and black on metallic; segments 2 to 4 with linear 
but distinct apical yellowish bands; apex with copious sooty 
hair ; venter with pale red hair basally and dark apically; 
a patch of long yellowish-white hair on each side ventrally 
beyond the middle ; apical plate broad and black. 

At lights, Hills Estate, R. Massaruni, 15 Dec., 1917 
(G. H. Bodkin). 

As to the occurrence of Ptiloglossa at light, see Schrottky 
(under Megacilissa), Smithsonian Misc. Coll. xlviii. (1907) 
p- 259. The ocelli are very large, as with other nocturnal 
Hymenoptera. The type of Ptiloglossa ducalis, Smith, is at 
Oxford, and is labelled “Chili? ’’ Smith said the locality 
was unknown. Friese formerly thought it identical with the 
Mexican P. eximia (Smith), but Schrottky in 1914 showed 
that this was not the case, and stated that he had ducalis from 
La Rioja, Argentina. The present insect is certainly very 
near to ducalis, differing by the largely red first abdominal 
segment and other minor details. Smith’s figure of the 
venation is incorrect, as his description shows. The Brazilian 
P. obscura (Schrottky) has the base of the abdomen dark red, 
and is evidently closely allied. Other related forms are the 
Brazilian P. pretiosa (Friese) and the Mexican P. thoracica 
(Fox), described under Megacilissa. It seems quite probable 
that all these forms are local races of one, P. ducalis. On 
the other hand, P. ducalis, var. buchwaldi, Friese, is a large 
red insect resembling Xenoglossa fulva in appearance, and 
must, I think, stand as a distinct species, P. buchwaldi. 


Megalopta idalia, Smith. 


1 2, Issororo, N.W.D., June 1916 (Bodkin). 

As at present understood, this species is widely distributed, 
and it may be capable of subdivision when more material is 
available *. 

* Schrottky thinks that what I described as ¢dalia in Proc. Acad, Nat. 
Sci. Phila., 1900, p. 356, is really ochriaus (Vachal). My insect was a 9 ; 
ee described only the ¢. Ducke holds that ochrias is a variety of 
dala, 


29 


A444 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on 


Megalopta sodalis, Vachal. 


4.2, Issororo, N.W.D., June 1915 and 1916 (Bodkin) ; 
attracted to light, Morawhanna, N.W.D. (Bodkin) ; N.W. 
District, May 1917 (4. A. Abraham). 

These bees, like the Péz/oylossa, have large ocelli and are 
nocturnal or vespertine. Described from Brazil. 


Megalopta tacarunensis, sp. n. 


§ —Length about 12°5 mm., anterior wing about 10. 

Head and thorax brassy green, with strong coppery 
tints on face (especially supraclypeal area), mesothorax, 
and scutellum; lower margin of clypeus and labrum dull 
yellowish; face very narrow, broadened on front by 
emargination of orbits; ocelli large as usual, lateral one’s 
distance from occipital margin about the length of an 
ocellus ; mandibles pale basally, darkened apicaliy ; tongue 
long and lnear; antenne long, pale ferruginous, the 
flagellum blackened above and nodose beyond the middle ; 
clypeus very sparsely and not strongly punctured; meso- 
thorax shining, with fine punctures and widely scattered 
larger ones ; scutellum convex, uot at all bigibbous ; post- 
scutellum considerably smaller than scutellum ; base of 
metathorax with a rather narrow shining channel, obtusely 
angulate in middle, its margins and ends with indistinct 
traces of plicee; tubercles and tegule ferruginous. Wings 
slightly dusky, not clouded in the marginal cell; stigma and 
outer nervures yellowish ferruginous, toward the base the 
nervures are darker; second submarginal cell small ; first 
recurrent nervure meeting second intercubitus. Legs ferru- 
ginous, with concolorous hair. Abdomen with first two 
segments light ferruginous; apex of second, and the 
remaining segments, much darker ; third ventral segment 
with a complete and deep median sulcus. 

Cattle Trail Survey, Takaruni R. (sec. 2), June 1919 
(4, A. Abraham). 

Near to M. ethautis (Vachal), from Peru, but the abdo- 
men is differently coloured. Also allied to M. tabascana, 
Ckll., from Mexico, but differing in the area of metathorax 
and coloration of abdomen. Possibly all three are races or 
subspecies of one species. It has been the history of the 
South American birds and mammals that many species have 
been described as distinct, from widely separated places. More 
recent, far more intensive and exhaustive studies have shown 
that the number of separable forms is verv much greater 
than had been supposed, but that whole series of these are 


some Bees from British Guiana. 445 


to be regarded as local races of widespread species. Tlow far 
this will be paralleled among the bees remains to be seen. 
The butterflies and ants certainly show analogous phenomena. 

Nevertheless, when we have defined a series of subspecies 
and arranged them under aggregate species, the biological 
problem has not been solved. Experimental work has shown 
that objectively identical differences may be due either to 
heredity or environment. Among the bees, it is probable 
that the “little species’ are in most cases the genuine units 
of life, having different habits and occupying different 
stations. It will, of course, be long before these matters 
have been adequately elucidated by field-observations in 
tropical countries, but every scrap of biological information 
is of value. 


Augochlora (Odontochlora) essequibensis, sp. 1 


? .—Length about 11°5 mm. 

Robust, black and green ; head large, with broad rounded 
cheeks and broad vertex, mainly black, but a bright green 
band along anterior orbits, and upper part of cheeks greenish; 
mandibles strongly bidentate, dark red in middle, with no 
green spot at base; clypeus broad, polished, with rather 
numerous large punctures, its lower middle depressed, and at 
each extreme side a distinct tubercle; supraclypeal area 
very convex, dullish; front very densely and minutely 
rugoso-punctate ; flagellum ferruginous beneath, except at 
base ; mesothorax very densely and finely rugoso-punctate, 
median depressed lune distinct; mesothorax black, with 
green margins, and a pair of green bands converging 
anteriorly ; scutellum sculptured like mesothorax, black in 
middle, green at sides, the median groove distinct ; area 
of metathorax with about 55 delicate longitudinal striae, 
irregularly connected about the middle by a transverse line; 
posterior truncation not defined above; postscutellum 
briliant green, and metathorax mainly green ; mesopleura 
black, faintly greenish, granular; tegulz castaneous. Wings 
dusky, stigma dark reddish, nervures dark; first recurrent 
nervure meeting second intercubitus. Legs black, anterior 
tibiz red in front, at least at base; hind spur simple ; meso- 
thorax with black hair, postseutellum, metathorax, and base 
of abdomen with white, inner side of tarsi with dark rufo- 
fuscous hair. Abdomen almost impunctate, the first segment 
with very delicate punctures at sides; abdomen broad, 
black, suffused with green at sides, with delicate pruinose 
pubescence, shining silvery in some lights; apex with black 
hair; first ventral segment with a long stout spine. As in 


446 Mr. T. D, A. Cockerell on 


related species, this varies to a form with rather less massive 
head, and head and thorax mainly Prussian green, the thorax 
bright green with only a blackish shade down middle of 
mesothorax, and the sides of the face bright green, especially 
close to the antenne. 

3 9, Suddie, Essequibo, March 1918 (G. E. Bodkin). 

Very close to A. nigrocyanea, Ckll., from Mexico, but 
lateral ocelli not nearly as far apart as distance of either 
from eye, and the details of colour and sculpture differing 
in several particulars. In Brazil there is a very similar: 
species, A. francisca, Schrottky, which lacks the tooth on. 
the first ventral segment. This closely resembles A. thetis, 
Schrottky, from Paraguay, which has the tooth and is a 
true Odontochlora. 


Augochlora (Oxystoglossa) bodkint, sp. n. 

2 .—Length about 9 mm., anterior wing slightly over 6. 

Head and thorax green; abdomen black, with strong 
green tints at sides of first three segments and a subapical 
green band on third; head and thorax above with hair 
mixed dark and light ; head broad, eyes strongly emargi- 
nate and converging below; supraclypeal area dull and 
granular ; clypeus shining, strongly but not densely punc- 
tured, its apex black, squarely truncate, strongly depressed 
in middle ; labrum black; mandibles bidentate, obtuse, 
bright chestnut-red in middle; cheeks broad, shining, 
with sharp posterior margin; flagellum ferruginous beneath, 
except at base; angles of pronotum prominent, but ereater 
than a right angle ; mesothorax entirely yellowish green, 
very finely and densely punctured ; scutellum similarly 
sculptured, depressed in middle; area = metathorax covered 
with very fine but distinct radiating strie which reach the 
margin, those near the middle strongly curved ; pleura 
dull bluish green, shining just above the middle legs; 
tegule ferruginous. Wings dusky, quite dark; stigma 
reddish brown, dull, nervures fuscous; first recurrent 
meeting second intercubitus. Legs black, with anterior and 
middle knees, basal third of anterior tibiz in front, and tarsi 
at apex, ferruginous ; hind spur simple (microscopically 
denticulate) ; scopa of hind legs pale. Abdomen with the 
punctures so minute as to be “hardly visible under a lens; 
segments with fine pubescence, appearing silvery in certain 
lights : apex with black hair; no ventral tooth. 

“Botanic Garden, April 23, 1915 (G. £. Bodkin). 

Related to A. francisca, Schrottky, from Brazil, but dis- 
tinguished by the largely red mandibles, red tegulze, &e. 


some Bees from British Guiana. A147 


Although this is placed in a different subgenus from the 
last, they are probably more nearly allied than A. bodkini is 
to the type of Oxystoglossa. 


Auglochlora maroniana, Cockerell. 


1 2, Issororo, N.W.D., Dec. 1918 (Bodkin). 

Pp reviously known only by the unique type, from French 
Guiana. The abdomen does not show the strong coppery 
tints of the type, but this variation is like that found in 
related species. 


Augochlora (Oxystoglossa) erubescens, sp. n. 


? .—Length about 7 mm., anterior wing about 5:3. 

Head, thorax, and abdomen green, strongly suffused with 
eapper-red ; the face (except the broad black lower margin. 
of elypeus) entirely red, the clypeus and supraclypeal area 
crimson ;_ mesothorax and scutellum red, but mesopleura 
yellowish green, reddish along its posterior border. Abdo- 
men above brilliant red, with almost lilacine tints, becoming 
green at sides. Legs black, with the anterior tibiz and 
tarsi, middle tibize in front, hind knees, and middle and 
hind tarsi obscurely, ferruginous ; flagellum dusky reddish 
beneath; mandibles broadly red in middle; tegulz piceous 
with pallid margins. Wings dusky, stigma rather dilute 
reddish brown, nervures fuscous. 

Head broad, orbits strongly converging below ;_ cheeks 
broad, posterior orbits reddened ; supraclypeal area closely 
punctured, but shining; clypeus closely punctured, depressed 
in apical middle; front dull and greenish; mesothorax 
shining but not polished, the microscope shows many very 
small punctures and scattered much larger ones; area of 
metathorax large, with fine radiating striz all over, these 
wrinkled about the middle; posterior truncation not abrupt; 
first recurrent nervure meeting second intercubital ; hind 
spur simple (microscopically denticulate). Abdomen with 
pale pruinose pubescence ; first two segments not vibrissate, 
but with extremely short fringes of branched hairs. 

Issororo, June 1915 (Bodkin). 

A distinct species, for which I find no very close relative, 
but it may be compared with the much more brilliantly 
coloured A. ignifera, Crawford, from Dominica. 


Augochlora (Augochloropsis) barticana, sp. n. 


9 .— Length about 6°5 mm., anterior wing 5 or alittle over. 
Brilliant yellow ish green, with golden tints on metathorax 


448 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on 


and abdomen; pubescence thin and pale; head broad ; 
clypeus prominent, convex, sparsely but distinctly punctured, 
its lower margin black and red just above the black; labrum 
black, strongly bituberculate; mandibles green at base, then 
black, but the apical half dark red ; front very broad, densely 
punctured, glistening ; flagellum obscurely reddish beneath ; 
ocelli in a curve; mesothorax and scutellum brilliantly 
shining, finely and closely punctured, but the punctures well 
separated ; sides of pronotum expanded anteriorly, but not 
angulate ; postscutellum with long dull white hair; area of 
mesothorax in the form of a lunule, hind margin shining, not 
sharp, surface of area with short oblique strize not reaching 
base or margin; posterior truncation smooth and highly 
polished ; tegule ferruginous, with a yellowish-green spot 
anteriorly, and pallid margins. Wings strongly suffused with 
reddish; stigma ferruginous, nervures fuscous; first recurrent 
nervure meeting second intercubitus. Legs brilliant green, 
with red knees ; tarsi dark reddish, with much pale reddish 
hair; hind spurs with five long spines. Abdomen broad, 
convex, shining, thinly pale hairy, the second segment with 
a thin white apical fringe, the first with the same at sides 
only ; venter with pale hair. 

Bartica District, 14 Sept., 1918 (Bodkin). 

This species is so weakly vibrissate on the abdomen that 
it might be referred to the subgenus Pseudaugochloropsis, 
falling in Vachal’s tables near the Mexican 4J.. tonsilis 
(Vachal). In Schrottky’s table of Brazilian species it falls 
in the vicinity of the much larger A. hecuba, Schrott., A. 
circe, Schrott., A. brasiliana, Ckll., and A. monochroa, Ckll. 
The two latter are very well vibrissate. The most distinctive 
feature is the sculpture of the metathorax. The type of 
Augochlora seems not to have been fixed; I will herewith 
designate A. pura, Say * 


Augochlora ( Augochloropsis) semilata, sp. n. 


? .—Length about 7 mm., anterior wing 5. 

Brilliant emerald-green, including the legs except. the 
dark reddish tarsi; head very broad; clypeus prominent, 
with large punctures, its lower margin broadly black ; 
labrum black, with fine transverse lines and a pair of apical 


* J wished to designate A. pandora, Smith, the first species in Smith’s 
series described from the fem: ile, but in Canad. Entom. 1897, p. 4, I 
restricted Augochlora, s. str., to a different series, and included in it two 
of the species in Si mith’s original list—pura, Say, and labrosa, Say. 
I choose of these the better known. This will make Oxystoglossa a 
synonym of Augochlora. 


“i 


some Bees from British Guiana. 449 


tubercles; mandibles green at base, then black, then 
red; flagellum obscure reddish beneath ; front glistening, 
cheeks hairy ; ; mesothorax shining, rather bluish green, with 
close but distinctly separated punctures ; hair of thorax 
light, but some dark hairs on scutellum ; area of metathorax 
very short, with distinct short plicee which are not appreciably 
oblique, the apical margin shining and obtuse ; mesopleura 
rough ; tegulie ferruginous, with a green spot. Legs with 
pale yellowish hair, dense on hind tibize and tarsi; hind 
spurs with five long spines. Wings dusky hyaline, the 
apical field darker and somewhat reddish; stigma very pale 
reddish, not very large, nervures fuscous ; first recurrent 
nervure reaching base of third discoidal cell. Abdomen 
brilliant, with thin hair, long at sides, the apex black ; 
second segment briefly and thinly vibrissate with orange 
hairs, first obseur ely vibrissate at sides. 

Greenwich Park, 29 December, 1912 (Bodkin). 

Closely allied to the last, but ‘easily distinguished by the 
area of metathorax. In. both, the pronotum is without 
distinct anterior angles. There is much resemblance to 
A, leta, Smith, from Ega, but the colour of the legs is 
different. 


Centris minuta, Mocsary. 


1 2, Rupununi District, 1919 (Rev. Fr. Robinson). 

Moesary described the male, but I have a female from 
Mr. Schrottky. The species has been recorded from 
Venezuela. 


Chalepogenus testaceus (Smith). 


1 ¢, Issororo, N.W.D., Dec. 1918 (Bodkin). 

Smith described the female as Tetrapedia testacea. 
Friese saw the male from Bogota. The present specimen 
has the scutellum and axillz pale honey-colour, contrasting 
with the dark red mesothorax (on which are two yellow 
stripes), the sides of face and some distance up front 
cream-colour, the middle basitarsi blackened on inner side. 
Possibly a distinct race is indicated, but it is necessary to see 
the other sex. 

Chalepogenus flavus (Exomalopsis flavus, Smith) is closely 
allied. 


Chalepogenus hypoleucus, sp.n. 


2 .—Length about 8°5 mm., anterior wing 8 mm. 
Robust, black, the small joints of tarsi obscurely brownish; 
scape dark reddish, with a light red spot at base; flagellum 


450 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on 


dull ferruginous beneath; lateral inferior margins of clypeus 
(between eye and apical truncation) yellow; sides of labrum 
yellow ; mandibles mainly red, but yellowish basally above ; 
head broad ; clypeus convex, with large punctures, absent 
from apical middle; sides of front broadly and deeply 
channelled ; eyes dark ; cheeks above smooth and polished, 
with a sharp posterior margin, below with erect pure white 
hair; mesothorax and scutellum dull, the latter with sparse 
weak punctures, anterior half of mesothorax with very short 
reddish-black tomentum; mesopleura polished, sharply keeled 
in front, its anterior portion with sparse strong punctures, its 
posterior part flattened and weakly punctured; tegule black, 
marked with dark red. Wings reddish subhyaline (not 
fuliginous), stigma and outer nervures ferruginous, first and 
second intercubiti extremely pale; first recurrent nervure 
joining second submarginal cell not far from end; thorax 
with white hair beneath, but legs with mainly black hair ; 
anterior tibiz on outer side polished and with large sparse 
punctures, but middle tibize finely and closely punctured, 
covered with short very dark reddish hair ; anterior basitarsi 
with very dark reddish hair, and on outer side a curved keel- 
like line of erect hairs ; middle basitarsi with black hair ; 
hind tibiz and tarsi with long black hair, except that there is 
creamy-white hair on anterior margin and posteriorly at apex 
of tibiz, and copiously in front of basitarsi, except at apex. 
Abdomen broad, shining, pure black, with long glistening 
white hair beneath, except subapically, where it is dark 
chocolate. Hind spur simple. 

1 2, Issororo, N.W.D., June 1915 (Bodkin). 

It was compared with the series in the British Museum 
and found to be different from all, but it is closely allied to 
Chalepogenus amplipennis (Tetrapedia amplipennis, Smith), 
from Brazil, differing in the face-markings and paler wings 
and the hair on the legs. According to Ducke, the 
Mexican Chalepogenus lugubris (Tetrapedia lugubris, Cresson ) 
is identical with amplipennis, and, if this is correct, it has 
priority. Friese’s ‘‘ group clypeata”’ must now be divided : 
clypeata and pyramidalis being true Tetrapedia; while 
amplipennis, Sm., bunchosia, Fr., glaberrima, Fr., and nigripes, 
Fr., all go in Chalepogenus. 


Chalepogenus leucostoma, sp. n. 


g .—Length about 6°5 mm., anterior wing 6. 

Black, with the labrum, mandibles except apex, area 
between clypeus and eyes, and extending narrowly up 
oibits to level of antenne, all white; clypeus also with 


some Bees from British Guiana. 451 


a creamy-white bar on each side, between eye and apical 
truncation ; last joint of tarsi red ; spurs creamy-white, 
hind spur simple; antennz dusky red, the flagellum 
darker above; head broad, eyes dark; clypeus and supra- 
clypeal area with extremely large dense punctures; posterior 
orbits with a variable pale mark; mesothorax shining, finely 
punctured ; mesopleura polished, without distinct punctures ; 
tegule piceous. Wings dilute reddish brown, stigma ferru- 
ginous, nervures fuscous ; first recurrent nervure joining 
second submarginal cell near its end; cheeks and lower part 
of pleura with white hair. Legs with black hair, that on 
hind tibize and -basitarsi entirely black. Abdomen shining 
black, the base of second segment may be obscurely reddish, 
and the venter is reddish; apical segment ferruginous, 
produced to a dark spine-like point. The whole anterior 
margin of clypeus may be pale, and the labrum may have 
a dark basal spot. 

2 ¢,Issororo, N.W.D., Dec. 1918 (Bodkin). 

In Friese’s table it runs. to C. mesta (Cress.), but it is 
quite distinct. It appears to be closely allied to Tetrapedia 
melanopus, Schrottky, from Paraguay, but it is doubtless 
distinct. Schrottky’s description is short, and he does not 
mention the hind spur. He describes the face-markings as 


yellow. 


Trigona capitata, Smith. 

Three workers; Berbice River, 12. vi. 1913 (Edgar 
Beckett). 

In these specimens the axillz and lateral margins of 
mesothorax are yellow (reddened by cyanide). The same 
is true of specimens from Pard, received by the U.S. 
National Museum from Dr, Friese. In specimens from 
S. Paulo, Brazil (Schrottky), the axille are pale or black, 
and the lateral stripes of mesothorax are very short and 
weak, extending forward only as far as the tegulee. Smith, 
in his original description, refers to the Jateral stripes, but 
leaves us to infer that the axille were black. The dark 
variety of 7. capitata has been named virgili, Friese. 

The U.S. National Museum has 7. capitata from Alhajuelo, 
Panama, 28 May (Busk), aud Esparta, Costa Rica, 18 Sept. 
(Ff. Ana). 


Trigona gaty, Smith. 
Three workers; Canister Falls, Nov. 1919 (4. A. 
Abraham). 
These specimens have the abdomen darker than usual, and 
possibly constitute a separable race. 


452 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on 


Trigona williana, Friese. 


Five workers ; Rockstone, R. Essequibo (Bodkin). 
Four were taken 23 March, 1913, one at flowers. One is 
dated 5. viii. 1913. 


Megachile stomatura, Cockerell. 


One of each sex. Courantyne Coast, Berbice, Aug. 1915, 
constructing nest in disused borings in ,timber (G. L. 
Bodkin). 

Described (1917) from a single male collected by Busck 
in Trinidad. ‘he female runs exactly to M. érethesi, 
Schrott., from Paraguay, in Schrottky’s (1913) table of 
species of the Brazilian region. M. brethesi is considerably 
larger and certainly different. The female of stomatura may 
be described as follows: length about or slightly over 9 mm.; 
head broad, eyes dark purplish brown; mandibles broad, 
quadridentate; clypeus densely punctured, but with a smooth 
shining area in middle, lower margin strongly crenulate ; 
flagellum hardly at all reddened ; hair of front, sides of face, 
and cheeks white; mesothorax and scutellum closely punc- 
tured; tufts of white hair above tegule (at hind corners 
of mesothorax) very conspicuous; tegule piceous. Wings 
dilute fuliginous, much darker in marginal cell and beyond. 
Legs black, hind basitarsi only moderately broadened, with 
pale orauge hair on inner side; spurs creamy-white. 
Abdomen broad, cordiform, with narrow bands on hind 
margins of segments ; ventral scopa white, black on last 
segment. 


Megachile bodkint, sp. n. 


? .—Leneth about 85 mm., anterior wing 7°6 mm. 

Robust, black, with white scopa, black on last segment. 
This is very near to M. stomatura, and, like it, goes exactly 
to M. brethesi in Schrottky’s table. It is certainly distinct, 
differing from stomatura thus: third tooth of mandibles 
(counting from outer side) pointed instead of broadly 
truncate; margin of clypeus not evenly crenulate, but 
feebly undulate in middle, and minutely crenulate at sides ; 
clypeus dul] and extremely densely punctured, with a 
slender shining median line ; supraclypeal area more closely 
punctured; hair on sides of face denser, on front and 
dise of clypeus largely black, but reddish and very thin 
on apical part of clypeus; tufts at hind corners of meso- 
thorax, and hair on prothorax above, distinctly yellowish ; 


~ 


some Bees from British Guiana. 453 


tegule bright ferruginous, black at extreme base. Wings 
blackish (reddish in sfomatura) ; all the knees, spines at 
end of anterior and middle tibiz, hind tibize (except a 
blackish stain posteriorly), and base of hind basitarsi, dull 
red; surface of abdomen a little smoother. 

1 2, Issororo, N.W.D., xii. 1918 (G. EH. Bodkin). 

Marked, ‘very near simillima, Sm.; not in B.M.” It 
will be known from simillima by the scopa, the extremely 
dark marginal cell and beyond, ete. 


Megachile botanicorum, sp. un. 


? — Length about 11 mm., anterior wing not quite 7 mm. 

Black, with mandibles broadly bright chestnut-red apically, 
flagellum red above and below (black at extreme tip), tegulee 
pale orange-ferruginous, auterior and middle femora red 
above, anterior tibiz red in front, spurs and small joints of 
tarsired ; head broad ; mandibles very broad, quadridentate; 
clypeus extremely densely punctured, shining above in 
middie, but without any distinct smooth line; lower margin 
of clypeus finely crenulate; sides of face with thin greyish- 
white hair; a curved band of pale fulvous hair on upper 
part of head, passing between the ocelli; thorax with light 
fulvous hair (bright in region before wings) above and at sides, 
but white beneath, the disc of mesothorax almost without 
hair; mesothorax and scutellum well punctured, moderately 
shining. Wings flavo-hyaline, nervures light ferruginous, 
stigma poorly developed ; hind basitarsi moderately broad, 
with black hair on outer side and bright red on inner; 
black hair also on outer side of hind femora. Abdomen 
broad, shining, hind margin of first segment reddened ; 
segments 3 to 5 with broad pale yellow hair-bands, second 
with traces of a similar band, abraded in the specimen 
studied; when the abdomen is seen from above, there is 
conspicuous black hair at sides; last dorsal segment with 
fine dense appressed white hair ; ventral scopa mainly white, 
but on penultimate segment and the sides of the two before 
black ; it is white on the last segment. 

1 2, Botanic Gardens, 23 April, 1915 (Bodkin). 

In Schrottky’s table runs exactly to M. paraguayensis, 
Schrott., but is larger, with flagellum red above and below. 
It is also very hke M. curvipes, Sm., of which only the male 
is known. Schrottky found paraguayensis 2? and curvipes 
6 in Paraguay, and I suspect that they may be sexes of one 
species. In that case, it may well be that botanicorum 
represents a race or subspecies of the same. It is, however, 
equally close to M. leucocentra, Schrottky (? =fossoris, Smith), 


454 ; Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on 


and Friese believes that JZ. fossoris is the true female of 
MM. curvipes. 


\ 
Megachile pulchriventris, sp. n. 


? —Length about 8 mm., anterior wing 6°7 mm. 

Short and broad, black, including the legs, mandibles, 
and antenne, but tegule bright ferruginous, blackened in 
front; mandibles quadridentate; clypeus closely punctured 
laterally, but the convex disc highly polished and sparsely 
punctured, the lower margin very broadly angularly emargi- 
nate ; cheeks narrow, sharply keeled behind, with long white 
hair below ; sides of face with spreading fulvous hair, but a 
patch of black hair immediately laterad of each antenna; 
front with appressed pale fulvous hair; mesothorax minutely 
punctured, covered with appressed fulvous hair, conspicuous 
when viewed from certain angles; scutellum abbreviated, 
truncate posteriorly, anteriorly with fulvous hair ; base of 
metathorax depressed in middle; mesopleura shining, dis- 
tinctly and rather coarsely punctured. Wings dusky, deep 
fuliginous in the marginal cell and apically ; first recurrent 
nervure joining second submarginal cell at a distance from 
base greater than half length of first intercubitus ; hair on 
outer side of anterior and middle tarsi shining silvery, on 
middle tarsi with a patch of purplish brown; hind spurs 
brown ; hind basitarsi broad and almost as long as the tibia, 
with red hair on inner side. Abdomen very broad, the seg- 
ments with fringes of fulvous hair, most conspicuous on 
segments 4 and 5, but these are not entirely covered with 
such hair ; apical segment with appressed fulvous tomentum; 
ventral scopa shining golden, not at all black at apex, but 
toward the base is a very large triangular area of woolly- 
looking white hair, very different from the rest of the scopa; 
the thorax beneath and bases of legs are also densely clothed 
with this woolly white hair. 

2 2, Issororo, N.W.D., x11.1918 (G. E. Bodkin). 

Marked ‘‘Notin B.M.” An elegant little species, running 
in Schrottky’s table to M. beroni, Schrott., which it does 
not resemble, and going nowhere in Friese’s table. It is 
actually close to M. wanthura, Spinola, differing by the 
abdominal segments 4 and 5 not entirely yellow-haired, the 
yellow scopa, and the dark marginal cell and apex of wing. 
In the colour of the wings it resembles J/. bertoniz, 
Schrott., in the pubescence of thorax and character of 
the ventral scopa it is lke JZ. aurantipennis, Ckll., from 
Guatemala, 


some Bees from British Guiana. ADD 


Megachile hamatipes, sp. 1. 


@.—Length about 11 mm., anterior wing 9 mm. 

Black, robust, with short parallel-sided abdomen; head 
large; eyes dark brown; face and front densely covered 
with long silky golden hair ; mandibles dark, with a broad 
flat dull and delicately pruinose-pubescent base, beyond 
which is a tuft of fulvous hair; cheeks broad, with white 
hair; antenne black, the flagellum obscurely reddish 
beneath ; vertex with erect black hair; mesothorax dullish, 
closely and finely punctured, with erect black hair on disc, 
but the thorax anteriorly is covered with pale yellowish hair, 
there is a conspicuous band in the scutello-mesothoracic 
suture, and a large yellowish tuft at each posterior corner 
of mesotborax ; scutellum shining anteriorly, covered with 
erect black hair; thorax posteriorly with yellowish hair ; 
sternal region with white hair; tegule black. Wings dilute 
fuliginous, upper half of marginal cell distinctly darker ; 
first recurrent nervure joining second submarginal cell at a 
distance from base equal to not quite half length of inter- 
eubitus. Legs mainly black, anterior coxe with long spines; 
anterior femora pale reddish, with a curved brown line on 
inner face, apex and nearly apical half of outer side black, 
lower margin beyond middle sharply and prominently keeled, 
outer surface (especially basally) with long cream-coloured 
hair ; anterior tibiz red on inner side and black on outer, 
except apex, which is yellow ; anterior tarsi dilated, pale 
yellow, the broadest part at apex of basitarsus, which does 
not extend nearly to end of second joint ; tarsal fringe long, 
fulvous at base, otherwise white, broadly black apically ; 
beneath, the small joints are red, and the black spot does 
not show through above; middle tibiz thick, red passing 
into pale yellow apically, with a stout pale apical hook-like 
spine ; their tarsi dark red, the basitarsi black behind, and 
outer face of tarsi largely pale yellow; hind femora not 
especially swollen, their tibize black, with pale reddish spurs, 
their tarsi pale yellow on outer side. Abdomen with deep 
sulci at bases of second and third segments; all the segments 
with fringes of fulvous hair, the first very slender except at 
sides ; dise of second segment with erect fulvous hair, 
passing into black laterally ; discs of third and fourth with 
erect black hair, of fifth with deep red hair; sixth segment 
densely covered with pale yellow tomentum, its apical keel 
prominent, broadly and deeply emarginate, the lateral 
portions not dentate or creyulate; no ventral spines or teeth. 


456 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on 


1 g, Bel Air, Lamaha, EH. Coast, 1. vi. 1913 (Bodkin). 
“Not in B:M~” 

In Schrottky’s key it runs exactly to M. chamacoco, 
Schrott., which it resembles in the hook-like\ spine on 
middle tibia, but otherwise it 1s very distinct. In Vachal’s 
table it falls in the vicinity of JZ. rectipalma, Vach., but is 
not very similar. In Friese’s table it falls nearest M. lobi- 
tarsis, Sm., a quite different species. There is a general 
resemblance to M. aricensis, Friese, which has a very large 
hook-like process at end of middle tibia ; but the head and - 
thorax of aricensis are covered with fulvous hair dorsally, 
and there are many other differences. 


Megachile melanopoda, sp. un. 


3 .—Length about 8°5 mm., anterior wing 6 mm. 

Black, the abdomen rather narrow but parallel-sided ; 
mandibles black with a red subapical mark ; autenne black; 
tegule rather dark red. Wings dusky, the marginal cell 
aud apical field dark fuliginous, shining purple ; nervures 
black ; femora and tibie bright red, tarsi black. Head 
broad, orbits converging below; face and front densely 
covered with pale golden hair; cheeks with white hair ; 
vertex with sparse long black hair; antenne simple at end, 
not enlarged or flattened; mesothorax and scutellum shining, 
with strong rather close punctures, and beset with long 
black hair; a slender band of light hair in scutello-meso- 
thoracic suture ; a small patch of light hair above each 
wing-base ; prothorax, pleura, and metathorax with white 
hair; first recurrent nervure joining second submarginal cell 
very near its base; anterior coxe broad and _ lens-like, 
shining, not spined; anterior tarsi simple. Abdomen 
shining, with conspicuous white hair-bands or patches at 
sides of segments, but lacking in middle; there is, however, 
light hair in the basal sulci; disc of fifth segment with erect 
black hair, and a very small amount (hardly visible) of pale; 
sixth segmeut not conspicuously hairy, the weak keel entire, 
a little depressed in middle; venter black, with three very 
conspicuous pure white hair-bands. 

1 g, Issororo, N.W.D., 15 June, 1915 (Bodkin). 

In Schrottky’s table it runs exactly to I. giraffa, Schrott., 
differing by the black apex and venter of abdomen, and the 
simple apex of antenne. Also related to M. orba, Schrott. 
The nearest relatives, however, are M. ewxaltata, Smith 
(incongrua, Smith), and M. lamnula, Vachal, both Brazilian. 
The fringe of the anterior basitarsus is white, not black as 
in lamnula, nor are the fifth and sixth abdominal segments 


some Bees from British Guiana. 457 


evidently pale-haired as in Vachal’s species. In Friese’s 

table our species runs exactly to exaltata, but that has ferru- 
ginous nervures, and the dorsal hair of thorax ; is not black. 
Nevertheless, the affinity is close. The venation shows that 
this cannot be the male of M. dodkini. 


Megachile mutaticeps, sp. n. 


? .—Length 11 mm., anterior wing 7:4. 

In Schrottky’s table runs exactly to M. brethesi, differing 
by the dark tegule, &c. It is extremely close to M. stoma- 
tura, Ckll., agreeing in most of its characters, but larger, 
with the clypeus conspicuously different, as follows :— 


M. mutaticeps: clypeus shorter, densely rugoso-punctate 
all over, with no smooth median space; lower margin 
very broadly but shallowly excavated, the excavated 
part undulate instead of crenulate ; disc of clypeus 
with much long erect black hair, sides with creamy- 
white hair (like that of sides of face), directed 
downward, 

M. stomatura: clypeus longer, with a smooth and polished 
median line; lower margin not excavated, but 
strongly crenulate; disc without the long erect black 
hair, and lateral pale hairs directed antero-mesad. 


The basal area of metathorax is entirely dull in mutati- 
ceps, distinctly shining in both sexes of stomatura. 

The ventral scopa of mutaticeps is creamy-white, black on 
Jast segment except basally. 

1 ¢, Courantyne Coast, Berbice, Aug. 1915, constructing 
nest in disused borings in timber (Bodkin). 

This is a most interesting bee, clearly distinct from 
M. stomatura by the very different clypeus, yet found nesting 
in the same manner, at the same time and place. 

Thus, so far as the evidence shows, we appear to have a 
new species arising by mutation, without any change in the 
mode of life or locality. 

While on South American Megachile, it may be worth 
while to add a note on the two species, M. sgualens and 
M. susurrans, described by Haliday from Sao Paulo as early 
as 1836. M. squalens is placed by Friese as one of the 
indeterminate species, but the type is in the British Museum, 
and there is a specimen at Oxford. JZ. susurrans is aiso in 
hoth these collections, 9 in the former, 4 in the latter. 
Haliday described only the ? of susurrans, but at Oxford 
I noted the male, with red tegule and tarsi much modified. 
Schrottky, in dealing with the Brazilian species (1913) was 

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. xi, 30 


458 On some Bees from British Guiana. 


unable to recognise susurrans from Haliday’s description. 
With regard to M. squalens, I have a note that the ventral 
scopa is pale orange in a specimen in British Museum from 
Rio Grande do Sul (R. von Ihering). Schrottky cannot 
definitely decide what squalens is, but indicates M. apicipennis, 
Schrott., and J. pleuralis, Vachal, as possible synonyms. 
New descriptions of both Haliday’s species should be made 
by someone who has access to the specimens. 


Celioxys rostrata, Friese. 


1 ¢,Courantyne Coast, Berbice, Aug. 1915, inhabiting 
disused borings in timber (Bodkin). ‘Not in B.M.” | 

A remarkable species, on account of the snout-like clypeus. 
The specimen is a little smaller than Friese’s type, and the 
antennee are nearly pure black, but the identification seems 
certain. It is doubtless parasitic on Megachile stomatura. 


Celioxys issororensis, sp. i. 


? (type).—Length about 10°5 mm. 

Robust, black, with the bidentate mandibles dark red, the 
teeth black, tegule bright chestnut-red. Legs dusky red ; 
first abdominal segment laterally with large well-defined 
highly polished areas which are dark red; first three ventral 
segments very obscurely reddish; face with white hair, 
faintly ochreous-tinted around antennz; clypeus normal ; 
antennee entirely black ; eyes dark brown, with short hair ; 
cheeks narrow, densely hairy, with a depression but no naked 
area below; mesothorax and scutellum with very large 
punctures, the former with a line of pale ochreous hair in 
front and behind, and a spot behind each tegula; scutellum 
with an elevated median keel, ending in a short tubercle ; 
axillary spines moderately long, little curved ; postscutellum 
with dense yellowish-white hair; extreme base of meta- 
thorax with a series of little pits or spaces separated by very 
short plice ; mesopleura very coarsely rugoso-punctate, with 
a strong band of white hair anteriorly and posteriorly. 
Wings fuliginous, darkest in upper part of marginal celi and 
beyond; nervures black ; anterior coxze with short angular 
projections ; spurs dark red. Abdomen highly polished, 
rather weakly punctured, with six narrow white hair-bands ; 
sixth dorsal segment finely punctured all over, keeled except 
basally, narrow and beak-like apically, slightly turned up 
at end; fifth ventral angulate apically; sixth narrow, not 
notched, -sharply pointed, thinly fringed with black hair, 
not extending far beyond last dorsal. 


On anew Ascarid from an Otter. 459 


d .—Similar in most respects ; mandibles redder; hair of 
face all pale yellowish ; cheeks with a bare space below. 
Legs bright chestnut-red ; anterior cox with well-developed 
but blunt spines ; venter of abdomen red; fifth abdominal 
segment without lateral spines, sixth with six, the lateral and 
lower apical ones very slender and sharp, the upper apical 
shorter and thicker. 

1 9,2 3, Issororo (Bodkin), the 2 18th Dec., the males 
June, 1915. 

The female is marked “near ignava, Sm., notin B.M.” The 
males, “‘noname B.M.” In Friese’s table (1921) of Brazilian 
species this runs (2) to C. leopoldensis, Fr., but the last 
ventral is much less produced, and the legs are much darker. 
It also resembles the Brazilian C. nigrofimbriata, Ckll., but 
is easily distinguished by the end of the abdomen. In 
Holmberg’s table (1903) it falls with C. remissa, Holmbg., 
from the Argentine. It goes in Holmberg’s group Jlelano- 
basis, and in the subgroup (1917) with densely punctured 
scutellum, which includes seven of Holmberg’s Argentine 
species. Unfortunately I possess none of these seven 
species, but I believe the present insect is distinct from all. 


XLIV.—A new Ascarid from an Otter. 
By H. A Bayes; M.A.,-D.Se. 


(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) 


AmonG helminthological material recently collected by 
Mr. A. Loveridge in Tanganyika Territory there occurred 
two sets of specimens of a very curious Ascarid which seems 
to represent a new genus, having, however, close affinities 
with Contracecum. One set of material, including both 
sexes, came from an otter (Lutra sp., probably ZL. maculi- 
collis). The other contained only three females, and was 
taken from the stomach of a mongoose (Atilax paludinosus, a 
species which inhabits swamps). The following description 
is based on the former specimens, which are taken as types. 
The females from the mongoose are slightly larger than the 
type-females. In both cases the locality was Kilosa. 


shar *& By ’ ‘ 
Cloeoascaris * spinicollis, gen, et sp. n. 
In the type-material the largest male measured is about 
40°5 mm, long and the largest female 38-7 mm. ‘The greatest 


* xovds, a collar. 


30" 


460 Dr. H. A. Baylis on a 


thickness is 0°7-0°8 mm. in the males, 0°9-1:1 mm. in the 
females. [The largest specimen in the material from Atzlaa 
is 43°8 mm. long and about 1:2 mm. thick.] In the male 
the body is slender towards the posterior end, while in the 
female the posterior portion of the body, which contains the 
genital organs, is somewhat thickened. The transverse 
cuticular striations in the middle region of the body are at 
intervals of 6 w ora little more. The diameter of the head is 


O-3 mm, 


Cloeoascaris spmicollis. Anterior end of female; dorsal view. 


c., cuticular collar ; p., cervical papilla. 


0:13-0:15 mm. in the male, 0°:16-0°17 mm. in the female. 
There are three small rounded lips (figs. 1 and 2), each 
bearing externally two prominent papille. The papilla of 
the dorsal lip are double, as are also the more ventral 
papille of the ventro-lateral lips. The more lateral papilla 
of each ventro-lateral lip is simple, very small, and situated on 
the anterior surface. On its inner surface each lip is armed 
with a pair of sharp conical teeth (fig. 2, ¢., t.'), separated 


new Ascarid from an Otter. 461 


from each other by a deep “saddle” and projecting ante- 
riorly. ‘These teeth, when seen in profile, are bifid. There 
are no interlabia. At a little distance behind the bases of the 
lips the neck is surrounded by a more or less prominent fold 
of cuticle, or “collar.” In most specimens this collar is 
turned forward, so as to form a funnel surrounding the head, 
but occasionally it is turned back, as represented in fig. 1, 
allowing the head to be more distinctly seen. This structure 
gives the head of the animal very much the appearance of 
that of a Physaloptera. ‘The region of the neck between the 
bases of the lips and the origin of the collar is closely beset 
with minute spines (fig. 2, s.). This character is somewhat 
reminiscent of the close transverse folds of cuticle seen in 
the region immediately behind the head in many species of 


Fig. 2. 


O/mim. | 


Cloeoascaris spinicollis. Head of female; dorsal view. 


p., papilla of dorsal lip; p.’, papilla of ventro-lateral lip; s., spines; 
t., tooth of dorsal lip; ¢.', tooth of ventro-lateral lip. 


Contracecum, and may possibly be an elaboration of that 
feature. 

The cesophagus (excluding the ventriculus, and measured 
from the extremity of the lips) is 2 8-3°75 mm. long [4 mm. 
in a specimen from Ati/av]. The structure of the alimentary 
canal is similar to that in Contracecum. There is a small 
rounded ventriculus, an cesophageal appendix measuring 
1-0-1'2 mm. in length, and an intestinal caecum which runs 
forward to within 1:25-1:55 mm. of the anterior extremity. 
The nerve-ring is situated at 0:44-0:55 mm., and a pair of 
conspicuous cervical papillee (fig. 1, p.) at 0°52-0°7 mm. from 
the anterior end, The excretory pore is situated very far 
forward, between the bases of the ventro-lateral lips. 


AG2ar On anew Ascarid from an Otter. 


The caudal end of the male (fig. 3) is curled ventrally. 
The tail measures 0°22-0°25 mm. in length. The cuticle at 
the sides of the body near the tail is somewhat inflated and 
is longitudinally ribbed between the rather coarse transverse — 
striations. There are two short equal spicules, measuring 
0°55 mm. in length and very slender, their thickness not 
exceeding 0°017 mm. except at the roots. There are nine 
pairs of postanal papilla, of which one pair, near the extre- 
mity of the tail, is laterally placed, the rest subventrally. 


Fig. 3. 


= = 


O-3 mM. 


Clocoascaris spinicollis. Caudal end of male; ventral view. 


All these papille are small, except those of the fourth pair 
from the posterior end, which have double terminations. 
The preanal papilla are very numerous, as many as seventy- 
seven having been counted on one side of the body. Poste- 
riorly they are large, especially those of the third to the 
eighth pairs of the series, which have long peduncles, 
somewhat swollen at their bases. Further forward thie 
papille gradually become smaller, the most anterior being 
quite minute. 

The tail of the female is conical and measures about 


On a new Species of Membracide from Uganda. 463 


0-4 mm. in length. There is a pair of caudal papille at 
O'l mm. from the tip. The vulva is situated at 16 mm. 
from the anterior end in a specimen 38°7 mm, long, thus 
dividing the body, roughly, in the proportion of 2:3. The 
vagina is long, narrow, and muscular, running posteriorly, 
with an irregular course, from the vulva. ‘The long unpaired 
portion of the uterus and its two relatively short branches 
continue in a posterior direction, the latter parallel to each 
other. The ovarian tubes turn forward, still parallel, at a 
short distance behind their junction with the uterine branches 
(2. e., at a point 8-6 mm. from the posterior end of the worm). 
They continue anteriorly to a point somewhat in front of the 
vulva, where they bend posteriorly again. ‘The ovaries, just 
behind the vulva, form a close series of transverse loops 
ventrally to the intestine, and terminate at about 4 mm. 
behind the vulva. The eggs are oval, with thin shells, 


granulated externally and measuring about 0-075 x 0°047 mm. 
Their contents are unsegmented at the time of laying. 


The following brief diagnosis will serve, for the present, 
for both the genus and the species :— 

Ayrsakina: resembling Contracecum in the structure of 
the alimentary canal, but differing from tt in having no inter- 
labia. Each lip oie e pair of large conical teeth on its inner 
surface. A collar-like fold of cuticle surrounding the neck, 
and between this and the bases of the lips an arva covered with 
small spines. Syicules equal, short, and slender. Vulva in 
anterior half of body. Parasitic in the alimentary canal of 
semiaquatic carnivorous land-mammals. 


Type-material in the British Museum (Natural History), 


XLV.—A new Species of Membracidze (Centrotine) from 
Uganda. By W. E. Cuina, B.A. 


(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) 


Genus HAMMA. 
Buckton, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. (2) vol. ix. p. 380, pl. xxi. 
fie, 3 (1906) ; Distant, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) vol. xvii. p. 157, 
fix, (1916). 
Hlamma mabirensis, sp. n. 
Head shiny black, strongly punctate, cane about as far 
from one another as from the eyes. Pronotum shiny black, 


strongly punctate, with the metopidium somewhat tuber- 
culate, the humeral angles more or less prominent and dentate 


464 Ona new Species of Membracide from Uganda. 


(but not horned), and a long, sinuate, inflated posterior 
process reaching to the apex of the abdomen; this process 
divided into three lobes by two constrictions, the posterior 
lobe being somewhat larger than the others, the conte lobe 
more or less divided into a dorsal and a ventral lobe; the 
whole process shiny black, strongly punctate, with numerous 
spine-like tubercles, and provided dorsally with an obscure, 
rounded, impunctate, medial carina. The apex of the process 
is damaged in the type-specimen, but apparently does not 
end ina long spine as in H. pattersoni, Dist., and H. no- 
dosum, Buckt. Scutellum recurved, widely excised at the 
apex, with the apical angles acute. Teomen large, extending 


Tegmen and lateral view of pronotal process of: 1. H. mabirensis, sp. n. 


3. H, pattersoni, Dist. 2. Dorsal view of pronotal process of 
HH, mabirensis. 


well beyond the pronotal process, hyaline, with the base dark 
brown, coriaceous, and punctate, and a small fuscous area 
on the anal angle extending into the third apical cell; veins 
yellowish punctate ; on the mid-costal margin a large pale 
yellowish, raised, punctate stigma. Abdomen piceous, with 
the posterior margins of the segments pale. Posterior legs 
shiny black, except the posterior half of the tibie and the 
tarsi, which are pale yellow ; other legs missing. 

Another specimen has the tegmen, including the stigma, 
almost entirely dark fuscous with the exception of the apical 
third and two small patches, one near the base of the costal 


On an undescribed Fish. AGS 


margin, the other near the anal angle, which are hyaline. 
There being no other character by which this specimen can 
be distinguished from the type, it may be considered as a 
colour-variety. 

Total length to tip of tegmen 4°5 mm., length of pronotal 
process 3 mm., length of tegmen 4 mm. 

Two 2? 2 from Mabira, Uganda (R. A. Dummer). 

This species is quite distinct from the two previously 
described. 

Buckton’s description of H. nodosum (Cameroons) is so bad 
that one must rely on his figure. This apparently differs 
from Distant’s /H. pattersont (Gold Coast) only in the dark 
fuscous colour of the wings. It is therefore quite probable 
that Distant’s species is merely a variety of nodosum, Buckt. 
The present species differs from H. pattersoni not only in the 
shape and puncturation of the pronotal process, but in the 
venation of the tegmen. In the former the first apical cell 
extends to the base of the second subapical cell, whereas in 
the latter it extends only halfway down the second sub- 
apical cell. The presence of a costal stigma seems to be 
characteristic of the genus. 

Mr. Dummer writes that this is a very rare Homopteron 
which was secured by sweeping herbage for inseets in the 
forest-paths of the Mabira, near Mulangi, 4000 feet, about 
15 miles from the Ripon Falls to Nile commencement. He 
remarks on its similarity to some of the biting-ants of the 
district. 


January 1925. 


XLVI.—An undescribed Fish from the Coal Measures 
of Lancashire. By EK. Leonarp GIL. 


Tr small fish here figured and described is one of the 
specimens (No. L 8585) in the remarkable collection of 
arthropod and other fossils gathered by the late Mr. W. A. 
Parker from clay-ironstone nodules in the Middle Coal 
Measures at Sparth, near Rochdale. With the rest of the 
Parker Collection it is preserved in the Manchester Museum, 
aud Iam indebted to the Keeper of the Museum, Dr. W. M. 
Tattersall *, for the opportunity of examining it. 

Its remains occur in a nodule which has split almost 


* Since appointed to the Chair of Zoology at Cardiff. 


466 Mr. E. L. Gill on an undescribed Fish 


along the median vertical plane of the fish, but the line of 
splitting runs slightly across this plane, so that the end 
of the snout is seen on one side only and the fragment of 
the tail on the other. As far as the body is concerned the 
two sides of the nodule are almost identical, so that for 
purposes of figuring I have thought it sufficient to represent 
the left side, which includes the snout, and to incorporate 
in the drawing the few additional details, chiefly of the 
tail-shaft and caudal fin, which appear only on the right. 
Unlike that of the body, the state of preservation of the 
head is very different on the two sides. On the left side— 
shown in the figure—the head has been considerably crushed 
in laterally. On the right its form is retained as a cavity in 
the nodule, and within this cavity are seen natural but 


oe 12 IE 


_< 


Phanerorhynchus armatus, X8. Middle Coal Measures, Sparth, nr. Rochdale, Lanes. 
Manchester Museum, L 8585. Coll. W. A. Parker. 


rough and granular casts of the bones of the palate. The 
total length of the specimen is{3°7 cm. ; the complete fish 
would be about 4 em. long. 

The specimen had not been critically studied, but * 
paleontologists who had previously examined it were dis- 
posed to think it would turn out to be a ‘‘super-Paleoniscid,”’ 
possibly allied to the Permian genus <Acentrophorus, or, at 
- any rate,a fish of a higher type than any hitherto known 
from the Carboniferous*. The prominent snout had not 
then been exposed and the general aspect of the fish was 
therefore quite different ; and it was presumably the size of 
the scales, the strong dorsal and ventral ridge-scales and 
fulera, and an appearance as of fin-supports equal in number 
to the dermal rays that suggested a relationship to the 


* A. Smith Woodward, Proc. Geol. Soc. 1915, p. lxxiii. 


from the Coal Measures of Lancashire. 467 


Semionotids. Further study of the specimen, however, has 
shown that such a view is untenable. The fish certainly 
exhibits a number of remarkable characters, but in essentials 
of structure it does not appear to have advanced beyond 
the stage of the contemporary Palzeoniscids. 

Both sides of the specimen seem, for the most part, to 
present natural moulds of the outer surface, and for that 
reason impressions taken from them are more intelligible 
than the fossil itself. The accompanying figure has been 
drawn chiefly from such impressions. 

In general shape the fish is acutely fusiform, the snout 
being produced and pointed, the head rapidly deepening pos- 
teriorly, the back rising in a considerable arch behind the 
head, and the body narrowing behind the dorsal and anal fins 
to a comparatively slender tail-shaft. The line of the belly 
from the shoulder-girdle to the anal fin is nearly straight. 
The head is proportionately very large; the measurement 
from the point of the snout to the position that would be 
occupied by the back of the opercular plates is one-third of 
the total length to the base of the caudal fin ; and the head 
was also very broad. 

I have asked Prof. D. M. S. Watson, who has made a 
special study of the cranial structure of the Palzoniscide, 
to report on the head of this specimen, and I will here only 
remark on a few outstanding points that appear in the figure. 
The snout is produced in a roughly conical form in advance 
of the mouth to a distance equal to half the length of the 
mouth-opening ; the mouth-opening itself is very long and 
straight as in the Paleoniscids, and the bones forming it 
appear also to be strictly of the Palzoniscid pattern. The 
maxilla, a narrow splint anteriorly, expands behind dorsally 
into a large rounded plate with concentric striz ; its extreme 
anterior point is slightly marked off from the rest and is 
possibly a premaxilla. The lower jaw is incompletely shown, 
but it is evidently narrow and practically straight. Part of 
its length is well preserved, and bears sharply-marked 
longitudinal striz. It also shows a perfect cast of a short 
length of the mandibular sensory canal, with three of its 
lateral tubules running out obliquely to the suiface of 
the jaw. ‘The upper outline of the head from tie snout 
backwards is first markedly concave, then gently convex. A 
conspicuous suture crossing the top of the head far back 
probably separates the frontal and parietal; the small boue 
behind it may be the whole of the parietal, and probably 
much of the skull-roof in front of it is formed by the frontals. 
The supratemporal is missing, unless it is to be recognised 


468 Mr. E. L. Gill on an undescribed Fish 


in the angular displaced bone lying on the upper part of the 
preoperculum. A group of small plates immediately above 
the maxilla presumably represent some of the circumorbitals. 
Overlying them anteriorly is a prominent, roughly triangular 
bone, which possibly also belongs to the circumorbital series 
in the position of a lachrymal. A large curved plate lying 
in the region of: the orbit may be the displaced pterotic 
(‘‘squamosal’’) ; its true outline is largely concealed. Near 
the front of the snout is a conspicuous lateral pit, presumably 
for the nasal sac; its outer wall was either unossified 
or has broken away. Most of the opercular apparatus is 
missing on this side. Behind and above the back of the 
maxilla is a large bone, which I take to be the preoper- 
culum ; from a small ventral end it widens greatly upwards 
and is curved forwards. A strap-shaped anterior border 
with obscure tubercles is marked off from the hinder and 
upper portion, which is slightly tumid and transversely ridged. 
The only other elements of the opercular apparatus which 
appear are two of the smaller branchiostegal rays lying 
below the infraclavicle. 

The shoulder-girdle is almost completely displayed on 
the left side. The uppermost element, the post-temporal, is 
proportionately larger even than in most Paleoniscids. Its 
hinder border is probably not quite complete. The bone 
is ornamented with concentric ridges parallel to the margins, 
the ridges nearest the median line being tuberculated. 
The supraclavicle (supracleithrum) is a similar bone to the 
post-temporal, and of about the same size. As seen in the 
specimen it is apparently displaced upwards and forwards ; 
in life the shoulder-girdle would have the same wide arch as 
the back of the head, but in this nodule it has been flattened 
laterally like the body behind it, and the component bones 
have had to adjust themselves to the unnatural position. 
The cleithrum (“clavicle”) is of unusual size. Its most 
conspicuous portion is a strong ridge running downwards 
and backwards from the supraclavicle, then bending slightly 
forwards and expanding into three adjacent ridges which 
may have reached nearly to the ventral margin. It is 
probably this ridged portion of the cleithrum which appeared 
at the surface behind the opercular plates. Both in front 
of it and behind it there are considerable expansions of the 
bone. The anterior of these expansions is deep-seated, and 
may have formed a sort of basin as in the sturgeon. The 
posterior expansion may in part represent one or more post- 
clavicular scales, but it is likely that most of it was overlaid 


from the Coal Measures of Lancashire. 469 


by the regular scales of the body. Passing forward at right- 
angles to the ventral end of the cleithrum is a large $ ‘infra- 
clavicle ” (true clavicle) ; it is cone-shaped, tapering slightly 
to a rounded anterior end, and by the flattening of the 
pectoral arch it has been pushed down a little below the 
natural ventral margin of the fish. The right side of 
the nodule shows a cast of the inner face of the cleithrum, 
with the hollow for the scapulo-coracoid cartilages close to 
the junction with the infraclavicle. 

The squamation of the body is well-preserved only in a 
few regions ; for the most part the true surface of the scales 
has been lost, and the impressions are granular and not too 
easy to decipher. The scales are rhomboidal, large, and in 
some regions exceptionally deep. Strongly developed ridge- 
scales occur along the mid-dorsal and mid-ventral borders ; 
the ventral ridge-scales are paired as far back as to the pelvic 
fin, but the dorsal row is single, with each scale (to the dorsal 
fin at any rate, and probably to the tail) produced back- 
wards into a long, very acuminate spine. About twenty-four 
transverse rows of scales are shown, and in the abdominal 
region there appear to be six scales in each row below the 
dorsal ridge-scales. Of these six the upper three cover two- 
thirds of the total depth of the body, and each of them bears 
a tubercle at or near its posterior ventral angle. There are 
thus three longitudinal lines of tubercles on the flanks of 
this fish. The upper and lower lines die out on the tail- 
shaft, but the middle line of tubercles, which throughout is 
much the most strongly developed, apparently extends to the 
caudal fin. ‘These prominent middle tubercles are borne by 
the scales of the lateral line, which shows as a raised tube- 
like ridge on the last few scales, but is marked more 
anteriorly by deep notches. The scales next below the 
lateral line are, in the abdominal region, the deepest of all. 
Below them again, in each transverse row (but not behind 
the anal fin), come two scales of more ordinary form, and 
then the ventral ridge-scales. Between the pelvic and anal 
fius the paired ridge-scales are replaced by enlarged median 
scales, much hike “the anal scales commonly seen in the 
Be aionpiidce. 

Nothing is seen of the pectoral fin, but some portion of 
each of the others is preserved, though none is at all nearly 
complete. The dorsal fin is placed above the region where 
the body passes into the tail-shaft. In advance of it the 
dorsal ridge-scales are greatly enlarged and produced into 
very strong spines. by a rapid transition these pass into 


A470 Mr. E. L. Gill on an undescribed Fish 


remarkably powerful fin-fulera, below and behind which are 
seen parts of two or three dermal rays, unjointed in the 
length that is preserved. The fin was apparently based on 
a saddle-like lobe of the back; the rays must have been few, 
and must have sprung mainly from the posterior margin 
of the saddle, where the line of the back falls abruptly 
to the tail-shaft. The saddle is apparently covered by 
narrow scales in relation with the fulcra ; they may even be 
the bases of the fulcra themselves. The anal fin, as a whole, 
is placed a little further back than the dorsal, and is based 
on a similar lobe of the body, similarly covered by narrow 
scales, which in this case seem to be a modified continuation 
of the two rows of more ordinary scales covering the lower 
flank in front of them. As with the dorsal fin, the front 
margin of the anal is protected by strong acutely-pointed 
fulcra. Of these, the first, immediately behind the anus, is 
short, and is followed by three more which show a graded 
increase in length; after which are seen the first two of 
the true fulcra based on the first dermal ray. Parts of 
SiX rays are preserved, and there is only room for one or 
two more. So far as they are seen, they are unjointed. 
Of the caudal fin nothing remains beyond a few of the 
fulcra bordering its ventral edge ; but these are of quite 
extraordinary size and length, and suggest a well-developed 
fin. The specimen gives no hint as to the form and 
squamation of the caudal body-lobe. The only one of the 
paired fins of which anything is seen is the left pelvic, and 
of this only three or four fulcra of graded length are 
preserved, though there are rather iul-defined impressions of 
three dermal rays behind them. The pelvic fin was evidently 
narrow-based and probably rather long. 

Of the general systematic position of this fish there can be 
little doubt. The patterns of the maxilla and of the lower 
jaw, together with the presence of well-developed intra~- 
clavicles, associate it at once with the Paleoniscide. But 
it possesses characters which altogether exclude it from any 
known genus ofthefamily. A rostrum slightly overhanging 
the front of the mouth is a common Palezoniscid character, 
but in no known member of the family is it developed into a 
long and massive snout such as is carried by this fish. The 
squamation also is entirely uncharacteristic of the family. 
The scales in the Palseoniscidee are typically small; Hury- 
lepis has deep scales on the flanks, and some other genera 
(e. g., Canobius, Holurus, and Atherstonia) have enlarged 
ridge-scales, but the combination of these characters with 


a 


from the Coal Measures of Lancashire. 471 


longitudinal rows of large tubercles and a line of dorsal 
spines is unknown in any described genus, nor is there any 
parallel in the family for the remarkable development of the 
fulera into which the ridge-scales are transformed as they 
approach the median fins. A new genus must therefore be 
established for this strongly differentiated form, and in 
allusion to the prominent snout I propose for it the name 
Phanerorhynchus. The species represented by this specimen 
I p opose to name Phanerorhynchus armatus. 


Note on the preceding Paper. By D. M.S. Watson. 


At Mr. Gill’s suggestion I have made an independent 
examination of the head of the unique specimen of Phanero- 
rhynchus. The matrix which lay within the head, attached 
to the right side, showed impressions of certain bones of the 
palate; these had been so much broken by the original 
splitting of the nodule that is was quite impossible to gain 
any useful information from them: I therefore removed the 
whole mass, leaving exposed a beautiful impression of the 
whole right surface of the head. In the main this merely 
confirms Mr. Gill’s account, but does bring out certain 
features more clearly. 

The sutures between the parietals, frontals, and supra- 
temporals are not clearly visible. Together these bones 
form a strongly arched roof to the skull, presenting a long 
free border to the operculum ; this lateral border is thickened 
and rounded. ‘l‘he supratemporal appears to be perforated 
by a foramen for an otic branch of the 9th or 10th nerve. 
Behind the parietals lies a single pair of bones representing 
the tabular postparietal row. Behind these lies what is 
apparently a single very large scale, the first of the dorsal 
series. 

The rostrum shows no trace of subdivision into separate 
elements. As Mr. Gill has described it, it forms a long 
massive projection, continuing the head forward in advance 
of the mouth. The olfactory pit les entirely on its side, 
showing that the bone actually exposed is a carulage-bone 
in the ethmoidal region. The whole appearance ‘of. this 
rostrum with its olfactory pit is precisely that of the carti- 
laginous rostrum of Acipenser. The structure here differs 
very markedly from that in an ordinary Palzoniscid. 

On the side of the head isa large, nearly square antorbital, 
which articulates with the frontal above, ‘the maxilla below, 
and apparently with a bone of the orbital margin behind. 


A72 On an undescribed Fish. 


Its anterior border has an articulation with the rostrum 
ventrally, and dorsally is cut out into two shallow notches 
which must have formed the posterior margin of an incom- 
pletely divided nostril. 

Parts of four circumorbitals are shown, three of which 
are unfortunately not in their natural positions. The most 
dorsal and largest of these bones projects outward from the 
frontal, so as to carry the orbit away from the middle line. 
it is quite certain that the orbit was small. 

The maxilla and the preoperculum are as Mr. Gill has 
described them, and there is in addition a small triangular 
bone lying between the latter element and the supratemporal, 
which appears to be homologous with the accessory pre- 
operculum described by Traquair in Cheirolepis. 

The bones of the operculum are well exposed on the right 
side; they are a large opercular ornamented with sparse 
longitudinal ridges, a small subopercular, and a long series 
of branchiostegals, the uppermost not much smaller than the 
subopercular. It is impossible to see if large lateral gulars 
and a median gular are present or not. 

That Mr. Gill is correct in referring this remarkable fish 
to the Palzoniscide is obvious, but, as he has brought. out, 
it represents a very aberrant type. The whole build of the 
fish, its squamation, the character of the tail-shaft, and 
especially the short-based pelvic fin and the small number 
and large size of the unjointed dermal rays in the fins are 
totally unlike those of any other Palaoniscid, and suggest 
most strongly a higher fish and especially a Semionotid. 

The skull and shoulder-girdle, however, are conclusive 
evidence of Palewoniscid affinities, and I believe that we must 
see in Phanerorhynchus another case of the precocious 
acquirement of characters in a short-lived side-line, which, 
more slowly reached by a conservative stuck, lead on to the 
establishment of a new order. In other words, this fish, 
although itself not ancestral to any later form, shows that 
the Palzoniscids had latent in them the potentiality of 
giving rise to the Lepidosteoid Ganoids, and hence to all 
higher bony fish. 

It is obvious that Phanerorhynchus differs from all other 
fish so greatly as to deserve at least family distinction; but 
as to remove it from the family Palzeoniscidee would obscure 
its close relations to those fish, and as that family as 
at present constituted includes forms presenting a very 
great range in structure, I do not propose to establish a new 
group for its reception. 


A Revision of the Old World Cyrtacanthacrini. 473 


XLVII.—A Revision of the Old World Cyrtacanthacrini 
(Orthoptera, Acrididze).—II. Genera Phyxacra to Willem- 
seat. By B. P. Uvarov, F.H.S., Assistant Entomo- 
logist, Imperial Bureau of Entomology. 


[The figures referred to in this paper will be found in Part I.] 


I. Genus Puyxacra, Karny. 


1907. Phywvacra, Karny, Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Bd. exvi. Abt. 1, 
p. 309. 


Karny included in this genus, besides the genotype, Coptacra 
variolosa of Krauss, also Ph. cerulans, Karny. Later on 
(1914) Rehn described the third species, Ph. nigrispinis, 
which, however, judging by the description, is not a 
Phyxacra, but an Acridoderes. On the other hand, Locusta 
renkensis, Karny, of which I have studied the type, is 
undoubtedly congeneric with variolosa and cerulans, while 
variolosa itself, as well as Cyrtacanthacris scrobiculatus, 
Karsch, are conspecific with Caloptenus strenuus, Walk. 
Thus, the number of the known species of Phywacra is three: 
strenua, cerulans, and renkensis; as all of them ure as yet very 
insufficiently known and represented by very few specimens, 
nothing definite can be said as to their exact relationship, 
and the following key is necessarily very incomplete :— 


Key to the Species. 


1 (2). Fastigium of the vertex not punctured. 
Pronotum narrowed anteriorly, but 
without any constriction ; its posterior 
fourth reddish brown, with blackish dots 
and streaks; hind angle straight, not 
rounded. Anal field of elytra with an 
indefinite reddish design. (Sudan.) .. 1. renkensis (Karny). 
2 (1). Fastigium of the vertex coarsely punctured, 
at least towards its front margin. 
3 (4). Pronotum without a constriction in the 
prozona; its front margin not touching 
the eyes. Wings hyaline. (Senegal, 
Geol Coast id ve sls. Wh. dha Vaccs bls a's 2. strenua (Walk.). 
4 (3). Pronotum thick, distinctly constricted in 
_ the prozona; its front margin touching 
the eyes. Wings bluish at the base. 
Northern Uganda.) sevice. dees views 3. cerulans, Karny. 


+ Part I., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (9) xi. p. 180 (1923). 
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. xi. 31 


ATA Mr. B. P. Uvarov—A Revision of 


1. Phyxacra renkensis (Karny). 
**1907. L[ocusta] renkensis, Karny, Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Bd. exvi. 
Abt. 1, p. 306, no. 58. 
1910. CLyrtacanthacris| renkensis, Kirby, Cat. iil. p. 454. no. 69. 

It is very strange that Karny did not recognise that this 
species belongs also to the genus Phy«acra described by 
himself in the same paper, seeing that the venation of the 
elytra and the shape of the head and sternum show the 
closest relationship to variolosa and cwrulans. As the type is 
the only specimen known and in very bad condition, having 
obviously been kept some time in alcohol and having lost 
both its hind legs, nothing can be said as to the variability 
of species. 

Geographical distribution. The type is from Renk, Sudan. 


2. Phyxacra strenua (Walk.). (Figs. 4C, 4D, 5 a.) 


**1870. Caloptenus strenuus, Walk. Cat. iv. p. 699. no. 49. 
**1877. Coptacra variolosa, Krauss, Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Bd. Ixxvi. 
p. 33. no. 1. 
1893. Cyrtacanthacris scrobiculatus, Karsch, Berl, Ent. Ztschr. 
Xxxviil. p. 89. no. 49. 
1910. Clyrtacanthacris] scrobiculatus, Kirby, Cat. iii. p. 453. no. 67. 
1910. Pl hyvacra] variolosa, Kirby, 7. c. p. 469. no. 1. 
1910. Al credoderes| strenwus, Kirby, l.c. p. 470. no. 1. 

The type of variolosa differs from that of strenwa in its 
slightly larger size and in its paler coloration, but I do not 
hesitate to regard them as being conspecific. One female 
in the British Museum from Liberia perfectly agrees in all 
morphological characters with the type of variolosa, but is 
of a darker colour, with distinct oblique brownish fascize on 
the elytra. lt is very likely that Acridium cribrifrons, 
Walk. (Cat. v., Suppl. p. 60), represents a male of this 
species, as its type is from the same locality and collector as 
that of strenwa, but the type of cribrifrons is lost and nothing 
definite can be said from the description. 

Geographical distribution. The type of strenwa is from 
Gambia, that of variolosa from Senegal. In the British 
Museum there are specimens from Liberia and Yapi, 
N. Territories, Gold Coast ; Karsch described his scrobicu- 
lutus from Bismarckburg, Togo, so that the species seems to 
be confined to West Africa. 


3. Phywxacra cerulans, Karny. 


**1907. Plhyvacra] cerulans, Karny, Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, 
Bd. exvi. Abt. 1, p. 308. no. 61.. 


1910. Plhyxacra] ceruleus (sic !), Kirby, Cat. iii. p. 469. no. 2. 


his is a more robust species than strenua, differing from 


the Old World Cyrtacanthacrint. 475 


the latter also in the shape of the pronotum and in the 
coloration of the hind wings, but it is not known whether 
these characters are constant. 

Geographical distribution. Besides the type, which is from 
Gondokoro, N. Uganda, only one specimen (a male) is known 
to me; it belongs to Prof. R. Ebner, of Vienna, and was 
taken by him at Talodi, Anglo-Egyptian Sudan. 


II. Genus Acripoprrgs, Bol. 


1889. Aecridoderes, Bolivar, Journ. Scien. Mat. Phys. e Natur. Acad. 
Lisboa, i. p. 163. 

As I have the genotype of Acridoderes before me, I am in 
a position to define the differences between this genus and 
Phyaxacra (see the key to genera, Part I., p. 138) and also 
to determine what other species should be referred to it. 
Amongst the species described under Acridoderes four belong 
to other genera, as follows: A. punctatus, Kirby, and tecti- 
ferus, Karsch, to Rhytidacris, Uv. (p. 483) ; A. amethystinus, 
Bol., to Pachynotacris, Uy. (p. 480) ; and A. levigatus, Bol., 
to Anacridoderes, Uv. (p. 477) ; while A. prasinus, Karsch, 
unknown to me save by description, probably belongs to an 
undescribed genus. Caloptenus strenuus, Walk., included 
in the genus Acridoderes by Kirby, belongs to Phyxacra 
(see p.474). Thus, only the genotype remains in the genus, 
but I do not hesitate to refer to it two more species 
originally described under other generic names, viz., Cyrta- 
canthacris validiceps, Karsch, and Phyw«acra nigrispinis, 
Rehn. As I have seen only one of the three known species, 
the following key is based on the original descriptions and 
should be considered as preliminary :— 


Key to the Species. 


1 (4). Elytra extending beyond the hind knees in 
both sexes. 
2 (3). Larger. Transverse sulci of the pronotum 
fine. Ilytra extending wel! beyond the 
_ hind knees, even in the female. General 
coloration darker, with numerous black- 
ish dots on the head and pronotum ; 
hind femora with two blackish fascize on 
the upper side; hind tibie with the 
extreme base shining black, then with a 
narrow, indefinite, pale ring, elsewhere 
brownish violaceous above and pale be- 
neath ; tibial spines yellowish with the 
tips and the whole of the hind surface 
black. (Angela; Mashonaland.)....., 1. crassus, Bol. 
3 (2). Smaller, Transverse sulci of the preonotum 
deep. Elytra in the female only slightly 
31# 


A76 Mr. B. P. Uvarov—A Revision of 


extending beyond the hind knees. 

General coloration paler, without black- 

ish markings; hind tibiz with the basal 

part blackish, the spines entirely black. \ 

(RuwenZorl dtc ces cain os eke tee 2. sugrispinis (Rehn). 
4 (1). Elytra in the female just reaching the hind 

knees, in the male a little longer. Colora- 

tion reddish grey, without black dots. 

Hind wings bluish at the base. Hind 

tibize pale on the inner side, bluish on : 

the upper side, with pale black-tipped [(Karsch). 

Spinesy «(Central A frica:) & licence 3. valadiceps 


1. Acridoderes crassus, Bol. (Figs. 1A, 2a, 4A, 4B.) 


**1889. Acridoderes Crassus, Bolivar, Journ. Acad. Scien. Lisboa, i 
p. 163. no. 155. 
1910. Alcridoderes| crassus, Kirby, Cat. ili. p. 470. no. 


Geographical distribution. The types are Mert Fe 
(Caconda) and Kwango in Angola; I have seen three speci- 
mens perfectly identical with the types from Salisbury, 
Mashonaland (B.M. and O.M.). 


2. Acridoderes nigrispinis (Rehn). 
1914. Phyvacra nigrispinis, Rehn, Wiss. Ergebn. Deutsch. Z.-Afr. 
Exped. Bd. v. Lief. 1, p. 115. 

The description of this species leaves no doubt that it 
belongs not to Phyxacra but to Acridoderes. It seems to be 
fairly distinct from A. crassus, though the colour-characters 
given by Rehn are not quite reliable owing to the preserva- 
tion of the unique type in spirit. 


Geographical distribution. Described from the foot of 
Mt. Ruwenzori. 


3. Acridoderes validiceps (Karsch). 
1896. Cyrtacanthacris validiceps, Karsch, Stett. Ent. Ztg. lvii. p. 296. 
no. 59 . 

The original description enables me to conclude that the 
species belongs to <deridoderes and is sufficiently distinct 
from the two others kuown. It is omitted from Kirby’s 
Catalogue altogether. 

Geographical distribution. Kabebe, Central Africa (Karsch, 
res) 


III. Genus ANAcCRIDODERES, nov. 


Though I have not been able to study the type of Acri- 
doderes levigatus, Bol., I have not the slightest doubt that I 
am correct in referring three insects from the Transvaal to 


the Old World Cyrtacanthacrini. 477 


that species, and I do not find it possible to retain them in 
the genus Acridoderes, as the shape of fastigium and of the 
pronotum, as well as the reticulation of the elytra, which is 
somewhat abnormal for a member of the group Acridoderi, 
are all characters of generic value, and so striking that a 
detailed description of the genus may be omitted. 


1. Anacridoderes levigatus (Bol.). (Fig. 5 0.) 


1911. Acridoderes levigatus, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. lv. p. 303. 
no. 9. 
Owing to a slip, the species is called An. crassus in the 
explanation of the fig. 5 (Part I., p. 139). 
Geographical distribution. Katanga, Belgian Congo (Bol., 
l.c.); Pretoria and Johannesburg, Transvaal (B.M., 3 9 2). 


IV. Genus Coneoa, Bol. 
1911. Congoa, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. lv. p. 303. 


The genus undoubtedly belongs to the group of Acrido- 
deri, as the shape of the head and elytra (which are, though 
abbreviated, distinctly obliquely truncate apically) shows, 
and it is quite distinct from any other genus of the group. 
Only one species is known. 


1. Congoa katange, Bol. 
**1911. Congoa katange, Bolivar, J. c. p. 3804. no. 10. 


The type, which is the only specimen known, is charcoal- 
black all over (except on the sides of the abdomen, which 
are somewhat brownish), and there is no reason to think, as 
Bolivar does, that this coloration, unusual in Orthoptera 
though it 1s, is not natural and due to the bad preservation 
of the specimen. 

— Geographical distribution. Katanga, Congo (Mus. du 
Congo Belge). 


V. Genus Pacuyacris, nov. 


This new genus forms a kind of link between the true 
Acridoderi (t.e., the genera <Acridoderes, Anacridoderes, 
Phyzxacra, and Congoa) and the Valanga group of genera, as 
it agrees with the latter group in the shape of the fastigium, 
frontal ridge, and apex of elytra, while the reticulation of 
the apical half of the elytra is very characteristic for Acrido- 
deri and Coptacre. : 

Two species are known im this genus, both from the 
Oriental region. 


A78 Mr. B. P. Uvarov—A Revision of 


Key to the Species. 

1 (2). Fastigium of the vertex distinctly im- \ 

pressed, less sloping. Frontal ridge not 

at all dilated above the ocellum. Head 

and pronotum above with a pale median 

‘fascia prolonged into the anal field of 

elytra. Elytra almost unicolorous brown- 

ish, with very small and indistinct, seat- 

tered, darker spots. Wings infumate 

throughout, with the base pale violaceous. 

CWeyloim) Weir ce cine e eee ele teaieeee 1. violascens (Walk.). 
2 (1). Fastigium of the vertex almost flat, dis- 

tinctly sloping. Frontal ridge above the 

ocellum slightly dilated. Coloration 

brownish, with more numerous darker 

spots on the elytra, forming more or less 

distinct narrow oblique fasciz in the 

apical part. Wings infumate through- 

out, with the base rosy. (India, China.) 2. vinosa (Walk.). 


1. Pachyacris violascens (Walk.). 


**1870. Acridium violascens, Walker, Cat. iil. p. 587. no. 38. 

1910. Clyrtacanthacris] violascens, Kirby, Cat. ii. p. 452. no. 53. 
1914. Orthacanthacris violascens, Kirby, Fauna Br. Ind., Acr. 
p. 229. no. 276. 

The coloration, as described in the key, seems to be fairly 
constant in the series before me. In one specimen from 
Mysore, S. India, there are, however, fairly well-pronounced 
dark spots on the elytra, forming irregular oblique fascie, 
like those in vinosa; at the same time the upper median 
fascia on the head and pronotum is well developed, and the 
shape of the frontal ridge and fastigium is quite typical for 
violascens. In case these characters prove to be present 
in all specimens from the Indian mainland, they must be 
separated as a distinct geographical form. 

Geographical distribution. This species seems to be very 
common in Ceylon, whence came Walker’s types; there is 
only one specimen known to me from the mainland (Mysore), 
which may represent a distinct subspecies (see above). 
I have seen also one specimen from the Madrid Museum, 
labelled ‘‘ Usambara,” which is doubtless incorrect. 


2. Pachyacris vinosa (Walk.). (Fig. 6 a.) 


**1870. Acridium vinosum, Walk. Cat. ii. p. 588. no. 40. 
**1900. Cyrtacanthacris wingatei, Kirby, Aun. & Mag. Nat, Hist. (7) 
vi. p. 381. 
1910. Clyrtacanthacris| vinosa, Kirby, Cat. ii. p. 452. no. 54. 
1910.. CLyrdacanthacris | wingater, Kirby, /. ec. no. 55. 


The type of C. wingatet is much smaller and much darker 


the Old World Cyrtacanthacrint. 479 


than the typical Indian vinosa, but another specimen+ from 
the same locality as wingatei is much nearer to vinosa in its 
dimensions and coloration, which prevent me from regarding 
wingatei as a northern subspecies of vinosa. Specimens from 
Burma are also somewhat smaller than those from India, 
but of the same coloration. 

Geographical distribution. The type of vinosa is from 
North Bengal. Other specimens in the British Museum are 
from Mohanpar and Pakur, Bengal; Maymyo, Burma ; 
Aijal, Lushai Hills, Assam ; Yang-tse-kiang, China. 


VI. Genus Pacuynoracris, nov. 


Face rugulose. Frontal ridge in profile straight, distinctly 
reclinate, prominent, and somewhat dilated between the an- 
tenne, flat, punctured, impressed below the ocellum, lowered 
and disappearing before the clypeus. Antenne reaching 
beyond the base of the hind femora. Fastigium of the vertex 
strongly sloping, forming a broad curve with the frontal 
ridge, slightly impressed, not marginate. Distance between 
the eyes slightly broader than the frontal ridge between the 
antennee and distinctly narrower than the horizontal diameter 
of an eye. Eyes strongly prominent sideways; their height 
less than twice the horizontal diameter, which is subequal 
to the height of the subocular sulcus. Pronotum with 
the prozona perfectly rounded and swollen on the lateral 
lobes ; the metazona almost flat ; median keel fine, linear, 
interrupted by feeble transverse sulci; the whole surface 
rugulose; hind angle about 90°, rounded. Prosternal 
spine straight, feebly narrowed apically, almost cylindrical. 
Elytra slightly longer than the abdomen, broad, sub- 
coriaceous, coarsely and irregularly reticulated ; the apex 
rounded. Hind femora short, basally dilated, with all keels 
distinctly serrate. Hind tibiz thick, armed with eight outer 
aud nine inner stout spines. Male cerci straight, compressed, 
narrowly triangular. Male subgenital plate conical, some- 
what recurved. Valvz of the female ovipositor elongated, 
without basal teeth. 

Genotype: <Acridoderes amethystinus, Bol. 

This is a very peculiar genus, easily separated from any 
other by the above characters. Only one species is known, 


+ Recorded by Kirby (2. ¢.) as Cyrt, succincta, L. (!). 


480 Mr. B. P. Uvarov—A Revision of 


1. Pachynotacris amethystina (Bol.). 


**1908. Acridoderes amethystinus, I. Bolivar, Mem. Soc. Ent. Belg. 
xvi. p. 114. no. 120. 

Bolivar’s type, which I have studied, is badly discoloured. 
One of two specimens in the British Museum, a female, 
perfectly identical with Bolivar’s species in all the morpho- 
logical characters, is very vividly coloured, being black and 
sulphur-yellow; the elytraare black basally, gradually merging 
into dark violet towards the apex, with a sharply defined 
sulphurous stripe in the anal field; wings vinous, but not 
amethyst as in the type, which is undoubtedly discoloured ; 
hind femora black all over except both upper areas and the 
genicular lobes, which are yellow ; hind tibiz black all over, 
including the spines. 

Geographical distribution. Stanley Falls (Belgian M.; 
Bolivar’s type); Entebbe, Uganda, 1 3,1 ? (B.M.). 


VII. Genus Bryopuyma, nov. 


Frontal ridge in profile distinctly convex, forming a wide 
curve with the fastigium. Fastigium of the vertex strongly 
sloping, somewhat convex, its margins not at all or scarcely 
raised, distant behind. Distance between the eyes distinctly 
broader than the base of the frontal ridge; the height of an 
eye in ? distinctly less, in the ¢ not more, than the height 
of the subocular sulcus. Pronotum distinctly compressed 
laterally, very feebly constricted in the prozona, coarsely 
punctured and rugulose ; its front margin rounded, slightly 
prominent in the midd’e; hind angle about 90°; median 
keel in prozona tectiform, deeply cut by transverse sulci, 
in prozona sharp, lowered before the hind margin. Elytra 
transparent throughout, with not dense reticulation ; their 
apex bent backwards, moderately narrowed, obliquely trun- 
cate. Wings faintly coloured. Hind femora distinctly 
widened basally; supero-external area granulated ; the upper 
keel of the externo-median area denticulate. Hind tibize 
with 8-9 outer and 10-11] inner spines. Male cerci elongato- 
triangular, compressed, with the apex incurved. Male 
subgenital plate short, conical. 

Genotype: Cyrtacanthacris debilis, Karsch. 

Two known species may be included in this genus, namely, 
debilis, Karsch, and sigillata, Bol., and I regard them as but 
geographical races of the same species. 


TL. Bryophyma debilis (Karsch). (Fig. 3a.) 
Though the material at my disposal is rather scanty, 


the Old World Cyrtacanthacrini. ASL 


I believe I am right in splitting the species into three 
geographical races, one of which is new. 


Key to Subspecies. 


1 (2). Pronotum unicolorous. Hind tibize on the 

upper side violaceous, Median keel of 

pronotum feebly raised throughout, in 

profile scarcely convex. Size smaller. 

WS EUEBIG AD Nee Sure oct eia'a alle ers «ret alare 0 as la, debilis (Karsch). 
2 (1). Pronotum not unicolorous ; its median keel 

distinctly raised, in profile strongly 

convex, 
3 (4). Pronotum more compressed laterally, san- 

guineous above, with the lateral lobes 

green. Transverse fascize of hind femora 

sanguineous or violaceous, Hind tibize 

reddish. Elytra without any trace of 

feestelcene (UO ANAA: arcs e treya nasi soya stecsa« 15. picta, subsp. n. 
4 (3). Pronotum thicker, with round black or 

violaceous-black dots on the upper sur- 

face. Transverse fascize of hind femora 

black. Hind tibia greyish green, Elytra 

with very faint and irregular oblique 

fasciz. (Inner Congo; Mashonaland.).. le. segillata (Bol.). 


la. Bryophyma debilis debilis (Karsch). 


1896. Cyrtacanthacris debilis, Karsch, Stett. Ent. Ztg. lvii. p. 500. 
no. 63. 

I have only a single specimen (S.M.) before me which 
agrees perfectly well with the original description ; as it is 
from Punda Melia, near Nairobi, Brit. E. Africa, and the 
original type was from Zanzibar, I take it for the typical 
subspecies, distributed over the country eastwards from 
the lakes. Unfortunately, the specimen is discoloured by 
preservation in spirit. 


1b. Bryophyma debilis picta, subsp. nu. 


The specimens from Western Uganda are very distinctly 
coloured and should be regarded as an independent sub- 
species. Dimensions of the type ( ¢) areas follows: body 39 ; 
pronotum 9; elytra 36; hind femur 20 mm. 

Geographical distribution. Described from 4 ¢ ¢ and 
3 2 ¢@ from the following localities: Entebbe, Uganda, 
266, 12 (one male being the holotype); Kampala, 
Uganda, 1 ¢; Tororo, Uganda, 1 g, 1 2 (all in B.M.); 
Uganda occident., prov. Toro, environs de Fort Portal 
(M.M.). 


482 Mr. B. P. Uvarov—A Revision of 


le. Bryophyma debilis sigillata (Bol.). 
**1908. Aeridiwm sigillatum, I. Bolivar, Mem. Soc. Ent. Belg. xvi. 
Oy IE, iat ILI, . 

Specimens from Mashonaland are somewhat more slender 
and smaller than the type from the Congo, the typical black 
dots on the pronotum being also not always well developed, 
so that they may be regarded as transitional to B. debilis 
picta, but still they are more like those of sigzlata. 

Geographical distribution. Jiuluabourg (M.M.; type of 
A. sigillatum, Bol.); Salisbury, Mashonaland (B.M.; O.M.); 
S. Rhodesia (C.M.). 


VIII. Genus Ruyripacris, nov. 


Frontal ridge in profile feebly convex, distinctly inclined, 
forming a very wide curve with the fastigium. The latter 
very strongly sloping, distinctly impressed, hexagonal, but 
not separated from the frontal ridge, its margins raised, 
convergent behind. Distance between the eyes narrower, 
or scarcely broader than the base of the frontal ridge, which 
is narrowed below the ocellum. The height of an eye in 
both sexes more than the height of the subocular sulcus. 
Pronotum compressed laterally, somewhat narrowed but 
scarcely constricted in the prozona, very coarsely punctured 
or callously rugose ; its front margin rounded or slightly 
prominent; hind angle not less than 90°, more or less 
rounded ; median keel more or less raised, convex in profile. 
Elytra in the basal half subcoriaceous, with the reticulation 
moderately dense; strongly narrowed towards the apex, 
which is lancet-shaped and bent backwards. Wings slightly 
infumated apically, colourless elsewhere. Hind femora 
basally strongly dilated and thickened ; the supero-external 
area granulated ; supero-median and supero-external keels 
strongly denticulate. Hind tibize with 7-8 outer and 9-10 
inner spines. 

The shape of the frontal ridge which is somewhat dilated 
between the antenne, the structure of the hind femora, and 
the peculiar ocellar fascize on the elytra indicate a relation- 
ship to the group Acridoderi, and particularly to the genus 
Phyaacra, from which Rhyidacris differs, however, in many 
important characters, as is evident from the key to genera. 
In fact, it is a connecting-link between the Acridoderi and 
the Anacridium group of genera. 

One species, besides the genotype, is known. 


the Old World Cyrtacanthacrini. 483 


Key to Species. 


1 (2). Fastigium of the vertex longer than broad 
(ev en in the female), acutely angulate 
or very narrowly truncate be hind. Pro- 
notum distinetly compressed laterally, 
with very coarse impressions and callous 
rugosities, especially noticeable in the 
metazona, where they are longitudinal; 
its median keel strongly arched. (W. & 
oe ARCO) ER IR Per REL CRETE 1. tectifera (Karscl). 
2 (1). Fastigium of the vertex not longer than 
broad (even in the male), truncate 
behind. Pronotum thick, coarsely punc- 
tured, with rugosities in the prozona 
only ; its median keel low. (S.E. Africa.) 2. punctata(Kirby). 


1. Rhytidacris tectifera (Karsch). (Fig. 6 0.) 
1896. Cyrtacanthacris tectiferus, Karsch, Stett. Ent. Ztg. lvil. p. 299. 
no. 62, fig. 24. 

2 distribution. Yapi, N. Territories, Gold Coast; 
Old Calabar (B.M.); Kamerun (M.M.); Kassongo to Stan- 
ley Falls (M.M.); Popocabacca (Bl. M.); Kondove to 
Karonga, Nyasaland (B.M.) ; Zomba (B.M.). 

The specimen from Cameroons is very dark brown on 
the upper side, while the lateral lobes of the pronotum and 
mesopleure are pale, but it does not differ in structural 
characters from other specimens, and I take it to be just a 
colour aberration. 


2. Rhytidacris punctata (Kirby). 
**1902. Acridoderes punctatus, Kirby, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 
p. 239. no. 108c. 

Kirby says that his type is a female, but it is obvious 
even from his description of the genitalia that it is a male, 
as the study of the type shows. 

Geographical distribution. Rustenburg, Transvaal ( Kirby’s 
type ; B.M.); Bultfontein, Pretoria distr. (B.M.) ; Durban 
(B M.); Zoutpansberg, Transvaal (M.M.). 


IX. Genus Scuisrocerca, Stal. 


This is an essentially New World genus, or rather group 
of genera, which is represented in the Central and South 
America by a large number of species, requiring a thorough 
revision, as their systematics and synonymy are in a chaotic 
state. As this paper, however, is restricted to the Old World 
representatives of the group, we have to deal with a single 
species ouly, which is also the type of the genus. 


484 Mr. B. P. Uvarov—A Revision of 


1. Schistocerca gregaria (Forsk.). 
1775. Gryllus gregarius, Forsk&l, Descr. animalium, quae in itinere 
orientali observavit, p. 81. 

1804. Acridiwm peregrinum, Olivier, Voyage dans empire Ottoman, 

etc. iv. p. 888, footnote. 

1910. ||Schistocerca tatarica, Kirby, Syn. Cat, Orth. iii. p. 459. no. 46 

(nec Linné!), 

The correct synonymy of this species was established by 
H. Krauss in 1907 (Denkschr. mat.-nat. Kl. K. Akad. Wiss. 
Wien, lxxi. p. 12 of separate copy), but Kirby overlooked 
Krauss’s paper, as well as that of Forskal, and thus 
missed the name given to the insect in question by the 
latter author, which has priority over that of Olivier. 
Moreover, Kirby added to the confusion by ascribing the 
name Gryllus tataricus of Linné to this insect, which clearly 
contradicts the original description of the Linnean species, 
as is shown in my notes on the latter (see below). 

All further synonyms are given by Kirby correctly, 
including Acridium subsellatum, Walker, the type of which 
is a perfectly typical example of the species, though reputed 
to come from South America. 

The interrelations of this species and the South American 
S. paranensis, Burm., have been studied by me on a fairly 
large series of specimens, and the conclusion reached 1s that 
they may be separated by a good number of morphological 
characters, though I am not yet in the position to say 
definitely whether those characters are of specific value, or 
whether the two insects should be regarded as but subspecies 
of one species. 

S. gregaria is fairly constant in its specific characters, 
but I managed to find amongst the collections studied by me 
a number of specimens which are all strikingly aberrant 
from the typical form in the less constricted pronotum, 
with the median keel more raised and the surface more 
rugose, as well asin the dull greyish coloration, with distinct 
dark and pale fasciz on the pronotum. This form agrees 
perfectly well with the description of Acridium flaviventre, 
Burm., and I believe it to represent the solitary phase of the 
species, and IJ call it, accordingly, 8. gregaria, ph. flaviventris Tt. 

Geographical distribution. S.gregaria occurs over practically 
the whole of Africa (with the possible exception of the belt of 
equatorial forests), and also in S8.W. Asia, reaching as far 
north as Transcaspia and as far east as Kashmir (B.M.), as 

t For a detailed account of the matter, as well as of the geographical 


distribution, variability, and bionomics of S. gregaria,see my paper in 
Bull. Entom. Res. xiv. pt. 1, 1928 (in press). 


©) 


the Old World Cyrtacanthacrini. 4 


5 


~ 


well as on some of the Atlantic Islands—-Cape Verde, Grand 
Canary, Ascension (B.M.). The existing records of its 
occurrence also in South America are considered by me to 
be erroneous and based on a confusion with S. paranensis. 


X. Genus RHADINACRIS, nov. 


Small and slender. Antenne fairly thick, somewhat 
compressed, extending in both sexes well beyond the hind 
margin of the pronotum. Frontal ridge strongly reclinate, 
in profile straight, forming a very distinct, though rounded, 
angle with the fastigium. The fastigium slightly sloping, 
distinctly longer than broad, somewhat impressed. Eyes 
large, strongly prominent ; their length equal to the sub- 
ocular height, or even exceeding it, and more than a half of 
the horizontal diameter; the distance between the eyes less 
than their horizontal diameter, and subequal to the width 
of the frontal ridge between the antenne. Pronotum com- 
pressed laterally, and distinctly constricted in the prozona ; 
its surface rugulose ; the median keel low, but fairly thick, 
smooth, and very deeply cut by the transverse sulci. Pro- 
sternal spine thick, somewhat inflated apically, straight, or 
very slightly inclined backwards. LElytra very narrow, with 
sparse reticulation. Wings narrow, hyaline. Hind femora 
narrow, but rather thick, with all keels remotely aud obtusely 
serrate. Hind tibiz with 8 outer and 10-11 inner spines. 
Male cerci compressed, broad, triangular. 

This is certainly a very aberrant genus, but its relation to 
Schistocerca, suggested by the specific name, owing to the 
shape of the male cerci, 1s not very close if other characters 
are taken into consideration. The genus is monotypic. 


1. Rhadinacris schistocercoides (Brancs.). (Fig. 5c.) 

1893. Acridium schistocercotdes, Brancsik, Jahresh. Ver. Trencs. Com. 

XV.—xvi. p. 122, pl. xii. fig. 2 a-e. 

*1907. Aecridiwm schistocercoides, Finot, l. c. p. 310. 

*1916. Cyrtacanthucris schistocercoides, J. Carl, Rev. Suisse Zool. 
vol, xxiy. no, 6, p. 490. 

The general coloration of this species is somewhat 
variable, as is mentioned by Finot and, especially, by 
J. Carl (Ul. c.). 

Geographical distribution. Madagascar. 


XI. Genus AnacripiIvM, nov. 


_Frontal ridge in profile vertical, or practically so, slightly 
dilated above the ocellum, but narrowed again at the 


486 Mr. B. P. Uvarov—A Revision of 


fastigium ; its surface impressed below the ocellum, flat 
above it ; margins callous. Fastigium of vertex slightly 
sloping, somewhat impressed along the middle ; its margins 
raised, convergent behind, or nearly so. Hyes large, strongly 
prominent, about twice as high as long; their height 
subequal to the subocular distance ; distance between eyes 
distinctly less than the length of an eye. Pronotum laterally 
compressed and more or less constricted in the prozona ; 
its surface rugulosely punctured, and bearing small scattered 
callous tubercles; median keel fairly thick, tectiform, 
convex in profile, deeply cut by transverse sulci. Prosternal 
spine cylindrical or slightly compressed laterally, straight, or 
feebly bent forwards, with the apex rounded. LHlytra long 
and fairly narrow, with the apex attenuate and bent back- 
wards (fig. 6c). Wings with the whole basal part, or with 
but a submedian fascia, infumate. Male cerci cylindrical 
and narrow, almost filiform, at least as long as the anal 
plate, curved. Male subgenital plate trilobate apically. 

Though the genotype (A. egyptium) somewhat differs 
from the two other known species in the shape of the pro- 
notum, which in it is less constricted in the prozona and 
more angulate behind, there is no reason to split the genus, 
which is quite a natural one. 


Key to the Species. 


1 (2). Pronotum distinctly angulated behind. 
Prosternal spine perfectly straight and 
vertical, not compressed laterally, with 
the apex obtuse. Male cerci shorter, 
neither reaching the apices of the lateral 
lobes of subgenital plate nor touching 
each other apically. (Mediterranean 
Countries) Wai cuban tree 1. egyptium (L.). 
2 (1). Pronotum distinctly rounded behind. Pro- 
sternal spine slightly inclined backwards, 
compressed laterally, with the apex sub- 
acuminate. Male cerci longer, reaching 
to the apices of the side-lobes of sub- 
genital plate, and touching each other 
apically, or even with the apices crossed. 
3 (4). The fascia of the hind wings, however 
broad, never touching the hind margin ; 
base of the wings hyaline, or rosy, or 
violaceous. (Africa, south of Sahara.) 2, mcestwm (Serv.). 
a (6). General coloration darker. The wing- 
fascia very broad, shining black, with 
the outer margin sharply defined; a 
longitudinal series of black spots be- 
tween the anal and axillar vein, and 
several more black confluent spots 
near the apex. (South and equatorial [ (Serv.). 
Atricaliay ie eee ate cab ae “ye Re 2a. subsp. meestum 


the Old World Cyrtacanthacrint. 487 


b (a). General coloration paler. The wing- 
fascia narrow and short, more or less 
obsolete, imperfectly marginated ; the 
spots in the post-anal area and in the 
apical part less numerous, smaller, and 
paler. (Cape Verde Islands, Sudan, [rhodon (Wallk.). 
Abyssinia, Aden, Sokotra.) ........ 2 b. subsp. melano- 
4 (8). The fascia of the hind wings is along the 
hind margin, not extending forward be- 
yond the middle of the wing; base of 
the wing yellow. (S. India, Ceylon.).. 3. flavescens (I’.). 


1. Anacridium egyptium (L.). (Figs. 26, 36.) 


1764. Gryllus Locusta egyptius, ra Mus. Ludoy. Ulr. p. 151. 
1910. Ofrthacanthacris| eyyptia, Kirby, Cat. p. 444. no. 6. 

**1870. Aeridium indecisum, Walker, Cat. iii. p. 585. no. 32. 
1870. Aeridium albidiferum, Walker, Cat. iv. p. 627, 

Though the type of A. albidiferum does not exist, the 
d@cription of this species and the locality (Sinai) leave no 
doubt that it is conspecific with egyptium. As for A. inde- 
cisum, the type (a female, not male, as Walker indicated in 
the description) and another male specimen, named by 
Walker as A. tataricum (=egyptium ; see Cat. Derm. Salt. 
BM. i. p. 577. no. 1, g.), are quite indistinguishable from 
the typical egyptium, except by the slightly more acute 
hind angle of the pronotum, which may be due to the 
previous preservation of the specimens in alcohol, and their 
supposed origin from South Africa seems to me very 
doubtful. I think, therefore, it is better to regard indeciswin 
as a pure synonym of egyptium, unless fresh and more 
reliable records as to the occurrence of this species in South 
Africa become available ; in that case, and if the more 
angulated pronotum proves to be a distinctive feature of 
South African specimens, they will have to be regarded as a 
subspecies to which Walker’s name should be applied. 

As the species has been described and figured many times, 
there is no need to give a description. As regards the 
variability of its characters, I should like to mention that 
I have seen some specimens from Palestine in which the 
base of the wings is pale violaceous, as may be scen some- 
times in 4. masta and its subsp. melanorhodon (see below). 

Geographical distribution. It is an essentially Mediterranean 
species, which ranges, as a permanent member of the fauna, 
not farther northwards than Bordeaux, the Alps, and the 
Crimea, while the most southern locality is Nubia (Karny, 
Sitz. Akad. Wien, Bd. cxvi. Abt. 1, p.307). In the west it 
in known from Madeira, while it ranges as far eastwards as 
Russian ‘Turkestan and Baluchistan (Quetta ; B.M.). 


488 Mr. B. P. Uvarov—A Levision of 


2a. Anacridium mestum mestum (Nerv.). 


1839. Acridium mestum, Serville, Ins. Orth. p. 654. no. 14. 
1910. O/rthacanthacris| mesta, Kirby, Cat. p. 444. no. 1. 
441907, Olrthacanthacris] wernerella, Karny, Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, 
exvi. Abt. 1, p. 305. no. 57. 
ae regen i eximia, Sjostedt, Arkiv Zool. xii. no. 1, p. 2, 
g. 2. 

The characters given by Karny for separating his 
wernerella from mestum are not of specific value, as may be 
easily seen in a sufficiently long series of specimens. 

The base of the hind wings is sometimes rosy or violaceous. 

Geographical distribution. This subspecies is distributed all 
over South Africa, ranging northwards up to North Uganda 
(Gondokoro) and Northern Nigeria (Zungeru, B.M.) ; it 
has, however, never been recorded from the forest-regions of 
Central and West Africa, and it seems that it does not 
penetrate there. | & 


26. Anacridium mestum melanorhodon (Walk.). (Fig. 6c.) 


**1870. Acridium melanorhodon, Walker, Cat. iii. p. 585. no. 28. 
**1907. [O. wernerella], var. sphalera, Karny, Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, 
exvi. Abt. 1, p. 305. 
1907. Acridium ethiopicum, Finot, 1. c. pp. 269, 346. 

The characters separating this form from the typical 
mestum are of such a kind that I cannot give them specific 
value, and the data concerning their distribution lead to the 
conclusion that they are but geographical races of the same 
species. 

Geographical distribution. The race melanorhodon, originally 
described by Walker from St. Jago, Cape Verde Islands (not 
S. America, as incorrectly recorded by Walker), represents 
a northern form of mestum. I have seen examples from 
St. Vincent, Cape Verde Islands; Khartum ; Massowah ; 
Aden and Sokotra ; Karny described his sphalera from Renk, 
Sudan, aud Finot’s ethiopica was described from Abyssinia. 


3. Anacridium flavescens (F.). 


17938. [Gryllus] flavescens, Fabricius, Entom. Syst. ii. p. 52. no, 24. 
1910. O.rthacanthacris| flavescens, Kirby, Cat. p. 445. no. 10, 

**1870. Acridium pardalmum, Walker, Cat. ili. p. 587. 

The identity of pardalinum, Walk., with flavescens, F., 
has been recorded already by Kirby in the ‘The Fauna of 
British India’ (Acrid. p. 225, 1914), and is beyond any 
doubt. 

Geographical distribution. 'The only known localities where 
this species occurs are Tranquebar (Faby. J. c.), Trichinopoly 


the Old World Cyrtacanthacrint. 489 


(Finot, 7. c.), Marudaimalai and Coimbatore (Bolivar, Rey. 
K. Acad. Cien. Madrid, xvi. nos. 6, 7, 8, 9, p. 401, 1918) in 
South India, and Ceylon (B.M.). 


XII. Genus OrtHacantuacris, Karsch. 
1896, Orthacanthacris, Karsch, Stett. Ent. Ztg. lvii. p. 303. 


This very peculiar genus has never been diagnosed 
properly, as its author simply mentioned in a note to the 
description of his Cyrtacanthacris humilicrus the principal 
differences between the latter and egyptia, and expressed a 
suggestion that it belongs probably to a distinct genus 
which may be called Orthacanthacris. As, however, the 
genus is easily recognisable by the genotype, the name must 
be regarded as valid. The generic difference between 
egyptia and its relatives, on the one hand, and humilicrus, 
on the other, are obvious and clearly mdicated in my key to 
the genera (see Part I., p: 141). 

Kirby’s conception of the genus Orthacanthacris (Cat. 
p. 444; Fauna Brit. Ind., Acr. p. 224) is based not on the 
true generic characters, but merely on the name, and he 
included in it all the species of Cyrtacanthacrini with the 
straight prosternal spive ; I have shown already that this 
character alone cannot be used for separating genera. 

The genotype, O. humilicrus, seems to be the only known 
species of this genus, though it is not impossible that the 
insufficiently described C. illustrissima, Karsch (Stett. Ent. 
Ztg. lvii. p. 297. no. 60), also belongs here. 


1. Orthacanthacris humilicrus (Karsch). (Fig. 7 d.) 

1896. Cyrtacanthacris humilicrus, Karsch, Stett. Ent. Ztg. lvii. p. 301. 

no. 64, fig. 25. 

1910. Ofrthacanthacris| humilicrus, Kirby, Cat. p. 444. no. 5. 

The dimensions of the male (Eritrea; M.M.), which 
was unknown to Karsch, are as follows: body 49; pronotum 
10; elytra 63 ; hind femur 26 mm. 

Geographical distribution. The species is known from the 
Slave Coast (Karsch, /.c.); Dakar, Senegal (P.M.); Ugogo, 
HK. Africa (Karsch, /. c.), and Eritrea (M.M.) 


XIII. Genus W1iLLEMszEa, nov. 


Frontal ridge in profile somewhat reclinate, slightly 
convex ; seen from the front it 1s very slightly dilated above 
the ocellum, narrowed again at the fastigium, as well as 
below the ocellum ; its surface punctured, shghtly impressed 
below the ocellum; the margins scarcely raised, almost 

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. xi. 32 


490 Mr. R. T. Gunther on a 


obliterate before reaching the clypeus. Fastigium of vertex 
strongly sloping and forming with the frontal ridge a broad 
curve ; its surface flat, margins perfectly obliterate. Hyes 
oval, prominent, distinctly less than twice as high'as long; 
subocular distance distinctly more than length of an eye, but 
less than its height ; distance between the eyes less than the- 
length of an eye, but distinctly broader than the frontal 
ridge between the antennee. Pronotum rounded, somewhat 
compressed laterally, but scarcely constricted in the pro- 
zona; median keel very low, subobliterate by puncturation. 

Elytra as in Valanga. Hind femora short and fairly thick. 

Male cerci elongato-triangular, with the apex very slightly 
incurved. Wings infumate. 

This is a very peculiar genus, which forms a sort of 
connecting-link between the Acridoderi, which it remotely 
resembles in the structure of the head, and the Valanga-_ 
eroup of genera, to which it is, no doubt, most closely 
related. It differs, however, so much from the true Valanga 
in the head, pronotum, and the type of coloration, that I do 
not hesitate to separate it generically. Only one species is 
known as yet. 


1. Willemsea bimaculata (Willemse). 


1922. Orthacanthacris bimaculata, Willemse, Orthoptera in Nova 
Guinea, xill., Zool. 5, p. 720, fies. 8, 9. 


I have seen two specimens only, male and female, from 
Sattelberg, German New Guinea (M.M.). 


{To be continued. ] 


XLVIII.—Ursus anglicus, a new Species of British Bear. 
By Rosert T. Guntuer, F.L.S. 


[Plates II. & III] 


A tower mandible of this bear was found with other bones 
about 5 feet below the surface in a pit im the Cherwell 
erav a of Pleistocene age, that underlie the Deer Park of 
Magdalen College. A few of the bones showed scratchings, 
indicating that they had been rolled along the bed of a fast- 
flowing stream, but the greater number seem to have be- 
Jonged to animals that died on the spot or at no great 
distauce away. The bones were found below a well-marked 
band of recent fresh-water shells, and at about 2 ft. 6 in. 


new Species of British Bear. ~ 491 


above the upper surface of the Oxford Clay, upon which the 
gravel rests, 

The locality is one where bones have been accumulated in 
flood-débris at a drinking-place where the Cherwell stream 
ran clear over a gravel bottom (cf. A. H. Church, ‘ Botanical 
Memoir,’ no. 13, p. 22). Many of them have been pene- 
trated by the roots of the fine elms of Magdalen Grove, oue 
of which, the largest of its kind in Britain, probably owed 
its gigantic size to the phosphates derived from mammoths’ 
bones. 

In February 1922, after many bones from the pit 
had already been broken up for gravelling a walk leading 
to the new kitchen-garden, 1 was able to save a fairly 
large portion of a mammoth tusk and several molars; but, 
not realising how annihilating the pickaxe of a really 
competent digger of gravel can be, I had formed the opinion 
that in this deposit ‘the bones had for the most part dis- 
integrated, and that teeth only had survived. On the 31st 
of January last, on hearing that bones had been found, 
I immediately rushed out, arriving, however, too late to see 
the remains in situ, and found a pile of what appear to be 
bones of a Bos primigenius, stag’s horn fragments, many 
bits of mammoth bones, including parts of two lower jaws 
and teeth, and, on the top of all, a beautifully preserved 
ramus, in two pieces, of the lower jaw of a bear. It is in 
a good state of preservation: only the coronoid process and 
the incisors being missing (PI. II. fig. 2). 

My friend, Dr. Andrews, of the British Museum, who has 
superintended the repairing, has given me every facility to 
examine the jaws of the British Bears i in his charge, and, i in 
the kindest way, has informed me as to the recent literature 
on the subject. Mr. Hinton has also given me access to the 
bear-skulls in the Zoological Department. 

Such of the literature on fossil bears as I have been able 
to review seems to show that the great range of variation 
in the characters of the Common Brown Bear, Ursus arctos, 
has caused some writers to include within its limits not 
only the Grizzly Bear of North America, but also a great 
number of fragmentary fossilised remains from deposits of 
different ages. 

Owen, for instance, in his ‘§ British Fossil Mammals’ 
included a newly-found Fen Bear in the same species in 
1846, and his example has been followed by many authors, 
including Reynolds, in his ‘Monograph on the British 
Pleistocene Bears,’ 1906. 

The Magdalen College bear-jaw exhibits characters which 


2.) % 


492 Mr. R. T. Gunther on a 


are so much more pronounced than the corresponding 
characters of recent U. arctos as to suggest that Ursine 
science will be better helped by considering it, and similar 
contemporary Pleistocene remains, as belonging to a separate 
species related to but distinct from U. arctos, a species 
originally founded by Linnzus for living examples of 
European Brown Bears. 

The jaw is in such an excellent state of preservation— 
better than that of most recorded remains of fossil Bears 
—that it merits independent description; and although 
fractured across the inferior dental canal, the damage has 
been skilfully repaired in the Geological Department of the 
British Museum. The condyle and angular region are in 
perfect condition, as also is the range of molar and premolar 
teeth, showing all the features upon which systematists have 
largely relied for their identifications. It has the special 
interest of being the first bear to be recorded in Oxford- 
shire, and one of very few that have been found in central 
England, between the countries of the Fen Bears (Owen, 
1842) and those of Kirkdale in the north (Buckland, 1823) 
and of the bears of Devon and South Wales in the west 
(Owen, 1846; Busk, 1878). 

The jaw is larger than that of any U. arctos that we 
have seen. The firm anchylosis of the symphysis and the 
well-worn molar teeth show it to have belonged to a full- 
grown individual, probably a male somewhat past the prime 
of hte. The teeth; shown m Pl. Il. figs, 2°& 5, taregas 
follows :— 


Incisors missing. 

Canine rather more slender than in U. speleus: long 
diam. at base of crown, 21 mm.; short ditto, 20 mm. 

Premolar,; missing, but indicated by a_ well-defined 
alveolus. 

Premolars ,_3 absent. 

Premolar, of the U. arctos type, without the subsidiary 
cusps characteristic of the Cave Bear. Two ridges 
leading from the main cone to the posterior border 
give the tooth the appearance of the corresponding 
tooth in a bear named “U. horribilis” that was found 
at Grays (PI. II. fig. 4), but the inner ridge may be 
partly the result of wear. 

Molars,_» similar to those of allied bears. They show 
cousiderable signs of wear. 

Molar 3 1s a tooth of some importance. It is in every way 
a larger tooth than is found in arctos, horribilis, or 


new Species of British Bear. 493 


fossilis bears, which have a_ subtriangular third 
molar. In the Magdalen College jaw this tooth is 
subrectangular with a suicus down the outer side, 
recalling the U. speleus type of third molar, 


The dimensions of the four teeth are :— 


pm. m). 10; m,. 
OCB oo g cias 12°5 28 29 25 
Pras oe sec. 9°5 15 19'5 19°5 


The measures of the. lengths of the molars of several 
fossil Bears are given in the next table of comparative 
dimensions. A comparison of the length of the molar 
range with the distance of the canine was found to serve no 
useful purpose, except to demonstrate the variability of the 
length of the diastema as compared with the length of 
the range of molars. 

The dimensions of this jaw (in millimetres) as compared 
with those of a selected series of lower jaws of other bears 
in the British Museum are :— 


A i a z 5 
ert ® . ET | a 
ES SR 
2a SS SS) ak (oe 
SOR FPR EOD 849 
Seo 38% Sat age 
Sek eo BIS SS Gs ao) 
© aa e i ‘s 7h oot 
Soe S 2 pea 2S 
4 = 
SH S ~ 
Moummerngth «i... eS Ae c. 292 = _- 242 ? 
@anme to condyle... 0.0006... 275 257 ? -— 230 
PO PURER beat nt «aig, o Sis, s 15% 'm: » 47 B 51 46 
Symphysial area : 
eres oc c's tan ve oiers See oa 83 — 77 69 
0 ite eee 44 os 40 28 
Bongylie width Fo. sec. er 65 _ — 45 
Top of condyle to lower side of 
“2b, dA, Coe ee at 55 50 -- — 
Length of molar range: 
Migorm,toeether... oc... 6. 2s 565 =58 — 48 
A eae 5 Lee 255 21 os 20 
Length of mj +m.+m;3........ 82 74 _— 68 


In the first place the Oxford jaw may be definitely dis- 
tinguished from that of the full-grown Cave Bear, U. speleus, 
on account of its smaller size; of the presence of an 
alveolus close behind the canine, indicating a first premolar, 
which with pm, and pm; is normally absent in Cave Bears; 
of the absence of cusps on the inner side of pm,; of the 
absence of tuberculation on m;, Moreover, the canine 


494. Mr. R. T. Gunther on a 


seems slenderer, and the subangular process of the mandible 
is more pronounced than in U. speleus. 

It is when we come to the distinctions between our jaw 
and those of U. horribilis and U. arctos that difficulties of 
finding constant taxonomic characters arise. Several Pleis- 
tocene jaws in the British Museum agree with the Oxford 
jaw in important features. Nearest to it comes the above- 
mentioned jaw, No. 22029, from the Lower Pleistocene of 
Grays, in Hssex, labelled “ U. horribilis, Ord.” (PI. II. fig. 4). 
The development of the subangular process is identical in both 
(PL. III. figs. 1O& 11). Similar, too, 1s the depth and rough 
sculpturing of the fossa, in which the strong masseter muscle 
was inserted. The Oxford jaw belonged to a more powerful 
animal, which is indicated by the size of the condyle, 
which is 6°5 mm. larger in diameter than in the Grays jaw. 
The diameters are 24°5 mm, and 18 mm. (PI. III. figs. 7 & 8). 
The Grays Jaw measures 5 mm. less than the Oxford jaw 
from the top of the condyle to the ventral side of the 
angle. 

A second jaw, that must be taken into account by reason 
of the very perfect preservation of the proximal end, is 
M. 2507, from the Welsh submerged forest in Whitesand 
Bay, near St. Davids (PI. II. fig. 1). This has been referred 
to “ U. arctos.” Though otherwise imperfect, this jaw has 
the coronoid process and condylar region complete, and of 
similar proportions to those of the Oxford jaw, but the 
subangular process is less pronounced (Pl. III. fig. 9, s.). 
The following measurements are striking :— 


: Whitesand jaw. 

Oxford jaw. (M. 2507), 

Condyle to inside of symphysis .. 227 mm. 227 mm. 
mf Fy NCE RIGS OH Wy So a0 ey ay Wes 
4p ,, top of coronoid process. —- 94, 
,, ventral side of angle... 659 ,, o4 ,, 

Depth of mandible between m, and 

INT es acer aie Rie ancora Goeenta eran OE 5, oA ,, 


Although obviously from a slighter-built animal, we 
suggest the proportions of this jaw as suitable for the 
restoration of the contour of the damaged coronoid of the 
Magdalen College specimen (PI. II. figs. 1 & 2). The sub- 
angular process is less strikingly developed. 

The jaw has also been compared with that of the type of 
U. fossilis, Goldfuss, from Muggendorf, Franconia (Nov. 
Act, Acad. Cees. Weop. Car. x. pt? nm, ps 269) pi. xx. ©), the 
measurements of which are given above in the table. This 
evidently belonged to an animal that was smaller in all 


new Species of British Bear. 495 


respects, with a diastema that is relatively longer than in 
the Oxford jaw, but of the same proportion as the diastema 
in the jaw of a recent Brown Bear, The development of 
the subangle (s.) is inconspicuous (PI. III. fig. 12). > 

Neither the complete skeleton of the Fen Bear, U. arctos, 
nor any of the other bear-skulls in the Cambridge Museum, 
which we were able to examine through the courtesy of 
Prof. Marr and of Dr. Foster Cooper, show the extraordinary 
development in the thickness of the lower mandible between 
the angle and the subangle, which is so striking a feature of 
the Oxford jaw. 

We have also referred to the paper of Von Reichenau 
(Abh. d. Hessisch. Geol. Landesaustalt z. Darmstadt, 1906) 
and to the excellent summary by Freudenberg (Saugetiere 
d. ilteren Quartars v. Mittel-Europa, 1914), without, how- 
ever, finding convineing evidence for referring these British 
Bears to any Continental species other than the Ursus 
arctos, L., which we think it expedient to divide. It must, 
however, be mentioned that some of Von Reichenau’s figures 
were taken from fragmentary specimens. 

The excellent preservation of the taxonomic characters of 
this lower mandible, their resemblance to those of some 
other British Pleistocene bear-remains, and their distinction 
from those of living U. arctos appear valid reasons for the 
formation of a new species, based on the Magdalen College 
jaw as the type. For this we propose the name Ursus 
anglicus. 

The special features which are suggested by the Oxford 
and allied jaws as characteristic of this species are: the 
relatively long tooth-range, including a large subrectangular 
third molar instead of one of subtriangular outline; no 
trace of the pm, or pm3, which not infrequently occur in 
living Brown bears; an extensive symphysis of great 
strength; a rounded alveolar border in the diastema, 
whereas this border is sharp, in fact a “‘ knife-edge,” both 
in living U. arctos and in U. savini (Andrews, Ann. & Mag. 
1922); condyles large and wide; great thickness of bone 
in the region of the angle and the subangular process, 
which last is conspicuously prominent. 

In this species we should also include the Essex Bear from 
Grays, B.M. No. 22029, and No. 858 in the College of Sur- 
geons, both hitherto named U. horribilis. The “ U. arctos,” 
B.M. No. M. 2507, a less powerful bear, merits further 
consideration. 

If subsequent materials should indicate the former exist- 
ence of different local races, I would name the one, of which 


496 Mr. R. Gurney on some British and 


the Oxford jaw is the type, Ursus anglicus magdalenensis, in 
honour of the College within whose walls it was excavated, 
and of whose foundation I have been a member for more 
than a third of a century. \ 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 


PuatTE IT, 
Lower jaws of Pleistocene bears. 


Fig. 1. Jaw from Whitesand Bay, referred to “ Ursus arctos.” 

Fig. 2. Magdalen College, ,, U. anglicus, sp. n. 

Fig. 3. Molar range of Whitesand Bear, “ U. arctos.” 

Fig. A. ‘ - Grays wn Ushorribilis’ 

Fig. 5 ‘4 ‘5 Magdalen ,, U. anglicus, sp.n. 
PrarEe Tit, 

Fug. 8. Condyle and angle from behind, Whitesand Bear. 

Fig. 7 7 i NS Grays Bear. 

Figs. a! Maedalen Bear. 

TG ao. Ang le and subancle from below, W hitesand Bear. 

Fig. 10. Pr . ¥, Grays Bear. 

eg lhe * A . Maedalen Bear. 

Fig. 12. 4 Ge ¥ U, fossilis, Goldfuss. 


a., angle of jaw; s., subangle of jaw; c., condyle of jaw. 


XLIX.—WNotes on some British and North African Specimens 


of Apus cancriformis, Schaeffer. By Roxsurtr Gurney, 
MEA. tbs. 


Brrore proceeding to the subject of this communication, it 
is unfortunately necessary for me to defend the use of the 
name Apus for a genus of Crustacea. 

This name has been used for generations as the generic 
name of the Branchiopod Crustacean Apus cancriformis, 
which, from its extreme morphological importance, has figured 
largely in zoological literature. For this reason, its sup- 
pression by systematists, on the ground that its use is not in 
accordance with the International Rules of Nomenclature, 
will certainly not be agreed to by writers on general zoo- 
logical problems, who will no doubt continue to refer to this 
animal as Apus cancriformis. It can scarcely be to the 
advantage of Zoology that, in this as in many other instances 
since these Rules came into force, the biologist and the 
systematist should adopt different systems of nomenclature. 

In my opinion, names long in general use should not be 
changed or suppressed, except for the most cogent reasons 
and in cases where there is obvious ambiguity. In this case 


North African Specimens of Apus eancriformis, 497 


no ambiguity or doubt has ever attached to the name Apus, 
until the introduction of the Rules gave authority to unearth 
names which were still-born and should have remained 
decently interred. 

It has been found that Scopoli in 1777 had named as 
Apus the bird which we have hitherto known as Cypselus ; 
wherefore, not only must Cypselus lapse, but Apus, Latreille 
(1801), apphed to our Crustacean, must also disappear as 
being preoccupied by Apus, Scopoli. But Scopoli had on a 
previous page described a Crustacean under the name of 
Apos, so that, as this name has priority over dApus, it is 
open to argument that the latter, which differs by only one 
letter, is thereby invalidated. The ground, therefore, on 
which Apus is transferred to a bird is not, even according 
to the Rules, by any means secure, and, having regard to 
the extreme inconvenience of the change, it 1s surprising 
that anyone should be found to support it. 

Apos, Scopoli, might conceivably be used pari passu with 
Apus, but Scopoli’s Crustacean was an Anostracan, and his 
name is a synonym of Branchipus. In view of these facts, 
Keilhack (1909) has revived the genus TZ’riops, Schrank *, to 
replace the Crustacean genus Apus,a course which has been 
followed by others. 

IT am, however, of the opinion that, where the International 
Rules obviously conflict with common-sense, there is no 
obligation that they should be followed, and that, though 
allegiance to rules of nomenclature is in general desirable 
and necessary, they should not be allowed entirely to fetter 
individual judgment. Further, that those concerned with 
the systematics of one group of the animal kingdom should 
have regard to the consequences of their actions upon other 
groups with which they are not familiar. 

In this particular ‘instance, I hold that ornithologists 
should acknowledge that Apos, Scopoli, invalidates Apus, 
Scopoli, and should retain Cypselus, which is a _ well- 
established name. If this be admitted, dpus, Latreille, may 
(by the rules of common-sense +) continue to be used in its 
old sense, and Zriops, Schrank, may return to the obscurity 
from which it was unearthed. 


Ghigi (1921) has recently described three new species 
of Apus from the Mediterranean region, all of which are 


* Schrank wrote this name both Trvops and Triopes. Ghigi (1921) 
uses a third name— 7hiriops. 

f It must be admitted that Apus, Latr., is in any case condemned as a 
homonym by Art, 34 of the International Rules, 


498 Mr. R. Gurney on some British and 


related to A. cancriformis, while one of them (A. mauri- 
tanicus) is founded on specimens already named by Daday 
as A. cancriformis. In separating these species, Ghigi has 
relied largely on three characters :— 

(1) The presence or absence of teeth on the median 
carina of the dorsal slneld. 

(2) The form of the spines encircling the abdominal 
segments. 

(3) The armature of the last abdominal segment or 
telson. 

The first two of these characters have not previously been 
regarded as of great importance in discriminating species, 
and it seemed to me worth while to examine such specimens 
of A. cancriformis as I possess to see how far these characters 
can be regarded as constant. My material, all of which I 
have regarded as belonging to the true A. cancriformis, 1s 
as follows :— 


(1) A number of mature, but small, specimens taken by 
Mr. Balfour Browne from a pool on Preston Merse, Kirk- 
cudbrightshire, in Sept. 1907 (see ‘Nature,’ Ixxvi. 1907, 
p. 589). 

(2) Ten specimens, male and female, from near Tilghemt, 
92 miles south of Laghouat in Algeria. 

(3) Two specimens from Laghouat. These and the pre- 
ceding were taken by Dr. E. Hartert in April 1911. 

(4) A few females taken by me in March 1913 from a 
pool by the Tunis—Bizerta road in Tunisia. 


With regard to the three characters named, the result of 
comparison of this material is as follows :— 

(1) In all the Algerian and Tunisian specimens the dorsal 
carina is perfectly smooth, but, whereas in the Tunisian 
examples it ends posteriorly in a conspicuous spine, in those 
from Algeria this spime is either quite small or entirely 
absent. In the Scottish individuals the conditions are not 
the same. Here the carina ends in a large spine projecting 
into the posterior sulcus, and in nearly every case there are 
one or more small incisions or teeth in its posterior part 
(fig. 1,B,C). In this respect the Scottish examples differ 
from the type and approach Ghigi’s species A. mauritanicus. 
In one or two cases (Tunis) I have found small denticles 
scattered on the shield posteriorly (fig. 1, A). 

(2) I cannot follow Ghigi in attaching importance to the 
differences described by him in the size and shape of 
the marginal spines of the abdominal segments. Whether 
these spines project or not beyond the edge of the segment 


North African Specimens of Apus cancriformis. 499 


depends largely on the degree of contraction of the abdomen. 
While the ventral spines of the Scottish specimens are 
always rather long and pointed, they are short and broad in 
those from Tunis, but still project beyond the segment. 
In the Tilghemt examples these spines are short and squami- 
form as in A. mauritanicus. 


Fig. 1, 


OC Ih 
— 
es 
eo : 
Ge 
B. 
EES 


. 


aN 
ae 
Posterior margin of shell, seen from the side. A. Specimen from Tunis; B (more magnified), 


from Scotland: de., dorsal carina, showing teeth. C, Another specimen from Scot- 
land, showing toothed carina. 


(3) The form of the telson in A. cancriformis and also in 
Ghigi’s new species is very constant, but there are differences 
in the number and arr rangement of ‘the spines thereon. In 
A. mauritanicus the only difference from the type apparently 
consists in this—that the two lateral spines over the insertion 
of the furcal rami are of unequal size, the lower one being 


500 Mr. R. Gurney on some British and 


the smaller, and that the posterior sulcus is margined by a 
few small spinules. 

The telson of A. simplex, Ghigi, differs from the type only 
in a slightly different arrangement of the posterior marginal 
spinules, while A. apulius, Ghigi, is distinguished by having 
two strong median dorsal spines in front of the usual 


Fig. 2. 


D. 


Dorsal view of telson. Specimens from: A and B, Scotland ; 
C, Tunis; D, Algeria (Laghouat). 


posterior median spine, and also a few spinules on the 
dorsal surface laterally. | 

Now, although the Algerian and Tunisian specimens show 
very little variability with regard to the telson, they do vary 
to some extent :— 

(a2) Six out of ten have exceedingly small denticles 


North African Specimens of Apus caneriformis. — 501 


scattered irregularly over the whole or part of the dorsal 
surface. (The ventral surface is always smooth.) 

(6) In two there is an additional large median dorsal 
spine (fig. 2, D). 

(c) Several have lateral groups of denticles. 

(d) The spines on the outer angles may be from one to 
four. Usually there are two large spines, but there may be 
one large one overlapping a smaller one as in 4. maur itanicus, 
three equally large, or two large and two small. 

The Scottish specimens also are variable in respect to the 
marginal spines, though none have the scattered surface- 
denticles noticed above. ‘The marginal spines are arranged 
differently in almost every individual, and I have seen also 
in some cases an additional large median dorsal spine 
(i= 2, B). 

I conclude from these facts that the differences in respect 
of these characters relied upon for the separation of Ghigi’s 
species are really within the limits of normal variation of 
A. cancriformis. 

There are, however, other characters which are regarded 
as specific, and may be touched upon :— 

(1) Length of the longest flagellum of the first leg. 
Typically this flagellum reaches about to the end of the dorsal 
shield. In A. anulius it reaches to the base of the telson, and 
even exceeds the whole body in A. mauritanicus. Now all 
my Algerian specimens except one agree, in that the flagellum 
reaches but little beyond the shield ; but in this one, and 
in all those from Scotland, it reaclies to the base of the 
telson. It is evident that this character is not so constant 
as has been supposed. 

(2) Number of legless segments. This is undoubtedly 
the most reliable specific character for use in this difficult 
genus, but even here there is a limited variability. According 
to Simon and others, there are, in A. cancriformis, 6 leg- 
less segments in the female and 7 in the male. But I find 
among twelve of my Scottish specimens that only three have 
6 and nine have 7 of these segments. Among the Tunisian 
and Algerian individuals the majority of females have 7 and 
the males have 8. One of the characters given for A. mauri- 
tanicus is the possession of 7 legless segments in the female 
and 8 in the male, and it is clear that this is not in itself 
of much importance. Braehm (1893) examined a large 
material, and found that these legless segments vary from 
5 to 7 in the female and from 6 to 8 in the male. 

(3) The number of segments uncovered by the dorsal 
shield is often given as a specific character, though it is 


502 Dr. Einar Linnberg on a new 


generally recognised to be somewhat unreliable. In my 
Scottish material the number varies from 11 to 20, with an 
average of 17. The average numbers for the North African 
specimens are:—Tunis, 15; Tilghemt, 19; Laghouat, 18. 
Lilljeborg gives 16 for typical A. cancriformis. With 
regard to this character, all Ghigi’s species are rather distinct, 
having in each case very few uncovered segments, but I do 
not think that too much importance should be attached to 
this point. 

(4) The number and size of the denticles on the posterior 
sulcus of the dorsal shield is a character of some importance 
in comparing species of the cancriformis and numidicus group, 
but in the former species the variation is considerable and 
Ghigi’s species fall well within its range of variation, Among 
Scottish specimens the number varies from 20-30 (average 
26), while the average for the North African form is 30 
(Tunis) or 28 (Tilghemt). Simon gives the number as 
28 to 35. | 

I conclude from all this that all three of Ghigi’s new 
species should be regarded as synonyms of A. cancriformis. 

There are three other species which have been generally 
overlooked, but which should also probably be included in 
A. cancriformis. 1 refer to Apus haliciensis, A. lublinensis, 
and A. varsoviensis of Fiszer (1885). Iam unable to read 
Fiszer’s Polish description, but I cannot see in his figures 
any reason for regarding these species as distinct. 

It must be admitted that the genera dpus and Lepidurus 
are extraordinarily difficult to deal with systematically, but 
it is clear that any attempt to found new species within 
them must be based upon an examination of a large amount 
of material. 

LITERATURE REFERRED TO. 


BraruM, F. “ Bemerkungen iiber die Gattung Apus.” Zeits. Wiss. 
Zcol. lvi. 1898. 

Fiszer, 8. “ Matériaux pour la faune des Phyllopodes de la Pologne.” 
Pamietnik Fizyjograficzny, v. 1885, pp. 195-201. 

Guiet, A. ‘ Ricerche sui Notostraci di Cirenaica e di altri paesi del 
Mediterraneo.” Atti Soc. Ital. Milano, lx. 1921, p. 161. 

Kerunack, L. “Zur Nomenklatur der Deutschen Phyllopoden.” Zool. 
Annalen, 111. 1909, p. 177. 


L.—WNotes on a new Subfossil Bear from Sweden. 
By E1nar Lonnsera, F.M.Z.S., etc. 
[Plate 1V.] 
In connection with the notes concerning the Bears of the 
pruinosus group, recently read before the Zoological Society 
of London, it may be of interest to draw attention to 


Subfossil Bear from Sweden. 503 


the fact that formerly also in Europe there existed Bears, 
which with regard to their large molars exhibit a certain 
resemblance to the members of the group mentioned. <A 
very good example of this is offered by a subfossil Bear, the 
lower jaw of which was found many years ago in the 
province of Halland, southern Sweden. 

This mandible has a very striking appearance, because its 
molars (P].1V. figs.3 &4) are very much larger than the corre- 
sponding ones of a recent Ursus arctos (fig. 2). The enamel 
of ms is tuberculated almost as much as in the Cave Bear, 
but even less coarsely, so far as my material for comparison 
reaches. The resemblance in this respect with pruinosus 
(fig. 1) is also apparent, but not so close. The situation 
of m, of the latter is, however, very similar to that in the 
fossil Bear from Halland. In consequence of the great 
size of the molars, in both these species the molar series 
extends backwards so far that, when viewed from the side, 
the posterior portion of ms; 1s concealed behind ramus 
ascendens of the mandible (cf. fig. 4). This is never the 
ease in U. arctos, and, so far as I know, only in quite young 
Cave Bears, and the present fossil specimen is not very young 
because m, shows plainly worn patches. 

From the Cave Bears (including U. deningeri and savini) 
the preseut species differs in having the first, third, and 
fourth premolars developed, as the alveoli prove (ef. fig. 3). 
The fourth must have been of a comparatively very large 
size, as its alveolar length is not less than 15 mm. This is 
considerably more than in recent U. arctos. 

The first molar was also large, as its alveolar length is 
245 mm., thus greater than in recent U. arctos and 
approaching the Cave Bear group, but smaller than in 
pruinosus. 

The dimensions of the crown of the second lower molar 
are 27'°7 mm. in length, 17 mm. in width. It is thus very 
much larger than in any living U. arctes (cf. fig. 2) and 
approaching those of the Cave Bear group. 

The dimensions of the crown of the third lower molar are 
26 mm. in length and 18°2 mm. in breadth. This tooth 
also is consequently much larger than in the recent 
U. arctos and it (cf. fig. 2) is even somewhat longer than 
the same in U. pruinosus. Yo judge from Freudenberg’s s 
measurements (1914), these dimensions appear to be even 
Jarger than those of Bears named U. deningert found in 
Germany, although smaller than those in the similarly 
named Bears from England, From these notes it may be 

apparent that this fossil Bear from Halland has a dentition 
quite unlike any other Bear, uniting the presence of many 


504 Dr. Einar Lonnberg on a new 


premolars, as in the arctos group, with the much increased 
size of the molars as in the speleus group. 

In connection with the great size of the teeth stands also 
the shortness of the interval between the alveolar rims of 
the canine and p,, which in the present specimen is only 
28°5 mm. Considering the fact that this animal was not 
very young, this shortness appears very remarkable. In a 
mandible (Pl. IV. fig. 2) of a Brown Bear, from Sweden, of 
equal length, the corresponding distance is 42 mm. In 
another specimen it sinks to about 35 mm., but, so far as I 
am aware, never goes beyond this latter measurement, so 
that the difference, even allowing for individual variation, is 
sufficiently great. 

The shape of the whole mandible is also different from 
that of a recent Brown Bear. This difference consists of 
the more equal depth of ramus horizontalis along its whole 
length, and especially in the much greater breadth of 
ramus ascendens. This is illustrated by the followimg 
measurements :— 


The fossil Recent 
mandible specimen 
(figs. 3 & 4). (fig. 2). 
Total length from back of condyle.. 238 mm. 237 mm. 
Least height at diastema ...... etn a AO. 
Height below middle of m3 ...... 53 4) Olas 
Width of ramus ascendens just 
ROVE POC CnLICH clam ae nha athens US. 2 634, 


The lower surface of processus angularis is much broader 
and flatter than in a Brown Bear of similar size. The 
different markings indicating the insertion of the muscula- 
ture are very strongly developed, and this, together with the 
broad proc. ceronoideus, etc., indicates that this Bear was 
provided with a very powerful masticatory musculature. 
This, again, and the large molars with their tuberculated 
crowns give a hint that this Bear was even less carni- 
vorous than the Brown Bear of the present time. Its diet 
must have been more omnivorous, or rather herbivorous, 
because the structure of the dentition must stand in 
connection with its mode of life. 

So far as I can find out, this Bear is so well differentiated 
from other fossil as well as recent Bears that it must be 
regarded as constituting at least a separate subspecies, and 
it may thus be called Ursus arctos nucifragus. ‘The latter 
name will be further explained below. 

Most probably a renewed examination of subfossil bear- 
remains will prove that the same race may at one time have 
occurred in Lingland and elsewhere in Hurope. 


Subfossil Bear from Sweden. 505 


The exact locality where this specimen was found is a 
peat-bog at Arnarp, in the parish of Snostorp, east of the 
small river Fylle-a, in the province of Halland, in South- 
western Sweden. ‘Thanks to the lately very much improved 
methods of investigation, the small remains found in the 
empty alveoli, foramina nutritiva, etc., can give informa- 
tion about the natural conditions at the place in question 
when this bone was imbedded. I am indebted to Dr. L. von 
Post for the following interesting information :— 

“The mandible has been embedded in a telmatic sedge- 
peat, consisting of roots of sedge (Carex) and reeds, mosses, 
and sparse remains of Sphagnum and ferns (Polystichum 
thelypteris), and, in addition to this, containing pollen of 
heather, grasses, and Typha. There are also found rhizopods 
(Centropyzxis) and diatoms (Pinnularia). The peat was 
formed in a low-lying, periodically flooded swamp, with a 
vegetation of sedge. 

“ An analysis of the pollen gives the following result :— 


PEEL CULE Dat arahat es ative ceo a 14 per cent. 

LOUTULESY Carr ona Gc hae 69 as 

22 WOO ak RR IN Se aie ae Eo 15 5 

QUERCUS IO doa ae esta 2 e 
Rotalis. saath: 100 


“The following are lacking: Sale, Ulmus, Tilia, Fagus, 
Carpinus, and Picea, If, as above, the sum of all arboreal 
pollen is put as 100, the amount of pollen of Corylus is 44. 

“A comparison of this with pollen diagrams from peat- 
bogs and with the succession of the marine layers in Hal- 
laud and Scania proves that this pollen spectrum, described 
above, was formed during the first part of what we here 
call the post-Arctic warm epoch, or more precisely at a period 
during the post-Glacial submersion of Southern Scandinavia 
when the shore-line in the neighbourhood of Halmstad 
was about in the same position as now. The find is thus 
from the beginning of the Littoria-epoch. 

“My investigations of the fossil pollen florg, as well as 
the pollen spectrum which has been obtained from this 
Bear mandible, prove that the forest vegetation in South- 
western Sweden at that time, besides a number of pines, to 
a great extent consisted of hazel groves. These hazel 
groves had during the immediately preceding period played 
avery important part, and in certain districts of Scania and 
Halland had even been quite dominating. At the time 
when this mandible was imbedded and afterwards they were 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. xi. 33 


506 Mr. M. A. C. Hinton on ~ 


gradually transformed into mixed forests with alder and oak, 
in which hazel formed an undergrowth.” 

It appears to the present writer very probable pat this 
rich occurrence of nut-bearing hazel was of very great 
importance to the big-toothed Bear, the jaw of which has 
been described above and, therefore, I have taken the liberty 
of indicating this connection with the name given. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV. 


Fig. 1. Left half of ramus of mandible of a young individual of 
Ursus pruinosus, Blyth, from Kansu, West China; from above. 

Fig. 2. Left half of ramus of mandible of Brown Bears ( Ursus arctos, 
Linn.), from Sweden; from above. 

Fiy. 3. Weft half of ramus of mandible of an extinct Bear (Ursus arctos 
nucifragus, subsp. n., from Halland, South Sweden; from 
above. (Type-specimen.) 

Ing. 4. Ditto, from outer side. 


LI.—The Nomenclature and Subspecies of the Purple-faced 
Langur, with Notes on the other Langurs inhabiting Ceylon. 
By Martin A. C. Hinton. 


(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) 


By the kindness of my friend Mr. W. W. A. Phillips and 
of the Director of the Colombo Museum, the British Museum 
has lately received a fine series of specimens illustrating the 
variation of the Purple-faced Langur in South-western 
Ceylon. ‘This material enables me to clear up some points 
which have long been doubtful, and to direct attention. to 
some others upon which further information is required. 


Pithecus vetulus, Erxleben. 


1777. Cercopithecus vetulus, Erxleben, Syst. Reg. An. p. 25. 
1780. Cercopithecus kephalopterus, Zimmermann, Geograph. Gesch. ii. 
also: 
1785. Gan cephulopterus, Boddaert, Elenchus Animal. p, 58. 
1792. Cercopithecus silenus purpuratus, Kerr, An. Kingd. p, 65. 
1795, Sima porphyrops, Link, Beitrage, ii. p. 62. 
1800. Semia veter, Shaw, Gen. Zool. 1. p. 36 (nec Linneus). 
1807. Sima latibarba, Temminck, Cat. Syst. Ornith. et Quadrum. p. 3. 
1812. Cercopithecus latibarbatus, Geoffroy, Anu. du Mus. xix. p. 94. 
1825. Cercopithecus leucoprymnus, Otto, N. Acta Acad. Cees, Leop. 
xi. p. 505, pl. xlvi. des. 
1883. Semnopithecus nestor, Bennett, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1835, p. 67. 
1847. Presbytes thersites, Elliot, Blyth, J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, xvi. 
p. 1271. 
1876. Semnopithecus kelaarti, Schlegel, Monogr. des Singes, p. 52, 


the Langurs tnhabiting Ceylon. 507 


The above is a complete list of the specific names which, 
at divers times, have been applied to the Purple-faced 
Langur. In addition, Simia dentata, Shaw (Gen. Zool. i 
p. 24, 1800), and Semnopithecus fulvogriseus, Desmoulins 
(Dict. Class. d’ Hist. Nat. xlvili. p. 439, 1827), are sometimes 
cited in the synonymy of this species; but I can find 
nothing in the original descriptions to connect either of 
these names with this animal. 

The Purple-faced Langur was first clearly referred to by 
John Ray (Syn. An. Quadr. p. 158, 163) in the following 
passage :—‘‘ Cercopithecus niger, barba in cana promissa. 
Wanoorvu Zeylanensibus. Ejusdem muse” [7. e., “*D. Robin- 
son € museo Leydensi”’| ; for the present species is the 
only one inhabiting Ceylon to which such a description can 
apply. 

The earliest technical name applied to the species is 
Erxleben’s Cercopithecus velulus, diagnosed as ‘“‘ C, barbatus 
niger, barba alba. Hab. in Zeylona, Asia, Africa.” Since 
the first determinable reference given by Erxleben is to 
Ray’s description, quoted above, there can be no doubt that 
the name vetulus primarily applies to the present species, 
and therefore, being valid and available for use in the genus 
Pithecus, this name, dating from 1777, must replace kepha- 
lopterus, Zimm. (1780), on the ground of priority. The 
fact that Erxleben, by error unavoidable in the year 1777, 
identified various other species with his vetwlus does not, of 
course, affect the question. Many later writers, including 
Anderson (1878 and 1881) and Elliot (1913), misled by the 
secondary wider application attributed to vetulus by Erxleben 
have relegated the name to the synonymy of J/acaca silenus, 
and have not considered its bearing upon the nomenclature 
of P. “ cephalopterus.’ Others, like Blanford (1889) and 
Forbes (1894), have rightly given the name a place in the 
synonymy of the latter species, but have not applied the 
priority rule strictly. 

It will simplify matters to state at once that three weli- 
marked forms of the Purple-faced Langur are represented 
by the material now available. Indicating these forms as 
A, B, and C, they may be defined sufficiently for present 
purposes as follows :— 

A. General colour of the body black. 

B. - * Fy dark brown. 

C. ie pale,ashy to brownish grey. 

After carefully examining the literature, IL find that all 
the earlier names, viz., vetulus (based upon Ray’s description 
of specimens in the Leyden Museum); kephalopterus, 


508 Mr. M. A. GC. Hinton on 


cephalopterus, silenus purpuratus, porphyrops, and latibarba 
(all based primarily upon Pennant’s Purple-faced Monkey) ; 
and latibarbatus and leucoprymnus (based upon more recently 
collected material) refer to the form A. This is, therefore, 
the typical subspecies P. v. vetulus; and of it the British 
Museum possessed but two examples before the arrival of 
the fine series collected at Anasigalla by Mr. Phillips. 
These older specimens are :—one presented by the Colombo 
Museum from the district of Pasdon Corola (79. 9.5.1), and 
one collected by the Bombay Natural History Society’s 
Mammal Survey at Kottawa in the Southern Province 
(loose 7). 

On the other hand, Bennett’s nestor (of which the type 
is now before me, B.M. no. 55.12.24.12) is based upon 
form B; and of it Schlegel’s kelaartt would appear to be a 
synonym. 

With regard to Presbytes thersites, Klliot and Blyth, based 
upon a living specimen obtained by Dr. Templeton at 
Nuera-kelawa to the west of Trincomali, there 1s some 
doubt, which can only be resolved by a re-examination of 
the type in the Caleutta Museum. By Blyth*, Anderson f, 
and more recently by D. G. Elliot ¢, thersztes has been 
treated as a synonym of P. priamus; while Blanford 9, 
finding nothing in the description to distinguish the type 
from “‘ cephalopterus,’ could not ‘ help suggesting that the 
so-called Presbytes thersites was really a variety of Semno- 
pithecus cephalopterus, perhaps approaching the variety 
called S. kelaarti by Schlegel.” Blyth || (who saw the type 
in life, as well as after its death and preparation) describes 
thersites as having no crest of hair upon the head ; and its 
‘“‘whiskers and beard more developed than in the other 
entelloid Indian species, and very conspicuously white, 
contrasting much with the crown and body, which are 
darker than in P. priamus.’”? In these respects, no doubt, 
thersites, as described, resembles vetulus; but Blyth states 
that the crown is darker and not lighter than other portions 
of the dorsal surface, and he makes no mention of the 
rump-patch so characteristic of all the known forms of 
vetulus. There is no other evidence of the occurrence 
of vetulus in N.E. Ceylon, while P. priamus is there a 
common species. It is quite possible that ¢hersites is really 


* Blyth, Catalogue, 1863, p. 12. 

+ Anderson, Cat. Mamm. Ind. Mus. 1881, i. p. 38. 

t Elliot, Rev. Primates, ii. p. 96 (1918). 

§ Blanford, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1887, p. 626; Mammalia, 1889, p. 35. 
| Blyth, J. As. Soc. Bengal, xvi. p. 1271. 3 


the Langurs tnhabiting Ceylon. 509 


a distinct species ; but even assuming, with Blanford, it to 
be a form of vetu/us, then it is clear that thersites is a sub- 
species perfectly distinct from any of the forms A, B, and C 
mentioned in the above scheme. 

It would appear, therefore, that form C has not hitherto 
attracted the attention of the systematist, and it is described 
below as a new subspecies, P. v. phillips. The characters 
of the three subspecies now recognised may be set forth as 
follows :— 


1. Pithecus vetulus vetulus, Erx. 


Hair of crown directed backwards, not radiating, whiskers 
very long, concealing the lower part of the ears. Black 
supraorbital hairs but moderately developed. Hair of body 
of moderate length. 

General colour of body and limbs black. Crown of head 
rufous or yellowish brown, more or less strongly contrasting 
with the shoulders. Whiskers white, but sometimes tinged 
with yellow. A conspicuous silvery-white patch, of sub- 
triangular form, upon the rump; the base of the triangle 
bordering the callosities and involving more or less of the 
root of the tail. Buttocks, hinder parts of loins, and outer 
surfaces of thighs frosted conspicuously by thesilvery hair-tips. 
Lower limbs and upper surfaces of hands and feet black. 
Naked parts of face, callosities, palms, and soles black. Basal 
half or two-thirds of tail dark grey above and below, its 
distal portion white or yellowish, with a more or less well- 
developed terminal pencil. 

Skull showing a cousiderable difference in size between 
the two sexes ; the occipito-basilar length ranging between 
88 and 93°6 mm. in adult males, and between 81°6 and 
84-5 mm. in adult females. Facial portion short and steep, 
making with the horizontal plane passing through the 
external occipital protuberance and the gnathion an angle 
which ranges between 45° and 48° in adult males and between 
49° and 53° in adult females. 

For external and cranial measurements, see tables at pp. 513 
and 514. 

Hab. 8.W. Ceylon ; “‘ wet area” (average rainfall 100'- 
200” per annum). 

Material ecamined.—Twelve from the following localities : 
Anasigalla, Matugama, Kalutara District (collected by 
Mr. W. W. A. Phillips), 7; Kalutara District (Colombo 
Museum), 38; “ Pasdon Corola” (B.M., presented by 
Colombo Museum), 1 ; Kottawa, S.P. (Bombay Nat. Hist, 
Soc. Mamm. Sury.), 1. 


510 Mr. M. A. C. Hinton on 


2. Pithecus vetulus nestor, Benn. 


Essential characters as in v. vetulus. General colour of 
body dark brown. Crown of head paler than rest! of back, 
but contrasting less noticeably with the other dorsal parts 
than in the typical form. Rump-patch normal, silvery grey, 
but usually less conspicuous than in the other subspecies. 
Frosting of buttocks and thighs inconspicuous or entirely 
absent. Hands and feet dusky above. Tail dark grey at 
base, paling to white or cream-colour distally. 

Skull apparently intermediate between those of v. vetulus 
and v. phillipsi. 

For cranial measurements, see table at p. 514. 

Hab. 8.W. Ceylon. 

Material examined.—Six, viz., four specimens, including 
the type (B.M. no. 55. 12.24.12, ex Zool. Soc.), without 
any exact locality; and two (B.M. nos. 72.9.5.2 and 3, 
presented by the Colombo Museum) from “ Raygam Corola.” 

Remarks.—Bennett’s type is a mere baby with full milk- 
dentition. But the other specimens include fully adult and 
even old individuals; and the material seems sufficient to 
show that P. v. nestor is a well-marked subspecies, dis- 
tinguished from the others by its peculiar coloration. 
Unfortunately, none of the specimens is accompanied by 
collector’s measurements, or by exact information as to 
locality. ‘‘ Raygam Corola” is a district immediately to the 
north of “ Pasdon Corola” and the Kalutara district; and a 
great part of it lies within the ‘wet area” *. Possibly 
the present form will be found to represent true vetulus in 
the northern part of the “ wet area.” 

As to its coloration, dark brown though it be, it can 
scarcely be regarded as an intermediate between the black 
v. vetulus and the cold-grey v. phillipst; for while in each 
of the latter forms the contrasts offered to the rest of the 
dorsum by the crown and rump-patches are as strong as 
possible, in v. nestor these contrasts are softened down, this 
subspecies thus showing a well-marked tendency-to produee 
a general uniformity of colour, 


3. Pithecus vetulus phillipsi, subsp. n. 


Essential characters as in v. vetulus ; distinguished by its 
much paler general colour and more conspicuous crown- 
patch. 

General colour of upper parts, including the outer surfaces 


* See p. 512 below. 


the Langurs inhaliting Ceylon. 511 


of the arms and thighs, cold brownish grey, darkest towards 
the shoulders and withers, lighter and greyer upon the loins 
and thighs, where the whitish hair-tips increase in length. 
Crown of head covered by pale yellowish-brown hairs, which 
are much lighter in colour than in the other subspecies. These 
pale hairs are continued backwards over the nape, instead of 
ending just behind the occiput. Whiskers large and white, 
in very sharp contrast with the surrounding parts. Tri- 
angular rump-patch well defined ; it, together with the root 
of the tail, silvery white. Underparts, including the inner 
surfaces of the limbs, dark brownish grey ; but the chin 
and throat dirty white. Colour of outer surfaces of limbs 
gradually deepening distally ; the hands and feet dusky or 
almost black above. Tail light brownish grey throughout, 
with the exception of the tip, which is white. 

Skull with the facial portion longer and forming a more 
acute angle (42° in an adult male, 41° in an adult female), 
with a horizontal plane passing through the external 
occipital protuberance and the gnathion, than in v. vetulus. 
The orbits also are slightly deeper antero-posteriorly in 
phillipsi; and correlated with this, firstly, the postorbital 
region is more constricted and the place of constriction some- 
what more posterior; and, secondly, the distances between © 
m* and the pterygoid fossa and between m? and the condyle 
are greater. The sexual differences seen in the skulls of 
v. vetulus are not apparent in the skulls of the present form 
in the material before me. Possibly the only adult male 
skull now available belongs to an unusually small individual ; 
but if so, then there must be some considerable difference 
in size between v, vetulus and v. phillipsi, as will be seen by 
comparing the measurements of the female skulls of both 
forms in the table at p. 514. 

For external and cranial measurements, see tables at 
pp- 5138 and 514. 

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 23.1.19.1. Original no. 60. 
Collected at Gonapola, Panadura District, Ceylon, Dec. 12, 
1914, and presented to the British Museum by the Colombo 
Museum. 

Hab. 8.W. Ceylon, Panadura District (drier zone, 
average rainfall 75/” ~100!" per annum). 

Remarks. ea are greatly indebted to Mr. W. W. A. 
Phillips, who for several years has been engaged in collect- 
ing and working out the mammals of Ceylon. From the 
extensive material which he has gathered in the south- 
western part of the island he has most generously enriched 
the national collection with long series of specimens accom- 


5L2 Mr. M. A. CO. Hinton on 


panied by most valuable notes. His labours will clear up 
many difficult problems left unsolved by pioneers like 
Kelaart, or by the more recent work of the Bombay Natural 
History Society’s Mammal Survey. I have, therefore, great 
pleasure in associating Mr. Phillips’s name with this fine 
monkey. 

It is a remarkable fact that in a small island hke Ceylon 
the mammalian fauna should be broken up into so many 
subspecies. Of course, the high relief in which part of the 
island is carved may account in some measure for this, al- 
though usually the differences between the highland and low- 
land torms of the island are specific rather than subspecific. 
But in the case now before us, as in several others which I 
think could be cited, relief has nothing to do with the 
matter, for all three subspecies occur on the low ground 
within quite a small area, although not in association with 
each other. Some admirable maps of the rainfall of Ceylon, 
published in the Report of the Colombo Observatory for 
1920, seem to throw a good deal of hght upon the matter, 
suggesting that different subspecies have arisen in response 
to differences of humidity. In the south-west there is an 
ovate area, extending between latitudes 6° 3’ N. and 7° 23’ N.., 
and through about 45’ of longitude, in which the annual 
rainfall is not less than 100”, and in places more than 200". 
This tract forms what is termed above the “‘ wet area” ; it 
is inhabited by the typical black subspecies v. vetulus, and 
in the north probably by the slightly less saturate v. nestor. 
This humid area is in contact with the coast only between 
the latitudes 6° 5' and 6°40'N. Elsewhere it is surrounded 
by a narrow belt in which the annual rainfall varies between 
75'' and 100"; to the east this belt stretches across the 
island as a tongue, which almost reaches the eastern coast. 
The narrow coastal strip to the south of Colombo belonging 
to this less humid belt is the country inhabited by the pallid 
P.v. phillips. ‘The northern half of the island has for the 
most part an annual rainfall of between 50” and 75”; and a 
narrow belt of similar slight humidity occurs in the south- 
east. In the extreme north-west and in the extreme 
south-east are still drier narrow coastal strips in which 
the annual rainfall varies between 25’ and 50”. Unless 
P. thersites proves to be a subspecies of vetulus, these drier 
parts of Ceylon (25’-75") are inhabited by P. priamus 
alone ; the latter species, in turn, although the most-widely 
distributed Langur of the island, is quite unknown from the 
humid area in the south-west. There is, of course, nothing 
novel in the idea that humidity may play a part in con- 
trolling either subspecific variation or the distribution of 


the Langurs inhabiting Ceylon. 513 
particular species; the object of the foregoing remarks is 
simply to point out that Ceylon offers a very favourable site 
for the investigation of such problems. Its mammalian 
fauna is extremely rich and varied, so that Nature has there 
provided an abundance of control experiments. It is greatly 
to be hoped that some resident in the northern half of the 
island, and another in the south-east will take up the matter 
with Mr. Phillips, and by similar processes of intensive 
collection and accurate observation gather materials from 
which all the Cinghalese information may eventually be 
read, 


In concluding this paper, brief mention may be made of 
the two other Langurs inhabiting Ceylon. In my opinion, 
P. ursinus, Blyth, of the highlands of Ceylon, is a perfectly 
distinct species from P. vetulus, being distinguished by its 
much more robust build (weight to 20 lbs.), much longer 
fur, different coloration (although traces of a silvery rump- 
patch are more or less evident), and peculiar skull. With 
regard to P. priamus, of which a very long series, collected 
by the Mammal Survey in the northern, eastern, and 
southern parts of the island, is before me, the existence of a 
crest of hair upon the vertex, as figured by Blanford™%, 
is shown to be a natural and constant character. It will be 
remembered that Anderson suspected this crest to be the 
result of preparation. Whether the island form of priamus 
is distinct subspecifically from that inhabiting the south of 
India will remain doubtful pending the arrival of further 
Indian specimens—for at present we have only two examples 
from the mainland. 


External measurements (in millimetres), 
taken in flesh by the collectors. 


Head & off Ai lis brash) <= Weicht 
Sex.) No. body. Tail. | foot, | Ears: (Ib.). 
DPithecus vetulus vetulus. 
Anasigalla (W. W. 3 662, 540 730 | 161} 388; 123 
A. Phillips) .... { SH rg 525 TO) | 150) | Sie he Wel 
Kalutara District of ty see 710 | 160) 32) .. 
(Colombo Mus.) < Sw BOON) Lor Wy 20 
er 8. 5a} 580 690 | 150] 30 
(| d | 60} 495 Wah AGA. | SS 
P. v. phillipsi. || 29 | 63 | 560 “LOL Los: | 386 
Panadura District < | 2 | 61 | 530 700 | 152] 31 
(Colombo Mus.). | | 2 | 62 | 490 640 | 153} 34 
L| 2 | 59 | 490 700} 140; 32 
{ | 


* Blanford, Mammalia, 1839, p. 52, fig. 8, 


514 On the Langurs inhabiting Ceylon. 


Skull-measurements (in millimetres). 


Pithecus 
vetulus vetulus. | wv. phillipst. ursinus. 
ie So - ; 
| 55. | 8. (es | es 63. nee 
A OD Sea ; Pa en) on 
gia) ees eed ra ale 
Condylo-basilar length.) 72:3 | 647] .. | 73:3 | 74-7 | 82-2] 80 
Occipito-basilar length. 93°6 | 845 | 96:1 | 931 91 {102 /101 
Zygomatic breadth 145 |\69'5*|* TEA | Tol 722 | SEA 
Cranial length (orbit to 
OCEIPU) Migs see ce 16D WTO g oor bade 69°5 | 80°7| 77 
Cranial width ...... 58:2 | 554 | 56 57 | 58 63°6 | 55:3 
Postorbital constriction) 44:3 | 41 43 41 | 4] 42°3| 41:9 
Greatest width across 
OLDIES Paced) ech 61 54:9 | 61 60:2 | 58:9 | 64:2! 62:9 
Condyle tom % 5 ons 39°1 | 35°7 ay: 42 42 47°3 | 43°4 
Palatilar length...... 32'°6 | 28 30°77 | 33:4 | 381-7 | 35°5| 34:5 
Canine te 707 |. de. 34°3 | 31:1 | 35°5 | 33°1:| 33°53 | 3861) 36:5 
1 HE ew aie \-ds 191) tela) 19'9 | 13-5) 19 198} 20°3 


P.S., Feb. 1, 1923 :-— 

Since drawing up the foregoing paper I have found two 
important letters from Mr. Phillips to me, dated December 5, 
1921, and January 11, 1922, which by inadvertence I had 
overlooked and forgotten. In the earlier letter Mr. Phillips 
says :—‘‘ While examining the Pithecus monkeys in the 
Colombo Museum the other day I found that the P. kepha- 
lopterus of this district [Matugama] is apparently different 
from that of the Panadura district nearer to Colombo. 
The form from down here [1.e., P. v. vetulus of this paper], 
and from the Udugama Hills, is very dark, almost black, 
with a very well-marked grey sacral region ; while that from 
nearer Colombo is dark brown, sacral region not nearly so 
well marked, and, in fact, it seems almost intermediate 
between the Kalutara form of P. kephalopterus and the 
P. ursinus of up-country..... The boundary between 
the ranges of the two forms seems to be the Kala Ganga 
River, which flows into the sea at Kalutara. I am having 
a series of about a dozen fresh skins of each form collected, 
which I hope to be able to submit to you before long.” 

In the second letter Mr. Phillips says :—“ Personally I 
am quite satisfied that the two forms are distinct—inhabiting 
different areas. No.1 [P. v. vetulus|, which I regard as the 
typical P. kephalopterus, ranges from about Ranna (S.Ceylon), 
through the Udugama Hills, in the Galla district, and up 
the western coast to the Kala Ganga River.... and it is 


On the Use of the Generic Name Brachycereus. 515 


probably found in the Ratnapura district. No.2 [i.e., P.v. 
phillipst and probably P. v. nestor| is found only to the 
north of the Kala Ganga, inhabiting the Panadura and 
Horana districts, and ranging up the west coast to a little 
way north of Colombo, and inland up the Kelam Valley, 
probably to about the foot of the Adam’s Peak Range. 
Both of them have a very restricted range, with the Kala 
Ganga as their mutual boundary, but [ am not as yet able 
to say exactly how far inland each form extends. It cannot, 
however, be far, as both forms are confined to the wet zone ” 
[that is, the area in which the rainfall exceeds 75" per 
annum }. 

*“There can be no question of seasonal change, as the 
two series of skins have been collected at the same time of 
the year [December] ....and no question of age.... 
As far as I am aware, the two forms are never found 
together.” 


I have thought it better to add these extracts from 
Mr. Phillips’s letters in a postscript rather than to remodel 
a paper which has already been sufficiently difficult to write. 
1t will be seen that Mr. Phillips deserves the fullest possible 
credit for an interesting discovery, and that the results 
arrived at in this paper have been rendered possible by his 
enterprise alone. His description, in the earlier letter, of 
the form occurring north of the Kala Ganga seems to me to 
apply better to P. v. nestor than to the specimens upon which 
I have based P. v. phillipsi. This, I think, tends to confirm 
the suggestion made above that the habitat of P. v. nestor 
is in the northern half of the wet zone proper (rainfall 
exceeding 100”) ; while pAzllipsi inhabits the rather drier 
coastal belt (rainfall 75” to 100”) to the south of Colombo, 


LII.—On the Use of the Generic Name Brachycercus in 
Plectoptera and Orthoptera, By Herperr Campion. 


Two recently-published generic names owe their origin to 
forgetfulness in the one case and long-continued neglect in 
the other of a genus established as long ago as 1834. The 
first of the two modern names to be considered is Lurycenis, 
employed by Dr. 8. Bengtsson for a new genus of Mayflies, 
containing a single species removed by him from the genus 


Cenis (Knut. Tidskr. xxxyill. p. 186; 1917). That species 


516 Mr. H. Campion on the Use of 


was the “two wing’d Ephemeron ” which had flown “ within 


side” his window, figured and described by Moses Harris in 
1776, although no name was suggested for it at that time. 
It was stated to expand about half an inch, and the figures 
show it as a female sub-imago (Hxposit. Eng. Ins. p. 24, 
pl. vi. figs. 1 & 3). In 1834 John Curtis established the 
genus Brachycercus for the reception of Harris’s species,: 
which he named Harrisella, and two other British Mayflies, 
chironomiformis, Curt., and minima, Curt. (ond. & Edinb. 
Phil. Mag. ser, 3, vol. iv. p. 122). The insects to which these 
names were applied are all females, and consequently have 
very short sete. The fact that the corresponding males 
have very long sete did not become known until many years 
later. 

In 1836 J. F. Stephens brought forward his genus Cenis, 
which he divided into two sections, the first, which he like- 
wise called Cenis, including two “ species” ‘“ with the 
filaments several times longer than the body ” (that is, male 
specimens), and the second, Brachycercus, Curtis, consisting 
of five “ species” ‘‘ with the filaments scarcely longer than 
the body, or shorter, stout at the base” (females). The 
species described in the section Cenis were macrura, Steph., 
and dimidiata, Steph., while those referred to Brachycercus 
were brevicauda, “ Fabr.,’ harrisella, Curt., pennata, Steph., 
chironomiformis, Curt., and interrupta, Steph. (Ill. Brit. Ent. 
Mand. vi. pp. 60-62). 

In the second edition of his ‘ Guide to an Arrangement 
of British Insects, column 164 (1837), Curtis enumerates, 
under the same sectional headings, the same seven species 
given by Stephens, but substituting his own name minima 
for dimidiata, Steph. At the same time, he treats Cenis as 
a synonym of Brachycercus. The first species cited under 
Brachycercus is again harrisellus, or, as he now writes the 
name, Harrisi1, and that this fact has the effect of fixing 
the genotype is evident from the following words, quoted 
from the preface :—‘“ It may often happen that all the 
species following such generic names would not be con- 
sidered by the Author who proposed the name as belonging 
to his group, but the one wmmediately following is always a 
typical species.”” According to the same authority, macrura, 
Steph., is the type of the section Cenis. 

Another attempt to supplant Curtis’s genus was made by 
Burmeister, who erected his own genus Oxycypha, with 
Brachycercus, Curt., as a synonym, for the three new species 
O. lactea (=Cenis dimidiata, Steph.), O. luctuosa (= Cenis 
harrisella, Curt.), and O. discolor (= Tricorythus discolor, 
Burm.) (Handb. Ent. ii. p. 796 ; 1839). 


the Generic Name Brachycercus. 517 


In ‘An Introduction to the Modern Classification of 
Insects’ (11. Synop. p. 47; 1840) J. O. Westwood gave full 
generic rauk to each of Stephens’s unisexual groups Brachy- 
cercus (with five species) and Cenis (with two species), 
designating as the respective typical species the one first 
named by Stephens in each, that is to say, making Ephe- 
mera brevicauda, Fabr., the genotype of Brachycercus and 
Cenis macrura, Steph., the genotype of Cenis. 

At last, I'.-J. Pictet pointed out that the groups Cenis 
and Brachycercus were separated only by a sexual character, 
the males, with long sete, being referred to Cenis, and the 
corresponding females, with short sete, forming the genus 
Brachycercus. He went on to say :—‘* Lorsque ensuite on 
a reconnu que cette brieveté des soies est spéciale aux 
femelles, et que les males au contraire en ont d’énormes, il 
devint nécessaire de modifier le nom et les caractéres de ce 
genre [ Brachycercus|, et M. Stepheus leur donna le nom de 
Cenis” (Hist. Nat. Ins. Névropt.; Fam. Ephém. p. 274; 
1845). Pictet was, of course, mistaken as to the supposed 
necessity for changing Curtis’s generic name when the 
characters of his genus were amplified. 

Dr. H. A. Hagen again treated brachycercus, Curt., like 
Oxycypha, Burm., as a synonym of Cenis, Steph. (Ent. Aun. 
1863, pp. 8-10). 

Following Pictet, the Rev. A. E. Eaton, in his ‘ Revisional 
Monograph of Recent Ephemeridze or Mayfiies,’ rejected 
the name Brachycercus, on the ground that “ this name was 
suitable for the female insect only,’ and employed for the 
genus the name proposed for it by Stephens (Trans. Linn. 
Soc. Lond. 2 ser., Zool. 111. p. 18; 1883). 

In 1909 Prof. Fr. Klapalek used the name Cenis for the 
genus In question, and the name Cenide for the family 
which contaius it (Brauer’s Stisswf. Deutschl., Ephemerida, 
p- 14). 

Up to this point in the history of the question the 
Stephensian name Cenis had been wrongly allowed to usurp 
the prior claims of Curtis’s name Brachycercus. As already 
related, a change was introduced into the situation in 1917, 
when Bengtsson separated out the species Aarrisellus and 
made it the type of a new genus, Hurycenis; as that 
genus has the same genotype, however, it is a simple 
synonym of Brachycercus. Hurycenis is included, without 
comment, in Dr. Georg Ulmer’s ‘“ Ubersicht tiber die 
Gattungen der Ephemeropteren ” (Stett. Ent. Zeitg. Ixxxi. 
pp. 120-122; 1920). 

Before the year 1917, therefore, the generic name Brachy- 
cercus rightly appertained to all those species which had 


518 Mr. O. Thomas on 


been hitherto referred to Cenis. In that year the name was 
restricted by Bengtsson’s action to the single species har- 
risellus, and the other species formerly associated with it in 
the same genus were left without a name, Cenis having been 
invalid from the beginning. I propose to call the genus in 
question Ordella, nom. nov. (a feminine proper name), the 
genotype being Cenis macrura, Steph., as re-described by 
Bengtsson (loc. cit. p. 183). 

The preference so loug accorded to the name Cenis over 
the older name Brachycercus, on the ground of its greater 
suitability, is, of course, overruled by Article 32 of the 
International Rules of Zoological Nomenclature, which 
expressly declares that “a generic or a specific name, once 
published, cannot be rejected, even by its author, because 
of inappropriateness.” 

Finally, turning to the Order Orthoptera, we find that 
the preoccupied name Brachycercus has been applied by Dr. 
C. Willemse to a new genus of short-horned Grasshoppers 
from New Guinea, belonging to the subfamily Cyrtacan- 
thacrine (Zool. Meded. Leiden, vi. p. 7; 1921: Nova 
Guinea, xii., Zool. p. 718; 1922). This Orthopterous genus 
must be re-named, and I propose for it the name Megra, 
nom. nov., the genotype, Brachycercus flavum (sic), Willemse, 
becoming known as Megra flava, Willemse. 


LIII.—Some new African Squirrels. 
By OLpFIELD ‘THOMAS. 


(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) 


A¥rTER completing the successful Darfur expedition with 
Admiral Lynes, Mr. Willoughby Lowe paid a short collecting- 
visit to the Ivory Coast Protectorate, where he obtained for 
the National Museum about 70 mammals in the savannah 
region in the centre of the Protectorate, some 250 miles from 
the coast. Among these there are three species of squirrel, 
respectively representing Sfeliosciurus rufobrachium®* and 


* It does not seem to have been previously noticed that the widely 
spread species known as H.7ufobrachiatus ought to bear the above name, 
The latter was published in November 1842 (Ann. & Mag. N.H. x. 
p. 202, footnote) and the former only in January 18438 (cf Waterhouse, 
P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 438). eh 

The name leucogenys tor the red-cheeked Fernando Po Funisciurus, 


some new African Squirrels. 519 


punctatus and Funisciurus leucostigma, but each appearing 
to form ‘special local subspecies. All are distinguished by 
their lighter coloration, as compared with that of their allies 
inhabiting the more saturate forest districts to the south. 

In working them out, four other new African squirrels 
have come to light, and are here described. 


Heliosciurus rufobrachium hardyi, subsp. n. 


A remarkably pale race of rufobrachium. 

General colour above, when in unbleached pelage, clear 
erizzled grey, almost as pale as in H. multicolor or rhodesia, 
therefore conspicuously paler than in other forms of rufo- 
brachium. Under surtace dull whitish, with brown bases 
to the hairs, the chest and inguinal region clearer whitish. 
Eyelids white. Ears like head, a small postauricolar rufous 
pateh. Forearms bright ochraceous; hands buffy. Hind 
legs and base of tail also rich ochraceous, varying to strong 
ferruginous ; feet grizzled buffy. Tail grizzled grey through- 
out. 

Dimensions of type, measured in flesh :-— 

Head and body 230 mm.; tail 240; hind foot 50; ear 19. 

Skull: greatest length 53; condylo-incisive length 48 ; 
zygomatic breadth 30°6. 

Hab. Northern part of the Ivory Coast Protectorate. Type 
from Béoumi, 250 miles north of Grand Bassam, 

Type. Oldmale. B.M. no. 23. 2.3.13. Original number 
2018. Collected 16 December, 1922. Eleven specimens. 

By its pale greyish colour this squirrel is widely different 
from any known forms allied to rufobrachium, but its richly’ 
rufous forearms and hind legs clearly indicate that it is really 
a member of that group. 

It is named in honour of Mr. H. R. Hardy, who accom- 
panied Mr. Willoughby Lowe on his Ivory Coast Expedition, 


and gave him much welcome assistance. 


which equally dates from November 1842, and so antedates erythrogenys, 
may be treated as a misprint corrected by itsauthor. The whole footnote 
was probably written on the proof in such a way that the name was 
misread, and the description of the face then read by the printer to agree 
withthe name. Waterhouse probably never saw a further proof, and 
took the first opportunity to correct the name to erythrogenys and the 
description to agree with the facts. 

P.S.—After writing this note, I find that the same observation has 
been recently made by Dr. J. A. Allen [B. Am. Mus. N. H. xlvii. p. 45 
(footnote), 1922]. As, however, we differ in our opinion as to what 
should be done about ‘ dewcogenys,” I leave the note as originally written. 


5Z0Re Mr. O. Thomas on 


Fleliosciurus rufobrachium emissus, subsp. n. 


A dwarf race of rufobrachium. 

Body quite as in typical Fernando Po specimens of rufo- 
brachium, with the same general dark tone and muddy- 
coloured under surface. Under-fur suffused with warm 
brown. Rufous coloration of forearms and hind limbs 
well marked. Tail quite as in rufobrachium. 

Dimensions of the type, measured in the flesh :— 

Head and body 210 mm.; tail 225; hind foot 48; ear 15. 

Skull: greatest length 49; condylo-incisive length 44:3 ; 
zygomatic breadth 29 ; cheek-tooth series 8°8. 

Hab. South-east Nigeria, in the country recently trans- 
ferred from the Cameroons. Type from Kumbo, about 
6° 50’ N. and 10°50' E. Another specimen from near ‘Banyo. 

Type. Old male. B.M., no. 23. 1. /22. 50: Original 
number 781. Collected 29 September, 1921. Two specimens. 

Readily distinguished from any described race of the 
rufobrachium group by its markedly smaller size. 


Heliosciurus rufobrachium lualabe, subsp. n. 


A small southern race of rufobrachium. 

Size small, about as in emissus. Colour dark, finely 

speckled, therein contrasting with the coarsely speckled 
Bear Under surface with the median area, from throat 
to inguinal region, white, the bases of the hairs on the belly 
brown as usual. Forearms with the usual ochraceous 
marking, their inner sides white ; hands grizzled ochraceous. 
Hind limbs with but little ochraceous, their inner aspect 
whitish ; feet like hands. Tail with the light rings whitish 
or buffy. 

Hind foot of type 48 mm. Skull: greatest length 49°5 
condylo-incisive length 43. 

Hab. Southern Congo. Type from Lodja, Upper Lukenye 
River ; other specimens from Inkongo, Sankuru (/7. Wilson). 

Type. Adult male. B.M.no. 9.12.12. 8. Collected and 
presented by HE. Torday, Esq. ‘I’hree specimens. 

This is a similarly small race to the A. 7. emissus of S.EE. 
Nigeria just described, but whether it is specially closely 
related to it Iam not at present prepared to say. 

From aubryt and other described forms of rufobrachium it 
is readily distinguishable by its small size and the whitish 
median area of its under surface. 


some new Ajrican Squirrels. 521 


Fleliosciurus rhodesic loandieus, subsp. n. 


Like rhodesiv, but duller and more drabby throughout ; 
the ears not whitened, 

General colour darker than in rhodestv, without the grey ish- 
white tone of that animal. Ears coloured like the rest of 
the head, not specially whitened. Forearms fringed with 
very pale ochraceous. Hands and feet ochraceous, instead 
of buffy white. ‘Tail less whitened. 

Skull as in rhodesic. 

Dimensions of the type, measured in flesh :-— 

Head and body 200 mm.; tail 245; hind foot 47; ear 13. 

Skull: greatest length 47:3 ; condylo-i -1cisive length 43. 

Hab. North Angola. Type trom N’Dalla Tando, 800 m. 
Other specimens from Canhoca (Ansorge) and the "Quanza 
River (Monteiro). 

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 10. 4.8.14. Original 
number 42. Collected 31 October, 1908, by Dr. W. J. 
Ansorge. Five specimens. 

Examples of this squirrel have been in the collection for 
many years under the erroneous names, first, of annulatus 
aud then, when that name was suppressed, of isabellinus, but 
a renewed examination of the type of dsabellinus shows that 
I was mistaken in referring it to this Angolan animal. For 
it agrees absolutely with a number of specimens belonging 
to the rufobrachium group from the Lower Niger, and to 
the Nigerian form the name should certainly belong. 

Both H. rhodesie and the present subspecies of it would 
seem to be pale southern representatives of the A. rufo- 
brachium group, though the characteristic reddening of the 
forearms is scarcely perceptible. From rhodesie, loandicus 
differs by its more drabby general colour and the absence of 
the wlite on the ears, so marked in the Rhodesian animal. 


Heliosciurus punctatus savannius, subsp. n. 


Closely allied to punctatus, but paler throughout. 

Size as in punctatus. General colour above rather paler, 
owing to the light rings on the hairs being both broader and 
more whitish ; the buffy rings on the under-fur clearer butty. 
Under surface lighter ; the throat, chest, and inguinal region 
whitish. Hands and feet paler, grey proximally and buffy 
terminally, instead of brown and daik buity. Tail paler 
throughout, the white hair-tips more prominent. 

Skull Bbout as In punctatus. 

Dimensions of type, measured in flesh :— 

Head and body 178 mm. ; tail 204; hind foot 42; ear 16. 


Ann. & Mag. NV. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. xi. D+ 


522 — On some new African Squirrels. 


Skull: greatest length 46°7; condylo-incisive length 41. 

Hab. Béoumi, Ivory Coast Protectorate. Alt. 650’. 

Type. Adult mate. B.M.cno.*23.72. 32 19 SesOreiaa 
number 2043. Collected 22 December, 1922, by Willoughby 
P. Lowe. Three specimens. 

This representative of /7. punts inhabiting the sa- 
vannah region of the Northern Ivory Coast Protectorate, is 
perceptibly paler throughout than the saturate typical form 
of the coast. 


Funisciurus leucostigma niveatus, subsp. n. 


A greyish form with snowy-white belly. 

General colour above pale olive-grey with much less 
sutfusion of buffy than in other races. Lateral lines buffy or 
whitish. Flanks dull fulvous, less rufous than in leucostegma, 
and still less rufous than the brilliantly red flanks of leonis. 
Belly snowy-white, conspicuously whiter than in any of the 
allied forms. White postauricular patches well marked. 
Hands and feet rather paler buffy than usual. Middle of 
underside of tail pale ochraceous. Skull rather smaller than 
in leucostigma and leonis. 

Dimensions of the type, measured in flesh :— 

Head and body 198 mm.; tail 160; hind foot 44; ear 20. 

Skull: greatest length 48; condylo-incisive length 48°5 ; 
zygomatic breadth 26°7. 

Hab. Béoumi, 12 miles E. of Bandama, Ivory Coast Pro- 
tectorate ; aban 250 miles north of the oe Alt. 650’. 

Type. Old male:  B.Mr ne. 23.) 22 33/2150 Ouema 
number 2010. Collected 5 December, 1922, by Willoughby 
P. Lowe. Five specimens. 

This striking form of the lewcost’gma group is readily 
distinguishable by its greyish back, almost without buffy 
suffusion, and, especially, by its snowy-white belly. 


Funisciurus carrutherst chrysippus, subsp. n. 


Like true carruthersz, but the under surface broadly waslied 
with yeliow. 

General colour above of the same greenish olivaceous as in 
carrutherst; not so dark as in tanganyihe. Under surface 
yellow, not sharply defined from the flanks, the hairs dark 
slaty, their tips rich yellow; inguinal region ochraceous. 
Sides of face more or less ochraceous, and hairs of ear of the 
same colour. Hands and feet grizzled ochraceous, about as 
in tanganytke, Tips of tail-hairs yellow. 


West African Forms of Welioseiurus rufobrachium. 523 


Dimensions about as in carrutherst. Uind foot (dry) 
48 mm. 

Hab. Wabembe region, west of the north end of Lake 
Tanganyika. 

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 22. 3. 3. 3. Original 
number 23. Collected by R. Grauer. One specimen. 

This beautiful squirrel is readily distinguishable from true 
carrutherst by its yellow-washed under surface. 

It would seem to be the representative of that animal on 
the Belgian Congo side of Lake Tanganyika, 


LIV.— The West African Forms of Heliosciurus rufobrachium, 
By OLDFIELD THOMAS. 


(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) 


In connection with tle determination of Mr. Willoughby 
Lowe’s Ivory Coast squirrels, I have found occasion to lay 
out the whole of our West Afiican specimens of the rufo- 
brachium group. ‘hese are sufficient to give a fair idea of 
the ferms found in West Africa west of the Cameroons, aud 
appear to show that the recognizable forms are eight in 
number. 

It is curious that on the Gold Coast, and north of it, two 
brightly coloured forms oecur which shut off the dull-coloured 
Sierra Leone and Portuguese Guinea animals from the 
similarly dull-coloured forms found in Nigeria and eastwards. 

Commencing in the furthest north-west, we have :— 


1. Heltosciurus rufubrachium caurinus, subsp. n. 


General colour of average intensity, near “raw umber,” 
chest and belly washed with whitish; forearms and inner 
sides of thighs little reddened; hands and feet grizzled bufty 
and white, tail washed with whitish. 

Length of type-skull 52 mm. 

Hab. Portuguese Guinea; type from Gunnal; alt. 50 m. 

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 10. 4. 9. 6. Original 
number 13. Collected 2nd June, 1909, by Dr. W. J. 


Ansorge. Four specimens. 


2. Heliosciurus rufobrachium leonensis, subsp. n 


Like caurinus, but more strongly coloured throughout. 


Back darker, under surface more less or washed with 
d4* 


524 Mr. O. Thomas on the West African 


buffy ; forearms and inner sides of thighs ochraceous ; feet 
grizzled ochraceous and black; tail less conspicuously 
whitish. Skull averaging a little lar ger. 

Length of type-skull 55 mm. 

Hab, Sierra Leone and north-westwards. Type from 
Mano; other specimens from Mozamba and from Berria, 
extreme Upper Niger. 

Type. Adult. female. B.M. no. 4. 11.1.3. Collected 
14th February, 1904, by Robin Kemp. Five specimens. 


\ 


3. Helioscturus rufobrachium maculatus, Temm. 


Sciurus macuatus, Temm. Esq. Zool. Guin. p. 130 (18538) (Gold Coast ; 
type in Leyden Mus.). 

Macroxus ee achiatus, var. waterhousu, Gray, Ann. & Mag. N. H. 
(3) xx. p. 828 (1867) (type B.M. no. 57. 12. 10. 6, from Ashanti). 
Sciurus Gries rufobrachiatus libericus, Miller, PS Aes Ser. 
Wash. ii. p. 633 (1900) (Mount Coffee, Liberia ; type U.S. Nat. 

Mus. no. 83834). 


Sciurus aschantiensis, Neum. SB. Ges. Nat. Fr. 1902, p. 175 
(Ashanti; type B.M. no. 84.1. 7, 1). 


General colour dark; under surface more or less brown- 
mixed. orearms and inner sides of thighs deep rich 
ochraceous rufous, contrasting with the rest of the body. 

Hab, Eastern Sierra Leone, through Liberia and the 
Gold Coast to Ashanti. Specimens examined from Daru, 
Sierra Leone; Bassa, Liberia; Axim, Gold Coast; and 
Ashanti. 


4, [Heliosciurus rufobrachium hardyi, Thos. 
Supra, p. 519 (type B.M. 23. 2. 3. 18). 


Allied to maculatus by the marked contrast of the reddish 
forearms and thighs with the rest of the body, but con- 
spicuously paler throughout ; the back pale grizzled grey, 
the belly whitish. 

Hab. Ivory Coast Protectorate, type-series from Béoumi. 


Passing to the forms occurring to the east of the brightly- 
marked maculatus and hardy?, it might be convenient to 
commence with the squirrels of Fernando Po, that being 
the place where the first members of the group were obtained. 
In that island a considerable number of specimens were 
obtained by Mr. Seimund on the Fernando Po Expedition 
of 1903-4, and a study of these shows that the island 
contains two forms, a highland and a lowland subspecies. 


Forms of Ueliosciurus rufobrachium. 525 


5. Helisciurus rufobrachium rufobrachium, Waterh. 


Seiurus rufobrachium, Waterh, Ann, & Mag. N. H. (1) x. p. 202, 
Noy. 1842 (Fernando Po). 

Sevurus rufobrachiatus, id. P. Z. S. 1842, p. 128 (pub. Jan. 1843) 
(type of both names, B.M. no. 47. 1. 18. G8). 


Colour grizzled brownish grey, of medium intensity. 
Under surface pale brownish, slightly washed with dull buffy 
whitish, Fringes of forearms “and: inner sides of thighs 
distinetly red, but not brilliantly contrasted as in the two 
last subspecies. Hands and feet grizzled ochraceous. ‘Tail 
with the lighter rings on the fe eee least for the basal 
half—more or less strongly ochraceous. 

ffab. Uplands of Fernando Po, 500 to 1800 m. 

Of the two forms that occur in the island, both the type, 
and the specimens obtained for the British Museum by 
Mr. T. Thomson, and mentioned in Gray’s List of 1843, 
most nearly match the darker form, that found high up on 
the Clarence Mountains. 


6. Heliosciurus rufobrachium acticola, subsp. n. 


Like true rufobrachium, but paler throughout. 

General colour above grizzled grey, with much less of the 
brownish tone found in rufobrachium. Under surface pale 
brownish, the chest and inguinal regions whitish. Fringes 
of forearms strong buffy. Hands grizzled buffy. Tail 
without buffy suffusion on its basal half. 

Dimensions of type, measured in flesh :— 

Head and body 206 mm.; tail 186 ; hind foot 46; ear 17; 
greatest length of shell 50. 

Hab. Fernando Po, down near sea-level. Type from 
Santa Isabel, 10 m.; other specimens from Fish Town, 


10 m. 
Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 4. 7. 1. 75. Original 


number 7, 

Collected 23rd December, 1903, by Mr. E. Seimund during 
the Fernando Po Expedition. ‘Twelve specimens. 

This comparatively pale form was found by Mr. Scimund 
close down to the beach. It has the appearance of being an 
inhabitant of an area less saturated than the high eround 


where true rufobrachium occurs. 


7. Heliosciurus rufobrachium isabellinus, Gray. 
a3) 


Macroxus isabellinus, Gray, Ann. & Mag. N. H. (5) xx. p. 329 (1867), 
Very like the low country Fernando Po form, but the 


526 West African Forms of Weliosciurus rufobrachium. 


reddish of the forearms is almost imperceptible, that of the 
thighs is as arule mnch reduced, the light chest and inguinal 
hairs have more prominently dark bases, and the tail\is more 
heavily black-ringed. | 

flab. Lower Niger. Specimens seen from Lagos (Lowe), 
Foreados, Degama and O uta (Ansorge), and “ Bird Rock,” 
200 miles up the Niger (Lort Phillips). 

Type. Adult female. B.M. no, 44. 3. 30.38. Purchased 
of the dealer Warwick. 

This race is very like //. 7. acticola, no doubt on account 
of living under similar climatic conditions ; but differs 
enough to have the island form subspecifically separated 
from it. The type was erroneously identified by me in 
1909 with an Angolan member of the group, but there can 
be no question that the present is its proper allocation. 


8. Heliosciurus rufobrachium obfuscatus, subsp. n. 


General colour very dark, conspicuously darker than the 
Nigerian dsabellinus ; approximating to “mummy-brown ” 
above; under surface muddy-brown, the chest and inguinal 
region little lightened. Fringes of forearms and immer sides 
of legs deep rich rufous. Hands and feet dark mixed brown 
and dull ochraceous. Tail mixed black and ochraceous, the 
former more dominant than usual. 

Length of type-skull 53 mm. 

Hab. Oban district of South-eastern Nigeria; type from 
Ekkonnanakku. Alt. 200’. One specimen from Rio del Rey 
(Sir H. H. Johnston). 

Type. Adult: fémale.... BoM: mo. 9: 79585) 2-7 (Onneanel 
number 4. Collected 2ist March, 1909, and presented 
by P. A. Talbot, Esq. Thirteen specimens, all obtained by 
Mr. Talbot, except that from the Rio del Rey. 

_A very distinct saturated form, maikedly different from 
the comparatively pale Nigerian esabellinus, and much larger 
than the small emzssus to the east of it. 

Of the subspecies of this group found further eastwards 
and southwards, [ am not yet in a position to work out 
the detailed ranges of emissus, Thos., benga, Cabr., and 
aubryi, M.-Eidw., which occur in that order from north to 
south through the Cameroons to the Gaboon. 


On new Subspecies of Protoxerus stangeri. 527 


LV.—New Subspecies of Protoxerus stangeri, the Giant 
Squirrel of Equatorial Africa. By OLprieLp THOMAS. 


(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum. ) 


THe Museum series of Protoverus stangeri now numbers 92 
Specimens, ranging from the Gold Coast to Kavirondo, and 
from Nigeria ‘southwards to N. Angola. They are fairly 
equally divided among the 14 subspecies which appear to be 
worthy of subspecific recognition. Of these four new ones 
need description. 

The differences are merely of colour, as I can find no 
cranial characters of any value, 


Protowerus stangeri dissonus, subsp. n. 


Nearly allied to P. s. eborivorus, but paler throughout. 

Back with the light rings more buffy than in eborivorus, 
less ochraceous, the resulting colour being an approach to 
that of nordhofi, which is still more yellowish, Shoulders 
distinctly lighter than back. Under surface more whitish. 
Crown dark hoary-grey, not abruptly separated. Lateral 
line grizzled grey. Buffy fringes of forearms well marked, 
highter than in eborivorus. Hind limbs and feet buffy 
ochraceous. Tail with the white tips of the hairs more 
strongly contrasted. 

Hind foot of type 65 mm.; greatest skull-length 67. 

Hab. Ja River, Cameroons. Type from Bitye, 2000’. 

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 9.10. 2.20. Original 
number 17. Collected 3rd September, 1908, by Mr. G. L. 
Bates. Six specimens. 

This is one of the few cases where an animal of the Ja 
River, draining eastwards, is definably different from its ally 
of the Como and Benito rivers, draining direct to the coast ; 
but the difference in general tone from Mr. Bates’s examples 
of eborivorus is quite well-marked. 


Protoxerus stangcort merens, subsp. n. 


A. dark-coloured race from the Welle, very like P, s. ebori- 
vorus of the West Coast. 

General appearance very much as in eborivorus, conse 
quently much darker than in the geographical neighbour, 
notabilis. The back blackish, finely ticked with ochraceous, 


528 On new Subspecies of Protoxerus stangeri. 


Chest dark grizzled grey, belly more brownish, the hairs 
tipped with buffy. Kars without buffy postauricular 
patches. Forearms with scarcely any buffy on their under 
surface, while they are always distinctly buffy in eborivorus ; 
hands practically black. Legs deep rufous, stronger than in 
eborivorus ; feet mixed black and rufous. 

Hind foot of type 61 mm.; greatest length of skull 66. 

Hab. Middle Welle River. Type from Lobi, near Angu, 
about 24° Ki. 

Lupe. Adult male. BM. mo. 7. 7. 3.2182.) (Oiioimel 
number 57. Collected 17th February, 1906, by Boyd 
Alexander on the Alexander-Gosling Expedition. One 
specimen. 

Considering its distance from the West Coast, and the fact 
that much lghter-coloured forms (nordhoffi, dissonus) occur 
in the intermediate area, this subspecies is curiously like the 
Gaboon eborivorus, but may be distinguished by the re- 
duction of the rufous on the forearms and the darker red 
hind legs. It is probably really a darkened ally of the 


Congo notabilrs. 


Protoxerus stangert notabilis, subsp. n. 


Like centrzcola, but colour richer and brighter. 

General characters of the centricola of Uganda, but the 
back more strongly ochraceous, this colour also extending 
more vividly on to the nape and searcely lightening on ANG 
shoulders. Posteriorly the dorsal colour extends richly on to 
the hips and legs—rich ochraceous rufous instead of brownish 
rufous. Chest whitish; belly buffy. Lateral line more 
strongly white-grizzled than in centricola. Hands blackish 
with many of the finer hairs ochraceous; feet rich ochra- 
ceous. ‘Tail-hairs more prominently white. “tipped. 

Hind foot of type 63 mm.; condylo-incisive length of 
skull 60. 

flab. Ituri region of Upper Congo ; type from Avakubt ; 
others from Poko and Mawambi. 

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 14. 2. 11. 7. Original 
number 199. Collected Ist November, 1912, by Dr. Cuth- 
bert Christy. Six specimens. 

This fine animal has hitherto been referred to centricola, 
but a comparison of the series of specimens now available 
both from the Ituri region and Uganda shows that those of 
the former are so much more richly coloured as to deserve 
subspecifie distinction. 


On a new Ray from the Mediterranean. 529 


Protoverus stangeri torrentium, subsp. n. 


A yellowish grey-headed form with a signatus-like lateral 
line. 

General upper colour buffy yellowish, grizzled with black, 
not rufous as in eborivorus and centricola, but nearly as 
yellow as in stangert. ‘Top of head strongly-contrasted 
hoary-grey. Throat greyish white with brown bases to the 
hairs. Belly-hairs ochraceous buffy, the line edging the 
belly black as in stgnatus, a few hairs only with white rings. 
A buffy patch behind each ear. Forearms ochraceous buffy, 
and the hands also more ochraceous than in the neighbouring 
forms. Inguinal region and inner side of legs also ochira- 
ceous buffy, which becomes more strongly reddish on the 
ankles and distal part of the feet. 

Hind foot of type 60 mm.; condylo-incisive length of 
skull 58. 

Hab. Eastern province of the Congo, to the east of the 
Stanley Falls. 

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. Ll. 5. 4. 3. Original 
number 364. Presented by the Congo Museum, Tervueren. 
One specimen. 

The combination of yellowish ground-colour, contrasted 
grey head, buffy postauricular patches, and black ségnatus- 
like lateral line will readily distinguish this well-marked 
subspecies. 

The Museum now possesses four further examples of 


P. s. signatus, collected by the Rev. H. M. Whiteside at 
Ikau and Bompona. 


LVI.—A new Ray from the Mediterranean. 
By C. Tate Reean, M.A., F.R.S. 


(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) 


Raia polystigma, sp. n. 


Raia batis (non L.), Bonap. Faun. Ital. Pesci, Fase. xxix. p. 154, 
pl. lxvii. fig. 1. 


Dise broader than long, its width 3 to 2 of the total length; 
anterior margins slightly undulated ; outer angles obtuse; 


230 Ona new Ray from the Mediterranean. 


extremity of snout projecting as a short rounded or some- 
what pointed process. Vent nearer tip of snout than end 
of tail. Length of snout about ! width of disc; interorbital 
width 22 to 3 in length of snout, less than length of eye + 
spiracle, equal to or greater than longitudinal diameter of 
eye. ‘Teeth small, close-set, with acutely conical crowns, 
which may be so worn down that the teeth appear quite flat ; 
50 to 60 rows in the upper jaw. 

One to three preocular and one to three postocular spines ; 
a pair of small scapular spines in the very young; 2 or 3 
median spines in advance of these; a median series of 
more than 40 spines extending forward nearly to the 
scapular region in the smallest specimen; others with 22 
to 28 median spines from the pelvic region to the first 
dorsal fin, and also with 1 to 4 spines on each side of 
the anterior part of the tail. Orbital and rostral ridges 
and rostral projection spinulose; a median patch of spi- 
nules in the scapular region; tail spinulose ; upper surface 
otherwise smooth, except for spinules near the anterior 
margin of the disc in males. Lower surface smooth, except 
for a narrow border of asperities along the anterior margin, 
extending about halfway from tip of snout to angles of 
pectorals. (? Adult male with a single series of alar spines.) 

Pale brownish, with numerous rounded dark reddish-brown 
spots covering the disc ; near the middle of the base of each 
pectoral fin a dark ring with pale centre is surrounded by a 
pale ring with a circle of spots round it; behind this is 
a pale areaencircled by spots; these characteristic markings 
are most definite in the smallest specimen. Lower surface 
white. 

Mediterranean. 

Four specimens (two ¢ and two ?),three from Dalmatia 
and one from Nice, the largest 500 mm. in total length. 

A male of 470 mm. is not quite mature, but Bonaparte’s 
figure of a male 500 mm. long shows the sexual characters 
fully developed. 

When specimens of equal size are compared, R. polystigma 
differs from the Atlantic R. brachyura, Lafont. (R. blanda, 
Holt & Calderwood), in ithe larger eyes, the narrower 
interorbital region, and the fewer teeth; also LR. brachyura 
is more spinulose, has a somewhat different coloration, and 
becomes mature at a larger size. 


On new Curculionids from South Africa. 531 


LVII.—On new Curculionidee from South Africa. 
By Guy A. K. Marsnatt, C.M.G., D.Sc. 


[Plate V.] 


Subfamily BracuypErryz. 
Pomphus acuticollis, sp. un. (PI. V. fig. 1.) 


& ?. Integument black or piceous, clothed above and 
below with dense, uniform, pale grey scaling. 

Head rather strongly convex transversely, with a deep 
median furrow; the scaling dense and the sete short, 
scale-like, and recuinbent; the eyes produced sharply back- 
wards, as in Protostrophus, with the greatest depth in the 
middle. Rosfrwm much narrowed in front, with the sides 
straight; the dorsum with two sulci diverging from the 
middle of the base, but not reaching the sides or apex, and 
with a median impression just behind the epistome, but 
without any median carina. Antenne with joints 3-6 of 
the funicle equal and slightly transverse, and 7 distinctly 
broader. Prothorax about three times as broad as long, 
distinctly broader than the base of the elytra and widening 
from the apex to the hase; the sides approximately straight 
and indefinitely denticulate, the anterior angles (as seen 
directly from above) acuminate and projecting obliquely 
outwards well beyond the eyes, the hind angles produced 
obliquely backw ards in the form of a long spine; the front 
margin straight, except for a lateral sinuation for the 
reception of each eye; the hind margin broadly arcuate in 
the middle and gently sinuate externally on each side; the 
dorsum very strongly convex transversely and feebly so 
longitudinally, with an abbreviated) median furrow and 
coarse confluent punctation, which is partly concealed by 
the dense scaling, the scales being arranged in rosettes. 
Elytra oblong-ovate, widest behind the middle, very broadly 
rounded behind (as seen from above), the actual apex being 
slightly drawn in, coustricted at the base, so that the basal 
angles project shortly, and with a small sharp subhumeral 
tubercle on interval 9; the rows of punctures very irregular 
and often duplicated, scarcely diminishing behind, and the 
basal puncture larger than any of the others s, each of which 
contains a minute seta; the intervals even, sufficiently 
indicated by the rows of recumbent scale-like sete; the 
scales round, convex, very closely set, but scarcely over- 
lapping. 

Length 36-45 mm., breadth 1:8-2°4 mm. 


532 Dr. G. A. K. Marshall on new 


Portucuese i. Africa: Incanine, vi. 1908 (C. W. Howard); 
Inyaka, Delagoa Bay, x. 1912 (K. H. Barnard). 

Described from four specimens. 

Readily distinguished from the two previously described 
species (Ann. & Mag. N. H. (9) 1. 1919, p. 8) by the sharply 
produced eyes, the acute thoracic angles, and the recumbent 
scale-like sete. 


Proscephaladeres dispar, sp. n. 


3 @. Integument black, rather thinly clothed with grey 
scales more or less intermixed with brown ones, or vice 
versd. 

Head rugosely punctate, with a very deep median furrow 
and faint longitudinal impression on each side; the eyes 
very prominent, deepest much behind the middle, the 
posterior edge of the ocular prominence lying at right angles 
to the long axis of the head. Rostrum as long as broad, 
distinctly narrowed from base to apex; the dorsum flat, 
rugosely punctate, with an oblique sulcus running from the 
middle of the base to the middle of the disk on each side, 
and a rounded median impression just behind the epistome. 
Prothorax much broader than long, strongly rounded at the 

sides, widest at the middle, truncate and distinctly marginate 
at the base, the apex shallowly sinuate; the dorsum very 
convex longitudinally, with separated low shiny granules and 
with a very indefinite abbreviated low median ridge; the 
scales short and oblong, lying transversely. Hlytra sub- 
globose or very broadly ovate, widest before the middle, 
broadly rounded behind, with the actual apex invisible from 
above, the basal margin truncate ; the dorsum with shallow 
striz containing large punctures, which are partly hidden 
by the scaling, the intervals slightly convex, even and with- 
out rows of set; the scales small, ovate, much shorter than 
those on the prothorax, and not entirely concealing the 
integument. Legs somewhat scabrous, with fairly dense 
pale scaling, the tibia markedly denticulate internally, with 
the apical fringe of sete pale, the hind pair with the dorsal 
edge sinuate and with the obliquely ascending portion of the 
corbel not longer than the truncate apical part. 

Length 6'6-9°6 mm., breadth 3-5 mm. 

Portuaeusese E. Arrica: Delagoa Bay. 

Described from thirty-eight specimens. 

This species, for which a MS. name of Faust’s has been 
retained, is nearly allied to P. punctifrons, Boh. (= obesus, 
Boh.), but in that species the rostrum is almost parallel- 


Curculionidee from South Africa. 533 


sided; the eyes are much less prominent, deepest in the 
middle, and with the posterior edge not produced outwards ; 
the prothorax is even more strougly rounded at the sides, 
broadest well before the middle, coarsely punctate and with 
only inconspicuous granules; the elytra are less distinctly 
granulate and the scales are much longer, being at least 
three or four times as long as broad; the hind tibiz are not 
sinuate dorsally, and the ascending portion of the corbel is 
distinctly longer than the apical part. 


Protostrophus indotatus, sp. un. 


36 2. Integument black, rather thinly clothed with 
scaling; the elytra dorsally with grey or brownish scales 
(often with a metallic reflection), usually uniform, but 
sometimes mottled with faint darker spots, but the inflexed 
margins beyond stria 7 entirely bare and shiny; the pro- 
notum darker, with extremely indefinite pale dorsal stripes ; 
the lower surface thinly clothed with narrow pale scales and 
sete, except for a dense patch of small pale scales on the 
metepisternum. 

Head coarsely and shallowly punctate, with a broad 
deep median sulcus, and separated from the rostrum by 
a gently curved, short, deep furrow; the scaling sparse, 
the setz flattened and obliquely raised; the eyes rather 
strongly produced backwards, deepest a little behind the 
middle, and the orbit not projecting on the posterior edge. 
Rostrum (excluding the mandibles) a httle shorter than the 
basal width and with the sides gently sinuate; the dorsum 
quite flat, punctate like the head and without any definite 
carina. Antenne ferruginous, the distal half of the funicle 
sometimes darker; the funicle with joint 1 nearly twice as 
long as 2, joints 3-6 moniliform and slightly transverse, 7 a 
little longer and broader. Prvthorax broader than long 
(3:2), equally broad at base and apex, strongly rounded at 
the sides, widest at or a little before the middle; the apical 
margin truncate or feebly sinuate in the middle and sloping 
gently backward on each side, the base similarly truncate 
or sinuate in the middle but cursing more strongiy forward 
on each side, the basal angle being distinct ; the dorsum 
with large shallow confluent punctures, readily visible 
through the scaling, and a well-defined, shallowly and finely 
punctate, smooth median line, extending from the base 
nearly tu the apex ; the setz pale brownish, flattened, sub- 
recumbent, and with the apex truncate. Llytra broadly 
ovate, widest a little before the middle, truncate at the base, 


5 Dr. G. A. K. Marshall on new 


with the shoulders obtusely rounded and very prominent, 
and there much broader than the base of the prothorax ; 
the dorsum with shallow, distinctly punctate striz, the 
punctures becoming much finer towards the top of the 
declivity; the intervals broad and almost plane; the scales 
very short-ovate or almost circular, small and not quite 
contiguous, like those on the thorax but a little smaller; 
the sete more than twice as long as the scales, flattened, 
and not entirely recumbent, there being two irregular rows 
on each dorsal interval. Legs black, with the tarsi red- 
brown, moderately densely clothed with narrow elongate 
pale scales and scale-like setz ; the front tibiz with very 
short apical spines and none on the outer edge, the hind 
pair with the corbels bare. 

Length 3°75—4°8 mm., breadth 1°8-2°25 mm. 

TRANSVAAL: Pretoria, xii. 1921 (J. C. Faure, type). 
Navat: Charlestown, iv. 1897 (A. EH. Haviland). 

Described from thirteen specimens. 

Most nearly allied to P. (Strophosomus) ambiguus, Fhs., 
which, however, has the prothorax more transverse, less 
narrowed bebind, and much more finely punctate; the 
elytra are more oblong-ovate, the scales on them are elon- 
gate and the sete are so like them as to be practically 
indistinguishable. 


Protostrophus purcelli, sp.n. (Pl. V. fig. 2.) 


Integument black, densely clothed above with pale isabel- 
line scaling mingled with pale grey scales ; the pronotum 
with a broad median brown band and a narrower one on 
each side of it in the basal half only ; the elytra with very 
variable rows of brown spots along the striz, these being 
usually most conspicuous in striz 4-6 and sometimes in- 
vading most of the dorsum; the lower surface with dense 
pale grey scaling. | 

Head separated from the rostrum by a deep curved furrow 
in the middle only, gently convex and with a deep longi- 
tudinal median furrow; the sete brown, spatulate and 
subrecumbent; eyes acutely produced backwards, with 
their greatest depth slightly behind the middle. Rostrum 
much shorter than its basal width, rapidly narrowing in 
front, with its sides gently sinuate; the dorsum almost flat, 
with a very shallow median rounded impression in the 
anterior half and a faint longitudinal one on each side, 
without any furrow or carina; the scaling entirely con- 
cealing the mtegument. Antenne with joint | of the funicle 


Curculionidae from South Africa. 535 


much longer and thicker than 2, and joints 3-7 transverse. 
Prothorax about half as broad again as long, gradually 
widening from the apex to behind the middle, where there 
is a sharp prominent angle, and then rapidly narrowed to 
the base, which is truncate ; the front mar gin very shallowly 
sinuate in the middle and more deeply so behind each eye, 
the anterior angles being obliquely rounded off ; the dorsum 
strongly convex transversely and almost flat longitudinally, 
with a shallow transverse impression right across the base 
and often a much fainter one near the apex, also a feeble 
median longitudinal furrow, sometimes just visible through 
the scaling, which otherwise conceals all the sculpture. 
Elytra oval, widest about middle, broadly rounded behind, 
jointly truncate at the base, but with the basal angles pro- 
jecting obliquely forwards ; when the scaling is intact the 
striz are almost concealed, the punctures appearing very 
minute and separated from each other by the length of two 
or three scales; the intervals broad and smooth, and each 
with a row of short, stout, recumbent, brown sete ; the scales 
irregularly tetragonal, closely contiguous, and of the same 
size as those on the pronotum. Leys with five or six stout 
brown apical spines on the front tibiz and two juxtaposed a 
little way up the dorsal edge; the hind pair with the corbels 
densely squamose. 

Length 3°3-3°6 mm., breadth 1°8-1'9 mm. 

Care Province : Hope Town (W. F. Purcell). 

Described from six specimens. 

Distinguished from the other species of the genus having 
a similarly angulate prothorax by the squamose corbels of 
the hind tibiee. 


Protostrophus sebakuanus, sp. un. 


& ¢. Integument black, the pronotum with the front 
margin red-brown, densely clothed with uniform grey 
scaling, but the sc: ales towards the apex of the rostrum with 
a pale green or coppery reflection. 

Head separated from the rostrum by a deep furrow, which 
is curved strongly forwards in the middle and extends to 
the sides; the forehead flattened, with a broad and very 
deep median furrow, and set with suberect flattened setee ; 
the eyes strongly produced backwards and with the greatest 
depth behind the middle. Rostrum somewhat shorter than 
its basal width, much narrowed in front, with the sides 
gently sinuate ; the dorsum quite flat, without impressions, 
and with only a fine median carina; clothed lke the head, 


536 Dr. G. A. KK. Marshall on new 


except that in the apical half the scales become much 
smaller and are widely separated. Antenne red-brown, the 
funicle with joint 1 longer than 2, 4-7 as long as broad, 
3 a little longer. Prothorax transverse (3 : 5), moderately 
rounded at the sides, broadest about the middle, sharply 
constricted at the base, and just in front of the constric- 
tion on each side a very small, sharp, obliquely-projecting 
point ; the apical and basal margins truncate and of about 
the same width, the latter slightly raised ; the dorsum very 
convex transversely, flat longitudinally, but sloping slightly 
dowuwards in front, with a very narrow, faint, undulating, 
abbreviated median carina; the scales circular, contiguous 
but not overlapping, almost entirely concealing the even 
integument; the broad flattened setas subrecumbent. 
filytra regularly oval, broadest about the middle, laterally 
constricted at the base; the basal margin jointly and 
shallowly sinuate, the external angle produced obliquely 
outwards into a small blunt projection; the dorsal outline 
only gently convex, deepest about the middle; the stric 
feeble, the punctures (when the scaling is intact) appearing 
very small and widely separated, each containing a minute 
horizontal seta; the intervals broad, flat, and smooth, each 
with a row of flattened subrecumbent sete, sometimes 
duplicated ; the scales hike those on the pronotum, but 
more closely set and slightly overlapping. Legs densely 
squamose, the tarsi red-brown ; the front tibize with very 
small inconspicuous apical spines, the hind pair with the 
corbels bare. 

Length 3:5-3°9 mm., breadth 1-8-2 mm. 

SourHern Ruopesia: Sebakwe (D. Dodds). 

Described from five specimens. 

Superficially much resembling P. convezicollis, Fhs., but 
in that species the rostrum is not carinate, the pronotum 
has a median stria, the pronotum and elytra lack the basal 
projections, and the elytra are much more broadly rounded 
behind. 


Protostrophus cavirostris, sp. nu. (Pl. V. fig. 8.) 


3S ?. Integument black, with dense sandy or sandy-grey 
scaling, which sometimes has a shght metallic reflection, 
especially at the apex of the rostrum. 

Head separated from the rostrum by a deep curved furrow 
which is almost entirely hidden by the scaling ; the fore- 
head gently convex transversely, very finely wrinkled 
longitudinally, but the sculpture entirely hidden by the 


Curculionidee from South Africa. 537 


scaling, except the narrow median sulcus ; the seta scale- 
like and slightly raised ; the eyes strongly produced back- 
wards and with the greatest depth slightly behind the 
middle. Rostrum nearly as long as the basal width, much 
narrowed in front, the apex being half the width of the 
base, and the sides gently sinuate ; the dorsum transversely 
convex and rather uneven, with a large rounded fovea in 
the middle anteriorly and a scale-covered median carina 
in the basal half ; the scaling slightly less dense at the apex. 
Antenne red-brown, the funicle with joint ] much longer 
than 2, and 38-7 slightly transverse. Prothorax broader 
than long, regularly “rounded at the sides, widest at the 
middle, and constricted at the apex “behind the eyes ; the 
basal margin subtruncate and scarcely raised, the apex 
slightly narrower and gently rounded ; the dorsum strongly 
convex transversely and almost flat longitudinally, smooth, 
the sculpture quite hidden by the scaling, even the abbre- 
viated median furrow being sometimes almost obliterated. 
Elytra oval, obtusely acuminate behind, widest about the 
middle, and jointly sinuate at the base, with the outer 
angles projecting slightly forwards ; the striz feeble, the 
punctures very small (when the scaling is intact), separated 
from each other by 1-2 scale-lengths and each containing a 
minute seta; the intervals feebly convex, each with a row 
(duplicated here and there) of short subrecumbent spatulate 
setz ; the scales a little smaller than those on the pronotum, 
tetragonal or pentagonal, closely set, but not overlapping. 
Legs red-brown, densely squamose; the front tibiz with 
the apical row of spines small and inconspicuous, the hind 
pair with the corbels bare. 
Length 3-3°9 mm., breadth 15-2 mm. 
Care Province: Kimberley (Power). 


Described from four specimens. 
Allied to the preceding species (P. sebakuanus), but 


characterised by the elongate and foveate rostrum, the 
medianly suleate and laterally simple prothorax, and the 
less projecting basal angles of the elytra, 


Protostrophus perditor, sp. n. 

g§ ¢. Integument black, densely clothed above with 
sandy-grey scales; the prothorax slightly darker than the 
elytra, with two very indefinite paler discal stripes ; the 
lower surface earth-brown. Sometimes interval 2 on the 
elytra is brown, and occasionally the whole upper surface 
is brownish, with a grey stripe on intervals 7 and 8, 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. xi. 30 


538 Dr. G. A. K. Marshall on new 


Head twice as broad as long, with a narrow median 
furrow and set with suberect spatulate sete ; the eyes not 
very convex, deepest at the middle, strongly peo unoe. 
backwards, the orbits not projecting on the hind ‘margin ; 
the anterior limiting furrow short, shallow, and gently 
curved. ostrum (excluding mandibles) a little shorter 
than its basal width, the sides straight; the dorsum flat, 
with a very shallow median impression on the anterior half 
and without any carina; the genz not impressed. Antenne 
piceous, with the scape squamose ; the funicle with joint 1 
half as long again as 2, the remainder moniliform and 
slightly transverse. Prothoraw twice as broad as long, 
widest at the middle, the sides moderately rounded, not 
constricted at the base ; the front margin shallowly sinuate 
on each side for the reception of the eyes, the base gently 
arcuate, not marginate,and hardly broader than the apex; 
the dorsum strongly convex transversely, but plane longi- 
tudinally, quite even and without any median sulcus or 
carina; the spatulate setz subrecumbent and forming a 
sparse fringe along the basal and lateral margins. Hlytra 
broadly ovate, widest at the middle, jointly truncate at the 
base and there but little wider than the prothorax at its 
widest, and very broadly rounded behind; the striz scarcely 
perceptible, and the feeble punctures in them entirely 
hidden by the scaling ; the intervals broad and each with a 
row of long, flattened, subrecumbent sete ; the scales small, 
varying in shape, fitting very closely together, and of about 
the same size as those on the prothorax. Legs: front tibize 
with an apical row of five stout spines (often broken off) 
and two closely juxtaposed spines at a little distance up the 
outer edge; the corbels of the hind pair narrowly enclosed 
aud densely squamose. Sternum with the front coxe in the 
middle of the prosternum; the mesepisterna narrowly 
separated from the elytra. 

Length 2°5-3 6 mm., breadth 1°3-1'9 mm. 

TransvaAaL: Kinross, xi. 1920. 

Described from ten specimens, forwarded by the Division 
of Entomology, Pretoria, with the information that. the 
adults were injuring the foliage of maize and potateces. 

Nearly allied to P. noxius, Mshl. (Bull. Ent. Res. x. 
1920 pl. xix. fig. 1), but that species differs, inter alia, in 
having the basal margin of the elytra a little narrower than 
the prothorax, deeply sinuate, and with the outer angles 
slightly projecting; the strize are more distinct, and the 
punctures are visible through the scaling. 


Curculionidee from South Africa. 539 


Subfamily Orrorruyncuin2. 


Genus CHALEPODERUS, Noy. 


Head globose; the eyes prominent, their upper surface 
on a level with the forehead. Rostrum stout, dilated at the 
apex, the dorsal area much higher at the base than the 
forehead; the scrobes apical, deep, curved, and convergent 
behind, so that the dorsal area is constricted in the middle ; 
the epistome bounded by a high sharp curved carina, and 
rather deeply emarginate on the anterior edge ; the man- 
dibles trisetose, with an obtuse median tooth and a sharp 
longitudinal carina; the mentum cordiform, resting on a 
very small peduncle, and with only two sete, near the front 
margin ; the lower surface of the rostrum only as long as 
the buccal cavity behind the closed mandibles. Antenne 
with the scape exceeding the front margin of the prothorax; 
the funicle squamose; the club ovate, acuminate. Pro- 
thorax with the front margin truncate laterally ; the front 
coxe in the middle of the prosternum. Z/ytra 10-striate, 
without true shoulders. Sternwm with a tubercle behind 
the front coxz ; the mesepisternum reaching the elytra, the 
epimeron much reduced ; the metasternum much shorter 
than the mid-coxe; the episternal suture obliterated in 
the apical half; the hind coxe reaching the elytra. Legs 
without a trochanteral bristle; the femora unarmed ; the 
tibiz straight, minutely denticulate internally, shortly 
mucronate, the hind pair dilated at the apex, the corbels 
broadly enclosed and bare; the tarsi spongy beneath, the 
claws free and with a basal seta. Venter with the intercoxal 
process broadly truncate, but narrower than a hind coxa ; 
ventrite 1 (3) with the apical margin truncate, 2 (4) a little 
longer than either of the next two, 5 (7) forming an 
equilateral triangle with the apex rounded in 2, much 
shorter and more broadly rounded in ¢. 

Genotype, Chalepoderus hiaticollis, sp. u. 

Allied to Pyctoderes, Schh., but in that genus the base of 
the rostrum is not higher than the forehead; the inner 
edges of the scrobes are straight, so that the interscrobal 
area is parallel-sided; the lower surface of the rostrum is 
much longer than the buccal aperture behind the closed 
mandibles, which have a sharp tooth and no longitudinal 
carina; the centrosternal piece is not tuberculate behind 
the front coxze, and there is a distinct trochanteral bristle ; 
the intercoxal process of the venter is rounded at the base; 
and the bare portion of the corbels of the hind tibiz is 
narrowly transverse instead of broadly rhomboidal. 

30* 


540 Dr. G. A. K. Marshall on new 


Chalepoderus hiaticollis, sp.n. (PI. V. figs. 9, 9 a.) 


&6 @. Integument black or piceous, covered with dense 
uniform earth-brown sealing. 

Head with the forehead broad, quite flat, and rather 
strongly wrinkled longitudinally, but the sculpture almost 
entirely concealed by the scaling; the eyes longitudinal, 
rather strongly convex. Rostrum about as long as broad, 
slightly narrowed from the base to the middle, then dilated 
to near the apex ; the elevated dorsal area narrowest just 
behind the scrobes and much dilated behind, with a broad 
shallow depression in the middle, rather steeply declivous at 
the base, and with the basal angles broadly rounded ; the 
interantennal area impressed, shining, strongly punctate, 
and with isolated scales in the punctures, with a low median 
carina in front, turning into a short deep stria behind. 
Antenne with the scape gently curved, gradually clavate, 
densely squamose, and with stout subrecumbent sete; the 
funicle with joint 2 a little longer and not more slender 
than 1, 3 shorter than 1, 4-7 still shorter, subequal, and 
longer than broad. Prothorax about twice as broad as long, 
the basal margin truncate and fitting under the base of the 
elytra; the dorsum closely set (except along the apical area) 
with squamose conical tubercles, which are highest, and 
form a steep wall, along each side of the broad median 
sulcus, there being also an oblique non-tuberculate impres- 
sion on each side in the basal half; each tubercle with a 
stout compressed seta at its apex. lytra broadly ovate, 
widest somewhat before the middle. jointly but shallowly 
sinuate at the base, and obtusely acuminate at the apex ; 
the longitudinal outline rising very steeply for a short 
distance from the base, then moderately convex, the pos- 
terior declivity steep and the actual apex somewhat 
retracted; the dorsum deeply striate, the strie becoming 
shallower behind and containing spaced punctures that are 
completely hidden by the scaling; the intervals broad and 
convex, each bearing a row of obliquely raised, flattened 
setze; the scales smaller than those on the pronotum, not 
overlapping, round, convex, and finely ribbed. Legs densely 
squamose and with numerous subrecumbent sete. 

Length 6°5-7'75 mm., breadth 3°5-4 mm. 

Care Province: East London, 1915 (Lightfoot). 

Described from four specimens. 


Porpacus vesiculatus, sp. un. (PI. V. figs. 4, 4a.) 


3 ¢. Integument piceous, densely clothed with earth- 
brown scaling. 


Curculionidee from South Africa. SAL 


Head flattened above and densely covered with upright 
cup-shaped scales, the whole appearing like a honeycomb, 
with two inflated vesicular sete near the vertex, appearing 
like puff-balls and covered with minute granules; a high 
elevation above each eye, clothed like the head and crowned 
with three or four vesicular setz ; the sides of the head almost 
parallel, and both just visible outside the eyes at the same 
time when viewed directly from above; the lower surface 
with deep longitudinal striz on each side. Rostrum as 
broad as the head, subquadrate, with dense honeycomb 
scaling ; the elevated dorsal area widest at the base and 
rapidly narrowing as far as the antennz, then widening 
again for a short distanee, with a very deep median furrow 
and a row of three vesicular sete on each side of the base, 
Antenne very stout, the broad scape strongly curved and 
with dense honeycomb scaling and numerous erect vesicular 
sete; the funicle scarcely narrowing towards the apex, with 
honeycomb scaling and stout erect sete, which become 
progressively finer in the apical half, joiut 2 as long as 1, 
the remainder subequal and strongly transverse. Prothorax 
twice as broad as long, gradually narrowed in front, sub- 
truncate at the apex and feebly bisinuate at the base; the 
whole surface clothed witb honeycomb scaling, with two 
admedian ridges, each bearing about nine vesicular sete, on 
each side a lower sublateral ridge (bearing three or four 
sete) running from the base to two-thirds the length, and 
beyond these another still lower complete lateral ridge. 
Elytra suboblong, broadly rounded behind, with the sides 
sloping obliquely to the angulate shoulder and thence 
parallel to beyond the middle; the striz shallow, contaiuing 
rows of large deep punctures which are lined with scaling ; 
the intervals slightly convex, 1, 3, 5, 7 being a trifle higher 
than the others and each bearing a row of erect inflated 
granulated sete which are deeply concave on the posterior 
face; at the base of intervals 3 and 5 and on the shoulder a 
clump of 2-4 setz, and a similar clump on a small tubercle 
towards the base of interval 9, but lying behind the shoulder; 
a low tubercle bearing a tuft of sete at the top of the 
declivity on intervals 3 and 5; the scales small, flat, over- 
lapping, and somewhat indistinct. Legs with dense honey- 
comb scaling and erect inflated sete; the front tibize with a 
row of five separated black spines along the apical margin. 

Length 4°5-6 mm., breadth 2°1-3 mm. 

Care Province: Willowmore (Dr. H. Brauns, type) ; 
Algoa Bay (Brauns) ; Knysna (Jarvis). 

Described from seven specimens. 

A much narrower insect than P. horridus, Boh., which 


542 Dr. G. A. K. Marshall on new 


differs in the two horn-like prominences at the base of the 
rostrum and the lateral tubercles on the prothorax ; joint 2 
of the funicle is much longer than 1, and the remaining 
joints longer than broad; the head is strongly narrowed in 
front and longitudinally striate above, the scaling being flat 
and not honeycombed, ete. 


Trachyphleus hardenbergi, sp.n. (Pl. V. fig. 8.) 


& @. Integument black, densely clothed above and below 
with small brown scales intermingled with an earthy 
indumentum. 

Head appearing almost flat on the forehead and with a 
low elevation over each eye; but when scraped it is con- 
cave, longitudinally striate, with a median sulcus and a 
high crest above each eye, and it is separated from the 
rostrum by a sharply angulated furrow that is normaliy 
concealed. Rostrum as broad as the head, nearly as long as 
broad, with the sides quite straight and parallel; the dorsal 
area broad and_ parallel-sided, slightly overhanging the 
scrobes at the sides, and normally almost flat, but when 
scraped appearing deeply excavated longitudinally, with a 
slight median carina in the basal half; the scrobes con- 
tinued broadly and deeply right up to the eyes; the mentum 
with only two discal setz. Antenne with the seape broad, 
slightly curved, gradually widened towards the apex, 
squamose, and with short, recumbent, scale-like setz ; the 
funicle with jomt 1 as long as 2+438, joints 3-7 equal and 
strongly transverse; the club not broader than the funicle. 
Prothorax half as broad again as long, strongly rounded at 
the sides, widest at the middle, and constricted at the apex, 
the constriction continued across the dorsum as a shallow 
impression; the apex truncate, the base arcuate; the dorsum 
very convex transversely and somewhat uneven, and when 
scraped very rugosely sculptured, the indumentum being 
very thick; the setze short, scale-like, carina‘e, and sub- 
recumbent. H/ytra subquadrate, deeply sinuate at the base, 
sinuately dilated from the base to the prominent subhumeral 
angulation, thence almost parallel-sided to far beyond the 
middle, and broadly subtruncate at the apex, as seen directly 
from above, the posterior declivity being almost perpen- 
dicular ; the dorsum with intervals 3, 5, 7 slightly more 
raised than the others, and 2 and 4 each bearing a low 
rounded prominence at the summit of the declivity ; when 
scraped the shallow striz are seen to contain large quadrate 
punctures; the setz like those on the pronotum and more 
numerous on the elevated intervals. Legs: the tibize with 
an apical fringe of five or six very short, closely set spines, 


Curculionidee from South Africa. 543 


and none on the outer edge of the front pair, the hind 
corbels narrowly enclosed, and only the front tibize mucro- 
nate ; the tarsal claws unusually small. 

Length 2 2°7-3°3 mm., breadth 15-2 mm. 

Portecurse EK. Arrica: Umbelusi, ii. 1921 (C. B. 
Hardenberg). 

Described from sixteen specimens. 

Distinguished from all the known South African species 
by the uneven elytral intervals. 


Subfamily Vawyrreuyncury. 


Malosomus pumilus, sp. 0. 


& °. Integument black, rather shiny, clothed above and 
below (except on the lower surface of the head and rostrum) 
with fairly dense, greyish-white scales. 

Head subcylindrical and not compressed laterally below, 
the distance from the edge of the prothorax to the hind 
margin of the eye nearly equal to the length of the eye; 
the upper and lateral surfaces with close shallow puncta- 
tion, the lower surface impunctate ; the punctures on the 
forehead longitudinally confluent, the space between the 
eyes being equal to the interantennal space; the eyes quite 
flat. Rostrum straight, subconical, stout, about as long as 
the pronotum, slightly narrowing from base to apex (the 
sides being quite straight and continuous with those of the 
head), but tapering rapidly when viewed from the side; the 
scrobes entirely dorsal, completely exposed, almost as wide 
as the mterantennal space (which is not dilated in front), 
the lateral edge forming the dorsal margin of the rostrum 
and continued right to the apex, so that the external apical 
angles are sharply rectangular; the dorsum with shallow 
confluent punctation and feebly tricarinate in the middle, 
the lower surface finely striolate at the base, sparsely 
punctate elsewhere and without any median sulcus. Pro- 
thorax much broader than long, strongly rounded at the 
sides, broadest at the middle, the basal and apical margins 
arcuate; the dorsal outline feebly convex, the apex being 
lower than the base; the upper surface with shallow con- 
fluent punctation, normally hidden by the scaling, and 
without any median furrow or carina. Llytra broadly 
ovate, strongly roundel at the sides, widest before the 
middle and obtusely acuminate at the apex, the basal 
margin regularly sinuate; the dorsal outline only mode- 
rately convex, the posterior declivity sloping inwards, so 
that the apex of the elytra is not visible from above; the 
shallow striz with distinct punctures, which are, however, 


544 Dr. G. A. K. Marshall on new 


almost concealed by the scaling; the intervals almost flat, 
each bearing a row of short spatulate suberect pale sete ; 
the scales oval, more or less contiguous, but not overlapping. 
Legs rufescent, with dense pale scaling. 

Length 2°3 mm., breadth 1*2 mm. 

OranceE Free Stare: Bloemfontein, iv. 1918, on grass. 

Described from six specimens forwarded by the Division 
of Entomology, Pretoria. 

Distinguished from all the previously described species of 
the genus by its very small size, the broadly exposed rostral 
scrobes, and the parallel-sided interantennal area. 


Genus EvoNnyYcHUS, nom. nov. 


Euonyx, Marshall (nee Norman, 1867), Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) i. 
1908, p. 19. 

Unfortunately the generic name Huonyx, Norm., was 
inadvertently omitted from Scudder’s ‘ Nomenclator,’ 
so that I was not aware of its having been used previously 
when this genus was described, and a new name is therefore 
now proposed for it. 

The discovery of a second species renders necessary a 
modification of some of the generic characters. ‘The 
apical dilatation of the rostrum in the genotype, /. sulci- 
rostris, Mshl., is clearly of specific value only ; and in the 
new species the rostrum is not entirely continuous with 
the forehead, for there is a shallow transverse furrow 
separating them in the middle, which does not reach the 
lateral margins and is sometimes almost obliterated by the 
scaling. 


Kuonychus biittatus, sp.n. (Pl. V. fig. 7.) 


6 @. Integument black, densely clothed with scaling, 
which on the whole lower surface, legs, and inflexed margins 
of the elytra up to stria 6 is grey, usually with a pinkish 
reflection ; the head and rostrum with mingled brown and 
grey scales; the dorsum of the prothorax and elytra dark 
brown (in 3) with two grey stripes starting at the apex 
of the prothorax and continued along interval 3 of each 
elytron to well behind the middle; interval 2 with grey 
scaling for a short distance at the base, intervals 4 and 5 
with a few variable grey flecks, and the declivity either 
brown mottled with grey or vice versd. In the @ the 
brown of the upper surface is lighter and the pale markings 
are therefore less conspicuous. 

Head separated from the rostrum by an abbreviated 


Curculionide from South Africa. 515 


shallow transverse stria (sometimes obliterated by scaling) 
and with a median longitudinal furrow continued right 
up to the vertex ; the sete subrecumbent and scale-like. 
Rostrum as long as the prothorax, gently curved, narrowed 
from the base to the middle, and thence parallel-sided ; the 
dorsum with the basal half rugulose and with a very shallow 
median furrow, but the sculpture quite Indden by the 
scaling; the apical area flat, with the lateral margins 
sharply carinate and slightly overhanging the sides, the 
carine continued right to the apex, the external apical 
angles forming rounded right angles ; the lower surface bare, 
and coarsely and closely punctate ; ; the apical portion of the 
scrobes not truly dorsal in position. Antenne with the 
scape reaching the middle of the eye in the position of rest. 
Prothorax transverse, strongly rounded at the sides, broadest 
a little before the middle, constricted just before the base, 
which is but little wider than the apex; the basal margin 
subtruncate and distinctly marginate, the apical arcuate ; 
the dorsum strongly convex transversely and slightly so 
longitudinally, with a narrow flattened median carina, which 
is sometimes hidden by the scaling lke the rest of tlie 
sculpture ; the setz very inconspicuous, small, scale-like, and 
subrecumbent. Elytra ovate, broadest about the middle, 
more strongly rounded at the sides, and more narrowed at 
the base in the 9; the basal margin sinuate, much more 
deeply so in the a the dorsal outline strongly convex, 
deepest at (2?) or far behind the middle (¢), the posterior 
declivity perpendicular ; the striz in perfect specimens 
appearing very fine and shallow, but the punetures just 
visible through the scaling, each containing a minute 
recumbent seta ; the intervals almost flat, each bearing a 
row of short, curved, scale-like sete. 

Length 2°5 mm., breadth 1:2 mm. 

Orance Freer State: Petrusburg, 1. 1919, on grass. 

Described from four specimens received from the 
Division of Entomology, Pretoria. 

The only other known species /. sulcirostris, Mshl. (1908), 
is uniformly grey or pale fawn, and has a very differently 
constructed rostrum ; the elevated transverse ridges on each 
side of the apex give it the appearance of a pig’s snout, and 
the apical half of the dorsal area is parallel-sided and without 
any lateral carinz, so that the apices of the scrobes appear 
more dorsal in position; the lower surface of the rostrum is 
finely and sparsely punctate, etc. 


546 Dr. G. A. K. Marshall on new 


Subfamily Rarrrrrarwin sz. 
Genus PHILETHROBIUS, nov. \ 


Body much flattened dorso-ventrally. Head continuous 
with the rostrum, strongly exserted, the distance between 
the hind margin of the eye and the prothorax being equal to 
the length of the eye ; the eyes quite flat, of irregular shape, 
and entirely concealed from above. Rostrum very stout, 
deflexed, narrower than the head at the base, but gradually 
dilated in front, the depth equal to the basal width, the sides 
almost vertical; the scrobes very deep, sharply defined, 
curving downwards in front of the eye and uniting shallowly 
beneath; the scaling evenly continuous right up to the 
apical margin, which is broadly truncate ; the buccal aperture 
very oblique, the mandibles not projecting, bidentate, and 
squamose at the base; the submentum hardly pedunculate, 
the mentum rather large, but leaving the maxillary palpi 
exposed at the sides and bearing two discal sete. Antenne 
squamose; tlie scape short, gently curved, and just reaching 
the front margin (of the eye ;,/ the funicle 7-jommteds rime 
club ovate, about as long as the 34 preceding joints, and 
without definite annulations. Prothorax vertically truncate 
in front, without any trace of a prosternal furrow; the 
transverse prosternal stria deep and placed about halfway 
between the coxe and thefront margin. Scutellum invisible. 
Elytra much flatteued, strongly inflexed at the sides so as to 
embrace the abdomen, much broader than the prothorax, 
obliquely rounded at the shoulders, witn 10 strie. Legs 
with the front coxse contiguous, the middle pair rather and 
the hind pair very widely separated ; the trochanters without 
a seta; the femora gradually and not very strongly clavate, 
simple, the hind pair reaching only the apex of the 8rd 
visible ventrite ; the tibize shortly mucronate at the apex, 
with the dorsal edge somewhat flattened and deeply sinuate 
in the hind pair, more shallowly so in the anterior pairs, the 
apical margin armed with 6-8 stout spimes in front of the 
tarsus and 2~3 behind it; the tarsi short and rather stout, 
not spongy beneath, but squamose and setose, joint 2 trans- 
verse, joint 3 a little longer and bilobate, but scarcely 
broader ; the hinder claw reduced to a minute tooth at the 
base of the other. Sternum with the mesosternal process 
rather prominent, the mesepisterna reaching the elytra and 
the mesepimera very small; the metasternum much longer 
than the middle cox, its episterna broad, but the suture 
visible only as a mere rudiment at the base; the hind coxze 
separated from the elytra by a little more than their own 


Curculionidae from South Africa. 547 


width. Venter with the intercoxal process gently arcuate 
and twice as broad as the adjoining coxa; ventrite 1 
(nominal) fused with 2 except at the sides, and 2 as long as 
3 and 4. 

Genotype, Phileterobius nidicola, sp. n. 

In spite of various important structural differences, the 
remarkable species for which this genus is founded may best 
be regarded as a very aberrant form allied to Gronops, Schh. 
The most salient distinctions are: the downwardly directed 
scrobes, the exserted head, the absence of a prosternal 
furrow and postocular lobes on the prothorax, the much 
smaller mesepimera, the unusual tarsal claws, and the 
much larger sessile mentum. 


Phileterobius nidicola, sp.n. (PI. V. figs. 5, 5a.) 


3 ?. Integument black, densely covered with an indu- 
meutum of more or less fused scales, which sometimes 
present a tessellated appearance on the elytra; the head and 
rostrum dark brown with the apex of the latter and a 
median stripe on the vertex creamy or buff with a metallic 
reflection ; the pronotum black, irregularly mottled with 
terra-cotta, or vice versd ; the elytra terra-cotta, with irregular 
spots formed by a rosette-like arrangement of black scales 
round a puncture and scattered greenish-white scales, the 
black colour sometimes invading nearly the whole of the 
disk as far as stria 6; the lower surface with dense pearl- 
grey scaling, turning to buff towards the sides and apex of 
the venter. 

Head broadly and shallowly constricted behind the eyes, 
with close shallow punctation that is visible through the 
scaling ; the foreliead broadly rounded laterally, concealing 
the eyes, with a deep median depression continuous with that 
on the rostrum and with very short, stout, erect sete ; the 
eyes quite flat, longitudinal, deepest in front, narrowing 
rapidly behind, and with the upper margin quite straight. 
Rostrum a little longer than broad, widening from base to 
apex ; the upper surface in the same plane as the forehead, 
with its lateral margins rounded and with a very deep median 
furrow in the basal half, the sculpturing there hidden by the 
scaling, and the sete like those on the forehead ; the pale 
declivous apical area gently convex transversely and with 
longer, broader, and paler erect sete. Antenne with joint 
2 of the funicle about as long as broad, 1 a little longer, and 
3-7 transverse and of about the same width. Prothorax 
as long as broad, rounded at the sides, widest before the 


548 Dr. G. A. K. Marshall on new 


middle, constricted near the apex, the constriction continued 
obliquely and shallowly towards the disk ; the basal margin 
broadly arcuate, the apical truncate; the disk flat in the 
middle and gently sloping at the sides, with close shallow 
punctures almost hidden by the scaling and a few very short, 
stout, subrecumbent setz; the apical area broadly elevated 
and very convex longitudinally. Hlytra oblong-ovate, much 
flattened, parallel-sided for the greater part of their length, 
bluntly acuminate behind, slightly dehiscent at the apex, 
and with the base deeply and jointly sinuate ; striz 1-6 
broad and shallow, containing large close punctures and 
running in pairs, intervals 3 and 5 being slightly more 
raised than the others, though interval 1 is still more 
strongly raised on the declivity only and interval 9 termi- 
nates in a transverse callus just above the apex ; striz 1 and 
2 unite at the base in a deep fovea, which 1s narrowly bounded 
in front by the basal margin; striz 3 and 4 curve inwards 
at the base into a similar fovea, which, however, breaks 
through the basal margin ; 5 and 6 do not reach the base, 7 
and 8 are scarcely distinguishable at all, and 9 and 10 are 
shallow in the apical half and obsolete in the basal third ; 
the alternate intervals with very short, thick, black, sub- 
recumbent setze. Legs with dense pale vermiculate scaling, 
the dorsal edge of the tibize (except the apical fourth) and 
the basal half of the hind femora being brown. 

Length 3°5-4:3 mm., breadth 1°6-2 mm. 

South Arrica: without exact locality, from nest of social 
weaver-bird (Phileterus socius). 

Described from five specimens. The only external sexual 
difference appears to be the shghter deeper ventral impression 
in the ~. 


Subfamily Hyprrryz. 


Chloropholus africanus, sp.n. (PI. V. fig. 11.) 


& ?. Integument black, with dense brown scaling and 
markings of pale fawn and black, the pale scales having a 
slight metallic reflection ; the head pale fawn; the pro- 
notum brown, with two indefinite curved pale stripes, which 
are broadest towards the base and divide the dorsum into 
three parts, of which the middle one is somewhat broader 
and darker than either of the others ; the scutellum pale 
fawn; the elytra brown, with two very irregular broken 
bands formed of pale fawn spots, one running from behind 
the shoulder to the middle of the suture, the other be- 
hind the middle, and sometimes almost connected together 
by pale spots on intervals 5 or 6; the lateral margin 


Curculionids from South Africa. 5A 


continuously pale fawn, a variable row of pale spots on 
interval 1, and a large triangular pale patch at the apex of 
each elytron enclosing a black spot; a small black patch 
round the scutellum, a rather larger one on each shoulder, 
and some irregular and indefinite black spots between the 
pale bands and on the declivity. 

Head convex, rugosely punctate, and with very elongate 
scales, which do not entirely conceal the integument; the 
forehead about as broad as the antennal club, with an 
elongate median fovea and with the scales densely over- 
lapping and obliquely raised. Rostrum about as long as the 
pronotnm, gradually widened from base to apex, coarsely 
and confluently punctate, with a rather broad, low, smooth 
median carina, and clothed with transverse setiform scales. 
Antenne red-brown; the scape gradually clavate and 
sparsely setose; the funicle with the two basal joints equal, 
the remainder about as long as broad or slightly transverse. 
Prothorax twice as broad as long, strongly rounded at the 
sides, widest close to the base, and rapidly narrowed in front ; 
the apex sinuate, the base feebly arcuate, and the longitudinal 
outline strongly convex ; the dorsum with close, even, reticu- 
late punctation throughout; the scales linear, emarginate at 
the apex, and not entirely hiding the integument, especially 
in the darker median area. Slytra oblong-ovate, truncate 
at the base, parallel-sided from the shoulders to beyond the 
middle, and broadly rounded behind; the dorsal outline 
gently convex and deepest about the middle ; the striz fine, 
but becoming rather deeper behind, the separated punctures 
showing through the scaling and each containing a minute 
horizontal seta; the intervals broad and even, flat on the 
disk, slightly convex towards the sides and apex, and without 
rows of setze ; the scales linear, subtruncate, slightly over- 
lapping, but not entirely concealing the integument. Legs 
black, with dense linear pale scales, the tarsi red-brown. 
Venter: anal ventrite of ¢ with two widely separated tufts 
of hairs on the apical margin. 

Length 7-8°5 mm., breadth 3°75-4°5 mm. 

- Nyasatanp: Cholo, 1919 (R. C. Wood). Portveve & 
E. Arrica: Caia, Zambesi R., i1x.—-xi. 1910 (Dr. H. Swale, 
type). Narat: Kraantzkloof, 1903 (H. Bell Marley) ; 
Dui ban, ix. 1913 (Marley). 

Described from thirteen specimens. 

The two Natal specimens have the general brown scaling 
much lighter than in the typical form, so that the pale 
markings appear much less conspicuous; they have also a 
broad median brown stripe on the apical half of the venter. 

This is the only species of the genus as yet known from 


550 Dr. G. A. K. Marshall on new 


the African continent, and there are no characters which 
justify its generic separation from the Madagascar forms. 
lts general facies is quite that of C. nigropunctatus, Gere 


Subfamily Bazrawryrwa. 
Timola posticata, sp.n. (PI. V. fig. 10.) 


5 %. Integument piceous brown, the pronotum blackish ; 
the head and prothorax rather thinly clothed with grey or 
greyish-buff setiform scaling, the latter with three very 
indefinite stripes formed of slightly denser scales, the darker 
area on each side of the median stripe bearing scattered 
brown scales ; the elytra with a little more than the basal 
half of the disk clothed principally with brown setiform 
scales from stria 1 to 7, elsewhere grey or greyish buff, but 
intervals 83-6 often with more or less light brown sealing on 
the declivity, the front margin of the pale apical area being 
deeply sinuate on each elytron. 

Rostrum strongly curved, with coarse, longitudinally con- 
fluent punctures and a distinct median carina in the basal 
half, and there thinly clothed with transverse setiform scales; 
the punctures distinctly finer and sparser on the apical half, 
but only slightly finer in the 2 than in the ¢; the antennal 
insertion at ( 2?) or just beyond the middle (4); the length 
only shghtly less in the ¢; mandibles with a laterally pro- 
jecting blunt tooth at the base (sometimes obsolete) and a 
similar downwardly projecting one below it. Antenne with 
the scape gently curved and with a few setiform scales 
towards the apex ; the funicle with the joints progressively 
diminishing in length, but even the apical ones longer than 
broad, and 1 a little longer than 2and3. Prothorax broader 
than long, subparallel-sided from the base to near the 
middle, then narrowing rapidly and subtubulate at the apex ; 
the base bisinuate, the apex truncate dorsally and with 
feeble postocular lobes ; the dorsum longitudinally rugulose, 
the integument being clearly visible through the rather thin, 
transverse, elongate, setiform scales. Scutel/um with long, 
dense, raised scales. Hlytra ovate, widest at the rather 
prominent rounded shoulders and rapidly narrowing to the 
apices, which are slightly dehiscent; the strize broad and 
deep and with large deep elongate punctures, each containing 
a long setiform scale on its anterior slope; the intervals 
finely rugulose, plane and broader than the striz. Legs 
rather densely clothed with grey setiform scaling; the 
femora quite simple, all the tibiz with a short apical mucro. 

Length 6-7'5 mm., breadth 3-3°6 mm. 


Curculionide from South Africa. 5am 


S. Ruoprs1a: Umtali, xii. 1900(G. 4. K. /.); Bulawayo, 
xii. 1919 (4. J. T. Janse, type) ; Sawmills, xii. 1921 (Dr. G. 
Arnold). Transvaat: White River, xii. 1906 (H. Fry). 
Orance Free Stare: Lindeque Drift, xii. 1905 (H. Fry). 

Described from ten specimens. 

Among the species of Balaninus described from South 
Africa, the following must certainly be referred to the genus 
Timola, Pase. (1886) :—albovarius, Fhs., apicalis, Khs., 
hispidus, Fhs., murinus, Fhs., notatus, Fhs., strigirostris, Fhs., 
and suturalis, Gyl. (genotype). 


Subfamily CrrprorruyNcuinvZz. 
Ociadius vau, sp.n. (Pl. V. fig. 6.) 


o 2. Integument red-brown, with the prothorax and the 
disk of the elytra more or less black; the prothorax with 
thin, recumbent, white sete; the elytra with a pattern 
formed of short white setiform scales that are easily abraded : 
a common broad basal patch extending on each side to stria 3 
(sometimes triangular in shape) ; a small patch at the base 
of intervals 5 and 9 ; a stripe starting at the base of interval 
7 and continuing parallel with the lateral margin to the 
suture on the declivity ; a common V-shaped mark on the 
disk, the apex being produced backwards along the suture 
to join the transverse band on the declivity. 

Head finely aciculate, with very large shallow confluent 
punctures, and with sparse recumbent Jong white or yellow 
sete, the three rostral carine extending shortly on to the 
forehead. Rostrum with three dorsal carine and four deep 
punctate sulci, the carinz reaching the middle (¢) or 
extending a little beyond it (¢); the outer sulci reaching 
the apex, the inner pair distinctly shorter and converted (in 

2 ) into a row of disconnected punctures towards the apex ; 
the 9 witha row of separate punctures in the basal half above 
the scrobe, which in the ¢ coalesce to form a shallow furrow ; 
towards the apex there are afew long erect setz in the ¢ 
only. Antenne testaceous ; the funicle with joint 1 evidently 
longer than 2, 2-6 longer than broad, and 7 slightly trans- 
verse. Prothorax subconical, slightly rounded at the sides, 
aud shallowly constricted at the apex, set with large deep 
punctures that are longitudinally confluent ; the intervals 
between the punctures forming somewhat irregular, narrow, 
impunctate carine, the median one being straight and 
slightly higher than the others ; most of the punctures with 
stout, recumbent, white or yellowish sete, a few containing 
longer finer erect sete. H/ytra subglobose, smooth, rather 


552 On new Curculionide from South Africa. 


shiny, minutely aciculate, and with nine regular longitu- 
dinal rows of small spaced punctures which become larger 
and coarser near the apex, the first basal puncture of each 
row being much larger and deeper than those immediately 
succeeding it ; the intervals very broad, 1, 3, and 5 bearing 
a row of very distinct punctures, each containing a long erect 
seta; the suture slightly elevated from the base to the 
V-shaped marking. Legs with the posterior pairs of femora 
not carinate dorsally, with very shallow confluent punctures 
on the upper half of the outer face, and with two broad sulei 
on the lower half; the tibiz not narrowed dorso-veutrally 
towards the apex, the hind pair with the dorsal edge sharply 
denticulate, the outer and inner faces being neither sulcate 
nor punctate, the denticles very indistinct on the median 
pair, and the front pair simply carinate dorsally. Sternum : 
the front part of the metasternum on a level with the meso- 
sternum and slightly sloping upwards behind, the posterior 
edge of the pectoral canal not being sharply delimited. Venter 
with ventrite 1 (8) sloping gradually upwards from base to 
apex, the apical margin with a small raised lobe on each side, 
the middle forming an arcuate carina very slightly over- 
hanging ventrite 2 (4), which slopes very steeply downwards 
from base to apex. 

Length 8-3°75 mm., breadth 2-2°25 mm. 

Orance Free Strate: Bloemfontein, i. 1918. 

Described from six specimens forwarded by the Division of 
Entomology, Pretoria. 

In general facies much resembling O. obliquesetosus, Fhs., 
but in that species the punctures on the pronotum are much 
larger and the intervals do not form longitudinal carine ; 
the elytra bear only five or six oblique rows of minute 
setigerous punctures, which are not enlarged behind, and 
there are no large punctures at the base; the femora are 
scarcely suleate externally, and the tibiz are simply carinate 
dorsally; and there is no elevation at the junction of 
ventrites 1 and 2. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE V. 


Fig. 1. Pomphus acuticollis, sp. n. 
Fig. 2. Protostrophus purcelli, sp. n. 
Fig. 3. cavirostris, Sp. 0. 
Fig. 4. Porpacus vesiculatus, sp. n.; a, lateral view of head. 
Fig. 5, Phileterobius nidicola, gen. et sp. n.; a, lateral view of head. 
Fig. 6. Ocladius vau, sp. 0. 
tg. 7. Euonychus bivittatus, sp. 0. 
Fig. 8. Trachyphleus hardenbergt, sp. n. 
Vigne © 


. 9. Chalepoderus hiaticollis, sp. u.; a, lateral view of head. 
Fig. 10. Timola posticata, sp. nu. 
Fig. 11. Chloropholus africanus, sp. n. 


rs 


On new Species of Fulgorids. 003 


LVIIIl.—New Species of Fulyorids (Homoptera). By F., 
Muir, Hawaiian Sugar Planters’ Experiment Station, 


Honolulu, T.H. 


Tue types and paratypes of the species described below, with 
one exception, are in the British Museum collection. 
Measurements are from apex of head to apex of abdomen 
and from base to apex of one tegmen. 
Cixiide. 
Andes oldi, sp. u. 

Male.—Length 3:3, tegmen 6 mm. 

In profile frons and vertex shghtly produced and sub- 
conical; lateral carine of frons not meeting at base or on 
vertex, median frontal carina distinct on apical half of frons, 
First segment of antennee very short, broader than long, 
second segment not longer than wide. Sc, R, and M arising 
from basal cell, not forming a stalk; stem J/;,,. shorter 
than stem M,, 4. 

Lateral margins of pygofer very slightly and roundly pro- 
duced. Genital styles flat, fairly broad, curved, and rounded 
at apex. Anal segment large, longer than broad, anus near 
apex, sides subparallel to anus, beyond which it is produced 
to a broad angle and curved ventrad. Aideagus long, 
periandrium thin, subtubular, left side of apical half pro- 
duced into a small flange with the two apical corners 
produced into small curved spines ; a long thin spine from 
apex turned basad, parallel to periandrium and reaching to 
one-third from the base, a smaller one from the other side 
of the apex reaching about halfway down the periandrium ; 
penis small, membranous. 

Brown; legs light, abdomen darker. Tegmina hyaline ; 
a brown mark at base reaching to middle of clavus, a 
brownish band across tegmen from the middle of costa to 
clavus, mottled fuscous over apical cells; veins same colour 
as membrane, except apices of apical veins, which are white, 
veins with many small brown granules bearing black macro- 
trichia. Wings hyaline, fuscous, with dark veins. 

Female similar to male, but slightly darker in colour. 

One male and one female from Blantyre, Nyassaland 
(Dr. J. E. S. Old, 21.v.1910). There are two females from 
Mt. Mlanje (S. A. Neave) which may be this species, but I 
have not included them in the type-series as the male from 
that district may prove to be distinct. 

Ann. & Mag, N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. xi. 36 


504 _ Mr. F. Muir on 


Brixidia haglundi, sp. n. 
In this genus the stem MM,,, is longer than the stem 
Female.—Length 7, tegmen 9 mm. 
This species has five apical Rs and six apical Ms, M,, 


being present. Light brown. Tegmina hyaline, slightly — 


fuscous, the infuscation darkest over apices of apical cells; 
at the apices of Ms there is a light mark stretching from 
M, to M,,; veins darker brown, spreading into membrane 
at cross-veins and apical cross-veins. Wings fuscous, with 
dark veins. 

One female specimen from Gold Coast (4. HE. Evans, 
1918). | 

Brixia speciosa, sp. n. 

In this genus Sc+R+M form a common stalk, whereas 
in Brixidia M arises from the basal cell. 

Male.—Length 4, tegmen 5°5 mm. 

Lateral carine of frons meeting together at base of face, 
no median carina on frons, clypeus 3-carinate; vertex 
small, triangular, base about middle of eyes; second seg- 
ment of antenne distinctly longer than wide. Three apical 
Rs ; five apical Ms, forking of 1/, and JZ, near Mf. Lateral 
margins of pygofer rounded, medio-ventral process conical 
in outline. Genital styles narrow at base, widest in middle 
where it is angular, apical half narrowed to a subacute apex. 
Anal segment large, fairly broad anus near apex, where 
segment is broadest, beyond anus curved ventrad, the apex 
being slightly emarginate with a small projection at each 
corner of emargination. 

Stramineous ; three small dark marks on frons and gene 
in front of eyes, a slight fuscous band on front femora and 
tibie. Tegmina hyaline, yellow with some colourless areas, 
a triangular colourless area through costa near base with a 
smaller and more obscure one slightly distad, a band across 
the middle, a small area in apical cells and a larger one over 
media and cubitus. Five distinct round black spots along 
hind margin, the basal one the largest, raised and shiny, 
situated in cubital area just apical of clavus, the second in 
cubitus, third between Cu and M,,, the fourth and fifth 
between M,, and M,, a minute white dot between each black 
spot; the M,,,, 4/3, and My, level with the spots white, 
margined with a fine fuscous line on each side ; apical cross- 
veins brown; veins with minute granules bearing black 
macrotrichia. Wings hyaline with hight veins. 

Female similar to male. Pygofer about as wide as long, 


» 


new Species of Fulgorids. DOO 


flat, ovipositor complete, projecting beyond end of abdomen, 
anal segment small. 

Described from one male and one female, the male from 
Mt. Mlanje, Nyassaland (S. A. Neave, 4. xii. 1912), and the 
female from South-east Katanga (S. A. Neave, 29. ii. 1907). 


Brizxia stannust, sp. n. 


Female.—Length 3, tegmen 5 mm. 

Head as in B, speciosa, the 2nd segment of antennz not 
quite so long. ‘Tegmina typical. Lateral margius of 
pygofer rounded, medio-ventral process small, angular. 
Genital styles fairly large, narrow at base and slightly 
increasing in width, the apex produced into two processes 
forming a sub-crescent, the outer process larger than the 
inner. Anal segment reaching to apex of genital style, 
longer than broad, slightly widened to apex which is 
rounded. 

Yellow; three small black marks in front of eyes. 
Tegmina hyaline, slightly ochraceous ; cross-veins and apical 
cross-veins brown, the apical margin dark, apices of apical 
veins light ; veins with small granules the same colour as 
membrane, Wings hyaline with brown veins. 

One male from Zomba, Nyassaland (H. S. Stannus, July 
1914). 


Mnemosyne cubane, Stal. 


Mnemosyne, Stal, Hem. Afr. iv. p. 150 (1866), no species mentioned ; 
Stal, Berl. ent. Zeit. (1866), type-species cubane described ; Fowler, 
Biol. Centr.-Amer., Hom. i. p. 102 (1904) ; Distant, Faun. Brit, Ind., 
KRhyn. vi. p. 53 (1916). 

This genus was described and placed by Stal next to Cajeta 
in the Dictyopharidz, but both these genera belong to the 
Cixude. Both Fowler and Distant redescribed the genus, but 
there was some confusion, as the five mesonotal carine are 
absent or obscure in some species; or appear as three. The chief 
distinction between this genus aud Oliarus or Cizxius lies in 
the branching of M; in Mnemosyne the forking of 17, and J/, 
is some distance away from Mf, but the forking of J/, and J/, 
is close te Mf; in Oliarus and Cixvius the reverse is the case, 
M, and M, forking near to Mfand M3; and J, some distance 
from it. The median carinz on frons and clypeus are often 
obscure or absent. In most of the species granules bearing 
macrotrichia are present in greater or less numbers on 
the membrane, especially in the apical cells. 

The type-specimen is amale. The anal segment is large, 
a little longer than broad, sides rounded, broadest slightly 

36% 


556 Mr. F. Muir on 


before apex. Lateral margins of pygofer acutely angularly 
produced. Genital styles broad at base, narrowing to apex, 
inner margin convex, outer margin convex on basal half, 
concave on apical half, at the apex there is a small process 
at right angles to the apex. 

Sc with three branches; R with three; M, and ., 3 and 4, 
ga; Cly, 123 @ Cross-vein in clavus near base between first 
claval and suture ; very few granules in cells. Mesonotum 
with five very obscure caring ; vertex withcut any transverse 
or oblique carine ; clypeus without a median carina. There 
is a specimen marked ‘“ var.” in the type-material which I 
consider to be the female. In it the pygofer is wider than 
long ; the anal segment is missing; the ovipositor is as long 
as the pygofer or slightly longer. 


Mnemosyne philippina, Stal. 


The type isa female. It has no median carina on clypeus ; 
vertex with small oblique carinze at apex, the mesonotum 
with five distinct carine. Anal segment longer than wide, 
narrow. Pygofer wider than long; ovipositor slightly 
longer than pygofer ; pregenital plate truncate on posterior 
margin. There is a male specimen from Darjeeling, India, 
with the type-material which represents a distinct species. 

I have two female specimens from Surigao, Mindanao 
(Baker, no. 17525). 


Mnemosyne planiceps (Fabr.). 


I have one male specimen from Central America which 
agrees with specimens in the British Museum identified as 
planiceps. 

The median carine on frons and clypeus and three meso- 
notal carinz distinct. The pygofer compressed, lateral 
margin produced angularly with a small emargination near 
the anal angle ; medio-ventral process wider than long, sub- 
quadrate and produced into a little point in the middle of 
apical margin. Anal segment long, thin, tubular with the 
auus at apex, below the anus the apical margin produced 
into a large spine at right angles to anal segment and a little 
longer than half its length. Genital styles boomerang- 
shape, widest on basal half, apex narrow, truncate, inner 
margin concave, outer margin convex. Periandrium long, 
Senden subtubular with a spine arising from base laying 
alongside and about half the length of periandrium ; penis 
represented by two small membranes at apex. ‘The perian- 
drium is amalgamated to the apodeme of the penis. 


new Species of Fulgorids. SHE 


Mnemosyne efferatus (Walker). 


I have one male specimen from Singapore (Baker) which 
appears to be this species. The genitalia are on the same 
plan as planiceps. The lateral margins of the pygofer are 
produced angularly and slope up to the base of the anal 
segment without any anal angle; the medio-ventral process 
is angular. Anal segment long, tubular, with the ventral 
apical area produced into a long strong spine about half the 
length of anal segment. Genital styles longer than bread, 
straight, apex rounded, sides subparallel to near base, where 
it suddenly narrows. /ideagus subtubular, fairly short and 
thick, a large curved spine arises on the right side from 
basal half and a small one projects shghtly beyond apex. 


Mnemosyne maculipennis, sp. n. 


Male.—Length 10, tegmen 10 mm. 

Oblique carinz on vertex distinct ; five distinct mesonotal 
carine ; median carine on frons and clypeus missing or very 
obscure, median ocellus distinct. Forking of Sc+R# near 
base ; forking of J/ slightly before apex of clavus, six apical 
Ms, 19 2) 2a3 39 4) dad Cu not touching M. 

Dark brown, frons shiny, light at base of vertex and 
middle of pronotum, also on hind legs and pygofer. Tegmina 
hyaline, vemms dark; membrane of cells as well as veins 
thickly dotted with dark granules bearing black macro- 
trichia, these being most numerous in apical half. Base and 
outer margin of clavus and a spot at apex fuscous brown ; 
three small marks in costal cell and the stigma, two spots 
near base, a faint and broken mark over nodal line and 
another from hind margin near clavus to apex of 2, and four 
small spots in M and Cu, apical cells all fuscous brown. 
Wings hyaline with brown veins. 

Sides of pygofer produced into a fairly long process with 
rounded apex, with a small rounded projection between it 
and the base of anal segment ; medio-ventral process sub- 
diamond-shape. Genital styles from ventral view fairly 
broad, slightly curved, subequal in width to apex, which is 
rounded ; in lateral view with a slight angular projection on 
the outer margin before apex. Anal segment fairly broad, 
dorsal surface convex, ventrally concave, apex slightly nar- 
rowed and truncate. Aideagus complex, periandrium drawn 
out into a thin plate, which is curved to the left and has an 
irregular serrate edge of four or five teeth ; from the apex 
arises a small plate, from which extends two curved spines, 


558 Mr. F. Muir on 


one reaching to the base of the periandrium and the other 
half as long; another small curved spine arises from the 
apex and a fourth a little lower down, which take a complete 
curve round the periandrium near the apex ; the penis is of 
medium size, membranous. 

Female.—Length 10, tegmen 12 mm. 

In general build and colour similar to the male. Pygofer 
wider than long, ovipositor incomplete, sheaths a little longer 
than pygofer, ovipositor a little shorter. Anal segment 
small, longer than wide, about half the length of pygofer. 

- Holotype male, allotype female, from British East Africa. 

Described from three males and five females from B.H.A. 
(S. 1. Hinde, 1913) ; four males and eleven females from 
Monkey Bay, Lake Nyassa (W. A. Lamborn, 7. xi. 1915), 
one female from Umfili River, Mashunaland (Guy Marshall), 
and one male from Mozambique (/. dur). 


Mnemosyne evansi, sp. n. 


Female.—ULength 8, tegmen 9 mm. 

Oblique carineze on vertex and median carine on frons and 
clypeus distinct ; mesonotum with five distinct carime. 
M with five branches, ;, , aud’s, 4, 44; Cu not touching M. 
Brown slightly mottled with hghter markings. Tegmina 
hyaline, slightly yellowish, veins darker brown, very few 
granules bearing black macrotrichia on membrane; a few 
small brown marks at apex of #, M, and Cu, three small 
dark marks in costal cell, one in middle of clavus, one at 
fork of Cu, and one at fork of M. Wings hyaline, veins 
brown, slightly fuscous along apical margin. 

The female genitalia is similar to M@. maculipennis. 

Described from two females from Gold Coast (A. E. Evans, 
1913). This species differs from J/. camerunensis, Dist., in 
its darker colour and the presence of some granules on the 
membrane of tegmina, and from M. maculipennis by its 
smaller size, hghter colour, and by having so few granules 
on the membrane of tegmina. 


Mnemosyne camerunensis, Dist. 


One specimen without abdomen, which agrees with the 
type of this species. It is from Oshogbo, South Nigeria 
(Dr. T. F. G. Mayer). 


new Species of Fulgorids. 559 


Mnemosyne punctipennis, Dist. 


One female specimen from Bang Bo, Indo-China (R. V. de 
Salvaza, 25.iv.1915), which agrees with the type-specimen. 


Borysthenes mlanjensis, sp. n. 


Female.—Length 3, tegmen 5 mm. 

Sc+R forming a short stalk, M arising from basal cell at 
the same spot as Sc+R and forking about level with the 
apex of clavus, with five apical le MS tayo 2 oy - .Clayal 
vein joining commissure before apex ; tegmina but slightly 
tectiform when at rest, overlapping beyond apex of clavus. 

Ovipositor complete, longer than pygofer, which is small 
and longer than broad with a longitudinal depression. Anal 
segment very small. 

Light yellow; eyes dark brown, apex of labium dark, 
Ovipositor brown. ‘Tegmina hyaline, slightly opaque with 
waxy secretion, veins yellow except where the dark spots are, 
a dark mark at base of JZ, one at fork of Cu, a light one in 
middle, another at stigma, and another larger one near apex 
of costal cell extending into subcostal ; a small spot slightly 
distad of Sc+ R fork, a small round spot between R and M 
at apex ; the cross-veins between the fork of W,, M, and the 
fork of J/,, M/, and over cross-vein between J/ and Cu, fuscous. 
Wings hyaline, opaque with waxy secretion, a black spot 
between R and JM near middle, apical cells fuscous, veins 
yellow, slightly fuscous. 

Described from four females from Mt. Mlanje, Nyassaland 
(S. A. Neave, 5.1.1914). This appears to be the first species 
of this genus to be reported from Africa. 


Derbide. 


Zoraida fulgans, sp. n. 


Male.—Length 7, tegmen 16, wings 5 mm. 

The basal median sector joined to the cubitus, making 
the latter four-branched; wing about one-third the length 
of the tegmen. Antenne cylindrical, slightly longer than 
face. 

Lateral margins of pygofer broadly angular, medio-ventral 
process conical in outline. Anal segment slightly longer 
than broad, apex with a slight emargination in middle, 
making it bilobed, Genital styles about as long as anal 


560 On new Species of Fulgorids. 


segment, longer than broad, inner margin in the middle, 
produced into a small quadrate process broader than long 
and curved inward ; outer margin nearly straight, slightly 
curved on apical half, apex bluntly pointed. 

Head and thorax light brown mottled with lighter 
markings, legs light brown, abdominal tergites darker brown, 
sternites lighter. Tegmina hyaline, veins brown slightly 
expanded at apices; costal, subcostal, and radial cells, basal 
portion of median cell, base of cubitus and apical cells 
reddish brown, a darker brown mark on Cu. Costa and 
apical margins reddish, apical veins fuscous spreading into 
cells, except at apex where the veins are reddish bordered 
with white; small lighter spots in costal cells and along 
subcostal and radial veins. Wings hyaline with brown 
veins. 

Described from one male in the Hope Department, Oxford 
University Museum, from Ambinanindrano, Mahanoro, 
Madagascar, captured by the Venerable Archdeacon G. K. 
Kestell-Cornish, now Bishop of Madagascar. 

This fine species belongs to the typical subgenus and 
comes into the sinuata group. It is the first species to be 
captured in Madagascar of this large genus distributed all 
over the tropics of the Old World and the Australian- 
Malayan islands. 


Mysidioides africana, sp. un. 


Female.—Length 4, tegmen 8, wings 5mm. 

Subantennal process with wide base, longer than broad, 
rounded ; shoulder-keel well developed; face linear, the 
carine contiguous. Antennze much shorter than face, sub- 
peariform. Pregenital plate large, flat, posterior margin 
angularly produced in middle. 

Light yellow; eyes brown ; front legs light brown, middle 
legs with a brown longitudinal line, hind legs brown at apex 
of tibie. Tegmina hyaline, slightly opaque with waxy 
secretion ; four hght brown marks on costa and fuscous 
marks on apical margin; faintly fuscous from apex of clavus 
to middle of costa and along fork of clavus, along median 
cross-veins and the middle of media to costal margin near 
apex; veius darker than membrane. Wings hyaline with 
light veins. 

Described from one female from Ibadan, South Nigeria. 


On Three new Fishes from Yunnan. 561 


Dictyopharide. 
Miasa wallacei, sp. n. 


Male.—Length including cephalic projection 12, tegmen 
11mm. 

Cephalic projection straight, not curved, otherwise in 
colour and build similar to WM. smaragdilinea, Walk. 

Anal segment large, steeply tectiform, aud the sides very 
long on apical half. In lateral view somewhat hatchet- 
shape, dorsal margin straight with the apex at right angles to 
it, narrow at base, rapidly widening to a little beyond middle, 
beyond which the margin straight, the truncate apex being 
about as long as from base to anus and five or six times 
wider than base. 

One male from Biserat, Siam, Malay States. 

The type of M. smaragdilinea, Walk., is a male from 
Mt. Ophir, collected by Wallace. It appears to be similar 
to specimens from Borneo, but dissections may show phallic 
differences. The anal segment is very distinct ; in lateral 
view the apex is slightly wider than base and the lateral 
margin is nearly straight. 


LIX.—Three new Fishes from Yunnan, collected by Professor 
J. W. Gregory, F.R.S. By J. R. Norman. 


(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) 


Schizothorax yunnanensis, 


Depth of body about equal to length of head, whichis 43 in 
length of body. Upper profile of snout decurved. Breadth 
of head about twice in the length. Length of snout 2 post- 
orbital part of head. Diameter of eye 54 in length of head, 
interorbital width 3}. Mouth inferior; lower jaw apparently 
without horny covering ; upper lip with a median prolonga- 
tion; fold of lower lip interrupted ; two barbels on each 
side, subequal, 3 diameter of eye. Scales small and irregu- 
larly arranged ; 102 larger scales in lateral line ; lower part 
of thorax and abdomen naked, except for some scattered 
imbedded scales. Dorsal LV 9; the fourth simple ray not 
very stout, $ length of head, moderately serrated in its lower 
half, articulated and slender above; origin of dorsal a little 
in front of base of pelvics, about equidistant from base of 
caudal and tip of snout. Anal IIL5. Pectoral extending 


562 On Three new Fishes from Yunnan. 


a little more than half the distance from its base to base of 
pelvics. Caudal forked (?). Least depth of caudal setuuicle 
14 in its length. Greyish, silvery below ; dorsal dusky, 
remaining fins pale. 

A single specimen, 270 mm. in total length. 


Barbus gregorit. 


Depth of body 38 to 32 in the length, length of head 
34 to 4. Snout equal to or a very little longer than eye, 
the diameter of which is 34 to 44 in length of head and 
1 to 12 in interorbital width. Mouth terminal, lower jaw 
slightly the shorter ; maxillary extending to below anterior 
edge of eye, or to between nostril and eye. ‘Two barbels on 
each side, subequal in length, 3 to 44.in length of head. 
36-38 scales in a longitudinal series, 6-7 between lateral 
line and origin of dorsal, 3-4 between lateral line and root 
of pelvic. Dorsal III 7-8; the third simple ray a stout 
spine, with strongly serrated posterior edges, 2 to ? length 
of head; posterior margin of fin a little concave; origin of 
dorsal equidistant from tip of snout and base of caudal or a 
little nearer the latter. Anal III 5. Pectoral not reaching 
pelvic. Caudal forked, the lobes as long or nearly as long 
as head. Least depth of caudal peduncle about 14 in its 
length. 

Seven specimens, 110-260 mm. in total length. 

Allied to B. margarianus, Anderson, and B. cogginii, 
Chaudhuri. 


Euchiloglanis myzostoma. 


Depth of body 7 to 8 in the length, length of head 4 to 44. 
Head a little broader than long. Eyes very small; iuter- 
orbital width 34 to 4 in length of head. Snout a little 
longer than postorbital part of head. Nasal barbel 34 to 5 
in length of head, not nearly reaching eye; outer mandi- 
bular barbel longer than inner and about equal to nasal 
barbel. Fold of lower lip widely interrupted. Width of 
mouth 2 to 23 in length of head. Lower angle of gill- 
opening below middle of base of pectoral. Dorsal I 6; 
origin in front of extremity of pectoral, equidistant from 
upper end of gill-opening and root of pelvic, or nearer the 
latter; adipose fin low, length of base 23 to 3: times that 
of rayed dorsal. Anal 5-6. Pectoral with 14-15 branched 
rays, equal to or a httle longer than head; not reaching 
pelvic. Pelvic with 5 branched rays, reaching vent or not 


Geological Society. 563 


quite as far. Caudal subtruncate. Caudal peduncle 3 times 
as long as deep. Uniform brownish. 

Ten specimens, 75-125 mm. in total length. 

Closely allied to EH. davidi, Sauvage, from which it is 
distinguished especially by the wider mouth and the more 
slender caudal peduncle. I am indebted to Dr. Pellegrin 
for one of the types of #. davidi. This is in bad condition, 
but is evidently of the same species as the better-preserved 
specimens in the collection of the British Museum (Natural 
History), from the mountain streams running into the Min 
River, Sze Chuen Province, China. 


PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. 
GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 


January 24th, 1923.—Prof. A. C. Seward, Se.D., F.R.S., 
President, in the Chair. 


The following communication was read :— 


On Reptilian Remains from the Karroo Beds of East Africa.’ 
By Sidney Henry Haughton, B.A., D.Sc., F.G.S. 


Three specimens of a small fossil were found by Mr. F. P. 
Mennell, F.G.S., in black shale in the middle of the Karroo 
Formation, near Tanga, on the coast of Tanganyika Territory. 
Two are well preserved, and are now described in detail. They 
represent a new genus and species of aquatic reptile, in general 
appearance much like Aesosaurus, but differing in its shorter 
neck, thinner ribs, relatively larger and more massive fore-limb, 
the presence of a large rounded sternum, and of only four distal 
carpal and tarsal bones instead of five. It is perhaps more closely 
related to Youngina, and may be regarded as an aquatic adapta- 
tion of that type. If so, the shale at Tanga is approximately of 

the same age as the Middle Beaufort Beds of South Africa. 


February 16th, 1923.—Prof. A. C. Seward, Sc.D., F.R.S., 
President, in the Chair. 


The President delivered his Anniversary Address :— 


The Earlier Records of Plant-Life constituted the subject 
of the Presidential Address. Attention was drawn to the danger 
of excessive absorption in descriptive work, leading to insutfticient 


564 Geological Society. 


consideration of such conclusions of general geological interest as 
can be drawn from the accumulated data. Reference was made 
to the views of Dr. Church on the origin of life in the waters 
of a primeval world-ocean, and on the origin of terrestrial vege- 
tation from highly-organized Alge transferred by emergence 
of portions of the Earth’s crust above the surface of the water 
from an existence on the ocean-floor to life on land. It was 
suggested that the vegetation of the land may have received 
additions from upraised portions of the crust at more than one 
epoch in the history of the Harth. The course of evolution could 
probably be more correctly illustrated by the conception of separate 
lines of development, than by that of a branching tree implying 
the common origin of the main groups of plants. The unfolding 
of plant-life must be considered in relation to the changing 
geological background. ‘The climatic and physical conditions of 
the Pre-Cambrian Era were briefly considered, and various kinds 
of indirect evidence of the existence of plant-life were critically 
examined: reference was made to graphite, supposed algal remains 
in association with oolitic structure, Cryptozoon, and the structures 
described by Dr. C. D. Walcott as Alge or as the result of algal 
agency. Attention was called to the importance of carefully 
investigating diffusion-phenomena, as illustrated by the so-called 
Liesegang figures, as a possible explanation of the origin of 
some of the structures which are usually attributed to organic 
agency. We have no knowledge of any Pre-Cambrian land-flora. 
Palseobotanical records from Cambrian, Ordovician, and Silurian 
strata were briefly summarized, including some account of 
Girvanella, Kophyton, Solenopora, Nematophycus, Pachytheca, 
and Parka. Reasons were given for assigning some of the 
Cambrian Algz described by Dr. Walcott to the Cyanophycez, 
especially Marpolia spissa. 

In the second part of the Address, the older Devonian floras 
were reviewed, and some of the more characteristic genera de- 
scribed, special attention being directed to the petrified plants from 
the Rhynie chert-bed, discovered by Dr. W. Mackie, and described 
in detail by Dr. R. Kidston and Prof. W. H. Lang. Reference 
was made to the differences between the older Devonian floras and 
those of Upper Devonian age. The question of the common origin 
of the phyla of Lycopods and Ferns was considered, and preference 
was expressed for the view which regards them as independently- 
evolved groups. In conclusion, the wide geographical range of 
Archeopterts was emphasized, and reference was made to the 
difficult problems raised by the occurrence of Upper Devonian 
floras well within the Arctic circle, at least equal (in the variety of 
the plants and in the vigorous development of the vegetation) 
to the more southern floras of Ireland, Belgium, and other 
regions. 


Geological Society. 56d 


February 28th, 1923.—Prof. A. C. Seward, Se.D., F.R.S., President, 
and afterwards Prof. W. W. Watts, Se.D., F.R.S., Vice-President, 
in the Chair. 


The following communications were read :— 


1. ‘The Late Glacial Stage of the Lea Valley (Third Report).’ 
By Samuel Hazzledine Warren, F.G.S. - 


Since the publication of the previous papers on the subject, one 
new section of the same series of deposits has been found. This 
was in a different situation from the others, as it occurred at the 
level of, and in the area occupied by, the Middle or Taplow Terrace, 
whereas all the other sections were in the Low Terrace. It con- 
sisted of a bed of seed-bearing clay, in the middle of an old gravel- 
pit, partly built over, and consequently its precise stratigraphical 
relations to the Taplow gravel were not discoverable. The Taplow 
deposits yield a fairly temperate fauna and flora, and it is therefore 
concluded that the Arctic deposit cannot be of Taplow date. The 
site is close to the head of a small streamlet, and it is assumed, 
although it cannot be proved, that the Arctic plant-bed is of Low- 
Terrace or Ponders-End date, and that it represents the silting of 
a stream which flowed across the Taplow Terrace. 

The paper is accompanied by a report on the Arctic flora by 
Mrs. E. M. Reid & Miss M. E. J. Chandler, in which some 48 species 
of flowering plants are recorded, and the conclusion is reached that 
there is nothing to distinguish the flora from that of the previously- 
described localities of the Lea Valley. 


2. ‘ The Elephas- ~antiguus Bed of Clacton-on-Sea (Essex), and 
its Flora and Fauna.’ By Samuel Hazzledine Warren, F.G.S. 


The paper describes detailed work on the flora and fauna of the 
well-known Hlephas-antiquus Bed of Clacton-on-Sea. The deposit 
fills a deep, narrow, steep-sided river-channel which appar ently had 
only a very short course, and flowed into the Thames or one of its 
tributaries when that river occupied the deep channel now sub- 
merged off the coast of Kssex. The small Clacton channel was 
cut during this period of rejuvenescence in the Taplow-Terrace 
stage of the Thames Valley, a its silting-up may have been due 
to the first setting-in of the submergence which culminated in the 
estuarine sands that overlie the Elephant- Bed and occupy the 
upper part of the cliff-section. 

The Clacton bed yields evidence of an abundant flint- industry 
which is one of the best-known representatives of the Mesvinian 
series. This is of Late Chellean or Karly Acheulean date, although 
it shows no cultural connexion with those industries, but it may 
very well be the precursor of Mousterian. 

The deposit is also rich in mammalian remains, and the commonest 
species are Hlephas antiquus, Rhinoceros megarhinus, Rh. hemi- 
techus, Bos primigentus, and Cervus browni. 


566 Miscellaneous. 


MISCELLANEOUS. 


On the Dates of G. W. F. Panzer’s ‘ Fauna Insect. German.,’ 
1792-1844. By C. Davirs Suerzorn, \ 


(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) 


In 1896, when preparing vol. i. of ‘Index Animalium,’ I dealt 
with Panzer, collating the first and second editions with E. Saunders’s 
‘Index’ (London, 1888). Then and ever since I have searched in 
all directions for clues to the dates of issue of the parts of edition i., 
and have been so far successful as to get a workable result. This 
is here tabulated for use and correction when anyone else takes the 
matter up. 

The principal sources from whence these dates have been obtained 
are Allgem. Lit. Zeit.; Meyer’s Zool. Annalen; Gotting. gelehrte 
Anz.; Beckmann’s Phys. Oek. Bibl.; Wiegmann’s Archiv f. Naturges. ; 
Panzer himself, Germar, Walckenaer, Treitschke, and many other 
authors and publications, quotations from which here would not 
advance the matter further, but merely cumber the issue. 

The dates in [ ] are not absolutely exact, but can be relied on 
for all practical purposes :— 


Heft. Heft. 

1.) 1792. Sept: 36. [1796.] 

DY, nf Oct. oT. _ 

3 ia Nov. 38. “3 

4, a3 Dec. 395) (L797) 

5. 1793. Jan. 40. 3 

6. me Feb. 41. HF 

7 3 Mar. A2,. : 

8. a Apr. 43. ‘3 
: 5 May. 44, 5 
10. v. June. 45. 2 
11. 5 July. 46. i 
12. is Aug. 47. c 
Ae Fr Sept. 48. 5 
14, ;; Oct. AO ToSs| 
15. * Nov. 50. SS 
16. a Dec. 51. a 
Vie 94S Adame 52. % 
18. 4 Feb. 53. an 
19, * Mar. 5. ts 
20. . Apr. 59. . 
21. 5 May. 56. a4 
22. ‘ June. . De “ 
23. ee diuly: 58. 5: 
24, ty Aug. 59. => 
25. [1795.] 60. 
26. ms 61. [1799.] 
27. 99 62. 99 
28. ee 63. ‘ 
29. [1796.] 64. _ 
30, 3 65. ie 
3l ” 66. ” 
32 ’ 67. ” 
33 “h 68. “4 
ot a9 69. ” 


Miscellaneous. 567 


Heft. Heft. 
@r. (1799.] 131. 1835. 
72. ale) 132. 2 May. 
73. [1800.] 1D nies 
74. ol 154. og 
75. se 135, a 
> PSOE 2a. 9%) 
({¢ z 137.. 1886. 
78. “3 138. 3 
79. y. 139. a 
80. [1801].] 140. » 
81. _ 141. bey). Oct; 
82, eS 142, » Oct. 
83. - 143. . Oct. 
84, “ 144. 1837. Jan. 
85 145  eatteb: 
86. 1804. 146. i: Mar, 
87. Pe 147. = Apr. 
88. 148 - May. 
89 a 149 ” June. 
90. 7" 150. 3 July. 
oh “e ily i. Aug. 
92. y 152. i Sept. 
93. na 153. 1838. Jan. 
94, - 154, . Feb. 
95. “FA 155. ei Mar. 
96. ‘ 156. < Apr. 
97. [1805.| 15% » May. 
98, t 158. Ls June, 
99. [1805 or 6.] 159. x July. 
100. [1806.] 160. Fe Aue 
TOY. | 161 * Sept. 
102. | 162 Ant: 
103. 163. _ 
104, +[1806-9. | 164. i Oct. 
105. | 165. 1839, Jan. 
106. 166 - 
107. 167. % Mar. 
108. [1809.] 168. a Apr: 
109. [1812-13.] 169. | lays 
EO: 1823. 170. a 
11i. 1829, Mar. V7 - 
BE: 172. i 
mie Eee -30.] 73. |, 
114. 1830. Mar. 174. [1840.] 
BES: |} U7: A 
116. 176. 1841. Jan. 
hg. jose “ed 17. ‘Keb. 
118 178 is 
119. 1833. Oct. 179. a Apr. 
120. ‘8 Dec. 180. ss May. 
121. 1884, 181 es 2 -7eouINe: 
122. 182. » duly. 
125. J 183. 1844 
124, ” 184, » Sept. 
125. [1834.] 185. Ke 
126. ‘9 186. 
ey s | 187. ms 
128. }(1834-35. ] 188. a = Cats 
29, | 189. | Nov. 


130. 1835, Ante Sept. 190, » Dee. 


568 Miscellaneous. 


On the Dates of C. L. Koch, ‘ Deutschlands Crustaceen, Myriapoden 
und Arachniden, 1835-44. By C. Davrzs SHERBORN. 


(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) 
T'nxsE forty Hefte, though a separate work, formed part of Panzer’s 


‘Fauna Insect. German.,’ by pre-issue, co-issue, or immediate 
reprint :— 


Heft 
1 of Kochis 183 of Panzer, issued 1835. 
2 A s 132 * e 1835. 
33 v . 136 - - 1835. 
4) aes is a 1836. 
P| Gssuediby || 4°. s nee 
Koch in 4 oe Je Ea 
if 1837 is | 140 99 99 1836. 
8 | | 141 Bs » Oct. 1836. 
9) (142 = 5, Oct. 1836. 
10 of Kochis 145 i 2) Hebe earr 
11 “ a 146 5 Mars 183ive 
12 ss z 148 - » May 1887. 
13 A re 149 i » dune 1887. 
14 nf .; 150 35 » duly 1837. 
15 Ve 5 151 . 5 Aus eS 
16 Me a 152 », Sept. 1837. 
17 i si 155 of ee ayo Mar S38: 
18 ye - 158 “ » dune 1838. 
19 cs a 159 ie », duly 1838. 
20 "3 160 a » Aug. 1888. 
21 ial = 161 - » Sept. 1838. 
22 i ve 162 i 5 Oct. ess: 
23 \ (167 - » Mar. 1839. 
24 168 mn » Apr. 1839. 
X 169 3 » May 1839. 
op | (leehes | 0 as : 1839. 
27 “1839 ees Lal x i 1839. 
28 ere | LTS ‘i iG 1840. 
29 174 ny ep 1840. 
30 175 a 5 1840. 
31 of Kochis 177 As » Feb. 1841. 
32 i, *: 182 Hs 3 uly ea 
33 i ne 183 x Hs 1844. 
34 7 me 180 "a » May 1841. 
OH) eae es i elieh5) i" 3) 1844. 
36 a 186 * < 1844. 
ie 3s hess 187 » 9) 1844, 
Bis) oe 188 = », Oct. 1844. 
39 # of 189 i » Noy. 1844. 


AO i TED » », Dec. 1844. 


Just Published. 


: : Medium 8vo, Pp, xii+ 424. Price 30s, 


The Fa auna of British India 


"(Including Ceylon and Burma). 


PUBLISHED UNDER THE AUTHORITY OF THE 
SECRETARY OF STATE FOR'INDIA IN COUNCIL. 


-DIPTERA.—Vol. III. 
| PIPUNCULIDZ, SYRPHIDZA, CONOPID&, 
| -- @STRIDZ. 


By 3 
E. BRUNETTI. 


With 6 Plates and numerous Illustrations in the Text. 


TAYLOR & FRANCIS, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, 
London, E.C. 4. 


many new PB puicies (conta ‘By M. Coamntie: 
XLI. Descriptions of new Species of 
Indies. By Matconrm Camuron, M.B., RN,, 
XLII. A Revision of the Genera of the 
Colonel C. Sinner, xe ee BL ee F. Z ae! “a E 8 


SOClety iyhi . ox yetee sees Eee gw oct ee 
XLIft Some Bees. eae British Guiana.” ‘By? Tr. D. 
University of Colorado ©3505. ¢525 oe ee ee 
XLIV. A new Ascarid from an Otter, yee H. % 
XL. A new Shenae of Mejbraciie (Gentrotinee) ‘ 
By W. E. Cay, BA Sg oe ee 
-XLVI: Anu described. Fish I the. Coal Measure of 
shire, By-E. L DON ARDAGRGE fies oa et say 
XLYII. A Revision of the Old World Girtacanthe 
Acridide).—II. Genera Phywacra to Willemsea. 
F.E.S., Assistant Entomologist, Imperial Bureau of Er 
XEVUL Ursus anglicus, a a Species of British, f 
RopeRt T. Guyruer, ¥.L.S. (Plates iets se) os 
XLIX. Notes on some British and North Afriean Specime 
Apus cancriformis, Schaeffer. By Ropurr Gurney, M.A., F.L.S. 
L. Notes on a new Subfossil Bear from Sweden. By F 
Lonnpere, F.MLZS. &e. (Plate IV). 231) ; 
LI. The Nomenclature and Subspecies of che Pigg 
with Notes on the other oes inhabiting Coston, ay V N 
A.C: Tirnwon 72, 0} 5h geen a es we ee ee 
LIL. On the Use of the Generic Name Brach; iyeereus in “Plestoptera 
“and Orthoptera.- By Hurprnt Campion’: 0.20.65 sts. | 
LIII. Some new African Squirrels. “By Ona Taowa BPs 
LIV. The West African Forms of Heliosciurus rafnbrachini. 


OLDFLELD, PHOMAS 22%), 7 Soo oS a yO ure rs 
LY. New Subspecies of Pes siangeri, the Giant Squ rr 
Equatorial Africa. By OLprratp T'HomAS...... 0... es eo ow 
LVI. A new Ray from the Mediterranean. By C. Tare Rue 
LIL On new Curculionidee ne South Africa, By Gur he 
Marsuatn, C.M.G., D.Sc. (Plate V.) vito Ge ae eR 


LYIIf. Nowy Species. ot Peon (Homoptera). “By F. M IR 
LIX. Three new Tehds from ee collected hy Protossor J. W. pe 
Gregory, F.R.S. By J. R. NORMAN <5 inka 0) Caeser ae 


‘PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES, a 
Geological Society Ce Cee ee eC CCC CE 


eee . i ta 


1844. ‘By C. ‘Davies SapnBoRs Beh Ee A ee vee eae ae ee ee 
On the Dates of C. L. Koch, + Denteehiands Crstacen, ial 


ae to the Care of ‘Messrs. toylee nol ocen 
Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London. % 


WITH FIVE PLATES. 


NINTH SERIES. No. 65. 


& THE ANNALS 


se 


| MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, 


ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, anp GEOLOGY, 


ag CONDUCTED BY | 
SIR ARTHUR E. SHIPLEY, G.B.E., M.A., Sc.D., F.R.S., F.Z.8., 
ARTHUR SMITH WOODWARD, LL D., F.R.S., P.LS., F.G.S., 
_ GEORGE CHARLES CHAMPION, A.L.S., F.Z.S., F.E.S., 


4 AND ; . 
RICHARD T. FRANCIS, F.Z.S., M.B.0.U. 


BEUNG a CONTINUATION OF THE ‘SANNALS” COMBINED WITH 
MKSSRS. LOUDON AND CHARI.ESWORTH’S “* MAGAZINE OF NATURAL, HISTORY.” 


WITH THREE PLATES. — 
Ilustrative of Mr, G. C. Champion and Dr. E. Wasmann’s Paper on Corytho- 


derini from British India, and Mr. L, G, Saunders’s on the Larva, Pupa, and 
Systematic Position of Orphnephila testacea, Macq. 


| LONDON: 
TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, | 
Sold by Bailliére. Paris: and Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin. | 


LAND AND FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA OF INDIA, 


Part I., Vol. III. Price 21s. 
By. Lint ol He GODWIN-AUSTEN, E.RS., Me ae ESE 


With 7 Plates and 65 pages Text, with Descriptions of many oe 
Species belonging to the pee cee are 


TAYLOR and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Sireet, E g. a 


Super-Royal 8v0, pp. LV, 226. With 4 Piles and 16 Text. ‘figures Set 
Price 12s. 6d. ae 


OK CONTRIBUTION © 


ae 


| PHYTOGEOGRAPHY AND ) FLORA 
DUTCH N.w. “NEW GUINEA. 


S. GIBBS, FLS., PRMS. 


 ‘TaYLonr AND FRANCIS, Hed Lon a Fleet Street. a 45 ie 


: THE FAUNA eo BRITISH. INDIA ay 
(Including Ceylon and Burma). eee ere | . 
Published under the authority of the Secretar y of State for India in Council. ae 


BIRDS.—Vol. 1. 


| SECOND EDITION. | | Es 
By E. Cc. STUART BAKER, 0. B.E., F.Z. S:, Be 


With 8 Or iginal Colour ed I lates au numerous Tlusti cations 3 in the Text. 
Se Price 30s. Me 


ean & Fnanenyy Red Lion Conk Fleet Street, H.C 4. 


Rates for Advcctiementt in the Akeou and 
Magazine of Natural History, 


One — Six Twelve 
- Insertion. Insertions. ‘ Insertions. 
PAGE -  - - += 300 215 Ocach 210 Ocach 
HALF-PAGE © =) 7 0226) 410 -@ i . ae 
QUARTER-PAGE - 18 0 16 6 ,, 15 0 ,, | Net. 
EIGHTH-PAGE : 10 O e075 B0*:, 


All applications for space to be made to 
Mr. H. A. COLLINS, 32 Birdhurst Road, Croydon. 


THE: ANNALS 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, 
[NINTH SERLES.] 


No. 65. MAY 1923. 


LX.—New or imperfectly known Corythoderini from British 
India | Coleoptera]. By G. C. Cuampion, F.Z.S., A.L.S., 
and E. Wasmann, S.J., Hou.F.E.S., Dr.Ph.H.C. 


[Plate VI.] 


INTRODUCTION. 


Tuts paper is based upon a study of various Indian Corytho- 
derini belonging to Group V. of Schmidt’s arrangement of the 
Aphodiine, the species of which are enumerated by him in 
part 20 of Junk’s ‘ Coleopterorum Catalogus, 1910. The 
material examined includes that belonging to the British 
Museum, the Hope Collection at Oxford (in which West- 
wood’s types of Chetopisthes fulvus are to be found), and 
the Andrewes Collection, supplemented by three species 
captured by my eldest son “at light” at Tanakpur, 
Kumaon, in May 1921—about 40 specimens in all. 

The sexes of these insects, with one exception, have 
hitherto been imperfectly understood, owing to lack of 
material. The ¢, as stated by Wasmann in his description 
of C. heim, has the head broader and more distinctly 
bisinuate in front than in the 92. : 

The tuft or fringe of hairs at the apex of the elytra is 
common to the two sexes. Stenocorythoderus has the elytra 

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. xi. 37 


570 Mr. G. C. Champion and Dr. E. Wasmann on 


depressed below the base (the basal tubercles thus appearing 
larger) and the sulci more oblique (and fewer in number) 
than in Termitopisthes and Chetopisthes ; and the prothorax 
furnished at the base with a subtriangular projection in the 
middle behind. 

These extraordinary Aphodiid-beetles are all termito- 
philous, and they come freely ‘‘ to light,” sometimes as many 
as three species occurring together at the same place ; 
Father Heim, too, has found more than one species in the 
nests of Odontotermes obesus. 

Since this article has been in type Dr. Wasmann, to ane 
I wrote some time ago on the subject, has called my attention 
to his revision of the group Corythoderini issued in 1918 
[ Wien. ent. Zeit. xxxvil. pp. 7-17, pls.1., 1.], which, owing 
to the disturbed state of affairs on the continent, had not 
reached many of the libraries in this country, and had thus 
been overlooked by me. In this revision he adds two new 
genera, two new subgenera, and six new species to the 
Indian fauna, bringing the number of the latter up to 
thirteen, several of which are represented in the material 
before me. He has now been kind enough to examine the 
two new species described by me, and to write descriptions 
of several others which required comparison with insects 
previously named by him. The result of this examination 
has made it necessary for me to rewrite this paper, and to 
divide it into two portions: I., for which I am responsible, 
and II., by Dr. Wasmann. The latter includes his notes on 
cr descriptions of the eleven species submitted to him, four 
more of which he considers to be new, making, with the two. 
described by myself, six additions to the Indian list. In my 
own contribution the determinations of the known species 
other than C. fulvus, Westw., and C. simplicipes, Reiche, have 
been confirmed by Dr. Wasmann or are on his authority. 
He has prepared photographs of all the new species; these 
are reproduced on Plate VI., the references to which are 
given in the second portion of this paper. 


Part I. By G. C. Cuampion. 


STENOCORYTHODERUs, Wasmann (1918). 


1. Stenocorythoderus braminus. 


3. Stenocorythoderus braminus, Wasm, Wien. ent. Zeit. xxxvii. 
Pp. Je U2: alee Oy CLM). 
Hab. Anand, Guzerath (type of Wasmann), Khandesh 
(7. R. Bell, ex coll. Andrewes : iv., v. 1903). 


Corythoderini from British India, Ay 


Three specimens captured by Mr. Bell “at light ” in 1903, 
one of them with a larger and broader head than the others, 
presumably ¢, like the type, agree well with Wasmann’s 
description and figure of S. dbraminus. The prothorax in this 
insect has two narrow, conical, pointed prominences at the 
base, separated by a short deep sulcus and limited externally 
by a sinuous excavation, and the transverse basal groove 
interrupted in the middle by a subtriangular prominence 
extending backward from between the conical tubercles. 
The elytra are deeply transversely depressed below the base, 
and have two oblique, posterior ly-widened, convex cust on 
the inuer portion of the dise (the inner one sutural), separated 
by broad deep sulci, the sutural ridge at the base and the 
humeri raised and strongly tuberculform; the lateral 
portions aud apex are almost smooth. The anterior tibiz 
are unidentate at the apex; the others are moderately 
broad and arcuately dilated at the base within. The basal 
joint of each tarsus is small. The type (length 2°6 mm.) 
was found iu a nest of Odontotermes obesus. Paracorytho- 
derus marshalh, Brauns (1900), from the Orange Free State, 
found in nests of Odontotermes transvaalensis, Sjost. 
(=Termes tubicola, Wasm.), is an allied larger insect, with 
four anteriorly-evanescent, oblique, narrow sulci on the 
elytra, separated by rather broad convex interspaces, longer 
legs, &e. 


TermitopistuEs, Wasmann (1918). 


1. Termitopisthes schmidti, sp. n. 


Elongate, convex, narrow, shining, ferruginous, clothed 
with scattered, short, fine, erect hairs, the basal groove of 
the prothorax fulvo-tomentose behind ; ; very sparsely, finely, 
the transversely-depressed anterior portion of the head 
coarsely punctate. Prothorax scarcely as long as_ broad, 
with an anteriorly-abbreviated, deep median sulcus, which is 
gradually widened and still more deeply impressed towards 
the base, the convex space on either side of it produced 
behind into two subconical, backwardly-projecting promi- 
nences, which are limited externally by a short, very deep, 
sinuous sulcus, the basal groove sinuate laterally and extend- 
ing forward along the margin to near the obtuse anterior 
angles, the thickened lateral margin dilated at about the 
middle, in front of the ear-like projection arising from near 
the hind angles. Elytra about as wide as the prothorax ; 
each with four deep, posteriorly-abbreviated sulci, the 
juxta-sutural groove widening forwards, the dividing costa 


7% 


of 


572) Mr. G. C. Champion and Dr. E. Wasmann on 


moderately convex, becoming narrower and sharper towards 
the base, the second, third, and fourth projecting forwards 
and dentiform in front ; the apical declivity smooth, \without 
cilia. 

6. Head rather broad, bisinuate in front, the median 
tooth prominent; anterior tibiae bidentate at tip; inter- 
mediate and posterior tibiz comparatively short, very little 
longer than the tarsi, widened from near the base, feebly 
sinuate, the posterior pair swollen at the tip; intermediate 
and posterior tarsi stout, short, the joints 1-4 swollen and 
submoniliform, gradually becoming smaller, 1 much thicker 
than 2. 

?. Head smaller, the anterior margin obliquely extending 
backward on each side of the small median tooth; inter- 
mediate and posterior tibiz a little narrower, more equal in 
width, bowed inward, the tarsi of the same legs more slender 
and less swollen. 

Length 22-83 mm. (¢ ?.) 

Hab. Tanakpur in Kumaon (H. G. Champion: 8. v. 1921). 

Nine specimens, one only of which is 9, all attracted to 
“light.” Separable from J. wasmanni, Schmidt, by the 
narrow median sulcus of the prothorax ; the more convex 
elytral costze, the second, third, and fourth of which (instead 
of the second only) are dentiform at the base ; the shorter, 
apically-thickened posterior tibie; and the much stouter, 
submoniliform basal joints of the intermediate and posterior 


tarsi. See Wasmann, infra. A figure of it is cluded on 
Pl. Vi. figs. 12: 


2. Termitopisthes wasmannt. 


Chetopisthes wasmanni, Schmidt, Stett. ent. Zeit. lxxii. p. 33 (1911). 
Ternutoprsthes wasmannit, Wasm. Wien. ent. Zeit. xxxvu. pp. 9, 14 
(1918). 


3. Anterior margin of head feebly sinuate on each side 
of the median tooth ; elytra subparallel at base; anterior 
tibize sharply bidentate at apex; intermediate and posterior 
tibie moderately broad, not produced at their outer apical 
angle, slightly dilated near the base within, the posterior 
pair feebly sinuate. 

9. Anterior margin of head almost as in @; elytra nar- 
rower at base, thus appearing more widened posteriorly; 
anterior tibize sharply unidentate at apex and with the ante- 
apical tooth smaller ; intermediate and posterior tibie a 
little narrower, the latter more strongly sinuate. 


Corythoderini from British India. 573 


Length 24-3 mm. (¢ 2.) 

Hab. Nowatoli, Chota Nagpur (type and Mus. Brit.), 
Central India (Capt. Boys, in Mus. Ozxon.), Tanakpur, 
Kumaon (H. G. Champion: 8. v. 1921). 

I have seen eleven examples of 7. wasmanni, including 
eight (2? 2) from the type-locality, all females but one. 
The following are its chief features: head with the anterior 
portion rather coarsely punctured; prothorax with a pos- 
teriorly-widened, very deep median sulcus, limited on each 
side towards the base by a stout, backwardly-projecting, 
conical prominence, exterior to which is a short deep sulcus, 
the transverse basal groove bordered externally by a fulvo- 
tomentose, strongly sinuate, laterally-projecting, ear-shaped 
ridge, the basal groove itself continued forward along the 
sides to near the anterior angles, the lateral margins 
thickened and dilated at the middle; elytra each with four 
deep, posteriorly-abbreviated sulci, the juxta-sutural groove 
widened forwards and extending to near the tip, the dividing 
coste becoming broader and flatter towards the apex and 
curved inward anteriorly, the second raised and produced 
into a stout dentiform projection in front, the apex smooth 
and not ciliate; the basal joimt of the intermediate and 
posterior tarsi short. According to Arrow [Ann. & Mag. 
Nat. Hist. (9) vi. p. 484, Oct. 1920], 7. wasmanni is the 3 
of C. fulvus, Westw., but this cannot be the case, both 
sexes of each species being represented in the material 
before me. See Wasmann, infra, and Plate VI. fig. 3. 


3. Termitopisthes nobilis. 
Termitopisthes nobilis, Wasm. Wien. ent. Zeit. xxxvii. p. 14, t. 2. fig. 11 
(1918). 
Hab. Bangalore, 8. India [type], Calcutta (Mus. Brit.: 9 ). 
There is a broken example of this species in the British 
Museum. The type was found with Odontotermes bangalor- 
ensis, Holmgr. See Wasmann, infra. 


4. Termitopisthes laticollis. 
Termutopisthes laticollis, Wasm. Wien. ent. Zeit. xxxvil. p. 15, t. 1, 
fies. 9, 10 (1918). 

Hab. Bangalore, 8. India, and Hoshangabad, Central 
India (types of Wasmann), Khandesh, S. India (7. R. Bell, 
ex coll, Andrewes, in Mus. Brit.). 

Found with Odontotermes bangalorensis at Bangalore. The 


074 Mr. G. C. Champion and Dr. E. Winerteran on 


Khandesh example was attracted to light. See Wasmann, 


infra. 


Termitopisthes parallelus, sp. wv. 


Hab. Dehra Dun (Dr. M. Cameron, in Mus. Brit.: 
Sige Oe 

A description of this new species is given by Wasmann, 
infra, and a figure of it is included on Pl. VI. fig. 4. 


Cu#ropisturs, Westwood (1847). 


1. Chetopisthes fulvus. 


3. Chetopisthes fulvus, Westw. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. iv. p. 242, 
pl. xvii. figs. 6, 6 a-g (1847); Wasm. Deutsche ent. Zeitschr. 1899, 
p. 156, and Wien. ent. Zeit. xxxvii. pp. 9, 16 (1918). 


$. Anterior margin of head bisinuate and triangularly 
produced in the middle; intermediate and posterior tibic 
extremely broad, each angularly produced at the outer apical 
angle (fig. 6 f of Westwood). 

“a ‘Anterior mar vin of head obliquely directed backward 
from the small median tooth; intermediate and posterior 
tibize not quite so broad, the outer apical angle of the former 
obtuse, that of the posterior pair angularly extended. 

Length 33-4 mm. (5 ?.) 

Hab. Cuntrat Invia (Capt. Boys: types in Mus. Oxon., 
S$); “India bor.” (Mus. Brit.: 8); Nowatoli, Chota 
Nagpur (R. P. Cardon, in Mus. Brit. and Mus. Wasmann : 
2), Malwas (sec. W ‘asmann). 

Five specimens are placed under C. fulvus in the Hope 
Collection at Oxford: one @ and two ? 9 of the insect 
figured by Westwood, and two 2 ? of 7. wasmanni, Schmidt. 
The type of C. fulvus (8 ) has the prothorax broader than long, 
convex, the median sulcus narrow and very deep, and the 
transverse basal groove strongly sinuate on each side above 
the hind angles and connected laterally with the sinuate 
deep marginal suleus; the elytra each with five very deep 
sulei extending from the base to near the tip, the dividing 
costee rather broad and strongly convex throughout, and the 
apices closely fulvo-ciliate; the anterior tibiz strongly 
unidentate at tip; and the tarsi rather slender, jomt 1 of 
the intermediate and posterior pairs about as long as 2-4 
united. A ¢& from Reiche’s Collection, acquired by the 
British Museum in 1867, labelled “C. fulvus, Westw., 


Corythoderini from British India. 575 


India bor.,” with the elytra more inflated posteriorly than 
in the type and the apical ciliation (? abraded or withdrawn 
beneath the elytra) partly wanting seems to belong to the 
same species. 


Chetopisthes (Chetopisthides) tibialis, sp. n. 

Hab. Khandesh, S. India (7. R. Bell, ex coll. Andrewes, in 
Mus. Brit.). 

Three males, attracted to light. A description of this 
new species is given by Wasmann, infra, and a figure of it is 
included on Pl. Wi AR rca 

These specimens differ from C. fulvus, Westw., 3, in the 
anteriorly-dilated prothorax ; the strongly-tufted apices of 
the elytra; the basally-dilated intermediate and posterior 
tibiz, the outer apical angles of which are not extended 
outward ; and the widened basal joint of the corresponding 
tarsi. 


3. Chetopisthes (Neochetopisthes) sinyalensis, sp. 0. 


2. Elongate, convex, shining, flavo-testaceous, clothed 
with scattered, short, fine, erect hairs, the basal groove of 
the prothorax fulvo-tomentose behind ; very sparsely, finely, 
the transversely-depressed space on the front of the head 
rather coarsely punctate. Anterior margin of head obliquely 
directed backward on each side of the small median tooth. 
Prothorax broader than long ; with a very deep, narrow, 
median sulcus and an equally deep transverse basal groove, 
the latter extending sinuously forward along the margin to 
near the rounded anterior angles, the reflexed basal margin 
projecting laterally and the lateral margin also arcuately 
dilated before the base. Elytra oblong-oval ; each with five 
deep sulci, the dividing costz couvex and very prominent, 
extending to the apex ; the humeri prominent ; the apices 
narrow, each with a single tuft of rather long, radiating, 
stiff, fulvous hairs. Tess? elongate; anterior tibiz bidentate 
at apex ; intermediate and posterior tibiz much longer than 
the tarsi, moderately widened, straight on their outer edge ; 
tarsi rather slender, joint 1 of the intermediate and posterior 
pairs about as long as 2—4 united. 

Length 3 mm. 

Hab, Trincomali, Ceylon (Bainbrigge Fletcher: 8. vi, 
1907). 

One female. A close ally of C. fulvus, Westw., differing 


576 Mr. G. C. Champion and Dr. E. Wasmann on 


from the same sex of that species in the much narrower and 
straighter tibiz, the anterior pair of which are distinctly 
bidentate (as in T. wasmannt) ; and the acuminate apices of 
the elytra, each of which is furnished with a single radiating 
tuft of long stiff hairs. The strongly costate, deeply 5-sulcate 
elytra separate it from C. simplicipes. See Wasmann, infra, 
A figure of C. singalensis is included on Pl. VL. fig. 6. 


4. Chetopisthes (Neochetopisthes) simplicipes. 


Chetopisthes simplicipes (Reiche), Gestro, Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) x. 
p. 907 (1891) (incomplete descr.) ; Wasm. Wien. ent. Zeit. xxxvii. 
p. 17, nota (1918). 


Elongate, narrow, moderately shining, testaceous, very 
sparsely punctate, and clothed with a few fine, short, flaves- 
cent hairs, the basal groove of the prothorax fulvo-ciliate. 
Auterior margin of head sinuate on each side of the small 
median tooth in ¢ and obliquely directed backward from it 
in ¢. Prothorax convex, a little broader than long, with a 
very deep, narrow median sulcus and a deep basal groove, 
the latter extending forward along the sides to beyond the 
middle, the margins somewhat dilated in their basal half. 
Elytra long, oblong-oval; each with a short humeral and 
four dorsal sulci, the latter extending to near the tip, the 
dividing costz convex, becoming wider and less raised 
posteriorly, the apices somewhat produced, narrow, and 
furnished with a tuft of stiff, bristly, fulvous hairs. Anterior 
tibize bidentate ; intermediate and posterior tibize moderately 
broad, straight on their outer edge, slightly dilated near the 
base within; tarsirather slender, joint 1 of the intermediate 
and posterior pairs about as long as 2-4 united. 

Length 3-35 mm. (3 or) 

Hab. « ign bor.” (e# coll. Reiche, in Mus. Brit.: 2), 
Nilgiri Hills, alt. 3500 ft. (A. L. Andrewes: @). 

An immature ? in the British Museum, labelled as above, 
is presumably referable to the species in M. Oberthiir’s 
Collection, mentioned by Dr. Gestro in his account of C. ter- 
miticola. The mature ¢ from the Nilgiris has a broader, 
anteriorly bisinuate head. From C. tibialis, Wasm., this 
insect may be distinguished by the less dilated anterior 
portion of the prothorax in the @; the narrower, 4-sulcate 
elytra, with the coste less raised on the apical declivity ; 
the much narrower intermediate and posterior tibiae, which 
are straight on their outer edge ; and the slender “avec See 
Wasmann, infra, and Plate VI. {1S iy. 


Corythoderint from British India. 577 


5. Chatopisthes (Neochetopisthes) brevipes, sp. n. 


Hab. Nowatoli, Chota Nagpur (R. P. Cardon, in Mus. 
Brit. : vii.—viu. 1897). 

A description of this new species is given by Wasmaun, 
infra, and a figure of it is included on Pl. VI. fig. 8. 


6. Chetopisthes (Neochetopisthes) longulus, sp. n. 


Hab. Tanakpur in Kumaon (H. G. Champion: 8.v. 1921). 

One female only captured at “light.” A description of 
this new species is given by Wasmann, infra, and a figure 
of it is included on Pl. VI. fig. 9. 


Part II. By E. Wasmann. 


The following species have been communicated by Mr, 
Champion for description or verification :— 


1. Stenocorythoderus braminus, Wasm. 
(No. 223, p. 12, and Taf. 1. fig. 6 *). 


Compared with my type from Anand (Guzerath). Agrees 
with it perfectly. 
1 g, Khandesh. 


2. Termitopisthes schmidti, Champ., sp. n. 
(BE Wilties, 15:2.) 


Differs from the other species of this genus (No. 223, 
pp. 13-15) by its nearly linear, high, cylindrical body, which 
is three times longer than broad; the broad but scarcely 
laterally prominent border of tufts at the base of the pro- 
thorax ; the very broad, moniliform tarsi, whose segments in 
the middle and hind tarsi are as broad as or broader than 
long ; the broad hind wibiz enlarged towards the apex ; and, 
finally, by the 6-toothed base otf the elytra, the three first 
pairs of cost bemg produced into a short but sharp tooth 
(see fig. 2). ‘The base of the first common costa (the suture) 
is uot dentiform. Shape of prothorax similar to that of 
nobilis, Wasm. (No. 223, p. 14), with the sides parallel and 


* This quotation refers to “ Myrmecophile und termitophile Coleo- 
pteren aus Ostindien.—lI. Searabzeidee ” (Wien, ent. Zeit. xxxvil. 1918; 
pp. 1-25, and pls. i. & i1.), 


578 Mr. G.C. Champion and Dr. E. Wasmann on 


the anterior angles nearly quadrate. In other respects 
(form of the body ete.) more nearly allied to Jatzcollis, Oh asm, 
(No. 223, he a). 

Long. 2°7, lat. 0°9 mm. 

eae, Tomer 


3. Termitopisthes wasmanni, Schmidt. (Pl. VI. fig. 3.) 


Compared with my co-types of wasmanni from Schmidt 
and with my type of nobilis, Wasm. Agrees perfectly with 
wasmannt, ‘This species is easily distinguished by the dense 
and coarse puncturing of the prothorax and its distinctly 
rounded sides. 

1 @, Chota Nagpur, and a ¢(?) from Tanakpur. 

I give a photograph of the 2 specimen, as I did not figure 
the species in my paper No. 2238. 


4. Termitopisthes nobilis, Wasm. (No. 228, p. 14, and 
Pat aie). 


Agrees with my type. 
1 2, Calcutta. 


5. Termitopisthes laticollis, Wasm. (No. 223, p. 15, 
and Taf. 1. figs. 9 & 10). 


Agrees with my type. 
Easily recognized by the prothorax being broader than the 


el he ae 
1 ¢, Khandesh. 


6. Termitopisthes parallelus, Wasm., sp. 0. 
(Pl. VI. fig. 4.) 


Easily distinguished by the broad, nearly parallel shape, 
resembling Chetopisihes brunneus, Wasm.*, in this respect ; 
the subquadrate, coarsely but sparsely punctured prothorax ; 
the elytra nearly plain, except the second, highly elevated 
costa, which is prolonged into a basal tooth ; the very long 
and towards the base much enlarged and deepened middle 
furrow of the prothorax ; and by the soft and dense white 
pubescence of the elytra. 


* No, 223, p. 17, taf. ii. fig. 13; type from Kirkee, near Poona, Bombay 
Pres. 


Corythoderini from British India. 579 


Tn the fissure of the middle furrow of the prothorax on 
its bottom the white membrane of the exudatory tissue is 
visible (see Wasmann, ‘‘ Zur niheren Kentnis des echten 
Gastverhiltnisses,’ Biolog. Centralbl. 1903). The golden- 
tomentose border of the base of the prothorax is very broad 
and ends in a very large, circular, laterally-prominent tuft 
of hairs. ‘The sides of the anterior margin of the clypeus 
are rounded, the middle advances suddenly into a blunt 
point. The middle furrow of the prothorax begins very near 
the anterior margin ; the disk is slightly convex, the sides 
near the anterior angles being feebly rounded (nearly 
parallel). The semilunar process above the hind edges 
projects as far as the circular tuft of hairs below it. The 
lateral furrow of the prcthorax is deep, ending on each side 
in a blackish groove. The costz of the parallel elytra are 
only very feebly elevated, except the slightly higher common 
sutural ridge and the very highly carinate second costa, 
which is produced into a tooth at the base. The interval 
between the second costa and the suture is extraordinarily 
large. The tibiz and tarsi are setose, the elytra covered 
with very fine, dense, and pretty long white hairs. The 
first joimt of the middle and hind tarsi is scarcely longer 
than the second. 

Long. 3, lat. 1 mm. 

Differs from Termitopisthes (“ Chetopisthes’’) termiticola, 
Gestro (Ann. Mus Civ. Genova, xxx. 1891, p. 904 & fig.), 
by its dark reddish-brown colour (¢ermiticola is flavo-testa- 
ceous), the broader, more parallel body, the simply rounded 
sides of the clypeus, the semilunar lobe over the hind edges 
of the prothorax, the flatter, densely pubescent elytra, etc. 

1 g, Dehra Dun, labelled as found “ at light.” 


7. Chetopisthes (Chetopisthides) tibialis, Wasm., sp. n. 
CRE NE tie. 5) 

Nearly allied to sulciger, Wasm. (No. 223, p. 15), but 
differing thus :—Colour clearer yellowish red; elytra with 
very large but flat punctures on the intervals of the sulci 
(in swleager not distinctly punctured) ; the middle and hind 
tibie much longer and broader than in sulciger, as long as the 
respective femora (in swlciger much shorter than these), 
three times longer than broad near the base (in sw/ciger four 
times longer than brvad). [I have compared both sexes of 
my types of sulciger with didbialis ! | 

Long. 3°6, lat. 1°3 mm. 

1 go, Khandesh. 


580 Mr. G. C. Champion and Dr. E. Wasmann on 


8. Chetopisthes (Neochetopisthes) singalensis, Champ., sp. n. 
(PL. VI. fig. 6.) 


Allied to assmuthit, Wasm. (No. 223, p. 16). Differs from 
the latter by having the sides of the prothorax rounded and 
strongly convergent towards the apex, and by the much 
coarser puncturing of the prothorax. Colour, as in assmuthi, 
very clear, almost straw-yellow (‘‘stroh-gelb’”’). Shape less 
elongate, shorter. 

Long. 3, lat. 1:3 mm. 

1 ¢, Trincomali. 


9. Chetopisthes (Neochetopisthes) simplicipes, Reiche (after 
Gestro!). (Pl. VI. fig. 7.) 


In his remarks on this species (Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, 
1891, p. 907 ; see Wasmann, No. 223, p. 17) Gestro stated 
that Reiche’s type was too imperfect for description, The 
specimen (4) which you identify now with simplicipes differs 
from assmuthi in the following points :—Prothorax with 
Sparse, coarse punctures (in assmuthi the puncturing is 
extremely fine), broader in form, not parallel-sided as in 
assmuthi, but a little narrowed towards the apex, the semi- 
lunar process above the hind edges more prominent ; elytra 
longer, 24 times longer than broad (in assmuthi, ¢, scarcely 
twice as long as broad), the whole body therefore more elon- 
gate. ‘Tarsi, colour, and size (long. 3°6, lat. 1°38 mm.) as in 
assmuthi. 


1 g, Nilgiri Hills. 


10. Chetopisthes (Neochetopisthes) brevipes, Wasm., sp. 0. 
CPI Vil: tig2"8.) 


Near heimi, Wasm. (No. 223, p. 17), of the same size and 
form of the prothorax and elytra; but differs thus :—LHlytra 
less highly convex than in hezmz ; tébie much shorter [1 have 
compared six of my specimens of feimi, ¢ and 9, with 
brevives|. In brevipes the middle and hind tibiz are only 
half as long as the respective femora, and scarcely longer 
than the tarsi ; in heimi they are only a little shorter than 
the respective femora, and much longer than the tarsi. 
Moreover, the tibiz and tarsi in brevipes bear longer and 
more numerous setze (short bristles) than in heim. Colour 
red as in heim, but less shining. 

Long. 3°2, lat. 1°2 mm. 

1 2, Chota Nagpur. 


Gu 


Corythoderint from British India. 581 


ll. Chetopisthes (Neochetopisthes) longulus, Wasm., sp, 0. 
(Pl. VI. fig. 9:) 


Distinguished from all hitherto described species (see 
Wasmann, No, 223, pp. 15-17) by its very slender, elongate 
body ; the oblong, nearly quadrate prothorax, with towards 
the base a much enlarged and deepened middle furrow, 
whose terminal edges are a little prominent (approaching 
to that of Termitopisthes) : the highly carinate costie of the 
elytra (the coste not prominent at the base as in Termito- 
pisthes!) ; and the very long and slender, outwardly-curved 
hind tibize. 

The prothorax is slightly longer than broad, with the sides 
parallel, the semilunar process above the posterior edges very 
prominent, and a narrow, but lateraily somewhat prominent 
yellow a at the posterior margin. ‘The elytra are very 
elongate, 24 times longer than broad, only slightly enlarged 
in the middle (the specimen being a 9, the elytra will be 
narrower still in the ¢); the apex broadly bordered with 
four tufts of yellow bristles. The hind tibize are as long as 
the hind femora, very slender, curved outwardly near the 
base. ‘T'arsi slender, the first segment of the middle and 
hind pairs much prolonged. Colour rufo-ferruginous, the 
intervals of the costz on the elytra a little darker. 

Long. 3°5, lat. 1°15 mm. 

1 ¢, Tanakpur. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI. 


|The photographs have been made by E. Wasmann on Silber-Eosin- 
platten (“ Obernetter”), As the specimens are mounted on white card, 
shades and false retlexes are inevitable ; some of them, moreover, are in 
imperfect condition. Nevertheless, these photographs will be an im- 
portant help for the recognition of the ty pes. | 


All figures are magnified 10:1, except fig. 2, which is 13:1, 


Fug. 5 Termitopisthes schmidti, Champ., sp.n. Type. 


Fig. 2 Side-view of the same type. 
Fy. 3. wasmanni, Schmidt. Compared with co- type. 
Fag. 4. parallelus, Wasm., sp. n. ‘Type. 
Fig. 5. Chetopisthes (Chetopisthides) tébialis, Wasm,, sp.n. Type, 
Fig. 6. —— (Neochetopisthes) singalensis, Champ., sp. n. Type., 
Fig. 7. —— ( ) simplicipes, Reiche (teste Champion). 
Fig. 8, —— cs) brevipes, Wasm., sp. n. ‘Type. 
ig. 9, —— ( ) longulus, Wasm., sp.n. ‘Type. 


582 On Two new Fishes from the Ivory Coast. 


LXI.—Two new Siluroid Fishes from the Ivory Coast, 
collected by Mr. Willoughby P. Lowe. By J. R. Norman. 


Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum. 
Val ) 


Chrysichthys velifer, sp. n. 


Depth of body 43 in the length, length of head 33. 
Head 14 times as long as broad, upper surface of postorbital 
part slightly rugose; occipital process rather narrow, 
extending to the small interneural shield ; snout rounded, 
14 times as broad as long; diameter of eye 42 in length of 
head, 1? in length of snout, and about twice in interorbital 
width; mouth inferior, its width twice in length of head ; 
premaxillary band of teeth nearly straight, 31 times as long 
as broad, length of band more than 4 width of head ; vomero- 
pterygoid teeth forming a narrow band interrupted in the 
middle; nasal barbel about 4+ diameter of eye ; maxillary 
barbel 4 to 3 length of head ; outer mandibular barbel longer 
than inner, about 2 length of head. Gull-rakers rather long, 
13 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal 16; about 14 
times as distant from base of caudal as from end of snout ; 
spine feebly granulated in front; third soft ray longest, 
reaching to root of caudal when laid back. Base of adipose 
fin shorter than that of rayed dorsal, 24 in its distance from 
latter. Anal 11-12; 8 rays branched. Pectoral ? length 
of head, spine feebly granulated on outer border, strongly 
serrated on inner. Caudal deeply forked, upper lobe longest. 
Caudal peduncle 14 as long as deep. Grey above, silvery 
white beneath. 

A siugle specimen, 370 mm. in total length, from Bandama 
River. 

Closely allied to C. nigrodigitatus, Lacep., from which it 
may be distinguished by its broader snout, wider mouth, and 
longer dorsal rays. 


Gephyroglanis lowei, sp. un. 

Depth of body 5 times in the length, length of head 32. 
Head moderately depressed, granulated and striated above + 
opercle also slightly striated ; occipital process longer than 
broad, in contact with the imtemmeaval shield ; snout about 
as long as eye, which is oval and 34 times in length of head ; 
interorbital width a little more than 4 diameter of eye; 
nasal barbel minute; maxillary barbel a little shorter than 
head; outer mandibular barbel a little longer than imner, 
and Signy more than + length of head; width of mouth 
about 4 that of head ; premaxillary band of teeth str aught. 


- Faces of Lutreolina crassicaudata. 583 


Dorsal 1 6; 14 times as distant from base of caudal as from 
end of ect ; : spine 2 2 leneth of head; first three soft rays 
subequal, as long as ‘head, reaching adipose fin when laid 
hack. Base of adipose fin nearly twice in its distance 
from rayed dorsal. Anal 11; 8 rays branched. Pectoral 
spine 2 length of head, strongly serrated on inner border. 
Caudal deeply forked, with pointed lobes. Caudal peduncle 
about 14 as long as deep. Brownish above, hghter below ; 
base of rayed dorsal and adipose fin dusky ; anal with a dark 
patch ; a blackish patch behind oill-cover. 

A single specimen, 105 mm. in total length, from Bandama 
River. 

Closely allied to G. tilhoi, Pellegrin, differing chiefly in 
the form of the dorsal fin, 


eslto 


LXII.— The Geographical Races of Lutreolina crassicaudata. 
By OuperieLD THOMAS. 


(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) 


THe distribution of the South American mink-like Opossum, 
Lutreolina crassicaudata, is a very peculiar one, as the 
animal occurs in British Guiana, and then only reappears in 
Paraguay and Argentina, being completely absent throughout 
Amazonia and Brazil. 

Whether the British Guiana form, for which the name 
turnert is available, should be treated as a separate species 
from the southern ones, is rather doubtful, but after some 
consideration [ am inclined to keep to the opinion expressed 
in the Catalogue of Marsupials that all the forms of the 
group may be considered as one species. For the range in 
size of the southern forms just includes that of twneri, so 
that there is no gap in the measurements, at least of the 
males, even if there is the great gap in geography. And, 
again, the southern forms, though presenting well- marked 
geographical races, all do, or seem likely to, intergrade, as 
there are there no geographical gaps to make unbridged gaps 
in the characters. 

The forms I should recognize may be distinguished 
follows :— 

A. Sexes materially different in size, skull-length 
of © about 85 per cent. of that of dG. 

a Skull-leneth of ¢ about GO mm.; of 2 52. 

2 Ce 1. LZ. ¢. turnera. 


6. Skull-length of g about 70 mm.; of 2 59. ‘caudata, 
Md, oe cies det ae, Be 2. L. ¢. crassi- 


584 Mr. O. Thomas on the 


B. Sexes approximately equal in size. 
ec. Size larger, both males and females with skull 
68-75 mm. in length. 
a’. General coiour more brownish. Lower 


Parana from Santa Fé to Moutevideo.... 3. ZL. c. pauranalis. 
6°. General colour paler and more yellowish. 
Province of Buenos Ayres ...........; 4. L. c. bonaria. 
d. Size smaller; ¢ skull 60 mm., 2 58. South 
Uruguay and Rio Grande do Sul.......... do. L. c. lutrilla. 


1. Lutreolina crassicaudata turner’, Guuth. 


5) 


2 52, the latter the smallest adult skull in the collection. 
General colour dark brown. 

Only recorded locality, Better Hope, Demerara (Zev. 
W. Y. Turner). 

Type. 3.Memno0, (9.00. 1.3. 


Size comparatively small: skull-lengths, g 60 mm.; 


2. L. c. crassicaudata, Desm. 


Size larger: skull-lengths, g 70,65 mm.; 2? 59, 57, 55. 
Colour greyish olivaceous. 

flab, Paraguay. Museum specimens from the Chaco 
west of Asuncion (Insley, Marquis de Wavrin). 


d- L. c. paranalis, subsp. n. 


Size large, the skulls of males of about the same length as 
In crassicaudata, and the females equalling the males, so as 
markedly to exceed those of the Paraguayan forms; skull- 
lengths, ¢ 69, and others, broken, of about the same size ; 
§ 70, 69, 67, 68, 61, 68; two of unknown sex 74, 72. 
General colour comparatively dark brown, that of the type 
approximating to “ buffy brown.”’ Under surface also dark, 
and the peculiar purplish tinge found in the living animal 
more persistent in the skins than it is in other forms. 

Dimensions of type (measured in the flesh) :— 

Head and body 311 mm.; tail 282; hind foot 46; ear 26. 

Skull: greatest length 69; combined length of ms’? 11. 

Hab. Province of Santa Fé, extending apparently to the 
delta of the Parana and eastward to Montevideo. ‘ype 
from Las Rosas, Santa é. Others from Noetinger, in the 
same province. 

The range of this subspecies, both to north and south, 
is as yet rather doubtful, for though the Museum possesses 
specimens of the group from Corrientes and Goya to the 
nerth, and Isla Ella, Parana Delta, and Colon, Montevideo, 
which I provisionally refer to it, yet these are all more or 
less immature, and so not diagnostic. But Lutreolina does 


Geographical Races of Lutreolina crassicaudata. 585 


occur all the way down the river, so that there is no gap 
which might indicate a specific separation between crass/- 
caudata and paranalis. 

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 17.5. 2. 22. . Original 
number 2770. Collected 6th November, 1916, by Robin 
Kemp. Presented by Oldfield Thomas. Twelve specimens. 


4, L. c. bonaria, subsp. n. 


Size averaging even slightly larger than in paranalis, 
and similarly equal in the two sexes. General colour paler, 
more yellowish buffy. Under surface also paler. 

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :— 

Head and body 350 mm.; tail 305 ; hind foot 47 ; ear 28. 

Skull: greatest length 67 ; combined length of mst? 10-9. 

Other skulls measure : ¢ 75, 2 76, 64. 

Hab. Buenos Ayres Province, from the neighbourhood of 
Buenos Ayres (Belgrano) to Cape San Antonio; type from 
Los Yngleses, Aj6. 

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 20. 2.7.44. Original 
number 21. Collected 20th July, 1919, by H. EH. Box, 
and presented by Oldfield Thomas. Hight specimens. 

The greater pallor of these southern Lutreolines is very 
evident on the comparison of a series of them with those of 
Santa Fé, representative of L. c. paranalis, though indi- 
vidually the difference is not very striking. 


5. L. ¢. lutrilla, subsp. n. 


Size decidedly less than in any other of the southern forms, 
the male just equalling, and the female barely exceeding, the 
corresponding sexes of the little British Guiana subspecies. 
Colour at present indeterminable, as Darwin’s specimen is 
apparently bleached, and the Rio Giande do Sul one is in 
spirit, but the general tone is probably about as in paranalis. 

Dimensions of the type (measured on a skin preserved in 
spirit) :— 

fa 230'mm.; hind foot 32: ear 20. 

Skull: greatest length 58; combined length of mst® 9-4. 

Greatest length of male skull 60. 

Hab. Rio Grande do Sul and 8.H. Uruguay. Type from 
San Lorenzo, R. Grande do Sul. 

Type. Adult female, skin in alcohol. B.M. no. 85. 6. 
26.26. Collected by Dr. H. von Ihering. 

Darwin’s specimen from Maldonado, figured in the “‘ Voyage 
of the ‘ Beagle,’”’ would appear to be the same form, which 
is distinguished by its very small size. 


Ani, Mags N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. xi. 38 


586 Mr. P. S. Kershaw on 


LXIII.—On a Collection of Mammals from Tanganyika 
Territory. By P. 8. Kursaaw. \ 


(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) 


Tuts collection, which was sent to the British Museum 
for identification by the Game Warden of the Territory, 
Mr. C. F. M. Swynnerton, is of great interest, and has 
brought to light several new species. Both large and small | 
mammals are included. The former include particularly 
fine series of spotted hyzenas and river-hogs, which admirably 
illustrate the differences in pelage due to age. 

The bull of the collection was contributed by the Game 
Warden and his Assistant Game Warden, Mr. Arthur 
Loveridge, and their native employees. Other specimens 
were secured by Mr. C. B. Goss and Mr. D. W. Bishopp, 
Assistant Game Wardens, Mr. D. K. S. Grant, Conservator 
of Fore ts, while Mrs. Billinge of Rumruli, Ivringa, has sent 
a skin of the rare monkey Colobus gordonorum, and two 
eland skins, one of which needs description as a new form. 

All the type-specimens have been presented by the Game 
Department to the British Museum, as well as those of 
other species, which in some cases were not represented 
in the Museum collection. For these valuable donations 
I beg to express to the Game Warden, Mr. Swynnerton, 
the thanks of the Trustees. 

As many of the localities are not to be found on most 
maps, I have added the approximate longitude and latitude 
the first time the names appear in the paper. 


1. Colobus palliatus, Pet. 
K. 199 (2:'skins). Iringa (?), 35° 35’ E., 7° 50'S. 


2. Colobus (Piliocolobus) gordonorum, Matsch. 

K.193. Iringa District (topotype). 

This skin, a flat one, is the first example of this species to 
be received by the Museum. It is much worn, the hairs 
being very short. The whole dorsal area from the tail to 
the black of the shoulders is rusty-red with a trace of black. 
According to Matschie this area should be shining black. 
Ie says, however, that the hairs have an orange band below 
the black tip. The worn state of the pelage will probably 
account for this discrepancy. In any case, there is much 


individual variation in the colour of the red members of 
this eenus. 


Mammals from Tanganyika Territory. 087 


3. Papio neumanni, Matsch. 


@. K. 71. Usshora, Mkalama, 34° 25’ E., 4° 25’ S. 


4. Papio cynocephalus, Linn. 


Qi eO.* Kilosa, 36° 55! H., 6°55’ S. 
K. 170 (6). Tindiga, near Kilosa. 


5. Hpomophorus wahlbergi, Sund. 
K. 200. No data. 


6. Lavia frons, Geoft. 


K. 201. Mangogo, Namanyere. 
Namanyere is the district N.E. of Karema on Lake Tan- 
ganyika, about 31° to 32° E., 6° to 7° S. 


7. Rhynchocyon swynnertont, sp. n. 


Most nearly related to R. retchardi, from Marungu, 8S.W. 
of Lake Tanganyika. 

Ground-colour rather lighter than in reichardi, due to 
the light portions of the hairs being light yellow, and not 
golden or reddish yellow. This feature is most marked 
on the head, face, and cheeks, which appear almost grey 
when put in juxtaposition to reichardi. On the back are 
six stripes. ‘The two centre ones are a blackish brown, 
rather wider than in retchardi, and with four yellow spots, 
not white or yellowish white as in reichardi. There are 
six spots in the second stripe, the anterior one very faint. 
These are rather lighter in colour than in the first stripe. 
The third stripes are of a rusty-red colour and obsolescent. 
They might perhaps escape notice, were not the colour 
brought out by the four, or perhaps five, hght spots. ‘Throat 
cream-buff. Hairs of chest buff with grey bases. Belly 
very thinly clothed with ochraceous hairs, succeeded pos- 
teriorly by a naked area beginning 50 mm. from the tail, 
and reaching to the tail-root. The average width of this 
naked area is 25 mm. MHair between tail and thighs on 
each side Jong and rufous-coloured. Forearm rufous above, 
contrasting with body-colour. Hands cinnamon. Feet russet 
with some darker markings. ‘Tail of the czrnez, not the 
stuhlmanni type; black above, greyish brown below for 
proximal 142 mm.; smoke-grey above and below for ter- 
minal 52mm. ‘The extreme tip may be missing in this 


specimen, 
Q2Q% 
VO 


588 Mr. P. S. Kershaw on 


Measurements of the type (taken from the dried skin) :— 

Head and body 270 mm,; tail 194; hind foot, greatest 
length with nail 76, without nail 68. 

Skull missing. \ 

Type. Adult female. Original number K. 29. B.M. no. 
23.3.4.5. Collected 22nd November, 1921 ay Mr. C.F. M. 
Swynnerton. 

Type-locality. Kipera, Kilosa, 

Although not so gaily clad as reichardi, this species is 
more brightly coloured than any others of the subgenus 
hitherto described. 


8. Lhynchocyon (Rhinonax) petersi, Boc. 
K. 166. Lushoto Forests, Usambara. 


9. Hlephantulus renatus, sp. n. 


A species with sternal gland. General colour of head and 
back drab. A large patch behind each ear whitish, passing 
1uto yellowish white. White markings about the eye large, 
but not so conspicuous as in /. ocularis, Hairs of under 
surface white with very short slaty bases. Colour of snout 
in front of the eyes drab-grey. Hands and feet white. 
Hairs of tail brown above, white below. 

Dimensions of the type (taken in the flesh) :— 

Head and body 1385 mm.; tail 122; hind foot 32; ear 22. 

Skull: greatest length 86; nasals 13°5 ; interorbital 
breadth 6°4; length of upper tooth-row 17°6. 

Type-locatity. Gwao’s, near Itigi, Singida, 30° 40’ E., 
4° 25' S., about 85 miles N.W. by N. of Kilimatinde. 

Type. Adultfemale. Collector’s number K.56. B.M. no. 
x3. 3. 4.6. Collected by Mr. Arthur Loveridge. 

K. renatus is distinguished by the absence of any russet 
colour and by the conspicuous white patch behind the ears. 
It appears to be most nearly related to H. pulcher and 
ocularis, but is quite different in colour from either. 


10. Felis serval hindei, Wrought. 
Oe eA EO Keali7i ellosar 
K.1738. Mkalama. 
The Mkalama skin has a much lighter ground-colour than 
the Kilosa skins, this being buff except in the middle of the 
back instead of ochraceous-buff. 


ll. Felis ocreata, Gmel. 
g. K.85. Otto Plantation, Kilosa. 
‘he body-colour of this specimen is a liglit erey, thickly 
covered on the sides and shoulders with euiall cinnamon 


Mammals from Tanganytha Territory. 589 


spots. Face and hind limbs striped. End of tail irregularly 
ringed, with black tip. There are thin black stripes on the 
head. Down the centre of the dorsal area the spots coalesce 
so as to form indistinct stripes. Hands and feet hght 
yellowish brown. 

‘his may prove hereafter to be a distinct local race. 


12. Acinonyzx jubatus raineyi, Hell. 

K. 167. Purchased from native. 

Although the locality is not given, the skin agrees so well 
with Heller’s description that | have ventured to give the 
subspecific name. It is better to disregard Hilzheimer’s 
A. guttatus ngorongorensis, which was a Zoological Gardens 
specimen. In any case, the present skin does not conform 
at all to his account. 


13. Civettictis civetta orientalis, Matsch. 


do. K.49. Wami River (Karani Hussein’s), Morogoro, 
eoo) E., 655) 8. 


14. Genetta suahelica, Matsch. 
@. K.46; 9. K.45.. Mkata River (Karani Chiba- 


bwa’s), Morogoro. 

. K. 44. Mkata Station, Morogoro. 

. K. 47. Kanga Camp, Mkata R., Morogoro. 
. K. 43. Kimamba Station, Morogoro. 

226. Gongwe, Namanyere, 30° 30’ E., 7° S. 
175. Malolo, Kilosa. 

. K. 62. Mdjengo’s, Singida. 


Oy A FOs Os Os 


15. Helogale undulata, Pet. 


_ 


K.59. Jumbe Mbulu’s, near Singida. 
. K. 69. Mdjengo’s, Singida, 


16. Mungos mungo, Gmel. 
@. K. 72. Usshora, Mkalama. 


17. Hyena hyena schillingsi, Matsch. 


K. 24. Malolo, Kilosa (without skull). 

a. K. 66. Mtali’ s, Mkalama. 

The Kilosa specimen agrees very well with Matschie’s 
description of schillingst, the only difference being that the 
ground-colour is light yellowish grey instead of whitish grey. 
The Mklama skin is very much lighter. The ground-colour 
is practically white. The hairs of the long mane have very 
extensive white bases, so that the general effect is a light 


590 Mr. P. 8S. Kershaw on 


greyish brown. The hairs of the tail are white with very 
short black tips. The feet are dirty whitish brown. This 
agrees in some respects with Matschie’s account of H. h. 
bergeri. For geographical reasons, however, and pending 
the arrival of sufficient material for a judg ment to be formed 
as to individual variation in this genus, I have placed the 
specimen under the earlier name. 

It may be noted that the skull of K. 66 shows the second 
upper premolar in the diagonal position mentioned by 
Hollister in his paper on “Bast African Mammals” (Bull. 99, 
Smithsonian Inst. U.S. Nat. Mus. part 1. p. 140, 1918). 


18. Crocuta crocuta germinans, Matsch. 


PSA SKE SO (2)ss 9s Krai Kallosa: 

25. Malolo, Kilosa. 

. K. 26. Mbwengi, near Kilosa. 

183. Rudewa, near Kilosa. 

185. Kidodi, near Kilosa. 

. 184. Ugalla, 32° E., 6° 20'S. 

. 187. Kigoma, 30° E., 4° 40' S., on Lake Tanganyika. 
. K. 73. Simbo, Tabora, 33° E., 5° S. 

. K. 67. Mtali’s, Mkalama. 

. K. 242. Handeni, Usegua, 38° E., 5° 45’ S. 
. K. 243. ? Mwanza. 

In this fine series of spotted hyzenas, there is an immense 
range in colour-variation. No two skins are alike, even 
those from the same locality. Age seems to be the domi- 
nating factor. The young in this series are grey with a 
brown dorsal tinge, black spots, dark brown feet, and long 
hair. The old are buff and white, with greyish-brown or 
russet spots, white or cream-buff feet, and very short hair. 
In the transition-period from youth to old age, the ground- 
colour appears to pass from grey to russet, clay-colour, and 
tawny, becoming lighter till the buff and white of old age is 
reached. The spots, which vary in size and regularity, 
change gradually from black to dark russet and grey-brown. 
The long hair of youth becomes short and mangy-looking 


in old age, while the feet change from black-brown to cream- 
buff or white. 


KwwWO AR AAD AR 


19. Canis mesomelas memillani, Hell. 
3. K. 63. Mlawa, near Mkalama, 
K.172. Mkalama. 
K. 194. No data. 
All have the tail black-tipped. 


Mammals from Tunganytka Territory. d91 


20. Mellivora capensis, Schreb. 


S$. K.42. Jumbe Abdullah Funge’s, Mkindo River, 
Morogoro. 

An old female with a white mantle and skull-length of 
135 mm. This animal seems to be quite different from the 
Kilimanjaro form, M. sagulata, Holl. 


21. Funisciurus vevillarius, sp. n. 


A large handsomely marked squirrel, allied to the car- 
rutherst group, with a large and very broad skull. 

Fur long and very thick, not so soft as in carrutherst. 
Hairs of back of two kinds, (1) the shorter ones, which are 
blackish-slate at the base, becoming dark mummy-brown, 
with cream subterminal rings and black tips; (2) the longer 
ones which are black throughout their length. The general 
result is a cream-grizzled greyish brown. Rings of hairs on 
head and muzzle yellowish brown instead of cream. Lower 
half of ear with a conspicuous fringe of white hairs. 
Parts about the mouth tawny ochraceous. Hands tawny 
ochraceous. ‘This colour deepens up the arm till it becomes 
a rich red-tawny covering the shoulder. Feet tawny ochra- 
ceous, which colour tinges the thighs and flanks, but the 
colour here is less vivid than on the arm, Hairs of under- 
parts dark grey with long cream tips. Tail for the two 
proximal thirds clothed with hairs ringed pure black and 
white, the distal third being pure tawny. These tawny hairs, 
which are 70 mm. in length, have very short (38 mm.) black 
bases. 

The rings on the tail-hairs are quite different in character 
to those of F. carruthersi and F. c. tanganyike. In the two 
latter there is a very long basal hght ring, followed by one 
shorter black ring with a light tip. In vewillarius there are 
five white rings and four black of approximately equal 
length, the basal and terminal ones being white. This gives 
the tail a totally different appearance to that of carrutherst. 

The skull is remarkable for its large size and exceptional 
breadth, while the teeth are correspondingly large. 

Dimensions of the type (from the dried skin) :— 

Head and body 242 min.; tail 210; hind foot without 
claws 52. 

Skull: greatest length 54; basilar length 44-4; palatilar 
length 24°5; zygomatic breadth 83:6; interorbital breadth 
17°5 ; nasals, length 16, greatest breadth (at posterior end) 9; 
breadth of brain-case 24°2 ; length of upper tooth-series, ex- 
clusive of p®, 9°2, with p*? 10°5 ; greatest length of mandible 
(without incisors) 33; greatest depth 19°6. 


592 - .Mr.’P. 8S. Kershaw on 


Type. Adult... Origmal number K. 202. B.M. no. 
23. 3.4. 24. -Collected by Mr. C. F. M. Swynnerton. 

Type-locality. Wilhelmsthal, Lushoto, Usambara. 

Excepting the species next to be described, it would per- 
haps be proper to regard carrutherst as the nearest relative 
of this elegant and striking species. There is no sign of a 
side-stripe nor any other characters to connect it with the 
pyrrhopus group. The great size and exaggerated breadth 
of the skull are different to anything else in the genus, 

The curious bright tawny tip to the tail is perhaps part 
of the process of some seasonal change. It certainly has a 
somewhat unnatural appearance. 


22. Funisciurus byatti, sp. n. 


This is another large species differing in colour and skull- 
characters from vewillarius. 

The quality of the fur is much the same as in vewillarius, 
but much scantier. General colour of back grizzled 
mummy-brown, becoming greyer on the sides and dull 
rufous on the flanks and outside of thighs. Individual hairs 
as in vewillarius, but ochracous-buff subterminal rings. 
Nose, parts about mouth, and a broad streak running 
through the eye .to the ear rufous. Crown like back, 
but with a slight rufous tinge. Ear without a white 
fringe. Arms and shoulders dark rufous. Underparts 
as in vewillarius, but darker, the hairs having much shorter 
cream tips. Hands and feet tawny ochraceous. ‘Tail 
coloured for one-fifth of its length like the back. The 
distal four-fifths is clothed with hairs having three buff 
rings and two black, the subterminal black ring, especially 
towards the end of the tail, being very broad. These rings 
are very apparent when the tail is viewed from the lower 
side. The tip of the tail is buff, not black as in carruthers?. 

The skull, which is nearly as long as in vewillarius, is 
nevertheless very much narrower. The brain-case is more 
than 2 mm. smaller in breadth, the interorbital space 2 mm. 
narrower. The nasals of vexillarius, though of the same 
length as those of byatti, appear to be short and stunted 
when compared with them, owing to the great breadth of 
the former. ‘Teeth not so broad as in verillarius. 

Measurements of the type (taken from the dried skin) :— 

Head and body 264 mm. ; tail 210; hind foot 52. 

Skull: greatest length 53; basilar length 43; palatilar 
length 24°8; zygomatic breadth 381; interorbital con- 
striction 15°35; nasals 16x8; breadth of brain-case 22; 
ereatest Jength of mandible (without incisors) 33, greatest 


Mammals from Tanganyika Territory. 593 


depth 19°6; length of upper tooth-series exclusive of p’ 9°2, 
with p? 10:4. 

Type. Adult. Original number K. 203. B.M. no. 
23. 3.4.25. Collected by Mr. C. F. M. Swynnerton on the 
ord May, 1920. 

Type-locality. Mosti, Kilimanjaro. 

This species is named in honour of Sir Horace Byatt, the 
Governor of Tanganyika Territory, who has done so much 
to promote the study of the natural history of this imper- 
fectly-known zoological region. 


23. Paraverus palliatus suahelicus, Neum. 
. K. 35. Wami River, Morogoro. 
. K. 34. Mkata River, Morogoro. 


+0 Oy 


24. Paraverus ochraceus, Huet. 
9. K.36.. Mkindo River, Morogoro. 


25. Paraxerus ochraceus aruscensis, Pag. 
K. 204. Moshi-Aruscha, Kilimanjaro. 


26. Dipodillus luteus, Dollm. 


. K. 74. Ulugu, Usshora, Mkalama. 
. 55. Gwao’s, near Itigi, Singida. 


27. Taterona vicina, Pet. 


?. K. 64a, K. 645. Mlewa, near Singida. 
?. K.54. Mbono, near Itigi, Singida. 


28. Tachyoryctes ibeanus, Thos. 
9. K. 86. Nairobi, Kenya Colony. 


29. Rattus alexandrinus, Geoft. 
peteeeet (5) 5 9... K.224 (4); oO. K.228; 9. K.228. 
Kilosa. 
ae. 216. No locality. 


30. Rattus (Mastomys) coucha microdon, Pet. 
- K.59; 9. K.39(8). Bogoti, Wami River. 
- KX. 37 (3). Wami River. 
K. 81 (4). Kipera, near Kilosa. 
pie 5. ‘labora! 
. K.57 (8). Jumbe Mbulu’s, near Singida. 
. K.38; 9. K. 38. Mkindo River, Morogoro. 
207, K. 227. No data. 


FA Oy Oy Oy +0 +0 Oy 


594. Mr. P. S. Kershaw on 


31. Rattus (Athomys) sp. 
6. K.54. Mbono, near Itigi, Singida. 
Allied to the chrysophilus group, but with smaller feet. 
The skull is unfortunately missing. 


This opportunity may be taken to describe a new species 
of rat recently received from Uganda. It may be called 


Rattus somerent, sp. n. 

A small mouse-like form with tail equal in length to 
head and body. 

This rat bears a superficial resemblance—except, of course, 
in tail and feet—to a young Taterona, the usual streaked 
mouse-brown of the back passing into the lighter and richer 
tawny of the sides till it meets the sharply separated pure 
white of the underparts, the hairs of which are white to 
their bases. Hands and feet white. ‘Tail thickly clothed 
throughout its length with extremely short hairs, brown 
above, whitish below. 

The skull is very similar to that of R. blaine, from Bahr- 
el-Ghazal, but the zygomatic plates are set more vertically, 
causing the infraorbital foramina to be narrower. Also the 
anterior internal cusp of m? is somewhat reduced. 

Dimensions of the type :— 

Head and body 93 mm.; tail 93 ; hind foot 20; ear 15. 

Skuil: condylo-incisive length 25; basal length 25; 
breadth of brain-case 11; nasals (median line) 9°5; inter- 
orbital breadth 4°8 ; upper molar series 4°5. Palatal fora- 
mina as in R. dblainei extend back to about the centre of 
m, 

Hab. Kabaroni, North Bugishu, Bukedi District, Eastern 
Province, Uganda, in the western foot-hills of Mount Higon. 
Caught in grass on the mountain side, 7000 feet. 

Type. Young male. Collector's number 108. B.M. 
no. 22. 12.13.31. Collected by Mr. W. N. van Someren, 
13th February, 1922, and presented to the British Museum 
by the Chief Sanitation Officer, Entebbe. 

The specimen, judging from the teeth, is young, and has 
clearly not grown to its full size. Unfortunately it is a 
male, so that the mammary formula has yet to be ascer- 
tained. Its affinities appear to be with the group of small 
multimammate rats, such as R. blaine and gambianus. 


32. Leggada bella, Thos. 
3. K.41. Jumbe Abdullah Funge’s, Mkindo River, 
Morogoro. 
K, 213. No data. 


Mammals from Tanganyika Territory. 595 


33. Lophuromys aquilus, True. 
6. K. 219 (2); @. K. 219. Bismarck Hut, Kiliman- 
jaro, 
K. 218 (3). No data. 
6. K.53; ¢. K.53 (2). Bagito, Uluguru Mts. 


34. Arvicanthis abyssinicus tenebrosus, subsp. n. 


ereavac: 2. K.76 a, K: 760... Tabora. 

A form darker in colour than any other subspecies of 
abyssinicus hitherto described. 

No trace of a dorsal stripe. General colour between 
seal- and clove-brown. The light rings on the hairs much 
reduced. When viewed from in front, these rings are very 
inconspicuous, so that the pelage appears remarkably dark, 
especially on the head and shoulders. Viewed from behind 
the light rings show up more, producing a grizzled greyish- 
brown appearance. Halfway down the back a russet tinge 
appears, which increases over the flanks and root of the tail. 
Head the same colour as fore part of the back. Lars seal- 
brown. Fore feet dark seal-brown. Hind feet tinged with 
russet. The usual bicoloured tail. Under surface of body 
brown washed with grey. 

Dimensions of the type :— 

Head and body 125 mm.; tail 120; hind foot 30; ear 18. 

Skull: greatest length 34; condylo-incisive length 33 ; 
basilar length 28; zygomatic breadth 18-2 ; nasais (median 
line) 12°5; interorbital breadth 5:1; brain-case breadth 14; 
diastema 8°7 ; upper molar series 7°2. 

Type-locality. 'Tabora. 

Type. Adult female. Original number K. 76a. B.M. 
no. 238. 3. 4. 382. Collected on the 20th November, 1921, 
by Mr. Arthur Loveridge. 

A. a. tenebrosus is remarkable for the darkness of its 
pelage, which is much darker than in nudilans. Its nearest 
neighbours are the light-coloured 4. a. neuwmanni to the east 
in [rangi and A. a. muanse to the north, the colour of which 
is said by Matschie to be not unlike Peters’s figure of 
Pelomys fallax, though more drab. 


35. Lemniscomys griselda rosalia, Thos. 
2. K. 40. Bogoti, Wami River. 
9. K. 82. Kaipera, near Kilosa. 


36. Lemniscomys barbarus subsp. 


6. K.60. Poona, Singida. 
This specimen conforms exactly to Osgood’s account of 


596 Mr. P. S. Kershaw on 


L. b. albolineatus of Lukenya Mountain, Kenya Colony, 
except in the colour of the ears, which are tawny ochraceous 
instead of buff or cream-buff. There are three specimens 
among the abundant material in the British Museum—one 
from Fashoda, one from Bahr-el-Ghazal, and one from 
Northern Nigeria—with just this hight type of coloration, 
all of which, so far as colour goes, are precisely similar to 
the one under notice. These three occur as isolated ex- 
amples in districts occupied by L. bd. zebra and LL. b. nigeria. 
It should be noted that the type of albolineatus was also 
unique, and | am not aware that any more examples have 
come to light. These facts create a suspicion that these 
light-coloured individuals may be only aberrations from the 
true types. 


37. Rhabdomys pumilio diminutus, Thos. 
Q. K. 220. Bismarck Hut, Kilimanjaro. 


38. Otomys angoniensis elassodon, Osg. 
?. K. 85. Rumruh, Iringa District. 


39. Thryonomys swinderianus variegatus, Pet. 
6..K.471.> Kipera, Kilosa. 


40. Rhynchotragus kirki nyike, Hell. 
@. K. 248. Tabora. 


41. Damaliscus korrigum eurus, Blaine. 
K. 247. Lake Chada, Namanyere. 


A duiker antelope, received by the British Museum from 
Mount Elgon, is found to be a new species, and is here 
described :— 


Cephalophus barberioni, sp. nu. 


Type. Adult male (B.M. 23. 2.15.1). Collected and 
presented by Mr. I. Mitford-Barberton, F.R.G.S. 

A medium-sized duiker with stout horns, allied to C. ignifer. 
Colour of back ochraceous rufous, brighter than in ignifer. 
A few black hairs appear on the nape and withers mixed 
with the others. Occipital tuft and crown a deep red- 
chestnut, the latter with a few black scattered hairs. A 
black line from the centre of the upper part of the eye to 


Mammals from Tanganyika Territory. 97 


the muzzle, above which it meets a similar line from the 
other eye. Below this line and starting from the eye there 
runs an ochraceous-rufous line 40 mm. long and 5 wide 
towards the muzzle, forming an ‘‘eyebrow.” Below this 
the sides of the face are russet. Outside of ears dark brown 
with russet bases. ‘The inner margin and lower third of the 
outer shortly fringed with white hairs. Throat and chin 
white. Belly brown in the middle line, ochraceous rufous 
at the sides. Parts between thighs white. Tai] missing. 
Legs from “ knees ” and hocks to hoofs seal-brown. Hairs 
of occiput directed forwards, those of the nape backwards. 

Skull broad and heavily built with large brain-case, 
exceptionally deep preorbital fossz, and short anterior 
palatal foramina. Premaxille just reach nasals. 

In the following measurements the numbers in brackets 
refer to ignifer (the type-specimen). 

Dimensions of the type (taken from the dried skin) :— 

Head and body 897 mm. (810); hind foot with hoof 225 
(240) ; ear 81 (81). 

Skull: basal length 161 (162); greatest breadth 84:5 
(79°5); muzzle to orbit 91°5 (94) ; nasals 75°5 x 34 (73x 82); 
anterior palatal foramina 20 (25); palatilar length 96 (97); 
length of upper tooth-row 51:4 (53); of three upper pre- 
molars 22°3 (23°4); interorbital breadth, taken at the centres 
of the posterior margins 77 (70°5) ; greatest breadth across 
frontals at points midway between orbits and horn-cores 
65°2 (60°5); greatest cranial breadth 67-4 (60). 

Horns 92 (98) long, 86 (82) round the base, and with a 
basal diameter of 32 (31). 

Type-locality. Mount Elgon, 7000 to 8000 feet, N.E. of 
Lake Victoria Nyanza. 

C. barbertoni differs from ignifer mainly in the brighter 
chestnut of the pelage, the reduced dark face- markings, the 
white throat, the large brain-case, the deep preorbital fosse, 
and the short anterior palatal foramina, 


42. Cephalophus (Sylvicapra) grimmi shirensis, Wrought. 
¢. K. 3830. Mpiana, Namanyere. 


43. Redunca redunca tohi, Hell. 


2. K. 249. Kachungu, Namanyere. 


44. Redunca fulvorufula chanleri, Roths. 


9. K. 250. Maturiga, Namanyere. 


598 Mr. P. S. Kershaw on 


45. Kobus ellipsiprymnus, Og. 
9. K. 232. Jumbe Nyani, Kissaki, Morogoro. 


46. Kobus defassa, Riipp. Le 
@. K. 228. Busenga, Ugalla River, Namanyere. 


47. Atpyceros melampus suara, Matsch. 


K.111 (2). Rudewa, Kilosa. 
The horn of one specimen measures in a straight line 
193 inches (50 cm.). 


48. Tragelaphus scriptus massaicus, Neum. 
S$. K. 252. Kangamoja, Kigoma. 
On Kes (2) 9 Kallosay 
3&6. K.18. Kilosa (skull only). 


49. Strepsiceros strepsiceros subsp. 

K. 255. Malolo, Iringa. 

There are nine stripes on each side, the anterior one 
rather faint. This skin was obtained from natives, and lacks 
the head, legs, underparts, and tail. The number of stripes 
shows that it must be related to S. s. frommi, Matsch. 


50. Taurotragus ory# billinge, subsp. n. 

9. R.190. Uleti, Iringa (type). 

The female and young elands of the Iringa District are 
so remarkable in their coloration, and differ so much from 
other forms, as to deserve a subspecific name. Jt appears to 
be a highland form. Mrs. Billinge of Rumruli, lringa, in 
whose honour the subspecies is named, in March 1922 
presented the skull and skin of an adult female, which she 
had shot, to the Game Department of the Tanganyika 
Territory. The Department has sent the skin to the British 
Museum for identification, and has kindly permitted it to 
be added to the Collection. 

The skin lacks the head and hoofs. 

The neck is a dusky fawn, The back, from the withers to 
the tail is bright bay, reminiscent of the colour of the Bongo, 
Boocercus, but rather lighter. This colour is continued 
along the upper part of the tail to the tuft at the end. 
Median line black, except for a short space behind the 
withers, where it is white. Eight clearly marked vertical 
stripes, and a few fainter ones behind them over the quarters. 
The bay-colour of the back passes gradually into the white 
of the belly. A black patch above the hind surface of knee. 


Mammals from Tanganyika Territory. 599 


So far as can be judged from the remains of the pasterns, 
they are black as in pattersonianus. 

Mrs. Billinge, writing to the Game Department, says: 
‘The elands here [Iringa] are very short in the leg, round, 
and heavy, and not tall. The cows are very red indeed, 
with black manes, and many long and distinct stripes. 
The younger cows are far redder than the accompanying 
skin, and, with the sun on them, appear as red as any animals 
ean. ‘T’he bulls, three of which I have observed closely and 
through glasses, are absolutely blue, and appear, even on the 
inside of legs, to have no fawn at all. The mane is black 
and very heavy. They have little below the neck, but a 
great deal above. The horns of both sexes are very short, 
massive, and heavy, with very wide spreads, and, so far as I 
can observe, the tips invariably point outwards ; whereas 
in the others [Ruaha| they point inwards in all those I 
have seen. The contrast in colour is the sharpest I have 
ever seen between sexes in mammals. The country they 
frequent is the high cold parts, with huge great boggy and 
grassy plains, and the slopes, where they spend most of the 
year, thick, but low and scrubby, mahobohobo forests. 
They will face hills, when chased, that goats would think 
twice over, and, in spite of huge size and short legs, appear 
to go up them and among the boulders with the greatest of 
ease. They are in small herds of about four or five, the 
biggest I have seen consisting of about ten. I have never 
seen a small calf, so conclude that these are ‘laid by.’ 
The natives say that elands do this.” 


51. Taurotragus oryx subsp. 


?. R.189. Kazera’s, Kiganga, Ruaha, about 35°37’ E., 
Gol 3S. 

In this skin, also sent by Mrs. Billinge, the head and 
the entire legs are wanting. This is more of the ordinary 
eland type, though there is a distinct ruddy tinge on the 
back. ‘The stripes are few, three on one side and two on 
the other, on the shoulders. This eland will probably be 
found to be identical with pattersonianus, but the skin is too 
fragmentary for this question to be settled. 

Mrs. Billinge, of the eland from the Ruaha River, writes : 
“These elands are much higher on the leg, flatter-sided, 
and taller, and do not appear such heavily built animals, 
though actual difference in weight cannot be much. They 
are all, bulls and cows alike, the fawn-red of the present 
skin. A very old bull may look a little bluer, but not mucli. 


600 On Mammals from Tanganyika Territory. 


None of them, except yearlings and two-year-olds, have many 
or distinct stripes, which are very short and apparently 
disappear when they grow up. Their horns are long and 
light, and turn in at the points, and all I have seen and 
watched had a very narrow spread between the horns. Also 
their faces are much longer and narrower than the Uleti 
elands, which have short, comparatively broad, faces, almost 
like cattle. They seem to me very different in type—the 
bulls even more than the cows.” 


52. Choiropotamus choiropotamus demonis, Major. 


K. 82. Kilimanjaro Reserve (skull only). 
‘Che skin is said to have been ‘‘ black with a little white.” 


53. Chotropotamus choiropotamus johnstoni, Major. 
K. 196 a, K. 196 6, K.197 a, K.197 6. Longa near Kilosa. 


54. Phacocherus ethiopicus massaicus, Lounb. 
K. 195 (2 skulls, 1 skin). Rudewa, Kilosa. 


55. Procavia matschiet, Neum. 


K. 244 (5 skins). Mwanza, south coast of Victoria 
Nyanza. 

Also 18 skulls, all from Mwanza. 

These are all topotypes of matschiei. _Neumann’s account 
is very meagre. In fact, all that can be gathered from it is 
that it is a large species belonging to the large-toothed group 
of capensis, etc. 

It may be said here that the skulls are large and heavily 
built, with an average basal length in the adults of 98 mm., 
and zygomatic breadth 60. The colour of the skins varies 
from yellowish brown to dark brown, and in all cases the 
crown of the head is suffused with rufous. Perhaps the 
light-coloured animals are young, as the skins are smaller, 
but unfortunately the skulls are not numbered. 


56. Heterohyrax brucei victoria-njanse, Brauer. 


K. 244 (1 skin). Mwanza. 

Also 3 skulls, all from Mwanza. 

The quality and colour of the fur are quite different to the 
preceding species, being soft, short, and grey tinged with 
brown. Hairs of underparts white with grey bases. Dorsal 
spot tawny ochraceous, with central hairs tipped with white. 
Head missing. 

Skull: basal length 79 mm. ; zygomatic breadth 49°5. 


On the Native Rat of Pearson’s Islands. 601 


LXIV.—The Native Rat of Pearson’s Islands, S. Australia. 
7 By OLDFIELD ‘THOMAS. 


(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) 


Pror. F. Woop Jones, of Adelaide, has now been able, 
largely by the kind help of Sir George Murray, to make a 
second visit to the isolated Pearson’s Isles, off the southern 
coast of South Australia, the place where he had previously 
obtained the interesting Rock-Kangaroo (Petrogale pearsoni) 
which I described last. year *. 

He has now sent halt a dozen specimens of the local rat— 
the only other land-maimmal of the islands,—and this I find 
to be a peculiar species, allied to the still existing Lattus 
greyi of the mainland of South Australia, but so modified as 
to demand local separation. 

On the suggestion of Prof. Wood Jones I have named this 
animal in honour of Sir George Murray, the Lord Chief 
Justice, and Chancellor of the University of Adelaide, by 
whose generosify and assistance the former’s expedition to 
the islands was rendered possible. Such exploratory work is 
of the greatest value to science, and Sir George’s assistance 
in this respect cannot be too warmly appreciated. 


Rattus murrayi, sp. v. 


Most nearly allied to R. greyi of the mainland. Size 
about as in that animal. Fur fine and soft. General colour 
pale greyish washed with buffy brown, the grey showing 
through the brown more than in greyz, and the general tone’ 
consequently paler. Under surtace drabby grey, the hairs 
broadly slaty at base, their tips drabby whitish ; line of 
demarcation scarcely marked. Hands and feet white, with a 
certain darkening on the metapodials and digits which is not 
present in R. grey. Tail rather shorter than in L. grey, but 
imperfect or diseased in most of the specimens, this being, 
perhaps, due to severe competition in a small island. 

Skull essentially similar to that of R. grey’, with similarly 
reduced: supraorbital ridges ; but the palatal foramina are 
more widely‘ open and the bulle are rather larger—the latter 
a character one would not expect to find in an island animal. 

Molars conspicuously smaller than in &. grey?, and, indeed, 
far smaller in proportion to the skull than in the great majority 
of the species of Rattus. 


* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (9) ix. p. 681 (1922). 
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. xi. 39 


602 Mr. O. Thomas on 


Dimensions of the type (measured on the spirit-speci- 
men before skinning) :— 

Head and body 134 mm.; tail 116; hind foot 28; 
ear 19. 

Skull: greatest length 36:4; condylo-incisive length 34 ; 
nasals 14°6; interorbital breadth 5; breadth of brain-case 15-2; 
palatal foramina 7°5 x35 length of bulle 6°7; upper molar 
series 5'1. 

Hab. Pearson’s Islands, Investigator Group, S. Australia. 

Type. Adult male (skinned from spirit). B.M. no. 
23. 3. 28.6. Collected by Prof.. F. Wood Jones, Six 
specimens, all males, 

This distinct species is readily recognizable by its pale 
colour, shortened tail, large bull, and, most of all, by its 
unusually small teeth. 


LXV.—New Subspecies of Metachirus, 
By OLDFIELD ‘THOMAS, 


(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) 


Metachirus opossum melantho, subsp. n, 


A heavily blackened form from Colombia. 

Upper surface deep blackish, absolutely black on the head, 
lightened on the body by silvery-grey tickings, but through- 
out darker than in other subspecies, the black not so re- 
stricted to the spine as to form a marked dorsal line. Under 
surface strongly contrasted buffy whitish, the hairs on chin, 
chest, and inguinal region buffy to their bases, those on neck 
and belly broadly slaty proximally except just along the 
exact centre line. Face black, supraocular spots very small, 
only about 7 mm. in diameter, and 11 mm. from each other ; 
postauricular light spots scarcely perceptible. Front of 
forearms and hips very strongly contrasted whitish, the line 
of demarcation from the general dark colour sharply marked. 
Hands and feet with dark metapodials and sharply con- 
trasted white toes. About one-quarter of the scaly part of 
tail white. 

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :— 

Head and body 250 mm.; tail 280, its scaly part 230, 
its white tip 60 ; hind foot 40; ear 80, 

Skull: condylo-basal length 66; combined length of 
ms? 2, 


new Subspecies of Metachirus, 603 


Hab. Western Colombia, Chaco region. Type from 
Condoto, 300. 

Type. Young adult male. B.M. no, 14.5. 28.30. Original 
number 343. Collected Ist February, 1914, and presented 
by Dr. H. G. F. Spurrell.. One specimen. 

This is a very strongly contrasted black and white form, 
no doubt most nearly allied to Osgood’s Metachirus andersoni* 
(or, as I should prefer to call it, JZ. opossum anderson) of 
Yurimaguas, N. Peru, but differs by its more uniformly 
blackish back, without development of a dorsal line, its less 
wholly clear buffy under surface, its smaller supraocular 
spots, and its contrasted whitish front surfaces of the forearms 
and hips. 


Metachirus opossum nigratus, subsp. n. 


A large blackish form with dark under surface. 

General upper coloration about as in andersonz, the ground- 
colour dark with a black dorsal line, narrow on the nape, 
broad on the back. Under surface dull muddy greyish 
brown, with a small patch only on the chest buffy to the 
bases of the hairs. Crown and muzzle black. Supraocular 
spots of the usual large size, 12-14 mm. in diameter and 
about 7 mm. from each other. Postauricular whitish spots 
small, but more evident than in melantho. Arms dull 
greyish, like sides, their front surfaces scarcely lighter ; 
hands and feet black to the metapodials, the digits brownish 
white. Tail with about one-fifth of its scaly part white. 

Dimensions of the type (measured in the fiesh) :— 

Head and body 265 mm. ; tail 275, its scaly portion 240, 
its white end 40 mm.; hind foot 40; ear 35. 

Skull: condylo-basal length 69 ; combined length of ms!® 
12. Another skull from Chanchamayo is no less than 81 mm. 
in condylo-basal length. 

Hab. Middle Peru. Type from Utcuyaco, Dept. Junin, 
1600 m.; another skin and a separate skull from Chan- 
chamayo. 

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 0. 7. 7.62. Original 
number 947. Collected 21st April, 1900, by P. O. Simons. 
Presented by Oldfield Thomas. 

This is also a dark form related to Osgood’s andersoni, but 
differs by its muddy-coloured instead of buffy under surtace, 
darker digits, and shorter white tail-tip. 


* Field Mus, Publ. No. 168, p., 95 (1913). 
aur 


604 Mr. O. Thomas on 


Metachirus opossum azaricus, subsp. n. 


A uniform grey subspecies without blackened crown. 

Size rather smaller than in other subspecies. General 
colour above uniform mouse-grey without median dorsal 
darker line, the sides scarcely lighter than the back. Under 
surface buffy throughout, of greater or lesser intensity. 
Ciown only faintly darker than the back, not definitely 
blackened as it is in most of the allied forms. Eyes, how- 
ever, surrounded by black as usual. Supraocular spots 
fairly large, but not very sharply defined; their diameter 
about 12 mm., the space between them too vaguely defined 
for exact measurement, but somewhere about 9 mm. broad. 
Arms and legs grey, paler than the body. Hands and feet 
dull whitish. Tail with about half the scaly portion white. 

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :— 

Head and body 277 mm. ; tail 295 ; hind foot 35 ; ear 36. 

Skull: condylo-basal length 65; ms! 10:2. 

Hab. Paraguay. Type from Sapucay. 

Type. Old female.» 9:B.M..° no! 3. 2:23. 36) “Original 
number 820. Collected. 8th August, ae by W. Foster. 
Kight specimens. 

By iis smaller size and unblackened crown this Opossum 
is readily distinguished from the other subspecies of 
M. opossum, although the black crown is not always very 
strongly developed in the Brazilian ML, 0. quica. 

I cannot refrain from naming it in honour of the famous 
Paraguayan naturalist Azara, as the animal I previously 
named after him, Pseudalopex azarica, suffered a nomencla- 
tural mishap, as was also the case with the well-known 
Didelphis azare, whose name proved to be antedated by the 
ugly term D. paragayensts, Oken. 

Another name of Oken’s, Didelphis austro-americana * 
belonging to the present group, should be considered as a 
synonym of DL. opossum, L., as its basis is the same as that 
of opossum, and, now that the latter name has been restricted 
to the Surinam camncaal austro-americana should follow it as 
a synonym, leaving quica available for the Brazilian sub- 
species. 


Metachirus opossum crucialis, subsp. n, 


A pale grey form without median dorsal line. 


General colour pale mouse-grey, though the type may be 
a little faded. Median area of back not darker, so that the 


* Lehrb. Nat. iii., Zool, ii, p. 1148 (1816), 


new Subspecies of Metachirus. 605 


whole upper surface is uniform grey. Under surface white, 
not very sharply defined, the hairs white to their roots, 
except just on the sides of the belly. Crown and muzzle 
scarcely darker than back; supraocular patches very large, 
about 13 mm, in greatest diameter, and only about 3 mm. 
from each other, the separating line being quite narrow. 
Arms and legs grey like body ; hands and feet whitish. Tail 
with its white end about one-third of its scaly portion. 

Dimensions of the type (measured on a re-made skin) :— 

Head and body 255 mm. ; tail 260, its scaly part 200, its 
white tip 70; hind foot 38. 

Skull: condylo-basal length 58°5 ; ms'* 10:3. 

Hab. Central Bolivia. Type from Santa Cruz de la 
Sierra. . 

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 47. 11.22.15. Collected 
by Mr. Thomas Bridges. 

Evidently most nearly allied to the Paraguayan form, but 
distinguishable by its greyer colour (even if somewhat faded), 
the larger supraocular patches with unusually narrow division 
between them, the whiter under surface, and shorter white 
tail-tip. 


Metachirus nudicaudatus imbutus, subsp. n. 


Most nearly allied to M. n. pheurus, with which it agrees 
in the reduction of the white on the tail, but the body—and 
especially the flanks—strongly suffused with ochraceous, in 
this respect closely matching the more northern J. n. colom- 
bianus, Allen. Back darker along the middle line, but 
without a definite stripe. Under surface dull whitish from 
chest to anus, the throat and bands along sides of belly clear 
ochraceous. Crown and centre of nape black. Supraocular 
spots small, ochraceous. A well-marked ochraceous patch 
behind the base of the ear, Line from eye to ear blackish. 
Cheeks dull ochraceous. Forearms and legs grey ; metapodials _ 
dark brown, digits whitish. Tail on the upper side dull 
brown nearly to the tip, below dull brownish white. 

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :— 

Head and body 238 mm. ; tail 259 ; hind foot 39; ear 29. 

Length of lower jaw 40°5. 

Hab. Mindo, Ecuador. 4200’. 

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 13:10. 24..71. Original 
number 183. Collected 12th June, 1913, by Gilbert 
Hammond. Presented by Oldfield Thomas. One specimen. 

M. n. pheurus is the form characteristic of the humid 
western lowlands of Heuador, and has a remarkably dull 


606 On new Subspecies of Metachirus. 


brownish general colour, in addition to the reduction or 
absence of the white on the tail. The present form, coming 
from the higher ground towards the Andes, agrees with it 
in the latter character, but the body-colour is practically as 
bright and rich as in colombianus to the north or tschudit 
from further south in Peru. 


Metachirus nudicaudatus infuscus, subsp. n. 


Most nearly related to M. n. bolivianus, Allen, with which 
it shares the blackish dorsal line, but the general colour is 
very much darker, darker in fact than in any other sub- 
species of MM. nudicaudatus. While the sides of the back, 
outside the blackish median area, are in bolivianus buffy 
greyish, they are here approximately ‘ mummy-brown,” 
succeeded below by dull tawny on the flanks. Under surface 
buffy, strongest on the throat and edges of the belly. Cheeks 
and supraocular spots ochraceous, the dark line between eye 
and ear fairly well marked. Hands and feet dark brown, 
the digits scarcely paler. Tail brown with about 3 inches at 
the end white, the junction of the two colours quite irregular. 

Dimensions of the type (measured on the skin) :— 

Head and body 240 mm, ; tail 260; hind foot 38. 

Skull: condylo-basal length 50; mst? 8:6. 

Hab. Inambari River, Peru. 

Type. Adult male. B.M. no, 2. 7. 27.8. Collected by 
G. Ockenden. One specimen. 

Distinguished from bolivianus by its much darker general 
colour, browner feet, and the lesser extension of white on the 
tail. The size of the single skuli is also less than is usual in 
the group. 


Metachirus nudicaudatus modestus, subsp. n. 

A dull greyish race almost without the rufous or fulvous 
tones found in other subspecies. 

General colour above drab-grey, without darker median 
line on the back, and with scarcely any fulvous suffusion. 
Flanks slightly more fulvous, but far less so than in the 
Brazilian M. n. myosuros. Under surface uniform buffy, the 
hairs buffy to the roots. Throat but slightly more ochra- 
ceous. Supraocular spots sharply defined, nearly white. 
Cheeks buffy. Crown strongly black, and the line between 
eye and ear also black. Hands brown to the metapodials; 
fingers and whole of hind feet whitish. ‘Tail nearly all 
white, the basal four inches only irregularly brown above. 

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :— 

Head and body 255 mm.; tail 315; hind foot 40; ear 37. 

Skull: condylo-basal length 56; ms! 9:5, 


On Two new Guenons from the Ivory Coast. 607 


Hab. Paraguay ; type from Sapucay. 

Type. Adult. female. B.M. no. 3. 2. 3.38. Original 
number 850. Collected 2nd September, 1902, by W. Foster. 
Uhree specimens, adult and two young. 

This Opossum is most nearly allied to the Brazilian 
M. n. myosuros, but is distinguishable by its more uniform 
greyish colour, without the usual ochraceous suffusion, which 
is especially marked on the flanks of the Brazilian form. 

The young specimens, each about four inches in length, 
agree Closely in colour with the adult, except that, as is not 
unusual in the young, there is more indication of a darker 
dorsal line. 


LXVI.— Two new Guenons from the Ivory Coast, West 
Africa. By OLDFIELD ‘THOMAS. 


(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) 
Just as the Squirrels obtained by Mr. Willoughby Lowe 


in the Ivory Coast Protectorate represented local races of 
previously-known Gold Coast and Sierra Leone forms, so his 
Monkeys prove on comparison to be distinguishable as local 
subspecies from their nearest allies. 


Cercopithecus biittikofert pygrius, subsp. n. 


General characters as in true bittikofert, but lighter 
throughout, with light greyish sides to the rump. 

Dorsal colour more yellowish than in bidtétckofer’, less 
tawny ; narrowed on the rump, where it is banded on each 
side by a sharply-defined zone of pale grey, continuous with 
the white underside of the tail. Under surface more promi- 
nently white. Colour of head as in bittkofer’, though the 
light rings of the hairs are a little paler. Arms grizzled 
slaty, darkening to black on to hands, without the strong 
fulvous suffusion found in béttikofert. Hind limbs similarly 
ereyer and less buffy, the backs of the hams whiter. Tail 
rather paler than in biittikoferi. 

Dimensions of type :— 

Head and body 525mm.; tail 788; hind foot 150; ear 28. 

Skull: upper cheek-tooth series 24°5. 

Hab. Bandama, Central Ivory Coast Protectorate. 

type. Adult. male. B.M. no. 23, 2.3.1. ~ Original 
number 2069. Collected 3rd January, 1923, a Messrs. 
Lowe and Hardy. One specimen. 


608 Mr. C. T. Regan on the Siluroid Fishes of 


Readily distinguishable by the light greyish bands on the 
sides of the rump, the greyer arms and legs, and the purer 
white under surface. The Museum possesses two co-types 
of biittikofert from the St. Paul’s River, Liberia, with which 
the above comparison has been made, 


Cercopithecus campbelli lowet, subsp. n. 


Like true campbell?, with the exceptions that the dorsal 
colour is brighter, more yellowish, and less tawny; the 
forehead-crest begins deep fulvous at once instead of there 
being. a certain number of whitish hairs at its front edge ; 
the legs from the hips downwards are black (not quite as 
black as the feet), instead of being dark smoky grey ; and 
the under surface is more distinctly white, well defined on 
each side from the smoky-grey line which separates it from 
the colour of the flanks. 

Dimensions of the type CNEL ed in the flesh) :— 

Head and body 545 mm. ; tail 780; hind foot 147; ear 28. 

Skull: greatest length 99 ; ; upper cheek-tooth series. 25. 

Hab. Bandama, Ivory Coast Protectorate. 

© Type:- Adult: ‘male. ~B.Milmeh 2322/3222 4 Omeinals 
number 2070. Collected 4th January, 1923, by Messrs. 
Lowe and Hardy. ‘Two specimens. 

The above differences are quite constant as ; compared with 
the six Sierra Leone and Liberian specimens, including the 
type, which have been used for making the comparison. 

Named in honour of Mr. Willoughby P. Lowe, to whose 
abilities the Mammal Collection is so much indebted. He 
made a speciality of collecting Mammals during the recent 
Lynes-Lowe Expedition to Darfur, and has now obtained 
quite a number of interesting forms, including three new 
Squirrels, in the Ivory Coast Protectorate. 


LX VIT.—Note on the Siluroid Fishes of the Clpers Glypto- 
sternum and Exostoma. By C. Tate Reagan, M.A, 


F.RS. 
(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) 


In 1842 McClelland (Calcutta Journ. Nat. Hist. ii. p. 584) 
established the genus Glyptosternon, which he diagnosed as 
follows :— 


“Teeth like.velvet, mouth situated in the lower part of the 


the Genera Glyptosternum and Eixostoma. 609 


head, which is broad and flat; eyes small and directed 
upwards; spines, when present, are concealed within the 
membranes of the fins; the pectoral and pelvic fins are 
broad, faleate, and situated in a plane with the lower surface 
of the head and body, which is more or less covered with 
mammillated and striated cuppers, for the purpose of adhering 
to stones. Without osseous plates on the body.” 

In 1860 Blyth (Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, xxix. p. 153) 
divided McClelland’s genus into four, restricting the name 
Glyptosternon to the first species—G. reteculatus. 
~ Unfortunately nothing is known of G'. retdeulatus beyond 
McClelland’s short description, which is as follows :— 
“ Glyptosternon reticulatus, nob.—Without spines, the first 
ray of the pectoral and ventral fins soft and pinnate, giving 
off soft pointed cartilaginous rays along the anterior margin, 
which are enveloped in the membrane of the fin. The under 
surface of the head and of the anterior part of the body form a 
flat corrugated surface.” 

Ginther (Cat. Fish. v. p.185) regarded Glyptothorax, Blyth, 
as a synonym of Glyptosternon, writing (p. 188) “McClelland, 
in describing his Glyptosternon reticulatus trom Afghanistan, 
appears to have had a species very similar to Gl. sériatum.” 
With this opinion I agree, and I do not think the matter can 
be carried farther until Gd, reéiculatus has been rediscovered 
and redescribed. 

I have given these details because Mr. S. L. Hora, in a 
recent paper (Rec. Ind. Mus. xxv. 1923), proposes to transfer 
the name Glyptosternon (or Glyptosternum) to a number of 
species which have usually been placed in the genus /zo- 
stoma. His reason is that McClelland’s description of the 
fins of G. reticulatus applies to these species. 

Fortunately le gives some good figures, which will allow 
those who have not specially studied this group to judge for 
themselves. Those of species of the so-called Glyptosternum 
(Hora, nec auct.) show that the striation of the lower surface 
of the outermost rays of the paired fins extends over their 
whole surface, and that the chest is not ‘“‘corrugated,” but 
is covered with smooth skin. On the other hand, the figure 
of Glyptothorax pectinopterus (pl. iv. fig. 3) shows a structure 
of the paired fins aad of the head and chest which might 
well be described in the words used by McClelland for 
G. reticulatus, the striation of the outermost rays of the 
pectoral and pelvic fins being restricted to their outer halves, 
and the “corrugated” structure of the adhesive disc being 
apparent, 

In my opinion, there is no justification for Mr. Hora’s use 


610 Mr. C. T. Regan on the 


of the name Gllyptosternum, and every reason for retaining 
it in the generally accepted sense. For the species which 
differ from the type in having the skin covering the pectoral 
and pelvic spines smooth—not striated—the name Giypes 
thorax may be used by those who consider them worthy of 
generic or subgeneric distinction, Blyth’s diagnosis being 
based on his new species Gl. trilineatus, which may be 
regarded as the type of Glyptothorax. 

Mr. Hora has examined a fish from Tenasserim in the 
collection of the Indian Museum, which may or may not be 
one of Blyth’s original specimens of Haostoma berdmorei. 
This fish is broken in pieces and not fit for investigation, but 
Mr. Hora thinks it may be a Glyptothorax. Ue theretore 
proposes to make Hivostoma a synonym of Glyptothoraz. A 
reference to Blyth’s original description will leave no doubt 
that he had before him examples of a spacies congeneric with 
McClelland’s Gl. labiatum. ‘The description of the four 
separate patches of teeth, the lips united to form a sucker, 
the small gill-openings, the exceedingly slender dorsal spine, 
the long low adipose fin, and the smooth flat lower surface 
leave no doubt that Hwostoma berdmored is an Haostoma in 
the sense in which I used the name in 1905 (Ann. & Mag. 
Nat. Hist. (7) xv. p. 182), and nothing like a Glyptothoraw. 


LXVIII.—The Fishes of the Family Icosteide. 
By C. Tare Reean, M.A., F.R.S. 


(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) 


Tue isolated family Icosteidz comprises the monotypic 
genera Icosteus and Acrotus, from deep water off the Pacific 
coast of North America. 

The family may be characterized as follows :—— 

Body ovate, strongly compressed, naked, or with scattered 
prickles. Mouth terminal, bordered above by the non- 
protractile preemaxillaries. Teeth in Jaws small, pointed, 
uniserial ; palate toothless. Guill-membranes separate ; Ay 
gills ; pseudobranchize present ; 6 or 7 branchiostegals. No 
spinous fin-rays ; dorsal and anal long, many-rayed ; caudal 
peduncle slender and caudal fin fan-shaped ; pectorals well 
up on sides, with subvertical curved base ; pelvics, when 
present, 5-rayed, well behind pectorals. Air-bladder large, 


Fishes of the Family Icosteide. 611 


without duct. Skeleton weakly ossified, largely cartilaginous, 
soft, and flexible, 


Figs 1. 
meth 


- 
- 
- 


Leth 


AS B. 


Skull of Icosteus, from above (A) and from below (8B), 


J; frontal; p, parietal; meth, mesethmoid ; /eth, lateral ethmoid ; soc, 
supraoccipital ; boc, basioccipital ; eoc, exoccipital ; epo, epiotic ; 
pto, pterotic; spo, sphenotic; pro, prootic; as, alisphenoid; 
ps, parasphenoid ; v, yvomer. 


A. P, 
Icosteus enigmaticus. Skeleton of pectoral (A) and caudal (B) fins. 


sc, hypercoracoid (scapula) ; cor, hypocoracoid ; 7, radials; 
ep, epurals; hy, hypurals, 


I have studied the skeleton of an example of Icosteus 
enigmaticus, but the skull kas been pushed out of shape, 


612 Mr, C. T. Regan on the 


so that the accompanying figures are to some extent 
diagrammatic. There appears to be a complete cartila- 
einous cranium, which is rather broad and somewhat 
depressed. The membrane-bones——parietals, frontals, mes- 
ethmoid, vomer, and parasphenoid—are thin. The cartilage- 
bones—basioccipital, supraocciptal, exoccipitals, epiotics, 
pterotics, sphenotics, prootics, alisphenoids, - and lateral 
ethmoids—are for the most part separated from each other 
by cartilage. The slender palatine is attached to the 
anterior end of the vomer; the pterygoids, quadrate, etc., 
have no feature of special interest ; the opercular bones are 
very thin, almost membranous. 

The post-temporal is simple, attached to the epiotic ; its 
lower fork is represented by a ligament. The coracoid 
ossifications are widely separated by cartilage, on which the 
four rather large radials are inserted. ‘The small separate 
pelvic bones are remote from the pectoral arch. 

The basalia of the dorsal and anal fins are not connected 
with the neural and hzemal spines. 

The vertebral column comprises 70 vertebre; the ribs 
are feeble and sessile; the hypurals have a radiating 
arrangement. 

The exact systematic position of the Icosteide is uncertain, 
but the great development of cartilage and the weakness 
of the bones is evidently secondary, and there is nothing 
in their organization to prevent the assumption that the 
Icosteidze represent a specialized and somewhat degenerate 
development of the Perciform type. 


LXIX.—-The Classification of the Stomiatoid Fishes. 
By C. Tarz Reean, M.A., F.R.S. 


(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) 


Tue Stomiatoids are Teleostean Fishes of the order 
Isospondyli (or Malacopterygii) ; they are oceanic, some 
descending to considerable depths. They differ from the 
Clupeoids in possessing photophores; which are usually 
arranged in two series on each side of the lower part of the 
body. The dentigerous maxillary enters the gape and is 
firmly attached to the preemaxillary. ‘The ribs are attached 
to short autogenous parapophyses wluch are inserted in pits 


Classification of the Stomiatoid Fishes. 613 


in the vertebral centra. The caudal fin skeleton is nearly 
as in the Clupeide, without upturned vertebre. 

A study of the osteology shows that the Stomiatoids form 
two well-marked groups, of which the Gonostomatide and 
Astronesthidze respectively are the most primitive families. 
The Gonostomatidze are very near the Elopidee. Comparing 
Photichthys with Hlops* | find a striking agreement in the 
head-skeleton, the general form of the skull and the relations 
of the bones being almost exactly the same. In Photichthys 
the orbitosphenoid appears to be absent aud the posterior 
temporal fossze are somewhat smaller than in Hlops, but 
there are no other differences of importance. 

The skull of Astronesthes is much more specialized. There 
are no distinct subtemporal or posterior temporal fossze, the 
frontals extend to the posterior end of the cranial roof, and 
the parietals are very small and separate. The preemaxillarics 
have anterior expansions which extend upwards over the 
mesethmoid, and the maxillary has no supramaxillaries 
(supplemental bones). The skeleton of Astronesthes shows 
many resemblances to that of the Cretaceous Enchodontide, 
a family that may belong to this group. 


Synopsis of the Families. 


I. Premaxillary without anterior expansion; maxillary with two 
supramaxillaries. Parietals meeting above supraoccipital. No 
barbel. Dorsal in advance or above anterior part of anal. 


Body elongate. Skull elongate, with parasphenoid 

nearly straight. Hpiotics separate; basi- 

sphenoid and alisphenoids present. Post- 

temporal forked ; a mesocoracoid ......:..... 1, Gonostomatide. 
Body deep, strongly compressed. Skull short and 

deep, with parasphenoid bent at a right-angle. 

Epiotics meeting below supraoccipital; basi- 

sphenoid and alisphenoids absent. Post- 

temporal united with supracleithrum to form 

a rectangular bone, with short horizontal upper 

aud long vertical lower limb; no mesocoracoid. 

Supraneurals projecting as a keel in front of 

Regs MURAINE 7-P- SNL Dati eh Cr stel nis, wre sb din adel 0 OEE 2. Sternoptychide. 


II, Preemaxillary with strong anterior expansion extending upwards 
over ethmoid; maxillary slender, without supramaxillaries. 
Parietals very small and separate, or absent. 

A. Supracleithrum and mesocoracoid present; dorsal in advance 
of anal; an adipose fin ; pectorals well developed. 


* The head-skeleton of the Elopide has been well described and 
illustrated by Ridewood (P. Z. 8. 1904). ; 


614 The Classification of the Stomiatoid Fishes. 


Parietals present. A small plate-like post-temporal. 

First vertebra normal. Dorsal fin above or 

behind pelvies..nce s.e tu seth Rie cnet 3. Astronesthide. 
Parietals absent. Nopost-temporal. First vertebra \ 

very long. Dorsal fin well in advance of pelvics. 4, Chauliodontide. 


B. Parietals, post-temporal, supracleithrum, and mesocoracoid ab- 
sent. Dorsal and anal wholly or in great part opposed; no 
adipose fin; pectorals usually small or absent. 


Mouth wade; ‘avhyordibarbel.y, > ja.aaaeie cece 5. Stonuiatide. 
Mouth very wide; no barbel; mandibular sym- 

physis connected with hyoid by an elastic liga- 

ment; no integument between rami of lower _ 

JAW a inate, fale wll Uintele ce: elateha stats Sucee iaitods tore aug cies 6. Malacosteide, 


Family 1. Gonostomatide. 

IT have examined skeletons of Photichthys (51 vertebree), 
Gonostoma (39 vertebree), and Maurolicus (34. vertebre). 
Other important genera are Cyclothone, Diplophos, Vinci- 
guerria, and Ichthyococcus. The last approaches the Sterno- 
ptychiidee in the telescopic eyes, the narrow interorbital 
region, etc., but is essentially Gonostomatid in structure. 


Family 2. Sternoptychiide. 


I have examined the skeleton of Argyropelecus (36 
vertebre). The other genera are Sternoptyx and Polyipnus. 


Family 3. Astronesthide. 
I have studied the skeleton of Astronesthes (47 vertebre). 
- The other genera are Borostomias (with spaced maxillary 
teeth) and Bathylychnis (without hyoid barbel). 


Family 4. Chauliodontide. 

Chauliodus, the only genus of this family, is remarkable for 
its formidable dentition. In C. sloani the vertebrae number 
58; the neural arch of the enlarged first vertebra is 
represented by long paired lamin. 


Family 5. Stomiatide. 

I have examined the skeleton of Stomias boa (78 vertebre). 
Most of the other genera (e..g., Macrostomias, Echiostoma, 
Photonectes, etc.) agree with Stomias in having the body 
moderately ‘elongate, and the dorsal and anal fins opposed 
and nearly equal in length, but in Hustomias the anal is 
longer. Jdiacanthus differs from the rest in being very 
elongate, with the tail long and slender and the dorsal fin 
longer than the anal. 


Family 6. Malacosteide. 


Three genera——Malacosteus, Photostomias, and Thaumato- 
stomias. 


— 


i) 


(J) 


— 


ox 


2 


On the Colours of Tealia crassicornis. 615 


LXX.—On the Colours of the Sea Anemone, Tealia crassi- 
cornis. By RicHArD ELMuirst and JOHN SMITH SHARPE. 


(From the Marine Biological Station, Millport.) 


In a previous paper (1920) we detailed an attempt to in- 
terpret something of the colour-variations of Actinia equina, 
and showed that the lipochrome pigments of that species act 
as ‘‘ optical sensitisers producing active oxygen for the use of 
the animal through the medium of the respiratory pigment.” 
This study has been extended to the species of Tealia crassi- 
cornis with similar results so far as the littoral forms are 
concerned, 


Part I.—EnvironmentaL. By Ricuarp Eumaurrsr. 


Habitat, etc.— Tealia crassicornis is a well-kuown Anemone 
* distributed everywhere on the British coasts”? (Gosse, 
p- 216) from the Fueus serratus level of the intertidal zone 
to moderate depths. Considerable changes are noticeable in 
the general characters and habits of the species as it is fol- 
lowed from littoral to benthic habitat. Taking (1) proportions, 
(2) texture of the skin, (3) occurrence of the wart-like suckers 
on the column, (4) habit of dressing in shell-débris etc., 
(5) pigmentation, and (6) exposure sought at various depths 


. Column thickly 


in tabular form :— 


LITTORAL, 


. Small and low, up to 3” 


broad x 1” high. 


‘“‘Tirm and even cartila- 
ginous ”’ ( Givsse), 


covered 
with wart-lilke suckers. 


Generally dressed in frag- 
ments of shell ete., closed 
during ebb, often half- 
buried in substratum, 


Hleavy pigmentation of 
green, red, and brown; 
opaque. 


In shelter under stones and 
in crevices, often several 
together, 


Sus-LiTTorat, including 
caves and large rock-pools. 


Larger, height about equal 
to width, 


Less firm, 
Less warty. 


Dressing not usual, always 
expanded, except when 
feeding, 


Brighter reds, less dull green 
and brown, 


Sides of caves, 
boulders, 


exposed on 
often numerous, 


DEEP-WATER. 


Large, 6” or more, usually 


higher than broad, 
Soft. 


Warts absent, or of irregular 
occurrence, 


Red and paler; pellucid. 


Single, on stones or large 
shells. 


616 Messrs. R. Elmhirst and J. Smith Sharpe on 


We find that as we go from the shore to deep-water : 

(1) The firm tough skin of the littoral forms disappears. 

(2) Individuals become larger. 

(3) ‘Che wart-like suckers disappear. 

(4) The habit of dressing correlated with 3 also disappears. 

(5) Intensity of pigmentation and tendency to close up 

decrease. 
(6) Exposure to tidal currents is sought rather than shelter 
in crevices. | 

Details confirming these conclusions may be found in, the 
pages of Gosse (1860), Newbigin (1901), and various 
faunistic works too numerous to list. Hxamination of speci- 
mens from various localities and depths confirms Gosse’s 
view that the shore Zeala (species coriacea, Cuvier) and 
the deep-water Tealia (species crassicornis, Miiller) are 
forms of one variable species, and indicates that intermediate 
gradations occur in habitats of intermediate depth, light- 
conditions, etc. Some of the Clyde TYealiw are very near 
T. iuberculata (Cocks), which Gosse (p. 217) suggests is a 
synonym of crassicornis, but Dr. Cunningham (1890) in- 
clined to regard them as separate. More recently Prof. 
Gemmill (1920) has studied the development of these shore 
and deep-water forms, and writes (p.453) :—‘ On general 
grounds I would have judged that the shore and the sub- 
merged forms were varieties of the same species had my 
account (see below) of the development of the mesenteries in 
the latter agreed with thatof Faurot for the former.” Later, 
he adds, “‘ Material is being collected for a revisal of his work 
on this point ’—viz., the order of occurrence of the primary 
mesenteries. I think it is well to add here that Faurot had 
no opportunity of examining very young specimens in which 
the primary mesenteries and tentacles were being formed. 

Colour Significance.—TLhe colour-schemes of littoral Tealie 
are innumerable and extraordinarily variable, but the general 
prevalence, particularly on the column, of heavy red, green, 
and brown lipochromes suggests that the pigmentation has a 
physiological function as in Act#inia. Spectroscopically and in 
-certain chemical characters these red, green, and brown pig- 
ments are identical with the similar pigments in Actinia 
(McMunn, 1885), and we presume, therefore, have similar 
functions. In the case of Actinia, Mr. Sharpe showed “‘ ex- 
perimentally by Wager’s method that these red and brown 
substances produce photo-chemical action with the release of 
active oxygen” (1920, p. 53), but in the case of Zcaha he 
lias been unable to get a definite result, owing to the vast 


the Colours of Tealia crassicornis. 617 


quantities of mucus which pour from the tissues of Tealia 
when handled for the purpose. However, we still hope for 
a definite result, when a suitable modification of method and 
apparatus has been devised. 

Besides any physiological function of the body-pigments, 
the general colour-schemes of contrasting patches of colour are 
to be regarded as protective in virtue of their “ obliterative ” 
value. Further, the habit of dressing seems to have a double 
protective function—firstly, as concealment and, secondly, 
as a check against dessication during ebb-tide. Similarly, 
the uniform brownish-olive tint of certain shore Teale 
serves well for concealment, but it is impossible to detail 
every type of colour-pattern adopted by this protean 
species. 

The varied colour-schemes of the tentacles and disc, together 
with the indefinite outline produced by the markings and dispo- 
sition of the expanded tentacles, would seem to be a camouflage 
of still greater ‘‘ageressive” value. Confirmation of this is 
obtained by the following experiment :—Paint an expanded 
Tealia ona cardboard disc, shading in the natural background 
between the tentacles; cut out the coloured part of the disc and 
fix it on the top of the spindle of a hand-driven centrifuge, and 
spin comparatively slowly, when it will usually be found that 
the colours of the painting complement each other, giving the 
appearance of a white or faintly bluish disc. Sometimes when 
the primary disc-bands are strongly marked they form, when 
being spun, a reddish ring. The conclusion drawn from this 
experiment is that the camouflage-value of the general colour- 
scheme of the oral surface is very great, and is such that 
animals of imperfect powers of vision (e. g., Amphipods) would 
fail to detect, visually, any danger from the presence of an 
anemone and swim straight into its clutches, which is exactly 
what normally happens. In the case of Tealie with very 
strong red markings on the disc, such markings might be 
‘“‘warning-coloration,” and any creature seeing them and 
reacting would probably go straight into the outspread 
tentacles, in which case the final effect is to be regarded 
as, primarily, aggressive and, possibly, secondarily, warning 
(cf. Fleure and Walton, 1907, p. 218). 

The facts that Tealie frequent sheltered crevices and 
expose the oral surface chiefly during flood-tide, when even 
the few feet of sea-water covering them cut off some light, 
tend to enhance the camouflage-value of the oral colour- 
schemes. Innumerable as the colour-patterns of the oral 


Ann. & Mag, N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. xi, 40 


618 Messrs. R. Elmhirst and J. Smith Sharpe on 


surface of this species are, they may be grouped more or les 
as follows :— 

Type 1. Colours complementary. 

Type 2. Red of the primary disc-bands outstanding. 

Type 3. Uniform sombre tint. 

Type 4. Dise as any of the above associated with white 

tentacles. 

Tealie in captivity are usually expanded at night, and I 
can confirm the observations of Fleure and Walton that they 
react to strong light by closing, which surely indicates that 
the pigmentation of the oral surface is adapted for use in 
weak light, whilst the denser pigmentation of the body-wall 
serves in strong light. 

The lighter lipochrome pigmentation, brighter colours, and 
almost continual exposure of the oral surface of cave-dwelling 
and sublittoral specimens living in less brilliant light-con- 
ditions illustrates the reduction of pigment in reduced light, 
which is still further confirmed by the delicate colouring, 
absence of heavy lipochromes, and pellucid nature of speci- 
mens from depths of 30 fms. and more. The abundance of 
lipochromes, presumably with the power of producing active 
oxygen, in shore-forms and the comparative absence of them 
in specimens from totally submerged habitat, suggests a pro- 
vision for some respiratory requirement during ebb in the 
former, which is not necessary to the latter. 

Eaperimental-—When Teahe are kept in captivity they 
often lose much of their natural brightness and delicacy of 
colouring—as has been noted in the case of other species ; in 
such changes the general tendency is towards the assumption 
of a uniform sombre tint, such as is found locally in some 
shore Teale. Deep-water Tealie also when kept in strong 
light lose brilliance and assume a more or less uniform brick- 
red shade. To test the relation between pigmentation and 
daylight, some shore Jealie were kept in complete darkness 
for six months in a tank with a good water-supply (well 
aérated and plankton available as food, more solid food being 
given fortnightly). At the end of the experiment, the pig- 
mentation of the column, disc, and tentacles was found to 
have markedly decreased. The disappearance of pigment 
was most marked in the lower part of the column, and least 
marked in the tentacles. A rich red deep-water Yealia in 
the same experiment paled noticeably, except in the oral 
surface, and tended to assume a dull olivaceous shade from 
below upwards. In Actinia, similarly, paling took place ; in 
Actinoloba both orange and white varieties were tried, but 


the Colours of Tealia crassicornis. 619 


showed no change. A reverse result has been obtained in the 
case of two lightly pigmented Zealie, of the shore-type, taken 
in 25 fms. near the Kddystone Light, and kindly sent me by 
the courtesy of the Director of the Plymouth Lal oratory. 
These specimens were kept in fairly strong daylight, in a 
good circulation, and in the course of two ‘months showed 
a marked increase in the intensity of their pigmentation. 

In deep water off the Cumbraes very large Zealie are 
obtained, some of which show a distinct and beautiful 
lavender shade in all parts of the animal. This peculiar 
shade disappears entirely in a few weeks if the specimen 
possessing it is exposed to experimental tidal conditions 
(about 5 hours dry in each 24 hours), but remains fairly 
constant in those possessing it if they are kept continually 
submerged in well-aérated water. ‘This seems to be a 
colour-character occurring only in a small percentage of 


the deep-water specimens. 


Summary. 


(1) A comparison of various characters, physiological and 
structural, shows that the shore, deep-water, and intermediate 
forms of Yealia are adaptational varieties of one species, 
crassicornis. 

(2) The intricate colour-scheme of the disc and tentacles is 
a camouflage of great aggressive value, with evidence of 
warning coloration in some forms. The body-colouring is 
obliterative. j 

(3) The occurrence of strong pigmentation (functioning as 
a light-screen) in littoral forms grading to the pellucid nature 
of deep-water forms suggests a relation between intensity of 
light and depth of pigment, which is confirmed by ex- 
periment, 

(4) The prevalence of red in deep-water forms is dependent 
on the twilight conditions obtaining in depths of over 30 fms. 
in this latitude. 

(5) Some deep-water Tealie have a distinctive lavender 
shade, probably due to a definite pigment. 


Part Il.—Cuemioat. By JoHn Sito SHARPE. 


In continuation of the previous work on Actinza, the shore 
and deep-water varieties of Yealia crassicornis were investi- 
gated. By contrasting these it may be possible to throw 


turther light on the physiological action of the pigments, 
A)* 


620 On the Colours of Tealia crassicornis. 


The methods used were similar to those recorded in the 
previous paper (1920). 

In the shore variety a very marked amount of hemoglobin 
derivative (respiratory pigment) was found, but in the \deep- 
water variety, even in red specimens, a much smaller quantity 
was demonstrated ; in some cases only the less refrangible 
band of the reduced alkaline solution was seen. Similarly, 
the ether-aleohol soluble lipochromes were abundant in shore- 
forms and scarce in deep-water forms. ‘The positions of 
their screens were but little different from those found in 
Actinia. 

The above-mentioned lavender-tinted deep-water colour- 
variety gave evidence of what seems to be new pigment, 
which was extracted in an aqueous-alcohol layer underlying 
the ether-alcohol extract. It was of a heliotrope-blue colour, 
and found both in the tentacles and body-wall. This pig- 
ment gave two well-marked bands, one in the yellow and 
one in the blue. The band in the yellow almost corresponded 
to the less refrangible band of oxyhemoglobin, but the band 
in the blue was further to the right than that of the blood-pig- 
ment (see figure), Treatment with either acid or alkali, even 
when very dilute, caused the disappearance of the colour and 
these bands. Ordinary pigment solvents—chloroform, ether, 
benzol, ete.—did not take up this blue pigment, which does not 
seem to agree with any previously recorded. Lankester has 
described (1873) stentorine a blue pigment from the cortical 
substance of a Stentoria which gave two strong absorption- 
bands, one in the red and one in the green, similar to phyco- 
cyan, the blue colouring-matter from Oseillarie. The action 
of dilute acids (acetic, sulphuric, hydrochloric) did not appear 
to effect any change, but the colour was intensified by the 
addition of caustic potash, when the band in the red became 
darker and the more refrangible band disappeared. 

M‘Kendrick (1881) found that by macerating Cyanea in 
sea-water a sky-blue fluid was obtained, showing two distinct 
absorption-bands, one in the red and one in the orange. The 
addition of ammonia produced a copious precipitate soluble 
in acids, when the colouring-matter again goes into solution. 

Further, Blanchard (1882) extracted a blue pigment from 
Rhizostoma cuviert in 90 per cent. alcohol, which gave three 
bands, in the red, yellow, and green respectively—that in the 
yellow being almost coincident with the D-line. 


Summary. 
(1) The shore-forms of Tealia are richer in both lipochrome 


On Butterflies from New Guinea and Tenimber. 621 


colouring-matter and hemoglobin derivative (respiratory 
pigment) than the deep-water forms. As in Actinia the 
lipochrome-screen presumably acts as an optical sensitiser. 

(2) A distinctive new hemoglobin derivative occurs in a 
certain lavender-tinted deep-water colour-variety of Teala 
crassicornis. 


aBC D Eb F 


A, G 
SY i Oxyhaemoglobin: 
LA 
EA Un ee 


blue pryrment F701 
Tentacles of Jeala, 


GQ 


a Sa 
3 
Z 
y 
4 
4 


REFERENCES. 
BLANCHARD. 1882. Bull. de la Soc, Zool. France, vol. vil. pp. 402- 
404, 
CunnineHam. 1890. Jour. M. B.A. vol. 1. pp. 205-210. 
EiMurrst and SHARPE. 1920. ‘ Biochemical Journal,’ vol. xiv. No.1, 
pp. 48-57. 
Frievre and Watton. 1907. Zool. Anzeiger, Bd. xxxi, pp. 212-220, 
GreMMILL. 1920. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, pp. 453-457. 
GossE. 1860. ‘ British Sea Anemones.’ 
Jounston, 1847, ‘A History of the British Zoophytes.’ 
LaNKESTER. 1873. Q.J.M.S. vol. xiii. pp. 189-142. 
M‘Kernprick. 1881. J. Anat. & Phys. vol. xv. pp. 261-264. 
McMunn. 1885. Phil. Trans. ii. p. 641. 
Newsicin. 1901. ‘ Life by the Sea-shore.’ 


LXXI.—On some Butterjlies from New Guinea and Te- 
nimber. By the Rev. G. Huxsrarrt, M.S.C, (Heverlee, 
Louvain). 

Two new races of butterflies are described in the following 

pages, and a note is added on a form described in a former 

paper. 
The types of the new races are in our collection at 

Heverlee. 


Pieride. 


Delias argenthona ball, Hulst. 


Under this name I deseribed, in the Ann. & Mag. Nat. 
Hist. (9) xi. p. 180 (1923), as a 2 form a specimen in our 


(522 Rey. G. Hulstaert on some 


collection which, unfortunately, was unlabelled. Although 
there was some probability that this specimen came from 
Merauke (Southern Dutch New Guinea), I did not give any 
locality, as I was uncertain, especially as D. argenthona, F., 
Tamas diam Reon ftom We Guinea. Considering, how- 
ever, the history of our collection, it is very probable that 
this female came from Merauke. This has been confirmed 
by a letter from Mr. G. Talbot, who was about to publish 
the description of a female specimen of D. argenthon~ in 
the Fruhstorfer collection coming from this locality. This 
description, which tlie well-known lepidopterologist kindly 
communicated to me, agreed with the specimen described by 
me as 9 f. ball, ral Mr. Talbot also considers them the 
same. Thus the New-Guinean origin of ? f. balls is sufh- 
ciently certain, and this form is to be considered as a good 
local race. 

In addition to this female, our collection contains an 
unlabelled D. argenthona g, which probably also came from 
Merauke for the same reason as indicated for the female, 
and which I think to be the ¢ of D.a. balli, although it 
differs but slightly from the typical Australian race. 

In accordance with these considerations, I now describe 
this g specimen, adding a more complete description of the 
? than that given originally in this Magazine. 

gd. Above-—Almost completely lke true argenthona. 
Fore wing: subapical markings smaller, shorter ; black 
border rather far from cell, regularly rounded and narrowed 
proximally, only 3-4 mm. on vein 4, 1 mm. below vein 3; 
black costal border closely irrorated with white to beyond 
middle. Hind wing: black border hardly dentate on veins, 
which are not black at their extremity, except vein 6. 

Below.—Yore wing: black costal border entering 2 mm. 
into cell, covering the upper discocellular. Apical black, 
reaching the extremity of the cell, but leaving a proximally 
open white spot on middle discocellulars ; subapical white spots 
smaller than in typical argenthona, but larger below than 
above ; the spot between veins 4-3 touching discal white ; 
black border dentate on vein 3 and a little on vein 2, covering 
vein 4 almost completely, regularly rounded, 2 mm. broad 
above vein 3, 1 mm. between veins 3 and 2. Hind wing: 
basal part yellow, white beyond origin of vein 7 and at 
extremity of cell between origin of veins 6 and 3. Outer 
black area regularly rounded-incurved, touching cell only at 
origin of vein 4; a small red discocellular spot, separated 
from the black area ; red submarginal patches smaller than 


Butterflies from New Guinea and Tenimber. 623 


n D. a. argenthona, longer than broad, defined by whitish; 
black marginal border broader, especially towards tornus. 

2. Above.—Ground-colour dead-white; base of both 
wings irrorated with black and yellow. Fore wing: differs 
from forma seminigra, Fruhst., in discocellular white spot being 
very small, subapical markings also smaller ; black border 
covering extremity of cell, origin of vein 4, and outer half of 
vein 3. Hind wing: black terminal area diffusely limited 
by a rather broad area of grey suffusion ; no discocellular 
nor submarginal markings, the transparent red patches of the 
underside taking their place. 

Below.—F ore wing dead- white, base yellow ; black border 
similar to above, discocellular and subapical white patches 
somewhat larger than above. Hind wing: basal half 
yellow, except a little white on costal part before black 
terminal area, which is distinctly limited, but not regularly 
rounded, passing through the extremity of the cell from 
beyond origin of vein 6 to that of vein 3. Red discocellular 
patch rather large, occupying the whole lower discocellular ; 
submarginal patches somewhat broader than in the @, less 
distinctly surrounded with white, the band regularly rounded 
distally ; black terminal border broad. 

1 g,1 2, Merauke, Southern Dutch New Guinea. 

Note.—No doubt, many of the characteristics given above 
will prove simply individual when large series are examined. 
The racial character certainly in the 3 is the larger extent of 
the apical black on the underside of the fore wing ; the ? 
characters are given in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 0. c. 


Terias libythea dionysia, subsp. n. 


3. Above.-—Darker yellow than in 7. 1. zoraide, Feld., 
dusted with black scales at the base. Black border of fore 
wing broader, extending to the point of separation of veins 6 
and 7, narrowing regularly towards inner margin. Hind 
wing: border broader, 2 mm. under vein 6, dentate on 
veins 6 and 7, narrowing regularly and not so abruptly as in 
T. l. zoraide, Feld., and drona, Horsf. 

Below.—Rather closely dusted with black scales, especially 
on hind wing, but no traces of cloudy bands; black terminal 
dots on veins. Fore wing: a stripe on discocellulars, a 
small dot in the cell. Hind wing: a small dot under vein 8 
and one on lower discocellular. 

Genitalia (text-fig.).—Claspers somewhat broader than in 
T. 1. zoraide, more abruptly narrowed ; no dorsal hook nor 


624 On Butterflies from New Guinea and Tenimber. 


tooth at middle ; extremity a little more rounded, its dorsal 
angle right, not acute; hook of harpes not so long,as in 
zoraide, more inwardly curved. Penis similar to that of 
T. 1. zoraide, but not so acutely truncate at extremity, the 
truncation not sinuous, but straight. 

Hxpanse.—35 mm. 

1g, Olilit (Jamdena), Tenimber, 1918 (Rev. D. van 
Roessel, M.S.C.). 

This race differs from the allied zoraide and drona, in 
addition to the characters given above, by the shape of the 
wings, which are rounder, especially the posterior pair, and 
by the black border of the hind wing narrowing less abruptly, 
but remaining of nearly equal breadth up to the tornus. On 
account of the genitalia, however, this form seems to con- 
stitute only a local race. 


The discovery of T. libythea in the Tenimber group is very 


a. b. 


Genitalia of Terzas libythea dionysia, subsp. n. 


a, profile view of extremity of penis of 7. /. zoraide; b, ditto of 
T. l. dionysia, subsp. n. 


interesting, three species of the genus Tervas being already 
known from there—T. apatosa, Hulst., T. hecabe brevicostalis, 
Butl., and J. libythea dionysia, Hulst. It would not be 
surprising if still further species, such as 7’. candida, Cr., and 
some Australian ones, should be found on these islands, on 
account of their known relationship with Australia and New 
Guinea on the one hand, and with the Timor group and the 
Lesser Sunda Islands on the other. 


Danaidee. 


EHuplea confusa marinda, subsp. n. 

Near #. c. catana, Fruhst. : 

&. Fore wing rounder than in this race. 

Above-—Much darker, almost completely black ; discal 
pale area entirely brownish yellow, not lighter distally, not so 
large as in catana and in iapudia, Fruhst., not extending into 
cell nor above half interspace 3, remaining some mm, from 
outer margin, just passing vein 1, not reaching base of wing, 
its costal edge rounded, sharply limited above, diffusely 


On new Crane-flies from New Zealand. 625 


towards termen and inner margin; the ground-colour between 
it and the inner margin brownish, paler than the rest of wing. 
Hind wing similar to that of catana, but uniformly blackish, 
except a narrow brown anal area. 

Below.—Still darker than above. Fore wing: discal paie 
area similar to that of catana, but not so large, scarcely 
entering into cell, reaching proximal half of vein 3, rounded 
costally, remaining some 3 mm. from termen, reaching i inner 
margin. Hind wing: faint traces of the blue circumcellular 
spots. 

1 g, Merauke, 1912 (Rev. J. Viegen, M.S.C.). 

It is interesting to note the resemblance in the darkening 
process which exists between this new form and the Merauke 
race of Huplea alecto, Butl. (¢f Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (9) 
<p. £32. 1923).. 


LXXII.—New Species of Crane-flies collected by Mr. G. V. 
Hudson in New Zealand. By F. W. Epwarpbs. 


(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) 


THE seven new crane-flies described below were included 
in a very interesting collection received from Mr. Hudson in 
the spring of 1922, and form a very valuable addition to the 
already extensive series previously presented by him to the 
National Collection, besides furnishing additional evidence 
of the extensive and varied erane-fly fauna of New Zealand. 
The forms here described appear distinct from all those 
recently made known by Alexander, and bring the total 
number of New Zealand species to just about 300. 


Tanyderus marginatus, sp. n. 


Head heavily dusted with light ochreous, and clothed with 
long brown hair. Proboscis and palpi dark brown, the 
former nearly twice as long as the head and rather longer 
than the neck. Hyes almost but not quite touching above 
the antenne. Antennze with the scape dark brown; flagellum 
light brown, the segments all cylindrical, practically equal in 
length, and with rather inconspicuous pubescence, which is 
scarcely as long as the diameter of the segments (in 7. annu- 
liferus it is distinctly longer). Neck long and slender, dark 
brown. Thoraw: pronotum dark brown in the middle, 
ochreous at the sides. Mesonotum with the ground-colour 
light grey, the three brown stripes just separated, long but 
inconspicuous brown hair along the interspaces. Scutellum 


626 Mr. F. W. Edwards on new 


darkened in the middle. Pleura with obscure brown 
mottling, a rather conspicuous dark spot on the sternopleura. 
Abdomen dark brown dorsally, each of tergites 2-6 with a 
rather narrow oblique white mark on each side, commencing 
from the basal corner and extending a little over half the 
length of the segment ; tergites 1 and 7 with a somewhat 
similar but more ochreous mark. Hypopygium dark brown, 
constructed as in the other New Zealand species. Legs 
yellowish, the tips of the femora, tibie, and tarsal segments 
dark brown, most conspicuous on the femora. Hair rather 
long and conspicuous, about twice as long. as the diameter 
of the segments. Wangs with the ground-colour whitish, 
except in cells C and Sc, where it is more ochreous, the 
greater part of the surface covered by the dark brown 
markings ; veins yellowish, darker in most of the dark areas, 
all except Sc, An, and the cross-veins clothed with rather 
conspicuous macrotrichia. Markings much as in 7’. forei- 
patus, O.-S., but the borders of all the large spots are 
darkened, and in many places traces of the white ground- 
colour show between the spots and the dark borders. 

Venation: the two accessory cross-veins separated by less 
than the length of one of them, both placed well beyond the 
fork of F,,3. Cross-vein m angulated, each half about as 
long as the basal section of M,. Cell M, not much wider at 
the margin than cell M/,. Talteres pale basally, knob dark 
brown. 

Length of body 15 mm.; wing 17x5 mm.; front lee 
dd mm, 

North Island: in dense forest, ravine below reservoir, 
Wainui-o-mata, Wellington, 15. x11. 1920 (G. V. Hudson). 

Type ¢ (unique) in Mr. Hudson’s collection. 


Amphineurus subglaber, sp. n. 


Closely related to A. horni, Edw., differing as follows :— 
Wings rather broader and with a slight yellowish tinge ; 
macrotrichia on membrane very few and scattered, quite 
absent from the greater part of the wing. Hypopygium : 
ninth tergite with the apical lobes short, divergent, not 
blackened. Side-pieces with two pairs of terminal processes 
(apart from the appendages), which are equal in length and 
about twiee as long as the side-piece itself ; the outer process 
hairy, of the usual form, the inner one (produced from the 
ventro-apical angle) bare, blade-like, somewhat expanded 
before the tip, which is acuminate. One pair of appendages 
short, bent inwards at the middle, the outer half blackened ; 
the other pair long, basal half swollen, black, the outer third 


Crane-flies from New Zealand. 627 


or half slender, pale. Parameres long and black, with a 
small outward-facing tooth some distance before the tip. 
Penis long and sinuous. 

Leneth of body about 4 mm.; antenna about 6°5 mm. ; 
wing 6X 1:5 mm. 

North Island: Wilton’s Bush, Wellington, xi. 1921 
(G. V. Fludson, no. 378). 

Type ¢ and one paratype ¢ in the British Museum. 


Amphineurus niveinervis, sp. n. 


Nearly allied to A. fatuus, Hutton, and A. subfatuus, 
Alex., but differing as follows:—Front and mid-femora 
without any trace of a pale ring; the ring on the hind 
femora broad, well defined on its inner edge, but gradually 
fading outwardly. Wing-markings as in A. subfatuus, but 
very indistinct. Veins all dark except round the tip of 
cell R, where they are snow-white. Venation as in 
A. fatuus, except that Cu a is less oblique and is equal in 
length to the stem of cell dz. 

Length of body 5mm. ; wing 6 mm. 

North Island: Wilton’s Bush, Wellington, xi. 1921 
(Go. Fludson, no. 351). 

Type @ in the British Museum. 


Limnophila strigimacula, sp. n. 


Nearly allied to L. marshalli, Hutton, differing as follows :— 
Antenne distinctly shorter, the flagellar segments barely 
four times as long as their greatest breadth; first flagellar 
seoment ochreous, slightly darkened at the base, the re- 
mainder with the basal half blackish, the apical half ochreous, 
rather obscurely so on the terminal segments. Postnotum 
without the black median patch characteristic of Z. marshall. 
Hypopygium much as in LZ. marshalli, particularly as regards 
the form of the ninth tergite and claspers, but the horny 
dorso-basal appendage of the side-pieces is stouter and simple 
(not forked), the membranous flap on the inner ventral face 
of the side-piece is much larger, and there are, in addition, a 
pair of straight, pubescent, square-ended, strap-shaped, ventral 
appendages, which are abent in LZ. marshalli, though present 
In a very similar form in ZL. cyatheti, Edw. Wings with 
markings on much the same plan as in L. marshalli, but the 
spots smaller and the ground-colour of the wings more 
clouded, especially in the male; spot over base of As irre- 
gular in shape, those over the tip of An and Az in the form 
of hollow rings ; the spot in cell JZ in the form of an elongate 


628 Mr. F. W. Edwards on new 


dark streak ; another shorter dark streak in cell R. Sco, 
scarcely three times its length distant from the tip of R, and 
beyond the base of A, ; basal section of Ry; obld wee ; Cu, 
well before middle of discal cell. 

North Island: Karori, Wellington (G. V. Hudson, no. 346). 

Type ¢ and allotype ? in the British Museum. 

This species is of interest, since it obviously connects 
L. marshall: with L. cyathett, ‘The venation, except for the 
position of Cua, is practically as in the latter species, and 
the relationship is also shown by the coloration of the 
antenne. 


Gynoplistia orophila, sp. n. 


3. Head black, somewhat shining, but very distinctly 
dusted over with grey. Front broad, slightly broader than 
one eye. Antenne black, 16-segmented, last five segments 
simple, the appendages of the intermediate seoments about 
six times as long as the segments. Palpi black. Thora 
shining black, the pronotum, the front of the prescutum, and 
the posterior lateral corners of the seutum reddish. Pleura 
with some rather inconspicuous grey hair. Abdomen shining 
black, the hypopygium bright orange. Ninth tergite with 
a rather long median projection, provided with a small tooth 
on each side at the base. Side-pieces with a rather long 
ventro-basal thumb and a broad ventro-apical plate-like 
expansion, and on the inner face with some rather dense 
orange hair. Inner clasper with the broad tip bent and 
twisted. Parameres bifid, the longer branch reaching tip of 
side-piece. Legs black; coxe, trochanters, and about the 
basal halves of the femora orange. Hind femora rather 
strongly clubbed. Tibial spurs normal. Wings much re- 
sembling G. nigronitida, Edw.; in venation and pattern, but 
the spot at the base of the basal cells is only faintly indicated, 
while the wing-tip is much more conspicuously darkened. 
Halteres with ochreous stem and black knob. 

@. Antennze 16-segmented; the ventral enlargement of 
the first eight flagellar sezments about equal in length to the 
diameter of thesegment. Prescutum, scutum, and scutellum 
mainly reddish, also the sternopleura. Femora rather more 
extensively orange; tibizs brownish, with black tips; tarsi 
largely brown. Otherwise as in the male, 

Length of body, g 6, 2? 8:5 mm.; wing, g 7, 2? 8 mm. 

North Island: Whakapapa, Mt. Ruapehu, 4000 ft., Jan. 
1922 (G. V. Hudson, no. 406). 

Type 3, allotype ?, and paratype 2 in the British 


Museum. 


Orane-flies from New Zealand. 629 


This seems nearly allied to G. aurantiopyga, Alex., 
differing in the orange coxee and details of hypopyg gial 
structure, 


Macromastix bivittata, sp. n. 


3d. Head mostly clear light ochreous, but with a rather 
broad dark brown band on the vertex, connecting the eyes, 
and angularly produced forwards in the middle, where it is 
interrupted by a narrow pale longitudinal line. Front at its 
narrowest part equal in breadth tooneeye. Frontal tubercle 
moderately large and rather deeply bifid. Rostrum ochreous, 
scarcely as long as the vertical diameter of the head; nasus 
hardly distinguishable. Antennee short, hardly more than 
half as long as the thorax. First scapal segment ochreous, 
second a little darkened; flagellum wholly black, the ten 
distinct segments all approximately cylindrical and equal in 
length. Palpi black. Thorax practically bare, the integu- 
ment dull, except the middle and posterior part of the pre- 
scutum, which is somewhat shining. Prothorax entirely 
ochreous. Prescutum with the ground-colour greyish 
ochreous in the middle, brownish at the sides, but mostly 
occupied by four distinct blackish-brown stripes, the outer 
pair a little more intense and continued across the scutum. 
Scutellum dull ochreous. Postnotum ochreous, the lateral 
and posterior margins rather broadly dark brown. Pleura 
ochreous ; an ill-defined dark stripe along the anterior border 
of the mesepisternum, and another much fainter stripe along 
the posterior border of this part. Abdomen short, deep 
ochreous, almost orange; a pair of irregular sublateral 
blackish stripes extending the whole length; seventh tergite 
greyish, eighth black; hypopygium gmall, inverted, dull 
ochreous. Legs almost uniformly brownish, except for the 
ochreous cox and trochanters. Wzengs clear; stigma and 
subcostal (not costal) cell dark brown; veins dark. Ss almost 
as long as # and more than twice as "long as fy +3, which is 
rather strongly arched at the base; r present, joining A, 
near its base; petiole of cell JZ, about one-third ‘as long as 
the cell; cell Aw rather broad (as in M. tenera). Halteres 
dark. 

9. Resembles the ¢, except that the apical flagellar 
segments are thinner and less distinctly separated and the 
tarsi are a little shorter. 

Length of body 7-8 mm. ; wing 12-13 mm.; hind tarsus, 
Gees 2 3S) mm. 

North Island: Waimarino and Kaitoke (G. V. Hudson, 
no. 374). 


630 On new Crane-jlies from New Zealand. 
Type g, allotype ¢, and paratypes g ? in the British 


Museum. : 

The only other New Zealand species with the type of 
abdominal markings found in this interesting new form are 
M. tenera (Hutton) and MM. pseudotenera, Alex. With the 
latter of these MZ. bivittata agrees in most respects, but differs 
in its shorter antennee and longer fs. Frorn tenera it differs 
obviously in the dark marking on the head, four prescutal 
stripes, markings of postnotum, etc. 


Macromastix elongata, sp. n. 


Head almost uniformly orange-brown, slightly dusted with 
grey at the sides behind the eyes. Pubescence fine and pale. 
Front not much more than half as broad as one eye. Frontal 
tubercle rather large, slightly but distinctly bifid at the tip. 
Rostrum about as long as the head, orange-brown, somewhat 
darker beneath. Nasus long, clothed with conspicuous long 
golden hair. Antenne with the scape ochreous, flagellum 
black ;. first six flagellar segments distinct and equal in 
Jength, though decreasing slightly in diameter, the terminal 
four segments very slender and indistinctly separated. 
Thorax: pronotum dark brown at the sides, greenish brown 
in the middle, pale posteriorly. Mesonotum with scarcely 
perceptible pubescence, ground-colour dull greenish. Pre- 
scutum with four brown stripes, the margins of which are 
darkened, middle pair of stripes almost contiguous. Scutum 
with two broad brown stripes. A blackish spot in the middle 
of the suture. Scutellum brown, sides narrowly greenish. 
Postnotum and pleura dark brown, heavily dusted with grey, 
the pleura with two ill-defined almost black spots. Abdomen 
rather elongate, dark brown, somewhat shining, the posterior 
and lateral margins of the tergites narrowly pale. Ovipositor 
long, but fleshy and hairy asin the genus. Legs very long, 
coxee coloured as pleura, remainder of legs uniformly rather 
dark ochreous. Wings very slightly milky, cells C and Se 
orange-brown, stigma rather elongate, blackish, with a very 
small pale spot at each end, veins brown. Venation: Js 
short and straight, a little shorter than £,,3. £, oblique, 
almost continuing the direction of R,,3; and nearly half as 
long as this vein. Petiole of cell JZ, rather shorter than m ; 
m—cu obliterated ; cell Aw rather broad. MHalteres with dark 
stem and greenish knob. 

Length of body 25 mm.; wing 25x5°5 mm.;_ hind 
femur 13°5 mm; hind tibia 15 mm.; hind tarsus 22 mm. 

Type 2 (unique) in Mr. Hudson’s collection. 

North Island: Mt. Ruapehu, in swamp at edge of forest 


On the Larva, Pupa, de. of Orphnephila testacea. 631 


near Whakapapa Cottage, 3700 ft., 9.1.1922 (Miss S. 
fudson). 

Although this differs in general appearance from most 
species of Macromastia, and rather strongly suggests a species 
of Holorusia, the fleshy ovipositor and the absence of a spur 
in cell MZ show that it has no close connection with £7. no- 
vare and allied species. On the other hand, it shows con- 
siderable affinity with the species of the wvimdzs group of 
Macromastix, and seems to have a near ally in JZ. angusti- 
costa, Alex., which has no nasus, femora with black tips, etc. 


LXXIII.—On the Larva, Pupa, and Systematic Position of 
Orphnephila testacea, Macq. (Diptera Nematocera). By 
L. G. Saunpers, M.Sc. (McGill), 1851 Research Student *. 


[Plates VII. & VIII. | 


ConTENTS. Page 
LaNGBOAy oh Gouin time o BOO Tee neo HOR DIn 6 631 
Habits of Larva and Pupa, .......,..0.. 632 
Deseripiionvote Maryann.) se. -)0. 5) 632 
DERG MSA OreO MEE Shc cM adn coon ceo os 637 
Systematic Position yt. % ee clo ele swe 638 
UNION, Pes Aine Aas Re A ERC ce 639 
Evel Ow led @ementsy 02) woe « «15 + -a iets tole 639 
JRGIETEIIGES Cok be ope oes ne ree Coben hocn 639 
Explanation of the Plates ....... seper O40) 

History. 


Tar adults of Orphnephila have long been known in Europe, 
from Lappland and Norway to Italy; one species, O. testacea, 
occurs sparingly in the United States, and very recently a 
number of species have been discovered in New Zealand and 
Tasmania. Prior to the discovery of the early stages, a 
special family, Orphnephilidz, was erected to accommodate 
this embarrassing genus, which would not conform to the 
specifications of any family among the Nematocera; Mac- 
quart, Meigen, and Kieffer agreed in placing it between the 
Mycetophilids and the Cecidomyids. 

In 1909 Thienemann found the larve and pupe of O. 
testacea living in small streams and brooks, where the water 
runs very thinly over smooth rocks. When appealed to, 
Kieffer at once pronounced that this was a Chironomid, and 
the group was made the first subfamily of the Chironomide, 
with the Ceratopogonine second. This information was 
published by Thienemann (1969) with a brief description 


* From the Molteno Institute for Research in Parasitology, University 
of Cambridge, 


632 Mr. L. G. Saunders on the Larva, 


of the early stages, accompanied by a discussion of the 
other insect-larvee which liye under similar conditions. 

Bezzi (1918) is still of the opinion that Orphnephila repre- 
sents a distinct family, related on one side to the Blepharo- 
ceridze and on the other to the Psychodidz-Culicide and the 
Chironomide, but not to be joined to them, being of earlier 
origin than any of these groups. He based his opinion on 
a critical study of the adults and his own interpretation of 
the larva apparently from Thienemann’s description, since he 
furnishes no additional morphological characters. 

In 1914 Thienemann sent material of the immature stages 


to Dr. D. Keilin at the Laboratoire d’Kvolution des Etres 
Organisés, Paris. Unfortunately, pressure of work prevented 
Dr. Keilin from studying the characteristics of the larva, 
and he has now very generously permitted me the use of the 
original material. 


Hasits or LARvA AND PupPa. 


For the benefit of those who may wish to search for this 
interesting species, the details of the life-history as far as 
known are here reproduced from Theinemann’s paper. 

The eggs and oviposition are unknown. 

In habitat the larve ere very specialised, being found only 
in small brooks and streams where clear clean water flows 
very thinly (about 1 mm. deep) over rocks, so that the back 
of the larva is always exposed above the surface. The food 
of the larva consists of vegetable detritus and diatomes. 
When searching for food a creeping motion is employed, 
using the prothoracic pseudopod and mandibles after the 
manner of Chironomids. Faster progression is achieved by 
a special method which Theinemann states from his very 
wide experience to be different from that of any other 
dipterous larva; the fore part of the body is bent sideways 
in an inverted U drawing the posterior end of the body as 
far forward as possible, and then straightened out again 
suddenly, the venter always remaining in contact with the 
substratum. A consecutive series of such motions performed 
rapidly enables the larva to proceed at a good pace. 

Pupation and emergence occur from summer to late 
autumn (November). The pupze le on the bottom between 
stones and aquatic plants, and are not seen as frequently as 
the larvee. 


Descriprion or Larva. 
The following description of the colour and appearance of 


Pupa, &e. of Orphnephila testacea, 633 


the living larva is translated from Thienemann’s paper, since 
only preserved material is available for this study :— 

“Length of full-grown larva 14 mm., width about 
Imm. Number of segments, head+12 segments. General 
appearance that of a Chircnomid larva. Colour: venter 
white. Dorsum and pleure whitish green, marbled with 
dark grey-green. In the young larve the light tones 
predominate ; those about to pupate are much darker. 
Segments 1 and 2 are darker than the rest; the light 
marbling first developes in segment 8. Chete_ black. 
Head light reddish brown, bent strongly downwards.” 

Head.—Complete ; well chitinised ; bent ventrally at a 
sharp angle, resembling in this respect Forcipomyia and 
Atrichopogon, Ceratopogonines (Malloch, 1915). A unique 
condition exists in the presence of three pairs of cone-like 
protuberances and a median, unpaired, trilobed protuberance 
of the chitinous capsule of the head (text-fig. 1,1. & IL., 
A,B,C,D). These all point in an antero-ventral direction, 
The protuberance C contains the pigment of the eye-spot, 
and its surface is slightly modified to form a rudimentary 
lens. The antenneé consist each of a sensory ring accom- 
panied by a group of three minute finger-lhke processes 
situated in a membranous area on the top of a cylindrical, 
obliquely truncated protuberance (PI. VII. fig. 5, and an, text- 
fig. 1) on either side of the frons, in practically the same 
position as in Lorcypomyia. 

Chetotaxy : twelve pairs of cheete occur upon the head, 
arbitrarily numbered 1-12, and two pairs of sensory pits, 
13 and 14. Cheete numbers 1, 2,3, and 5 are stout and 
strong at the base, but at a point rather less than half their 
Jength they flatten and split into a number of hairs, usually 
four. The other chetz of the head are simple; at 10, two 
hairs arise from a common opening in the chitin. 

The frontal and clypeal sutures are distinct throughout 
their length, and, though no actual transverse suture divides 
the frons from the clypeus, the latter separates very readily 
during dissection at the point indicated by a dotted line in 
text-fig.1, I., and Pl. VIII. fig. 11. From this point, just out- 
side the clypeal suture, a very strong inner thickening of the 
wall of the head extends forward to fuse with the thickened 
ring surrounding the mouth-parts, and to send off a strong 
inner projection which serves as fulcrum for the mandible. 

Mouth-parts.—Labrum (Pl. VIII. figs. 11, 12): the form 
of the labrum is quite distinct from that of any other 
Nematocerous larva. A narrow band of chitin passes along 
the dorsum from the anterior margin of the clypeus, and 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. xi. 41 


634 Mr. L. G. Saunders on the Larva, 


terminates in two tapering conical processes (cp) ; the end 
of the labrum is membranous, bearing several sensory 
processes (snmp) and a lateral fringe of short hairs (fh). 
From the end of the median dorsal strip of chitin, the 
labrum, as seen from the side, curves gradually downward 


Fig. 1. 


I, Head of larva, front view, x70. II, The same, lateral view, x 70. 
A-D, protuberances of head; 1-14, cheetwe and sensory pits; 
an, antenna; cl, clypeus; f7, frons; dm, labium; /, labrum; 
md, mandible; mx, maxilla. 


until it recurves to form the roof of the mouth ; the ventral 
side of this anterior portion consists of a single curved 
chitinous plate (vp), above which on the anterior surface are 
two divided sensory processes. The remainder of the ventral 


Pupa, &e. of Orphnephila testacea. 635 


surface leading back to the mouth is membranous, and 
exhibits at one point a setaceous area. ‘The sides of the 
labrum are membranous except for one chitinous plate (/p), 
at the anterior end of which are two comb-like groups of 
long curving hairs (ch). Premandibular structures of any 
kind are completely lacking. 

The mandibles (md, Pl. VIII. figs. 14 & 15) are roughly 
triangular, strongly chitinised, somewhat flattened laterally, 
and coarsely denticulate. A large stiff brush of setse occurs 
on the inner ventral margin, directed into the mouth ; three 
slender sensory hairs are situated on the dorsal outer surface. 

The mazxille (mz. Pl. VIII. figs. 14, 15) are fairly well 
developed. A basal chitinous ring or band encircles the 
maxilla almost completely ; the remainder of the walls are 
membranous. ‘Two groups of sensory papille (spp) occur 
upon the upper portion, and two dense rows of serrated 
setz (ss) are situated on the anterior surface. The maxillz 
are attached by their dorsal margin to the mandibles much 
more strongly than to the head, and for this reason the two 
organs have been figured together. __ 

The Jabium (Pl. VIII. fig. 13): the terminology of the 
ventral and inner mouth-parts is so confused and uncertain 
that [ prefer to retain this name for the chitinous underlip 
when it occurs as simply and distinctly as in the present 
ease, and “hypopharynx”’ for the inner portion. ‘The 
labium is a nearly triangular plate of thick chitin with a 
row of blunt terminal teeth; it is directed upwards from 
the ventral side of the head at a sharp angle (text-fig. 2), 
and is fixed and immovable. A membrane from its inner 
surface proceeds back into the head, and returns as thie 
hypopharynx. 

The hypopharynz (text-fig. 2) is a fleshy organ lying 
just above the labrum ; its anterior portion is bilobed, with 
curious serrated chitinous thickenings and membranous 
areas bearing sensory papillae. The salivary duct opens just 
behind this anterior portion on the dorsal surface. ‘The 
remainder of the surface of the organ forms the floor of the 
mouth-cavity, and is continuous with the pharynx. 

The pharynz is strengthened above on either side by 
a pair of large, sickle-shaped, striated lamelle (text-fig. 2, 
I., pl). The members of each pair are closely appressed, 
the outer being connected with the hypopharynx, and the 
inner with the labrum. A similar condition exists in the 
larve of Ptychopteride, Rhyphide (Keilin, 1912), and 
Culicidee (Johannsen, 1903), but the two pairs are always 
more or less widely separated in the middle, remaining 
joined at their extremities. 


636 Mr. L. G. Saunders on the Larva, 


Body.—-The body of the larva consists of three thoracic 
and eight abdominal segments, the eighth being divided 
into two apparent segments, as is so often the case in the 
Nematocerous Diptera (de Meijere, 1919). Each segment 
bears a peculiar dorsal “saddle” of reticulated chitin ; 
histological preparations of fresh material are necessary to 
reveal the true nature of this structure. 


Fig. 2. 


I. Graphic saggital section of head to show relation of internal mouth- 
parts, x70. II. Hypopharynx, lateral view, X 200. hy, hypo- 
pharynx; Jm, labium; 2d, labrum; @, cesophagus ; p/, pharyn- 
geal lamellae; sd, salivary duct. 


The prothoracic segment bears an antero-ventral pseudo- 
pod in the form of an undivided retractile evagination of the 
wall of the venter, surmounted by a row of long, closely-set 
hooks (PI. VII. fig. 2).. Several rows of hooks of varying 


sizes beneath the anus function as a posterior pseudopod 
(Pl, Vil ie. 20), 


Pupa, &e. of Orphnephila testacea, 637 


The larva is amphipneustic: a pair of spiracles occur 
on the upper. sides of the prothorax at the lower margin 
of the “saddle’”’; these are in the form of a short black 
cylinder (PI. VII. fig. 7) with an extended lip studded with 
minute points, the ends of very fine canals. Functional 
spiracles also occur upon the dorsum of the eighth abdominal 
segment (usp, Pl. VIL. fig. 9) on the anterior half between 
two large, conical, fleshy protuberances. The two trachez 
unite just below the cuticle and share a common elliptical 
spiracle. The structure of these spiracles will be discussed 
in detail by Dr. Keilin in a forthcoming paper on respiration 
in insects. 

The extremity of the abdomen bears two pairs of slender, 
digitate, anal blood-gills above the anus (ag, Pl. VII. fig. 10). 

Chetotaxy : the macrochete have a tendency to go in 
pairs and to be split at the end into two, three, or four. 
On the first seven abdominal segments there are two pairs 
of cheetz at the ventral margin of the dorsal “saddle,” the 
anterior pair simple, the posterior split (Pl. VII. fig.1). The 
three thoracic and eighth abdominal segments show a slight 
modification of this arrangement. The latter bears a dorsal 
split pair just above the anus, and behind the posterior 
spiracle a pair of processes more like slender chitinous 
tubercles surmounted by four chet (Pl. VII. fig. 10). 

Numerous microchetze are present on the sides and 
venter, but these do not exhibit any regular arrangement. 
The ventro-lateral thoracic groups representing the rudi- 
‘ mentary sense-orgaus of the absent legs (s/, Pl. VII. fig. 1) 
consist of two pairs of hairs each, the ventral pair long and 
slender, the dorsal very short (Pl. VII. fig. 4). 


DESCRIPTION OF PUPA. 


The pupa (PI. VII. fig. 3) presents a curious angular 
appearance occasioned by the prominent dorsal and lateral 
shields or plates with which the first seven abdominal 
segments are furnished. The thorax is corrugated into 
numerous ridges and hollows. The prothoracic horns are 
large, approximately vase-shaped, flattened laterally, with a 
row of spiracular papillz (de Meijere, 1902) encircling the 
truncated extremity (Pl. VII. fig. 6). 

The most important characteristic of the pupa is that it 
is peripneustic, having spiracles (Pl. VII. fig. 8) on all the 
abdominal segments but the first and last. T hienemann 
overlooked these, but figured a structure on the metathorax 
which he thought might be a spiracle ; my two specimens, 
being rather poorly preserved, do not show this structure, 
but no doubt spiracles could be found here in fresh mater ial, 


638 Mr. L. G. Saunders on the Larva, 


SYSTEMATIC PosrITION. 


It will be seen from the foregoing description that the 
resemblance of Orphnephila larve to the Chironomids 1s 
merely superficial, being based on the long slender body 
with anterior and posterior pseudopods—characters which 
may readily be acquired by convergence. The more funda- 
mental characters, such as the mouth-parts and respiratory 
apparatus, show no such relation. The fact that the larva is 
amphipneustic and the pupa peripneustic is alone sufficient 
to exclude Orphnephila from the Chironomide, for, despite 
Brauer’s (1883) specification “ amphipneustisch oder mit 
Tracheenblasen oder Kiemen,” no Chironomid larva has ever 
been found with functional spiracles. Minute non-functional 
spiracles occur on the abdomen of probably all Chironomid 
pup (Bause 1915, Potthast 1915, Rieth 1915), for it is by ~ 
means of these that the tracheal exuviee of the adult are with- 
drawn at emergence, but only in some Tanypine do they 
assume a condition which might possibly be functional 
(Thienemann and Zavrel, 1916), and even these are not to be 
compared with the well-developed spiracles of Orphnephila. 
Thienemann placed the group as the first subfamily of the 
Chironomid, with the Ceratopogonine second, chiefly on 
account of the abdominal armature and anal hooks of the 
pupa; he hoped that a comparison of the larval mouth-parts 
would confirm this relationship. There is, however, 
practically nothing in common between the two ; true, the 
Jabrum is elongated and flattened laterally as in Ceratopogo- 
nines, but it has no premandibles, structures which are pro- 
nounced throughout the Ceratopogoninz (Goetghebuer, 1914) 
aud Chironominee*, and its dorsal, lateral, and ventral sclerites 
are peculiar to itself. The mandibles and maxilla show 
no relation to one group more than another, and the narrow 
upturned labium is particularly distinctive. Ceratopogonines 
have a complicated chitinous hypopharynx within the head, 
which serves to grind up the food of those terrestrial forms 
living on solid matter (Forcipomyia, Atrichopogon) and 
possibly acts as a pump in those that take liquid food, while 
other Chironomids have a less involved but constant 
structure. Orphnephila has no such chitinous structure, 
but the fleshy hypopharynx and sickle-shaped pharyngeal 
jJamellz poimt to a relationship with Rhyphidz, Ptycho-. 
pteridz, and, less closely, Culicide. 

Other characters which set the genus apart are the saddle- 
hike dorsal coverings of the larval body-segments, the 
autenne, the protuberances of the head, the stout spl t 


* Tanypinze have a pustule or fleshy lobe, which Thienemann and 
Zavrel homologise with the basal part of the premandibles. 


Pupa, &e. of Orphneplhila testacea, 639 


macrocheetie of the head and body, and the larval method of 
progression. Add to this the inability of systematists to 
establish any relationship by means of the adult, and it will 
be obyious that the genus must revert to its original family 
status. 

I refrain from listing the larval and pupal family-characters, 
or suggesting the sy stematic position among the Nematocer ra, 
since the early stages of several new species have just been 
discovered in’ New Zealand and Tasmania by A. Tonnoir, 
and it is advisable to see first how they compare with 
O. testacea. 


SuMMARY. 

Orphnephila has been placed by Kieffer and Thienemann 
as the first subfamily of Chironomidz on the strength of the 
general appearance of the larva, the presence of pseudopods, 
the abdominal cuticular armature and anal hooks of the 
pupa, and the spiracular papiilee of the prothoracic horns. 

Not one of these characters is peculiar to the Chironomide, 
while the following incontestably prohibit the inclusion of 
Orphnephila in that family :— 


(1) The amphipneustic tracheal system of the larva. 
(2) The peripneustic tracheal system of the pupa. 
(3) The structure of the larval mouth-parts. 


Further characters of less importance are the structure of 
the antenne, the dorsal “ saddles,” the protuberances of the 
head, the split macrochzetze of the head and body, and the 
method of rapid progression. 


ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS. 


I desire to extend my grateful thanks to Dr. D. Keilin of 
the Molteno Institute for the loan of the preserved material 
sent him by Thienemann in 1914, and for his helpful 
suggestions and encouragement throughout the work. lam 
also indebted to Mr. F. W. Edwards of the British Museum 
for some larve, part of the same lot, given him by Dr. Keilin 
some years ago. 


REFERENCES. 


BAusE, FE. (1918.) ‘Die Metamorphose der Gattung Tanytarsus,” 
Arch. f. Hydrobiol. Supp. Bd. ii. 2, pp. 1-128. 

Brzz1, M. (1913.) ‘ Taumaleidi (Orphnetilidi) italiani.” Boil. Lab. 
Zool. gen. agrar. Scuola Sup. Agricolt. Portici, vil. pp. 227-266. 

BRAvER, Fr. (1883. ) “Die Zw eifliie er des Kaiserlichen Museums zu 
Wien. ILI. Systematische Studien auf Grundlage der Dipteren- 
Larven, u.s.w.” Denkschr. d. k. Akad. d. Wiss. Wien, xvii. 

GorETGHEBUER, M. (1914.) ‘ Contributions 4 l’Etude des Chironomides 
de Belgique (Ceratopogonine).” Ann, de Biol. Lacustre, vii. 
pp. 165-229, 


640 On the Larva, Pupa, &c. of Orphnephila testacea. 


JoHANNSEN, O. A. (1903-5.) ‘Aquatic Nematocerous Diptera.—I. (03) 
and Il. (’05).” Bull. New York State Museum, Ixviii. (Ent. 18 
and 23). 

Kritin, D. (1912.) “Recherches sur les Diptéres du Genre Tichocera.” 
Bull. Sci. de France et Belg. 2, xlvi. pp. 172-190. 

Mauuocn, J. R. (1915.) “The Chironomide, or Midges of Illinois, 

, with particular reference to the Species occurring in the Illinois 

River.” Bull. Ill. State Lab. of Nat. Hist. x. Article vi. 

Meyer, DE, J.C.H. (1902.) “Ueber die Prothorakalstigmen der 
Dipterenpuppen.” Zool. Jahrb. xv. Abth. f. Morph. pp. 623-692. 

—. (1916.) “ Beitrige zur Kenntnis der Dipteren-Larven und 
Puppen.” Zool. Jahrb. xl. pp. 177-322. 

Potruast, A. (1915.) ‘Ueber die Metamorphose der Orthocladws- 
Gruppe.” Arch. f. Hydrobiol. Supp. Bd. ii. 2, pp. 245-376. 
Ruetu, J.TH. (1915.) “ Die Metamorphose der Culicoidinen (Cerato- 

pogoninen).” Arch. f. Hydrobiol. Supp. Bd. 1. pp. 877-442. 
THIENEMANN, A. (1909.) “ Orphnephila testacea, Macq., Kin Beitrag 
zur Kenntnis der Fauna Hygropetrica.” Ann. de Biol. Lacustre, 
iv. pp. 1-35. 
THIENEMANN, A., and Zavreu,J. (1916.) “Die Metamorphose der 
Tanypinen.” Arch. f. Hydrobiol. Supp. Bd. i. 3, pp. 066-654. 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 


Key to Lettering. 


ag. Anal blood-gill. ma. Maxilla. 

ch. Curved hairs. ph. Prothoracic horn. 

el. Clypeus. sl, Sensory hairs of legs. 
cp. Conical processes. snp. Sensory processes. 
ds. Dorsal ‘“ saddle.” sp. Spiracle. 


Fe. Felt chamber. spp. Spiracular papillee. 

jh. Fringe of hairs. ss, Striated setve. 

lp. Lateral plate. tr. Trachea. 

md. Mandible. usp. United posterior spiracles. 


vp. Ventral plate. 
PuaTeE VII. 


Fig. 1. Entire full-grown larva, lateral view. X12. 

Fig. 2. Prothoracic pseudopod. x70. 

Fig. 3. Pupa, dorsal view. x12. 

Fig. 4, One of the lateral thoracic groups of microchete, s/ of fig. 1. 


1 
2 
3 
4 
. 5. Larval antenna. 
Fig. 6. Distal end of prothoracic horn. 

7. Larval prothoracic spiracle. 

8. Pupal abdominal spiracle. 

9. Posterior spiracle, dorsal view. 

0. Extremity of larva, dorsal view. 

PuaTe VIII, 


Fig. 11. Labrum of larva, dorsal view. x 200. 

Fig. 12. The same, lateral view. x 200. 

Ig. 13. Labium, ventral view. 

Fig. 14. Left mandible and maxilla, inside view. x 200. 
Fig. 15. The same, outside view. 200. 


Just Published. 


Medium 8vo. Pp. xii+424. Price 30s, 


The Fauna of Satish India 


(Including Ceylon and Burma). 


PUBLISHED UNDER THE AUTHORITY OF THE 
SECRETARY OF STATE-FOR INDIA IN COUNCIL. 


DIPTERA.—Vol. III. 


PIPUNCULID&, SYRPHIDA, CONOPID&A, 
CESTRID AB. 


By 
E. BRUNETTI. 


With 6 Plates and numerous Illustrations in the Text. 


TAYLOR & FRANCIS, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, 
London, E.C.4, 


| 
: 
: 


, Page 
LX. New or imperfectly known Corythoderini from British India’ 
[Coleoptera]. By G. C. Cuamvion, F.Z.8., A.L.8., and E. WAsmann, 
S.J., Hon.F.E.S., Dr.Ph.H.C. (Plate VI.) He Mis ae ae os ow see 569. 


LXI. Two new Siluroid Fishes from the Ivory Coast, collected ie 


Mr. Willoughby P. Lowe. By J. R. Norman ........ s Vas of hag eee 


LXII. The Geographical Races of Lutreolina crassicaudata. By 
OLDPIELD FP ROMAB 50 6. 2y Ae cae igs ae koa as 583 


LXIII. On a Collection of Mammals from 'langanyika Territory. 
By By Ssfepen aw 22 foot a eee Poe as ahh g Shae 586 


LXIV. The Native Rat of Pearson’s Islands, S. Australia. By 


OLDFIpED: Teaowas op Oe a ie Ree aes hfe eee 601 


LXV. New Subspecies of Metachirus. By Oxprrenp Twomas.... 602. 


LXVI. Two new Guenons from the Ivory Coast, West Africa, 


By?Onprierp THOMan ss JC a se ene ee ig MONT «. 


LXVII. Note on the Siluroid Fishes of the Genera Glyptosterwum 
and Exvostoma. By C. Tare Ragan, M.A., F.R.S. 3..........-.. 608 


LXVIII. The Fishes of the Family Teosteidee. ly C. Tare Reean, 
MA FEBS. eos es OO RTE ee 610 


LXIX. The Classification of the Stomiatoid Fishes. By C, Tarn 
Regan, MiA.; PRS oi ee re Se ee 612 


LXX. On the Colours of the Sea Anemone, Tealra crassicornis. 
By Ricaarp Exmurrsr and Joan SMITH SHARPE ..........20-00- 615 


LXXI. On some Butterflies from New Guinea and Tenimber. By | 
the Rev. G. Hursraprr, M.8.C. (Heverlee, Louvain) «........... 621 


LXXIIL. New Species of Crane-flies collected by Mr. G. V. Hudson 
in New: Zealand. By F.. W. Hows rps oii e ht wean ee ee 625 


LXXIII. On the Larva, Pupa, and Systematic Position of 
Orphnephila testacea, Macq. (Diptera Nematocera), By L. G. 
Saunpers, M.Se. (McGill), 1851 Research Student. (Plates VII. 

6 VILL ey a eee ag 631 


* Itis requested that all Communications for-this Werk may ve addressed : 
post-paid, to the Oare of Messrs, Taylor and Francis, Printing Office, 


Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London. 


ne AN te es TY ee oe nn, See eS eee 


NINTH SERIES. eg Np. 66: 


ee ‘THE ANNALS 
: \™ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, 


: INCLUDING 
ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, anp GEOLOGY, 


CONDUCTED BY 

4 lsie ARTHUR E. SHIPLEY, G.B.E., M. on So.D,, F.R. S., F.ZS8., 
% | |ARTHUR SMITH WOODWARD, LL D., F.R.S., P.L.S., F.G.S., 
? CG MERGE CHARLES CHAMPION, A.L.S., F.ZS., F.ES., 


AND 


RICHARD T. FRANCIS, F.Z.S., M.B.O.U. 


; BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE “* ANNALS” COMBINED WITH 
MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’s “‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.” 


o. LONDON: ' 
"TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREEP. | 
= 


ef ee 
cs oot 
es 


a: 


eta os 
ast 
* 
7 
} 


Sold by Bailliére, Paris: and Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin, 


2, 3, & 4 ARTHUR STREET, NEW. OXFORD sire ono 


Supply Libraries, Gollegsx: Siutiiulioss: and are iad aieals: cor. goes Sf] 
(both new and second- hand) on rae Pure and Apenad Se in any Jan ruage | 
that’may be ‘required. re Ee As cea 2 ee 

Classified Catalogues of. Books. on “Natitral pucepe are issued d perioaie 
Books, both singly and as ‘collections, purchased, Sota beaut 


Telephone: Gerrard 1412. — Cable Radress : Wheldwe London, . praaaes 8 i 


With 4. Plates sand 16 Test hur. = ee 
ice 28. 6d. ana ; ee 


3 Or 


NEW. ‘GUINEA. ns 


TavLon aso Paavo, ‘Red ion Court, Fleet Street. aoa 


THE. FAUNA C OF BRITISH, HTK 


hae: Ceylon and pe Boeri 


8 ae “BIRDS. —v ol a 
Se 3 _ SECOND. EDITION, ae aE 
By E: C. ‘STUART. BAKER, oO B. B., F. ZS, &e. 


“ith 8 Orryinal Coloured bial and numerous ; Tluste ations in the Text. awk 
Price 308. ae 3 oe 


jes i: e “Payton & Francis, Rea Loh Co ourt, Fleet Stieet, i, ©. “4. 


Rates fee Aavectineniente in ihe Annals and 


~ Magazine: of Natural History. 

“it QOnet ant a Siu) ae per eee a =" 

| De 2 Tngertioti a: : Ansertions.: > 7 «Insertions. <2)... 

PAGE -. -*°+ “+ 3 0 0: 215 Oeach 210 Ocach 4 

HALF-PAGE) <=) “oh I Ge A SOG. reo met ese All 

QUARTER-PAGE «-- 18. 0-2 18 63. "160 4, (Net 
EIGHTH-PAGE, + =.- : 10° 0. ae ae Ojo. pot cle Oa 

Lene «Pa eT Ae eke 


vo 


Fy 


ae ae eet 
eZ ey ss AS ew eee 


Sead cert ae tema ntnn dnb erm 
.. * ; 


AF 7 e . 
Sf ee ae 
ets es vid 


aA 
Fe, 
ae oy 


All applications for space to be inal LOM caxtatiare ae : etree ite 
Mr. H. A; COLLINS, 32- Spindicanst Road, Croydon... Soe 


a) 


Pik ANNALS 


AND 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. 


[NINTH SERLES.] 


No. 66. JUNE 1923. 


LXXIV.—On the Blow-holes and Nasal Passages of the 
Cachalot (Physeter macrocephalus). By Frank HE. 
Bepparp, D.Sc., M.A., F.R.S. 


We are well acquainted with the characters of the blow- 
hole of this Cetacean through the observations of several 
persons, and the structure of the nasal passages has been 
described comparatively recently by Pouchet and Beau- 
regard *, who sum up previous knowledge. But less is 
known of the condition of these in the foetus. I have 
myself contributed something to the external characters of 
the blow-hole in several foetuses of different ages in two 
recent communications to the ‘Annals of the Durban 
Museum’+. Since then the youngest of these foetuses has 
furnished me with the opportunity of discovering something 
of the development of the organs in question. ‘The material 


* “ Recherches sur le Cachalot,’ Nouv. Arch. Mus. (3) vol. iv. (1889). 

{ “Contributions to the Knowledge of the Anatomy of the Sperm- 
Whale (Physeter macrocephalus), based upon the Examination of a young 
Foetus,” vol. i. pt. 2 (1915), and vol. ii. pt. 4 (1919). It had been 
arranged that this series of contributions should be continued; but, 
unfortunately, the Government found themselves unable to coutinue the 
grant of money, and the Journal has had to cease publication for the 
present. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Mist. Ser. 9. Vol. xi. 42 


642 Dr. F. E. Beddard on the Blow-holes and 


I owe to the kindness of Mr. Chubb, the Curator of the 
Durban Museum. The authorities of the College of 
Surgeons were so good as to allow their skilled assistant 
Mr. Steward to prepare for my use (and for other\ persons 
in the future) a complete series of sections of the head. 
My thanks are tendered to these gentlemen. 


§ The Communication of the Nasal Passages with 
the Blow-hole. 


In drawings of the blow-holes of this foetus *, and in the 
accompanying letterpress, I have indicated a practically 
continuous furrow, forming the right and left blow-holes 
laterally, and consisting in front of a much shallower con- 
necting region, concerning the actual existence of which I 
was unable, indeed, to be perfectly certain. There was no 
doubt, however, about the quite deep right and left blow- 
holes. JI find on examination of my sections that the 
median region of what is therefore at this stage a single 
blow-hole is by uo means missing ; and that the impression 
which it gave me—on examining it merely with a lens—as 
a shallower connecting furrow was correct. For, as a 
matter of fact, the two nasal tubes, quite distinct from each 
other until the very edge (in front) of the nasal region of 
the head, open into and form a perfectly continuous groove 
extending right round the anterior convexity of the nasal 
portion of the head—imperfectly shown in the drawings to 
which I have just referred. The reason why there appeared 
to me to be a doubt about the matter, when describing the 
external characters of this foetus, is at once explained by an 
examination of the sections. ‘There it will be seen that the 
detached epithelial lining of this region of the blow-holes, 
which has a rod-like form (as will be explained later), 
partially blocks the linear orifice and gives it the appearance 
of a shallow, and even in parts non-existent, groove. 

It will be seen from the series of transverse sections, 
which are arranged in order from in front backwards, that 
the two nasal passages, right and left, both open into 
what obviously represents a common chamber, which itself 
in this young foetus has a single median anterior aperture 
corresponding exactly to the median part of the combined 
single blow-hole. As I have partly indicated in the external 
figures referred to, two furrows lead from the left- and right- 
hand corners of this median orifice, which are the right and 


* Loc. crt, vol. il, pt. 4, Oct. 1919, p. 135, text-figs. 1-4. 


Nasal Passages of the Cachalot. 643 


left blow-holes respectively. One of these, the right, con- 
tinues to be connected with the common chamber, as we 
may term it; but as it passes backwards, 7.e., along the 
longitudinal axis of the body—and therefore at right angles 
to the anterior orifice of the chamber,—it opeus along the 
side of that chamber. On the other hand, the orifice of the 
left nasal tube has a different course as we trace it backwards 
from its opening into the conjoint anterior furrow. It 
becomes freed at once from its connection with the anterior 
furrow, and is seen in the transverse sections as a perfectly 
independent groove. 

I have directed attention in my earlier communication on 
this foetus, in the paper referred to below %, to the fact that 
the left blow-hole is longer than the right—or, rather, than 
that part of the right blow-hole which is distinctly lateral 
in position ; for it is impossible, as I have just shown, to 
draw an absolute line of demarcation as to where the lateral 
region is to be distinguished from the anterior furrow. 
This is not quite so clear in the figures which I then gave 
as it might have been ; this, however, is due to the curvature 
of the sides of the head and the consequent view of the 
furrow partly in profile. I have been able in my micro- 
scopical examination of the foetus to compare the lengths 
more accurately by counting the actual sections, and 
comparing the numbers which contain, with those that do 
not contain, the grooves of the two blow-holes. I have found 
that the right blow-hole runs back through 20 sections, 
while the left is prolonged backwards for another 44 sections, 
being thus about three times its length. The actual 
measurements work out at 1°6 mm. in the case of the left 
furrow and ‘5 mm. in the case of the right-hand one. The 
disparity, however, must be rectified by the extension round 
the corner—so to speak—of the right blow-hole. But, in 
any case, the left blow-hole furrow does reach further back 
than its fellow of the right side. The asymmetry of the 
head is already well established in this foetus, as will be 
pointed out in the case of other structures as well as the 
blow-holes. 


§ The Course of the Two Nasal Passages to the Point where 
they unite to form the Nasal Pharynz. 


It will have been gathered from the foregoing account of 


* Loc, cit, Ann. Durban Mus, 


42” 


644 De. F. BE. Beddard on the Blow-holes and 


the external orifices of the nasal passages that the right- 
hand passage ends anteriorly in a funnel-shaped dilatation, 
while that of the left side is tubular throughout this region, 
and for the rest of its course is represented merely by the 
external groove. ‘The large chamber forming the funnel of 
the right nasal passage gradually narrows into a ‘‘ stem,” and 
the left-hand nasal passage passes inwards from the external 
groove, in which it ends externally. The two come close 
together. It is to be noted that their position within the 
head is not symmetrical. The right-hand tube occupies as 
nearly as possible the centre of the cress-diameter of the 
head, while the left nasal tube is therefore necessarily on the 
left-hand side. Furthermore, both tubes lie nearer to the 
dorsal surface of the head, being at the end of the first 
one-sixth of the vertical diameter. With them, both above 
and between, are certain cartilages which will be dealt with 
later. The two nasal passages are by no means circular in 
outline. Their exact form differs in different regions. In 
the first section they are much flattened from above down- 
wards, and are thus even slit-like. In this region they also 
lie obliquely to the longitudinal axis of the head, the tilt 
being upwards on the left side. The two passages are not 
quite in the same plane, the left being rather dorsal to the 
right. They are, however, at any rate, roughly of the same 
length. A little later on, the left nasal passage becomes 
smaller than the right and alters its angle of position. The 
right tube maintains its obliquity in reference to the axis of 
the head, while the left becomes entirely parallel to the 
horizontal axis. 

Both these changes are accomplished at a distance of 
some 49 mm. from the end of the snout. A little Jater 
there is a further change. The left-hand tube grows smaller 
than the right, and its long axis is now bent downwards, as 
is that of the right, and the angle between them gradually 
diminishes. This state of affairs goes on developing, and at 
last the two nasal passages lie completely parallel with each 
- other, but with the long axes of both parallel with the 
vertical axis of the head. At the same time the size of the 
tubes becomes again equal. All this is accomplished at a 
further distance of about 3°3 mm. from the last point which 
was measured. 

As we follow the series of sections away from the blow- 
holes, the two nasal passages retain their vertical position, 
but, instead of remaining of equal size, the left becomes 


Nasal Passages of the Cachalot. 645 


bigger—a state of affairs quite the reverse of that which we 
have just seen to occur. A little later they again become 
equal, though still remaining parallel and vertical in 
position with reference to the head. ‘This point is 2°1 mm. 
further on. 

Very soon, indeed, the axis of the two nasal passages, 
though themselves remaining quite equal in size, come to 
lie at an angle with each other; but that angle is exactly 
the reverse of what it has been, and they bend away from 
each other at their wpper and not at their lower ends. 
There is no further alteration of moment until the two tubes 
fuse to form one—the nasal pharynx,—which point is at the 
distance of another 2 mm. 

It will be obvious, of course, that on a lateral view the 
nasal passages would be seen to slope gradually downwards 
from their original position on a level with the blow-holes. 
- The various changes in the position of the two nasal canals 
with reference to each other—d.e. the mutual and con- 
tinually differing angles—indicate that the left canal, at 
any rate, is spirally arranged, and, in fact, turns upon 
itself along the whole length half aturn. The right canal 
is very nearly the same, but a slight complication is intro- 
duced by the huge size of its terminal chamber. 

The symmetry of the two tubes is another matter of 
interest. As has been pointed out, they are not at first 
symmetrical with the axis of the head. Later on, however, 
they come to lie pretty exactly one on either side of the 
vertical median line. This rectification of the asymmetry 
visible in the anterior part of the head is visible about 
27 mm. from the end of the snout or possibly a trifle 
earlier. : 

A third matter worthy of attention is that the two canals 
fluctuate in size at more than one place. Each tube, seen 
foreshortened, would appear moniliform. ‘This change of 
size, however, is limited to the area in front of the final 
arrangement of the two tubes at an angle diverging from 
the ventral side. They are thereafter exactly of the same 
size. Nor is their opening into the nasal pharynx associated 
with any increase or diminution of size in one or the other. 
They simply fuse. 


§ Comparison of the Nasal Passages in the Fetus with 
those of the Adult Whale. 


The chief authorities known to me on the structure of 


646 Dr. F. E. Beddard on the Blow-holes and 


these parts in the Cachalot are Pouchet and Beauregard ™*, 
to whose memoir I have had to refer so often in this series 
of contributions. It would seem that the right nostril 
undergoes a further differentiation of the large terminal 
chamber. ‘This clearly closes up in front, except for where 
it communicates with the exterior in common with the left 
nostril, in the way in which I pointed out as probable in 
my account of the external characters of this foetust. The 
authors mentioned speak of the “ Développement exagéré 
de la narine droite avec son sinus.” ‘The sinus is a Giver- 
ticulum of the following tract of the right nasal passage, 
the tenes dilatation being a specialised pouch opening 
into the “sae de l’évent,” which is the common chamber of 
both nostrils. 

Posteriorly the two nasal passages open into a larger 
terminal portion, which is the nasal pharynx. Of these the 
authors remark that the right nostril is ‘beaucoup plus 
étroit que la gauche.” But in the figure the smaller of the 
two (“g’’)f is lettered as the left! It seems to me to be 
quite likely that variations occur, and that the authors saw 
examples of both conditions. At any rate, they are equal 
in my much younger foetus. It is to be noted that this 
terminal region of the nasal canals presents the appearance 
in the fully-developed animal of a distinct and large chamber, 
into which open—as if they were ducts—the two separate 
nasal passages. Its origin as a mere fusion of these two 
tubes is not exactly indicated in the adult. 

The left nasal passage has no such specialisation. It is, 
however, different from the same passage in the young 
foetus described above, in that it possesses ‘‘ dans toute son 
étendue ...intérieurement un bourrelet saillant.” This 
structure is suggestive of the typhlosole of the earthworm’s 
intestine. It also occurs in the lesser Sperm-Whale, Cogia, 
where it has been described by Benham §, and later by 
Danois || and Kernan and Shulte , whose accounts are not 
in exact harmony as to several points. It is to be noted, 
however, that the right nasal passage is dilated along its 


* “ Recherches sur le Cachalot,” Nouv. Arch. Mus. (8) iv. pp. 1- ae 

+ Ann. Durban Mus. vol. ii. pt. 4, p. 184 ed seq. 

{ Loe. cit. pl. vi. fig. 3. 

§ “On the Anatomy of Cogia breviceps,” Proc. Zool. Soc, 1901, vol. ii. 
p. 107. 

| ‘‘ Recherches de lAnatomie...de Kogza,” Arch. Zool. Exp. (5) vi. 
(1910). 

q “‘Memoranda upon ... foetal Koga,” Bull. Amer. Nat. Hist. Mus. 
xxxvill. (1918). 


Nasal Passages of the Cachalot. 647 


length, and opens anteriorly in common with left much in 
the same way as these tubes are related in Physeter. It is 
unnecessary to go into further details of comparison, as the 
object of this paper is the description of the structure of a 
foetus of Physeter. And I have not noted that this foetus 
presents a closer likeness to the adult Cogia than it does to 
the adult Physeter. | 

Messrs. Pouchet and Beauregard supply in their memoir 
a very useful sketch of a transverse section*, which throws 
some light upon the different proportions of the regions of 
the blow-hole in their specimen and in that which I describe 
here. The section in question is of a young male animal 
with a head of 1°30 M. in length. It shows the much 
greater extent in this, of course, practically adult whale of 
the dilated region of the right nasal passage, which their 
measurements allow me to compare with the corresponding 
ones of my foetus. The section is taken at a distance of 
40 cm. from the snout, i. e., occupying a position at about 
the end of the first third of the head. The dilated chamber 
in the foetus is very much shorter. It ceases to be dilated 
at about the 24th slide, out of a total, which embrace the 
head, of 180 odd slides. Thus the two nasal passages are 
not very different in size after the first seventh or eighth of 
the total length of the head. It is clear, therefore, that a 
great deal of growth takes place anteriorly to this point as 
the foetus advances towards maturity. TI shall have to refer 
to this figure again in considering the internasal cartilage 
and the position of the spermaceti mass in the young whale. 


§ Cartilages of Blow-holes and Nasal Passages. 


The anterior median cartilage of the head—ethmoid, 
rostral, fused trabeculz cranii, or whatever we may term 
it—has anteriorly, in this foetus, no connection at all with 
the cartilages which partly envelop the nasal tubes. It is a 
rounded rod (in transverse section) which terminates ante- 
riorly in quite close connection with the epidermis, being 
prolonged there in a straight line from the basicranial axis 
of which it is, of course, the anterior part. Posteriorly, 
however—and we shall come to this matter presently,—a 
ridge arises from the dorsal surface of this rod of cartilage, 
and is connected (indeed, quite fused) with the median rod 
of the nasal cartilages. It is interesting to note that 


* Loe. cit. pl. vi. fig. 2. 


6148 Dr. F. E. Beddard on the Blow-holes and 


this lack of connection between the rostrum throughout its 
length with the nasal cartilages persists into the adult state 
(or practically so), since Messrs. Pouchet and Beauregard 
figure no connection between the two so far back as a 
distance of 40 cm. from the snout in a head of a “ young 
male,” which is itelf (the head) 1:30 M. long *. The con- 
nection of the two would appear, therefore, to be quite 
secondary, and there are other facts which support this view. 
These concern the development of the cartilages in question. 
The rod-like rostral cartilage seems to be growing from 
before backwards, and the growth seems to be taking place 
in the formed cartilage and not in the surrounding tissues 
of the head. It is quite otherwise with the cartilages of the 
nasal tubes. 

Here the first beginnings of the nasal cartilages are seen 
to be—as is, of course, well known in the development of 
cartilage—a condensation of the nuclei of the mesoblast in 
the neighbourhood of the nasal grooves. 

The actual condensation of the tissue to form the « pro- 
cartilage”’ begins very early in the head, immediately 
behind the anterior groove into which the two nasal tubes 
open. Actual cartilage is not formed until later, about 
-75 mm. behind the said groove. The first cartilage to be 
formed is that which lies on the dorsal surface of the right 
nasal cavity; a very short way further back the median 
internasal cartilage puts in an appearance, and a little later 
still that of the left nostril. These cartilages are every- 
where independent from each other as cartilages in- the 
present region of the snout; but they are all connected by 
the dense tissue with crowded nuclei which is the forerunner 
of the cartilage. It will be noted, therefore, that the 
asymmetry of the blow-holes is seen also in their cartilages. 
I could find no trace whatever here, or in the hinder region 
of the nasal cartilages, of any extension on to the ventral 
surface of the nasal tube, such as is represented by Ktkenthal 
to occur in Phocenat. They are here purely dorsal. Early 
in the series of sections the cartilage of the right nostril 
extends more or less right along it. But as we pass back- 
wards in the series this transversely elongated cartilage 
becomes divided into two, of which the outermost extends 
back for a very short way and then ends. The other 
reaches much further towards the skull. 


* Loe. cit. pl. vi. fig. 2. 


ih oe Waithiere,” Denkschr. Nat.-Med. Ges. Jena, Bd. iii. Theil 2, 
p. 322 &e., pl. xxii. figs, 4, 5, 6. 


Nasal Passages of the Cachalot. 649 


It may be further pointed out that at the beginning of 
the cartilage covering the right nasal tube—where it is wide, 
com pletely separated here from the groove on the surface of 
the head, and lying in a direction i right angles to the 
vertical axis of the head—the cartilage consider ‘ably overlaps 
the nasal tube; it extends beyond it towards the lateral 
surface of the head, but also slightly upwards for a distance 
of perhaps half the length of the tube itself. Later on what 
has been the dorsal surface of the nasal tube becomes its 
outer lateral side, and ultimately there are other changes, 
as we have already described in considering the course of 
the nasal tubes. In fact, what is originally the dorsal 
surface of the nasal tube becomes ultimately—after the two 
tubes are fused to become the nasal pharynx—the ventral 
surface, owing to the gradual twist, already described, in 
the course of the tube. We cannot therefore insist upon 
am exact comparison between the cartilages associated with 
it and those associated with the very different nasal passages 
of Phocena referred to above. 

On the left side this narrow cartilage ultimately fuses 
with the median piece, but I could not detect a similar 
fusion on the right side. It is finally overwhelmed by the 
growth of a second outgrowth of the median cartilage, which 
I take to be the ali-ethmoid. The anterior cartilages are 
presumably to be regarded as the ali-nasals*. The fusion 
of ali-nasals and ali-ethmoids is accomplished ata distance of 
about 9 mm. from the extremity of the head. There is no 
connection between the median internasal septum and the 
upgrowth of the basal portion of the ethmoid until a point 
at about 6 mm. from the anterior end of the head. And, 
moreover, this point is quite easy to detect. The median 
nasal cartilage, lying between the two blow-holes, up to a 
point about 6 mm. from the anterior end of the snout, 1s 
perfectly symmetrical. But the incompletely or wholly 
unchondrified tissue surrounding it bends to the right at 
its end. In the next section this is seen to contain a 
cartilaginous rod which is the median dorsal growth of the 
ethmoid, and thus would seem to have fused with the 
median nasal cartilage rather than to have arisen as an 
outgrowth from it. It will be noted also that from this 
point the median septum of the head acquires a symmetrical 
position and is no longer on the left side as in the anterior 

* See, e.g., W. K. Parker, “On the Structure and Development of the 


Skull in the Mammalia. Part IL. Edentata; Part ILI. Insectivora,’ 
Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. 1885. 


650 Dr. F. E. Beddard on the Blow-holes and 


nasal region. It comes, so to speak, under the influence of 
the mesethmoid, which is from the first to the end quite 
median. The oblique course of the nasal section of the 
cartilage gradually straightens to the median position. 


§ Lining Epithelium of Nasal Passages. 


The anterior section of the two nasal passages is lined 
with a continuous epithelium, which in all—or, rather, the 
much greater part of-—-my sections has become detached 
from the muscular and connective-tissue walls of these 
passages. This has also led, as I imagine, to the disappear- 
ance of some of the sections of the lining epithelium. For 
during the process of cutting the sections the whole head 
of the animal had to be unmounted, dealt with further, 
and re-imbedded in the paraffin. Thus it is difficult to be 
absolutely certain how far the epithelium, with the characters 
which I shall immediately describe, extends along those 
tubes towards the posterior opening into the pharynx. They 
extend, at any rate, a long way behind the dilatation of the 
right blow-hole. At first the detached epithelial lining 
forms a solid rod-like structure in the sections with a slight 
swelling at each end, giving to it here a club-like form. It 
is solid throughout and has no central cavity. There is, 
however, a differentiation into a cortical layer, so to speak, 
and a medullary layer. The former is more densely stained, 
and is composed of columnar cells. The central part is 
formed of non-columnar cells less stained. Later on a 
vacuity appears in the two ciub-shaped extremities referred 
to above, and later still the epithelium clings to the actual 
wall of the nasal passage, and the central layer of the fused 
epithelium of the whole periphery has disappeared. 

The state of affairs visible in this foetus evidently leads to 
the complete occlusion of the nostrils in the anterior part, 
and is precisely what is to be found in the developing 
Apteryx, according to the late Prof. T. J. Parker *. 


§ Dilator and Occlusor Muscles of Nasal Passages. 


These muscles are very distinct, especially those which 
dilate the passages; this conspicuous appearance of the 
dilator fibres is due to the fact that in transverse section 
they are seen throughout their whole length radiating out 


* “Observations on the Anatomy and Development of Apterya,” 
Phil. Trans, vol. 182 B, 1891, p. 25. 


Nasal Passages of the Cachalot. 651 


from the margins of the passages in question. The con- 
stricting muscles are by no means so obvious, since they 
are seen as transversely-cut fibres lying between the former, 
which in the same way are hardly massed into bundles, a 
state of affairs which doubtless will be seen later in develop- 
ment. The dilator nuscles extend throughout the whole 
course of the nasal passages while they lie outside the bones 
of the skull. They are less developed, however, in the later 
sections. The muscles are particularly conspicuous for a 
distance of nearly 4mm. They are not only attached to 
the margins of the blow-tubes, but to the cartilages associated 
with these. I could see no striation in these fibres *. 


§ Nasal Pharyne. 


After the fusion of the two nasal canals into one, the 
respiratory passage may be termed the pharynx—or, better, 
perhaps, as it has been called, the naso-pharynx. This 
region occupies altogether twenty slides of the series upon 
which I have worked; and its length in millimetres will be, 
therefore, as near as may be, 6°5. It is thus a trifle more 
than half of the length of the double region of the nasal 
passages which precedes it. Clearly, therefore, it is notable 
for its length, when compared proportionately with other 
mammals. It is also actually very long in relation to 
whole head of the whale. 

For a considerable distance no senile change occurs 
in the shape of the tube; the two halves do not become 
more intimately connected, and continue to lie at an angle 
with each other—the two limbs representing the two 
separate blow-hole passages joining below and diverging 
above. Later the angle becomes greater and the whole 
acquires a more flattened aspect from above downwards. 
It is in this region that the Eustachian tube arises, which I 
deal with later. Later still—at any rate, within 6 mm.,—the 
tube gets to have a triangular section, the flat side being 
dorsal, and ridges appear which run longitudinally. Almost 
directly the whole tube becomes much more elongated from 
above downwards and narrow from side to side, and has a 
series of ridges along both sides, appearing, of course, in the 
sections as short ingrowths into the lumen. Later still it 
again acquires a triangular form in section; but this time 


* For the matter of that, I could find no striation of any of the 
voluntary muscles of that region of the body of this foetus which I have 
hitherto ‘studied, viz. the head, 


652 Dr. F. E. Beddard on the Blow-holes and 


the apex of the triangle is above and the base below, 
and the walls are but little plicated. It is in this stage 
when the oropharynx communicates with it from below. 


§ Spermaceti Organ. 


I have not been able to ascertain the presence of a reeu- 
larly defined spermaceti organ in this young foetus. The 
organ is figured by Pouchet and Beauregard * in their 
often-quoted memoir as lying on the right side above and to 
the right of the right nasal passage, which is here inclined 
obliquely downwards from the middle line of the head 
towards the right. It is also represented as lying within a 
distinctly marked fibrous sheath. This animal is, however, 
a young male, of which the head is 1:30 M. Messrs. 
Kernan and Shulte + deal with the same organ in a feetal 
Pygmy Sperm-Whale, which is large, measuring in total 
length 109°7 cm. Contrary to the statements of Pouchet and 
his colleague, these two authors find no connection between 
the spermaceti sac and the nasal passage. But (they add) 
“we may indeed think of the spermaceti chambers as 
belonging embryologically to the nasal tract.’’? As the 
embryo examined by these authors is, as I have already 
pointed out, a large one, it became a matter of great interest 
_ to myself to endeavour to follow out this matter in a much 
younger foetus. In searching for the spermaceti organ it 
was obviously unnecessary to go further back than the 
dorsal upgrowths of the maxillary bones which in the adult 
bound posteriorly the “ case ”’ which contains the oil. 

The space, therefore, where only the spermaceti organ 
can lie in the foetus is limited to that part of the whole 
snout which is relatively small in the foetus, z.e., about 
6-5 mm., but which expands enormously in the adult. The 
other organs lying in this part of the snout, 7.e., nasal 
passages, muscles, &c., bring it about that the organ, if 
present, must lie medianly in position. And, as a matter 
of fact, the middle region here is filled with a lax tissue 
with branched cells; this is undoubtedly, as I think, the 
beginning of the organ sought for. But it has in this stage 
no trace that I could discover of a sheath, fibrous or other- 
wise. And, moreover, there is at the same time no indication 

* Loe. cit. pl. vi. fig. 2. 

+ “Memoranda upon the Anatomy of the Respiratory Tract... of 
the foetal Kogia breviceps,” Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. xxxvili. 1918, 
p. 231. See also Danois, “Recherches de l’Anatomie de la Téte de 
Kogia breviceps, Blainv.,” Arch. Zool. Exp. (5) vi. 1910, p, 149, ete. 


Nasal Passages of the Cachalot. 653 


of a metamorphosis of the right nor, for the matter of that, 
the left nasal passage, which suggests a commencing modifi- 
cation in the direction of the formation of the spermaceti 
organ. Nor, on the other hand, is there any diverticulum 
which might suggest the same. [vidently, therefore, if 
the connection alleged by Pouchet and Beauregard actually 
exists, it must be in a later foetus. I am disposed, therefore, 
to think that the positive statements as to the absence of 
any such relation between the nasal passage and the 
spermaceti organ made by Kernan and Shulte are at tlie 
moment more ‘likely. Nor does it to my mind seem the 
kind of connection that might be expected. An early out- 
growth might be a different matter; but that, as I believe, 
is not to be found. 


§ Oropharynx and Tonsils. 


The tonsils have not been, as far as I am aware, described 
in the adult Sperm-Whale; they occur, however, in the 
foetus under consideration. ‘They have also been studied 
in the Pygmy Sperm-Whale, Euphysetes, by Kernan and 
Shulte*.‘ They are represented in the latter by “two 
crypts ... dorsally placed.” And each crypt consists of 
a slit-like orifice leading into a little pocket. There are, 

these authors, “no conspicuous lymph follicles.” In 
the embryo Sperm-Whale examined by myself the tonsils 
do not occupy a large space ; they are to be seen for a space 
of about 1°2 mm., perhaps a very httle more, for it is 
difficult to fix accurately the end of the outgrowths which 
form the canal of the tonsil, so gradually does it fade away 
on each side. In the series of sections examined by me, the 
tonsil of the left side first came into view; and, moreover, 
it persisted after the appearance and disappearance of the 
right tonsil. I may here point out that the first appearance 
of the Eustachian tubes is also on the left side. There 
would, therefore, appear to be a precise agreement in the 
nature of the asymmetry cf these organs in the whale’s head. 
But it is important to bear in mind that it is not easy to 
orient exactly so large an object as the head of this foetus 
in the imbedding material, so that the sections shall be 
precisely at right angles to the longitudinal axis of the 
head. There is clearly scope for error. But, in any case— 
even if the apparent agreement of the asymmetry of the 
two organs is so far accidental,—there is no doubt whatever 


* Loe. cit, 


654 On Blow-holes and Nasal Passages of the Cachalot. 


that the tonsils are asymmetrical. For the left gland not 
only appears first but ends last. 

There is a further asymmetry between the two tonsils. 
It is only that of the left side which possesses a coating of 
lymphoid tissue upon the canal of the tonsil. This seems 
to be completely absent in the case of the tonsil of the right 
side. The canal is quite dorsal in position, and ruus upwards 
for its greater length, and then bends quite—or nearly so— 
at right angles to run backwards for a little way. In the 
series of transverse sections, therefore, the canal is for the 
greater part of its extent cut longitudinally, and then the 
extreme distal end is cut at right angles. The opening 
into the oropharynx is really rather slit-like, only the 
median part of this slit being prolonged into the tube. The 
particular form which the tonsils of this animal show are 
interesting in view of the general state of affairs as to the 
tonsils in the Mammalia—a subject which has lately been 
reviewed with many additions. 

In the paper referred to* the authors regard a long 
tubular tonsil as “ the starting-point of the series,” and this 
condition, occurring in the tiger and the leopard, is to be 
seen in the early foetal condition of man. It is to this type 
that the tonsils are to be referred in the Sperm-Whale, as it 
appears to me. But the conditions are much exaggerated 
in the whale. Its independence of the walls of the pharynx, 
and the length to which it projects outside of those walls 
in a foetus, which, though small, is in some respects very 
advanced, are highly remarkable. This is so obvious that 
it need not further be commented upon. 

The comparison of this tonsil with a rudimentary gill- 
cleft is also obvious. But the position might at first appear 
to militate against this generally-accepted view. In the 
case of the Eustachian tube, the origin of the tube is dis- 
tinctly ventral, but the tonsil is as distinctly a dorsal 
outgrowth of the -lining epithelium of the oropharynx. 
There is, as I think, no possibility of denying their essential 
similarity. If it be held that the posterior part of the 
nasal passage or passages is not a part of the primitive 
ingrowth of the olfactory organ, but a longitudinal division 
of one tube, then the differing position of two, probably 
serially homologous, outgrowths becomes intelligible. For 
if we, so to speak, rejoin the two tubes oral and respiratory, 
the two pairs of diverticula will both be relegated to, and 

* Seccombe Hett and Butterfield, “The Anatomy of the Palatine 
Tonsils,” Journ, Anat. Phys. xliy. p. 36. 


On Mammals from the Li-kiang Range, Yunnan, 655 


be outgrowths from, the middle region of this tube, which is 
precisely what a gill-slit is in other animals. 

A final matter of interest in connection with the tonsils 
of the Sperm-Whale is the variable occurrence of these 
organs among the Cetacea. Shulte*, in a foetus of a 
Rorqual, “found no trace of a tonsil.’ This is, however, 
not a question of whalebone-whales differing from the 
Odontocetes, for Macalister + also “found no trace of a 
tonsil” in Glo bicephalus melas, while Murie f, in his elaborate 
account of the same whale, dces not mention that organ. 


LXXV.—On Mammals from the Li-kiang Range, Yunnan, 
being a further Collection obtained by Mr. George Forrest. 
By OLDFIELD ‘T'HOMAS. 


(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) 


THANKS again to the generosity of Col. Stephenson Clarke, 
C.B., the British Museum has received as a donation a further 
series of mammals from the highlands of Yunnan, additional 
to those described by Mr. Hinton and myself in previous 
numbers of the‘ Annals.’ The present series, which numbers 
about 300 specimens, were all obtained in the Li-kiang 
Range (27° N., 100° 80’ E.), and on this account I have 
repeated here the names of the only species from that range 
obtained in the first collection but not in the second; so that 
the present paper forms a complete list of all the mammals 
as yet known to occur there. 

Naturally the great majority of the species now received 
were included in the first collection, but, none the less, this 
supplementary collection is a most valuable addition to the 
Museum, especially as the specimens were for the most part 
collected at a different time of the year, so that seasonal 
changes, previously unknown to us, are now generally 
represented, 

Some new forms do occur, however, notably a flying 
squirrel of the rare genus Trogopterus, the new species being 

* “Anatomy of a Feetus of Balenoptera borealis,’ Mem. Amer. Mus. 
Nat. Hist. (n.s.) i. pt. vi. 1916, p. 482. 


+ “On some Points in the Anatomy of Globicephalus svineval (Gray),” 
Proce. Zool. Soe. 1867, p. 450. 


{ “Organisation of the Ca’aing Whale, Globicephalus melas,’ Trans. 
Zool. Soc. vol. vili, 1874, p. 252 et seg. 


656 Mr. O. Thomas on Mammals from 


named 7. edith, in honour of Mrs. Stephenson Clarke. 
And there is a very distinct new species of Pika—Ochotona 
forrest. 
\ 
1. Rhinolophus pearson, Norst. 


9. 2744. Li-kiang Range. 10,000!. 


2. Myotis sp. (near Al. mystacinus, Leisl.). 
9 27138. -110,000'- 


3. Tupaia belangert chinensis, And. 


g. 2671, 2766, 2770, 2778, 2784; 9. 2685, 2771, 2781. 
§000-10,000!. 


4, Soriculus sacratus, Thos. 
27538. 
Type-locality. Mt. Omi, Saze-chwan. 


5. Crocidura predaa, sp. n. 


S$. 2627, 2653, 2654, 2666 ;. 2. 2675, 2690. 9500". 

Most nearly allied to C. dracula, 'Thos., from Southern 
Yunnan, with which it shares the general proportions and 
the dull bluey-grey colour. But the size is still larger (dracula 
differing from attenuata, M.-Edw., by greater size), and the 
colour is less suffused and shaded by the blackish ends of the 
hairs. General colour of upper surface nearest to ‘‘ deep 
neutral grey,” of lower surface scarcely paler. Hands and 
feet dull whitish. Tail slender, with but very few bristle- 
hairs, sometimes white, as it nearly always is in dracula. 

Skull longer than in dracula, and markedly broader across 
the brain-case. Teeth larger. 

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :— 

Head and body 14 mm.; tail 70; hind foot 17. 

Skull: condylo-incisive length 24°1; greatest breadth 11; 
upper tooth-series 10°8. 

Hab. Li-kiang Valley. 9500!. 

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 23. 4.1.13. Original 
number 2653. Collected 21st September, 1922. 

“Trapped in wheat-fields.”"—G. F. 

No doubt the representative in the Li-kiang Range of the 
C. dracula of S. Yunnan, but distinguished by larger size. 
The type-skull of dracula was accidentally said to be 24 mm. 
in condylo-incisive length, but is really only 23:3. 


the Li-kiang Range, Yunnan, 657 


6. Crocidura sp, 


S$. 2574. 11,000". 


A small species of the russula group. 


7. Paguma larvata yunalis, Thos, 


3. 2784. 12,000'. 


8. Nyctereutes procyonoides orestes, subsp. n 


9. 2796. N.W. Flank. 10,000-12,000'. 

“Shot in forest.” 

A highland race of procyonotdes. 

General colour as in Central China specimens of procyo- 
noides, aspecimen from 8... Sze-chwan, probably representing 
“« stegmant,” quite similar in colour and character of fur. 
Tail, however, whiter than in that animal, its wool-hairs only 
tinged with grey at their extreme bases, the longer hairs 
white for about 45 mm., black for their terminal 30 mm, 
Throat, forearms, and feet black, not merely brown, 

Skull small, short and dumpy, its surface roughened. A 
well-marked sagittal crest commencing to form, though the 
specimen is not old. Zygomatic arches quite unusual in 
being comparatively parallel, scarcely expanded posteriorly, 
the greatest zygomatic breadth (56°5 mm.), opposite the 
front edge of the glenoid fossa, very little more than it is 
opposite the inferior postorbital processes (53 mm.), while in 
the ordinary Nyctereutes the zygomata are widely expanded 
behind, an average female specimen having these two numbers 
63-5 and 53mm. This latter proportion is invariable through- 
out all the other available Nyctereutes skulls, and equally 
corresponds with the Berlin series measured by Dr. Matschie. 

Teeth as usual, though the type has the abnormality of an 
additional molar (x) on the right side above. 

Dimensions of the type :— 

Head and body 550 mm.; tail 170 ; hind foot 95; ear 47, 

Skull: great. st length to lateral occipital protuberance 105 ; 
zygomatic breadth 56°5; nasals, length 37, median breadth 7 ; 
interorbital breadth 19; breadth of brain-case 40 ; mastoid 
breadth 39; palate length 54. Cheek-tooth series 37 ; length 
of p* on outer edge 9. 

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 23. 4.1.20. Original 
number 2796, Collected 10th November, 1922. 

This is the first specimen received by the Museum from 
the highlands of Western China, nor are any recorded from 

Ann. @ Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. xi. 43 


658 Mr. O. Thomas on Mammals from 


there by Prof. Matschie, whose nearest locality is Chung- 
king, on the middle Yang-tse, whence he has described 
NV. stegmani. 

This animal appears to be distinguishable from the other 
members of the genus by its parallel instead of widely 
expanded zygomata. 


9. Adlurus styant, Thos. 
6.21865 EO 2181, 21888) lOO 0. 


10. Charronia flavigula, Bodd. 


Not represented in the second collection. 


11. Lutreola sibirica moupinensis, M.-Edw. 


g. 2683; 9. 2682. N.W. Flank. 11,000-14,000'. 


12. Arctony# obscurus, M.-Kdw. 
3. 2785. N.W. Flank. 9000-10,000'. 


13. Petaurista xanthotis, M.-Edw. 
6. 2794, 27956 2 2103. 7 10000-1000) 


This fine animal, which is distinguishable from Mr, Forrest’s 
previous discovery, P. clarkei, by its larger size and blackish 
feet, was supposed by Milne-Eidwards to be “ only a variety ” 
of his P. melanopterus, and he did not apparently realize 
that in stating that the animal “had been placed in the 
public gallery under the name of P. wanthotis” he was 
founding a new name for it. The name, however, clearly 
stands, and would certainly seem to be referable to the 
present species, which forms a new and striking addition to 
our collections. The original locality of wxanthotis was only 
recorded ag “ Tibet,’ but was in all probability Mu-pin, 
Sze-chwan, as with other mammals obtained by Pére David. 


14. Hylopetes alboniger, Hodgs. 
Oi (NOG Ma gel.) GN Plank, yal OO): 


15. Trogopterus edithe, sp. n. 
Go. 2092 NAN Blankie al O00 
A grey species, less yellow than in the other forms, with 
comparatively dark-coloured hands and feet. 


the Li-kiang Range, Yunnan. 659 


Size rather less than in 7. mordax. Fur about as in 
T. mordax, not so long as in Aimalaicus, the hairs of the 
back (February) about 24 mm. in length. General colour 
above greyish brown, the fine tickings on the hairs buffy 
drab, not ochraceous. Under surface dull whitish, with no 
buffy wash on the belly, and scarcely any trace of it on thie 
undersides of the parachute ; bases of the hairs deep slaty 
grey. Ears with less of the usual tufts of elongated hairs 
round and on them; one small tuft at the base of their 
outer margin ; the ears themselves only with very fine black 
hairs. Arms ‘becoming more buffy, even slightly ochraceous, 
on the wrists, but far less than in mordax and xanthines. 
Anterior edge of parachute dark ochraceous. Hands 
grizzled bufly brown on the metacarpals, becoming black on 
the digits. Sides of parachute blackish above. Front of 
legs washed with buffy. Feet blackish ticked with tawny, 
the digits deeper tawny. Tail dark greyish, with many of 
the longer hairs tipped with buffy ; dull greyish below, 

Skull of about the size of that of wanthipes, smaller than 
in mordax. Bulle comparatively small, much less inflated 
than in mordaz, lower even than in wanthipes and himalaicus. 

P* not so excessively hypertrophied as in mordaz, slightly 
narrower even than in wanthipes and himalaicus ; its length 
in the type 5-0 mm., its breadth 4°2, the corresponding 
measures in mordax being 6°2 and 5:0 mm. 

Dimensions of the type :— 

Head and body 268 mm.; tail 260; hind foot 56; ear 30. 

Skull: greatest length 55°5 ; condylo-incisive length 51°5 ; 
zygomatic breadth 85; nasals 18 x 10; palatine foramina 5:4 ; 
length of bullal1:2. Upper cheek-teeth 14°8, molars only 9°7. 

Type. Young adult male (the basilar suture perceptible, 
but not definitely open). B.M. no. 23. 4.1.32. Original 
number 2792. Collected February 1922. 

This pretty flying-squirrel I have named in honour of 
Mrs. Stephenson Clarke. It is distinguished from. the 
Trogopterus of Central China, T. mordax, by its less buffy 
colour and its smaller p*. In the absence of the buffy colour 
below, especially on the parachute, it is distinguishable from 
all the members of the genus. 

In working out Mr. Forrest’s Li-kiang Trogopterus, I have 
re-examined the two specimens from the Upper Min River 
referred to 7. mordax in the original description of the latter, 
and now think that they are referable to yet another highland 
species, which may be termed 


43* 


660 Mr. O. Thomas on Mammals from 


Trogopterus minax, sp. Ne 


P* hypertrophied, as in 7’. mordax, but the bullee compara- 
tively small. 

Size about as in 7. mordax. Fur long and soft, hairs of 
back about 82mm. in length. General colour above about as 
in edithe, not of the warmer and more buffy tone of mordax. 
Under surface, on the other hand, broadly washed with bright 
buffy, which extends on to the underside of the parachute, 
not, however, so vividly as in mordax. Ears black, without 
any suffusion of buffy, their tufts less than in mordaz, about 
as in edithw. Forearms and legs washed with buffy, hands 
and feet rich ochraceous buffy, as in 7. mordax. Tail 
greyish, with drabby ends to the hairs. 

Skull, as judged by that of the immature paratype, with 
far smaller bullz than in mordax, more inflated than in 
edithe. 

F* hypertrophied, as in mordav, enormously large and 
broad, that of the type 6°4 x 5°3 mm. ; milk p* 4°7 x 4:2. 

Dimensions of the type :— 

Hind foot 54 mm. ; ear (wetted) 32. 

Skull of type: tip of nasals to back of postorbital process 
33°3 ; nasals 20°4 x 10; palatilar length 31; upper cheek- 
teeth 17°2 ; molars only 11‘1. Length of bullee in the young 
paratype 11:4. 

Hab. Upper Min River, Sze-chwan. Type from Wonn 
Chuen. 

Type. Old male. B.M. no. 9. 7.21.4. Collected and 
presented by the late Mr. J. W. Brooke. 

That this is not edithe is shown by its hypertrophied p?%, 
while from mordaw it is distinguishable by its smaller bulle 
and less buffy colour. 


16. Callosciurus erythreus michianus, Rob. & Wr. 
go. 2400, 2763, 2774,.21 78, 2009.) LOU" 


17. Rupestes forresti, Thos. 
Go Ales JUEOCUG 
2. 2767. N.W. Flank of range. 9000-10,000’, 
This—the special zoological prize of the first collection— 
now turns up in the Li-kiang Range. The previous speci- 
mens were from the Mekong—Yangtze divide, some 60 miles 
distant. 


the Li-kiang Range, Yunnan, 661 


18. Tamiops clarkei, 'Thos. 


d. 2761, 2781; 9. 2702, 2776. 10,000-11,000'. 


19. Tamiops maritimus forresti, Thos. 


9. 2703, 2705. 10,000'. 


20. Dremomys pernyi lichiensis, Thos. 
Twenty-five specimens. 
Uniformly similar to the typical series. 
21. Rattus sp. (cf. nitidus, Hodgs.). 
3. 2667, 2707; 2. 2659. 13,000-14,000'. 


22. Rattus confuctanus, M.~-Kdw. 


3. 2660, 2664; @. 2647, 2684. N.W.Flank. 13,000- 
14,000. 


23. Apodemus ilex, Thos. 
Six specimens. 10,000-12,000’. 


24. Apodemus speciosus latronum, Thos. 


Six specimens. 10,000-12,000!. 


25. Apodemus chevriert, M.-Edw. 


Sixteen specimens. 


26. Hothenomys jidelis, Hint. 
Sixteen specimens. 11,000-14,000'. 


27. Eothenomys proditor, Hint. 


Sixty-nine specimens. 12,000-15,000’. 

So far as we know at present, these two species of 
Hothenomys are peculiar to the Li-kiang Range, while, on the 
other hand, there is no Neodon there, its place being, perhaps, 
taken by one or other of them. 


662 Mr. O. Thomas on Mammals from 


28. Microtus clarkei, Hint. 
Go. 2603.) 30001. 


This specimen is indistinguishable from the typical series 
described from the Kiu-kiang—Sal ween divide. 


29. Rhizomys wardi, Thos. 


9. 2789. N.W. Flank. -12,000-13,000'. 

Hividentiy widely distributed through the Yunnan high- 
lands. Mr. C. J. Gregory recently obtained a specimen at 
Lanpinghsien, 26° 27’ N., 99° 28) BE. 


30. Ochotona forresti, sp. n. 


6. 2007, 20982, NOW. lank 130007 

A large species allied to thebetana. 

Size considerably larger than in any described species of 
the thibetana group. Fur medium, hairs of back about 
15 mm. in length. General colour above of the same heavily 
lined brown as in thibetana and sikimaria. Under surface 
dark soiled greyish, the hairs slaty at base, whitish or buffy 
at tip. Nape dark hoary greyish, this colour extending 
more or less on to the face, but the forehead is brown. Ears 
like those of theletana, of similar length, with the same black 
or blackish proectote, dark grey-brown metentote, and well- 
defined white edge. Arms buffy or tawny brown, the 
shoulders and sides of neck also more or less washed with 
tawny. Hands buffy whitish ; fore-claws very long, much 
longer than those of any of the species of the thibetana 
group, and equalling those of the large O. royler. Feet dull 
whitish, the metatarsals buffy ; brushes of soles blackish. 

Skull of the general shape of that of thibetana, but larger, 
and not so flattened. Nasals_ proportionally narrower. 
Palatine foramina only slightly and evenly expanded behind, 
quite without the conspicuous posterior broadening found in 
thibetuna. Bulle about as in that species. 

Dimensions of the type :— 

Head and body 185 mm.; hind foot 27; ear 19. 

Skull: greatest length 39; condylo-incisive length 37 ; 
zygomatic breadth 19°4; mnasals 12°66;  interorbital 
breadth 5; breadth of brain-ease 15°8; palatal foramina 
9-§ x 3:3; length of bulla 9 ; upper tooth-series (alveoli) 7:3. 

Type. “Adult male.) s "BM ne. 2341 Ole Oriel 
number 2597. Collected in August 1922. 


the Li-Kiang Range, Yunnan. 663 


Among the several closely allied species of the thibetana 
group this Pika stands out by its comparatively large size, 
its grey nape, convex skull, and the absence of the posterior 
broadening of the palatal foramina so marked in the other 
forms. In all probability it does not occur exactly on the 
same ground as O. thibetana, although living at about the 
same altitude on the same range. 

Named in honour of Mr. George Forrest, to whose abilities 
the two valuable Yunnan collections are due, and who has 
taken great interest in his mammal work. 

While naming this Pika, I have again examined the 
Omi-san specimen obtained by Mr. Malcolm Anderson in 
1910, and then referred to O. thibetana. It is, however, so 
different in colour to the ordinary thibetana that, now we 
have seen a much larger number of specimens of the latter, I 
may venture to give it a special subspecific name :— 


Ochotona thibetana sacraria, subsp. n. 


General characters of thibetana, but the back of a reddish- 
brown colour, between cinnamon and cinnamon-brown, this 
colour being apparently due to the light rings on the hairs 
being dark ochraceous instead of drabby. On the sides the 
tone is more uniform and more cinnamon. Nape with no 
evident nuchal mantle or patch. 

Skull as in thzbetana, but rather flatter, and there is no 
trace of the minute postorbital projections usually present in 
that animal. 

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :— 

Head and body 149 mm. ; hind foot 28; ear 18°5. 

Skull: greatest length 36°7 ; condylo-incisive length 34; 
nasals 11°6; palatal foramina 9°8 x 4°8; length of bulla 8; 
upper tooth-series 7°2. 

Hab. Mt. Omi-san, Omi-hsien, 8. Sze-chwan. Alt. 9500!. 

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 11.2.1. 258. Original 
mmmper 2025. Collected 17th August, 1910, by M. P. 
Anderson. Presented by the Duke ot Bedford, K.G. 


31. Ochotona thibetana, M.-Edw. 
&. 2644, 2709; 2. 2592, 2599, 2640. 13,000-16,000'. 


664 


Mr. J. R. Malloch on Evotic Muscaridee. 


LXXVI.— Exotic Muscaride (Diptera) —IX.* By J. R. 
Maxtocu, Bureau of Biological Survey, Washington, D.C. 


of some of the described species. 


Subfamily Paaonzwaz. 


Genus Opnyra, R.-D. 


The members of this genus are very widely distributed, 
and there is some doubt in my mind as to the distinctness 


I suspect that several that 


are now listed as distinct will ultimately fall as synonymous 


with some of the older species. 


In this paper I present a 


key to the species in the British Museum material now 
before me, with some records of their distribution. 


Key to Males. 


. Palpi rufous-yellow ; hind tibia with short fine 


setulose hairs on antero-dorsal surface, one 
long postero-dorsal bristle beyond middle, 


and two short antero-ventral bristles ; 


calyptre yellows. .ihh. Gish. 50. oem fe see ois 
Pallipibblacks \a.2. oe uvul teacertont aor Clete tee rake 


. Hind tibia very conspicuously curved, furnished 


on ventral surfaces with soft, erect, black 
hairs which are longest at base of series, 
just before middle of tibia; mid-femur 
with two series of short spines near base on 
ventral surface; calyptree fuscous ........ 
Hind tibia straight or very slightly curved, 
and without hairs as above described; mid- 
femur with at most one series of short 
spines of bristles near base on ventral 
SUMPACE “Fk races. ale eel che 4k cP Pearse Ve ec 


. Apices of segments of fore tarsi narrowly 


yellowish or whitish; mid-femur with 
some very fine hairs near base on postero- 
ventral surface, without short spines; hind 
tibia straight, usually with one antero- 
dorsal and three postero-dorsal bristles, and 
some long setulose hairs on apical half of 
antero-ventral and postero-ventral surfaces, 
more bristle-like on the former .......... 
Fore tarsi black; mid-femur with one or more 
short spines or bristles on ventral surface 
near base; eye with a slight but distinct 
rounded emargination at or near middle of 
POSTELIOL MATIN! Forcier tates fehl dremel 


enescens, Wied. 
Dy. 


leucostoma, Wied. 


chalcogaster, Wied. 


* For Part VIII., see Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (9) x., December 1922, 


pp. 573-587, 


Mr. J. R. Malloch on Fwotie Muscaride. 


4, Hind tibia curved and with two series of long 
fine outstanding bristles, one on the apical 
two-thirds of antero-ventral and the other 
on the apical two-thirds of postero-ventral 
surface ; hind femur with three or four of 
the bristles on the apical third of antero- 
ventral surface much longer than _ its 
diameter and a fine hair near base on 
MMECUMIESUETACE) Wares dn ats yee Wed oe td 'sis vals anthrax, Meig. 
Hind tibia straight, with a few long sub- 
decumbent setulose hairs on apical half of 
antero-ventral and postero-ventral surfaces ; 
none of the bristles on apical fourth of 
antero-yentral surface of hind femur notice- 
ably longer than the femoral diameter, one 
or two short straight bristles near base 
CIOWI che vie wie aid site sos ds Pare estis dae dons te UT ase ed: 


Key to Females. 


1. Palpirufous-yellow ; frontal triangle extending 
broadly to anterior margin of interfrontalia, 
truncate or broadly rounded at anterior 
extremity ; postero-dorsal bristle on hind 
tibia much longer than the other median 
bristles, situated well beyond middle; 
thorax without outstanding presutural 
HEEOSMIE MAL DLIStIGS) © x50. ore roe ov orlunere oie e@nescens, Wied. 

Palpi black ; frontal triangle not extending to 
anterior margin, if so then its anterior 
extremity is acutely pointed ; postero-dorsal 
bristle on hind tibia not longer than the 
other median bristles and situated at or 
Mey CloseybO MMIGCLS eho che oie varie owls he's 2. 

2. Frontal triangle extending to anterior margin 
of interfrontalia, heavily chitinised to apex ; 
hind tibia with three or four antero-ventral 
bristles; anterior sterno-pleural bristle 

RMMMETOLGD AOSCMG <.e/clee cic ss eee a elas: s . anthrax, Meig. 

Froutal triangle not extending to anterior 
margin of “interfrontalia, if almost so its 
anterior extremity is very poorly chitinised 
and subopaque; anterior sterno-pleural 
bristle distinct though smaller than the 
PePILOE GUON Lc f1o0) ss chaiele-c).fs.cl>'s tie ate oo ti) oe 

3. Frontal triangle broad, at the point of inser tion 
of the cruciate bristles well over three times 
as wide as orbits at insertion of the for- 
wardly-directed supraorbital, the latter 
minute; hind femur with three very short 
preapical antero-ventral bristles; hind tibia 
without an antero-dorsal median bristle; 
margins of lower calyptra white.......... negra, Wied, 

Frontal triangle less than three times as wide 
as orbits at insertion of lower supraorbital 
bristle, the latter strong but short; hind 


666 Mr. J. R. Malloch on Heotic Muscaride. 


femur with more than three antero-ventral 
preapical bristles, which are also stronger ; 
hind tibia with an antero-dorsal median 


4. Avista black; hind tibia with two antero- 
ventral bristles; lower calyptra brownish 
yellow, with brown margins ...........%. leucostoma, Wied. 
Arista yellow basally; hind tibia with one 
antero-ventral bristle; lower  calyptra 
white, with whitish margins ,........... chalcogaster, Wied. 


Ophyra enescens, Wiedemann. 


A common species throughout South and Central America, 
extending its range into the southern United States. Hvi- 
dently a strictly New World form up to this time. 

In the larval stages it 1s found in human excrement and 
manure, as are most of its congeners, so far as I know. 

Represented in material before me from Monte Video, 
Uruguay. ; 


Ophyra leucostoma, Wiedemann. 


The genotype. Common throughout Europe, Canada, 
and the United States. One female specimen from Illinois 
sent to British Museum. 

I have found this species very abundant around chicken- 
houses in Medicine Hat, Alberta, Canada. It soars like 
species of the genus Fannia and the Syrphide. 


Ophyra chalcogaster, Wiedemann. 


Distributed throughout the Orient and extending into 
Australia. : 

Specimens before me are from Southern China, Philippine 
Islands, India, Ceylon, Siam, Seychelles Islands, Mauritius, 
and Australia. 


Ophyra anthrax, Meigen. 


A moderately common European species which ranges 
into Africa and Asia. 

Localities represented in material before me are Estcourt 
and Durban, Natal, and Hsikow, near Tientsin, China. 


Ophyra nigra, Wiedemann. 
I suspect that this species has been redescribed as spini- 
gera, Stein. 
I have seen specimens from Stannary Hills, Queensland. 


lr. J. R. Malloch on Fvotic Muscaride. 667 


Genus AUSTRALOPHYRA, Noy. 


Generic Characters.—Differs from Ophyra in having the 
hypopleura with moderately long black hairs on upper mar- 
ein below and in front of the spiracle, the ocellar triangle 
very short, with the cruciate bristles well in front of its 
anterior extremity in female, and the orbits not polished in 
that sex. The ptilinum in neither sex has silvery pubescence. 

Genotype, Ophyra analis, Macquart. 

This species appears to be of Australasian origin, and 
differs in the above characters from the species of Ophyra 
from any other region, and also from the two species of 
Ophyra that occur in Australia. 

I have before me specimens of analis from South Queens- 
land and New South Wales. 


Genus Hyprorama, R.-D. 


Hydrotea australis, sp. n. 


Male.—Black. Thorax shining, with very faint grey 
pruimescence that 1s only distinct later ally, no distinct vitte. 
Abdomen subopaque, basal tergite black, apical three densely 
pale grey-pruinescent, with a black dorso-central vitta which 
is much tapered posteriorly. Legs black. Wings shghtly 
brownish basally. Calyptre brownish. Halteres with black 
knobs. 

Eyes bare, subcontiguous below ocelli; parafacials not 
visible from side; cheek almost linear; arista subnude. 
Thorax with four pairs of postsutural dorso-centrals, and 
four pairs of moderately long presutural acrostichals ; hypo- 
pleura bare. Abdomen ovate. Fore femur with two spines 
at base of apical concavity, the apical one slender, the second 
one much swollen basally ; mid-femur with four or five fine 
straight bristles on basal half of postero-ventral surface and 
rather numerous long setulose hairs on basal half of antero- 
ventral surface ; mid-tibia and tarsi normal, the former with 
two posterior bristles ; hind femur normal, with two or three 
short preapical antero-ventral bristles ; hind tibia normal, 
with very fine short erect hairs along antero-dorsal surface, 
two fine antero-ventral bristles, a few erect setulose posterior 
hairs, and the postero-dorsal bristle practically indistinguish- 
able. Outer cross-vein almost straight ; penultimate section 
of fourth vein not longer than outer cross-vein and barely 
one-third as long as last section. 

Female.—Differs from the male in being rather densely 


668 Mr. J. RB. Malloch on Mvotic Muscaridee. 


brownish-grey pruinescent on thorax and abdomen, the latter 
lacking the dorso-central vitta ; the legs are normal, the 
hind tibia has one antero-dorsal and two antero-ventral 
bristles, and the outer cross-vein is not as long as penulti- 
mate section of fourth vein. 

Length 3-4 mm. 

Type, wale, allotype, and three paratypes, South Queens- 
land (7. ZL. Bancroft). Paratypes, two males and four 
females, Kendall, New South Wales; oue male and six 
females without locality but labelled “ about cows,” sent by 
Department of Public Health, Sydney, New South Wales. 

Like occulta, Meigen, of Europe and North America, 
which it greatly resembles in the female sex, this species 
will probably be found in the larval and pupal stages in_cow- 
dung. 

The only Australian species of this genus previously de- 
scribed is fuscocalyptrata, Macquart. ‘This differs in being 
over 6 mm. in length, and in colour, as well as in the 
venation and the armature of the fore femur, judging from 
the original description. I have not seen the species. 


Hydrotea nubilicosta, sp. un. 


Female.—Black, distinctly shining. Ocellar triangle, 
orbits, and parafacials glossy black, interfrontalia brown 
when viewed from in front. Thorax with slight grey 
pruinescence and very faintly vittate. Abdomen unmarked. 
Legs black. Wings very noticeably browned on front half, 
most conspicuously so from apex of costal cell to apex of 
wing. Calyptre white. Knobs of halteres black. 

Kyes bare ; frons normal, the triangle short, not extending 
to the cruciate bristles ; arista with very short pubescence. 
Thorax with numerous fine hairs on the presutural acro- 
stichal area, one or two pairs of the hairs near margins 
posteriorly stronger but not conspicuously so. Fore tibia 
without a posterior median bristle ; mid-tibia with two pos- 
terior bristles ; hind femur with a long fine hair near base 
on ventral surface and a series of fine bristles on antero- 
ventral surface, the longest one about one-fourth from apex ; 
hind tibia with one postero-dorsal, one antero-dorsal, and 
one or two antero-ventral bristles. Outer cross-vein almost 
straight; first posterior cell slightly narrowed apically. 

Length 6°5 mm. 

Type, Villavicencio, Quatiquia River, Columbia, 400 feet, 
x1.-xil, 1914 (Dr. A. Balfour). 


Mr. J. R. Malloch on Ewotie Muscaridze. 669 


Hydrotea cyaneiventris, Macquart. 


The female of this species closely resembles an Ophyra, 
the frontal triangle being very large and glossy, extending 
almost to anterior margin and having the cruciate bristles 
situated in its lateral margins ; the orbits and upper part of 
parafacials are also glossy black. The entire body is glossy 
blue-black in the female. The armature of the legs is 
similar to that of last species, but the wings are clear, 
slightly darker at bases, and the calyptrz are brownish with 
darker margins. 

One female, same Jocality as last species. 

On the strength of this female I should not hesitate to 
place the species in Ophyra, but have not seen the male, and 
as Stein has examined this sex and retains it in Hydrotea I 
cannot do otherwise than follow him, though I doubt the 
propriety of the course. It may be distinguished from the 
females of Ophyra listed on a preceding page, which have 
black palpi, by its having the hind tibia bristled as in 
@NeEScens. 


Hydrotea vitlosa, Stein. 


A black species with similar habitus to that of dentipes, F., 
but the parafacials are broader and densely, almost golden- 
pollinose, the line of demarcation between this part and the 
glossy black part being very sharply drawn above ; the eyes 
are hairy ; and the male has the hind femur with several 
series of long fine setulose hairs below, the preapical ventral 
bristles being hardly stronger than the others. The hind 
tibia of male is normal, and has a long postero-dorsal bristle, 
a series of setulose hairs along the antero-dorsal surface, 
amongst which are some that are much stronger, and the 
antero-ventral and postero-ventral surfaces with some fine 
hairs. 

Originally described from Bogota, Colombia. One male 
aud two females from the same region as last two species. 


Hydrotea houghi, Malloch. 
One female from Vernon, British Columbia, 1300 feet, 
12. vi. 1902 (Miss G. Ricardo). 
Helina australasia, sp. n. 


Male.—Similar in colour to regine, Malloch, but the 
thorax is blackish blue instead of black, the abdomen is 


670 Mr. J. R. Malloch on Hvotic Muscaridee. 


lightly and evenly grey-pruinescent, with a faint dorso- 
central black vitta and no checkerings, the margins of the 
calyptree are fuscous, and the parafacials white, not yellowish, 
pruinescent. 

Eyes hairy; narrowest part of frons fully twice as wide as 
third antennal segment, orbits narrow, setulose on their 
entire length ; triangle shining in front of ocelli. Thorax 
as in regine, but with at least one pair of strong presutural 
acrostichals. Legs as in regine, the hind femur with the 
antero-ventral bristles short and closely placed, extending 
from near middle to apex, and a few short setulz at apex on 
postero-ventral surface. 

Length 7 mm. 

Type, Victoria, Australia (C. French), in British Museum. 
Paratypes, one male, Coaleston, Allyn River, New South 
Wales, 26.11. 1921; one male, Sydney, New South Wales, 
30. x. 192] (Dept. Public Health, N.S.W.). 

This species runs to Caption 3 in the key to Australian 
Helinz in Part VI. of this series of papers, but is readily 
separable from the two species thereunder by the presei:ce 
of at least one strong pair of presutural acrostichal bristles. 


Helina nigrescens, Stein. 


Male.—¥Entirely black, shghtly shining. Thorax grey- 
pruinescent, rather indistinctly quadrivittate, and with a 
faint bluish tinge. Abdomen with grey pruinescence, each 
tergite with a pair of large, shining, subtriangular, poorly- 
defined, black spots and the bases of bristles set in black dots. 
Wings slightly smoky, inner cross-vein distinctly, outer 
indistinetly, infuscated. Calyptre grey, margins fuscous. 
llalteres with black knobs. 

Eyes long-haired; frons about as wide as third antennal 
segment ; arista almost bare, except on basal half, where tle 
hairs are a httle longer than its basal diameter. Thorax 
with four pairs of postsutural dorso-centrals, and two or 
three pairs of well-developed presutural acrostichals ; hypo- 
pleura bare. Abdomen ovate, the dorsal bristles rather 
girong apically. Fore tibia without a median posterior 
bristle ; mid-tibia with three posterior bristles; bind femur 
with an almost complete series of antero-ventral bristles 
which are short basally, and some setulose hairs at base on 
postero-ventral surface; hind tibia with two antero-dorsal, 
aud three or four antero-ventral bristles, and a few setuli 
ou posterior surface at middle. 

Length 5°5 mm. 


Mr. J. R. Malloch on Ewotie Musecaride. (71 


Locality, Blue Mountains, New South Wales, 15. i, 1922 
(Dept. Health, N.S.W.). 

This species runs to Caption 6 in the key already referred 
to, but differs from all species in the key that fall in the 
same segregate by having the halteres black, margins of 
calyptre fuscous, fore tibia without a posterior median 
bristle, the arista pubescent, and the thorax with distinct 
presutural acrostichals. 


Helina howe, sp. u. 


Female.—Metallic greenish blue. Thorax densely grey- 
pruinescent, with rather conspicuous vittz anteriorly. 
Abdomen faintly, evenly grey-pruinescent. Head _ black, 
interfrontalia opaque, facial orbits and cheeks whitish 
pruinescent. Wings slightly brownish, darker along costa, 
the cross-veins and apex of first vein with very distinct 
clouding. Legs black. Calyptre and their fringes white. 
Knobs of halteres black. 

Frons about one-third of the head-width ; triangle nar- 
row, extending almost to anterior margin of frons ; eyes 
very indistinctly haired ; aristaplumose. Thorax with three 
pairs of postsutural dorso-centrals ; prealar very small; pre- 
sutural acrostichals not differentiated from the hairs. 
Abdomen ovate. Fore tibia missing ; mid-tibia with two 
posterior bristles; hind femur with one or two preapical 
autero-ventral bristles ; hind tibia with one antero-ventral 
and two antero-dorsal bristles. Outer cross-vein curved, 
less than its own length from apex of fifth; veins 3 and 4 
divergent apically. 

Length 5 mm. 

Type, Lord Howe Island, New South Wales, 11.111. 1910 
(Dept. Public Health, N.S.W.). 

In the key already referred to this species runs out at 
the first Caption, differing from both segregates in several 
characters, thus necessitating another segregate under num- 
ber 1 as follows :-— 


Thorax and abdomen greenish blue; knobs of halteres 
black; arista with very long hairs, plumose; cross- 
veins of wings distinctly infuscate ; ¢ calyptre white ; 
thorax with three pairs of postsutural dorso-centrals. howe, sp. n. 


Helina hirtibasis, sp. nu. 


Male.—Very similar to whitei, Malloch, differing in 
haying the frons narrower, less than twice as wide as third 
antennal segment, while in whife7 itis at least twice as wide ; 


672 Mr. J. R. Malloch on Ewotic Muscaride. 


the basal abdominal sternite hairy, bare in whitei; hind 
femur with more widely-spaced antero-ventral bristles, which 
are comparatively longer apically than in whitei, the postero- 
ventral surface with more distinct setulose hairs apically 
and less noticeable hairs basally ; and the hind tibia with an 
antero-ventral bristle, which is absent in white?z. The facial 
ridges are also not haired so far up as in that species. 

Female.—This I erroneously listed as the allotype of 
whitet in Part VI. of this series of papers. Similar to the 
male, except in having a wide frons. 

Length 8-9 mm. 

Type, male, allotype, and one male paratype, Barrington 
Top, New South Wales, 18-17. x11.1921 (G. Goldfinch). 
Paratype female, Mangalore, Tasmania, 22.11.1913 (A. 
White). 

I have also before me two females from Sydney, N.S.W.., 
and two from Gisborne, Victoria, that apparently belong to 
this species, though they are a little smaller. 

A peculiar fact is that all the females have some hairs on 
the hypopleura below the spiracle, while the males have the 
hypopleura bare, or with one or two hairs near the posterior 
lower angle. 

Runs to whitez in the key already referred to, but is dis- 
tinguished by the hairy basal abdominal sternite in both 
sexes and the narrower frons in the male. 

Type returned to Department of Public Health, Sydney ; 
paratype in British Museum. 


Helina vandiemeni, sp. n. 


Female.—Very similar to antarctica, Macquart. Differs 
from it in having the second antennal segment, base of third, 
and the palpi rufous-yellow instead of black. Fore coxz 
rufous-yellow, with a fuscous spot at base in front, not black 
as in antarctica. 

Structurally and in chetotaxy similar to antarctica. The 
arista is plumose in both, there are no well-developed pre- 
sutural acrostichals, the prealar is of moderate length, and 
there are four pairs of postsutural dorso-centrals. ‘The hind 
femur in the new species has fewer and shorter bristles on 
antero-ventral surface, and they do not extend over more 
than the apical half. The halteres in antarclica are 
brownish, while in the new species they are pale yellow. 
The eyes are slightly hairy in both sexes. 

Length 8 mm. 

Type, and two paratypes, Hobart, Tasmania (4, M. Lea). 


Mr. J. R. Malloch on Lwotic Muscaridee. 673 


This species runs to anéarctica in the key already referred 
to, but is distinguished at once by the colour of the antennze 
and palpi, which in the former are entirely black, only the 
palpi being rarely paler at bases. 


Melanochelia tenuicornis, sp. un. 


Female.—Very similar to ordinata, Hutton, in the structure 
of the head and antenne. Differs very strikingly i in colour, 
the pruinescence on thorax and abdomen being ‘bluish grey 
instead of brownish grey, the abdomen especially appearing 
bluish. The pruinesceuce on orbits and parafacials is brown 
except at base of antennz where it is white, whereas in ordi- 
nata it is entirely yellow, and the upper half of the cheeks 
is rufous instead of yellow. The thoracic vitte are narrowly 
fused in front of suture, just behind suture, and again beyond 
middle, the median spot on scutellum is as large as the lateral 
spots and covers most of the disc basally instead of being 
very small. Hach abdominal tergite from 1 to 3 has a pair 
of moderate-sized subtriangular brown spots, and the fourth 
has sometimes a brown spot in centre at base. ‘The tibize 
are rufous and the mid-pair have an auntero-dorsal bristle. 
Third antennal segment at least four times as long as 
second ; the longest hairs on arista are noticeably longer 
than its basal diameter, whereas in ordinata they are not as 
long, the eyes are hairy, and the frons is at least three times 
as wide as the slender third antennal segment. The lower 
ealyptra and the knobs of halteres are fuscous, not yellow. 
Cheetotaxy as in ordinata. 

Length 8-9 mm. 

Type and one paratype, Crofton, New Zealand, 28. x. 
1906 (W. Wesché). 

This species was compared with the type-specimen of 
ordinata, Hutton. 


Genus Exsut, Hutton. 


This genus was erected for the reception of one species, 
singularis, Hutton. Stein omitted it from his ‘ Catalogue of 
the Genera of Anthomylidze of the World’ in 1919, probably 
because he had some doubt as to its relationships. I have 
seen the genotype and type-specimen, as well as three other 
males from New Zealand, and find that it is closely related 
to Lispodes, Malloch. The basal abdominal sternite is bare, 
the fore and mid femora and tibiz are armed on their 
ventral surfaces with short stout spines, and the wings are 
abnormally broad, being about as wide as long. 

The wing-characters alone serve to separate singularis 
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. xi, 4d 


674 Mr. J. R. Malloch on Hwotic Muscaride. 


from another species which I have before me, and, believing 
as I do that either a difference in a structure of more 
fundamental importance than the wing, or the existence of 
several characters in common distinguishing the species of a 
group from their allies are essential to relegate the forms to 
distinct generic status, I cannot reasonably debar this new 
form from Ezsul, though the habitus of the two species is 
entirely different. It is also pertinent to state that I have 
seen only the male of singularis; the female may have 
more normal wings. I would therefore amend the generic 
description by eliminating reference to the shape of the 
wings. 


E.xsul tenuis, sp. 0. 


Male.—Black, densely opaque pale grey pruinescent. 
Head whitish pruinescent, the parafacials almost silvery, 
parts showing blackish in some lights. Dorsum of thorax 
with two narrow black vitte in front of suture between 
the dorso-centrals, and a broader one on each side be- 
yond the dorso-centrals, all of which are continued beyond 
suture but not to hind margin, and a brown central vitta 
posteriorly ; scutellum with a blackish spot on each side at 
base; mesopleura with a faint brown spot on upper hind 
margin. Abdomen with a pair of subtriangular brown spots 
near hind margin of the first three tergites. Legs black. 
Wings whitish, with a brown suffusion along sides of all 
longitudinal and cross veins. Calyptree white. Knobs of 
halteres brown. | 

Eyes hairy ; frons much widened anteriorly, at narrowest 
part, in front of anterior ocellus, fully twice as wide as third 
antennal segment ; orbits with bristles to above middle, and 
fine hairs above and laterad of them ; parafacials haired on 
upper half; antenuee half as long as face, third segment 1°5 
as long as second; arista almost bare, second segment thick, 
slightly longer than wide, third much thickened at base, 
rapidly tapered; facial ridges setulose on lower half ; para- 
facials about 1:5 as wide as third antennal segment, and 
half as wide as height of cheek; palpi slightly dilated 
apically, bristly ; proboscis thick and glossy, with very 
strong apical teeth. Thorax with four pairs of postsutural 
dorso-centrals; both intra-alars strong; presutural acrostichal 
hairs sparse; sterno-pleurals 1:1; hypopleura bare. Abdo- 
men cylindrical, very slender, about twice as long as thorax, 
with sparse long setulose hairs; basal sternite bare; seventh 
tergite cleft longitudinally in centre, with long setulose hairs 
on sides of cleft; fifth sternite with a deep V-shaped notch. 


On new Grasshoppers from East Africa. 675 


Ventral spines on all femora covering ventral surface, except 
apically ; fore and mid tibiz with one or two posterior 
setulose hairs ; antero-ventral and postero-ventral spines on 
all femora stout; hind tibia with one postero-dorsal and two 
antero-dorsal setulz ; tarsal claws long andstrong. Wings 
narrow; veins 3 and 4 divergent apically ; outer cross-vein 
at about its own length from inner and one-third of its own 
length from apex of fifth vein. 

Female.—Differs from the male in having the thorax and 
abdomen more robust, the latter being ovate; the abdominal 
spots much larger, extending along the entire hind margin, 
except in centre ; the longitudinal wing-veins not noticeably 
browned ; and the tibial bristles stronger, with one antero- 
dorsal bristle on mid-tibia. 

Length 9-12 mm. 

Type, male, allotype, and two male paratypes, Milford, 
New Zealand, 24. xii. 1920 (C. Fenwick). 

It is remarkable that all the specimens of Exsul that I 
have seen, including the genotype, are from Milford Sound. 
The genus probably occurs elsewhere on the sea-coast of at 
least the southern island. 


LXXVII.—Some new Short-horned Grasshoppers from East 
Africa. By B. P. Uvarov, F.E.S., Assistant Hntomo- 
logist, Imperial Bureau of Entomology. 


THE present paper is based on the collections sent to the 
Imperial Bureau of Entomology by the Government Ento- 
mologists in Uganda and Kenya Colony. All the actual 
types are preserved in the British Museum ; a few paratypes 
of the species represented by sufficiently long series of speci- 
mens have been returned to the Government Entomologists. 


]. Gastrimargus mirabilis, sp. u. 


3. Much more compressed laterally than any known 
species of the genus. Antenne reaching halfway between 
the front and middle cox. Face callosely rugulose. Frontal 
ridge in profile distinctly convex, forming a very wide curve 
with the vertex ; its surface slightly convex, punctured, and 
callosely rugulose ; its margins not raised, subcallous, almost 
reaching the clypeus, very feebly approximated below the 
ocellum. lateral facial keels distinctly arched. Cheeks 

44%* 


676 ~~ Mr. B: P. Uvarov on new 


rugulose, except in their middle part. Head above smooth, 
but not shining, and the fastigium of vertex, therefore, dis- 
tinctly separated from the rugulose and shining frontal 
ridge. The median and lateral keels of the fastigium well 
developed. Distance between the eyes subequal to the 
vertical diameter of an eye. Pronotum very long and with 
an unusually high and thin, transparent crest; its surface 
distinctly granulose, except on the lateral lobes, which are 
coarsely rugulose; transverse sulci feeble, obliterated on the 
crest; sides of the metazona depressed and forming dis- 
tinet rounded angles with the lateral lobes; the length of 
the lobes not more than half the length of the crest. Pleure 
coarsely rugose. Hlytra extending well beyond the hind 
knees ; discoidal false vein straight ; the ulnar fureus with 
two rows of cells and a straight false vein. Hind femora 
very narrow aud slender; hind tibize with 14-17 spines on 
each side. 

Head green, with the lower part of the frontal ridge 
reddish brown ; middle portion of the cheeks pale; lateral 
facial keels and oblique streaks before and behind the pale part 
of the cheeks blackish ; upper median fascia and postocular 
fasciz pale buff in the middle, margined with castaneous. 
Pronotum green, with the typical pattern of the genus in 
black and buff; the crest reddish buff. Elytra uniformly 
reddish brown in the basal half and smoky hyaline else- 
where. Wings pale yellow basally, hyaline elsewhere, with 
a narrow fascia, subobliterated in the fore part, not touching 
the outer margin and not reaching the inner margin. Hind 
femora with a row of very distinct black dots along the 
caring of both outer and inner median areas. Hind tibie 
and tarsi sanguineous. 


S (type). (paratype). 
mm. mn. 
Length of body ....:... 25°5 43 
5 pronotum .... 11 16 
4 Gangs waerenate 25 38 
Af hind femora .. 16° 26 
Two males and one female from Entebbe, Uganda (C. C. 


Gowdey). 

A very remarkable species, easily distinguished by the 
uncommonly high and thin pronotal crest, such as may be 
seen in the genus Pyrgodera or in some Pamphagine. The 
genus Oreacris, Bol. (Aun. Soc. Ent. Belg. lv. 1911, p. 298), 
is also characterised by a very high crest, but it differs from 
Gastrimargus 11 many important characters. 


Short-horned Grasshoppers from East Africa. 677 


2. Tristria ceruleipes, sp. 0 

3. Slender. Antenne not reaching to the hind margin 
of the pronotum. Frontal ridge in profile slightly convex ; 
its surface flat, only at the fastigium feebly convex, with 
scattered puncturation ; the margins not raised, very feebly 
approximated at the fastigium. Lateral facial keels obtus- 
angulately broken in the middle. Vertex feebly impressed, 
rugulose, tricarinulate, the lateral keels disappearing behind 
the eves and the middle one reaching the pronotum. Eyes 
narrowly oval, very oblique, with the lower margin rounded ; 
distance between them less than their horizontal diameter. 
Pronotum indistinctly rugosely punctured ; metazona about 
two-thirds of the prozona, longitudinally rugulose ; median 
keel very distinct, thick, smooth ; transverse sulci feeble ; 
lateral keels distinct in prozona and subobliterate in the 
hind part of metazona; lateral lobes about half again as 
long as high; their upper third is smooth, mmutely punc- 
tured and separated from the lower part, which is more 
densely punctured, by a subcallose longitudinal carinula ; 
lower margin callous, obtusely angulate just behind the 
middle. Mesosternal suture long. Pleurze rugosely punc- 
tured. Elytra not reaching the hind knees. Hind femora 
slender. Hind tibie with 12-13 spines on each side. First 
joint of the hind tarsi twice as long as the second; third one 
half as long again as the second. Cerci elongate, conical, 
slightly longer than the supra-anal plate. Subgenital plate 
long, pointed. 

General coloration testaceous. Antenne pale basally, 
somewhat reddish elsewhere. Face, frontal ridge, vertex, 
and occiput punctured with black ; sides of the frontal ridge 
above the antenne and of the fastigium black; an indefinite 
blackish-castaneous fascia runs along the vertex and occiput ; 
a chocolate-brown postocular fascia marginated from below 
with a narrow pale line is prolonged on the lateral lobes of 
the pronotum, where it occupies the upper third, the pale 
line becoming there somewhat callous, but not reaching the 
hind margin ; the lower callous margin of the lobes pale, 
with an irregular, narrow, reddish-brown fascia separating it 
from the upper part ; the disc of the pronotum with blackish 
and brown puncturation, with a pair of round black dots in 
the middle of the prozona, and another pair between the first 
and second sulci. Elytra with the pre-radial part paler than 
the rest ; the radial veins in the basal half black; other veins 
brownish with darker streaks; anal area with a few scarcely 
distinct darker spots. Front and middle legs testaceous, 


678 Mr. B. P. Uvarov on new 


striated longitudinally with black. Hind femora with the 
externo-median area very narrowly marginated with black 
along the basal half of the upper carina, and a series of 
minute black dots along the outer margin of the upper outer 
area; the knees black on the inner side, except the apex of 
the lobes, and with a semilunar black spot on the outer side. 
Hind tibie with the base very narrowly black, the rest dirty 
blue ; their spines white with black tips. Hind tarsi reddish 
brown below, blackened above. 

2 (paratype). The postocular fascia of the head pro- 
longed along the upper third of the lateral pronotal lobes 
and the discoidal field of the elytra, where it gradually dis- 
appears halfway to the apex, not blackish castaneous, as in 
the male type, but olivaceous green. The puncturation 
of the head and pronotum brownish, indistinct. The knees 
on the inner side with but a basal fascia and a semilunar 
spot black. | 


3 (type). @ (paratype). 
mm. mm. 
Length of body ........ 26°5 34 
- pronotum .... ) 6 
- Cliyciaae eer 19 23 
me hind femora. . 16:5 20 


Described from two males and six females from Entebbe, 
Kivuvu, and Mabira Forest, Uganda (C. C. Gowdey). 

Easily recognised by the numerous colour-characters, 
especially by the coloration of the hind femora and tibie, as 
well as by the lateral fascia, which is not known in any of 
the previously described species. The species occurs in two 
colour-forms, and the type and paratype described represent 
both of them; the difference is not sexual, but individual. 

With regard to the synonymy of the genus Tristria, Stal, 
I should mention that both Metapula of Giglio-Tos (Boll. 
Mus. Torino, xxii. 1907, p. 10) and my Tapinophyma (Aun. 
& Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 9, vol. vir. 1921, p, 496) are pure 
synonyms of Tristria. 


3. Hucoptacra gowdeyi, sp. n. 


g. Antenne reaching a little beyond the hind cox, com- 
pressed at the base, the rest distinctly incrassate. Face very 
coarsely and densely punctured; frontal ridge flat, coarsely 
punctured, with the margins smooth, parallel-sided below 
the ocellum, regularly elliptically dilated above the latter, 
narrowing again at the fastigium ; widest between the an- 
tenn and there about twice as broad as the subocellar part ; 
its width at the fastigium slightly more than the subocellar 


Short-horned Grasshoppers from East Africa. 679 


width. Fastigium practically horizontal, forming a_per- 
ceptible, though rounded angle with the frontal ridge, 
somewhat impressed, indistinctly carinate in front. Vertex 
between the eves tricarinulate. Eyes prominent, but less 
so than in 2. anguliflava, Karsch ; their vertical diameter 
less than twice the horizontal one. Prouotum more cylin- 
drical and less compressed laterally than in the other 
species, rugosely punctured; median keel very low ; trans- 
verse sulci quite distinct ; metazona subequal to the prozona; 
hind angle somewhat more than 90°, rounded apically. Pro- 
sternal tubercle obtusely conical. Mesosternal interspace 
a little broader than long. Metasternal lobes distinctly 
separated. Elytra just reaching the hind knees, with the 
apex obliquely rounded, scarcely truncate. The last tergite 
with two long, depressed, spine-like projections in the middle. 
Supra-anal plate with the apex somewhat attenuate and 
rotundato-truncate, and with two small teeth behind the 
middle. Cerci much longer than the supra-anal plate; the 
basal part, occupying more than half the whole length, 
compressed laterally, parallel-sided, slightly imcurved; the 
apical part narrow, rounded, suddenly deflexed, forming 
an obtuse angle with the basal part, and again recurved, in 
the shape of a broad hook. 

General coloration pale reddish olivaceous. Antenne 
black, with the base brown. Clypeus and labrum blackish. 
Head bright yellow; the upper half of the face and of the 
frontal ridge olivaceous ; eyes brown, but the orbits yellow 
all round; occiput with a narrow dark median fascia, Pro- 
notum reddish brown, with the median keel and the lateral 
lobes of a darker shade, almost blackish ; the hind angle of 
the lateral lobes broadly yellow. LElytra pale olivaceous. 
Wings pale golden-yellow. Hind femora pale testaceous all 
over, except the outer lower sulcus, which is blackish blue; 
the upper carina of the externo-median area with 7-8 small 
black dots. Hind tibiz pale testaceous basally, merging 
gradually into the bright red of the apical half. Hind tarsi 
red. 

2 (paratype). Differs from the male as follows :—Antennze 
reaching halfway between the middle and hind coxe ; fasti- 
gium of vertex distinctly marginated ; mesosternal interspace 
transverse ; elytra not reaching the hind knees; general 
coloration darker, and all parts which are yellow in the male 
are testaceous; hind femora with greenish-grey transverse 
sulci, and with the dots of the upper external carina also 
greenish grey. 


680 Mr. B. P. Uvarov on new 


3 (type). © (paratype). 


mm. mm. 

eng thiofspody cic otasc 13 17°5 
55 pronotum.... 3 + 
m elytra 1.22% 5. 10 12'5 
3 hind femora.. 85 10 


Described from four females and eleven females from 
Entebbe, Bweya, and Mwera, Uganda (C. C. Gowdey). 

This new species seems to be closely related to HL. exigua, 
Bol., and EL. pallida, Bol. (Mem. Soc. Ent. Belg. xix. 1911, 
p. 92), described from Katanga, but differs from them in 
the coloration of the head and the hind femora and tibie. 
It is not impossible that LE. gowdeyi may prove to be but a 
geographical race of one of those species, but this cannot be 
decided without comparing the types; in the meantime, 
I prefer to separate it specifically. A somewhat aberrant 
shape of the pronotum, as well as the horizontal and mar- 
ginated fastigium of the vertex, together with the apically 
rounded elytra, may be characters of generic value, but the 
genera in this group are not yet sufficiently known, and 
I refrain from describing a new genus. _ 

The coloration of E. gowdeyi is somewhat variable, and the 
described type and paratype represent the two extreme colour- 
forms; the females are, as a rule, less conspicuously marked 
than the males. 


4. Cardenius guttatus, sp. n. - 


@. Of medium size. Face moderately reclinate; frontal 
ridge feebly widened above the ocellum, somewhat con- 
stricted at the fastigium, with the surface punctured through- 
out and impressed in the vicinity of the ocellum ; margins of 
the ridge callous, reaching the clypeus. Fastigium of the 
vertex distinctly broader than long, with two lateral im- 
pressions, punctured throughout, but more distinctly in the 
median portion, which is not impressed; vertex between 
the eyes as broad as the frontal ridge above the ocellum, 
slightly concave, smooth, with the lateral margins distinctly 
raised, but irregular, with a low, but regular median carinula 
running right across the occiput. Pronotum conical, not 
densely but very distinctly punctured; its disc distinctly 
convex in the prozona and less so in the metazona, which is 
slightly shorter than the prozona and more densely, though 
less coarsely, punctured; no distinct lateral keels, the lateral 
lobes forming widely rounded angles with the disc; the 
lower margin of .the lobes callous, obtusely angulate in the 


Short-horned Grasshoppers from Last Africa. 681 


middle. Prosternal tubercle with the base slightly trans- 
verse, obtusely conical. Mesosternal interspace scarcely 
longer than broad. Metasternal interspace trapezoidal, as 
long as the basal width. LHlytra extending scarcely beyond 
the hind knees. 

General coloration flavescent. . The margins of the frontal 
ridge, the lateral facial carimze, the median keel of the pro- 
notum, the lower margin of the lateral lobes, two oblique 
stripes on the pleure, and all carinz of the hind femora are 
yellow, shining. ‘The sides of the fastigium, the three typical 
fascize on the head and pronotum, a black fascia along the 
interulnar area of the elytra, a row of 5-G spots along their 
middle, and the hind tibiz below, black. Two round spots 
on the face below the antennz, a broad oblique fascia 
adjoining the lateral facial keel, a narrow postocular fascia 
running below the black one and more obliquely than the 
latter, several round spots in the hind part of the cheeks, a 
pair of spots on the pronotal disc between the second and 
third sulcus, two more spots between the same sulci on the 
lateral lobes, two or three spots along the hind margin of 
the latter, transverse rows of spots along the hind margins 
of all tergites, as well as less regular spots and dots on all the 
legs, and the underside, dark violaceous. Wings faintly 
violaceous. 

6 (paratype). Cerci scarcely longer than the supra-anal 
plate, distinctly laterally compressed at the base, narrowed 
and distinctly incurved towards the apex. 


2 (type). 5 (paratype), 
mi, mm, 
Length of body ........ 28 20 
a LONOGUE ciate Cone 5 
es Sly bras. payed se 22 18 
_ hind femora... . 16 Te 


Described from 4 9? 9 and 1 @ taken at Kagugema, 
Kisumu, Kenya Colony, 1.1919 (fF. W. Dry). 

The new species seems to be similar to C. regalis, Karny, 
from the Zanzibar coast, known to me only by the meagre 
description, but is undoubtedly different from it, since 
C. regalis is said to have the prosternal tubercle subacu- 
minate, while it is very obtuse in C. guttatus; the male cerci 
of C. regalis are described as straight ; and no mention is 
made in the description of the violaceous spotting, which 
is very characteristic of C. guttatus ; and the carinz of the 
externo-median area of the hind femora are black in C. regalis, 
while they are pale yellow in the new species. 


682 Mr. B. P. Uvarov on new 


Genus STAUROCLEIS, Nov. 


Similar to Cardenius in the general facies, but the strongly 
reclinate and conical head gives it a striking superficial re- 
semblance to a member of the subfamily Pyrgomorphine. 

Antenne thick, somewhat flattened. Head obtusely 
conical ; face strongly oblique; frontal ridge above the 
ocellum strongly prominent, dilated and deeply sulcate ; 
below the ocellum it becomes narrow, very low, subobliterate. 
Fastigium of the vertex strongly prominent forwards, prac- 
tically horizontal, flat, with the margins obtuse. Distance 
between the eyes somewhat broader than the frontal ridge 
at its widest. Eyes oblique, oval, their vertical diameter 
about twice the horizontal one. The lateral facial keels 
obliterate. Pronotum conical, with the disc only feebly 
convex, but the lateral keels wanting; the median keel 
nearly obliterated by the puncturation ; transverse sulci 
pronounced; prozona subequal to the metazona; the hind 
angle of the latter obtuse, scarcely rounded apically. Pro- 
sternal tubercle subcylindrical, somewhat compressed later- 
ally, perfectly straight, with the apex truncate or rounded. 
Mesosternal interspace X-shaped; the lobes almost touching 
each other in the middle in the male and narrowly separated 
in the female. Metasternal lobes not separated. Llytra 
practically parallel-sided, with the apex somewhat obliquely 
truncate. Hind femora broad and short; the upper and 
lower external areas coarsely and densely punctured ; the 
externo-median area smooth, with the transverse sulci regu- 
larly arched, not angulate ; the lower carina strongly wavy. 
Hind tibize somewhat shorter than the femora, with nine 
external and ten internal spines, with an apical external 
spine. 

Genotype: Staurocleis magnifica, sp. n. 

This curious insect may be easily mistaken for a member 
of the Pyrgomorphine, close to Ochrophlebia, which it re- 
sembles both in general facies and in the type of coloration; 
it is, however, a Catantopine and undoubtedly related to 
Cardenius. From the latter it differs in the peculiar shape 
of the frontal ridge, in the subobliterate median keel of the 
pronotum, in the prosternal tubercle being not conical and 
somewhat compressed laterally, in the mesosternal interspace 
being strongly constricted in its middle, and in the very 
peculiarly formed hind femora. 


5. Staurocleis magnifica, sp. n. 


3. Head, pronotum, and pleure strongly rugosely punc- 
tured. Perfectly black all over, with the exception of the 


Short-horned Grasshoppers from East Africa, 683 


following parts :—A well-defined orange-red fascia across 
the lower half of the face and cheeks, along the lower third 
of the lateral pronotal lobes, and obliquely across the meso- 
pleure. The head and pronotum above of the same colour, 
but somewhat less bright; a narrow black fascia along the 
median keel of the pronotum, extending also a very short 
way on to the occiput. Mesopleurz with an oblique, bright 
orange-red fascia. Abdominal tergites bluish in their hind 
parts. The underside with a row of large orange-yellow 
spots, the first one occupying the apex of the prosternal 
tubercle, two on the sternum, and seven more on the hind 
margins of the abdominal tergites. Hind femora with the 
base of the upper outer carina orange-red and the transverse 
sulei testaceous. Hind tibiz greenish below.  Elytra 
brownish black, with the marginal membrane at the apex 
whitish. Wings black, with a bluish sheen; the inner 
margin blue; hind margin in its hind half narrowly bluish ; 
the outer membrane of the apex whitish. The cerci some- 
what longer than the supra-anal plate, subcylindrical, shghtly 
incurved, blunt apically. 

? (paratype). Differs from the male type in its lighter 
general coloration. All the parts that are described as 
orange-red in the male are in this female reddish ochraceous 
or yellow; abdominal tergites fasciated not with bluish, but 
with yellow; elytra with the veins pale ; hind femora with 
all outer carinee, as well as transverse sulci, pale; hind tibiz 
with pale spots along the upper outer margin, between the 
spines. 


d (type). 2 (paratype). 
mm. mm, 
Length of body ........ 31 35 
is pronotum .... rf 8 
elytra! sia... 27 29 
rp hind femora .. 15°5 165 


The type is from Entebbe, Uganda, 5.i11.1913 (C. C. 
Gowdey) ; the series of paratypic specimens includes 112 
examples of both sexes, taken mostly at the same locality, 
partly in Chagwe, the Mabira Forest, Mbale, and Tero—all 
in Uganda. 

The unusually long series of paratypes enables me to state 
that the described specific characters are very constant, and 
the described type and paratype represent the two extremes 
in the variation of the coloration, that of the male type 
being much more common than the less striking coloration 
of the female paratype ; some specimens show a somewhat 
greenish shade on the metazona of the pronotum, but I am 


684 Mr. B. P. Uvarov on new 


not sure whether it is natural and not due to discoloration 
after death. 

The British Museum collection contains also three speci- 
mens of a very closely related insect fsom West Africa, 
which differ from the Uganda ones only in the median fascia 
of the pronotum being reduced to an elongated spot between 
the first and third sulci ; as that fascia is perfectly constant 
in the whole Uganda series, I take this character as a sub- 
specific one and propose the name subsp. occidentalis, nov., 
for the West African race. The type of the latter is a male 
from Yapi, Gold Coast (Dr. J. J. Simpson); the paratypes 
are one female from the same locality as the type and one 
male from Lagos (Dr. H. Strachan). 


6. Stenocrobylus rhodopterus, sp. n. 


?. Antenne slightly flattened, reaching the hind coxe. 
Face strongly reclinate, very coarsely punctured. Frontal 
ridge in profile distinctly convex in its upper part, which 
forms a scarcely perceptible rounded angle with the straight 
lower part; its surface slightly convex above the ocellum, 
scarcely impressed close around it, flat elsewhere, punctured 
throughout, but more densely in the lower half ; its margins 
parallel throughout, not at all raised, smooth, subobliterate, 
near the clypeus. Fastigium of the vertex distinctly sloping, 
evidently longer than broad, rotundato-truncate in front, 
scarcely impressed, with only the lateral margins slightly 
raised. Eyes oval, strongly prominent ; the distance between 
the eyes distinctly narrower than the frontal ridge. Pro- 
notum coarsely and densely punctured al] over, but more so 
on the lateral lobes; the prozona distinctly longer than the 
metazona, feebly convex; metazona almost flat, forming 
distinct, though rounded angles with the lateral lobes ; 
transverse sulci not deep; median keel obliterated by the 
puncturation on the prozona, faintly perceptible on the 
metazona; front margin slightly emarginate; hind margin 
obtusely angulate, rounded; lateral lobes with two smooth 
spots in the upper part of the prozona. Prosternal tubercle 
transversely compressed, with the apex truncate. Meso- 
sternal lobes transverse ; the interspace somewhat constricted 
before the middle, about twice as long as its width at the 
constriction. Metasternal interspace subequal to the dis- 
tance between the eyes. Hlytra extending somewhat beyond 
the hind knees and reaching the apex of the abdomen. The 
whole body and legs hairy. 

General coloration dirty olivaceous. Antenne greyish 


Short-horned Grasshoppers from East Africa. 655 


green, with the apices of the joints pale. Head with a 
broad black postocular fascia ; lateral lobes of the pronotum 
also with a black fascia along the upper margin, but nar- 
rower and not sharply defined. Klytra reddish brown, 
except the anal area, which is reddish olivaceous. Wings 
red, transparent. Hind femora olivaceous, except on the 
inner side, where they are brownish black. Ilind tibize 
olivaceous ; the spines paler, black-tipped. 

$ (paratype). Differs from the female in the following 
characters: fastigium between the eyes very narrow and 
suleate ; metasternal interspace correspondingly narrower ; 
prosternal tubercle somewhat narrowed apically ; cerci 
slightly longer than the supra-anal plate, distinctly incurved 
in the apical third. 


Q (type). 3 So (paratype). 
mm. mum. 
Length of body ........ 15) 20-24 
* pronotum .... 75 4-5 
be Ghytta (sis at <7. 26 17-19 
a3 hind femora.. 17 11°5-13 


Described from one female and three males from Entebbe, 
Uganda (C. C. Gowdey). 
Kasily recognised by the uniform general coloration and 
red wings. 


7. Stenocrobylus diversicornis, sp. n. 


3. Antenne scarcely compressed, extending well beyond 
the hind coxee. Jace strongly reclinate, very coarsely punc- 
tured. Frontal ridge straight in profile, subobliterate below 
the ocellum, slightly impressed close around the latter, 
convex and feebly punctured above it. Fastigium of the 
vertex feebly sloping, strongly prominent forwards, some- 
what impressed, punctured. Vertex between the eyes sulcate, 
much narrower than the frontal ridge. Eyes strongly pro- 
minent. Pronotum very coarsely and uniformly punctured 
all over; feebly convex in the prozona and practically flat 
in the emeons. which does not form, however, any angles 
with the lateral lobes ; transverse sulci eeble, the hind one 
being placed distinctly behind the middle ; median keel 
almost obliterated by the puncturation, faintly perceptible 
in the metazona. Prosternal tubercle distinctly transverse, 
with the apex somewhat emarginate. Mesosternal interspace 
scarcely constricted in the middle, about as long as broad. 
Metasternal interspace subequal to the distance between the 
eyes. Elytra reaching well beyond both apex of the abdo- 
men and the hind knees. Hind femora incrassate. Cerci 


686 Mr. B. P. Uvarov on new 


reaching to the apex of the subgenital plate, compressed 
laterally, incurved, with the apex acute and somewhat 
decurved. 

General coloration blackish olivaceous, variegated with 
yellow and black. Antennz with the base yellowish, the 
first joint bearing a blackish-green streak, the rest, begin- 
ning with the fourth joint, red.. Head black, except the 
fastigium of vertex and the cheeks, which are yellow. 
Pronotum black, somewhat olivaceous on the disc, with a 
triangular spot on the front margin of each lateral lobe, and 
more than the lower half of the metazona, yellow. Pleurz 
olivaceous black. Elytra olivaceous basally, gradually 
merging into vinous red towards the apex. Wings pale 
vinous red. Front and middle legs olivaceous. Hind 
femora greenish yellow, with the extreme base, a fairly broad 
fascia just before the middle, another narrow fascia in 
the apical third, the knee, and almost the whole of the 
lower surface black. Hund tibiz dark vinous red, with the 
base black and with a yellow subbasal ring; the spines 
unicolorous with tibia, black-tipped. Hind tarsi vinous red, 
with the apical ungues yellow, black-tipped. The underside 
yellow. The whole body and legs covered with yellowish 
hairs. 

? (paratype). Differs from the male, apart from the larger 
size, in the less dark general coloration. Its head is not 
black, but only blackened behind the eyes and on the 
clypeus; pronotum olivaceous brown on the upper side, with 
the lateral lobes dirty yellow, bearing an indistinct blackish- 
green fascia along the upper margin, the space between the 
sulci being also of that eolour ; hind femora as in the male, 
but with the underside not black. Antenne with the basal 
joints as in the male, but the rest pitch-black, reaching only 
to the hind coxe. 


d (type). 2 (paratype). 
mm. mm. 
Length of body .. 0 ....::« 24 38 
i pronotum .... 5 7 
- Gltviinae nt «beta 21 28 
. hind femora... 12 16°65 


Described from two males and one female from Entebbe, 
Uganda (C. C. Gowdey). 

Seems to be clearly related to S. roseus, G.-Tos, from 
Congo, known to me by description only, but easily separated 
from it by some details of pattern and especially by the 
coloration of the hind femora and tibiz. The difference 


Short-horned Grasshoppers from East Africa. 687 


in the coloration of the antennz of the two sexes is very 
remarkable, though I cannot be quite certain whether it is 
a case of sexual dimorphism or individual variability only; 
both males before me now have red antenne. 


8. Catantopsis teniolatus ugandanus, subsp. n. 


Differs from the typical West African specimens in the 
following characters only: distinctly more slenderly built ; 
fastigium of the vertex more prominent; antenne black 
(testaceous in the typical form); prosternal tubercle nar- 
rower at the base, but less pointed ; mesosternal interspace 
more elongate and distinctly constricted; elytra reaching 
the hind knees (or slightly longer) ; hind femora more 
slender, with the inner side spotted as in the typical form, 
and also with a small black spot near the apex of the area 
externo-media, and 2-3 minor spots at its middle, near 
the apex of the basal half; hind tibiz pale in the basal third 
and bright rose in the rest ; hind tarsi rose. 


dé. 2 9: 
mm, mm. 
Length of body ........ 19°5 25-28 
3 pronotum .... 4 d- 55 
33 elyura tre ts; 14 17-185 
a hindfemora .. 11 12°6-138 


Six males and eight females from Entebbe, Kivuvu, and 
Mabira Forest, in Uganda; one female from Bukoba, 
Tanganyika Territory (all taken by C. C. Gowdey). <A 
female from Entebbe, 19. vii. 1911, designated as the type, 
the others being paratypes. 

I think that Iam right in referring Catantops teniolatus 
of Karsch to the genus Catantopsis, Bol. (Mem. Soc. Ent. 
Belg. xix. 1911, p. 98), fonnded on a species from Katanga. 
As the Uganda specimens agree fairly well with the descrip- 
tion by Karsch, but differ in some important and obviously 
constant characters from the specimens before me from the 
Gold Coast and Sierra Leone, which I take to represent 
the typical teniolatus (described from Bismarkburg, Togo), I 
regard the Uganda insects as a distinct geographical race. 
Bolivar’s species, Catantopsis opomaliformis, differs from 
both races of C. teniolatus by its much larger dimensious 
and by the differently coloured hind femora. 


9. Catantops simplex, sp. n. 


6. One of the smaller species of the genus. Antenne 
thick, somewhat flattened, reaching to the middle coxe. 


688 On new Grasshoppers jrom East Africa. 


Face strongly punctured ; frontal ridge straight in profile, 
scarcely narrowed at the fastigium, very slightly narrowed 
downwards, almost parallel-sided, sulcate throughout, except 
at the fastigium, distinctly punctured, with the margins 
smooth, Fastigium of the vertex distinctly sloping, widened 
forwards, rotundato-truncate in front, much longer than 
broad, slightly impressed, punctured. Distance between 
the eyes slightly narrower than the antenne. Pronotum 
distinctly punctured all over, except the callous lower 
portion of the lateral lobes on the prozona and two 
indefinite smooth spots at the upper margin of the lobes; 
transverse sulci not strong, but distinct, cutting the median 
keel, which is distinct throughout, though low and irregular 
owing to the puncturation ; metazona subequal to the pro- 
zona, obtusely angulate behind; lateral lobes forming no 
angles with the disc. Prosternal tubercle subconical, dis- 
tinctly inclined backwards, with the apex obtuse. Meso- 
sternal interspace broader than the frontal ridge, longer 
than broad. Metasternal lobes contiguous. Elytra extending 
a little beyond the hind knees. Front and middle femora 
somewhat incrassate. Cerci extending beyond the apex of 
the supra-anal plate, somewhat compressed basally, gradually 
narrowed and incurved towards the apical part, which is 
rather suddenly bent inwards and upwards, so that its lower 
outer side forms a distinct angle with the rest of the cercus. 

General coloration reddish testaceous. Antenne dirty 
olivaceous, irregularly marmorated with reddish. Face and 
the lower part of the cheeks pale ; some indistinct greenish- 
grey markings on the lateral facial earine; an indistinct 
brown fascia, widened posteriorly, on the occiput ; a broad 
black postocular fascia, including a round pale spot below 
the middle. Pronotum reddish brown, somewhat darkened 
along the median keel ; hind margin somewhat paler ; lateral 
lobes with more than the lower third pale, callous on the 
prozona; the upper part very dark reddish brown between 
the front margin and the second sulcus, paler between the 
second and third sulcus, concolorous with the disc on the 
metazona. Elytra testaceous, reddish basally ; the middle 
third of the marginal field somewhat blackened; some 
scarcely distinct small dark spots scattered elsewhere. 
Wings yellowish basally, somewhat infumate towards the 
apex. All legs very pale olivaceous ; hind femora somewhat 
reddish above ; the upper inner area with a small spot near 
the base, a second one of the same size just before the 
middle, both of them extending a little into the inner middle 
area, a third subobsolete spot beyond the middle, which 


On the Coleoptera of the Madeira Islands. 689 


corresponds to the broad fascia of the inner middle area, 
and a fourth small spot just before the knee black ; the 
base of the knee also black inside and below. Hind tibiz 
pale, with the spines black-tipped. ‘lhe underside pale 
olivaceous. 


3 (type). 2 (paratype). 
mm, mm, 
Length of body ........ 18 25 
Se) provotum.... 4 5 
= Glutraa jai ties « 16 20 
a hind femora .. 10 14 


Described from 15 males and 23 females from Entebbe, 
Banda, Kampala, and Mabira Forest, in Uganda (C. C, 
Gowdey) ; two females, also from Entebbe ( 7’. J. Anderson); 
one male from Kikandue, British East Africa (W.L. Sclater). 

A very inconspicuously marked species, belonging to the 
group with the hind femora unicolorous outwardly. The 
general coloration and the markings on the inner side of 
the hind femora are very much the same as in Catantopsis 
teniolatus, Karsch, but the new insect is, though not larger, 
more robustly built, with the pronotum more conical, and 
the male cerci are not bifurcate apically. In some more 
darkly coloured specimens there is a pale oblique streak ou 
the mesopleure. 


LXXVIII.—The Coleoptera of the Madeira Islands *., 
By T. D. A. CockeRELL. 


Tue Coleoptera of Madeira have been famous ever since 
Darwin wrote (‘Origin of Species,’ chap. v.): ‘Mr. Wollaston 
has discovered the remarkable fact that 200 beetles, out 
of the 550 species (but more are now known) inhabiting 
Madeira, are so far deficient in wings that they cannot fly ; 
and that, of the 29 endemic genera, no less than 23 have all 


* T am greatly indebted to Dr. G. A. K. Marshall and Mr. K. G, Blair 
for the determination of Madeira Islands Coleoptera, and to the latter for 
assistance in making comparisons with the specimens in the British 
Museum. I also examined the Madeira collection at Oxford, purchased 
by Hope from Wollaston and presented in 1861, At Oxford, one Canary I, 
drawer had got into the Madeira cabinet—a possible source of confusion, 
as there are no locality-lubels. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. xi, 45 


690 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on the 


their species in this condition,.... the proportion of wing- 
less beetles is larger on the exposed Desertas than in Madeira 
itself.” From these facts he inferred that there had been a 
survival of the fittest, those forms which were least\ inclined 
or able to fly had remained on the islands, while more active 
individuals had been blown to sea and lost. He also sug- 
gested that the effects of disuse might have had something 
to do with the production of wingless species, but this view 
is now generally discarded, and the case is quoted by authors 
as one of the best in support of natural selection. 

Although I firmly believe in the potency of natural 
selection as a directive influence in evolution, I think we 
must reconsider the case of the Madeira beetles, if only 
because it is by no means so simple as it first appeared. The 
facts cited from Wollaston appear striking enough, especially 
in view of the character of the islands, which are apparently 
** oceanic,” and not remnants of a former extension of the 
continent of Africa. I have discussed this matter, with 
special reference to the snails, in ‘ Nature,’ April 8, 1922, 
p. 446; but it is proper to note that Scharff (‘ History of the 
European Fauna,’ pp. 19, 25) takes quite a different view. 
Darwin notes that those Madeira insects which habitually 
fly are strong-winged (though I should say not exceptionally 
so), and states that this is not contrary to the view already 
indicated, for those insects which from their habits were 
compelled to fly would need to develop powerful wings in 
order to escape destruction. 

At certain times of the year strong hot winds blow from 
the African deserts in a westerly direction, and no doubt 
part of the Madeira insect-fauna has reached the islands on 
the wing, aided by these powerful currents. Lowe (quoted 
by Darwin) mentions the arrival on the wing of swarms of 
locusts in 1844. They were in countless numbers, but after 
a short time disappeared, ‘“‘and have not since visited the 
island.”” However, they doubtless gained a footing, as 
Pachytylus danicus, L. (which I myself took in Funchal), and 
Schistocerca peregrina, Oliv., are at present members of the 
Madeira fauna—at least the former, and I suppose the latter, 
a permanent resident. Among the Lepidoptera, Colias edusa, 
Pyrameis cardui, Herse convolvuli, Celerio livornica, Macro- 
glossa stellatarum, Leucania unipuncta, Heliothis obsoleta, 
Plusia aurifera, P. gamma (which has also reached the very 
isolated Salvages), and others may be supposed to have 
arrived by flight. I cannot see, however, that they have in 
any respect larger or more powerful wings than represen- 


Coleoptera of the Madeira Islands. GOL 


tatives of the same species in Europe or elsewhere. If it 
were true that all the Madeira insects (excepting those 
introduced by man) had arrived by flight, we should have 
to assume that the many flightless beetles had descended 
from ancestors with unusually strong flying powers, the 
distance between the Madeiras and the mainland being nearly 
400 miles. One has only to contemplate these beetles (€.9., 
many of the characteristic Tenebrionid) to see that this 
cannot well be the case. In Porto Santo I found the large 
Blaps gages, Li. (or gigas, supposing gages to have been a 
misprint), said to be the bulkiest of all the Madeira Is. 
beetles. It has the elytra fused together, and thus was 
chosen as a typical example to illustrate Darwin’s theory, in 
the exhibit at the British Museum (Natural History), at the 
time of the Darwin Celebration in 1909. Its distribution 
on the Madeira and Canary Islands, and even the remote 
Grand Salvage, is remarkable enough, but the very same 
species occurs on the mainland, in Europe and Morocco. 
As a matter of fact, we must doubtless suppose that the 
ancestors of many of the endemic types of beetles reached 
the islands on floating trees aud similar objects, a few per- 
haps on tne bodies of birds. In this process there would 
be a strong selective influence; the sedentary or apterous 
insects would hold on, while more volatile forms would 
leave their support and perish in the sea. The total absence 
of Cicindelidz could thus be explained. These animals are 
incapable of sustained flight, but also extremely restless. 
They could neither arrive on the wing nor remain on the 
most favourable raft. Natural selection might thus account 
for a preponderance of small and apterous species, in a 
manner not contemplated by Darwin’s theory. Once such 
sedentary or flightless species had arrived, they would 
gradually spread, and because of their habits more easily 
break up into segregates, isolated in different districts or 
small islands. Thus the Madeira Islands present a long 
series of perfectly apterous Helops, some living only in 
Madeira, some confined to Porto Santo. In the “Desertas, 
which appear to have been formerly united with Madeira, 
are three species of Helops, all common to Madeira, but uot 
found in Porto Santo. But it is interesting to find that 
one of these species, H. vulcanus, Wollaston, is on the 
Desertas (Chao and Deserta Grande) slightly wider and 
larger, with the prothorax distinctly modified. As Wollaston 
calls this var. a, it must stand as typical vu/canus in nomen- 
clature, and his var. 6, from Madeira, may be called var. or 
45* 


692 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on the 


subsp. maderensis. In the small Nordeste Island, off Porto 
Santo, Helops lucifugus, Wollaston, has been modified, forming 
a subspecies which I have described as maritimus *. 

At this point it is of interest to compare the situation in 
the Hawaiian Islands, where the number of flightless beetles 
is also a striking feature. Thus Perkins remarks that of 
the endemic Carabide 184 species are flightless, only 20 fully 
winged ; furthermore, “ Nearly all the flightless endemic 
insects are inhabitants of the forest, or if they frequent 
exposed situations like some of the Carabide, they are closely 
related to species that frequent thick forests, and are equally 
flightless’? +. Accordingly, Perkins is decidedly of opinion 
that Darwin’s theory of selection, as given above, does not 
apply to these Hawaiian insects, but he offers the still less 
acceptable theory of the effects of disuse. If we discard 
both theories, there remains the selection by sea already 
suggested. To this may be added the general fact that 
mutations are more often in the direction of loss or reduction 
of parts than the reverse. Such mutations, occurring in the 
wings, would be much less inimical on remote islands than 
on continents, owing to the smaller number of natural 
enemies. ‘They would also, by preventing active movement, 
tend to prevent free intercrossing between members of the 
species, so that the isolated colonies might exhibit recessive 
features with diminished danger of swamping by inter- 
crossing. ‘These are very general considerations, and we do 
not know their actual significance. 

In the main island of Madeira, it is difficult to suppose 
that Coleoptera are in any particular danger of being blown 
into the sea. Gales are not infrequent, to be sure, but their 
force. is usually felt as they come from the sea, blowing 
inland. The high precipitous mountains shelter the coasts 
from winds sweeping across the island. Thus the Bay of 
Funchal is an admirable shelter for ships when the wind 
blows from the north, but if (as sometimes happens) it 
suddenly veers round, they have the greatest difficulty in 
avoiding disaster. A wreck occurred in this manner while 
I was in Madeira. This would not apply to the small and 
barren islands, and it must be said that some of these are 
wind-swept in such a manner that flying insects might well 
get lost, unless strong on the wing. Observation shows that 
beetles abound on these islets, but practically all living 


* Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1921, Proc. pp. lvii-lix, where for Itheo 
read Ilheo, for Nardeste, Nordeste, and for partosanctanus, portosanctanus. 
7 ‘Fauna Hawaiiensis,’ Introduction, vol, 1. part vi. pl. 1. 


Coleoptera of the Madeira Islands. 693 


under rocks. The absence of numerous groups is obligatory, 
since the plants on which they should feed are lacking. 
Darwin’s theory may doubtless be accepted at least in partial 
explanation of the fauna on such islands as Baixo, Cima, 
Chao, and Nordeste. A singular apparent exception to the 
general character of these faunas—mainly of Carabide, 
Tenebrionid, and weevils—is afforded by the extraordinary 
Lamiid Deucalion desertarum, Wollaston, confined to the 
Deserta Islands. Wollaston took it on two of the islands 
(I saw one of his specimens in the Oxford Museum), Lowe 
on the precipitous summit of Bugio. A related species, 
D. oceanicum, Wollaston, was discovered by Leacock on the 
Salvages, and is found nowhere else. But even these 
Lamiids were found under stones and within fissures of 
rocks. 

A striking feature of the Madeira Is. Coleopterous fauna 
is the absence or small representation of certain families 
prominent elsewhere. The reasous for these absences may 
be various ; the case of the Cicindelidz has already been 
discussed. To take another example, the Buprestide are 
represented only by the endemic Agrilus darwinti, Wollaston, 
and A. laticornis, Illig., the latter found since Wollaston’s 
time, and presumably introduced. This is really astonishing, 
for Morocco has no less than 72 species of Buprestide, dis- 
tributed in 17 genera. Of Acmeodera alone there are 24 
species, of Anthaxia 10. Probably the meagre flora of 
native woody plants in the Madeiras may explain why such 
types as these, even if reaching the islands, could not become 
established. Thus, the native trees (and near-trees) of the 
islands apparently consist of only the following genera :— 
Catha, Cerasus, Clethra, Dracena, Erica (2 species), Ardisia, 
Ilex (2 species), Juniperus, Laurus, Myrica, Myrtus, Olea, 
Ocotea, Apollonias, Persea, Pittosporum, Notelea, Sorbus, 
Rhamnus, Salix, Sideroxylon, and Taxus. Some of these even 
may have been introduced in early days; thus Lowe wondered 
whether the Sorbus was really native. Several represent 
genera not present on the nearest continental areas, so that 
the chances for any beetle feeding on a particularly woody 
plant of finding food before it perished would be very 
remote. Even Pinus was apparently absent, though now 
widely planted and abundant. The same may be said of 
Quercus and Castanea. 

Albert Fauvel* published the most recent list of Madeira 


* Revue d’Ent. 1897, pp. 45 ef seg. In ‘Annaes de Sciencias 
Naturaes,’ 1897-98, Padre Krnesto Schmitz gives a list of the beeties 
of the Madeira I[s., but it is merely a copy of Fauvel’s. 


694 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on the 


Coleoptera. Wollaston had listed 664 species; Fauvel gives 
683. The endemic genera, as recognized by Fauvel, with 
the number of species in each, are as follows. All were 
described by Wollaston :— 


Elliptosoma, 1. Ellipsodes, 1. 
Zargus, 3 and var, Hadrus, 4. 
Eurygnathus, 1. Macrostethus, 1. 
Xenomma, 1. Cyphoscelis, 1. 
Stereus, 1. Anemophilus, 3. 
Microstagetus, 1, Echinosoma, 1. 
Prostheca, 1. Stenotis, 1. 
Xenorchestes, 1. Iipommata, 1. 
Mniophilosoma, 1. Caulophilus, 1. 


Thus 18 endemic genera, as at present recognized. Fauvel 
added another, which he intended to describe as Anops, a 
genus of Curculionide. For some reason, this Anops was 
apparently not described ; in any event the name is pre- 
occupied. It will be observed that most of these endemic 
genera contain only a single species, and it is quite likely 
that they are in the majority of instances relicts of an 
ancient fauna. The one genus of this series which abounds 
in individuals and obtrudes itself on the collector is Hadrus. 
A related genus (Zxokadrus, Broun) is found in New Zealand. 
There is some question whether Hadrus is really confined to 
the Madeiras. A. europaeus, Motsch., 1858, was said to come 
from Corsica, and is so listed by H. Gebein (Col. Cat. 
1910). R. Lucas also admits a Corsican Hadrus. But 
Fauvel gives this species as a pure synonym of H. illotus, 
Wollaston, which is certainly confined to Porto Santo. 

Wollaston thought that about two-thirds of the Madeira 
specres of beetles were endemic ; Fauvel was inclined to cut 
this down to about one-third. However, he was able to list 
a number of species which almost certainly were not there 
in Wollaston’s day, and,if we subtract all the species pro- 
bably introduced by man, the original estimate of two-thirds 
endemics may be below the mark. I believe that students 
of the Madeira insect-fauna have never fully appreciated 
the very large percentage of introduced species. The islands 
have been occupied since the 15th century, and there has 
been abundant opportunity for many sorts of insects to 
arrive on plants and merchandise. Probably various 
members of the original fauna have been exterminated by 
these newcomers, and it is greatly to be desired that the 
islands should be searched for small and rare endemic 
insects, in order to record as many as possible before it is 


Coleoptera of the Madeira Islands. 695 


too late. This applies especially to the orders other than 
Coleoptera, comparatively neglected by Wollaston. Lists 
which have been published, such as Nouallier’s list of 
Hemiptera, Recker’s Diptera, etc., represent mainly the 
species collected in or around Funchal, in cultivated areas, 
and do not do justice to the subject. 

A good illustration of the introduction into Madeira of 
insects from remote regions was given by M. Cameron (Ent. 
Mo. Mag., Sept. 1901). Collecting for a few days about 
Funchal, he was surprised to come across Owytelus advena, 
Sharp, a Staphylinid of striking appearance, described in 
1880 from Oahu, Hawaiian Is.*. 

An example of an insect which is widespread in 
Madeira and yet evidently not native is Sitona latipennis, 
Schonherr, which I took on broom (Cytisus scoparius) at 
Funchal, Feb. 25. Wollaston had already recorded that it 
fed on this plant, which Lowe says was doubtless intro- 
duced. But for the food-plant it would have been impossible 
to decide whether S. datipennis was native or not. 

Wollaston remarks on the rarity of ant-nest beetles in 
Madeira. Geostiba formicarum (Woll.) is endemic, but, not- 
withstanding its name, appears not to be a Myrmecophile. 

Thorictus westwoodi, Woll., found in Madeira and Porto 
Santo, is really attached to ants, but according to Fauvel it is 
not endemic. Cossyphodes wollastonit, Westwood, occurs in 
nests of the introduced Pheidole megacephala (Fab.), but it 
is not endemic. 

This condition of affairs can readily be understood in view 
of the fact that so far as known the islands possess no native 
ant-fauna whatever. The eleven species known from Madeira 
(recorded by E. Saunders and Forel) have all been intro- 
duced ; a twelfth is the Argentine aut, Iridomyrmex humilis, 
Mayr, which in more recent years has overrun both Madeira 
and Porto Santo. Forel recorded Monomorium salomonis (L.) 
from Porto Santo and the Salvages. I hunted assiduously 
for endemic ants in Porto Santo, but without success. In 
an isolated spot near the Pico do Facho I found a small nest 


* T take this opportunity to record that I found Periplaneta americana 
(L.) in Funchal (1921). It is not listed in Burr's ‘ Catalogue of Madeira 
Orthoptera,’ which includes only three Blattide. Also, as nothing has 
been recorded concerning the Orthoptera of Porto Santo, [ miy note that 
I collected three species, kindly determined for me by Mr. Caudell. 
These are Liogryilus bimaculatus (De Geer), which also occurs on Grand 
Salvage Island and in Madeira; <Avolopus thalassinus (Fabr.), also 
observed to be common at Funchal, Madeira; and Sphinginotus rubescens 
(Walker), which I took on the Pico d’Anna Ferreira, 


696 Mr. F. Laing on some 


of ants under a stone, but concluded that they were only 
Monomorium carbonarium, Smith, a determination later con- 
firmed by Dr. Wheeler. On Baixo, the largest of the islands 
off Porto Santo, I could not find any ants at all. 

The small islets off Porto Santo have long been famous 
for their snails, but Wollaston did not report from them 
any peculiar insects. I collected what I could, and was 
pleased to find some modified forms. On the small Ilheo de 
Nordeste occurs a race of Helops lucifugus, which I named 
maritimus, but the Hadrus illotus, Woll., from the same islet 
was so slightly modified that no special name was given 
to it. 

On the I.de Cima was a very distinct large race (cimensis, 
Ckll.) of Scarites abbreviatus, Dej., but the S. abbreviatus on 
Baixo was like that of the main island. The weevils Laparo- 
cerus morio, Schon., from Cima and Baixo, and ZL. (Adlantis) 
instabilis (Woll.), from Cima, did not appear to present any 
special characters. Calathus fimbriatus, Woll., from Baixo 
(six specimens), are typical. Harpalus gregarius, Fauvel, from 
Cima, are racially different from the typical (Madeira) form, 
and have been described as subsp. camensis, Ckll., but it is 
not clear that they can be separated from those on the main 
island of Porto Santo. Similarly, Scarites abbreviatus porto- 
sanctanus, Ckll., described from Baxio specimens, is really 
the Porto Santo form of the species. urygnathus latreilli 
(Laporte) was collected by Wollaston on Baixo, but was not 
different from the Porto Santo type. On Deserta Grande it 
is somewhat modified, larger and more parallel, opaque ; 
prothorax rather wider, especially in front, with its edges 
more broadly recurved and its hind angles less distinctly 
punctured, while the elytral striz are more perceptibly 
punctate. This Deserta race, made known by Wollaston, 
may be named subsp. wollastont. 


LXXIX.—On some Psyllide (Hem.-Hom.) from the 
New World. By F. Laine, M.A., B.Sc. 


(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) 


Synoza pulchra, sp.n. (ig. 1.) 


General colour very dark shining brown. Antenne very 
dark brown to black, with narrow silvery rings at the base of 


Psyllide from the New World. 697 


segments IV., V.,and VI. Vertex flavous, pronotum darker, 
dorsulum and mesonotum flavous, remainder of body dark 
shining brown, ‘legmen with a narrow dark brown or 
smoky stripe margining the radius and cubitus transversely 
across the whole wing, and another dark streak on clavus. 
Legs flavous. 

Head strongly birostrate, somewhat concave between post- 
ocelli, which are situated on a ridge two-thirds the distance 
from median suture ; margin behind eyes oblique ; eyes not 
prominent ; no frontal ocellus. Antenne quite as long as 
the body, hairy. Dorsulum arched in front, running to 
margin in a bifid point; mesonotum broad, slightly concave 


Fig. 1. 


Synoza pulchra, sp. n. 


A, head; B, ¢ genitalia, lateral view; C, g genitalia, posterior view ; 
D, tegmen. 


in middle ; pseudonotum with two large, conspicuous, broad- 
based protuberances, sliced obliquely at apex. Tegmen 
slightly more than twice as long as broad. Genitalia of ¢ 
with anal valve strongly developed, forming a hood inside 
which the claspers lie hid; an accessory pair of slender, 
sharp-pointed forceps lying interior to the principal pair. 

Total length 3°6 mm. ; length of tegmen 3°8 mm. 

Mexico: Chilpancingo, Guerrero, 4600 feet (H. Z. 
Smith). 

The genus Synoza was founded by Enderlein (Zool. Jahrb. 
xli. 1918, p. 479) for the Peruvian species cornutiventris, 
with which the Mexican species seems to be congeneric. 


695 Mr. F. Laing on some 


The tegminal characters are sufficient to separate the two 
species. Hinderlein, in his generic diagnosis, omitted to 
classify his genus. ‘The characters of the head clearly piace 
it in the Carsidarinee. 


Freysuila cedrele, Schw. 
PanaMA: Bugaba, 800-1509 feet (G@. C. Champion). 


Carsidara gigantea, Crawf. 


Mexico City (H. H. Smith), 1 Sd and2¢¢. 


Carsidara dugesii, Lw. 


Mexico: Teapa, Tabasco (HW. H. Smith), 2 o 3. 


Fig. 2. 


B C 


Rhinopsylla nigra, sp. a. 
A, tegmen; B, head; C, ¢ genitalia. 


Rhinopsylla nigra, sp.n. (Hig. 2.) 


General colour dull black, with a little fulvous about the 
wing-insertions, on the tarsi, and thoracic sternites; ventral 
surface of abdomen dirty white, dorsal surface with a wide 


Psyllide from the New World. 699 


white median longitudinal stripe on the last three or four 
segments. : 

Head, with eyes, not quite so wide as thorax, slightly 
birostrate, a deep sulcus starting from median line running 
for a short distance parallel with posterior margin and then 
widening out obliquely towards base of antenne ; lateral 
ocelli markedly elevated. Dorsulum longer than wide, meso- 
notum rather narrow, the whole dorsal surface from head to 
scutellum coarsely punctate. Tegmen hyaline, not quite 
three times as long as broad. Genitalia g, small, anal valve 
strongly arched, forceps small, thick at base, slender and 
black apically. 

Length 1°8 mm.; length of tegmen 2°6 mm. 


Mextco: Vera Cruz, Orizaba (F. DuCane Godman and 
Al. H. Smith). 


Leuronota magna, sp.n. (Fig. 3.) 


General colour pale green with sienna-brown on vertex 


ee 


ATAPI 


| 
ah 


Leuronota magna, sp. n. 
A, head; B, 9 genitalia; C, ¢ genitalia; D, tezmen. 


laterally, the dorsulum, the mesonotum laterally, and, to a 
less extent, on abdominal tergites. Legs greenish yellow, 


700 Mr. F. Laing on some 


except for the black spines at the tips of hind tibiz. An- 
tenne yellow, with tip black. Tegmen maculated with 
brown, and a large, broad, pale brown fascia stretching from 
tip right back around posterior margin to the base. 

Head (with eyes) quite as wide as thorax, scarcely deflexed ; 
vertex punctate, with a deep fovea on each side of median line, 
arched, with many long white hairs; genal cones in same plane 
as vertex, almost as long as vertex, divergent, conical, rather 
sharply pointed, narrowed at base, the whole with many 
whitish hairs. Pronotum with a very strong median forward 
epiphysis and two smaller lateral ones ; dorsulum slightly 
arched, punctate, shield-shaped, with a very small median 
epiphysis and two small lateral ones ; whole of thorax with 
sparse white hairs. ‘Tegmen very long and narrow, nearly 
4% times longer than broad, roughly parallel-sided. Hind 
tibiae with a spur at base. Female with genital segment of 
medium length, both dorsal and ventral margins parallel at 
base, with the ventral valve obtuse-angled at apex; both 
valves with numerous short, fine, whitish hairs. Male with 
anal valve large, obtuse, claspers about half the size, obtuse, 
truncate. 

Length 4 mm.; length of tegmen 4°4 mm. 

PANAMA: Bugaba, 800-1500 feet (G@. C. Champion). 

Near L. longipennis, Crawf., but differing in the more 
strongly developed pronotal epiphysis and in the maculation 
of the tegmen. 


Euphalerus fasciatus, sp.n. (Fig. 4.) 


Blue-green, with minute black spots; a pale fronto- 
median area on pronotum and dorsulum, and two broad, 
lateral, light brown areas on mesonotum. Tips of antennal 
segments fuscous. ‘T’egmen with all the veins, including 
margin, spotted with black, with four broad light brown 
fascize, one in the first basal cell, one in the clavus, a long 
median one, and an apical. 

Head not quite so wide as thorax ; vertex depressed in the 
middle of each half, almost rectangular in shape, posterior 
margin not very deeply arcuate ; genal cones almost as long 
and in same plane.as vertex, slightly divergent, outer margin 
curving strongly outwards near antennal insertion so as to 
give the impression of a hollow, the whole covered with 
rather long whitish hairs. Antennee 14 times the width of 
the head. Thorax strongly arched. The first abdominal 


Psyllidee from the New World. 701 


tergite with a marked median ridge and a lateral, posteriorly 


situated protuberance. Female genitalia with dorsal valve 


Fig. 4. 


Euphalerus fasciatus, sp. 0. 


A, head; B, tegmen; C, 9 genitalia. 


rather obtusely pointed, almost truncate, longer than the 
ventral. ‘l'egmen about twice as long as broad, 
Total length 2°2 mm.; leneth of tegmen 3 mm. 


Mexico: Vera Cruz, Atoyac (H. H. Smith). 


Euphalerus championt, sp.n. (Fig. 5.) 


Robust, of a general pale greenish-yellow speckled with 
black spots, including femora, Tegmina with black spots on 
nervures and around margin, and brown macule on the 
membrane, the spots most numerous towards apex and on 
clavus. Legs a little darker in colour than the body. 

Head deflexed, not as broad as thorax; vertex very 
slightly arcuate on posterior margin, flat except for slight 
hollow in centre of each half ; genal cones slightly divergent 
on apical half, short, broadly rounded at apex, less than half 
length of vertex, continuing in plane of vertex, hirsute. 
Thorax broad, strongly arched; dorsulum with two faint 
medio-lateral points on hind margin. Tegmen subhyaline, 
with a very strongly developed subcosta; pterostigma open, 


702 Mr. F. Laing on some 


nervures raised from membrane, slightly more than twice as 
long as broad. Female with genital segment about one-third 
the length of the abdomen, swollen about one-third from the 
tip, with a row of long white hairs on the ridge. 


Euphalerus championi, sp. n. 


A, 2 genitalia; B, tegmen; C, head. 


Length 4 mm.; length of teemen 3°5 mm. 

(JUATEMALA: San Isidro, 1600 feet (G. C. Champion). 

Near EL. nidifex, Schwarz, but distinguished by its larger 
aud more robust size and shape of 2 genitalia. 


PARACOMECA, gen. nov. 


Head slightly deflexed ; vertex more or less quadrate, flat; 
genal cones slightly descending, well developed, subconical, 
slightly divergent. Thoracic segments long and narrow. 
‘Tegmen with radius, medius, and cubitus arising from one 
point, 4s meeting the median and fusing with it for some 
little distance before curving towards the costa, the median 
curving well towards posterior margin so as to make the 
second marginal cell very long and narrow ; apex pointed. 

Genus belonging to the Triozinz. 

Ly pe, 2. fuscata, sp. n. 


Psyllide from the New World. 703 


Paracomeca fuscata, sp.n. (Fig. 6.) 


Head dark brown, with a little paler brown on median 
line posteriorly, with eyes, about as wide as thorax, slightly 
deflexed, small ; vertex quadrate, scarcely arcuate on poste- 
rior margin, a deep fovea near centre of each half; lateral 
ocelli scarcely elevated ; genal cones slightly descending, 
short, not much more than half length of vertex, subconical, 
with numerous long whitish hairs. (Antenne broken off on 
both specimens,) Pronotum rather broad, with a slight 
median frontal epiphysis ; dorsulum long, narrow, a median 
pale brown longitudinal stripe continued from pronotum, 
remainder dark brown, faintly striated, a short, low, sharp, 


Puracomeca fuscata, sp. 0. 


A, head; B, tegmen. 


transverse ridge in the middle of lateral margin ; mesonotum 
with 6-7 longitudinal pale brown stria, remainder dark 
brown, very broad compared with length, rather deeply 
arcuate in front; scutellum trapezoidal, dark brown, with 
flavous margins. Wing-insertions pale brown to whitish. 
‘Tegmen with neuration as given for genus, with much black 
on base and centre and along the veins. Legs dark brown, 
with tarsi pale. Abdomen black-brown, rather shiny. 

Length 2°4 mm.; length of tegmen 3°4 mm. 

ParaGuay: San Bernardino, on leaves on Celt’/s sp. (A. 
Friebriy). 


704 On some Psyllidex from the New World. 


CARADOCIA, gen. nov. 


Head deflexed, almost at right angles to body; lateral 
ocelli placed on the posterior margin of vertex, on low tubercles, 
situated some distance from lateral-posterior angles, almost 
in line with the inner margin of antennal insertions; genal 
cones conspicuous and well developed ; pterostigma absent. 
Other characters as in Psylla. 

Type, C. godmani, sp. 1. : 

This genus is similar in many respects to Psylla itself, but 
the position of the lateral ocelli gives the head a completely 
different facies to that found amongst the Psylline. 


Caradocia godmani, sp. n. (Fig. 7.) 


Robust; head, with eyes, considerably wider than thorax, 
almost at right angles to axis of body, with conspicuous 
genal cones in same plane as vertex, pale canary-yellow in 
colour, obtuse at apex, contiguous at base and apex, leaving 


Big ed. 


Caradocia godmant, sp. n. 


A, head; B, ¢ genitalia; C, tegmen. 


a small fusiform space between, not separated off from vertex 
by any line or furrow ; lateral ocelli remote from eyes, on 
conspicuous elevations ; a brown stripe running trom near 
the base of postocellar papille diagonally to near median 


On an Abidetinvan Cone Seale. 705 


ocellus ; a dark brown marking, like a Maltese cross, lying 
across median line posteriorly ; whole head with many long 
whitish hairs. Eyes prominent. Antenne as long as the 
whole insect with wings folded, pale yellowish green, with 
black apices. Thorax strongly arched ; pronotum with the 
yellow ground-colour, a median and a lateral brown spot, 
rather hairy ; dorsulum broader than long, with two lateral 
acute points, the posterior small, a medio-lateral triangular 
brown patch anteriorly and a lighter brown median area 
posteriorly ; mesonotum large, twice as broad as long, almost 
entirely dark brown except for a_ greenish-yellow patch 
medianly anteriorly, and laterally ; both dorsulum and meso- 
notum striate; scutellum dark brown, punctate, with strongly 
developed greenish-yellow fronto-lateral horn-like processes. 
Legs pale brown, with darker colouring on femora. Tegmen 
hyaline, no pterostigma, the margin between Rs and cubitus 
with long black-brown marks, a black patch on clavus, length 
twice the breadth. Abdomen dark -brown, with lighter 
brown on segmental margins. Male genitalia with anal 
valve large, base broad, apex subconical, external margin 
about twice the length of inner margin; forceps rather long, 
narrow, rounded at apex, elbowed about one-third distance 
from apex. 

Length 3°2 mm.; length of tegmen 3°5 mm. 

PanaMa: V. di Chiriqui, 25-4000 feet (G. C. Champ/on). 


LXXX.—On the Presence of an Abietinean Cone-Scale, 
Pityolepis durleyensis, sp. n., in the Bournemouth Houcene 
Beds. By H. Banpursxa, A.R.C.S., M.Sc., F.L.S. 


Amone the plant-remains found in the Eocene deposits of 
Bournemouth, conifers are extremely common, but up to the 
present no genus of the Abietinee has been recorded. 
Gardner (1886, p. 135), in fact, says that the Abietinez 
“formed no part of the inland flora of the Middle Kocene” 
at Bournemouth. 

It therefore seems worth while to place on record the 
finding of an Abietinean cone-scale in beds belonging to the 
Bournemouth Fresh-water series at Durley Chine, Bourne- 
mouth, 


Prryoueris, Nath. 
Pityolepis durleyensis, sp.n. (See text-figure.) 
Asymmetrical, somewhat fan-shaped; upper edge emar- 
ginate, raggedly crenulate on either side of the notch ; base 
Ann. & Mag. N. Aisi. Ser. 9. Vol. xi. 46 


706 Miss H. Bandulska on an Abietinean Cone Scale 


cuneate, with an ascending and sharply angular sinus on the 
wider side of the scale ; median vein well marked, secondary 
veins coarse, radiating, and sometines bifurcating, the, lowest 
veins springing from the extreme base. 

Length 19 mm., width 19°5 mm. 

Age. Middle Eocene. 

Locality. Durley Chine, Bournemouth. Type V. 15865 
(specimen with counterpart), B.M. (Nat. Hist.). 

Affinities —It is possible to limit comparison to three 
living genera of the Abietineee—Abies, Picea, and Pseudo- 
tsuga. ‘The fossil cone-scale is slightly broader than long, 
hence the genus Pinus is excluded, since the ovuliferous 
scales of Pinus are oblong or strap-shaped. Laria, Cedrus, 
and Tsuga have symmetrical scales and no sinus. The 
asymmetry, which is well marked in the fossil, is a common 


Abies religiosa, X 2. Pityolepis durleyensis, X 2. 


feature in Abies, is less obvious in Picea, and is slightly marked 
in Pseudotsuga. ‘The emarginate or notched upper edge is a 
common characteristic of Picea. The irregularly crenulate 
or serrate margin is characteristic of both Abies and Picea, 
and of some species of Pseudotsuga—e. g., Ps. douglasit. 
The ascending angular sinus found on one side of the 
basal stalk portion in Piétyolepis durleyensis 1s present in 
recent species of Abies, which show either one sinus only or 
one on either side of the scale-stalk, in which case one sinus 
is usually more pronounced than the other. A short blunt 
angular sinus is present in Pseudotsuga japonica. A sinus 
on one side of the scale is present in some species of 
Picea (e. g., P. engelmanii), and is present or absent in 
P. pungens. The recent species of Abies show a stalk, as 
distinct from the expanded portion of the scale. The 


in the Bournemouth Eocene Beds. 707 


passage in the fossil from scale to stalk is gradual, and there 
is no sharply delimited stalk. This is more like P2cea, 
where the scale tapers gradually to a stalk-like portion, and 
is seen too in Pseudotsuga japonica and Ps. douglasii. The 
venation gives little aid in diagnosis ; the veins are not well 
marked in Abietinean cone-scales, and are finer in Picea 
than in Adies. Though fairly strong in Ps. douglasii, where 
the characteristic bifureation can be seen clearly near the 
edge, they are far less prominent in the body of the scale 
than in the fossil. The fact that a single cone-scale was found 
suggests that it belonged to a genus whose scales were 
deciduous. The scales of recent species of Adies are 
deciduous, but the cones of Pseudotsuga and Picea do not 
shed their scales at maturity. Groom (1909, p. 105) states 
that the lowest and uppermost scales are sterile in Picea, 
and it is significant in this connection that the scale under 
discussion shows no evidence of seed-impressions. 

Other Tertiary Cone-scales.—Sismonda (1859, pl. iv. 
fig. 4) figures a cone-scale from the Miocene of Piedmont, 
showing the same type of venation as Pityolepis durleyensis. 
He describes it as a Pinus belonging to the division Picea. 
No measurements are given, but if drawn natural size it is 
very wide for a Picea and its general shape is more like 
that of a Tsuga. 

Heer (1868, p. 143) records two species of cone-scale 
(Pinus ingolfiana and Pinus steenstrupiana) from the 
Miocene of Iceland. The general appearance of these is 
similar to that of Pityolepis durleyensis, but the venation 
is far more delicate. Heer compares P. steenstrupiana with 
Abies and P. ingolfiana with Picea, though the latter identi- 
fication does not seem quite certain. 

Conclusion.—W hile the fossil shows a certain amount of 
affinity with Adies, the resemblances are not sufficient to 
warrant us in referring it to that genus. It shows various 
features typical of the genus Picea, while its general 
appearance and venation suggest Pseudotsuga. ‘Vhe non- 
committal name Pityolepis expresses its Abietinean affinity 
without definitely associating it with a living genus. 

The fossil was discovered while working on the Bourne- 
mouth flora with the aid of a grant from the Royal Society, 
and I am indebted to Dr. A. Smith Woodward for facilities 
afforded me at the British Museum (Natural History). I 
have to thank Mr. W. N. Edwards for much help and 
kindly criticism. 


708 On Adthosciurus vexillarius and AX. byatti. 


REFERENCES. 


GarpNner, J. S. 1886. A Monograph of the British Eocene Flora. 
Vol. 11., Gymnosperme. 

Groom, P. 1909. Trees and their Life Histories. London. 

Herr, O. 1868. “ Die Fossile Flora der Polarlinder.” Flora Fossilis 
Arctica, i. 

Srsmonpa, K. 1859. “ Prodrome d’une Flora Tertiare de Piémont.” 
Mem. R. Accad. Sci. Turin. ser. ii. tom. xviii. pp. 519-549. 


LXXXI.—Atthosciurus vexillarius and AL. byatti. 
By P. 8. Kersnaw. 


(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) 


HAVING had occasion recently to refer to the skulls of the 
above two species, the descriptions of which are to be found 
in this Journal (ser. 9, vol. xi. pp. 591 & 592, May 1923), 
I discovered that I had assigned them to the wrong genus, 
which should have been thosciurus, not Punisciurus. 

Both species are members of the luctfer-ruwenzorit group. 
From the brilliant lucifer they are at once distinguished by 
colour ; from ruwenzorit and rv. vuleanius by the absence of 
the broad median white streak on the underparts. ‘The colour 
of the under surface from chest to tail of veaillarius and 
byatti is singularly like that of lucifer, in spite of the great 
difference in the eoloration elsewhere. 

The skull of vewillarius resembles that of lucifer, but is 
much flatter and broader—tip to tip of postorbital processes 
25 mm. instead of 23,—while the nasals are flatter at the tip. 
The skull of dyatti is narrower than either, as in ruwenzorii, 
but with quite different nasals to those of the latter, being 
very much longer and flatter, and, instead of being narrow at 
the posterior end and gradually widening to the tips, they are 
of the same breadth till quite near the tips. ‘The palatal 
foramina of both dyatti and vewillarius are narrow, as in 
lucifer, not broadening out posteriorly, as in ruwenzoru. The 
teeth, too, are large, as in lucifer. 

The affinities of both species are with lucifer. They have 
little in common with rwwenzori, except size. 


709 


INDEX to VOL. XI. 


ACRIDID, notes on, 180. 

AXthalodes, characters of the new 
genus, 251, 

Aleochara, new species of, 389. 

Aleuonota, new species of, 368. 

Alexander, C. P., on new or little- 
known Tipulide, 97, 193. 

Amara, new species of, 276. 

Amata, new species of, 185, 

Amphineurus, new species of, 626. 

Anacridium, characters of the new 
genus, 485, 

Andes, new species of, 553. 

Andrena, new species of, 264. 

Andrewes, H. E., Coleoptera of the 
Second Mount Everest Ixpe- 
dition, 273 ; on Oriental Carabide, 
330. 

Anisakis, new species of, 211. 

Anisodes, new species of, 308. 

Annandale, N., and Hora, S. L., on 
the systematic position of Chaud- 
huria, 327. 

Appias, new species of, 180. 

Arctonyx, notes on, 322. 

Argyrolepidia, new species of, 188. 

Armadillidium, new species of, 224. 

Arvicanthis, new species of, 595. 

Ascelosodis, new species of, 278. 

Atheta, new species of, 369, 

Attalus, new species of, 44. 

Augochlora, new species of, 445. 

Australophyra, characters of 
new genus, 667. 

Bandulska, H., on the presence of an 
Abietinean cone-scale in the 
Bournemouth Eocene beds, 705. 

Baylis, H. A., on a Filariid from the 
African elephant, 208; on an As- 
carid from the sperm-whale, 211; 
on three new parasitic Nematodes, 
333; on a new Ascarid from an 
otter, 459. 

Beddard, F. E., on the blow-holes 
and nasal passages of the cachalot, 
641. 

Bembidium, new species of, 275, 


the 


Bibliograpical notice, 271. 
Blair, K. G., on Heteromera from 
Mount Everest, 278. 
Blaps, new species of, 283. 
Borysthenes, new species of, 559, 
Brixia, new species of, 554. 
Brixidia, new species of, 544, 
Bronchelia, new species of, 319. 
Bryophyma, characters of the new 
genus, 480. 
Cameron, M., on new Staphylinids 
from the West Indies, 363. 
Campion, H., on dragonflies from 
San Thomé, &c., 22; on a new 
form of Indothemis limbata from 
Ceylon, 28; on the use of the 
generic name Brachycercus, 515. 
Carabides, new, 335. 
Caradocia, characters of the new 
genus, 704. 
Cardenius, new species of, 680. 
Catantops, new species of, 687. 
Catantopsis, new species of, 687. 
Cephalophus, new species of, 596. 
Cercopithecus, new species of, 607. 
Cerozodia, new species of, 108. 
Cheetopisthes, new species of, 575, 
579. 
Chalepoderus, characters of the new 
genus, 589, 
Chalepogenus, new species of, 449. 
Champion, G. C., on new Malachiid 
beetles, 33; on Corythoderini from 
British India, 569. 
Chaudhuria, on the 
position of, 327. 
China, W. E., on a new species of 
Membracide from Uganda, 463. 
Chionzema, new species of, 187. 
Chleenius, new species of, 335. 
Chloropholus, new species of, 548. 
Chrysichthys, new species of, 582. 
Cleora, new species of, 319. 
Cloeoascaris, characters of the new 
genus, 459. 
Cockerell, T. D. A., descriptions and 
records of bees, 263; on some bees 


systematic 


710 


from British Guiana, 442; on the 
Coleoptera of the Madeira Islands, 
689. 

Coelioxys, new species of, 458. 

Coleoptera, new, 33, 273, 278, 569, 
689. 

Collin, J. E., on Diptera from Spits- 
bergen and Bear Island, 116. 

Colubrine, new, 228. 

Connolly, M., on African non-marine 
Mollusca, 345. 

Crocidura, new species of, 656. 

Crossocephalus, new species of, 333. 

Crustacea, notes on, 496, 

Cubitermes, new species of, 191. 

Curculionide, new, 531. 

Cymindis, new species of, 277. 

Cyrtacanthacrini, revision of, 130, 
473. 

Danaida, new species of, 181. 

Dasychira, new species of, 190. 

Daubney, R., on two species of Mur- 
shidia parasitic in the wart-hog, 
256, 

Delias, new species of, 180. 

Dicranomyia, new species of, 97, 193. 

Diptera, new, 97, 116, 193, 625, 664 ; 
notes on, 235, 631. 

Dolichoneura, new species of, 305. 

Dooabia, new species of, 305. 

Ebeeus, new species of, 40. 

Edwards, F. W., on the nemato- 
cerous Diptera of Jan Mayen 
Island, 235; on new crane-flies 
from New Zealand, 6265. 

Elephantulus, new species of, 588. 

Elnhirst, R., and Sharpe, J. S., on 
the colours of Tealia crassicornis, 
615. 

EKothenomys, new species of, 150. 

Lrateina, new species of, 311. 

Kucoptacra, new species of, 678. 

Euonychus, new species of, 544. 

Huphalerus, new species of, 700. 

Eupithecia, new species of, 313. 

Kuploea, new species of, 182, 624. 

Juxoa, new species of, 189. 

Iixsul, new species of, 674. 

Falagria, new species of, 364. 

Filaria, new species of, 209. 

Fuller, C., on two new termites from 
Uganda, 191. 

Funisciurus, new species of, 522,591. 

Gastrimargus, new species of, 675. 

Creological Society, proceedings of 
the, 272, 563. 

CGeometride, new, 305, 


IN DEX. 


Gephyroglanis, new species of, 582. 

Gill, EK. L., on an undescribed tish, 
465. 

Gnaptorina, new species of, 282. 

Gnypeta, new species of, 367. 

Gunther, k. T., on a new species of 
British bear, 490. 

Gurney, R., on some British and 
North African specimens of Apus 
eancriformis, 496. 

Gymnoscelis, new species of, 312. 

Gynoplistia, new species of, 107, 628. 

Hamma, new species of, 463. 

Hapalochrus, new species of, 34. 

Hedybius, new species of, 35. 

Helina, new species of, 669. 

Heliosciurus, new species of, 519, 523. 

Hinton, M. A. C., on voles from 
Yunnan, 145; on the dental for- 
mula of the Muridaw, 162; on the 
langurs inhabiting Ceylon, 506. 

Hobson, A. D., and Matthews, L. H., 
on the animal ecology of King’s 
College chapel, Cambridge, 240. 

Homoptera, new, 553. 

Homorus, new species of, 351. 

Hoplandria, new species of, 390. 

Hoplitis, new species of, 263. 

Hora, 8. L., see Annandale, N. 

Hulstaert, G., on Lepidoptera from 
New Guinea, Kei, Tenimber, &c., 
178; on butterflies from New 
Guinea and Tenimber, 621. 

Hydromys, new species of, 171. 

Hydrotza, new species of, 668. 

Hymenoptera, new, 268, 442; notes 
on, 3l 

Indothemis, new species of, 29. 

Jackson, H. G., on a new species of 
Armadillidium, 224. 

Kershaw, P. 8., on mammals from 
Tanganyika territory, 586; on 
Adithosciurus vexillarius and As. 
byatti, 708. 

Leena, new species of, 284. 

Laing, F., on some Psyllide from 
the New World, 696, 

Lallemand, V., sur les Cercopides 
africains, 230. 

Lepidoptera, new, 178, 621. 

Leria, new species of, 121. 

J.eucoma, new species of, 190. 

Leuronota, new species of, 699. 

Limnophila, new species of, 199, 627. 

Liparide, revision of the family, 47, 
289, 400. 

Lispinus, new species of, 391. 


INDEX. 


Lithocharis, new species of, 399. 

Locris, new species of, 231. 

Lonnberg, E., notes on Arctonyx, 
322; on a new subfossil bear from 
Sweden, 502. 

Lutreolina, new species of, 584. 

Macaria, new species of, 514. 

Macromastix, new species of, 108, 
201, 629. 

Malloch, J. R., on exotic Muscaride, 
664. 

Malosomus, new species of, 543. 

Mammals, new, 145, 170, 246, 251, 
322, 490, 502, 506, 518, 523, 527, 
585, 586, 601, 602, 607, 655; notes 
on, 641. 

Marshall, G. A. K., on new Curculi- 
onid from South Africa, 531. 
Matthews, L. H., see Hobson, A. D. 

Medon, new species of, 399. 

Megachile, new species of 452. 

Megalopta, new species of, 444. 

Melanochelia, new species of, 6738. 

Membracide, new, 463. 

Metachirus, new species of, 602. 

Microtus, new species of, 158. 

Miscellaneous, 566, 568. 

Mnemosyne, new species of, 537. 

Mollusca, new, 345. 

Molophilus, new species of, 99, 193. 

Muir, F., on new species of Fulgo- 
rids, 553. 

Murina, new species of, 254. 

Murshidia, new species of, 256. 

Myotis, new species of, 252. 

Mysidioides, new species of, 560. 

Nebria, new species of, 273. 

Nematodes, new, 208, 211, 218, 256, 
333, 459. 

Neodon, new species of, 156. | 

Neosteus, characters of the new 
genus, 17. 

Norman, J. R., on a revision of Clu- 
peid Fishes, 1; on three new fishes 
from Yunnan, 561; on two new 
fishes from the Ivory Coast, 582. 

Nothapalus, new species of, 354. 

Nyctereutes, new species of, 657, 

Ochotona, new species of, 662. 

Ocladius, new species of, 551. 

Ocyusa, new species of, 387. 

Odonata, notes on, 22; new, 28. 

Opisthograptis, new species of, 314. 

Ornithorhynchus, new species of, 
176, 

Orolimvophila, new species of, 198. 

Orthoptera, notes on, 130, 


711 


Pachyacris, characters of the 
genus, 477. 

Pachynotacris, characters of the new 
genus, 479. 

Paracomeca, characters of the new 
genus, 702, 

Paramsacta, characters of the 
genus, 187. 

Parker, R. R., on new Sarcophagidee 
from Asia, 123, 

Perameles, new species of, 175. 

Petauroides, new species of, 247. 

Phascogale, new species of, 174. 

Phascolarctos, new species of, 246, 

Phileterobius, characters of the new 
genus, 546, 

Philhedonus, new species of, 39. 

Ph)ceopora, new species of, 388. 

Pisces, new, 1, 465, 629, 561, 582, 
608, 610, 612. 

Pithecus, new species of, 510, 

Pityolepis, new species of, 705. 

Platypodide, new, 285. 

Platypus, new species of, 285. 

Platyscelis, new species of, 284. 

Pliosteostoma, characters of the new 
genus, 21. 

Plutodes, new species of, 321. 

Pomphus, new species of, 531. 

Porpacus, new species of, 541. 

Procter, J. B., on a new Colubrine 
Snake from 8.E. Brazil, 227. 

Proscephaladeres, new species of, 
532. 

Protostrophus, new species of, 533. 

Protoxerus, new species of, 527. 

Prout, L. B., on new species and 
forms of Geometride, 305. 

Pseudochirus, new species of, 249. 

Pseudoglessula, new species of, 346. 

Pseudognypeta, characters of the 
new genus, 360. 

Pseudomiza, new species of, 320. 

Pseudothamiarza, characters of the 
new genus, 363. 

Ptiloglossa, new species of, 442. 

Raia, new species of, 529, 

Rattus, new species of, 1738, 594, 
601. 

Regan, C. T., on a new Ray from the 
Mediterranean, 529; on the Silu- 
roid fishes of the genera Glypto- 
sternum and Kxostoma, G08; on 
the fishes of the family Icosteide, 
610; on the classification of the 
Stomiatoid fishes, 612. 

Reptiles, new, 228, 


new 


new 


12 


Rhabdomastix, new species of, 104, 
193. 

Rhadinacris, characters of the new 
genus, 485, 

Rhamphidia, new species of, 98. 

Rhynchocyon, new species of, 587. 

Rhytidacris, characters of the new 
genus, 482. 

Robson, G. C., on the species as a 
gene-complex, 1] 1. 

Sampson, W., notes on the nomen- 
clature of the family Scolytide, 
269; on new Indian Scolytide 
and Platypodide, 285. 

Sarcophagide, new, 123. 

Saunders, L. G., on the larva, pupa, 
&c., of Orphnephila testacea, 631. 

Scolytidz, notes on, 269; new, 285. 

Scopula, new species of, 306. 

Scordylia, new species of, 310. 

Sharpe, J. 8., see Elmhirst, R. 

Sherborn, ©. D., on the dates of 
G. W. F. Panzer’s ‘ Fauna Insect. 
German ,’ 566; on the dates of 
C. L. Koch, ‘ Deutschlands Crus- 
taceen, Myriapoden und Arachni- 
den,’ 568. 

Sideridis, new species of, 189. 

Sordellina, characters of the new 
genus, 228. 

Spaul, E. A., on some nematodes 
from East African hosts, 218. 

Staphylinide, new, 363. 

Staurocleis, characters of the new 
genus, 682. 

Stenagria, new species of, 365. 

Stenocrobylus, new species of, 684. 

Stenocyttara, characters of the new 
genus, 186. 

Stilicopsis, new species of, 398. 

Strongyluris, new species of, 218, 
334, 

Subulina, new species of, 358. 

Subuliniscus, new species of, 360. 

Swinhoe, C., a revision of the genera 
of family Liparidee, 47, 289, 400. 

Synoza, new species of, 696. 

Teenaris, new species of, 183. 

Tanyderus, new species of, 625. 

Taurotragus, new species of, 598. 


YN Dix 


Terias, new species of, 180, 623. 

Termes, new species of, 192. 

A eae new species of, 571, 
577. 

Tetragomphius, characten of the new 
genus, 834, 

Thinobius, new species of, 396. 

Thomas, O.,on mammals from North 
Queensland, 170; on some Queens- 
land Phalangeride, 246; -on mani- 
mals from the East Indian Archi- 
pelago, 250; on some new African 
squirrels, 518; on West African 
forms of MHeliosciurus rufobra- 
chium, 5238 ; on new subspecies of 
Protoxerus stangeri, 527; on the 
geographical races of Lutreolina 
crassicaudata, 583; on the native 
rat of Pearson’s Islands, 601; on 
new subspecies of Metachirus, 602 ; 
on two new Guenons from the 
Ivory Coast, 607; on mammals 
from the Li-kiang Range, Yun- 
nan, 655. 

Timola, new species of, 550. 


‘Tinotoma, characters of the new 


genus, 386. 

Tipulidae, new, 97, 193. 

Trachyphloeus, new species of, 542. 

Triphosa, new species of, 309. 

Tristria, new species ot, 677. 

Trogophiceus, new species of, 392, 

Trogopterus, new species of, 658. 

Tupaia, new species of, 255. 

Uromys, new species of, 171. 

Uvarov, B. P., on a revision of the 
Old World Cyrtacanthacrini, 130, 
473; on some new short-horned 
grasshoppers from East Africa, 
675. 

Wasmann, E., see Champion, G. C. 

Waterston, J. W., on parasitic hyme- 
noptera from Spitsbergen, 31. 

Willemsea, characters of the new 
genus, 489, 

Xyleborus, new species of, 287. 

Zelandomyia, characters of the new 
genus, 106. 

Zoraida, new species of, 559, 

Zyras, new species of, 382. 


END OF THE ELEVENTH VOLUME, 


PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, 
RED LION COURT, FLELT STREET. 


CONNOLLY. clnn. § Mag. Nat.Hist..S:°0. Vol. Xt. Pl.T. 


a PY Liye 


AFRICAN ACHATINIDZE. 


(The figures read consecutively from left to right.) 


GUNTHER. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 8S. 9. Vol XI. Pll. 


i) URSUS .. ARCTOS’. 2,4,5 URSUS ANGLICUS. 


see Ute 


Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 9. Vol XI. PU. Il. 


GUNTHER. 


URSUS ANGLICUS. 


7,810 -tL- 


URSUS FOSSILIS. 


12. 


6,9.°. URSUS ARCTOS” 


LONNBERG. 


Ann. § Mag. Nat. EList. Se0% 


Ursus arctos nucifragus, subsp. n. 


Vol exT? Phe lV 


MARSHALL. Ann. §& Mag. Nat. Hist. 8.9. Vol..XI. Pl. V. 


1 O.F. Tassarr 


NEW SOUTH AFRICAN CURCULIONIDA. 


CHAMPION & WASMANN. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 9. Vol. XI. Pl. VI. 


E.Wasmann phot. 


CORYTHODERINI FROM BRITISH INDIA. 


+ 


fey 
ie 


SAUNDERS, Ann. S Maa. Nat: Fist. S.9. Vol. Xf. Pl. VIT. 


2 3 


ASI D 


Nin ph. BS 
may 9F 


ee /S 
sp---t ee 


L. G.S. del. 


Larva and Pupa of Orphnephila testacea, Macq. 


SAUNDERS. 


Ann. & Mag. Nat. Fist. S. 9. Vol. XT... Pl. VILT. 


Larva of Orphnephila testacea, Macq. 


Just Published: 93. © 


Medium 8vo. Pp. xii+424. Price 30s. ~ Ns: 


The F auna of British ie: ‘ 


(Including Ceylon and Burma). 


PUBLISHED UNDER THE AUTHORITY OF THE 
SECRETARY OF STATE FOR INDIA IN COUNCIL. 


DIPTERA.—Vol. III. 
PIPUNCULID&, SYRPHIDA, CONOPID/;, 
CESTRIDZ. : 


By 
E. BRUNETTI... 


: “a 


With 6 Plates and numerous Illustrations in the Text. 


TAYLOR & FRANCIS, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, 
London, E.C. 4. 


: 
a 


UXXY. “Oi Mammals from ia joa. ee ‘Yuna Being 


a further Collection obtained ty Mr. Geor ge Forrest. By Oxprrenp 
Tomas: pene we Os aeeveseere ceeseces eeveceere eeee vee te 1 0 


“EXXVL ‘Exotic. Musowide’ Gone a Drs. R. + Moe a 
Bureau of Biolog aor: Moree D. C. pene eeeeeens eae 


a pe 
fees ote ae +Yy 


 LXXViL Sctae new 7 Short. horned Gantigeas from Bast Africa, 
By B i ig Uvarov, F. E. Se Assistant Tipe: Lo ‘Bureau Ss 
of # Maloney Nene erence ee eee e eer e tent ee ees oo Ee - S169 


LXXVIIL. The Catnpter of the Madeira ae 
Cock ERELt Fp eee —. Gre che ete see - u < ae a : < : : ie . ee 4 


By FB. Laws, MA, B.Sc. Ss Di ee = oo 
Le On the Prssciine of on ‘Abietinean Cone Seale, Pigdee j 
durleyensis, sp. n., in the Bournemouth Eocene Bote ‘By H. 4 
BanputsKa, A.RC.S., M.8e., F.LS. 0.16.60. e cree c eee eee . 105 
LXXXI. (a veillarius mn Ed. pes : By P. 8. i 
KERsHaw.... ceo is. boone bev eene teens RENEE er it ; 
Index EEE ct Pf eciee'g. Vans Bye Re Ngee eee re ORS 709 


~,* It is requested that all Communications for this Work may be addressed 
post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and Francis, Bec Office, 
Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, Lennon: 


5 


pe 


rh 
as 


H 
a 


= 


. 


Aas a 


NIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES 


3 9088 01